sehr
Wate tan:
Pare
2
ef
¥
“
:
£
Ls
= A- w=
= Bn
“
Pater eet at
4
3:
te
Ly ak
an
=e
see ee
eh)
‘or!
pe
SP 5Sie:
et et ey
she Pad
Pres
’
6 ten Vn
=>
rr er Pd |
negeseets
Oy
7)
eo ee
@o0-
Stat? Gabe
ne
ite
* hae ne (Fh —
Pere hy =
tise
tert
Least
ser)
vs. eee
=
er
a
*
Goa tice
1ST we
Wes
eal
Ea sereses
=
Sa ievessie
*.
a @ dF
o>
rc)
9. %.
hah pak
perks
pe
e
hin 7
ert toh wg agie ay:
Gee
“
>
Be Ro Bae =
SS a 5crt
bP 2 ek ST
72
PP eBecs
Baaierge
—~— ener.
Pe se re
a ee
times:
f Tt oI
¥ eth
gigs yea:
ae
Sh thet Sh
Pend
i
— aS Se hed
nf Pore etre .
3 a a ae
sa5a%
Car i>
=
Per et ere
Teee>
TRIN
sy
aide
Corre
aad
on
bap
PER
a:Gctie
zhi
af
*-~@
erie
a
a ena:
a5
th Me = eee
gm e
w
ree
i
«
"Er eras |
S%
; :
a tate a8
we a a
LP hy ete
a. a
2 2-82 85
joerg 9+@-
= Pox
285 EF
.
‘
B 6 was
4
= ae
oe
sate: f
os oa)
a-h=4
Patou
>
Zs,
™
gia
igausice:
oT TESS Ot ht ml bed
=€°4-e¢-6- & F
it 5
4°
xe
16
$= Bat Rote
‘ae Me
uu“
erne 4
‘-%
q
sags
1355
727:
*
.
*
i]
td
ae
RJ
. sa e}¢
‘Sy =
aa?
Ba bed
Pee tear
ante
ae:
= 2 ew
ret ey
= fe
keace
$4 ~
cr
a
Bete
: * pe b
eats
+)
«
*
asi
7.2.2 ‘eae
aeitee
ik $iH
fatettiilietiiay ts
fe
aos
wreaege
=
tye ae
Sie
a
oe
12
*
the be
-
aa
?
]
1 Ot iak
aan a
rw
ead
; ied
Ux
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,
EDITED BY
THE SECRETARIES.
VOL. XIX.
Nos. 1. to vir.—1850.
LLLP DP PDPLDLOPLOLYPPDOOowwmw rw
“ It will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science,
in different parts of Asia will commit their observations to writing, and send them to the
Asiatic Society at Calcutta. It will languish if such communications shall be long inter-
mitted ; and it will die away if the ly cease.’—Sir Wm, Jones.
PRINTED BY J. THOMAS, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS.
185].
ee
eee hye
gene A
, ag ‘ ray ¥ 7
;
it?
«
Bee yack
ce A OR
eyo ‘it re
es ,
FA CIR SSR EEN hia Et $f u fata yak:
‘ pa hes rey
‘ f
VALE. ra
CON TENTS.
Aborigines of the North East Frontier. By B. H. Hodgson, Esq., ove
South. By B. H. Hodgson, Esq., eoce seve eeee oeee ©
Analysis of the Béngali Poem Raj Mala, or Chronicles of Tripura. By the
PS MIC LOI. a sfsle bs; Slo Rid e-aele ochera a ote albich eels al eiette. dc 'szuieeinia dma isin
Answers to Mr. Piddington’s Queries about Winds, Storms, &c. in Tibet.
Page ee aire uA DELL aici claicila alate Weielicislleslae « cllulel dla-Seswiv's'e Mawel e lerwle'e se
Ball Coal of the Burdwan Mines, A Third Notice on the. By H. Pidding-
MUMMY E15 Tel vibeaiboiwiinta) Sica wlalel ole! aial's w'iphel w elatal'nle fale Wid cilsistielG’ ale nie) n\alnoliiela’s' sie
Bird-devouring habits of a species of Spider, Note on the. By Captain
EERILY 0 Join! acl n)ui\ar@ 5a! » ojtictaichs o aldldiiasiie oa-walp evcielale sie wisv'nlh aiajnle leis (alpiale
Brahminical Conquerors of India, some conjectures on the progress of the.
PER OREENS, , WSS, «9.0 » ia mn) 0.aiainiale nin @10n o oeliniclate wletealaiewelsieidevee e's
Calderite, an undescribed Silicio-Iron and Manganese Rock, On. By H.
Piddington, Eisq., .. 0. cecccccesccccccccccssscccscececesesesscces
Dust Storms of India, On the. By P. Baddeley, Esq., .....seeeeccccee
Encrustation of Steam Boilers and Pipes in India, On the. By Dr. G.
Aer RSG oh aa Zae i aius ous Sino ah ellalaheleneteaalelele Bolo. aiwllarSimdtciel Orsiale 6 ©, Slsl'd eterna
General Vibration, or Descent and Upheaval, which seems, at a recent Geo-
logical period, to have occurred all over the Northern Hemisphere, On
Pre ae ey Georee, Bist, BOD ii o's pon eiscsieiasla'e ects ddaud daubonaine'e
Ghassanite Kings, On the. By Dr. A. Sprenger, ....cccccccccccccecs
Haughtonite, Examination of the New Mineral. By Henry Piddington, Esq.,
Inscription Engraved on a brick found in a village in the Juanpur district,
mote onan... By Captain My Kittoess <i.iiee dsicisialaiciela d's piesa eecievce ee
from Oujein, Note on an. By Rajendralal Mitter,.......+.0.
Iron from the Dhunakar Hills, Birbhoom, Note on a specimen of. By H.
PCE MSMEUS Css Loleisce Ses culate ale Secale letl, arti ealbbics Bd EW lec Seas olla
Jhilum, Descriptive notice of the district of. By L. Bowring, Esq.,.... ee
Law of Storms in the Indian and China Seas, A Nineteenth Memoir on the.
EY, Midis Sle Leu gare LA OSG] vsilbiy, inv asupsiah sav ewelsun ios ¥ishiw Laversieinovawsisinwnoieceieeales
Page
309
461
533
457
349
Aen Contents.
Lead Mines of Kohel et Terafeh, Note on the formations and. By Hekey-
kian Bey, peoeese ee ee ee ee Ce ee GH ee eeeenoeeve ee8enee ce ee e080 820808882468
Meteorological Register for January, 1850, 2.2.00 ceccccecee cevccccece
for February, ditt0,.. co ccceccceccccsvecceccccascscces
ei for March, ditto, eeeeee ERs ee ee ee cece ce ee so ee Oh ee eee®
for April, ditto, eeueenuseeoeveevnueae ee eeevneeoevee8 2060808080888 880208
SN for May, CittO;e elets @eeveee ese eoeseoe ee oe ee ee 8028 8880 8088
ed
for June, ditto, eevoeeceeeeveeseeoe ee OE eenneneo 2 068808888 68
for July, ditto, e@eeeeeveesceeetee see eseevevee2ee ee 20028 88 88 08
eee
————_—_—___—— for August, ditto, Be ecee se cere os sess eS ee et oo ee SH FE C8
| REED
for September, ditto, @eeeeeoseoe e@eonseeevneen es OR 2G2seeeev 28 28
ee
for October, ditto, eeee ee eoeveovseeve2 ee 020828 2822028 8888868 8888
for November, ditto, eeaevneeeecaevneeevpeaeee2o0ee2e8e2 29 28 88 88 88
for December, ditto, 2. .ccseecccccecccaccccceccccesce
Mole, Description of a new species of. By E. Blyth, Esq., .....+ ses
Niti Pass. Notice of a Trip to the. By Lieut. R. Strachey, ...-..eeeees
Orange: Yellow Earth from Sikkim, Examination and analysis of an. By H.
Pida@imetons isty.5 ib chee ehh SSRIO NE Ileits 2h. ere bls le didielw aldia noble ste ene
Page
217
89
189
169
349 -
429
499
573
575
577
579
581
583
212
79
143
Ornithology of India, Conspectus of the. By E. Blyth, Esq.,.... 229-319-501
Patna Boulders, Note on. By Captain E. L. Ommaney, 1... ees. ccesee
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for December, 1849, .......ccececeve
for January, 1850, ee e2e2ee 066 20 08 oe ee @se@eeescoeeaeveoe ¢@ e888 828
aoe for, Bebraaryy, ditty sis snk ois'e. 0.0.0.5. 4 a's hain be wb eehewleieenane
coe for. March dittopeee se ckiis did. Geshe kes otek CETUS Uebeeee
—— for April, dittOs (vie vais eleevic wainses 00 wees win p o.diGle sly eeiee
a for: May, dittossis si a clmedekiels 0 bebe ve cbt cleulente side ohih Ceiblel
— LOE A DOI) WE Odie OE MS cn bs bile dtu Claws LMI) ora) wil w GARIN
ee ford alin, Gitta. scracin is wieiw's Wie/.0 wom ble Oe eke Aes Rae
—— fox Ane tis fyditie, Sci @...56 Wild led ote hh FE walle h olble whleielely baiale
a for Septemiber, ditto, 0 at. ov av cl debleewetidt Se siewtnsep ou
—— =~ for October, ditto, .cscveverews sow vie bic bleh veleelbe te Ubis
for November, ditto, C8 ce ee ee ee 20 Fe 08 06H 002008 0868 08 08
for) December, ditto, | cies ve tele caie'e Ue TNs eb be welate bee
Shou or Tibetan Stag, On the. By B. H. Hodgson, Esq., ...cesseeece
eee , Additional Notice of the. By ditto, ....eeescove
Statistics of Banda, Report on the. By M. P. Edgeworth, Esq., .... +e
Storms of Winds experienced in Tartary, Memorandum relative to the, with
suggestions relative to them, &c. By H. Piddington, Esq.,......eeeees
Strachey’s (Lieut.) Scientific Enquiries in Kumaon, Notice of, .. +s. 00
Tabary, Notice of a copy of the 4th volume of the Original Text of. By Dr.
Sprenger, eo een OC CO FSTSCHCOCHEHOHS SH HH HSH GH EOR HOH HHR ZH PF OKC SHE HCHO LECE HOHE Oe ST 8
136
83
149
187
264
3483
346
421
481
493
497
50058
563
568
466
518
89
242
239
108
Contents. Vv
Tables of Mortality according to the experience of the Bengal Civil Service,
with the values of Annuities, &c. By Captain J. C. Hannyngton,...... 250
Tables for determining Heights by the Barometer. By Captain Hannyngton, 394
Takin of the Eastern Himalaya, On the. By B. H. Hodgson, Esq.,...... 65
Valley of Spiti; Report onthe. By Captain W. C. Hay, ........-0..2. 429
Variations of nearly affined species or races of Birds, chiefly inhabitants of
India, Remarks on the modes of. By E. Blyth, Esq., .......eeee0e58 229
Vichitra Natak or ‘‘ Beautiful Epitome,’’—a fragment of the Sikh Granth,
entitled ‘‘ The book of the Tenth Pontiff.” Translation of the, By Capt.
Prerewisions, st Cavalry, j«0,<.isw)s:aiaiale «lal wile GLOn@hwe on bs ble semhiraiak ates eae)
Voysey’s (Dr.) private Journal, Extracts Pal, No. IT. p. 110, No. III. 269
Wadi Araba, Note on the Strata cut through in excavating for Coalin. By
eeeeeeeeeees 08 139
Zinc Mines of Jawar, Note onthe. By Captain J. C. Brooke,....seeeee 212
Re emer TS CNTs) i a1 init he Si. wieiaiele «636/66 lle, bi:hi oid) apa leis ie fait
INDEX TO NAMES OF CONTRIBUTORS.
Baddeley, Dr. P. On the Dust Storms of India, .......0ceecesseccccccs 390
Blyth, E. Esq. Description of a new species of Mole, ......seceeeseeceee 215
Remarks on the Modes of variation of nearly affined species
RIPE ACES MOE DENIES, clo lee Uta 0/d hn) cisliaalaie \elale ciate iAije ‘ale 6] be Serb ibie xis wis.-e-enesoneouenn 221
Conspectus of the Ornithology of India, Burmah, &c., 229-319-501
Bowring, L. Esq. Descriptive Notice of the District of Jhilum, ........ 43
Brooke, Captain W. C. Note on the Zinc Mines of Jawar, .....eeeeeeee. 212
’ Buist, Dr..George.. On the General Vibration or Descent and Upheaval,
which seems, at a recent Geological period, to have occurred all over the
Northern Hemisphere,.. e@eeoeeeepe2e ee e@e ee eecesv ee oe oe eeeeaeeevp one eeee oe 302
On the Encrustation of Steam Boilers and Pipes in India, 419
Campbell, Dr. A. Answers to Mr. Piddington’s Queries about Winds,
PME psf a lalla: tia i oUcravnias wia)-cialicle? Gycie'nye'o aichaimniw Sid» sveleisvae aw eer. AGM
Edgeworth, M. P. Esq. Report on the Statistics of Banda, ...... 20000 89
Hannyngton, Major J. C. Tables of Mortality according to the experience
of the Bengat-Civil Servic js ci erews cower ts ce teas coecscoccess 250
—___—_—_-————— Tables for determining Heights by the Barometer, 394
Hay, Captain W. C. Report on the valley of Spiti,..,cccecsevcocescsee 429
vi Contents.
' Hekeykian Bey. Note on the Strata cut through in excavating for Coal in
AW Adi. A Palit; Wic\s ol alecass! ot wwitein) wie tlembleteravaltes) a) uwtele.cidrove ele w tnielWia alain
Note on the Formations and Lead Mines of Kohel et Terafeh,
Hodgson, B. H. Esq. On the Takin of the Eastern Himalaya, ........06
Senna Aborigines of the North East Frontier,.....esseeceee
—_ Aborigines of the South,.. CO ce oe ee se ce eeseee 26 a8 00
Kittoe, Captain M. Note on an Inscription from Juanpur, .. oe secseeccce
Long, Rev. James. Analysis of the Raj Mélé, ..cecccccccccacccccces
Ommaney, Captain E. L. Note on Patna Boulders,.... 1.2.00 ces eecece
Piddington, H. Esq. A Third Notice of the Ball Coal of the Burdwan
WE mes) acid Siac o's a cla U urmetciete le tale welt tia'e sie ieee ole'u wile e caliniiaiametanenanae
Examination of an Orange Yellow Earth from Sikkim,
On Calderite, an undescribed Silicio-Iron and Manga-
nese Rock,.. eeoeoe ee@eaeeeeveeeeeeteoeaeeneeeoe ee evevesee2e 282028 828 £8 8888 OO
Memorandum relative to the Storms of Wind experienced
in Tartary, eeoeeveeaepeneeeoveseeeees sceeeeoeeeeeeveeneeee8 28 868 88 68 eeee
A Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms, ....+e«e
Games
Examination of a New Mineral, Haughtonite, .... eee.
Rajendralal Mittra, Note on an Inscription from Oujein, .....eceessece
Sherwill, Captain W. Note on the Bird-devouring habits of a species of
SHEL T sai a)/a\e)raie atatatelsle intalib fete =\/aielkatayistal stel/o\)inicl aie "als injaiintejetele: > =:ala! sista atta
Siddons, Capt. G. Translation of the Vichitra Natak, .......eeseecesees
Sprenger, Dr. A. Notice of a copy of the Original Text of Tabary, ......
——-On the Ghassanite Kings, .......ccescccccescveccccces
Strachey, Lieut. R. Notice of a Trip to the Niti Pass,.... se .sceessevece
—_————-_ Notice of Scientific Enquiries in Kumaon, ........0-
Torrens, H. Esq. Some Conjectures on the progress of the Brahminical con-
querors of India, @eoeeoeeveesc@eeseoeoseeesceve ee ee 82 028 8280208 88 8€HE SF FEF C8 OS
Note on a specimen of Iron from the Dhunakar Hills, ..
Page
139
217
65
309
461
On the Shou or Tibetan Stag, .....ssseccscceeee 466-578
454
533
136
75
143
145
242
349
452
475
474
521
108
469
a7
Voysey, Dr. Extracts from his private Journal, .....seeecceseessees 190-269
LIST OF PLATES.
Plate I. Takin, of the Eastern Himalaya, .. ..ccsecesccecscrcecees Page
ha Prantiview-of the skull of Gitte; {asc eile dees vaiddv ce scite wade ss
iiosioe view of the skull Of ditto, ccc. sc ce00 ds aw wists a ee Se ee oc
IV. Sculls of the Talpa leucura, T. microura, and T. europea, ......
V. Chart to the Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms, ........
Poe foe Sketch ef the Spiti Valley) ic so/ocice ce ts. ace viele ee oe se! sie
PERU GIS OL LG MOUs) vahaye a) <’o pis din) sin-a'u 10's cp juilo a .u/er wiaajeiael cin. 6.0, s'e/,e\0
MRI LO CAAGED)5. (iui in @ 60a wish 000 elena a oinie'sine(eSie.e/meinis' ab en es sa ee
65
67
JOURNAL
OF THE
motATIO SOCTETY.
naval
JANUARY, 1850.
SNAPP LD LVF LODO LOLI IYLVIOLIVIPIF PALAIS DO
Some conjectures on the progress of the Bradhminical Conquerors of
India. By Henry Torrens, B. 4., V. P. and late Secy. As. Soc.
of Bengal.
In the grave pages of a scientific journal, so often honoured by the
successes of positive antiquarian discovery, it may seem at first sight,
somewhat idle to obtrude conjectural speculation, or something nigh
akin to it. Where, however, he who dares to conjecture, does not £0
the length of insistance upon the verity of his suggestions; but is
willing to incur the discredit of failure in his position, for the chance
of having been able to open a new road to enquiry, the boldness of the
attempt may perhaps justify its publication, however faint the hope of
any ultimate solid advantage.
But in truth it will be I think, found, that the progress of discovery
up to this time in that anomalous field of Indian antiquity in which
neither legible monument, nor written record lend their assistance to
the student, has hitherto depended a good deal upon happy suppo-
sition, directing the course of subsequent enquiry, leading to a definite
consequence: as in the Indo-arian researches, we see the suggestion
and first discovery with Prinsep, the imvestigation with Lassen, the
result deduced by Wilson. I think, and have for some years thought,
that we stand on the margin of a still broader field of historic know-
ledge, such as shall carry us from studying the mere despotic successions
of princes, to an accurate acquaintance with the progress of peoples,
and an approximation in due course to the solution of that great
mystery, the dispersion and subdivision of the races of mankind. The
No. XXXVII.—New Series. B
.
2 Some conjectures on the progress of (JAN.
differences and yet the co-existant affinities of those races constitute
one of the strangest, and most interesting subjects of human study.
Identity exists among them, in the radical formation of language, with
a total variance of custom; while in another case, custom and appa-
rent habits are identical, with a difference of the very system of speech,
irreconcileable as yet by any current theories in philology. The most
striking of these instances, is perhaps, that of the ancient Egyptians,
and the modern Hindoos, whose affinity of customs is indisputable,
even to the institution of castes, and segregation; whose distinctive
dress is precisely similar ;—whose symbolic representations of deities
in many instances correspond wonderfully ; and who indeed to any one
that looks observingly on the memorials of the extinct nation, while resid-
ing among the extant one, present in their modes and habits of life, of
labour,—the shape of tools, boats, and utensils, and a hundred minutize
of fact speaking to the eye, but tedious and trifling to detail, the appear-
ance of one people. But if between two races that reckon the periods of
their substantive existence, not by centuries but by milliads, there still
abide in the one that lives,after the contingent influences of so many revo-
lutions, so striking a resemblance to that one which nationally exists no
more how much greater must not that similarity have been in times when
both flourished, powerful and independent, at a period long anterior to
the records of written history, in contemporaneous greatness? Now if
on the one hand, the Egyptian hath left us (save in the papyri the
examination of which is in its infancy) no historical record of himself
beyond what lie in temples and in tombs, with their remains of art,
their pictures, and their half-read hieroglyphics,—so on the other does
the Hindoo, with an extant literature, vouchsafe us little or nothing of
the definitely historical, amid much acute philosophy, much gorgeous
poetry, mystical and imaginative theology, and legislation of a singular
wisdom, fitted only for a highly civilized people. But, on either hand,
meagre though to the historical interest of the lists of Egyptian kings,
and all apocryphal the romance of Hindoo heroie poetry, we have
fortunately preserved with each the representation of a people, whom
chronology helps us in setting juxta-posed in the zenith of their power
at corresponding periods. If then after a lapse, say, of two thousand
years, the one race still be similar to that other which exists no more,
while its records of things done anterior to that time, prove usages and
1850.] Brahminicai Conquerors of India. 3
habits, almost identical with those that constituted the painted records
of the extinct people,—we may with justice speculate upon an earlier
time that saw the common origin of both.
It was in making some cursory enquiry into the early military history
of nations, that I gradually accustomed my mind to admit the possible
truth of a speculation, which I had inclined towards some years previ-
ously, regarding the eastern tributaries (recognizable as such by the
animals and offerings they bring) represented m the Egyptian kings’
tombs of the eighteenth dynasty.* The early mythic fable of the
Indian expedition of the Egyptian Bacchus; the history of Ramat
with its Bacchic character which so struck Bishop Heber, when first he
saw it represented in action,{—the visible affinities of custom, the
similarity of religious types, the painted caves rivalling the graphic
picture-records of Egypt,—all stimulate a dweller in India, at all inter-
ested in searching for the material of history, to approximate to some
idea of the point of annexation, at which the Egyptian and the Indian
element in it give evidence of union. But it has been exceedingly
difficult to devise up to this time the direction, in which that possibility
of union is to be looked for. The opinion that ‘‘there is no other
people of the ancient world whose form and fashion bear so strongly
_the impress of locality as the Egyptian ; or who is bound to his country
by so many ties, or who so identified it with himself,’’§—was all which
had distributed itself very largely: its learned and sagacious pro-
pounder maintained as late as the year 1826|| that the dominant
Egyptian castes, were descended from an aboriginal African people,
with a curious disregard of the internal evidence of their institution as
pointing toa different origin: and the idea of a maritime intercourse
with India, founded on the known facts as to the external commerce
* Wilkinson’s Manners and Customs, Vol. I. in loc.
+ An old Egyptian word. ‘‘ Pyramid is according to him (Ignazio di Rossi) Ps-
RAM, ‘the high.’ The root ram for high, similar with the Semitic, is assured ;
rama for high seems also to have warrant. The pronounciation of the article is as
with the pi-rémis of Herodotus for pe-rdmi, the man.’’
Bunsen’s /igypt’s Place.
Book II. Sec. VI. (a note is appended to this in the original with a cloud of philo~
logical authorities),—H. T.
t+ Heber’s Journal zn loc.
§ Heeren’s Researches, Vol. V. ch. 1.
|| Bunsen’s Egypt’s Place. B. I. Sect. III, B. VII.
4 Some conjectures on the progress of [Jan.
of Egypt, and her ancient ports, as Philoteras (Wilkinson’s M. and C.
ch. III.) might, in this sense account for the Hindu analogies; nay,
the passage* in George Syncellus upon the 40th king in his list,
Amenophthis (“who is the Vocal Stone. The Aithiopians came from
the Indus, and settled in Egypt ;”) would go with many who adopted
Heeren’s view as proof positive, in the absence of a thoroughly critical
examination of the records, historical, traditional, and chronological,
of the ancient kingdoms of Egypt.
It so happened that in 1846, a position was put forth in a treatise
on military history, published anonymously and obscurely enough by
me in Calcutta, maintaining the Egyptians, to have been the original
instructors and civilizers of Europe. This idea combated the view
taken of them as respects the peculiar “impress of their locality,’
and was entertained after mature reflection upon consideration that
their monuments show them to have been great and mighty conquerors,
that they also bore testimony to their progress in art and science, and
that art goes forth with arms, the study of which is one of the first
historical characteristics with an energetic and enterprising people.
After quoting Saxe’st+ well-known comment on discipline, it was observed
—“‘the nations of antiquity who derived their military system directly
from Egypt, imbibed this great principle together with the rules of
practice which their leaders, or their founders carried away from the
land, which was truly the focus of all western civilization. These
* ‘¢T have represented the Egyptians as an aboriginal people of Africa, and as
descended from the same race as the present inhabitants of Nubia. This race
insensibly spread itself by colonies along the valley of the Nile into Lower Egypt.
I have confined this assertion, however, to the superior castes of priests and
warriors ; since it appears, according to the relations of the Egyptians themselves,
that it was a sacerdotal caste, emigrated from Meroé, which, by the aid of its reli-
gion and superior intelligence, founded a dominion over the Nomad tribes, the pri-
mitive inhabitants of Egypt. Such is also the opinion of Rosellini, although he
does not mention Meroé, but only cites the generic name of Ethiopia. I shall
show, a little further on, that Champollion also held the same opinion, which is
still further strengthened by the statements of other travellers quoted in my work.””
Heeren’s Res. Vol. V. Appendix XI. Sec. I.
+ The statements of this Byzantine chronologer, with those of his predecessors
Theophilus, Panodorus, and Anianus, are critically examined by Bunsen in his
‘«Egypt’s Place.” B. I. Sec. II. D. E, F. G.—H., T.
1850.) Bréhminical Conquerors of India. 5
nations were the Phcenicians; and through them the Carthaginians ; the
Hebrews; the Greeks generally; the Etruscans and through them
the Romans. As to other nations more ancient than these, who may
indirectly have either participated with the Egyptians in their know-
ledge of the science of war, or have gained experience of it by subse-
quent collision with them, we shall have hereafter a few brief words to
say, more however in the way of speculation than enquiry.”
To this position was added, another elicited in the course of an
investigation, into the history of the use of the horse, an animal of
eastern origin as now acknowledged by all naturalists; the antiquity
of the use of this creature in Arabia was established,* chronologically,
by the dates (2337 and 2136 B. C.) given on astronomical calculation
to the book of Job; and Aistorically, at a period perhaps anterior to
any extant conventional base for calculation, by reference to the Hyma-
rite rock inscriptions, found in the old seats of the tribe of Aws in
Hadramaut by Lieut. Welsted (A. D. 1843), and translated by the
Rev. C. Forster.t Now as Wilkinson, ‘‘ the trustworthy and accurate,”
as Chevalier Bunsen calls him, gave for the era of the first Egyptian
king, no more than 2320 B. C., the question of comparative civilization
at the period in Egypt and Arabia struck me as worth attention. On
the one hand was an astronomical date assignable to the era of a
people (of Uz), who had already a literature, and a knowledge, however
patriarchal, of the arts;—and beside it, an historical record of un-
known antiquity, descriptive of the private life and military habits of
a race, greatly advanced in the luxuries of the one, and the experi-
ence of the other. On the contrary it was set, on the authority of
Josephus,t a date for the existence of the oldest known founder of
Egyptian civilization, posterior to that of Job. Without skill, or
opportunity im this country, to examine further, I could only judge
inferentially from the facts before me, and, in showing the futility of
Col. Hamilton Smith’s position that the Hyksos, or shepherd kings,
brought the horse to the Egyptians, who bestowed the knowledge of
him on the Arabians, I observed as follows :—
* Reveries, B. VII.
t Forster’s Geography of Arabia, Vol. IT.
The argument is appended, or written, without amendment of the dates.—H., T.
t Wilkinson, M. L. C. Vol. I. ch. II.
6 Some conjectures on the progress of [ JAN.
‘If such communications existed between the two nations, how
comes it that the camel, the national type-animal of Arabia, should
never have found his way, into the painted records of the Egyptians,
that careful and observant people? It is a most singular fact, that
the camel never has yet been found pourtrayed upon any of the paint-
ings‘or sculptures, extant in the Nile valley.* The native habitat of
the horse was in high latitudes, thousands of miles distant from the
spot in which he most appears to have been cultured: the indigenous
site of the camel was in the sandy wastes of the children of Ishmael,
immediately adjoming the land of Egypt. Yet are its inhabitants sup-
posed to have transmitted the equine animal to the masters of the
camel, and with all their curiosity, science and observation to have
asked for, or admitted of, no return in kind? We can only conclude
that the horse was brought by the original colonists of the Nile valley,
a race so singularly coincident in customs and practices with the
Hindus, from Central Asia, at a period beyond our power to calculate
upon any date now in our possession; that another tribe or race must,
about the same time, have carried the same animal into Arabia, where
the nature of the country suggested, as in the case of Egypt, the
manner of his use, and the purposes to which he should be applied.
The one people, amid wide and open plains, and scanty pastures, rode,
as became a nomad race; the other, in a low, narrow, deep, and
plenteous land, pampered their steeds in stables, and yoked them to a
car, a vehicle so light that two powerful horses could easily drag them-
selves and it, through the fat loan of the muddy country in which
a mounted man would sink to his horse’s locks at every stride.”
It was not till about two years or more after the above was written
that I received, in the German, the three first books of Chevalier
Bunsen’s Egypt’s Place in the World’s History ; and it may be judged
with what satisfaction I read the peroration of his first book, in which
he italicises the one great result of his unparalleled research, coincident
with my own humble inference.
“‘On a comparative view, we can have no hesitation in saying, that:
the investigation into mythology, ag far as it has gone, determines upon
a fact not less important as respects the world’s history, as certainly
* Gibbon (Misc. Works) quotes Diodorus Siculus 6. III. c. 44 to prove that
the camel was extant in his day as a wild animal in Arabia.—H. T.
1850. ] Bréhnunical Conquerors of India. 7
and to the same intent, as did the dissection of (Coptic) philology.
The knowledge of God lke the knowledge of language among the
Egyptians has its roots in ancient Asia, in the ancient Armeno-Cauca-
sian territory. That this land, defined more nearly, is one of primi-
tive Aram, and connected with the primitive kingdom in Babel,—and
that the hieroglyphics of Egypt are actually nought else in the image of
the world’s history, than a still extant peculiarity of the old-time of
Aramite-Armenian mankind (according with the same law whereby
Iceland exhibits the still extant heathen Norway of the 8th century)
—is an historical fact which we will here but assert, proposing to lay
the proof of it before our readers in the fourth and fifth book.
“If we turn from this point to its opposite, the historical period of
Egypt, our investigation into the Kgyptic origines, will already have
made it clear, that the kingdom of Menes itself, rests upon a venerable
substructure of several centuries of the Nile valley, rich with the spirit
of intellect. Conformably with it must Menes have constituted the
kingdom of Egypt, in that he brought together, and united the separate
elements of life of Kgypt’s provinces. Thus do these origins establish
true, the assertion made at the opening of this book, that Menes created
the historical knowledge of the Egyptians, as did Karlmagne that of
the German peoples.’’*
Here then we have research supporting inference with such command-
ing weight of authority, as to encourage the resumption of ideas still
more daring, than those even which suggested an eastern origin to the
inhabitants of ancient Egypt, from a stock allied to the Hindu. I have
not the fourth and fifth books of Chev. Bunsen’s work, indeed I know
not if they be published, in spite of enquiry made; but, I do not think
it inexpedient to set forth once again, and, on authority corroborative
of the Egyptian tomb-records, that the ancient’ Egyptians, an eastern
people who brought into the Nile-valley the germ of civilization,—
* JT have seen, and indeed possess,a translation of the first Vol. of Chev. Bunsen’s
Egypt by Charles Cottrell, Esq. M. A. (London 1848); but it is in a style of
periphrasis, and not without omissions: I have therefore ventured on the humble
verity of as literal a rendering as I could master. Should Mr. Cottrell have
translated from a later edition than that of my copy (Hamburgh, 1845, octavo),
which has suffered alteration, (and from the variations I should suppose so) part
of my remarks do not apply.—H. T.
8 Some conjectures on the progress of (JAN.
there perfected it, and then carried back their arms and arts as con-
querors, both before and after their temporary subjection by the Hysos,
into the countries immediately civilized and peopled, through which
they had, as nomads, passed on their way to the Nile.
It is remarkable that up to the time of the Ptolemies, the character
of every monument, and of every vestige of the ancient Egyptian people
retains its Egyptian type, that ‘impress of locality’ which so much
struck Heeren; and as this type has from the earliest, been unmixed
by analogy with that of any other nation, save the Hindu, the neces-
sary conclusion is that the Egyptians in their migration towards the
Nile traversed virgin lands, as yet unsettled and uninhabited. Accord-
ing to the great law which seems to regulate the progress of people
from land to land, that progression is impulsive, the foremost tribe
being forced forward by that which directly infringes upon it. This
may happen in three ways;—by the strong hand, driving a race of
previous settlers from their homes to the masterful advantage of the
ageressor, who has perhaps himself been forced upon them ;—or by
the two supposed cases of incompatibility of co-existence in races
whose capacities for accepting civilization materially differ ; viz. either
when the foremost race being of peaceful habits, industrious and
quiescent, becomes dissatified with the neighbourhood of a people,
which, though not unfriendly, is inapt to mix or to deal with its
denizens on equal terms ;—or where the converse occurs, the foremost
nation being slothful, inert, uninventive, and capable of only a semi-
savage independence, refusing and ultimately withdrawing from the
offence of the civilization superincumbent over it, in the institutions
of the nation that has immediately followed it up.* It is probable
then that the shepherds, i. e. the Nomad races, had been “an abomi-
nation unto the Egyptians’ from times anterior to their settlement in
the Nile-valley,—at a period how remote the newly-established chrono-
* The disappearance of the pure Celtic races, in our isles before Saxon influences
is a melancholy extant example of this latter phenomenon in the history of mane
kind: in process of centuries, the pure Celt recedes, while the Saxon or Teuton
advances, and the mixed race formed intermediately remains stationary. The
recession and gradual extinction of aboriginal American, Australian, and some
South-African races before a mixed Saxo-Teutonic,—and as respects the Spaniard,
a mixed Goto-Semitic race, offer analogous examples with variation of circum-
stances according to relative grades of civilization.—H. T.
1850. | Bréhminical Conquerors of India. 9
logy of Chev. Bunsen shall, before I go much further, testify : but
in the mean time I must go back to the vestiges which remain to us of
one of those great races after their settlement as a civilized people, in
order te trace the character of Egyptian influence over them.
I may here premise, that when writing on this subject in 1846, I
alluded to the researches of Signor Botta (commenced in 1843) at
Khorsabad, pointing out their immense importance, and stating that
*“we may look to receive from this quarter information of the most
interesting and instructive character, as soon as the exploration of these
ruins shall have been undertaken on an extensive scale. It may
readily be conceived, that at such atime as this, vague speculation upon
the character of the former tenants of these ancient realms, “ would not
only be valueless but even impertinent ;’’ and Layard’s Nineveh that
now (1849) is before me, speaks confirmation, welcome and eloquent,
of the justice of the opimion. This able man and delightful writer,
who has driven by sheer sense, skill, and enterprise a new adit into the
dark hill of history, has furnished us in one of his discoveries, with
evidence of the adoption of Egyptian habits, and of the existence of an
Egyptianised race in works of art (ivory carved figures with hieroglyphics
and symbols of Egyptian sovereignty found at Nimroud) having in form
and style of art a purely Egyptian character, though certain pecu-
liarities would seem to mark the work of a foreign, perhaps an Assyrian
artist ;* the like were found at Kyomjik, another of the mighty mounds
* It is most interesting to compare in Mr. Dennis’ Cities and Cemeteries of
Etruria (2 Vols. 8vo. London, 1848), an archeological discovery of precisely simi-
lar character, simultaneously published with the Ninevehan one, as regards Egyptian
imitative art, occurring in a very ancient Etruscan sepulchre at Vulci. This
tomb, called by the discoverers Grotto d’ Iside (Cit. and Cem. Vol. Ist. p. 419) is
the burial place of two ladies of rank, ‘‘ whose effigies are stillin existence, though
nearly three thousand years may have elapsed since their decease.’’ Of the articles,
vases, unguent-pots, and alabastra, in the tomb, ‘‘all have a strong Egyptian or
oriental character; but with the exception of those evidently imported from the
banks of the Nile, they are Etruscan imitations of Egyptian art, with the native
stamp more or less strongly marked.’’ Of a particular vase, Mr. Dennis further
observes—‘‘ So Egyptian-like are the chariots, and the procession of females,
painted on this vase that the general observer would take it for an importation :
yet the learned have pronounced it Egyptian only in character, and native in
execution, though of most archaic style, and early date.’’ A necropolis of the
Cc
10 Some conjectures on the progress of [ Jan.
of ruins. But at Nimroud, a still stranger revelation was at hand. At a
certain level in the mound, many tombs were found (Nineveh, vol. II.
ch. XI.) containing the remains of the dead with vases, plates, mirrors,
spoons, beads, and ornaments, “identical with similar remains found in
the tombs of Egypt.’ Some of these tombs were built of baked bricks
carefully joined, but without mortar; others were formed by large
earthen sarcophagi covered with an entire alabaster slab. ‘“ Having
carefully collected the contents of the tombs,” says Mr. Layard, <I
removed them, and dug deeper into the mound. I was surprised to
find, about five feet beneath them, the remains of a building. Walls
of unbaked bricks could still be traced ; but the slabs with which they
had been cased, were no longer in their places, being scattered about
without order, and lying mostly with their faces on the flooring of
baked bricks. Upon them were both sculptures and inscriptions.’
Here were the tombs over the ruins. The edifice had perished and in
the earth and rubbish accumulating above its remains, a people, whose
funeral vases, and ornaments were identical inform and material, with
those found in the catacombs of Egypt, had buried theirdead. ‘* What
race then occupied the country after the destruction of the Assyrian
palaces? at what period were these tombs made?” asks Mr. Layard.
He goes on to show us such differences in the character of the Assyrian
bas-reliefs in the lower grave-buried palace, and that occupying the N.
W. of the Nimroud mound, that one might think we read here a his-
tory of Assyrian power subverted, and of a strange (Egyptianised)
race living and dying in and over their kingly halls, who were again
subsequently so dispossessed, and eradicated by the re-establishment of
Assyrian domination, as only to tell they had been ever there, by the
mute and mournful eloquence of their graves! The course of ascer-
tained Egyptian history, supports the silent evidence of these newly-
discovered remains; their extreme antiquity and obscurity as respects
all other historical authority, prepares for the reception of the esta-
blished chronological computations of Chevalier Bunsen, which carry
back the record of the succession of time, as synchronised with the
west, giving like intimation of a local Egyptian influence, with that shown in the
palatial graves of Nimrod on the plain of the Tigris, adds great force to the truth
of my exposition of the external impression, left lasting by the old Egyptians
beyond their own land.—H. T.
1850. | Bréhminical Conquerors of India. li
circumstance of history, from a particular era, to an epoch infinitely
more ancient, than any which previous research had as yet accorded to
enquirers. For instance, to put the case on Bunsen’s chronology; if
the grave-buried palace above noted, had been destroyed or removed
by Sesortosis II. (the great Sesostris of the 12th Egyptian dynasty, v.
Bunsen in loc.), he, whom tradition asserts, I may add, the Assyrians
to have deified,* a king whose exact entity research has identified, and
whose exploits, history (v. Diodorus, &c. &c.) has ever celebrated,
though confusedly with two others of the name who preceded and
followed him :+—if he, I say, may be supposed to be the conqueror who
settled an Egyptianised race in the seats of the Old Assyrians, this
was about 2801 years before Christ, (v. Bunsen): about two hundred
and fifty years after (B.C. 2560) commenced the era of a foreign
domination in Egypt, that of the Hyksos, who seem to have been a
* —————— kai SéoworTpis Exeivos TH KoTMoKpaTwp A€yerOat Geds Tois AooUpLOLSe
Fourth Chiliad of the histories of Johannes Pzetzes (556-7): Ido not remem-
ber seeing this belief, mentioned out of the rich mine of tradition, which the above
Byzantine has left us ;—nor have seen this passage before quoted from him.—H. T.
tT I append at length another ancient allusion to the historical mystery of Sesos-
tris, now cleared up in our own day from a fragment of Paulinus’ metrical version
of the lost book De Regibus by Suetonius (Oudendorp’s Ed. Bak. 1751, 2 vol.
8vo.), preserved by Ausonius Epist. XIX.
Kuropamque Asiamque duo vel maxima terre
Membra, quibus Libyam dubie Sallustius addit,
Europe adjunctam ; possit quum tertia dici.
Regnatus multis, quos fama obliterata; et quos
Barbara Romane non tradunt nomina lingue.
Illibanum, Numidamque Avelim, Parthumque Vononem,
Et Caranum, Pelleea dedit qui nomina regum,
Quigue magos docuit mysteria vana Nechepsi,
Et qui regnavit sine nomine mox Sesostris.
It is curious to trace in this notice of the nameless Sesostris, (which word was
doubtless taken, like Pharaoh, for a title) the confusion arising from the recurrence
of a Sesortosis in several dynasties of Egyptian kings, and the result as expressed
in obscure and remote tradition, at one time raising him to be a god, at another a
mysterious monarch without a name! Incidents in study, like these, deserve
record for the encouragement they hold out to research, which wi// in due time
teach us.—H. T.
c 2
12 Some conjectures on the progress of [JAN.
mixed race of Canaanites, and Bedouins (v. Bunsen); but, be they
who they may, the description of the dominancy of Egypt by theory,
will account for these graves in the Nimroud mound, first asserting the
fact of her colonization there; and of the re-appearance of new Assy-
rian palaces, above these graves which surmounted the old ones, when
the dispossessed race returned in victory to their ancient site of
power.*
I have spoken as merely of conjectures in this paper ; but as leading
myself on to my own peculiar position, have, on the evidence of fact,
moved the ancient Egyptian out of the “impress of his locality’’ into an
ascertained residence towards the East, on the testimony of an archaio-
logist, and with the concurrence of an historiographer, who certainly
wrote and thought as independently of each other, as distance and
unconsciousness could make them do; meanwhile Mr. Layard affords
strange matter for further conjecture in the inscription given below.
“on aslab at Nimroud,” he says, “forming a part of a wall in the
south-west palace, but brought from the most ancient edifice, I found
one line of writing in which the characters were thus formed. It
occurred beneath the usual inscription, and was but slightly cut.”
* Historic theories of the character above expressed, would a few years ago have
been justly repudiated; but the progress of discovery begins to enable us to venture
at an explanation of many mysteries ; and no sooner does one astounding fact in the
voiceless records of the past reach us from the East than in the West appears another,
as strange and unexpected to corroborate the inference which the first directly points
towards. I allude to the Egyptian character of the most ancient remains found in the
tombs still extant, about the often nameless sites, of lost Etruscan cities, or rather,
Etrurian, Umbrian, and Pelasgian ; Dennis’ Cities and Cemetries of Etruria. (Lond.
1848.) I may indeed go further still, as Mr. Dennis finds (Vol. II. pp. 39, 202),
Etrusco-Ninevean traces, binding the East and West, as it were together. I cite
for readier reference the passages in his excellent and intensely interesting work,
which note the presence of an Egyptian element, in the early civilization of Italy.
Etrusco-Egyptian, Vol. II. pp. 8, 296, 107, 114, 124. Pelasgo-Egyptian, pp. 48,
59, 62, 65, 72. Umbro-Egyptian or Siculo-Egyptian, p. 320, and for a combina-
tion of these archaic types, Vol. II]. ch. 51, (Chinsi) and ch. 56, (Cortona)
passim. On the latter site occur (p. 442), ‘‘ many purely Egyptian idols,” and a
relic as indisputably pointing to an African origin, as the porcelain jars of the
Egyptian tombs do to China,—the head in bronze ‘“‘ofa negro.”” Here then,
again, we have ancient Egypt, carried out of her supposed boundaries in the most
practical of proofs.—H. T.
1850. ] Bréhimncal Conquerors of India. 13
TCE ET FO FG TK
FAY PRFETITETEN
“Tt is evident,” he observes, “that by substituting the wedge or
arrowhead for the lines in the above inscription, the character would
resemble such as are found on the earliest Assyrian monuments.” This
is doubtless; but left as they are, do they not exhibit a type of the
earliest form of the Lat character of India?* Again, Mr. Layard
gives us a single specimen of a cursive character found also at Nimroud,
in fragments of pottery; also on an alabaster vase with cuneiform
writing, containing the name of the Khorsabad king. ‘It has been
found,” he says, “‘on Babylonian bricks of the time of Nebuchad-
nezzar.”
94 AW So yg lage
This character I had thought at once recognizable, as the cursive
Ario-Bactrian, occurring on the slabs found in the Stuppa of Man-
kyala in the Punjab, fac-similes of which are with the Society, and
which Professor Wilson (Arian Antiquities) has decyphered, and ar-
ranged alphabetically. But our able Secretary, Mr. Laidlay, has re-
ferred me to another alphabet, dialectic of the Hebrew, as set forth in
the interpretation of the bilingual inscription of Thongga (Journal
Asiatique, Fevrier, 1843) to which be conceives the characters of this
brief specimen may be considered more properly to belong. Another
copy of this inscription (Trans. of the American Ethnological Society,
Vol. I.) by Mr. Catherwood who terms it Punico-Lybian, confirms
this view,
* It will require but a cursory reference to James Prinsep’s table of the Lat
characters (As. Soc. Journal, Vol. VII.) to establish the affinity of the above letters
with the oldest Lat form in use about 500 years B. C. perhaps in a transition state
from the cuneiform to the lineal character ?
14 Some conjectures on the progress of [ JAN.
These inscriptions afford at any rate monumental evidence of the
contact of an Egyptianised race, resident far beyond the confines of
the mother-country with foreign nations, whose habitat lay, in one case
certainly, eastward. We had already proof that the produce of the
extremest Orient found its way to Egypt; that of China, namely, in
the shape of articles of porcelain, of such inferior quality as to argue
that the manufacture was in its infancy when they were made, this
constituting another proof of their high antiquity: it had been conjec-
tured that these small vessels found in the tombs at Thebes contained
some precious ingredient, and that they had reached Egypt in course
of commerce through India.* We have now to note what may have
been the epoch of this early ¢ commerce by reference to a newly-estab-
lished chronology; what may have been the direction of this inter-
course geographically, and finally, what were the people who, as Sir
Gardner Wilkinson says, “at a very remote period’’ occupied India in
connection with the ancient inhabitants of the Nile valley.
It is necessary, however, that I should, before speculating further
upon this connection, which may have been collision in the first instance,
set distinctly before my reader, from the ancient literature and poetry
of the Hindus, their character, first, .as ageressors, and as warriors
quite as bold and skilful as the Egyptians themselves; and then as
occupants of a conquered country which they had incompletely mastered
out of the hands of its ancient inhabitants :+ I will, recapitulating what
was said in the treatise above alluded to, assign dates, or an approxima-
tion to them to both these epochs, with such remarks on the com-
parative character of Egyptian and Indian conquest as may suggest
themselves. By the side of this chronology, I will then place the new
Egyptian time-reckoning of Chevalier Bunsen with some of his remarks
* Wilkinson, Manners and Customs, Vol. II]. ch. IX.
t+ A certain school of even modern archaiologers has assumed with such certie
tude the pre-eminent antiquity of all things Indian, and has asserted this theory so
dogmatically, that it is not inexpedient to notice here, what one of the latest of
them, the learned Eusebe Salverte, and his editors, have ventured on in terming
‘¢ )’Hindoustan, Je berceau dela civilization dumonde.’’ (Des Sciences Orientales,
Kus. Salverte, 2nd Ed. Paris, 1843, p. 406.) The vague and unauthoritative cha-
racter of this learned writer’s deductions touching ancient India may perhaps be
separately noticed in the Society’s Journal hereafter, with reference to other points
of history.—H. T.
1850. | Bréhminical Conquerors of India. 15
and those of others on the nations with whom the conquerors of the
Nile valley combated, or treated; and lastly, I will submit my hypo-
thesis touching a possible recognition of the brahminical conquerors
on their progress.
Nothing is more easy than to prove by reference to ancient Sanscrit
authorities, that the skill in arms of the brahminical race was really
such, as to render them no contemptible opponents to troops as highly
disciplined as were those of Egypt. The institutes of Manu,* which
in their present shape, must have been in existence, according to Sir
William Jones’ calculation, 880 years before our era, contain in their
seventh chapter definite instructions, not only as to the policy of war,
but as to its detail, prescribing the seasons for military operations
(VII. Sloka 182), the division of the army employed (VII. Sloka
185), “elephants, cavalry, cars, infantry, officers, attendants ;”’ and the
formations in which the troops should advance into action, or adopt
on the line of march (VII. Sloka 107). These were various,
such as line, column, wedge, or double wedge, rhomboid with far
extended wings, with other formations (V. Wilson’s Dictionary,
wyuhat) involving the establishment of reserves—of tried men, or dis-
tinguished by known marks, “who are excellent both in sustaining a
charge and in charging, who are fearless and incapable of desertions’”
(VII. Sl. 190). Nor was moral influence on the soldier forgotten.
* Jones’ works, Vol. III,
+ Under this word, equivalent to array, several fanciful formations are mentioned,
the ear-shape, and flag-shape, and the macaru, or shape of the sea-monster. It is
curious to find this formation reproduced (Raffles’ Java, Vol. I. p. 281) in an island
colonised beyond a doubt from this country under the slightly altered form of
mengkara; and it shows the nationality of the early conquerors of India, and their
decidedly military character, that they should carry with them, and so firmly
establish the use and practices of their system of war, among their descendants as
to lead them to believe, not only that they invented these, but that the scene of
the great actions recorded in the military epic of the Mahabharat, fragments of
which exist (Raffles’ Java, Vol. I. Sp. 411) among the Javanese, lay in Java, and
Madura. Sir S. Raffles’s description of the military character of the Javanese,
and more particularly of their adherence to their ancient system of tactics up toa
comparatively recent period (the Matarim war about A. D. 1600), is a sort of
collateral testimony to the soldier-like qualities of the ancient race whence they
(Sansc. Yavana, wanderers) are undoubtedly descended. See Pritchard’s Physical
History of Man, Vol. II. p. 221.—H. T.
16 Some conjectures on the progress of [JAN.
The third chapter of these Institutes, ordains, writing of purification,
(Sl. 98) ‘By a soldier discharging the duties of his class, and slain
in the field with brandished weapons, the highest sacrifice is in that
instant complete ; and so is his purification: this law is fixed.”
In the Hitapodesa (ch. III.)* a similar degree of military arrange-
ment and precaution is inculcated, and it is curious that in this work
we should find the centre of the position occupied by the foot soldiers,
as if to them were entrusted the maintenance of the main array. “In
both wings let the cavalry be stationed; by the horses, chariots; by
the chariots, elephants; by the elephants, infantry.” Infantry again
it is remarked, are useful at all seasons, while horses and elephants are
not so, and it is among the foot-soldiers the king is to be in action:
“let the sovereign place the infantry before him and take his station.”
It is however said, that ‘the elephant is the chief of the forces,” and
‘the horse the strength of armies.’’ The author emphatically estab-
lishes, that—‘‘a small army, if excellent, is a great one,’’ an admitted
military axiom, the truth of which has been singularly lost sight of by
most modern eastern nations, with whom number has been ignorantly
identified with strength. Both in this work and the institutes of
Manu, rules are given in the chapters from which I have already
quoted, for the selection of strong-holds, the latter recommending that
the king should reside (VII. Sl. 70), ‘in a capital having by way of
fortress, a desert of about twenty miles round it,”’ or else in one of the
five order of fortressess, viz. of earth, of water, of trees, of men, or of
mountains, whereof the last is preferable.
There is a generosity of feeling manifested in the warlike practices
of this early time, which bespeaks a singular elevation of sentiment :
thus the brahman, we evidently learn, took no advantage in the field of
that sacred character, which if violated “by a blow even with a blade
of grass” (IV. Sl. 166) given intentionally, condemned the striker
“to twenty-one transmigrations in the womb of impure animals.” It
even the blow be struck in ignorance of the law “so as to shed blood
(VI. Sl. 167) from the body of a brahman, not engaged in battle,” a
very heavy, though indefinite, punishment is assigned for it. There is
again a very manly and humane spirit in the following provisions :—
(VII. Sl. 90). “Let no man, engaged in combat, smite his foe with
* Sir W. Jones’ works, Vol. VI.
1850. | Bréihminical Conquerors of India. 17
sharp weapons concealed in wood, nor with arrows mischievously
barbed, nor with poisoned arrows, nor with darts blazing with fire.”
(Sl. 91.) “ Nor let him in a car or on horseback, strike his enemy
alighted on the ground; nor an effeminate man; nor one who sues for
life with closed palms; nor one whose hair is loose and obstructs his
sight; nor one who sits down fatigued; nor one who says, I am thy
captive.” (Sl. 92.) ‘‘Nor one who sleeps; nor one who has lost his
coat of mail; nor one who is marked; nor one who is disarmed ; nor
one who is a spectator, but not a combatant; nor one who is fighting
with another man.” (Sl. 93.) ‘‘ Calling to mind the duty of honour-
able men, let him never slay one who has broken his weapon; nor one
who is afflicted with private sorrow ; nor one who has been grievously
wounded; nor one who is terrified ; nor one who turns his back.” It
is impossible for any code of the most exalted chivalry to exceed in ge-
nerosity, the noble temper of these prohibitions, and we must acknow-
ledge that the people among whom such laws were current, must have
attained a very high degree of civilization.
The great Sanskrit epic of the Mahabharat abounds in expositions
of the armament and tactical arrangement of the early Hindus.* It
* By the assistance of a Sanskrit scholar of eminence Babu Neel Rutna Haldar,
and of a very able and intelligent pundit Saroda Prashad, long employed by the
Asiatic Society of Bengal, I have been able to prepare the following translated
instances of what is stated above, from the Sections of the poem termed Bhishma
and Drona Parva.
‘*O! Great king, now the hero (Arjuna) formed on both wings a disposition
called Sringataka (the shape of a triple peaked mountain), which was very strong
and capable of breaking that of the enemy.
On either horn of the array were placed Bhima Sena and SAtyaki, the great
charioteer, with many thousands of cars, horses, and infantry.
Within the double boat-shaped force stood the king of men, Arjuna, whose
horses were white, and whose flag was distinguished by (the symbol of) the monkey ;
in the centre the Raja. Yud’histhira, and the two sons of MAdri (Nakula and
Sahadeva ’’) Vol. II. (Calcutta Ed.) p. 465. Bhishma Parva.
‘‘By Bharadwaja (Drona) was formed a disposition in the shape of a car with
wheels, which extended twelve coss in length, and five in breadth.
This array was formed by Drona himself with a number of different valiant
Rajas, who were placed therein, in different positions, and with numerous cars,
horses, elephants, and infantry.
In rear of this disposition, drawn in the shape of the lotus, was formed a central
D
18 Some conjectures on the progress of [Jan.
contains, with many episodes on various subjects, an account of the
struggle for domination between the lines of Pandu and Kuru, two
branches of the Lunar race of Indian sovereigns. The epoch of the
history of the Mahabharat,* has been fixed chronologically at about
fourteen centuries before our era; its scene is laid in the country about
Thdnesar in Sirhind, a tract which has been the great battle-field of
India, from time immemorial to our own days. The combatants were
six Gangetic monarchs, those of Hastinapura, Mathura, Panchala,
Benares, Magadha, and Bengal, as well as Krishna who reigned in
Guzerat. The tide of Hindu domination had not extended itself
beyond the boundaries of Aryavarta, or in other words, further south
than the Nerbudda river, even so late as the days of Manu, who after
array which was entirely impenetrable. In the centre of the formation shaped like
the unblown water-lily, was also formed another under cover of it.
O! chief of Kshetriyas, numerous elephants, foot-soldiers, Rathins, (a) and
horses appeared like (the meshes of) hundreds of thousand nets.
Warriors equipped with these shining weapons, bows, swords, scimitars, maces,
javelins, and spears were posted amidst these armies.
Scimitars clear as the serene firmament, as well as shields made of the bull hide,
and studded with hundreds of moons—glittered bright.
O! Great king, I have seen many elephants who were without their riders
(lying in the field) like mountains, exceeding faint under the shafts of Bhishma.”’
Vol. IT. p. 643. Drona Parva.
‘* At mid-day, oh! great king, a furious battle took place, between Bhishma and
Somaka, occasioning loss of lives.
I saw hundreds and thousands of horses of different countries, adorned with
golden ornaments, running with the fleetness of the wind.
I also witnessed the horsemen running with their wounded horses, and causing
their followers to run in all directions on the field of battle, with scimitars in their
hands.
The elephants grappling with other elephants quickly came up to the infantry
and horse. Then king Duryodhana sent ten thousand of valiant horsemen to resist
the Pandavas.’’ Vol. II. Bhishma Parva.
* Mr. Prichard in his 4th volume of the Physical History of Man has so massed
together all authorities and opinions on this most interesting question (See p. 101,
et seq.) that in place of referring to detached writers, I would earnestly recom-
mend a perusal of his clear and compendious view of the subject, to all who feel
any desire to imbibe definite ideas on a point of history, long either utterly obscure,
or in the highest degree uncertain.—H. T.
(a) Those that ride in cars.
1850. | Bréhminical Conquerors of India. 19
defining this region (II. Sl. 22) as the tract proper to civilized men,
proceeds with a remarkable expression, which I never remember to
have seen quoted with any reference to its force, to declare what
country is holy, (II. Sl. 23). ‘*That land, on which the black ante-
lope naturally grazes, is held fit for the performance of sacrifices; but
the land of the Mlechhas, or those who speak barbarously, differs widely
from: it.’*
Now as the grazing ground of this antelope is confined to wide and
open plains, and the land of the Mlechhas is put forward in contradis-
tinction to it, the natural inference is, that the Hindus were as yet
masters of no more than the open country, proving them by this
evidence to have been a race of emigrant conquerors, imperfectly
established in the land. The region whence they came, and the period
at which they first appeared on the confines of India, are the subjects
of enquiry which next suggest themselves, and chronologers going on
tlhe base of the ascertained date of the great war, and with the aid of
the Rajatarangini, or annals of Cashmere, the only Indian history of
any chronological authority, assign in the one case, 2256 before Christ,
as the date about which the first Hindu colonies appeared on the
confines of India, and in the other 2666 B. C.as the year of the
commencement of the history of Cashmere, in which the first brahmi-
nical settlement appears to have been formed: Col. Tod, and Professor
Wilson are severally the authors of these views. So much is certain,
that Manu himself points to a northern origin (II. Sl. 17. 18), and
that the great war itself was, as Mr. Prichard observes, (Vol. IV. p.
105,) an invasive movement southwards, “the first invasion of the
Dekkhan by the sovereigns of northern Hindustan,” indicatory of its
being no more than a sequel of similar aggressions whereby the new
sovereigns of northern India, had established themselves in the posses-
sions they then held. In the case of a people, so marked as the
Hindus by rigid adherence to ancestral habits, one may read their
doubtful history inferentially ; we know what was their onward progress
of conquest after the age of the Mahabharat, and knowing them to be
strangers in the land they then occupied, may come to an easy conclu-
sion as to the similarly aggressive progress by which they got there.
* For a notice of the Indian aboriginal races, see Prichard’s Physical Hist. Vol.
IV.
D 2
20 Some conjectures on the progress of [JAN.
“Oh! Egypt, Egypt! fables only will remain extant of you, alto-
gether incredible to later generations,—and nought will have fixed
being, but the words hewn in the stone.” So spoke prophetically, as
quoted by Chevalier Bunsen from one of the Hermetic Books, Hermes
to Asclepius; and, after the above review of the national character of
another co-temporary people from their own written record of their
habits and opinions, it is to the hewn stone, and the pictured wall that
we must go back for an understanding of what were the warlike pecu-
liarities of its congeners of the Nile valley, for the purpose of setting
them in juxta-position with those we have just considered. It is not
however necessary to encumber this paper with references to the
evidence on record as to the eminent military character of the Egyp-
tians. Their enterprise as soldiers, their discipline, and their prowess
are sufficiently illustrated from their movements in works now happily
diffused as a portion of the literature of the day. Their tactical
arrangement of troops, and their superiority in the use of the war-
chariot, are the two salient points in which, as warriors, they assimilate,
almost to identity of custom, to the brahminical conquerors of India ;
who again differ from the Egyptians in two military usages, not less
marked by the use of the horse as mounted equestrians, and the kind
treatment of their adversaries in war,—the practical habit in the one
case pointing to them, as a nation frequenting open plains, and still
imbued with nomad instincts, and the moral restraint in the other,
suggesting the existence of a scale of mental civilization infinitely
superior to that of any other nation of antiquity: one might imagine
that the generous forbearance of their military laws in the case of a
flying or a vanquished foe, or even of an adversary taken at disadvan-
tage, shadowed the germ of the Buddhistic doctrine of gentleness and
mercy. The Egyptians, despite ‘“‘the striking and even surprising
analogy in social regulations, divisions and subdivisions of hereditary
castes, the distribution of offices, the privileges and restrictions of
different orders in the community,” (Prichard’s Phys. Hist. of Man,
Vol. II. p. 193,) subsisting between themselves and the Hindus,
exhibit sanguinary proofs of their having obliterated the attribute of
mercy from their military code. In the well known paintings of
Madeenet Haboo, the great Remses (Wilkinson’s Egypt and Thebes,
p. 61, et seq.), appears triumphant over nations whose mutilated remains
1850.] Brahminical Conquerors of India. 21
attest “‘in heaps’ the ghastly massacre which had ensued on victory ;
in other places, scribes appear reckoning the number of such trophies.
I cannot, with Sir G. Wilkinson, (Manners and Customs, Vol. I. p-
392,) look upon this custom as consonant with a mode of warfare not
barbarous, nor with this evidence of the value attaching to the token
of actual slaughter, conceive that ‘‘the representations of persons
slaughtered by the Egyptians who have overtaken them, are intended
to allude to what happened in the heat of action, and not to any wanton
cruelty on the part of the victors.’ Sir G. Wilkinson’s argument
as to Egyptian mercy, deduced from the single incident at Madeenet
Haboo, where the crew of an enemy’s vessel are saved from the sinking
craft, might be turned, on his own admission that the soldiers received
a reward after the amount of slain was ascertained (Vol. I. p. 393),
clearly against him, the foe being saved from the water to die more
profitably for their captors, ashore. In any case, the Egyptians who
represent themselves as ruthlessly slaughtering a flying enemy, are
infinitely barbarous as compared with, perhaps, a kindred race, who, as
above quoted, forbade the slaying not only of ‘“‘one who turned his
back,” but of ‘one who was terrified,” or who even had his sight
obstructed by his disordered locks.
Now there arises a somewhat curious consideration out of this fact,
based in a measure on the new views of Chevalier Bunsen, and partly
on the evidence of monumental remains,—that this blood-thirsty
method of conducting warfare was unknown to the Egyptians, until after
they had undergone the foreign domination of the Hyksos, or Shepherd
kings. I am unable to trace the existence of carved or pictured
evidences of Egyptian cruelty in war during the 1076 years (Bunsen’s
B. III. p. 122) of the duration of the old dynasties from Manes, 3643
years before Christ, to the end of the reign of Amuntimaos.* In the
* Chevalier Bunsen gives from a very handsome tomb belonging to Nevétp, as
his name is read, a high officer under Sesortosis II. one of the 13th or last of the
ancient dynasty of kings, a singular instance of the mode in which conquered
nations were anciently treated in civilized Egypt. ‘‘ Here and in the neighbouring
tombs,’’ says our author, ‘‘ one sees represented nearly all the occupations of
ordinary life, hunting, fishing, dancing, play, the game (the morra of the Italians)
played with the fingers: men blow glass, exactly as the Egyptians of the latter
kingdom (or latter dynasties), and as we do.’’ (Vol. II. VI. 2, Sesostris the
22 Some conjectures on the progress of [Jan.
succeeding year, 2567 before Christ, began the reigns of the Hyksos
dynasties, which lasted 866 years. ‘To them succeeded the restoration
of an enchorial monarchy, in what is called the 18th Egyptian dynasty,
rich during its period of 229 years, with the names and acts of conquer-
ing monarchs; and it is during this period, more especially in the
victorious reigns of Totmes the 3rd, and the great Remses, that the
external triumphs of the Egyptians are pictorially celebrated, by those
savage records of victory, of which I have previously made mention.
Now as we cannot trace vestiges of the like cruelties before the
_ Hyksos’ period; and as ‘‘ the intimate relation and almost exact paral-
lelism that has been traced between the Egyptians and the Hindus,”
(Prichard ué supra) allow us to infer that the former were guided,
while unpolluted by foreign intercourse, by similar laws with those
which regulated the conduct of their supposed congeners ;—the ques-
tion arises, whether it were imitation of the savage customs of their
Great). Let me remark upon the exact similarity at all times here noted as
obtaining in Egyptian usages, before proceeding to the one ancient exception so
at variance with the customs current (v. Wilkinson) in this respect among the kings
dominant, after the 866 years of the Hyksos rule. ‘‘ But,’’ continues Chev. B.
“there is a pictured record in the above-named tomb of peculiar importance, dating
in the sixth year of our monarch’s reign, wherein are brought before Nevotp in
great ceremony as a present from his lord 37 strangers, (perhaps meaning 5, of
the strangers taken,) as remarkable as such, by their complexion, dress, and the
growth of their hair, as by being mentioned in that character in the inscription.
A leader appears at the head of his followers, equipped with club, bow, shield, and
lance ; one of them strikes a.seven-stringed lyre with the plectrum. The inscrip-
tion terms them ‘‘the great captured strangers.’’ Champollion seems to have
maintained that they were Greeks. * * * Others have thought them to be
the patriarch Jacob and his troop: and certainly the strangers appear depicted,
although described as conquered, not as prisoners, with bounden hands, but free,
and armed. This points at the embassy of some subjected northern people, per-
haps too, depicts a tributary present, as shown in the gazelles, and the weapons
which they bring.’’—-I am at a loss to comprehend from what country of the
North the gazelle could have come; but in another place the Chevalier repeats—
‘‘The remarkable representation of those light complexioned ‘ great strangers’ in
Nevétp’s tomb points to the subjection of a northern people,’’—not necessarily
northern; but certainly to their humane treatment as ‘‘ captured”’ (gefangenen) by
Sesortosis J].—H. T.
1850.) — Bréhminical Conquerors of India. 23
rulers for the time (the Hyksos), or retaliation of cruelties and oppres-
sions sustained for many centuries (to the hardening, doubtless, of the
hearts of the oppressed), that originated among the Egyptians a bar-
barism in war utterly at variance with their advanced Hindu-like state
in what we can see of their other habits? I read a sort of answer in
an important observation, recorded by Mr. Layard with his usual
accuracy, as respects the corresponding graven records of like cruelties
discovered by him at Khorsabad, Konyunjib, and Nimroud: he made
it in his consideration of the use of writing among the ancient Assy-
rians, but it has served a double purpose. ‘In the most ancient sculp-
tures of Nimroud, there are no representations of scribes. In the more
recent however, at (the three places above-named) we have eunuchs
writing down the number of heads and the amount of spoil, on rolls
of leather, or some other flexible material,’ (Nineveh and its remains.
Vol. II. p. 184,) and the representation of this is given by Mr. Layard,
where two figures, one bearded, the other apparently a eunuch, record
the heads, a heap of which has already accumulated at their feet,
brought to them by victorious soldiers. The possible use of the
papyrus by these scribes leads Mr. Layard on to a consideration of
the intercourse between Assyria and Egypt, about the period recorded
in the sculpture, and this he with the concurrence of Mr. Birch, the
learned co-labourer with Chevalier Bunsen in his Egyptian enquiries,
refers at the earliest to the 18th Kgyptian dynasty, or even to an
epoch long posterior to it, that of the 22nd dynasty, which commenced
only 982 years before Christ.
The necessary deduction from all which is, as respects the characters,
habits, and opinions of the ancient Egyptians, that there is nothing
in the pictured records to shake our belief, that anterior to the Hyksos
dynasties, they possessed a degree of moral civilization, not inferior to
that described in the written records of the Hindus; and that alto-
gether consonant with the character attaching to them historically, as
the benefactors and instructors of mankind; nay, further, we are
enabled, under this impression, to confirm ourselves in the idea that
the graves of that early Egyptianized race, whose very memory, like
that of the old Etrurian tombs in Italy, had passed from the minds of
those who superimposed palaces upon them,—give evidence, in the
unwarlike nature of the objects they contain, of the resting place of a
24 Some conjectures on the progress of Sian.
tribe of peaceful settlers,* a point of value in my argument: for it
enables me to connect the mythic and traditional histories of Egyptian
influence beyond the confines of the Nile valley, with something so
positive as a monumental record of that influence; and to find in ‘the
Egyptian Bacchus conquering and colonizing India,’ the type of its
existence, as belonging to a state of society anterior to the subjugation
of old Egypt by a foreign race, and the partial corruption of its
ancient habits.
What those habits were, appear, (to cumulate evidence,) in the cha-
racter of the earliest types of the divine power among them,—the
eight, or, according to Bunsen, the twelve, ancient gods, forerunners
and begetters of the twelve Mediaeval gods, to whom succeeded the
Isis and Osiris worship, or third pantheon of Egypt. The symbol of
power in all the representations of gods, on the oldest monuments, is
“a sceptre termed,” says Chevalier Bunsen, “ Gam, and assumed as
the emblem of a mild authority.” Ammon, “the hidden god ;”” Khem,
“the creative power;” Kulph, “the soul;’? Moot, “the mother ;”
Ptah, “the Lord of truth; Neith, “whose name is called, From
myself I come; Phra, “the sun;” are the chief deities of an ancient
Pantheon, the spirit of which is peace. In them lies, to us, a recovery
of the genealogy of ideas among a primitive people, who thus expressed
figuratively their conception of the attributes of the godhead, wor-
shipped variously in different localities of the same country ; but, when
its separate states were united under one ruler, forming indistinct
acceptations of the same fact, the ground work for another creed, more
wildly and loosely imaginative, and adopting itself, by borrowing from
foreign sources perhaps, to the altered and altering habits of the nation.
Thus in the second Pantheon of Egypt, and only there, among, even
then, only the supplemental or minor divinities, we find Anata, or
Anaitis, the goddess of victory, the first evidence of whose worship
* There is in the Egyptian types found in Etruria, a like absence of anything
aggressive or injurious. The most remarkable instance of the barbarism of muti-
lation in war, as noted by Mr. Dennis, occurs on a vase at Volteria, representing
the scene before Thebes, where one of the besiegers grasps a severed head by
the hair, about to hurl, it into the city, (Cit. and Cem. of Etr. II. p. 176) a practice
common afterwards with the Romans: ‘‘the style of art shows them to be of
on very early period.’”’—H. T.
1850. ] Bréhminical Conquerors of India. 25
does not occur, according to the accurate researches of Mr. Birch
(Ag. Stelle. 1, 6, II.) on any monument anterior to the time of Amme-
nophis I. or the beginning of the eighteenth dynasty : her effigy, says
Wilkinson, “is rarely found, and never as extant in a temple.” Thus
we have the earliest deification of the purely aggressive principle,
exhibited in Egypt, at a period posterior to the rule of the Hyksos.
But there is yet another point of still greater moment, as additionally
proving the identity of origin in the case of the Egyptian, and the
Hindu races,—the knowledge of which takes us a step beyond what
has been as yet established as to their ancient analogies in moral opinion
and practice; this is the verification of the assertion of the ever-true
Herodotus, as established by Bunsen (v. 1, 6, III.), that the worship
of Isis and Osiris,—or Isis, Osiris, and Horus, (Her-God in Egyptian,
thus latinised,) was the only religious form “that was honoured and
accepted throughout all Egypt.” For a critical examination of every
available monument, document, or authority shows that, “to speak
out in plain terms,” as Bunsen says, “the first and second Egyptian
Pantheons are nothing more than the development, first in undivided
and subsequently in subdivided theistic forms of particular attributes
of Isis and Osiris, or of both as either compared or combined.” Isis
and Osiris, singly or together; or Isis, Osiris, and Horus in one, com-
prehend directly in themselves that whole Egyptian theistic system,
which stands instead of Ammon and of Kneph, the hidden god, and
the soul. What are these words but Colebrooke on the Vedas once
again? ‘‘ According to the most ancient annotations of the Indian
scriptures’’—those, that is, which hold here the place in history of
monuments and graven stones—‘ these numerous names of persons
and things are all resolvable into different titles of three deities, and —
ultimately of one God. The inference that these intend but one deity,
is supported by many passages in the Veda, and is very clearly and
concisely stated in the beginning of the index to the Rig-veda, on the
authority of the Nirukta and of the Veda itself.’ In this identifica-
tion of a first common belief we touch the root of the matter, and the
mystery of the Egyptian theistic darkness is dispelled ;—so that there
is no need to recapitulate identities, however exact, in posterior creeds
and doctrines, as to the eight Gods, the mundane egg, and so forth.
Nay, we have even aclue, and a direct one, to the mental process
E
26 Some conjectures on the progress of [JAN.
which created these theistic subdivisions in old Egypt, by study of the
Buddhist and Brahminical controversies,* in which dogmas on the one
hand, and philosophic speculations on the other, show how sects were
formed and new opinions started on the primeval basis of a hidden
cause ;—a soul or conscious vitality ;—and thence Her or Shiva, as the
case may be,—a triune God.t
But let us go from the natural to the mythic idea. It was said,
years ago, by a very competent enquirer that, ‘the usual character of
human testimony is substantial truth under circumstantial variety ;”’t
and when such testimony is offered by witnesses unconsciously repeat-
ing the tale already told by others in another shape, why reject the
whole as fable?—or why, in the endeavour to analyse either part of it
separately, lose the spirit of the general tradition in which alone con-
sists the clue to its true meaning? ‘These old tales and histories
work according to their epoch so through and through each other, that
they become hard to separate,” observes Goethe, ‘‘and the wider they
are sundered the greater the rents made in them.’’§ What are the
Orphic and Pythagoric theories of abstinence from animal food and
the shedding of blood (Sobeck Aglaophamus, Lib. II. c. II. de vitd
orphicd), but the Buddhist doctrine inculcated in the Asoka edict (As.
Soc. Jour. Vol. IX. p. 616) extant on its granite block in our Museum?
What are the tales as to the origin of Cereal culture, and the pruned
vine, but like indications of the progress of a settled society supersed-
ing the wild habits of the nomad and the hunter ?
The mystery of Bacchus and Ceres is expressed, mystically, with
reference to their mythic story, and, physically, with reference to the
things they typify, wheat and its culture on the one hand; and on the
* The new edition of the Pilgrimage of Fa Hian in which my able friend, Mr.
Laidlay, honorary Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal, has enriched with
his own valuable notes and illustrations all that Abel Remusat, Klaproth, and
Landresse had already given the world on this interesting text, has (ch. xvii. 21)
a compendious notice on this head affording easy reference.—H. T.
+ The idea in which the hidden cause is taken by the Buddhists, with the sequence
of the soul, or life creative and eternal, opposed by its causative converse, death,
whose dominion is for a time only, gives the dual of a Godhead, Ormuzd and Ahri-
man, of ancient Persia, with the Manichzan and other dualistic creeds.—H. T.
t Paley, Evid. Christ, ch. II. 289.
§ Tag and Jahr Hefte, II. p. 19.
1850. | Bréhminical Conquerors of India. 27
other that of the grape together with its produce. As saith the Scholiast
(Pind. Isthm. VII.3), (which I translate from Sobeck’s Aglaophamus,)
(B. I. p. 150), Dionysus the associate of Demeter; according to the
mystical saying, because Zagreus Dionysus, born of Persephone is
associate to or connected with her; but in the physical sense because the
use of wine follows close upon that of wheat as food, the which is referred
to Demeter. Varro (Augustinus Civ. VII. c. 20 apud Sobeck) explains
the Eleusinian mysteries of Ceres with reference solely to the growth
of corn, saying that Proserpine typifies simply the germination of its
seed, which failing, gave rise to the fable that the ruler of the Shades
had borne away Ceres’ fair daughter. ‘his fanciful and elegant expo-
sition of the productive powers of the earth is too common to need
further comment; but the excess of generative force assigned to the
myth of Bacchus, as master of the vine, is greatly in advance of that
of Ceres, and, as a symbol, is much more generally diffused. Bacchus,
or Zagreus Dionysus, destroyed by the Titans, his limbs dispersed,
and he himself reproduced and revivified even as Osiris was destroy-
ed in like manner by Typho, and again revived, gives the idea of
vital action and reaction.* Bacchus is sometimes the vodv dduxdv,
or typical incorporation of mind with matter (Macrobius in Somn. 1.
12. p. 67, apud Sobeck): he is dypsovpyos (Proclus in Tim. III.
184, ibid), sung of the more ancient poets as, brahmin-like, “ twice-
born,” and filled with a creative force, second alone to that of Jupitert
himself. Identified with Osiris, he is Egyptian, and goes forth a con-
queror of lands, being the Bacchus of the Nile mentioned by Hero-
dotus; at another while (Cicero de Natura Deorum III. 23), he is
the son of Jove and Proserpine, or the re-active force produced by the
creative and germinative elements, or the son of Caprius (according to
* The cultivation of the vine in Egypt has been doubted, as having been anciently
practised: Sir G. Wilkinson (Manners and Customs, Vol. II. p. 152, et seq.) has
largely established the fact, and the eminent care bestowed on the plant, which
was trained, as to this day in Hindostan, over alleys of poles and thwarts, which
the vines ultimately covered so as to forma continuous arbour. The hiero-
glyph to express vineyard is the conventional representation of such an alley. The
story of Bacchus and of Osiris might be taken as figuratively expressing the pluck-
ing, crushing, and fermenting of the grape, a primeval antitype of Burns’ ‘John
Barleycorn.’—H. T.
T Cap. x. lib. II. Aglaoph. Sobekii, et ibid, imo passim.
28 Some conjectures on the progress of [ JAN.
other accounts one of the Cabiri himself) king dominant in Asia ; the
offspring of Jove and Luna, i.e. of the creative element and the
seasons (?); or lastly of Nisus and Thione.
It will be seen that we have insensibly passed from the mystical and’
physical character of the wine-god to his true mythical nature as an
accessory to history. He is the invader of India, a peaceful one
however, surrounded by troops of merry followers who with dance
and shouting, herald his coming, and gladden the way he takes: he,
as the very type of that fertility which culture directs to the benefit:
of mankind, becomes predominant as a king in Asia, the fertile; or as
one of the mysterious three (as some say, seven) Cabiri, or as the son
of one of them, he stands forth in dim tradition as among the number
of the first benefactors of mankind. But Sobeck, the great critical
historian of the mystical creeds of the Greeks, has contented himself
with a mere examination of the actual nature of the mysteries as
practised by them. THe is the antagonist of all symbol-mongers ;—he
disbelieves in types and their alleged origins ;—he refuses to acknow-
ledge that Bacchus is Osiris, or indeed anything, beyond the expost-
facto application of a fable to local practices current for years at the
different seasons of the year among the early cultivators of scarce
known and half-settled countries. In spite of this, and with all defer-
ence to so great an authority, I must take facts, laid open before us
since he wrote (A. D. 1829), as authorising the admission of the type
of the Egyptian Bacchus, as indication of the progress of civilization
in whatsoever quarter the Egyptian evidences of that progress be dis-
covered, be it by Dennis in old Etruria, or by Layard on the banks of
the. Euphrates. My first citation is of course purely collateral in
proof, as showing generally the excursive character of this civilization ;
my second takes us directly on our Bacchic way towards India, to be
met, we know not as yet at what point, by a race coming from another
quarter; but verging to the same focus as ourselves, destined to fill
the untried land with a modified form of Egyptian institutions, derived,
shall we say, from one common source with these? ‘The plurality of
Bacchic gods, or of Bacchic types exceeding the number, as I have
incidentally noticed, which is cited by Cicero, points in the historic
application of the myth, to the identity of Bacchus with that descrip-
tion of inventive spirit in man, which diverts him from the chase and
——
1850. | Bréhminical Conquerors of India. 29
the pasture to the elicitation of the productive powers of the earth.
Even the biblical assurance that “ Noah was a husbandman,’’ is con-
firmed to us by the record of the fact of his having “planted a vine-
yard ;’ and with this license for adopting the vine-type as the index
to a settled and civilized existence, I need do no more than cite a
parallel, but more familiar, instance* in mythical lore, to prove how
* Concurrent testimony shows us Hercules as a good type of the mythic process ;
he is Egyptian, Theban, Peloponnesian, and Dorian, on which three last Thirlwall
(Hist. Greece) is excellent :—he is Phoenician as his name, yercol ‘the Sinewy,’ in
Syriac, intimates, (Bishop Cumberland’s Sanchoniatho apud Eusebium,) translated
apxAjs: his twelve labours have received an astronomical application to the
passage of the sun through the zodiacal signs: in history he is during the heroic
period ubiquitous, always in connection with these labours, but not with reference
to any astronomical application of them: he is (Sophocles’ Trachiniz) roAvmovos
the many laboured: in the Philoctetes of the same author he is made to boast
painfully of his deeds, while Euripides calling him the mighty (8 xAewdés) speaks
of him (see the speech of Lycus in the Hercules Furens) as renowned only for brute.
force (TaAAa & oddéy HAximos) but famous no otherwise: the reply of Amphitryon,
the Ist and 2nd choruses of this play, and the boasts of Hercules himself in it,
exhibit the same stamp of character: all is material, as opposed to mental merit :
thus Aristophanes in the last Act of his play of ‘cuckoo-cloud land’ (Aves) makes
Hercules, sent on deputation from Olympus with Neptune, and a certain Triballus
(a barbarian god who cannot speak Greek)—a bully, a blockhead, a traitor, and a
glutton: F. Schlegel (1. p. 318 Geschichte A. and N. Lit.) notes Hercules’ strength
as acomic attribute, the attribute of mere force without mind, ludicrous from its
unmeasured disproportioned excess :—this is alittle epitome of the popular Grecian
view of this hero, whom J take, in connection with his labours, to be simply @
mythic exposition of force used for good ends: all his labours are beneficial, but he
is a fool only able to boast of his endurance; but being always called in to aid the
weak, or put down public evils (as we hear ever so-and-so was successful with the
help of Hercules) I read in him and his twelve labours merely the lesson of good
effects in the application of animal power to benefit instead of oppress mankind,—
to which latter purpose it was from evil instinct, first applied. This reading of the
meaning of the myth of Hercules was singularly confirmed by the manner in which
Chev. Bunsen notes him as appearing (Aig. Stelle. I. 16, Khunsu xv) in his
primeval form as attendant on other gods. ‘‘ Out ofall this” says he at the close of
his summary, ‘‘ one sees expressed the character of the intermeddling accompany-
tng god, who figures now after Horus, at another time after Thoth.’’ Will this
idea, carried out as respects the twelve gods of the second Egyptian Pantheon, in
which he first is seen, give us a fresh clue to the meaning of the twelve labours ?>—
H, T.
30 Some conjectures on the progress of [JANn.
the very plurality of beings in the case of any one alleged originator,
points in all such cases, to the general exertion of a particular power,
under the reiterated expression of a single name, or its acknowledged
typical synonym.
The beneficent character of the early Egyptians in their intercourse
with foreign nations, and their similarity in this respect of moral civi-
lization with their congeners, the Hindus, being once established, as
extant in times which Bunsen’s chronology, and Layard’s practical
research now admit within the limit of the historical period, I take up
the interesting question of their external relations at a much later
epoch, when, having cast off the domination of the shepherd kings,
they marched victoriously into other lands in that revengeful and savage
spirit, of which they have left us such ample evidence. I cannot
attempt this enquiry without quoting Chevalier Bunsen’s excellent
remarks upon such investigations, which at this time he deprecates,
in order to show on what grounds an exception to his rule may, in this
case, be admitted. He says (v. II. VI. VII. Sec. 2), “And here we
must allcw ourselves a word on the treatment up to this period of the
names of foreign nations on Egyptian monuments. We stand in
respect to a knowledge of these nations and countries on the threshold
of great discoveries; but it will be very wise not to overstep this
threshold prematurely. Since it seems overhasty, to declare summa-
rily, as does Champollion, nations designated as northern to be Asiatic,
and seek their names, if they show no affinity with known countries
as Kanana and Nahardim (Canaan and Mesopotamia), as well in new
catalogues of peoples as im Iran and Turan,—and not to find them.”
It is certainly, as above described, an overhasty process of nomination ;
the which sound reflection has not however hindered its author from
concluding in p. 324 of his II. volume that the “great strangers” of
Nevotp’s tomb, whom he at p. 310, had termed a northern (European)
people, “might still well be, even considering their light complexion,
an Asiatic one.’’ I do not myself desire to proffer conjectures in this
spirit; but, while following the recorded exploits of the Egyptian con-
querors of the 18th dynasty, should I find them connected with a
people, whose habitat I can establish, whose conventional name I can
recognize in their own language, whose position as a semi-nomad race
I can chronologically define, and whose necessary intercourse and fami-
1850.] Bréhminical Conquerors of India. 31
liarity with regions approximating to Egypt, I can deduce philologi-
cally from graven records and on the surest grounds,—I do not think
I shall have overstepped the threshhold rashly, apart the minor details
of identification which may have encouraged me in the attempt.
On the material point of chronological coincidence, I cannot be
clear until I have laid before the reader, the Chevalier Bunsen’s sum-
mary of results, derived from his acute examination of all authorities,
bearing on the Ancient History of Egypt, as follows :—
“Chronological review of the Egyptian successions from the oldest
historical contemporary point of incident, to the first year of Menes.
The re-discovered era of Menophthah.
We have found by means of critical examination into the internal
evidence of the kings’ lists and the monumental records, the following
reckonings :—
The eighteenth dynasty lasted in nine reigns, ...... 229 years.
The nineteenth, 5 E ORMVE, 2) 5 112
The twentieth, a », twelve ,, 185
The twenty-first, ,, » seven ,, 130
That is, in 33 reigns,...... 656 years.
The common average of the duration of these reigns, 194 years.
or ry of those of the eighteenth,.... 254
ie A of the nineteenth, .......... 222
rr Sy of the twentieth,............ 15555
nm Ye of the twenty-first,....... we 182
Our tables of cotemporary chronology (given at length in the fourth
Book) show that reckoning upwards. The fifth year of Rehoboam
corresponds with the 2lst year of Sheshonk-Sesak, first king of the
dynasty next ensuing, both periods corresponding with the 962nd year
before the birth of Christ; for our investigation into synchronisms
shows that the earliest possible period, we can assume is 963, the latest
961: taking 962 as the mean, we find by reckoning upwards from
this date the following dates for the main periods of the Egyptian
successions through which we have as yet run.
Pret veor of Sheshonk (X.X1T. 1)go.0 cs cin seyiaesne eee
End of the 21st dynasty (lasted 130 years), ...........--- 983
Pennines Ghidittees liek we ballet Lae Sas Vevesswesase UWE
32 Some conjectures on the progress of [JAN.
End of the 20th dynasty (lasted 185 ifiag 50 See Lee ela dS
Beginning of ditto .. ste, See. ee ee eee OF
End of the 19th dpmanty (lasted 119 Cone Cad. seh fe [So NE
BEGINNING OF THE REIGN OF MENOPHTHAH,.......... Ho22
Hesinnmeg of the l9thidynastyy Gun 2.00 caw. otiqes, es. BA09
End of the 18th dynasty (lasted 229 el ila, Nhe, BR eke . 1410
Beginning of the 18th dynasty, and of the new kingdom,.... 1638
End of the Hyksos dynasties (lasted 866 years),............ 1639
erinnins Of Mhendy, cisk .eiclete cies atoiet. avd ote 2567
End of the ancient kingdom (last year of Peel XIII.
3), which lasted 1076 years, ..........0 alelels Jats he ree e 2568
Earlier reign of Amuntimaos (62 years), ...... stGS, 825030
Beginning of the 13th dynasty (lasted 24 eae Ves first Moe 2654
» of the 12th........(,, 147 years—four kings), .. 2801
» Of the 11th........(,, 16 years—one king),...... 2817
»» of the 8th ........( 4, 128 years—seven kings), .. 2945
Sas | MOMMIES FUR Here. score coos ( ,, 22 years—one king),.. .... 2967
Se CORALINE VOEN ) 65. 5 «clare ( ,, 107 years—three kings), .. 3074
5, of the 4th (Pyramids) ( ,, 155 years—four kings, .... 3229
» of the 3rd ........( 5, 224 years—nine kings,) .. 3453
ay Ot) the dist Mcccutci2 ks (5, 190 years—five kings),.... 3643
peeing to this the era of Menes commences 3643 years before
the birth of Christ.” (igypten’s Stelle, 3rd Book, IT. E.)
A glance at this table, in which the era of Menophthah is prominently
put forth by Bunsen on account of the discovery of the commencement
of the last Egyptian cycle of 1460 years (the cycle of Sirius) during
this reign, will show distinctly the periods during which the Egyptian
connection with an eastern race is traced, as yet, with no purely
historical outline: that the Indian Rama is necessarily the Egyptian
Bacchus, because Rdma (the high) is a pure Egyptian word, the root
of the word pyramid; or that Brahma, Vishnu, and Shiva or Hara
(Her-god) are Amun, Kneph, and Her or Horus; or that, as the late
Mr. Csoma de Korosi held in opinions* which he would never publish
* In a note to Dr. Campbell’s Report of the last days of this most learned and
estimable man (As. Soc. Journal, No. 124, 1842), I mentioned his mysterious
method of conversing with me on such views as he seemed desirous of holding for
his own satisfaction only: he never inclined to such conversation save when I
wv
1850.] “" ” Brdhminical Conquerors of India. 33°
to the world, the name of ancient Bok-Hara (with other nomen-
clatures of other places) pointed to their occupation by a people that
professed the Hindu religion, and spoke Sanskrit,—all this sort of
thing is no proof, though it goes, quantum valeat, to the formation of
private convictions. But it is of value as respects this period to have
added, as I think I have done, to the known amount of moral analo-
gies subsisting between the old Egyptians and the ancient Hindu
settlers in India: and also to have commenced lending importance to
the semi-history of its mythic traditions, by a positive fact, resulting
from the visible evidence afforded by recent antiquarian discoveries.
It is in nowise germane to our purpose to linger over the identification
of the “‘great strangers” of Sesortosis the second; nor question whe-
ther our knowledge as natural historians would not assign to them,
with their antelope, an eastern origin: it is, on these subjects, so easy
to start hypotheses, that the very fact of the habitat of the black
antelope being, according to Manu, the limit of Hindu civilization,
might, with imaginative persons, serve as the basis of a fair theory as
to the identity of the men, who brought with them this type of their
exclusive right to be classed, as with the Egyptian castes, as not of
the Mlechchhas, or unclean outcast men. The arbitrary assumptions of
learned men and great authorities have been hardly less startling than
the above, as regards the identity of the nations, whose names and
conditions, as depicted on monuments of the 18th dynasty, or later
empire of Egypt, I shall now, taking Sir G. Wilkinson for my guide,
briefly recite.
1. The Shairetana inbabit a maritime country of Asia? wear a pecu-
liar horned or crested helmet—features large, nose aquiline—far fairer
than the Egyptians—appear as enemies and allies at different times.
2. The Tokkari—neighbours to the above, as they appear escaping
in their ships ’—wear a Persepolitan helmet, and a cuirass like the
above—used war-chariots,—also carts with solid wheels for their women
—facial outline pleasing—enemies and allies as above.
3. (Name lost)—wore a high fur cap like the ancient Persians—
visited our Museum, where he lived, when it was closed (as on Sundays), and per-
fectly quiet: I heard from him enough to know that an immense amount of the
strangest erudition died with him.—H. T.
34 Some conjectures on the progress of [JAn.
features remarkable, strongly defined, nose high and prominent—
Asiatics.
4. (Ditto ditto)—appear with the above as allies—their ornament
and dress, a tunic, shield, bow, and club, only discernable.
5. The Rebo—very formidable enemies,—numerous—Asiatics—
eyes blue, nose aquiline, beard small and red—dress rich with many
ornaments—inhabit a country of northern Asia very distant from
Egypt, and far more temperate in climate ; weapon, the bow—Parthians ?
6. The Pount—bring tribute of leopard, baboon, ape, ostrich eggs
and feathers, ebony, ivory, &c.: they are Nubians (Bunsen).
7. The Shari—Assyrians? or Arabians? nose prominent, cheek-
bones high, beard large—robes loose and handsome—well armed, and
own fortified towns, which after defeat in the field they defend bravely
—the name points to Assyria.
8. The Toersha—a maritime people—connection with Egypt un-
defined—appear as conquered.
9. The Mashoash—Asiatics as well as No. 8,—differ in dress, but
not in feature from them.
10.—The Kufa—inhabit a part of Asia considerably to the north
of Palestine—long-haired, dresses rich, boots of cloth or leather highly
ornamented—a rich people—bring tribute in the precious metals, with
knives, beads, a little ivory, leathern bottles, and bronze or porcelain
cups—their hair in tresses, descends to the middle of the back with
projecting curls on the top of the head.
11. The Kheta or Sheta—a remarkable people whose troops were
highly disciplined—skilled in fortification even to the use of the double
fosse—use chariots, and have some cavalry,—seemed to consist of two
distinct tribes—Scythians according to Champollion.
12. Other nations—who do not fall within our enquiry, being negro
tribes, or apparently Canaanitish nations, &c. &c.
I must however, from among the miscellaneous classification of the
above, except for special notice one race, the Ethiopian, whose habitat
to the south of Egypt is designated markedly by the character of the
tribute they bring; the long-horned ox, still extant in Abyssinia,
occurs represented in such fashion as to induce assurance that the
breed was peculiar, even at this early age, to one portion of the land ;
while, to mark the locality of this nation still more plainly, they
1850. | Brdhminical Conquerors of India. 35
appear bringing that peculiar animal, the giraffe, the earliest modern
notice of which is, I believe, by Marco Polo ;—certainly by no natura-
list before the sixteenth century. ‘The sole habitat of this creature is
in the forests of Nubia and Ethiopia, and the central tracts of Africa,
says Pennant, not south of the Orange river, and so his range is
as high as Senegal; he does not occur towards the west. Now, on
the scheme of suppositions above suggested, we may see in this visit
of nations, the men of Sidon with their ships ;—or the Persepolitans ;
—the Armenians or the Parthians ;—or the Assyrians, or, in the war-
like Kheta, the “royal Scythians’’ of Herodotus ; or even, in the Kufa,
the sycophancy of some artist, who, from description, has endeavoured
to represent the inhabitants of a country still further east bringing
their silver, bronze, and porcelain as tribute ;—all these theories might,
some of them do, pass muster; but no one has seen the necessity
of theorising as to the identity of the tribute-bearers of the giraffe.
They, although their country was, and is, well stocked with, to speak
technically, other pachydermata of great size and beauty,—they are
represented as leading with them this rare and beautiful creature, type-
animal of their land, and thus they stamp themselves Ethiopians.
Had the representatives of any of the other nations about which we
are in doubt, been provided in like sort,—had we found for instance a
camel among them (the figure of which has never been seen on any
monument in Egypt)—we should have recognized those with it as
Bedouins; but such is not the case; there is but one considerable
people else, whom, as depicted on the monuments of the 18th dynasty,
we are enabled to identify by an index of like certitude, and them Sir
G. Wilkinson describes as follows :
«“The Rot-n-no, supposed by M. Champollion to be Lydians, were
a nation with whom the Egyptians waged along war. Their white
complexion, tight dresses, and long gloves decide them to have been
natives of a much colder climate than Egypt or Syria; and the pro-
ductions of their country, which they bring asa tribute to the vic-
torious Pharaoh, pronounce them to have lived in the east. These
consist of horses, and even chariots, with four spoked wheels, very
similar to the Egyptian curricle, rare woods, ivory, elephants, and
bears, a profusion of elegant gold and silver vases, with rings of the
same metal, porcelain, and jars filled with choice gums and resins used
F2
36 Some conjectures on the progress of [JAn.
for making incense, of which a greater quantity was derived from their
country, than from any other tributary to Egypt. Their features were
regular without the prominent nose that characterises some eastern
people, represented in the sculptures; and they were of a very light
colour, with brown or red hair, and blue eyes. Their long dress
usually furnished with tight sleeves, and fastened by strings round the
neck, either closed or folded over in front, and was sometimes secured
by agirdle. Beneath the outer robe, they wore a kelt ; and an ample
cloak probably woollen, like the modern herdm or blanket of Barbary,
was thrown over the whole dress; the head being generally covered
with a close cap, or a fuller one bound with a fillet.”
Now the elephant is evidently with these people, the type-animal ;
they are the only nation which presents it, and, as Mr. Layard has
observed with reference to the elephant on the Nimroud obelisk
(Nineveh, Part II. ch. VI.), the small size of the ear shows it to have
been the representation of an Indian, not an African elephant. Mr.
Champollion may have termed these people Lydians, and Mr. Birch
may incline, as Mr. Layard says, ‘to identify them with the Cappado-
cians or Leuco-Syrians, inhabiting the country to the north and south
of the Taurus : who, he conjectures, are also represented at Khorsabad.
Their physical characteristics in the Egyptian sculptures are a light
complexion, brown, or red hair, and blue eyes ; and they bring horses,
chariots, rare woods, ivory, gloves, a bear, and gold and silver vases
with the head of Baal.’ This description is taken from Birch’s
Memoir on the statistical tablet of Kurnak, though Sir G. Wilkinson
is afterwards quoted ; and certainly if Mr. Birch suppresses all men-
tion of their type-animal, the elephant, which I do not doubt puzzled
him in such company, and gives them a head of Baal which the exact
Wilkinson has failed to see, he may ‘“‘incline to identify’? them with
any thing he pleases; but untill he can prove the habitat of the ele-
phant to have ever been Lydia, or Cappadocia, or Leuco-Syria, or any
where to the west of the Indus in Asia, of which, as Mr. Layard justly
observes, there is no record, he must abandon his hypothesis. For
these tributaries, or ambassadors, are markedly furnished as with all
the other nations represented in their company, with the produce, live
or dead, the manufactures, and the very shrubs sometimes, peculiar fo
their native land; and consequently as they are the only people who
1850. | Brahminical Conquerors of India. 37
bring an elephant, and that elephant is an Indian one, they are neces-
sarily Indians,—by which I understand dwellers on the banks of the
Indus,—at least as necessarily as the habitat, otherwise doubtful, of the
nation acknowledged to be Ethiopian is decided by their bringing with
them a giraffe.
As I have placed the elephant upon the Indus, or in spots imme-
diately adjacent to it, and as that animal is not now, to the best of my
knowledge, found wild nearer the Sutlej even, than in the Dera valley,
at the lower extremity whereof the Ganges leaves the hills, Iam bound
to give reasons for assigning, even at so remote a period, that Jocus
habitationis to a creature, no longer heard of there. As late then as
1519 A. D., the rhinoceros, the shyest and most skulking of the larger
pachyderms, was an ordinary object of chase on the Indus, and in the
Punjab, on the authority of that most accurate and intelligent of auto-
biographers, the Emperor Baber (Baber’s Memoirs by Leyden,
pp. 253, 292, 316.). As the animals affect similar covers, if the ele-
phant were not there at that time, which Baber does not mention, he
must have been harassed out of the country by centuries of pursuit,
which the rhinoceros, being almost valueless but for his hide to make
shields of, had escaped. But Baber mentions the wild elephant at
places, strange to modern ears, as Calpee,* and Currah Manickpore
(p. 315),—about Chunar (p. 407) ; while he notes, in another place, the
lion and rhinoceros near Benares. If the argument, ‘they were not
because they are not,’ be untenable on the evidence of three centuries,
how ten times less against the silent inferences of thirty ?
These Rot-n-no then were a people from about the banks of the
Indus, or beyond it, who came into communication with the Egyptians,
about 16 centuries before our era; but on the received idea of an
Indian, that is, of a black or brown man, inhabiting a torrid climate,
these fair-complexioned, blue-eyed, red-bearded strangers appear in-
* Within the last twenty years I have known the elephant, wild, though not in
herds, in the bed of the old Ganges, not far from Meerut in the Doab, and the
extinction of the lion in Hurriana has happened within that time: this animal was
shot on the banks of the Chumbul, not very many years ago. I may mention that
the present habitat of the rhinoceros is no where further west than the jangals of
Pillibheet in Rohilkhand,—so much, with the cultivation and desiccation of coun-
tries, does the locale of their wild tenants vary.—H. T.
38 Some conjectures on the progress of [JANn.
compatible with their own supposed habitat. This depends exactly
upon the assumption that they have been long fixed residents in and
about the low country on the Indus and the Jhelum, in which case
they would we know (Prichard’s Researches, I. 228) have contracted a
greater or a less affinity, with the melanocomous character of com-
plexion, as the result of the climate of those sites ; but this is not the
case with them: whence it follows that they had only recently
arrived in, or perhaps that they but casually visited as yet the low
country, the peculiar produce of which they are represented as dis-
playing.
Now, whatever changes have occurred in these regions, climate has
at any rate remained the same; so that when we now find a Caucasian
race, fair-complexioned, brown or red-haired, and often red-bearded,
still now occupy the Alpine valleys of the Indian Caucasus, from below
the Hindu Koosh to Cashmere, in the easternmost of which the
Indus has his course and the Jhelum his origin, we must conclude that
the predecessors in this habitat of the Afghan and Cashmere tribes had
no other physical attributes than themselves; and the question that
naturally suggests itself upon this, is, have they any ancestral con-
nection ?
Afghanistan has been, as Professor Lassen so truly says, (on the
history traced from Bactrian coins,) so long the highway and the
battle-ground of converging nations, that the flux and reflux of races,
have obliterated the knowledge of eras, or epochs as connected with the
people, the Pushtawuh, speaker of Pushtoo, or Pathan, whom the Per-
sians termed Afghan. Prichard (Res. IV. ed. 1844) collates all the evi-
dences respecting this people, whose tradition is that their origin was from
Gur, or Guristan, and whom the earliest authorities recognize as extant
in their present location. Their language belongs to the Medo-Persian
branch of the Indo-European tongues (Ritter Erdkunde, 6. 8. 205,
206), and their race is that of a nearly connected branch of the old
Arian (Wilkin, Geschichte der Af.). The complexion of the Afghans,
as Elphinstone was the first to observe, varies with their climate, the
eastern Afghans being dark, the western fair as Europeans with black,
brown, or red beards and blue eyes, a true Caucasian race as Blumen-
bach has termed them: in eastern Afghanistan fair and dark com-
plexions again appear in startling contrast, just according as the habits
1850. ] Bréhminical Conquerors of India. 39
of men have led them, or their forefathers, to hold to the high and
cold country, or frequent, for trade, or service, the low and hot lands,
>
—*‘ some dark as Indians,” as says Elphinstone, and as, in their coun-
try, see we. The latest actual colony of Pathans in Hindostan is at
Rampore in Rohilkhand ; and, although a friend of my own, a native
of the place, told me that he remembered as a child hearing Pushtoo,
still spoken in the zananahs there, the process of becoming Indianised
in appearance, as far as complexion goes, is with the male population
going on rapidly. From all which we deduce that there is nothing to
be surprised at in the physical fact, that an apparently northern race
may be represented as Indian, i. e. dwelling near, on, or about the
river Indus.
It is not evidently from an ethnological investigation, that we can
hope to derive any knowledge as to antecedent races here; but the
truth is we do not require it. Monumental evidence, as at Bood Bamee-
an, where Burnes saw “the colours as vivid, and the paintings as
distinct as in the Egyptian tombs,” in the female figures encircling the
mutilated giant-idol,—the eight miles of rock hewn habitations, (and
if nomenclature be worth aught, the mountain Hindu Koosh towering
above them)—the Buddhistic remains disinterred, the Buddhistic
shrines still visited within our era by votaries, in Afghanistan,—point
the route of the migration of the civilizers of India, the higher castes of
Hindus, whom Blumenbach also classes with the north Africans, as
Caucasian, and the traces of whose progress are to be found even in
Makran,* where Hindu pilgrims still visit Hinglaj, one of the fifty-
one spots where fell the severed limbs of Sati (Egn. Se¢i) or Durga.
But if ethnology give no help in this quarter, it is far different with
the tribes of Cashmere. In that secluded valley an independent king-
dom existed up to the 13th century of our era; with the physical
peculiarities of complexion, natural to the climate of a plateau, 7000
feet above the level of the sea, the people are not the less Indian as to
the tracing of their Hindu origin, and, as has been already noted,
the only Indian history of any authenticity, is that belonging to their
land. But to deduce dates from it, or indeed to do any more than
* As. Soc. Journal, v. note by me, Vol. IX, p. 154. (No. 98.) I quote this
merely on the question of extent of the migratory influence: the places pilgrimised
to by Hindus, beyond the present spread of Hinduism are very many.—H. T.
40 Some conjectures on the progress of [JAN.
merely approximate to the estimate of definite periods in the early his-
tory of Hindostan, in this stage of our knowledge appears impossible.
The key to an acquaintance with this most interesting subject is
beyond the limits of the land; from the first time I endeavoured to
study in this matter, this conviction insensibly formed itself in my mind,
and I think recent discoveries, to which I will allude more particularly,
tend to prove its justness. If however, it were possible to identify the
Brahminical conquerors, moving at a period, just anterior to the events
of the Great War, from ‘ between the two divine rivers Saraswati and
Drishadwati, the tract of land which sages have named Brahmavarta,
because it was frequented by gods,’’*—in these Rot-n-no of the monu-
ments,—these <fya: perhaps of their own Sanscrit,—these chario-
teers, the title in which they took pride, even like ‘Satyaki the great
charioteer’’ of the Mahabharat,—we should have valuable corrobora-
tion of the present received, but hardly proved, opinion, that this
movement took place from the sixteenth to the fourteenth century
before our era.t The irrefragable testimony of monuments added to
ethnological evidences not less strong, conjoin with what there is of
history, and that description of grave tradition which recorded in the
legislation of a people, has been at all times admitted to rank as history,
and all combine to show us the quarter whence these conquerors came,
the way they took, the spots at which they halted on their way to this
country, which they enriched with their language, their literature, and
such a description of unprogressive civilization{ as their institutions
admitted. I think we have been now able to time an epoch in their
progress by finding them again in collision with their congeners of
Egypt, during the era in which these went forth over many lands,
avenging the insult of a long subjection by making themselves terrible
as conquerors, or, as apparently with the Rot-n-no, valued as allies or
protectors.
* Manu, IJ. Sl. 17.
+ The peculiar four-spoked chariot of these people, has been recognized by Mr.
Layard as represented at Khorsabad, as among the spoil of a conquered city.
(Nineveh. Part II. c. VI.) I have in this present notice purposely suppressed
minor points of identification.—H. T.
t I use this term as equivalent to ‘ civilisation fixe’ which Salverte at the com-
mencement of his great work (Des Sciences Occultes) distinguishes from ‘ czvilisa-
tion perfectible,’ as respects the practical application of things known.—H. T.
1850. | Bréhminical Conquerors of India. 4]
My twofold object in the above enquiry will have been easily detected
as respects the brdhminical conquerors. |
1. To recognize them as migratory in the act of migration.
2. To fix a date for this act from other than their own chronology.
Success in this object, suppose it attained, will put a stop to that
mystery and idea of excessive antiquity, as respects India which has
so long palsied enquiry; for learned mystery is the worst of foes to
true knowledge. The rich field of Sanskrit: literature has taught us,
itself, but nothing out of itself;—nor did the reading of inscribed
copper plates and stones give us for many years more than a certain
amount of local information. It was not until the time of hin, for
whom, the more I study the works of others the more I feel I have
but one word,—the admirable James Prinsep, that the decypherage of
the unread Pali gave on the one hand a philological result, and esta-
blished on the other the connection of India at a certain time, with a
certain people or peoples beyond her limits. This is, for any fact, a
complete proof on the two evidences, internal and external: this is
what I want to carry out at a period a few centuries anterior. We
know that the high castes of the Hindus are not aborigines: we
know that they did not find their science and philosophy, in India:
we know therefore that they brought these, or their germ with them :
we know that their impulse as a nation was purely progressive, and
that they obeyed this impulse even to Ceylon, to Java and the Lacca-
dives, both which last we call by the names they gave them: but we
are certain that they never, as a nation, went back with their science
and philosophy to teach it to other men; on the contrary, although
individuals visited them and brought away their doctrines (or said
they did), the nation that held these, deserted, site after site, if it was
not too much to say so, their ancient haunts, mention of which however,
still lives in their mythological history, and whither still their devotees
make long and painful pilgrimages. Now the process whereby we
shall ever know any thing of this people,—what their acts and deeds in
India,—must be by seizing some definite epoch, like Bunsen’s Menoph-
thah-era, and working upwards to their origin from it.
My conception, as to the Egyptians I have already given, as much
the older and more energetic people, perfecting their system of life and
polity in a particular site, and going back on their own traces to disse-
G
42 Some conjectures on the progress, Sc. [ JAN.
minate the fruits of their amended knowledge to other men. The
acceptation of Bunsen’s chronology, gives countenance to this opinion,
and Layard’s researches go to confirm it; but in addition to these a
discovery still more curious and interesting as respects the immediate
subject of our enquiry, helps to combine the real history of these an-
cient races, viz. that the language of the cuneiform inscriptions is San-
skrit!* This is due to the decypherage of the Behistun and other
inscriptions, published by the Royal Asiatic Society in their Journal,
Vol. X. Parts I. to III. These inscriptions had long attracted the
attention of Major Rawlinson, C. B. (now Pol. Agent at Baghdad),
who some years ago, while employed at Candahar, did me the honour
to propose their publication in this Journal, which was then my pro-
perty. It is I think fortunate that the publication of these most
valuable and interesting relics should have been delayed until after
such authorities as Lassen, Westergaard, and Dittel had examined and
written on them, and an editor so capable as Mr. Norris of the Royal
Asiatic Society, was found to superintend the bringing of them out.
These three forms or dialectic differences, the Persian, Median, and
Babylonian, of the language represented in the cuneiform writing, and
by one of these, doubtless the inscriptions found by Mr. Layard will
long ago have been interpreted. That is to say, that on the site on
* The able and enterprising copyist and translator of these inscriptions is a little
given to the mystery of learning in this matter: he terms the language of the
inscriptions ‘‘ ¢he language,” without a name ; and this is the more to be regretted,
because to look upon it as something apart from Sanskrit, or any definite tongue,
though grammatically obeying the construction thereof, invites to the fatal facility of
arbitrary interpretation : for instance (Journal, X. ITI. p. 314 to 318), the window
inscription, repeated eighteen times, in the upper side of the windows of Darius’
palace at Persepolis is, after four pages and a half of discussion rendereda—“ Erect-
ed by Ardasta, the architect for the palace (or in the palace) of King Darius.”’
Here is the inscription in Roman characters.
Arda-stana a-thagaina Dar(a)zaon(h)ush naga hya vithiya _karta.
High-place un-covered (for) Darius king who (the) house made.
Major Rawlinson’s reading which obtains a proper name (the apparent object) is
made by putting naga-hya as one word, and leaving the last half out of the transla-
tion altogether: at page 345, he tells us ‘ thaga’”’ with the prefixed particle a may
athagaina being ‘‘a Mason,’’ &c. &c.: this is an odd use to
press the Sanskrit and Greek privative particle into! the words are ustashandm
denote ‘* building,”’
dthayandm : this sort of criticism is unfortunate.—H. T.
1850. ] Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. 43
which he found commixed the graves and hieroglyphs of an Egyptian
race, lying over the ruins of an Assyrian palace, the language of the
cuneiform or arrow-headed character, occurring on slabs with a primi-
tive form of the Indian La¢ writing, and (apparently) the letters of
some Phoenician dialect,—will have declared itself to be the classic
tongue of the ancient conquerors of India. Are we about to see ful-
filled the prediction of Vans Kennedy as to the Babvlonian origin of
Sanskrit, and the Hindu mythology,—or, in other words, are we not
approaching the solution of the affinity between the Hindu and the
Egyptian ?
“Time sadly overcometh all things and is now dominant, and sitteth
upon a Sphinx, and looketh into Memphis and old Thebes ; while his
sister oblivion reclineth semi-somnous on a pyramid, gloriously trium-
phing, making puzzles of Titanian erections, and turning old glories
into dreams. History sinketh beneath her cloud. ‘The traveller as he
paceth amazedly through those deserts, asketh of her, who builded
them ; and she mumbleth something but what it is he heareth not.”*
So wrote two centuries ago, the great enquirer into vulgar errors ;
but those who sneer or doubt in these days as to the earthly limits of
human enquiry, read their rebuke in the present refutations of a con-
clusion made then by even such a master-mind as his.
Descriptive notice af the District of Jhilum. By L. Bowrine, Esq.
The district of Jhilum as at present constituted, extends from the
Jhilum river on the E. to the Attock on the W. On the north it is
bounded by the various talukds of Rawalpindi as the Pubb{ coun-
try, Potwar, Syudkusran and Nurdli, the river Suan and Pind{ Gheb ;
on the south, its limit is the Jhilum river as far as Dhak, whence it
stretches due west, being bounded to the south by the districts of
Khishéb, Mitta, Tuwanah and Kuchi. In this extent of 130 miles,
with a range of hills traversing the centre, it is natural that the charac-
ter of the country should vary much ; the ravine country to the north,
the hills of the centre, and the fine fertile plains to the south, are well
* Fragment ‘on Mummies,’ by Sir Thomas Browne. Works, IV. p. 273, ed.
1836.
G 2
44 Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. [ JAN.
marked distinctions. But to give a better idea of the country, it is
proposed to enter into a short account of each subdivision.
We shall begin with Rothas, which from its importance as the
centre of a large tract of country, and as the key to the passage to the
south, has been for many a century a place of note. The district of
Rothas was subdivided formerly into 14 tracts. 1 Simli now Pudri
and Jhangar, 2 Dhuralé, 3 Barbukal4é now included in Dhurala, 4
Haveli now in Rajiv, 5 Rajiv, 6 Iskanderala, 7 Toliala, 8 Soliala
now Pukhowal, 9 Terozala now Jhilum, 10 Akberpur Solimé now
in Kala, 11 Shakirpur now in Kala, 12 Eesiala now Sungoi, 13
Shalijchuni now Khurd Chautala, and 14 Pulliala on the opposite
side of the Jhilum. This arrangement did not include what are called
the Mundis, viz. Lehri, Sultanpur, Bhet and Dumeli, which have
been for ages ruled by chiefs of the Gukkur caste. Under the Sikhs
the denominations of the various divisions were altered, and each seems
to have taken its name from the village, in which stood the principal
fort. ‘The town of Rothas is about 9 miles from Jhilum, the river
Kuhan being crossed 3 or 4 times on the road. The town is inside the
fort a vast structure, half a mile in length, and one quarter in breadth.
It was built by Sher Shah Lodi, who fora brief period expelled
Humayoon and ruled the Moghul empire. Several works of utility
bearing his name are found in the Punjab, as for instance, the wells
with covered steps in the road from Khushabs to the Indus. The
fort was built 320 years ago, and has stood out time bravely. It covers
the face of the high rock, near which passes the road from Bukrala.
The gates are the Sohal, the Khwaskhani, Lungarkhani, Moti,
Gutidli, Parpulwali, Tulaki, Cabuli, and inside, the Shah Chand-
wala. Of these the Sohal is a handsome structure, 60 ft. high, built of
sandstone with a fine spacious apartment above. The Lungarkhéni
and Khwaskhani gates, which are the most accessible have witnessed
many a desperate combat. The district of Rothas was at the time of
its conquests by the Sikhs in the possession of the Gukkurs, from the
chief of whom, Noor Khan, it was wrested by Ranjit Singh, and
bestowed by the old lion on Mohar Singh Lamba, one of his oldest
comrades in Jageer. He was succeeded by Gurmikh Singh nowa
white bearded old man, and the most ancient Sirdar probably in the
Panjdb. Subsequently it was leased to Golab Singh, Misr Jussé Mull,
1850. | Descriptwe notice of the District of Jhilum. 45
father of Raja Lal Singh, Shekh Emadm-oo-deen and Raja Lal Singh,
and was latterly managed by Misr Roop Lal. The former assessment
of the Rothas district was 40,000, which was subsequently raised to
60,000. The present division is into 4 tuppehs, viz. Raja Iskandarela,
Dhurala and Tolidlé, and 4 mundis, viz. Lebri, Sultanpur, Bhet and
Dumeli. The mundis have till recently been assessed asa whole,
the jummah of each village not being defined, and the revenue for the
mundi being collected by the Gukkur headmen.
On the brow of the hill towards the Kuhan river adjacent to Rothas
is a fine Khangah, said to be that of a Pir named Shah Jamal; and
built by Shah Jehan, who also erected the Serdi on the other side of
the stream. From Rothas the common route to Bukrala winds along
the course of the Kuhan to Udrana in tuppeh Dhurdala and thence to
Bukrala.
The last chief of Rothas, Raja Fazl Dud Khan joined Sher Singh
during the rebellion, he obtained from the latter assessment of the dis-
trict of Rothas in Jageer as the reward of his service. From Rothas
a road leads straight to Bukrala by Chaukoa where is a fine tank
built by Golab Singh. Bukrala is a small village, or rather mundi,
containing several small villages of which Bukrala is the chief. The
country round is a mass of hills, and the road very difficult. It was
here that Dost Mohummad advised Sher Singh to hold out, and try his
fortune in a second encounter. The headmen here, as at Rothas, are
Gukkurs, and look upon themselves as of good family. Six kos east of
Bukrala is tuppeh Lehri, a strange little hilly district, the inhabitants
of which bear a bad character for turbulence and ill faith. Their
behaviour during the late campaign was conspicuously bad. From Buk-
rala there is no camel road to Lehri, which is consequently very in-
accessible. From the hills near the principal village the white fort of
Mungala, on the opposite side of the river Jhilum, seems quite close,
and the district is one of the first which Golab Singh took possession
of, the Zemindars still showing the rock which he ascended to survey
his new conquest. Immediately east of Lehri is Sulténpnr, a small
mundi, only a few villages on the right bank of the Jhilum, and
south of which lies tuppeh Toliala. Proceeding west of Bukrala, one
arrives at Dumeli six kos, a fine town of 500 houses, with a good
bazar, situated on the river Kuhan. It is one of the most flourishing
46 Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. [JAN.
towns in the Rothas district. The headmen here also are Gukkurs,
and relations of Raja Fazl Dud. The fourth mundi Bhet lies imme-
diately under Mt. Tillah and is comparatively insignificant.
Jhilum the present head-quarter of the district, where two regiments
of infantry are now stationed, was not considered of much importance
during the time of the Sikhs. The present cantonment is about a
mile W. of the town, bordering on the village of Saierla to the W. ; to
its south, runs the river Jhilum at a little distance. A little N. W. of
the town is a mound of some extent, supposed to have been the site
of one of Alexander’s cities. Some coins of Menander, one of the later
kings have been discovered there, and it is said that some years ago
Golab Singh dug out a great number which he forwarded to Ranjit
Singh. Jhilum when planted and in the possession of good roads will
in all probability be a favourite station. The rapids of the river, about
4 miles to the east close to the village of Pakhowal, are very pic-
turesque. About 3 miles from Jhilum is Kula a town of 500 houses.
On the road from Jhilum to Jelalpur, 74 miles from the former
place, is the town of Sung6i, the former residence of Raja Lal Singh’s
family. The district was held in Jageer by Midh Singh Bhudanié, who
first conquered it in the time of Ranjit Singh. A fine pukka fort
built by him stands near the town. Sungdi is on the whole, the
richest district in the Jhilum tehsil, the land being situated on the
bank of the river. Ten miles west of Sungéi is the celebrated hill of
Tillah. This very remarkable mountain is of some antiquity, being
known in old writing by the name of Bal Gundai. At present it is
the residence of the followers of Goraknaéth, but the mountain is com-
monly known as the Jogis’ hill. The ascent is long and wearisome,
but the view from the summit very fine. At the top of the hill are 2
or 3 tanks, one of which contains superior water, but another built by
Chand Koiinr, the mother of Naunehal Singh proved a failure. The
fakeers have large herds of cattle and possess also one or two villages
in Jageer : once a year a large festival is held at the top of the hill.
The sect bury their dead. The view from Tillah commands the Gar-
jak, Kusak, Kuringili, and other hills. In the ravines of this moun-
tain is found a species of the wild sheep called by the natives ‘ Oorial ;’
and a species of osprey builds its nest in the higher peaks. Although
Tillah is the head-quarters of the Goraknath sect, there are several
——————————
eee
1850. ] Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. 47
other places, as the Sindh-sdgar Doab, which are resorted to by them,
the principal being Rawalpindi, Pindi Gheb, Kotsarung, and Muk-
kad on the Indus. Adjoining the Tillah Range is the small district of
Nar, called by Lal Singh, Rampur, in the principal village of which
he built a fort called by him Rampur, in a badly conceived situation
commanded by an opposite hill. Though unfinished it cost 15,000,
and is now falling to ruin. The headmen are by caste Januydn.
The range of hills which runs from Rothas to Tillah, and thence by
Nara terminates at the Buinnah river, on the opposite side of which
stretches the salt range proper, which commences at Darapur and
extends to the Indus.
Two kos west of Sungoi is the small district of Chautala, formerly
a Jageer of Dul Singh Kaliwalaé. Between this and Darapur one
crosses the Boonnah stream, which in the cold season is perfectly dry,
the sandy bed extending a mile and half in width. In the rains after
a heavy fall, the stream descends with such rapidity as to carry away
either man or beast in the current,
The district of Darapur contains no village of note. Opposite
Darapur in the left bank of the Jhilum is Kasil, south of which lies
the jungle in which was fought the battle of Chelianwalé. After the
battle a great number of Sikhs fled across the river, and were drowned
in the stream.
Between Darapur and Jelalpur the hills approach so closely to the
river, that there is barely room for a horseman to pass, indeed in the
rainy season this lower road is shut.
Jeldlpur is a place of some importance, being much frequented by
salt and grain merchants, who take these articles across the river to
the cantonments of Lahore and Vazirabad.
The town of Jeldlpur was found by Jelal Khan and is of modern
date. The old town was called Gurjakia, from a lofty hill at the back
of the town of the same name, named the Gurjak or the windy hill.
The district of Jelalpur was wrested by Maha Singh, Ranjit’s father
from Dewan Khoda Baksh. After its conquest it was given in Jageer
to Ratan Singh Gurjakia, lately deceased, who held it for 25 years.
He was succeeded by Sirdar Gurmukh Singh Lamba, and more
recently it was held by Raja Goléb Singh and after him by Lal Singh.
The above districts are comprised in the Jhilum Tehsil, of which the
following is an analysis.
48 Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. [Jan.
District. No. of villages. Revenue.
Rothasuiadie ty tek 171 een ese. He 50,000
Jhalunvieeeeee sc sd 16 mean tiel hal 9,500
MS OR eeu we Doiemmiagk <eees | 20,000
SueGieyj cases ahiak 22 Pgh eb ts 20,000
Ghawtalas feces has 5 sadbualiites:s 10,000
INiaita as wn eo ae RRL ete bons ea 5,000
Pakhowal.id ais bi<i.8 28 Red ubcihey 3 @ 10,000
Daya paren cick aie at 26 da iedds., Siediit 12,000
Dela. be spear sven 23 pedi sees 12,000
Pudri. eacecet Abesk. OF it ieee ee * 4,500
366 1,53,000
In addition to the above are 19 villages in Jageer valued at 6000
yearly.
The routes in this tehsil are—I. from Jhilum to Rothas 9 miles,
from Rothas to Udrana 9 miles, and from Udrana to Bukrala 9 miles,
or by the direct road from Rothas to Bukrala 10 miles. II. From
Jhilum to Chautala 103, from Chautala to Darapur 104, and from
Dardpur to Jelalpur 9 miles. A camel road also leads from Rothas
directly westward, viz. Pudri to the Ghorigulla pass, through which
the Sikhs used to bring their guns from Jelalpur to the level plain of
Dhani on the further side.
The tehsil of Pind Dadan-khan comprises the following districts :
1 Jalub, 2 Jhangar, 3 Pind Dadan-khan, 4 Ahmedabad, 5 Kuhan.
Jalub is a fine fertile tract extending from Jelalpur to Pind Dadan-
khan, containing some large villages. The chief town Dehriala con-
tains 500 houses, and is midway between Jelalpur and Pind Dadan-
khan. The district was wrested by Ranjit Singh from the father of
the present headman Raja Ahmed Khan who enjoys a small Jageer.
There were 4 subdivisions, Jalub, Phuphra, Pinjan and Punjain, of
which at present only the first two exist, Jalub containing the villages
towards the river, and Phuphra those towards the salt range.
The hilly district of Jhangar contains 35 small villages, dispersed
among the hills, and extends from Jelalpur to Kutas, being bounded
on the S. by Phuphra and Pind Dadankhan. It contains some
remarkable hills, Chambul, Kusak, Mukhyala, Kuringili and
Drengun.
|
:
|
See ee eee ee
1850. | Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. 49
Four miles N of Dehriala in Jalub is the village of Baghanwala,
midway between which and the Bunnah stream, on the sides of a
ravine, coal is found of good quality ; but the position being very inac-
cessible it is not probable that it could ever be worked, although the
coal is superior to that found at Khydra and other parts of the range.
About a mile from the village are the remains of a fort of some anti-
quity which in the time of Ranjit Singh belonged to Mallik Kadir
Baksh, who was expelled, and a Sikh Thanna stationed there. In the
fort is an old mosque in ruins, and adjoining a small tomb of red stone,
bearing an Arabic inscription and said to be that of a certain Hans
Ghazi. Close by is an old Hindu temple, resembling that at Kutas,
the architecture of which is very primitive. It is built of limestones
which contain numerous petrifactions of leaves. The caste of the head-
men of Baghanwala is Januyén, which is apparently the prevailing
caste among these hills. West of Baghanwala in the centre of the
hills, is the stronghold of Mukhyala, in former days a fort of consi-
derable strength which was razed by the Sikhs. The place being very
inapproachable, the hillmen defied for a time the power of the Khalsa.
The hills of Mukhyalé, Kusak and Kuringili were held by three
relations, Sultan Sarfraéz, Sultan Mehdi, and Sultan ?, who,
descending from their mountain fastnesses, were in the habit of
plundering travellers and the peaceable inhabitants of the plain. The
present headman Sultan Nizdbat Ali joined Sher Singh, and commit-
ted various excesses during the insurrection. South of Mukhyala is
the fort of Kusak, situated on the summit of a high peak standing
forth out of the mass of hills. Three sides are inaccessible and the
fourth which is sufficiently steep, is protected by a strong wall girding
the hill. At the extreme top is a small white temple which is visible
from a long distance. For many a month this fort held out against
Ranjit Singh, the garrison being supplied with water from a tank in the
place, while they laughed at the impotent efforts of the Sikhs. But
the water failing, their chief was compelled to surrender. Strange to
say, on the evening of the day upon which he came in, torrents of rain
fell, and again filled the tank, but being a man of honour, he kept to
his word and gave up the fort.
To the N. W. of Kusak is Kuringili a hill of very great height
and remarkable appearance. It is chiefly noted for the antimony
H
50 Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. [ JAN.
which is found at the summit in small cubical bits, on the southern
peak. The Zemindars who search for it, let themselves down by a
rope over the face of the precipice and pick the mineral out of a hole
beneath in the side of the rock, in which perilous adventure some
unfortunates have lost their lives by falling down the cliff, a height of
5 or 600 feet. On the northern peak are the remains of an old fort,
which was destroyed by the Sikhs, near this is a hole 2 feet in dia-
meter, descending perpendicularly into the hill, concerning which a
curious legend exists. It is related as follows.—In Cashmere lived a
Saint named Makhdim Jhaniaén, who one day disappeared from the
hill on which he resided, and some time afterwards made his appear-
ance on the top of Kuringili, having traversed the intermediate coun-
try under ground, and made his way upwards through the heart of the
hill. On the Pir’s arriving at the summit of the hill, which was then
inhabited by Kafirs, he proceeded on to the village now known by the
name of Makhdim Jhanidn, and containing the tomb of the saint.
Here the people opposed him, upon which he prayed devoutly, and the
whole village, being subverted by a miracle, was buried in ruins. On
throwing stones down this hole they appear to fall a distance of 40 ft.
and more. Some years ago an adventurous Zemindar descended with
a lamp, but in a short time returned in a fright, declaring that he had
seen the traces of the Pir’s feet, upon which he lost courage and got
himself drawn up again. Adjoining Kuringili is a high hill called
Drengun or Chel, which is the highest peak in the salt range save Mt.
Sikesar being considerably more lofty even than Kuringili. It is well
wooded, and in the thickets which abound in it, hawks are caught in
some numbers. Next to Drengun is a long hill called Diljabba which
terminates at the Ghorigulla pass.
Four miles 8. 8S. W. of Kuringili is the hill fort of Dilur, a place
of some strength commanding the route from Pind Dadan-khan to
Chakhowal. The ascent is rather precipitous, but the want of good
water makes it of less importance than it would otherwise be. It was
built by a certain Bairu Khan.
The descent from this to the little village of Choya Saidan Shah is
very rough and troublesome. On the road is a large stone called
Saidén Shah’s stone, at the most difficult point, where the path narrows
considerably, and for a horse, is almost dangerous. To this travellers
1850. ] Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. 51
pay reverence salaming to it aud saying ‘show me the way, oh!
mother.’ Choyd Saidén Shah is a very picturesque little place
embosomed in hills, with a clear stream of fresh water flowing through
it, which abounds in fish of the mahsir species. This rivulet escapes
from the pool at Kutas, which is about 2 miles from Choya and passing
by the salt mines of Mukrach, loses itself in the level plain to the south.
Choya is said to be the coolest place in the country in the hot season,
which is owing to its protected position and the number of fine trees
which skirt the side of the mountain stream. From Choya two roads
lead to Pind Dadan-khan, one by Dundot, the other by the salt mines
of Khyura, the former being that frequented by camels, the other
route being very rough and difficult. Dundot is a small village in the
summit of the range, commanding a fine view of the country round.
The district of Pind Dadan-khan or more properly Khokar comprises
only 4 villages. Of these the chief is Pind Dadan-khan, a large town
containing 4000 houses, situated about a mile and a half, from the
Jhilum and 4 miles from the salt range. The inhabitants are chiefly
Hindus and engaged in the salt trade, the only manufactures being
‘ bechobah’ tents, woollen namdahs, and a few other articles. The town
contains a large mud fort with one or two good rooms in it, but nothing
else worthy of mention ; and is a straggling place consisting of three se-
parate towns, which have in the course of time been amalgamated, under
the common name of Pind Dadan-khan or Dadan-khan’s village. The
salt mines have been worked for ages, but we have no authentic account
of them before the time of Akbar, whose rates of hire for carrying
and loading still prevail. The following are the principal mines com-
mencing from the eastward; 1 Juténé, 2 Khura, 3 Khyura, 4 Muk-
rach, 5 Sardi, 6 Sur, 7 Nilawin, 8 Choyé, 9 Varchd and 10 Kala-
bagh. The best salt is extracted from Khyurd, Sardi and Choya,
the largest of all the mines, being that of _Khyura where there are 8
shafts, viz. Buggi, Sujwalé, Mukhad, Matwalé, Phurwala, Chengan-
wala, Trudde and Fakirwala; the principal of which are the two first.
The Buggi shaft is of regular structure and contains first rate salt, but
the Sujwalé is the most remarkable and the largest ; it is however,
rather dangerous, the roof sometimes falling in. The entrance is by
an irregular descent, and the distance to the place where the miners
are at work about 250 yards, but the shaft extends much further.
H 2
52 Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. [ JAN.
The vault where the mineral is dug out, is a mass of salt above and
below and on all sides, the crystal being hewn out of the rock, in large
masses by pickaxes, and carried out of the mine by manual labour.
The roofs of the mines are covered with stalactites of fantastical shapes.
In the time of Ranjit Singh, the mines were under the superinten-
dence of Raja Golab Singh, who managed them for many years. He
was succeeded by Misr Umir Chand, a half brother of Raja Lal Singh ;
In 1904, Dewan Mulraj obtained the lease of them, and in 1905, Misr
Kallu Ram, one of the oldest and most respectable officials in the Pun-
jab. The former rate of salt was 14 Rs. per maund, the seer of the
mines being 114 Rs. weight. The price was raised in 1905, to 2 Rs.
per seer, and has since the annexation of the Punjab been raised to 2
Rs. a maund, the seer being of 80 Rs. Formerly the bydp4ri obtain-
ed some further advantages, by certain reductions callad ‘ choot and
gularvat,’ the former being a percentage allowed on the quantity of
salt bought, and the latter a reduction made on account of the loss sus-
tained by melting. The miners receive 5 Rupees per 100 maunds for
the salt conveyed by them to the mouth of the pit, and when the shaft
is in position not accessible by cattle 2 Rs. per 100 maunds, for con-
veying the salt from the mouth of the pit to the village of Khyura :
a further sum of 4 Rs. per 100 maunds was charged to the bydapari,
for conveying the salt on bullocks to the mundi at Pind Dadan-khan ;
but the bydparis now carry it away themselves. It is said that in the
time of Akbar, 12 lacs of maunds of salt were extracted from the salt
range, and the rate being then 23 Rs. a maund, the revenue derived
was 30 lacs of Rupees.
The camels employed in the carriage of salt are reared chiefly on the
‘Thu? country of Ahmedabad, and the sandy tracts of Mitta Tuwanah,
and Kuchi to the southward. Upon these camels a grazing tax called
‘trini,’ is levied of 2 Rs. a head yearly, the gross amount settled on
each village, being paid by the chief men of the ‘ Koris’ or herds.
In some parts of the Punjab, the revenue derived from this source
is very great, the ‘trini’ of Kot Kumalia and Syudwala in the Rechab
Doab, being above 50,000 Rs. yearly, in the time of the Sikh regime,
and the single town of Nurpur Tuwanah paying more than 7000
Rs.* The mines now worked are Khyuré, Mukrach and Surdi, the
* N.B. The cattle used in the salt trade are called by the local name of
‘ Jashia.’
1850. | Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. 53
others being shut for the present. The Khyura salt which is pro-
duced in endless quantity, is carried chiefly to the southward ; that of
Surdi finds its way to Cashmere, while that of Mukrach is carried to
the northward to the Hazara country.
The salt of Kalabagh is conveyed to Mooltan and the Derajat, while
that of Kohat on the other side of the Indus, is used in Afghanistan.
This latter however, is of very inferior quality, being black in colour
externally and very course. It is extremely cheap however, averaging
only about 2 annas a maund, but the Sikhs never permitted it to be
taken into the Punjab.
Ahmedabad is a large district bordering on Pind Dadankhan on the
east, and Khushab on the west, the greater number of the villages
lying along the banks of the river, but some of the largest being
situated in what is called the ‘Thul,’ or the flat country towards the
hills, where extensive crops of bajra are raised. This tract is however,
almost solely dependent on rain. The town of Ahmedabad contains
about 400 houses, and is much frequented by grain merchants, who
convey the wheat and grain of the Dhuni country by this route, to
Hafizabad on the other side of the Chinab ; near the town are a series
of high mounds of gravel, which are to all appearance an offshoot of
the salt range. The place is called Burarid, and has the reputation of
being the site of an old city. Excavations made near the surface, have
discovered the foundations of several houses, the chunam used in
building which is of great thickness, more resembling brick than chu-
nam. A great quantity of copper coins, beads, pieces of iron, bits of
gold, &c. have been recently found also; but nothing to indicate the
origin of the place. By the natives it is asserted that it is the ancient
Bhadrawati mentioned in the Mahabharat, as the residence of the
Raja Jobnath, during whose reign the Pandavas made a sally on the
city, and carried off his favourite horse to complete the ‘aswamedha.’
I believe, however, that the true situation of Bhadrawati was near the
Chenab; but the story of the Pandavas, having sojourned on the
salt range is universally believed in. A hill called Dhurimari near
Baghanwala, Kutas and Mt. Sikesar are all cited, as having been in
turn the abiding places of the persecuted Pandavas. The original
holder of Ahmedabad was the father of the present headman, Raja
Khoda Baksh.
54 Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. [| JAN.
The district of Kuhan is chiefly known as containing the celebrated
Kutas. This pool though picturesque and of old fame, can scarcely
stand a comparison with its rival at Ajmere, the other eye of the world.
It issues from several clifts in the limestone rock, and is of a circular
shape whence the name Kitaksha, about 30 yds. across either way,
and is in some places of very great depth, so much so, that the holy
men assert it to be unfathomable. The stream after issuing from the
pool pursues a winding course to Choya Saidan Shah, through a highly
picturesque valley. The pool is surrounded by temples and Thakur
Dwaras, the principal being those of bairagis, who here, as_ elsewhere,
are not on very good terms with the Sannyasis. The Thakur Dwaras
owe their origin to the piety of the principal officials of Ranjit Singh,
Golab Singh, Misr Beli Ram, Dewan Mulraj and others, having each
in this way erected a monument to commemorate their virtue. Golab
Singh in particular-was very fond of building religious edifices at other
people’s expense. West of the pool is a temple believed to be of very
great age, and ascribed to the time of the Pandavas. It is built of
limestone containing numerous petrifactions, in the ‘Khel’ style of
architecture, which consists of a narrow passage inside the outer wall,
incircling a second inner wall, within which is a small compartment.
This is continued through two stories, and the building is consequently
very compact and solid, and may doubtless have existed for many
centuries. The great festival here is held in the month of Baisdkha,
when numerous pilgrims assemble from all quarters. The ‘jajman’
books of the principal officiating priests, contain the names of all the
chief personages of the Punjab. The Jhind Raja, Raja Dinanath,
and all the Sikh Sirdars of the country, have in turn inscribed their
names in these interesting volumes.
The village of Dulwal contains a very fine house built by Misr Beli
Ram, who was murdered in the time of Hira Singh. Dulwal is gene-
rally known as the Kaning@i’s village, this family having for centuries
held that office in the district of Kuhan.
Annexed is an abstract of the above districts, which comprehend the
Pind Dadan-khan Tehsil.
Districts. No. of villages. Revenue.
Jalb Aaya 7eee - oe 4] ee ie ge ads 99,000
JUARSAT oo Mable ce 33 oes ee eee 15,000
1850. | Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. 55
Rebakari ac onreese. 4 PE oa ae 12,000
Ahmedabad, .. .. 51 wor dat Oey 72,000
Kuhan, ei Mirists uD HS? Latedrek 24,000
141 1,78,000
In addition to the above are 8 villages in Jageer, valued at 10,000.
The Tehsil of Chakhowal, comprises the Talukas of Dhuni, Syad-
pur, Doman, Hasda and Gurha.
The district of Dhuni Chakhowal pie the following sub-
divisions, Bubraél, Haveli, Kuhastani, -Chowper4, Badshakhani and
Karpuwal ; and contains 138 villages. Tradition says that the emperor
Baber, who is reported to have resided for some time at Kallur Kuhar,
observing the uncultivated condition of the plain of Dhuni, and the
capabilities of the soil, sent for a certain Raja Mull from Jammu,
who took up his abode at Mullot in the salt range, and subjected
Dhuni to the plough. Accordingly a host of men from the hills
settled in the plain, the principal of whom were Vir, Murid, Chuk-
ku, Kuran and Mutha, the five sons of Sidhur, and the district
acquired the name of the Vir Patti; the taluka of Syadpur, being
called che Lundi Patti or the rogue’s strip, that district being a
narrow strip of land skirting the Drengun and Diljabba hills. The
three principal castes of Dhuni are Mair, Kusur and Kahuté which
claim for themselves a Rajpoot origin. Of these the Mair are chiefly
settled in Haveli and Rupuwal, the Kusur in Chowpera and Bubral,
and the Kahutas in Kahutani.
Dhuni formerly consisted of 84 villages, as did also Pindigheb.
The holding of land is curious. Throughout the whole of Chakhowal
the villages are divided into ‘asamis’ or land estimated at 360
Punjabi beegahs more or less, and assessed at from 100 to 300 Rs.,
150 being the general average. Thus every village is said to contain
3, 4, 5, &c. asimis, and the rate of each being ascertained, the assess-
ment of a village is simple enough.
Chakhowal is a large town, containing 1200 houses, but though
healthily situated, is a desolate-looking place, being in the centre of a
dead plain, and surrounded on all sides by ravines. The land is
however very fertile. The Chawdhuris or headmen of Chakhowal,
56 Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. [JAN.
formerly possessed great influence in the district, and held large
Jageers. During the rebellion they went over at Mooltan with Sher
Singh, and then proceeded to Dhuni to plunder the country. On
Mrs. George Lawrence passing through, they stopped her and com-
pelled her to return, demanding a bribe of 1,000 Rs. as the price of
allowing her to proceed. For this act of treachery they were impri-
soned by Major Nicholson, but contrived to make their escape from
his custody during an affray which took place between that officer’s
troops and the Khabris of Miani. After the annexation all their
Jageers were as a matter of course confiscated, The other large towns
of Chakhowal are—Bhon a place famous for its brahmans ; Kurialé near
which is the source of the Bunnah stream, which flows through the
Ghorigalla pass, towards Darapur; Dudhidlé, a large village con-
taining a number of Sikh residents chiefly old Ghorcharhas ; and Bad-
shahéni. The Dhuni breed of horses is now nearly extinct. Syad-
pur is a recently confiscated Jageer, which belonged to Kanh Singh
Majitia, one of the officers in the Peshawar force. It had been in
the possession of the Majitia family since the time of Maha Singh,
and Uttam Singh uncle of Kanh Singh, did much to improve the
town and cultivate the district, where his name is deservedly popular.
The district is commonly called the Lundi Patti, it being said that
a certain munshi managed to conceal the existence of this cultivated
land, and collected the revenue on his own account, from which cir-
cumstance it acquired the name of the ‘rogue’s strip.” The town of
Syadpur contains a well built mud fort, with two bastions and four
dam-dammas. The town is immediately N of the Kuringili hill.
Trees are very numerous in the vicinity, and are the property of
Government.
Doman is about 5 miles N of Syadpur, and is of little importance
except as being on the high road to the Ghorigalla pass.
It contains a small fort built by Joy Singh Atariwala, and it was
in this, that Major G. Lawrence, was for some time confined.
It is also remarkable as having been the birth-place of Sher Singh,
This district was for many years in the hands of the Atariwala
family, and latterly belonged to Chatar Singh.
The district of Hasolé, which is also a confiscated Jageer of Chatar
Singh’s borders on Syad Kusran and Nurali in the Rawalpindi
1850. | Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. 57
zillah. The town of Hasola is of tolerable size, but the district is
barren, being much cut up by ravines. The fort at Hasolé was built
by Jaya Singh, who fled to Cabul, during the time of Ranjit, having
incurred the old lion’s displeasure..,
In several parts of the Chakhowal Tehsil, gold is found in the
rainy season in the numerous streams which flow from the salt range
to the north, the rate at which the ‘drins,’ as they are called are
assessed, being 5 Rs. a year. The drun is like a small punt boat
<= open at the smaller end. Atthe upper end twigs of trees and
grass are placed, upon which is deposited the dark sand containing the
gold particles. Over this streams of water are dashed continually,
and while the lighter sand escapes at the small end of the drin, the
heavier containing the gold remains at the bottom, whence it is after-
wards removed and again sifted ina kind of concave platter called a
‘patri.2 The number of drins on the Chakhowal Tehsil is 53,
and the amount levied yearly 225, but the gold is not of such fine
quality as that found further west. The occupation is not much in
vogue now, in consequence of the light land assessments, but in years
of scarcity the drains are worked with great assiduity by the poorer
class of people.
At Mukhad on the Indus, the drins are very numerous, and the
sum formerly levied from this source exceeded 500 a year. One man
in two days collects enough gold to form a small pill, the Government
taking at Mukhad a fee of 3 Rs. per tola, the gold afterwards selling
at 15 Rs. or rather more.
The above districts form the Chakhowal Tehsil of which the fol-
lowing is an analysis.
Districts. No. of villages. Revenue.
i TB ig wi och acon hae 1,40,000
SUDO, 40's)» «fesse «ore Aa ess rs 20,000
NGTIVA, 5) om one coi op sven : 27 ek ont 10,000
PIE OA i cise 416 00.0 21s. 18 a ae 16,000
es a a ee 13 iC: ee 5,500
240 1,91,500
Gurha is a small district, a confiscated Jageer of Surat Singh
Majitia to the east of the Ghorigalla pass.
58 Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. [JAN
Besides the above villages, there are 12 in Jageer valued at 4000.
The Tehsil of Tulla-ganj comprises the following talikaés. Kullar,
Kuhar, Nurpur Suhuti, Tullé-ganj, Jabbi Résh, and Pakar Namal.
The district of Kuhar lies to the -west of Kuhan, the road leading
through a fertile plain. It was formerly held in Jageer by the
celebrated Sirdar Hari Singh Nalué, who built a fort on a hill,
at some distance from Kuhar, in which several state prisoners have
been confined. The chief village Kuhar is most beautifully situated,
at the edge of a salt lake, three miles in circumference, which is covered
with water-fowl. From a cleft in the hills to the rear issues a spring
of warm water, which flows through the level sward, wooded by fine
trees, in which strut about hundreds of peacocks. On the summit of
a neighbouring eminence is the Khangah of the tutelary saint to which,
it is said, a leopard resorts every Friday to make his salam. The whole
appearance of the place is very picturesque, so much so as to have
charmed the emperor Baber, who is said to have resided there for 6
months, and the Zemindars point out still a large boulder, in which
steps are hewn, which they assert to be the seat from which he used to
contemplate the attractive scene before him. From the high hills
behind Kuhar is seen the level plain of Dhuni to the north, a road
leading from Kuhar to Chakhowal via Bhon, and another to Tulla-
gan) via Bharpur, while a third path through the hills to the S. W.
conducts one to Nurpur. Ata distance of some miles from Kuhar,
is the hill fort of Mullote now in ruins, said to have been built by
the Réjé Mall who first cultivated Dhuni. It is situated on the
southern edge of the salt range, and midway between it and the village
of Dundot, are the salt mines of Mukrach formerly mentioned. The
mines of Surdi, which is a village in the district of Kuhar, are cele-
brated for the goodness of the salt extracted which is conveyed in
large quantities to Cashmere. The salt vies with that of Khyura in
fineness, and is of a very beautiful transparent colour. The Surdi
mines are approached by a large gorge, which seems to be a distinctive
feature, the salt being almost invariably worked in the gorges of the
hills, where it is apparently best and most easily extracted. The
district of Nurpur Suhutti presents nothing worthy of note, save
the salt mines of Nilwdn, and those of Sur which are at present shut.
Ina valley formed by the rocks on either side, are the remains of what
1850.] Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. 59
was once a fort. Salt lies here on the surface, and used to be fre-
quently abstracted by the zemindars, who are of the troublesome caste
of Awan. This stubborn race is to be found chiefly in Nurpur,
Tullé, Pukér and the Jageer districts of Sone and Khubakki, whence
it runs westward till it is encountered by the Pathans on the Indus.
Coal is found at a village called Bhul, but is not of good quality. In
the hills between Nurpur and Kutha, the mountain sheep above
alluded to is found, and is known by the natives as the ‘unidl.’ It
is found generally in the salt range from Mt. Tillah to Mt. Sikesar ;
but is apparently seldom met with, being either very scarce or very
shy. The body of the animal resembles that of a deer both in its
contour and in the colour of the hair; the head however is like that
of a sheep, and is adorned by splendid horns resembling those of a
fighting ram, but much larger. The horns are 12 inches long, and have
some 25 annulations. The ears of the animal are about 4 inches long,
and from the chin on either side depends a bunch of coarse black
hair, 4 inches long, like the beard of a goat. A streak of similar hair
runs along the chest which is white. This animal is probably a new
species.
Nurpur Suhutti was in former days a Jageer of Sirdar Jodh Singh
Bhangu.
Tulla-ganj is a rich fertile district resembling the plain of Chakho-
wal, of which it is in fact a continuation, being about 24 miles west of
that place. It was formerly a Jageer of Dhuna Singh Malwe, one of
the oldest and most respectable Sikh Sirdars, but was confiscated by
Raji Lal Singh, during his Vizarat among his other remedies for
patching up the state. The land being light, gram is grown in great
quantities here, as in Chakhowal, and is carried south to the canton-
ments of Vazirébad and Lahore. In fact this plain of Dhuni is
emphatically the gram country of the Punjab.
The town of Tullé contains 600 houses, and is flourishing. The
Zemindars are Awans and very turbulent.
In the streams of this district, gold is found in some quantity, espe-
cially in that of Gambhir, the gold of which is very good. The total
number of drains varies, but may be estimated at 50, the assessment
on which is 100 yearly. From Tull4 a road leads to Nurpur Suhut-
ti via Chenji through the hills.’ An offshoot of the sect of Gorak-
12
60 Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. [ JAN.
padas reside at Kotsérang in the Tulla district, and profess to have
been settled there for some time. The whole of the sect meet however
at the Phalgun festival on the summit of Mt. Tillah.
The district of Jabbi Resh les on either side of the river Sian
the Sudnus of antiquity, a part of the district of Pakar Namal inter-
vening between it and Tulla-ganj.
Jabbi may be called the boundary of the Panjabi race, the
country beyond being solely inhabited by Pathans, speaking Pushtoo,
and calling their neighbours the people of Hind, in contradistinction
to themselves. Jabbi was a Jageer of Sirdar Gunda Singh Mattu,
from whom it lapsed to the government in 1904. The villages on the
farther side of the river, border on the hills of Nurré with the inha-
bitants of which the Jabbi men have been at constant feud. The
Nurra people are a soldier-like race, good marksmen, and possessing
good horses, and have made themselves a thorn in the side of the
Panjabis. Their little domain is wild and very inaccessible, but is
capable of being well cultivated. Similar to Nurré is the tract called
Shaikel in the fork made by the junction of the Suan with the Attock,
the inhabitants of which have a bad character ; they were in the habit
of plundering travellers on their road to Mukhad, and escaping to the
hills. Shaikel contains three small tuppehs, viz. Kazzui, Gulbegi and
Alikhan, each of which is subdivided into several small hamlets.
Each plough pays 1-5 on the spring, and 8 annas un the autumn crop
to Mallik Alliyar Khan of Kalabagh. The Wans Sian villages of
the Jabbi district have recently been transferred to Rawalpindi.
The gold found in the Stan river is of good quality, being of a rich
yellow colour, whereas that of the Indus is of a pale dirty colour, and
is called by the natives ‘suféd.’ The total number of drins worked
is 60, producing a revenue of 140 yearly. The zemindars of Jabbi
are Awans and turbulent, opposite to the village of Nikki on the other
side of the Attock is the dark peak of Dinghot, where some old ruins
exist, and the headmen of Kalabagh, Mukhad and other places pro-
fess to be of Dinghot descent.
The district of Pakar Namal is of great extent, bordering on Tulla-
ganj on E.; the Attock on W.; the Jabbi district on N.; and the salt
range on S. It contains some very large villages, such as Namal
assessed at 8,500; but they are few in number, and present a singular
1850.] Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. 61
contrast to those of Chakhowal, which are numerous, and still more
so to the country in the Jhilum tehsil, where a village encounters one
every few hundred yards. Dhoks so called, or little hamlets, are
however rising up and with the spread of cultivation will doubtless
increase in number.
The range of hills which extends from Namal to Mari opposite
Kalabagh is called Majich. Kalabagh not belonging properly to
this district, it is unnecessary to enter into any description of its various
products, its salt, its alum, and its dying materials. Mari contains
some remarkable temples of apparently the same era as that at Kutas.
In the Majtich hill near the village of Jabu, and about 8 miles east
of Mari sulphur is found in some quantity, and also petroleum called
by the natives ‘lalida,’ which is used by them in lieu of oil. Namal is
situated in a recess of the hills, which in the neighbourhood are of
great height, but of little width, a camel road leading across to Mu-
sakhel on the southern side, a distance of about 4 miles. Musakhel
is in the district of Kuchi which together with Pakar Namal was
in former days held in Jageer by Ram Singh Beli. The hills about
Namal are a flinty limestone, and on their summits contain numerous
fossils. Flints are found in great abundance, and were formerly col-
lected in great numbers for the use of the Sikh troops. About a kos
from the village, coal is found at the bottom of the ravines of pretty
good quality, but in difficult positions. The substance called Rol
from which alum is made, and which has an astringent taste, is also
found, as also salt, sulphur in small quantities, and Khai which is
used in dying. The sulphur issues in a decomposed state from the
rocks, and gives a chalybeate taste to the stream of clear water, which
here flows through the hills, and which receives from it a yellow colour.
It is reported that copper has been found in small quantities on
these hills. The account is either false, or if true the place has been
concealed or forgotten. It is not however improbable, that in the vast
mass of hills which stretches S. E. from Namal to a distance of 6
kos, and which is little frequented from its barren nature, copper may
be found. This range known by the name of Sikesar is of very
remarkable appearance, and will be alluded to presently. Adjoining
the district of Namal to the east in its southern part is the Chachi
Jageer consisting of 13 villages, the principal of which is Lawa. The
62 Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. | JAN.
zemindars of Namal and Lawaé are all Awans, and the fathers of
turbulence, having been accustomed from time immemorial to wage a
constant war with their Jageerdars, not unfrequently getting the upper
hand. Some 15 years ago the men of Lawa refused to pay their
revenue to Sirdar Uttam Singh Chachi, who proceeded with his
horsemen to exact payment. ‘The zemindars resisted him by force of
arms, and a skirmish ensued, which lasted all day and terminated in
the evening, by the Sirdar being struck in the forehead by a random
shot and killed. His son warned by his predecessor’s fate, built a
strong little fort to protect himself and family from his unruly subjects.
It is said that the village of Namal could formerly produce 500
matchlocks.
Since they have been disarmed, the character of the people has
somewhat improved.
The above talikas are included in the Tullé-ganj Tehsil, and their
_ respective revenue is as follows.
Districts. No. of Villages. Revenue.
Kauller Ruahar, 3. 2. 3 18 Hah ie, eats 15,000
Nurpur Suhutti, ...... 28 crt a 30,000
Pullacganys ict, wel. a 29 Kate a ieiaiars 55,000
aD eD gh_a: rancid ia ae 10 Bes eatin 10,000
Pakar Namal, ........ 24 mete aes dad 35,000
109 1,45,000
In addition to the above villages, there are eleven in Jageer valued
at 7000.
Besides those districts already mentioned, which complete the list
of Government villages, there are two talukas in Jageer, Sone and
Kutha, the former a Jageer of Sirdar Gurmukh Singh Lamba, the
latter of Sirdar Shamsher Singh Sindhénwala. They are situated in
that part of the Punjab which is least known, not being in any of the
usual routes traversed. In fact there is no entrance and exit, except
over very rough and difficult hills, to which perhaps is to be attributed
the general ignorance as to their position. The Jageer of Shamsher
Singh borders on Nurpur Shuhutti, to the east at a point, where
the hills diminish in height, and a road leads across the salt range. It
is divided into three portions, Thoya north of the hills, Khubakki in
1850. | Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. 63
the centre of the range, and Kutha Dhak, to the south ; of which the two
latter alone are worthy of mention. At about four miles from Kutha is
Nur-Singh-Phohar, or the fountain of Nur Singh. Tradition relates
that the avatér proceeded hither from Mooltan after the slaughter of
the demon, and washed his hands in the stream which issues from the
rock. This story is implicitly believed in by the natives, and a festi-
val is held there annually in the month of April. The water rushes
out of a cleft of the rock, and falls over the precipice into a ravine
beneath, whence it wends its way out of the hills to the level plain in
which Kutha is situated.
This romantic little place is embowered in hills, and the trees in
which it abounds afford shelter and shade to a great number of pea-
cocks ; in the edge of the cliff is a small temple built by Raja Golab
Singh, with an inscription on it in Gurmukhi to the following effect ;
«This temple, the possession of the Sirkar (an humble allusion to
Ranjit Singh!) was dedicated on 15 Poh, 1887, to the service of Nur-
Singh-Phohar, by Raja Golab Singh.”’ West of Nur-Singh is the
taluka of Khubakki containing a few small villages, situated in a
narrow strip of land between the hills. On either side of the village
of Khubakki, east and west, is a fresh water lake, found by the accu-
mulation of the water from the hills in the rainy season. Both of
them are alive with wild ducks and other waterfowl, but the zemindars
being an indolent race, they are not applied to the purposes of irriga-
tion. They are, each about half a mile wide, and rather more in length.
About 7 miles west of Khubakki, commences the district of Sone
which contains the great salt lake incorrectly laid down in most maps.
The principal town of this district is Nausherah, a village containing
300 houses. The fertile plain which is here enclosed between the
hills contains 14 or 15 villages, the whole of the available land being
under cultivation, but the zemindars being of the Awan caste are
extremely lazy, and pay little attention to the soil. Besides the route
from Khubakki, there is another road leading into the Sone taluka
from Lawa, by the village of Anga, but the hills which lie between are
with difficulty traversed by camels, and the road is little known. The
salt lake is situated about 6 miles W. of Nausherdh at the fort of Mt.
Sikesar. It is about 13 miles long and 2 mile wide, but in the rainy
season is half as large again as this. The water is very brackish and
contains no fish, but is covered with wild fowl. There is apparently no
64 Descriptive notice of the District of Jhilum. [JAN.
salt stream to supply the lake; the only rivulet which runs into it
worth mentioning being a small stream, which comes from about three
miles distance and is fresh at its source; and the salt quality of the
lake, therefore, must be supplied from beneath. The salt mines of
Choya and Varcha, are situated on the southern side of the range of
hills, which border on the Sone district.
The salt lake extends in length from W. by S. to E. by N. On the
N. side it touches the hills, which on the S. are 24 kos off, and on the
W. about 1 kos. On the brink of the lake are the villages of Chitta
and Ugali. To the west of the lake commences the ascent of the
Sikesar hill, a peak rising up out of the other hills to a great height.
The path to the summit is very rough, steep and difficult, but on
account of the respect in which the hill is held, from the belief that the
Pandavas resided there in their time of trouble, it is looked upon as a
place of pilgrimage. The higher parts are not unfrequently covered
with snow in the cold weather, and the level places near the top in
which water collects during the rains, abound in shrubs and flowers not
found beneath, and which would probably well repay botanical research.
An immense stone fabled to have been placed there by the Pandavas,
is the point at which the April festival is held. The extreme summit
is crowned by a small house now in ruins, built by a bairagi. This
point is called the Singhasan or royal seat.
From Sikesar, the Attock and Jhilum rivers are easily discerned,
and it is said that the Chenab is also visible in a clear day. The sur-
rounding country lies stretched out like a map beneath. The direc-
tions of the chief places seen are as follows: Namal N. W. 4 N. Nau-
sheréh, E. 4} N. Khubakki, E. N. E. Chukralé, N. N. W. iN.
The salt ae or Samudra as it is called by the natives, KE. By W.
Wab-i-kaila south of the salt range, S., &c.
From Sikesar the hills of the Putial range extend ina series of
ridges to a distance of 9 or 10 miles in an unbroken line, without a
single village intervening. It is in this hitherto unknown region that
copper is supposed to exist, and it is much to be desired, that these
hills should be examined by a scientific observer, and their geological
and botanical capabilities be made known.
Wherever the kos is mentioned in the above statement, it is assumed
to be a mile and a half, which experience has shown to be about the
average of the Panjabi kos on the further side of the Chenab.
;
eae
ered Re eator ian
ae a ‘Fy i ; b OU “arm, “Wag
be ey ,
138 BUT OF Le
i He paid bs | ah. bbe
+p Deiat cit o
Ket. Whieh gop And thie
ég Of P Pagan Ri ABG 4 ¢
Lied
Care
Py ne
J
~~
.
*
ei ae ie
> lead
7 =)
: He ty,
Ces ee
7
Pn
‘i
; «
pr gm hse
—., mARKDLe > Sal Tears 4?
Biles Big by me vdanthe, wer 4 F
Br a tree siti aby 4 pty hada yy. eae a 5
| eenee ihe UO witty Mair ved 2.) Dots 4
id a Ad dee ia tie di . bor Gian 9°" Teme
a cee Pi NO RAE)
“? ut. far, auly i ae nih ch copa ey Av? , tot dts
a Fats, Hat’ Doe api laa Ay $F, wal Dry 206, For 4 i $540, Ce ss
iat) Mh veut anciwy Asay ave) iiusinwase 14 :,
» Oe aay kortaten., niitene ol We olin) ; shed :
pmo ition. Aw meh mis | }
ein, arn SE
hb”
¢
*
mi
d
. * + r
:
.
a
a i y
re
Py
-ekepeurt y uUdeysey 9th fo adojequy PULAOF AO UTE 1,
NEO TS de cle SW Od OCel a.
: nee Pt ten ene gee nT Fe
2 oe an
a ,
Ot eS pos
T1d
1850. | On the Takin of the Eastern Himdlaya. 65
On the Takin of the Eastern Himdlaya: Budorcas* Taxicolor mihi.
N. G. (With three Plates.)—By B. H. Honeson, Esq.
When characterising in the autumn of 1847, the genera of the Ru-
minants of India,t+ I remarked on the nearly total absence of the
Bovine Antelopes, a group abundantly diffused throughout central and
Southern Africa, but of which we had then in India no recorded sam-
ple, except the Nilgati or Portax Risia, and of that single species no
instance on this—the moist and temperate side of the Ganges. The
remarkable animal which will be the subject of the present paper, adds
however, another and a highly characteristic species to that group ; and,
when it is stated that this animal has its abode in the Mishmi moun-
tains, or, in other words, in the Eastern Himalaya, all persons conver-
sant with the features and climate{ of that locality will readily acknow-
ledge the interest attaching to the discovery in our moist umbrageous
and precipitous mountains, of a large and striking quadruped all the
allies of which, with one exception, are proper to the arid and fervid
plains of central and Southern Africa.§ My spoils consist of three
skins in good condition belonging to males and females of mature age,
of a nearly perfect male scull, and parts of other sculls of both sexes.
To Major Jenkins’ kindness I am indebted for the whole, part of
which reached me nearly two years ago, but too imperfect for descrip-
tion. The spoils I now possess are however quite adequate, and will
justify the announcement of a new genus and species, which I proceed
to characterise and describe without further preface.
The large, massive and remarkable animal, denominated Takin by
the Mishmis, and Kin by the Khamtis, is one of the group of Bovine
Antelopes. Its nearest affinity is probably to the Gnoos; but it has
various points of stronger connexion with Musk Oxen, and in a natural
* Bobs et Aoprds.
t J. A. S. No. 181, for July 1847, with corrections in No. 197, for Nov. 1848.
t J. A. S. No. 185, for December 1847, and No. 206, for August 1849,
§ The recent discoveries of a great snowy chain and immense lake in this region,
seem however to indicate that our heretofore notions of its climate and vegetation
will soon receive material modification. As much might I think have been inferred
from the size and numbers of its Herbivora, Darwin’s reasoning of an opposite
tenor seeming to me unsatisfactory.
66 On the Takin of the Eastern Himdlaya. [ JAN.
system its place would probably be assigned between those two types.
But before making further allusion to its affinities, I shall give a careful
description of its appearance and structure, premising the account of
them by a statement of what is known of its habitat and manners.
The Takin tenants the Easternmost part of the Himalaya, or that
which is adjacent to Yinén, Sechuen and Khim. In the Himalaya
it is stated to belong more especially to the Upper or Alpine region, but
to be found also in the central region, though never in the lower re-
gion ;* and it probably extends its range from the Himalaya proper, to
the proximate mountains of China and Tibet. The Takin derives its
high interest for the naturalist, not merely from its compound
structure, made up, as it were, of the Ox, the Antelope, the
Sheep and Goat, but also from its habitat, so remote and dissimilar from
those of its allies. The Takin is described as being an animal of high
courage and great ferocity ; so that it cannot be taken alive, and is kill-
ed by the natives with much trouble and some risk. It is said to be
very gregarious, though old males are sometimes found solitary ; but,
for the most part, the species herd together in considerable numbers.
Strength and ferocity are inscribed in very legible characters on the
form and aspect of the Takin, which is a much larger as well as bulkier
animal than the lusty Caprine Antelope (Thar) of the Himélaya. The
Takin however reminds one in several respects of the Thar,+ which it
much resembles in colour as well as by its short Caprine tail, harsh ad-
pressed hair, and vigorous make, suited to climbing these stupendous
mountains. But the Thar is instructure as much more Antelopine as
the Takin is more Bovine. The latter is not much, if at all, inferior in
size or bulk to the female Yak; and, as seen from the front especially,
with its lunate horns displayed and its short tail concealed, it would be
at once pronounced to belong to the Ox kind, close examination alone
being likely to suggest any doubts on that head. The Takin, as I have
said, is nearly as large, both in dimensions of extent and in bulk, asa
female Yak; and its massive form and peculiar proportions are quite
Bovine. It is in length, from snout to vent, six and a half feet ; and in
* See J. A. S. No. 206. Phys. Geog. of Himalaya.
+ Schinz in his Genera Mammalium has actually ranged this animal with the
Gnoos. This is a mistake, but one indicative of remote affinity. The Thar isa
typical Nemorhedus.—See J. A. S. No, 181, for July 1847. .
pies te ‘ J {aa
byes er ed
a of} r 186 end Fr
) at a ie, re
'¥ : * '« ‘
oe -
Chan ” te re a* ao eer ee
ay
a
SZ
NAG.
TAZICOLOR.
BUDORCAS
1850. | On the Takin of the Eastern Himdlaya. 67
height, three and half feet at the shoulder. Its head is 20 inches. Its
ears 5 inches. Its tail 3 inches, or 8 with the hair. The head is large
and heavy, the neck short and thick, the body somewhat elongated but
deep in the barrel, and yet more so in the shoulder, which is said to be
raised in the Bisontine manner. The limbs are short, stout and Bovine,
and so are the broad hoofs. In Takin there is no approach to the Cer-
vine limbs, or equine body and tail of the Gnoos ; and the horns of the
Takin, which to a superficial view are round, smooth and lunate, would
complete the impression of a Bovine animal, were not progressive atten-
tion almost necessarily now turned to the short narrow pointed ears,
very short depressed tail, and hairy attenuated muzzle of our animal ;
particulars in which, with others to be presently mentioned, the Takin
deviates from the Bovine to approach the Ovine or Caprine type, and
is sundered from the Gnoos in the same degree, that it is approximated
to the Musk Oxen or Ovibos. But we must now describe the structure
of our animal with more detail, and technical precision, from horn to
hoof, and from nose to tail, how distasteful soever such descriptions
may prove to the general reader.
The head of the Takin is large, heavy and inelegant, exhibiting a
mixed character, compounded of the Bovine and Ovine types. Its ver-
tical dimensions (or height) are great, owing to the lofty curve of the
nose and forehead, the chaffron being more romanised than even that of
the Barwal (Ovis Barudl). But the length also of the head of the
Takin is considerable, and surpasses that of any Caprine or Ovine head,
though inferior to the full normal length of head, characterising the Ox
tribe. The head, though large and upon the whole perhaps Bovine,
yet lacks the characteristic squareness of the Ox’s head, both jaws be-
ing attenuated towards their anteal extremities much more than in the
Ox, though somewhat less than in the Sheep and Goat. There is in the
muzzle of the Takin neither the nudity nor the breadth of that of the
Ox and Gnoo, but on the contrary the lips are both tapered and clad
with hair, almost as much as in the Goats and Sheep, and the animal is
consequently a browser not a grazer. Nevertheless the mere nostrils,
which are wide and terminal, have a decidedly Bovine character both as
to form and position; and, as it were to remind us of the true Bovine
muzzle, there is a clear broad margin round the nostril which is quite
nude and moist. Whether the nostrils of the Takin possess the Cato-
i 2
68 On the Takin of the Eastern Himdlaya. [JAN.
blepine valve cannot be determined with certainty from my specimens,
but apparently that valve is proper to them. The lofty boomed chaffron
exhibits no trace of the cartilaginous protuberance, or of the peculiar
disposition of the hair, belonging to the Gnoos ; nor is there in any part
of the face of the Takin any cuticular organ, gland or pore, whether
suborbital, malar or intermaxillary. The high curvature of the chaffron
is continued backwards between and beyond the horns, so that the
whole head presents in profile the same egregiously beaked character,
which Swainson,* has assigned to the Gnoo, though other representa-
tions of that species do not exhibit this peculiarity in the same promi-
nent light. The eyes, which are of that medial size proper to Bos and
Ovis, but distinctly smaller than in the typical Antelopes, are projected
boldly from the sides of the head by the saliency of the orbits yet have
a very lateral field of vision with little command of the prospect in front.
Their position is high up in the head; that is, it is remote from the
muzzle and close to the bases of the horns, as in the Ox and the Sheep
(Ammon) ; and even more conspicuously so than in them. The horns
also, as well as the eyes, have a backward position in the head, far
from the muzzle but not equally proximate to the nape, owing to the
characteristically Cervine or Antelopine development of the encephalon
or brain-pan in the Takin; a peculiarity diametrically opposed to the
normal character of the Bovine head.
The horns of the Takin are inserted on the highest part of the fore-
head, as in the Ox and Sheep, though not, as in them, at the posteal
termination of the head; for the encephalon of our animal, as just no-
ticed, spreads behind its horns in the manner of the Deer and Antelopes
but more restrictedly. The Takin’s horns are attached, not to the
lateral margins of the frontal crest, as in the Ox, but to its superior
surface, as in the Antelopes, Goats and Sheep. Partly owing to the
narrowness of the forehead in this its upper part—a narrowness con-
trasting remarkably with the Bovine breadth of frontals—and partly
owing to the thickness of their bases, the horns are nearly in con-
tact on the top of the head, but without actually touching. Their
direction is first vertically upwards, then horizontally outwards or to the
sides, then almost as horizontally backwards. Their basal portion,
which has the vertical direction, is short and the rest of the length of
* Classification of Quadrupeds, 1, 276. Plate.
V7 Vie *,
te pat
Ne » he moc? * : iit 7
ai OG, Pawha WP Ue at
pripeeiloetsi> vee Hi
ti.
ib ehiug broke W Yo
“af
¥ £ i
Re ms pat pe We
ey
ye! ily Aa
ak a
ee a i) ey i » Fi
h r , ’ ae, y
A , ; ‘ ae ‘ Vee: idee wy Pee | ’ ;
are / , U s
goa he: satan se iri icna tou, ee ye |
Re uatvian cherenion, Bema hee Nie ONY sgh. en de ag ‘
Pit yes Wi LAG) Te vibe stan .
; :
A « — rn - oh L >? *
wie’ ‘ 4 4 ? Ab Se
7 ~
1 + <
2 dA
] ” va
4 { ?
‘ « >
r ”
19B MO eo Oo x Yh. ~ SNM OO Gag
ait ld
1850. | On the Tékin of the Eastern Himdlaya. 69
the horns, keeping the horizontal course, is divided pretty equally be-
tween the laterally and posteally directed parts which curve into each
other, so as to describe a bold lunate sweep with the pair of horns. In
the females, which as well as the males are armed with these weapons,
only of smaller size, the horns towards their points are approximated,
and the points themselves turn towards each other. In the males
however there is no such mutual inclination of the tips, but the horns,
throughout their terminal halves nearly, run almost parallel to each
other, and also in the main horizontally (in the ordinary position of
the head), there being but a slight rise in that portion of the horns.
The length of the horns is very moderate, being only twenty inches
along their curves ; but their robustness is great, and they are gradually
attenuated from their thick bases. In their thick basal portion they are
depressed and somewhat angular, but gradually become rounded. The
basal section is trigono-ovoid with the wider and rounded edge turned
obliquely forwards and outwards, and the narrower and cultrated edge
or angle directed obliquely backwards and inwards. These narrow
edges have the character of evanescent Caprine keels, which are turned
towards each other over the nape ; and the broad surfaces of the horns
are for the most part the superior and inferior ones, but varying ac-
cording to the course of the flexure. The basal depression of the horns,
though marked, is less excessive than in Ovibos, and is void of tumidity
or inflation, such as characterises the base of the horns in the Musk Ox
and also in the Caffrarian Buffalo. The horns tend to a point which
however is blunt not sharp. In their basal halves they are marked by
numerous crowded rings, which go uniformly all round the horns pa-
rallelly and independantly of each other, and with perfect distinctness
in youth though the annulation is apt to be more or less obscured in
old males, by the rough uses these weapons are put to by them. The
terminal halves of the horns are quite smooth. Thus, the horns of the
Takin are essentially Antelopine though seemingly Bovine, the com-
pound flexure the annulation and striation being normally Antelopine
characters ; and the like is true of their osseous diagnosis, as will be
seen in the sequel. The ears are short, narrow and pointed, with a
decided Ovine or rather Caprine character, as in the Musk Ox, but not
_ inthe Gnoos. The neck is short and thick, being loaded with muscles
suited to support the large and ponderous head, and which muscles are
70 On the Takin of the Hastern Himdlaya. [Jan.
no doubt aided in that office by tendinous ligaments attached to a high
interscapular ridge, such as distinguishes Bibos, Bison, Damalis and
no doubt also Catoblepas and Ovibos, though I do not find it specified
by Ogilby or Smith or Swainson in regard to the two last forms. In
the Takin, which is our type of Budorcas, the true dorsal ridge is, I am
assured, forthcoming; but not being possessed of a perfect skeleton,
I cannot positively assert the fact, especially as this ridge, when re-
garded in the light of a generic character, results, not absolutely from
the presence or absence of elongated spinous processes (for in that
sense it is universal among the Ruminants), but only from the ordinary
or extraordinary development of those processes. The barrel of the
“Takin is elongated and deep, and the chest still deeper with elevated
shoulders but not a slouching croup. The lusty limbs which exhibit
the usual equality of length before and behind, are short, stout, rigid,
bovine and terminate in broad hoofs, not less clearly modelled on the
Ox type, but devoid of the several peculiarities distinguishing the Musk
Ox’s hoofs. The false hoofs are well developed and obtusely conical in
shape. The short depressed triangular tail, has an entirely caprine
character, and in this respect our animal differs remarkably from all its
Damaline and Catoblepine allies, save only the Musk Oxen.
The hide is extremely thick and is pretty and uniformly covered
with harsh straight adpressed hair similar to that of the Arna, and also
of the Thar. It is of equable moderate length, save upon the pectoral
surface of the neck whence depends a longer and mane-like fringe ex-
tending from the gullet to the chest, both inclusive, asin so many of
the Damalines and Catoblepines, which, however, also exhibit a true or
dorsal mane, as well as sundry facial tufts and vibrisse, all of which
are wanting in the Takin. There is no peculiar disposition of the hair
on the chaffron of the Takin, nor are its lips or orbits any way specially
bristley, as are those of the Gnoo. The females, as already noticed,
are furnished with horns. The teats are four and are placed on an ud-
der. There are no suborbital or other facial, nor any inguinal or inter-
digital glands or sacs; all important structural particulars whereby
the Takin manifests its departure from the Antelopine to join the
Bovine group of animals. °
We must now proceed to the osteology of our subject by describing
its scull with as much care as we have employed in the above detail
1850. | On the Takin of the Eastern Himdlaya. 71
of its superficial characters; but before so doing we must notice the
colours of our animal, though this be a point of much Jess importance
than ordinary books of Zoology would lead their readers to imagine. The
entire body of the Takin, both superiorly and laterally, is of a yellowish
grey or Badger-colour, a circumstance whence we have derived its
specific name (Taxicolor). The whole head and neck, with most part
of the belly, the entire limbs and the tail, are black. Edge of the lips
paled. A black list down the spine. The quantity of the grey colour
of the body is variable, the whole animal being sometimes uniformly
black, owing to the absence of the grey hue, which hue results from
each hair (upon the grey parts) having its basal two-thirds, sordid yel-
low of a straw tinge, and its apical third, black. Hoofs, horns, and
nude margin of nostrils, jet black. Hair on the body, 12 to 2 inches
long ; on the neck below, 2% to 3 inches ; on the gullet, whence it depends
like a beard, 5 inches and more. Females resemble males in colour as
in characters; but they are smaller and have horns of less size and
more or less mutually incurved towards their tips. The elongated hair
of the males is likewise much less conspicuous in them.
The scull of the Takin is exceedingly massive and heavy, the whole
of the bones, having a thickness unparalleled in any Bovine animal I
have seen, with the single exception of the Gour or Bibos gaurus, an
animal whose scull likewise resembles that of the Takin, in the extreme
roughness of its whole surface. The Takin’s scull is distinguished by
a compression and elevation more proper to Ovis than to Bos, but
united with an elongation such as is found in the Bovines only. The
culminal line of the scull, is throughout greatly but not uniformly
curved, the uniformity of its arcuation, being somewhat interrupted by
the rather abrupt rise of the frontals between the cores of the horns
—a rise, however, not constituting a detached intercornual ridge, as in.
the Gour, but only an abruptish ascent of the frontals between the
horns, somewhat in the manner of Ammon, and of other thick-horned
Ovines such as the Barwal. But in Ammon and Barwal, as in all
Bovines, the superior plane of the scull, together with its longitudinal
development, terminate with the intercornual crest, whereas in the
Takin, as in the Deer and Antelopes, though in a less degree, the
frontal and parietal bones are carried backwards behind the horns, so
as to constitute an ordinary encephalon upon the upper surface of the
72 On the Takin of the Eastern Himdlaya. [ JAN.
scull. Thus the nasal, frontal and parietal bones partake of the cur-
vature proper to the whole superior surface of the scull; and that sur-
face falls into the posteal and occipital surface by an angle much less
acute and decided than in Bos or Ovis (Ammon), giving thereby to
the scull of the Takin a decidedly Antelopine (cervine) character quoad
this important feature. The facial bones have a length intermediate
between the Ovine shortness and Bovine elongation, and they terminate
in front less broadly and squarely than in Bos, less narrowly and
roundly than in Ovis. The lower jaw is nearly straight, so that the
inferior line of the scull, partakes not of the arcuate form distinguishing
its superior or culminal line. The nasals, not remarkable for defect
or excess of length or of width, are signally so for their great convex
curvature, both cross-wise and length-wise, so as, with the depth of
the cheek bones, to leave a very ample cavity for the lodgment of
the olfactory apparatus. On the other hand, the anditory cavity is ex-
tremely small. The frontals are far from possessing the same develop-
ment, in length or breadth, before the horns or on the facial aspect
of the scull, as distinguishes these bones in Bos, whose frontals are
entirely developed anteriorly to the horns, and whose widely separated
and moderately thick horns afford ample space for the lateral spread
of the frontals, whereas the proximate and thick horns of the Takin,
reduce the width of the frontals, (which are but partially developed
anteriorly to the horns,) in their upper part to an extreme degree of
narrowness. From this narrowest and intercornual part, however, the
frontals of the Takin, widen rapidly forwards until between the very
salient orbits, they have a breadth exceeding that of the frontals of QO.
ammon or of any Antelope, whose scull is accessible to me.
The curvature of the nasals is continued to the frontals, especially
the transverse arcuation, which is signal between the orbits, but the
arcuation length-wise is less marked and less uniform, owing to the
cause above assigned. Indeed, between the cores of the horns and the
orbits, the frontals are nearly flat, but recover their longitudinal and
transverse convexity on passing backwards beyond the horns. The
frontals are broader than long, as measured between the anteal edges
of the orbits and the frontal crest, but nearly equal in length and
width, if taken between their forward apices, and their junction with
the parietal bone. The intercornual crest is very short, as already
1850. | On the Takin of the Lastern Himidlaya. 73
remarked, and also straight, between the cores of the horns. The cores
of the horns spring proximately and superiorly from the highest part
of the frontals, having with regard to their culminal position an Ovine
(Ammon) and Bovine character, but with regard to their proximity an
anti-bovine but still Ovine character. The bone of which the horn
cores is composed is not palpably porous, though it is by no means dense
in structure; and there is, within the base of each core, a large but
shallow sinus confined to the base, and communicating externally (the
seull) with the supraorbitar foramina, and internally with the nasal
cavity. The parietes have, as already remarked, a Cervine or Antilo-
pine character, quite opposed to the Bovine type, but passing from the
true Cervine to the abnormal Antilopine type as seen in the Goral
(Kemas* goral) of these mountains. The orbits are signally promi-
nent, more so than in any Bovine animal, save the Gour (Bibos gaurus),
and equally so with the typical Antelopes such as Cervicapra Hodg-
soni, &c.: but their direction is still quite lateral, owing to the equal
development and projection of all parts of the external rim of the orbit,
there being no obliquity to the front, nor any greater development of
its posteal than anteal margin, in the orbitar ring. The margin of the
orbits is extremely rugose all round. The lower jaw, as already noticed,
has little upward curvature forwards, being nearly straight. Its posteal
and vertical portion (coracoid) is much developed and the articulating
surface or hinge of the jaws is consequently elevated far above the line
of the upper molar teeth. Owing to the narrowness of the lower jaw
in front, the incisor teeth are inserted in a curve as in Ovis and Capra,
not rectilinearly to the front asin Bos. The teeth are 2°8, there be-
ing no canines, and the usual number of molars and incisors. The mo-
lar teeth-are large and occupy a greater space in the jaws than either
_ in Bos or Ovis, and they are noticeable also for their length or eleva-
_ tion above the margin of the jaws. Their crowns have the usual obli-
| quity outwards and the usual folds of enamel; but the saliency of the
~ enamelled ridges is specially observable, independently of youth. The
| incisors lean less forwards or outwards than in Bos, more so than in
Ovis (Ammon), and their crowns have a medial degree of obliqueness
_ or slope inwards.
|
: * See J. A. S, No, 181, for July, 1847.
|
74 On the Takin of the Eastern Himdlaya. [ JAN.
The dimensions of our animal and of its scull are as follows :-—
. Male. Female.
Length from snout to vent, “00.....5 0.00. ON 68 0 & Di. 0
Height'at the shoulder wat 2205 is) aa OSTA 3.0 0
Length: of head; to frontal crest, 0.3 .. a “2 DQ 1 4 0
Thensthoiearsy tee 2. Tea poee O15 93 Ox. 5.00
iene thot tailrenly, wos a. OR Jia ORS O 0 2 2
Lenothioftailsand-hatr, oc. 2 Sees 0 8 0 0 6 0
Length of horns’ by curve, ..)0. 44 /.ci02 3 0 Le: Ie Ques
Basalt horns i. See ate LeoOin Gy Dorey
Basaltintetvalioflioms;yry . 2e..3 My ee 0 0 2 0 0 2;
Perminal interval-ofthorns). 020.4 ely aw ol ot0 ob 0 6 4
Length of fore-hoof, along sole,............ 0 4 4 0 4 0
Width of ditto dittosa. Jae bss TNS = (SO eine 0 3 0
Height of ditto, oblique, to end of toe, .... 0 3 0 0 3 0
Scull of Male.
Length from parietes to symp: intermax: straight, ...... 1 6 4
Ditto, from crest of frontals to ditto, ................4. 1 5 4+
Meightiextremes ola? Colae Sele a ae ee
Length; extreme; of loweryawy! <2). soe08 do. ee
Length of series of lower jaw grinders, ............ 0006 0 5 }
Length of largest grinder of lower jaw, ..............-. O 1 &
Width of ditto on Crowns fs Sto ee Se ee
TLength«of nasal bones;senneee at aolel ee ae eee Gi
Length entire of frontals from ates apices to parietes,.... 0 6 3
Length of frontals from fore-angle of orbits to frontal crest, 0 4 32
Width of forehead between nearest angles of orbits,, .... 0 6 4+
Ditto between widest angles of orbits,.................. i:
Diametercofierbits;; 108 se RAS eR a. 02 4
P.S. In the above account of a most interesting veneer which is
clearly the type of a new genus of the Bovine Antelopes, or Budorcine
Sub-family of the Bovidee, I have purposely avoided throwing my facts
into the mould of a generic character, with reference to the unsettled
state of information and opinion regarding the group of which the
‘akin is a very characteristic, and I think the most characteristic
type. But, whoever shall have priorly adjusted the characters of the
Sub-family with those of its included genera, must find the selection of
1850. | Notice on the Ball Coal of the Burdwan Mines. 19
significant particulars for a generic (and specific) character of Budorcas,
from the above ample and careful account of our animal, the work
merely of five minutes.
Since the above paper was written, I have received from Major
Jenkins a very neat model in wood, and coloured, of the Takin. The
model is the work of the native chief, who slew, and presented to
Major J. the animals whose spoils formed the materials of my descrip-
tion. This model is very neatly executed, and is a surprising sample
of Mishmi ingenuity. ‘It confirms my description, as to figure but not
quite as to colour; for, there is a white half-moon mark on the top of
the forehead, and the grizzled hue of the body is confined to the back,
the flanks as well as the rest of the carcase and limbs, being black.
This model pourtrays a male of mature age and presents to view an
animal of more than Bovine bulk and massiveness, with an elongated
deep body, high shoulder, thick bull neck, immense head not much
boomed on the chaffron, and short rigid Bovine limbs supported on
broad hoofs. With the model, came to me some sketches of scenery
due to the same dexterous hands. These sketches lead one to infer
that the country frequented by the Takin, abounds in vegetation arboreal
and other. The trees are numerous, large, and many of them, conifers.
Oe eee
A Third Notice on the Ball Coal of the Burdwan Mines.—By Henry
Pippineton, Cur. Mus. Eco. Geology.
The two previous notices on this singularly formed coal, will be found
in the Journal, Vol. XVII. p. 58, for January 1848, and in Vol. XVIII.
p- 413, for April 1849.
I have now through the kindness of Mr. Homfray, been enabled to
see a large heap of it at Howrah as brought from the mines ; and to a
valuable collection of choice specimens which he had put by, he kindly
allowed me to add such as I chose to pick from the heap. Mr.
Theobald, Junior has also sent to the Museum a basket full of the balls.
L 2
76 Notice on the Ball Coal of the Burdwan Mines. [JAN.
We have thus at length an abundance of this remarkable variety of
coal, and it is impossible to examime it in the mass, and in detail,
without at once being satisfied that, as I conjectured in my second
notice, this is neither more nor less than coal softened by heat, and
taking when cooling this concretionary and semi-concretionary form
and in some instances, perhaps, indeed in the whole mass when seen zz
situ it has adopted the semi-columnar appearance with a true ball and
socket joint, like basalt. One of Mr. Homfray’s specimens indeed, is
a most splendid and perfect instance of this, being a fragment of what
we might term a carbonaceous shaft 7 or 8 inches in diameter, with a
complete ball and socket articulation! Mr. Theobald in his note says
that ‘‘the seam im which the ball coal is found at Kumarcolly includ-
ing some partings, is 40 feet and upwards in thickness,” he farther
adds ‘‘I should attribute the globular structure to a partial change
which in many places is effected by trap dykes.”
The larger balls are dull exteriorly, and marked with the alternate
bands of bright and dull coal of the mineral in its massive state, but
the glance (of the surface) brightens as the balls decrease in size, till
the very small ones of the size of an egg or a walnut become perfectly
bright and highly polished; and in these all external trace of the
lamination* of the coal has disappeared. I have found in none how-
ever any of the pavoine lustre so common in the Anthracites.
In the fracture of the small balls, traces of the lamination are at
times to be found; but generally these balls may be described as
composed of minute, irregularly set lamine, very bright and specular
like bright coal or coke-dust cemented or half melted together.
The balls are rather tougher than the matrix coal.
Whether in mass or in powder it swells considerably in the crucible,
and the coke is excessively slow and difficult of incineration and it has
the peculiarity of forming over the lamp, and in an open crucible
a kind of coke which must be pulverised to reduce it to ash in any
moderate time. It perfectly resembles in this respect the Anthracite
which seems to have its carbon in a state approaching to that in which
it exists in Plumbago.
* By the lamination I mean the alternate bands of dull and bright Coal which all
our Indian Coals have, and which is found alsoin many European kinds of Coal.
1850. | Specimen of Iron from the Dhunakar hills. Vi
The followmg are the analysis of the matrix and of a perfect ball
from it.
Ball. Matrix coal.
Peet MS beanie deat wil) d0S2 1.34
Gaseous matter, ............ 24.00 28.00
Merve. 8 AR ekloe. a. Heh. 68.75 59.60
Rumen ROS GE ote 7.25 12.40
100.00 100.60
It would thus appear that the purest parts of the coal, i. e. those
containing the least proportion of earthy and metallic matters, are those
most liable to affect the globular form and this explains, in one way at
least, the occurrence of the small bright balls close to those ten times
their size, for we may suppose them to have been originally the remains
of some vegetable with less earthy matter in their composition. I
shall send home a good supply of specimens, and I trust we shall
thence obtain some good microscopic examinations of it.
Note presented by 11. Torrens, Lsq., C. S., Resident, Moorshedabad,
with a specimen of Iron from the Dhunakar hills, Birbhum.
This specimen of the iron smelted by the Sontals of Birbhim, was
procured by Dr. Robert Young near a place called Bullia-narainpur
below the Dhunakar hills about thirty miles, as the crow flies from
Moorshedabad. The country is described as covered with an inter-
minable Saul forest, of which the larger trees appeared to average about
two feet diameter. The small shafts sunk throughout the country by
the Sontals for “‘iron earth,” as they call it, are astonishingly numerous.
The forest furnishes them with excellent charcoal, and they are singu-
larly careful to cut the timber for it in regular patches of about a
bigdh in extent, driving the shaft of their little mine often between
78 Specimen of Iron from the Dhunakar hills. [ JAN.
the trees, destined to smelt its produce. The expanse thus cleared is
abandoned for a regrowth of the Sauls. The furnace or chuld is of
clay, about 3 to 35 feet broad, and each is served with three large
bellows worked by the feet; the heat produced is considerable. The
ore undergoes a second, and sometimes a third smelting, and the iron
is called the best in India. The price on the spot is 3 Rs. a maund.
The Sontals of these forests are described as a hardy but not a
comely race, eating like the Dhangars, rats, snakes and any vermin ;
they are equipped with bow and arrow wherever they go, and let
nothing alive escape them. Animal life there is consequently little of,
although the barren character of the forest, and the scarcity of water,
must also account in a measure for this. Spotted deer (the Avis of
Buffon) and two bears were shot by my informants, but the animals
seemed to have all what is termed a great deal of travel in them, as
with creatures used to roam far for food. ‘The Sontals are handy in
devising and constructing implements. Their cart is chiefly of hewn
Saul wood, the wheels being solid, and the whole constructed of wood
alone. The knife they use for cutting food is of a very hard wood,
not procurable in that part of the country. They were not observed
to have the bamboo at all in use.
I think the peculiarity of using wooden articles, even to the knife,
in an zron country is as remarkable a fact as I have met with in India.
The explanation is most likely to be found in some superstition con-
nected with the desecration of the staple they live by, if used by them
for vulgar purposes of common life. An analogous idea of reverence
Sor the thing they use or live by, may be traced largely throughout
Hindu society, from the silkworm tender, who preserves:a diet, lives
single, and neither washes nor shaves during the production of the
cocoon, to the writer who worships his inkhorn, and the champion
(pahlwdan) who will not lift his two-handed sword (ddnd) till he has
salaamed to it. This consideration might be followed out in an expo-
sition of what may be termed ‘‘ the philosophy of idolatry.”
1850. | Notice of a Trip to the Niti Pass. 79
Notice of a Trip to the Nitt Pass. By Ineut. R. Stracury. Com-
municated by order of the Hon’sue Tue Livet.-GovEeRNoR,
REP.
I returned here some days ago from Niti, and although I have not
much in the way of personal narration to give, all that I expected has,
I believe, been done. I reached Niti early in July, having as I passed
Joshinath (at the union of Dauli and Vishnuganj) set up a Barome-
ter, &c. there with a rain-gauge. These have been regularly registered
from the end of June, till the middle of October, as also have a similar
set of instruments at Niti. At both places, the registers were kept by
natives of Almora whom I took up with me. About a week after my
arrival at Niti, 1 started on my first expedition. My route you will
see from the accompanying sketch map. The old map showed none of
this and my brother’s map was likewise quite wrong, so it was not till
I had been over the ground that I got a clear idea of the geography
of this part of the country. I went via Marshak pass 18,500 ft. to
Raj-hote, there visited the pass into Tibet called Tumjun-la 16,500
and went down the river from Raj-hote as far as it was practicable,
returning to Niti by Chor-hoti pass 17,500. You will see that this
valley of the Raj-hote river exactly corresponds to those crossed on the
road, from Milam into Hundes, the Marshak and Chor-hoti passes being
the parallel of Unta-dhura, and the identity is still further shown by
the geological structure of the mountain ranges. During this and my
subsequent journey, | collected a considerable number of fossil shells
which I have no doubt will enable competent geologists to decide fully
on the age of the strata in which they were found. I can only venture
on generalities.
Shortly after my return to Niti, I was joined by my brother Henry
from Ladak, who came via To-ling and the Niti pass without meeting
with any obstruction. He remained with me till my return here.
With his help I began horary meteorological observations at Niti,
which were continued without interruption for six days, by which time
it had become clear that the law of the hourly variations had been
sufficiently developed. About the first week in August, after these
observations had been completed we started together for the Niti pass,
80 Notice of a Trip to the Nitt Pass. [JAN.
with the intention of undertaking a series of meteorological observa-
tions in the plain of Hundes, and also hoping to be able to fix the
position of Kailas and Gurl, and generally to improve the old map of
Hundes, by trigonometrical operations, based on the great snowy peaks,
the positions of which have been fixed by the G. T. Survey. I may
as well at once go on to say that this has been done, and that the new
survey has enabled me to draw out with a fair degree of accuracy, my
survey work of last year, and the determination of the positions of
Kailas and Gurla will equally add to the value of my brother’s first
rough survey of his route to Manasarowar. The greater part of this
work has been drawn out, and areduced copy, 8 miles to an inch, will be
begun by my brother directly, which shall be sent to you as soon as it
is finished. This map will serve to illustrate the account of my last year’s
trip into Hundes, as well as this year’s operations near Niti. I intend
to set about writing them directly, the former being already drawn out
in the rough.
The day after we crossed the Niti pass, we were met by people sent
to look after us by the Zungpun of Dab; they however talked in the
meekest possible way, and only asked where we were going. This we
explained, and next day we fixed ona place at which to encamp for the
meteorological observations which were at once begun. The following
day the Zungpun himself appeared in company with a man, who it
seems had been sent from Gartok (on the news of my having settled at
Niti having reached that place), specially to look after me, and likewise
to keep the Zungpun up to his work, in preventing my entry into
Hundes.
They asked permission to visit us, to which we of course assented at
once. The interview began by their saying that we must be off
instantly ; to which we replied, that we intended to remain until we had
completed the work for which we came unless turned out by the Zung-
pua. After much talk they by degrees abated in their demands, and
from granting one day and then two, at last when they saw that we
were utterly obstinate, ended by saying, that our proposal to go when
we had done what we wanted, was quite satisfactory. It was under-
stood, however, that we were not to go to Daba or Dungpu. We told
them indeed plainly, that we only intended to go on 4 or 5 miles to
some hills from the summit of which we wished to take angles. The
1850. ] Notice of a Trip to the Nitt Pass. 81
weather, which for the first few days of our stay in Hundes had been
fine, became abominable, and a good deal of rain fell, extending as far
as we could see, over the whole plain of Guji, and covering the moun-
tains north of the Sutle) with snow. I may as well note here that the
plain of which I talk, the existence of which Capt. J. Cunningham
doubts, was crossed in the direction of its length by my brother on his
way from Ladak. It is I fancy 100 miles long, and where broadest 40
or 50 miles, and it is very distinctly seen from the vicinity of Niti
pass extending in a N. Westerly direction to a great distance. We had
encamped at the foot of a mountain, the top of which was about 18,000
ft. above the sea, and which we had fixed upon as one of our survey
stations, our camp was at about 16,500 ft., which is I think very near
the limit of possibility for a permanent camp in this region. We
waited quietly here—the place is called Lanjar,—till the weather cleared
up, which it did in course of time. The Zungpun remained in camp
with his tail within a quarter of a mile of us, occasionally stirring us
up to go; but he was not taken much notice of. The first fair day,
however, we went up the mountain and remained there the greater part
of two days and one night, during which the angles that were wanted
were taken and horary meteorological observations made for a period
of 24 hours, also of Magnetic Dip, &. When this was done we
moved on to the Lung-yung hills to complete the triangulation that
was to fix the position of Kailas and Gurla. The Zungpun did nof
think it worth while to follow us, though we had, in reality, gone so
close to Daba and Dungpu, that he could not have prevented our
going to either place, if we had been so disposed ; indeed it looked very
much as though his waiting till we moved was a mere pretence to
take in his own superiors. There can be little doubt that at the bot-
tom of all this non-interference with us, was the utter impossibility
of his doing any thing if he had wished it. At that time there were, I
believe, in Daba, more British subjects than Tibetans; and although
there has hitherto been a sort of impression, that our people were afraid
of the Tibetan authorities, and therefore declined to take English tra-
vellers into Hundes, the result of this last expedition has been to prove
most satisfactorily to me that this is utterly unfounded.’ Indeed, the
whole of this part of Tibet is absolutely at the command of our Go-
vernment, for by stoppmg the export of grain across the frontier the
M
82 Notice of a Trip to the Nitt Pass.
whole of Guji would be starved, and of this they must be just as well
aware as we, and no doubt far better. Itis perhaps hardly probable,
that it will ever be worth the while of the British Government to
coerce that of Lassa; but if it be, I should conceive that closing the
frontier would most effectually bring them to reason.
Having concluded our operations at Lung-yung we returned vid
Shelshel, Raj-hoti and Chor-hoti passes to Niti, which we reached early
in September, having satisfactorily cleared up the doubtful points in
the geography of this part of the mountains.
I had determined to remain at Niti till the end of September, in
hope of getting fine weather, and of being able to make another ascent
to some considerable height. The bad weather towards the end of the
month, however, disappointed me in this, and I was at last at the
beginning of October, only able to get up to about 14,700 ft. down to
which the mountains were covered up with snow. Between this eleva-
tion and Niti (11,500) corresponding Barometrical observations were
made by my brother and self, and the difference of height was also
measured by the Theodolite, for the purpose of testing the formula by
which heights are calculated from Barometrical observations.
We left Nitti on the 10th October, and came straight down here
only stopping a few days on the road, to make another similar set of
Barometrical observations between heights of 10,500 ft. and 5,500 ft.
In the history of this year’s work I shall explain the nature of our
Trigonometrical operations, from which any one who wishes to do so
may see the data on which our position of Kailas rests.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ASIATIC SOICETY OF BENGAL
For DecemeBer, 1849.
LWP"
THE usual monthly meeting of this Society was held at the Museum
on Wednesday, 5th December, 1849.
The Hon’ble Sir J. W. Cotvixez, President, in the chair.
The proceedings of the former meeting having been read and con-
firmed, and the accounts of the past month laid upon the table, the
Secretary stated that the following gentlemen had intimated their wish
to withdraw from the Society ; viz., G. Hill, Esq., C. J. S. Montague,
Esq. G. R. Wilby, Esq., W. Taylor, Esq., James Corcoran, Esq., and
John Muller, Esq.
The following gentlemen were candidates for election :—
J. J. Gray, Esq. Maldah, proposed by J. W. Laidlay, Esq. seconded
by Rev. Mr. Long.
J. C. Marshman, Esq., proposed by J. W. Laidlay, Esq. seconded
by the Hon’ble Sir J. W. Colvile.
A communication was read from W. Grey, Esq., Under Secretary to
the Government of India, forwarding at the request of the Govern-
ment of Van Dieman’s Land, a copy of the Rules and the proceedings
of the Royal Society of that Colony, together with the following
extract of a letter from J. E. Bicheno, Esq., Colonial Secretary, dated
19th July, 1849.
“The Council of the Society solicit me to express the earnest wish
on their part for the establishment of a direct system of intercourse,
M 2
84 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jan.
mutual co-operation, and interchange of publications and of the pro-
ductions peculiar to India and this colony; a system of reciprocity
which it is manifest must tend to further the interests, views, and
objects of all such associations.”
It was resolved that the Society express their willingness to concur
in such co-operation so far as practicable, and that the Secretary
forward to the Royal Society of Van Dieman’s Land a copy of such
volumes of the Society’s Journal and Researches as may be available.
Read a letter from W. Seton Karr, Esq., Under Secretary to the
Government of Bengal, presenting on the part of Government, a highly
finished map of the district of Balasore for the use of the Museum of
Economic Geology. |
From the same, forwarding for deposit in the library of the Society,
a copy of M. Eugene Burnouf’s edition of the Bhagavat Purana.
This superb specimen of typography, unquestionably one of the
finest editions of an oriental work ever published, excited the warm
admiration of the meeting. The best thanks of the Society were
ordered to be returned for this donation.
From Capt. F.C. Minchin, Private Secretary to his honor the Lieut.-
Governor, North-Western Provinces, forwarding for publication in the
Society’s Journal, an interesting letter from Lieut. R. Strachey, giving
a brief sketch of his recent meteorological and geographical observa-
tions at Niti and its neighbourhood.
From Dr. H. Falconer, enclosing a letter from Dr. Asa Gray,
Corresponding member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences,
Massachusetts, presenting to the Society a copy of the proceedings
of that Academy.
From Dr. A. Weber, presenting a copy of the first number of the
first part of his edition of the Vajasaneya Sanhita published in Berlin.
From Henry Torrens, Esq., V. P. protesting in the strongest terms
against the dismissal of the Mauluvi, in whose charge the Arabic and
Persian books and manuscripts had until lately remained. Mr. Torrens
pointed out the extreme care requisite for the proper preservation of
such works, and offered, rather than any risk of injury should arise
from the dismissal of the Mauluvi, to maintain that officer at his own
charge ; if the Society would sanction his re-appointment.—The Secre-
tary was directed to explain to Mr. Torrens that while the Council of
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 85
the Society fully appreciate the advantage of retaining on their estab-
lishment a Muhammedan scholar, in the appointment of the late
Mauluvi, they felt that the financial position of the Society rendered
his removal, for the present at least, a measure of necessity. At the
same time the preservation of the Society’s library was by no means
neglected, being entrusted to the Society’s librarian, Babu Rajendra-
lal Mittra.
A valuable paper by B. H. Hodgson, Esq., on the Physical Geography
of the Himalaya, accompanied by a map, was laid before the meeting ;
but as it is already printed in the number of the Society's Journal
now nearly ready for issue, it was not deemed necessary to read it in
extenso. | |
Read ashort note by Henry Torrens, Esq., on Native Impression
regarding the natural history of certain animals.
From Captain Newbold, forwarding a paper by Hekekyan Bey
describing the strata bored through in searching for coal in Wadi
Ardba in the eastern desert of Egypt, with an introductory note by
himself.—Ordered for publication in the Journal.
Several other communications of no public importance having been
read
The Rev. Mr. Long brought to the notice of the meeting the loss
the Society had sustained by the death of Dr. Heberlin, who had
been an active member for many years and proposed the following
resolution, which was carried unanimously.
“‘Resolved,—That the Society desire to record the sense that they,
as well as the cause of Sanskrit literature, have sustained by the death
of Dr. Heberlin.”’
The Secretary having brought to the recollection of the meeting the
proposal of the Council in the recent Financial Report, that a Com-
mittee be appointed to pass the monthly accounts, it was
Resolved,—That a Finance Committee be appointed at the ensuing
annual meeting, to audit the monthly accounts.
The Secretary laid before the meeting an Atlas and a skeleton map
of the Chinese territories in Central Asia, drawn up from very recent
Chinese authorities, These maps exhibit the topography of these
countries in much detail, rendering it easy to trace the routes given in
Von Humboldt’s Asie Centrale, that of Mir Izzat Ullah, Sekander
86 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jan.
Beg, &c., as well as those of early European travellers and Chinese
pilgrims.
The Zoological Curator and Librarian having read their monthly
reports, the meeting adjourned.
LIBRARY.
The following books have been added to the Library since the last
meeting.
Presented.
Chronicon Samaritanum, Arabice Conscriptum, cui titulus est Liber
Josuae. Ex unico codice Scaligeri nunc primum edidit, Latine vertit, anno-
tatione instruxit, et dissertationem de codice, de Chronico, et de quaestioni-
bus, quae hoc libro illustrantur, praemisit Th. Guil. Joh. Juynboll. Lugduni
Batavorum 1848, 4to.—PRESENTED BY THE CURATORES ACADEMIAE
LuGpuno BaTavar.
The Dodo and its kindred ; or the history, affinities and osteology of the
Dodo, Solitaire, and other extinct birds. By H. KE. Strickland, Esq. and Dr.
A. G. Melville. London 1848, 4to.—PrESENTED By H. E. SrrRIcKLAND,
Ksa.
Les Seances de Haidari, recits Historiques et Eligiaques sur la Vie et la
Mort des principaux Martyrs Musulmans, ouvrage traduit de |’ Hindustani,
par M. Abbe Bertrand; suivi de l’Elegie de Miskin, traduit de la meme
langue, par M. Garcin de Tassy. Paris 1845, 8vo.—By THE TRANSLATOR.
Memoires de la Societe Royale des Antiquaries du Nord, 1845-47.—By
THE SOCIETY.
Guide to Northern Archeology by the Royal Society of Northern Anti-
quaries of Copenhagen; edited for the use of English readers by the Right
Hon’ble the Earl of Ellesmere. London 1848, 8vo.—By THE Roya. So-
CIETY OF NORTHERN ANTIQUARIES.
Bulletin de la Societe de Geographie. Troiseme Serie, Tome IX.—By
THE SOCIETY. .
Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, Volume 18th, Part
Il.—By tue Society.
The Calcutta Christian Observer, Sept. @ Dec. 1849.—By Tur Epirors.
The Oriental Christian Spectator for July, Sept. and Nov. 1849,— By THE
EpIrors.
The Oriental Baptist, Nos. 33—6.—By Tue Eprror.
Upadesaka, Nos. 33—6.—By Tue Eprror.
The Journal of the Indian Archepelago, Vol. III. Nos. 6—9.—By THE
Epiror.
Ditto Ditto (2 copies)—By tHe GovERNMENT OF BENGAL. |
The Languages of the Indian Archepelago. No.1. A system of Classifi-
cation and Orthography for Comparative Vocabularies. By J. R. Logan,
Esq. (Pamphlet).—By tHe AurHor.
A letter to K. of the Benares Magazine, touching novel opinions on Indian
Logic; with strictures upon certain portions of the Lectures on the Nyaya
Philosophy, printed for the use of the Benares College by order of Govern-
ment N. W. P. Allahabad 1849, (4 copies) —By roe AUTHOR.
Tattvabodhini Patrikéa, Nos. 73—5.—By rue TATTVABODHINI’ SABHA’.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Caleutta, for
the month of July, Augt. Sept. and Oct. 1849.—By THe Deputy Sur-
VEYOR GENERAL.
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 87
Denkschriften der Koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Munchen,
Vols. I. Il. HI. 1V. VI. VII. 1X. (2 copies)—PresENTED BY THE ROYAL
AcADEMY oF MunicH.
Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften, part II. of Vols. XIX.
XX. XXI.—By THE SAME.
Bullietin der Akademie der Wissenschaften fur das Jahr 1843-4-5-6.—By
THE SAME.
Gelehrte Anzeigen, Bands XXII. XXIII.—By Tue same.
Almanach der koniglichen bayerischen Academie der Wissenschaften
fur das Jahr 1847.—By THE SAME.
Systema Materiae Medicae Vegetabilis Brasiliensis composuit. Car. F. P.
de Martius, Lipsiae, 1843.—By THe AuTHoR.
Sasrutas Ayurvedas. Id est Medicinae systema a Venerabili D’hanvantari
demonstratum a Susruta discipulo compositum. Nune primum ex Sanskrita
in Latinum sermonem vertit, introductionem, annotationes et rerum indicem
adjecit Dr. F. Hessler.—By THE AvTHoR.
Die Ueberbleibsel der altagypteschen Menschenrace. By Dr. Fransz
Pruner.—By THE AUTHOR.
Uber das studium der Griechischen und Romischen Alterthumer. By
Ernest von Lasaulaa—By THE AUTHOR.
Bhagavat Purana, traduit et publie par E. Burnouwf, 2 vols. fol— By THe
EDITOR.
Ueber die Ordalien bei der Germanen in ihrem Zusammenhange mit der
Religion. By G. Phillips—By true AuTHorR.
Die Galvanographie, eine Methode, gemalti Zuschbilder durch galvanische
Kupferplatter im Drucke zu vervielfaltigen von Fransz von Robell.—By
THE AUTHOR.
Transactions of the Bombay Geographical Society from 1837 to 1848,
6 volumes, 8vo.—By THE SocIETy.
Journal of the Ceylon branch of the Royal Asiatic Society for 1848.—By
THE SOCIETY.
Journal of the American Oriental Society No. 1V.—-By Tue Socirry,
Journal of the Bombay branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 12.—
Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. III. (2
copies).—By THE ACADEMY.
An account of the Measurement of Two Sections of the Meridional Arc
of India, by Lieut.-Colonel Everest.—By THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA.
Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, Vols. I. I1—By Tur
SociETy.
The Whole Works of the most Rev. James Usher, D. D. Vol. XVI.—PrE-
SENTED BY THE PROVOST AND SENIOR FELLOWS oF TRINITY COLLEGE,
DuBLIN. .
Hekaét Abdullah bin Abdul Kader, (in Javanese), Singapur 1849, 4to.—
By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.
The Vajasaneyi-Sanhita of the Madhyandima and the Kanva Sakhas with
the Commentary of Mahidhara, Edited by Dr. Albrecht Weber, Berlin 1849,
4to.—By tue Epiror.
History of the Sikhs, by Capt. J. D. Cunningham.—By tue AuTuor.
An Analytical Digest of all the Reported Cases decided in the Supreme
Courts of Judicature in India. By W.H. Morley, Esq. Part 5 of Vols. III.
—By THE Govt. or BENGAL.
ae Christa muhatmya, in Sanskrita and Bengali.—By THE Rev. J.
ONG.
Memoir on the Statistics of the North-Western Provinces. By A. Shakes-
pear, Esq.— By THE Govt. or THE N. W. Provinces.
88 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
On Foraminifera, their organization, and their existence in a fossilized
state in Arabia, Sinde, Kutch, and Khattywar. By J. Carter, Esq. C. S.—
By THE AUTHOR,
The Holy Bible, London 1619, 4to.—By J. P. Parxrr, Esq.
Zakarija bin Mohammad bin Mahmud el Cazwini’s Kosmographie. Erster
Theil. Die Wunder der Schopfung: edited by Dr. Austenfield, Gottingen
1838, 8vo.—By THE EpIror.
Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenlandischen Gesellschaft, herausgegeben
von den Geschaftsfuhrern. Zweiter Band, IV. heft, and Dritter Band, 1 heft.
—By THE EpiTors.
Exchanged,
Journal Asiatique, Nos. 59, 60.
The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, Nos. 225—30.
Jameson’s Journal, Nos. 91, 92.
Athenzum, Nos. 1126-38-40.
Purchased.
The Apostolical Constitutions, or Canons of the Apostles in Coptic. With
an English Translation by H. Tottam, L. L. D. London 1848, RI. 8vo.
Comptes Rendus, Nos. 18—2l. Tome XXVII. and Nos. 1—5, Tome
XXVIII.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History for June, July, Augt. and
Sept. 1849.
Journal des Savants for May, June and July, 1849.
North British Review, No. 22.
Museum of Curiosities.
Eight reed Arrows tipped with iron; from Birbhum.—PrEsENTED BY
G. H. J. Tayuor, Esa.
Report of Curator, Zoological Department.
The following are the donations which have been received since the last
meeting of the Society.
1. From C. Huffnagle, Esq. The careass of a young male Rhinoceros,
2. From R. W.G. Frith, Esq. The carcass of a bull Gayal, (Bos fron-
talis). These two large animals are in process of being mounted for the
museum. |
3. Capt. W. S. Sherwill, 66th N. I. A small collection of skins of
mammalia, birds, and carapacis of two species of land Tortoise, also a Balistis,
and two species of a Tetradon, from Cape of Good Hope. This collection
comprises some fine specimens of the Hyrax capencis, adult males, females,
and young; with some other species new to the Society’s collection.
4. W. Theobald Esq., Junior. A collection of birds’ eggs, chiefly
British.
RK, BLytH.
PARA RAL
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY.
No. II.—1850.
ROL PLP LEPPARD IVI UWI PII LIVI
Report on the Statistics of Banda.— By M. P. Epceworrn, Esquire,
Commissioner of Mooltan, late Collector of Banda.
Tue district of Banda forms an irregular triangle bounded on
the north and north-east by the river Jumna, which separates it
from the Fattehpur and Allahabad districts ; on the west principally
by the river Ken (Caine), part of the Banda and Pyldni divi-
sions, moreover, extend beyond that river and are bounded by the
Hamirpur district, and the Cherkhari and Jaloun states; the south-
west and south are bounded by the river Ken and partly by the second
range of low hills, forming the flank of the table-land of Bundelkhand.
But the intermediate boundary is very irregular, owing to the intermix-
ture of villages belonging to Adjyegarh and Punna among the indepen-
dent states, but principally arising from the exchange of many villages
in Pergannahs Kinhas and Bhitri for the Pergannah of Kalinjar
taken from the Chaubehs ; this leaves a long slip of independent terri-
tory between the Pergannahs of Budousa and Tirohan. This irregu-
- larity of outline is increased by the circumstance that such villages in
the above named Pergannahs, as were then held rent free, were not
given to the Chaubehs, but remained under the jurisdiction of the
officers of this district.
3rd. The actual area amounts to 18,42,480 acres or 2,174-8 statute
and geographical miles distributed as follows.—
Barren, 3,49,214 acres.
Culturable, 4,60,887 do.
Cultivated, 9,63,126 do.
No. XXXVIII. | N
90 Report on the Statistics of Banda. [No. 2.
4th. The whole of the district, with the exceptions below mentioned,
forms part of the conquered provinces, having been obtained from the
Peshwa in 1804, A. D., and brought under the Regulations by Regula-
tion IV. of 1804. Pergannah Kalinjar was taken from the Chaubehs
in 1812, and an equivalent given from Pergannahs Bhitri, Kunhas
and Budausa (vide Regulation XXII. of 1812) ; Perganndh Khundeh
was added to the district by Regulation II. of 1818, being ceded by
Nana Govind Rao.
5th. The elevations of the trigonometrical stations in or adjoming
the district above the sea as determined by the Grand Trigonometrical
Survey are as follow.—
Kanakhera, 473.7 feet above sea Kachar, 1519.6 feet above sea
level. level.
Kartar, 1,179.8 do. do. Lalapur, 825.9 do. do.
Peprendi, 494.9 do. do. Pabhasa, 610.5 do. do.
Seonda, 908.6 do. do.
6th. ‘The geological structure of the district is very interesting, and
merits a much fuller elucidation than I have the means of giving.
There are two distinct characters of country, the plains and the table-
land above the first range of hills or Patha. The plains are not of the
extreme uniformity exhibited in the greater part of the Upper Pro-
vinces ; they are not only similarly broken by deep ravines, running to
the principal rivers, but diversified with isolated hills generally of gra-
nite but occasionally of syenite or quartz, either white or tinged of a
deep reddish brown by ferruginous matter. The general appearance of
the plains is strikingly similar to part of the Siberian steppe as describ-
ed by Humboldt in his Asie Centrale :—and doubtless the origin of our
granitic hills is similar. The granite is exceedingly liable to disintegra-
tion into large masses, so as to present to theeye a confused congeries
of boulders of all sizes, sometimes in concentric segments of circles, and
sometimes in straight parallel lines. The tendency of these masses is
to split in fixed directions, not unfrequently so as to leave large surfaces
exposed of almost perfect flatness ; from this tendency it appears to me
that the practice of splitting granite into blocks for building, by the
simple agency of fire and water, as used in the south of India, might be
advantageously tried here. The granite is much traversed by veins of
quartz of every degree of thickness from a line to several yards, and
1850.) Report on the Statistics of Banda. 91
the nature of the stone is likewise very variable from the finest grain of
very great hardness, to a coarse grain so loosely held together by the
felspar as to appear rotten and to be quite friable.
7th. The greenstone and syenite are of great variety.
I annex a translation from Jacquemont’s travels, regarding the geolo-
gical features of this part of the country, as shewn in the hill of K4linjar.
I give it as the work is rare and not translated. Extract from Jacque-
mont’s travels, Volume 1, Page 427.
Between Nyagawn where M. Jacquemont entered the district and
Kalinjar—
‘There is nothing to note but some hillocks of hornblende rocks.
The slaty structure is entirely unknown,—all are granitic ; the suppres-
sion of quartz turns it into greenstone which decomposes into concen-
tric balls ; its predominance on the other hand gives a straight laminary
structure to the rock probably due to the felspar, which is intimately
mixed with the quartz, when the latter is very abundant. It is the
same as at Adjighar.
** At length we pass the river Baugi formed by the junction of several
streams from the high land, and we enter the great village situated
between its right bank and the foot of the hill of Kalinjar.
2 * 2 * * ** * * *
“* Geological description of the hill of Kalinjar.
‘Up to the foot of the escarpement the mountain is formed of syenite
rocks which in their varieties and bearing, resemble the appearances (of
those) at Adjighar. The syenite, consisting of rose-coloured felspar,
whitish quartz, and black hornblende (in the form of large crystals), is
found principally in large unconnected blocks on every stage of the
hill ; also varieties of the same rock with smaller crystals ; others where
their flakes (laminz) of mica are intermixed with the hornblende, with-
out entirely suppressing it. Rocks of felspar and of actinolite or of
felspar and of diallage, doubtful with reference to the nature of their
component parts here as well as at Adjighar, and lastly those greenstones
which become decomposed into concentric balls; these are the principal
kinds. It is equally difficult to say which predominates over the other
—which forms the mass of the mountain intersected by the veins of
others ; but all the passages of one species, or ever from one simple
variety to another, are cut off; in the extent of the same mass, one
N 2
92 Report on the Statistics of Banda. [No. 2.
hardly perceives from one extremity to another the smallest modifi-
cation arise, be it in the proportion of the mineralogical elements or in
the size of the crystals. One would say, that the whole mountain is
formed of a great number of immense polyhedric masses morticed one
to another, some species more, others less frequently, recurring.
‘«*T have not seen Basanite (Brongniart, Classification of Rocks) in the
place nor spread on the declivity of the mountain, but several mutilated
idols are sculptured of this rock, and I have good reason to believe that
they did not go far toseek it.”” (This is the greenstone teliya alluded to
by me in para. 9.) “ The thickness of the sandstones which cover up this
system, seems to me the same as, or slightly greater than at Adjighar.
These sandstones are identical in their composition, in their appear-
ance, and the peculiarities of their bearing with those of Adjighar.
They form like them immense compact masses, which divide, only
according to lines almost straight or horizontal, into so small steatite
or clayey beds that they are easily missed in the sections of the ground.
With these compact shelves are intercalated beds with a cleavage
parallel or oblique to their lie. These differences in the mode of the
interior division of each bed are isolated from all the others. Towards
the middle part and the summit, the predominating variety has a very
fine grain (exclusively?) quartz. Its colour is of a greenish grey, its
hardness extreme. One may call it granular quartz. Lower, with the
same structure and the same hardness it becomes reddish and very
sensibly micaceous. It is sprinkled with tolerably large reddish spots
of a deeper colour, which lose themselves in the interior of the rock, and
seem formed by slight accumulations of red clay, and spotted with little
round stains, brown or ocherous, produced by cavities sometimes lined,
more commonly filled, with concretions of oxide of iron, Open and
exposed to the air, these cavities soon empty themselves of the sub-
stance they contain, and thus give to all the old surface the appearance
of being pierced with holes. The first variety of a dirty greenish yel-
low destitute of mica reappears above this, and covers again a bank of a
hardness, of an equal fineness, and of a brown colour, in which are dis-
persed some grains of a shining glassy quartz, and round fragments of
ochery clay. (Perhaps the round cavities are filled with this substance 7)
In this sandstone there extends in lines slightly marked a conglomerate,—
in which are embedded, in a ferruginous and micaceous or flinty cement,
1850.) Report on the Statistics of Banda. 93
fragments (evidently) of compact clay and white quartz, which seem to
become blended with the flinty and crystalline cover which envelopes
them. A greenish clay, in small and curved heaps, lines the largest
heterogeneous parts of this breccia, and its flinty and crystalline matrix
is full of cavities, as in the sandstone, filled, or oftener lined, with an
ochery substance. This conglomerate resembles much certain varieties
of the diamond-bearing conglomerate of Punna. It forms a sinuous
unequal bed, of which the thickness does not vary less than $ to 1} foot
in the slight extent which I could examine. It is immediately covered
with small layers of sandstone which are separated by clay. Underneath,
I have only seen the sandstone described in the last place with fragments
of baked clay and shining grains of glassy quartz; but their actual
observation was impossible, and I could only make conjectures on what
I should have found, descending to meet the syenitic rocks. In a
deep excavation open towards the mean height of the escarpement, and
which descends within its walls even below its base, I observed the
beds the lower part of which I will now describe. A circumstance worthy
of remark : this excavation leads to a subterranean well, of which the
depth, they say, is unknown (Patal Ganga). The bed of the conglome-
rate there reaches the level of the water ; the sandstone with grains of
shining glassy quartz is submerged. These grains of shining glassy
quartz are exactly the same as those found at Adjighar, in the
porphyry and sandstone which border on it. Here I have not seen
porphyry well defined; but is it not represented by the conglome-
rate? It is in the porphyry at Adjighar as here in the conglomerate
that a similar cavern full of water opens ; perhaps, elsewhere the por-
phyry exists under the conglomerate ; a rock half decomposed, of a
doubtful structure, which is found at some distance from thence,
underneath the syenite, completes the resemblance of the two localities.
It is formed of a green and red matter (perhaps of clay or of
Actinyte and feldspar decomposed), in which are embedded some
crystals of red feldspar and fragments of white quartz. The red
matter forms here and there little leaf-like masses. Is it a crys-
talized rock in a state of decomposition? Is it a sandy rock? I cannot
say ; but it is the same rock which I have seen at Adjighar, enter into
the syenites and the porphyres. It constitutes here in like manner a
thick mass, moulded on in relief on the syenite, which divides itself
94 Report on the Statistics of Banda. [No. 2.
obscurely in great pseudo-regular rhomboids. The summit of the
mountain is covered with the same red gravel (oxide of iron), which is
found at Adjighar, on a multitude of places on the Plateau of Rewah,
and which is washed at Punna as a diamond mine. Kunkur is entirely
wanting, the gravel has been often washed by the people of the garrison,
and diamonds have never been found, but as they are occasionally
found on the neighbouring mountains on the confines of the Plateau,
the seekers are not discouraged ; they are also found in the plains at
the foot of these mountains.”
8th. All the more scattered and outlying hills are of granite
(rarely of quartz), as we advance southward more or less of the green-
stone syenite appear, and finally we find the hills capped with a perpendi-
cular escarpe of sandstone of more or less depth. The lower strata of
the sandstone appear to me to be more or less altered by heat, where
meeting the granite, the metamorphic strata being sometimes only a
few inches, as at Kalinjar ; but in other places a thick mass of meta-
morphic rock is interposed, consisting either of very hard silicious
masses, (sometimes of very great beauty when polished) or of a very hard
stone termed by the natives Kurbia (hornstone); this forms the
base of all the outer hills from the Pysuni to the Ohun. It is notice-
able from its tendency to break into irregular, somewhat cubical masses,
seamed on the upper surface with deep scars. This tendency often
gives the base of a hill, the appearance of having been cut into giant
stairs. The stone is used only for building and in the rough, as it is
too hard to be dressed. In this rock are the very remarkable caves
called the Gupta Godavari, near Chobepur, in Pergannah Bhitri;
and although not at present included in the district, being in the lands
given to the Kalinjar Chaubehs, I may be permitted to notice so very
remarkable a curiosity, as being within the former limits of the district.
Where they occur the hornstone must be upwards of 150 feet thick :
there are two caves one below the other. In the lower one, progress is
soon stopped by the depth of the water, which is by the superstitious
Hindus believed to come direct from the Godavari; the upper cave
consists of 3 irregular chambers : the walls are perfectly dry, no stalac-
tites or any of the usual appearances of caves. The principal hall is
of very considerable height, and the summit of the dome-shaped roof
appears to have broken in, and the fissure to be filled by a mass, which
1850. } Report on the Statistics of Banda. 95
appeared to be sandstone. In the inner cave is a stream of water, the
temperature of which was 84°, (that of the free air being 55°,) which
may be considered as the mean temperature.
9th. The great mass of the hills forming the barrier of the tableland
consists of sandstone. This lies in layers of very different degrees
of thickness and hardness; some being quite friable, others admirably
adapted for building, millstones, and many other useful purposes.
Most of the highly ornamented temples in the district are built of this
stone, which has preserved a wonderful degree of sharpness in the
carvings, after centuries of exposure to the weather. The principal
quarries are as follows :—Rawli, Gonda, Sidhpur, Mudyan Panwari,
Bhownri, Kolgudhya, Burydri, Kulan, Pardawan and Benipur Pali.
- But small quarries are opened at many other places for local pur-
poses, especially millstone making. A quarry of greenstone termed
teliya, is situated at Purwa in Perganndh Kunhas, (now transferred
to the Chaubehs in lieu of Kalinjar); it admits of a very high
polish and is much used in making idols, &c., although a similar
stone is found in some of our own villages, it is not quarried elsewhere.
A green coloured sandstone is found near Rusin, which is used for
colouring walls ; the stone is ground, mixed with gum water and grease,
and smeared upon the walls ; it gives a dark bluish green colour. It is
found, but in smaller deposits, near Tirohan, especially at the summit of
the remarkable hill of Sudhwara and below the surface, in the bed of a
nullah at Bramh Kund near Kamta. It appears to be crude greenstone,
not hardened by igneous action into the usual form of that rock.
(10th. A stalagmitic deposit of limestone overlying sandstone occurs
near Gurhrdmpur, which is extensively quarried and burnt at the
village of Gurhrampur, whence it is extensively exported ; it is valued
from its great whiteness and purity. This deposit occurs abundantly
elsewhere, and I have found it in every one of the similar dells I have
examined in the Kalyangarh Perganndh ; but it is not used there as
that Pergannah is not so accessible as Gurhrdmpur.
11th. The appearance of the sandstone crowned hills running along
with a horizontal crest scarped summit and steep glacis with occasional
heights and promontories, cannot fail to remind the spectator of a sea-
coast view, while the solitary hills below have every appearance of
islands standing in the now dried sea at their base.
96 Report on the Statistics of Banda. [No. 2.
12th. Ascending to the table-land or Patha, we find a very shallow
soil resting on sandstone often cropping out in rugged rocks the harder
portions standing up in relief, when the softer have been worn away.
The unequal hardness of the layers composing the mass of sandstone,
has given rise to some very curions and beautiful chasms formed by
the streams. That near Gurhrampur, where the limestone abovemen-
tioned is found, is not a mile outside the boundary, and of very
remarkable appearance, the rocks above actually overhanging the base
of the chasm, which must be upwards of 200 feet deep, and which after
heavy rain must be a very fine waterfall. Similar, but larger falls are
found on the Baghin, in the independent states 16 to 20 miles south
of this district. Similar falls occur at Bedhak above Nihee, and
Abarkan and Dharkhund above Kalydnpur, Pergannah Kalydngarh,
of smaller extent than the Gurhrampur ones but of singular beauty.
The falls of the Burdaha are broad but not very deep, there is a long
cave or covered gallery running under the fall; it is situated on
the confines of Mauzds Auchadi and Mow, Pergannah Kalyangarh.
Those of the Pysuni are double and the rock does not overhang: as
in the other instance, they lie a few yards from the high road, near
Mauza Bombhua, Pergannah Kalyangarh.
13th. In Pergannah Kalyangarh iron is found and is worked
pretty extensively at several points especially at Gobarhdai; it is consi-
dered of very fine quality. The mines are situated high up in the
hills. The works at Gobarhai are managed by a company of Lohars
(blacksmiths) ; they pay nothing to the Zemindars for the right of
digging the raw ore, but a sum of Rs. 4 per kiln per season. Work com-
mences as soon after the close of the rains as they can get a sufficient
quantity of charcoal ready, but it is not in full vigour till March. The
manner of smelting is as follows. The ore, termed DAdé is broken
into small pieces, and put into the first furnace, termed Ndr, which is
merely a sort of oven sunk below the surface, mixed with common
charcoal, made indiscriminately from any wood; it is kept ina high
state of ignition with a rude pair of bellows (Jér). A buffaloe load of
charcoal is expended in one day upon about 1 or 14 mun of the Dhau,
and after the whole day’s work the first process is considered complete.
The large mass of iron termed Chuli is then drawn out with a long
pair of tongs termed Kargtha or Sansi; it is cut in two while hot
1850. | Report on the Statistics of Banda. 97
with a great axe (Kulhari). These pigs are subsequently put into the
refining furnace or Murai, which is more artificially built with a long
chimney slanting upward, and with but one opening below. The furnace
is filled up with charcoal, and in this stage that prepared from the
Bambu is exclusively used, the orifice is nearly closed below and after
the charcoal has all burned out the purified iron is removed, and in
this state, termed Ogari, is sold. The slag left after the first process
is not very heavy, and is porous ; but that after the second operation is
very dense and heavy : both are indifferently termed Khit. Five coolies
are employed at each furnace (Ndr), one at the bellows, and four
at putting on fuel, and they each receive 2 annasa day. The digging
of the ore and the greater part of the labour is performed by Koles, who
receive wages of a rupee for 8 days, the more skilled part of the work
is performed by the Lohars themselves. The mines are situated at the
top of the hill near the village of Gobarhai, about 1} mile from the
smelting works, and 300 feet above them. The mass of the hill con-
sists of sandstone, but the top is ferruginous; deep shafts are sunk
and extensive passages are burrowed through the hill, as the ore lies
at a distance of many feet from the surface. The mines were not at
work when I visited them in January, consequently I was not able to
enter them. The mines at Deori are, I am informed, worked in a
similar manner. Those at Khirani, in zillah Ucheyra, adjoining this
district, are managed by the Zemindars who pay the Lohars only 1 R.
per 10 days.
14th. Pipe clay is found in a pretty extensive deposit on the hill
above Kolagudya, Pergannah Tirohan. It is found below the horn-
stone stratum mentioned in para. 8. Deep shafts sunk into the side of
the hill through that rock, meet with a mass of hard white flint, and a
soft greenish stone mixed with a profusion of agates in every stage of
crystallization ; and the pipe clay seems to be the softened state of
these last stones. It was at one time used by Dr. Jeffries in his fac-
tory at Fattehgarh for pottery.
15th. The soils of the low ground consist of several varieties, but
the principal ones are the Mar and Kabur, two varieties of the black
soil termed Regur in the Peninsula. Specimens of these soils were
sent for analysis to Mr. Middleton, at the Agra College, but want of
means has prevented his being able to favour me with result to show
0
98 Report on the Statistics of Banda. [No. 2.
how far they differ from the Peninsular black soil. The main differ-
ence in description is that this soil here is not so easily pulverized as is
there described. It is very retentive of moisture which is the main
cause of its exceeding fertility ; the gradual drying of the ground pro-
duces cracks and fissures, which continue deepening during the conti-
nuance of the dry weather; I have found however the soil quite moist
at 4 feet below the surface in the month of June, after seven months
unbroken drought.
16th. The following are the local native names of the different varie-
ties of soils,—Mar or Marwd, is the blackest, of a very close grain and
exceeding hardness, and when dry of a shining conchoidal fracture ; this
is generally situated in extensive patches rather lower in level than the
rest of the country, and consequently crops in it are liable to injury
from overrain. I am inclined to attribute the deepness of its color and
richness to the admixture of decomposed vegetable matter.
17th. Kabur is in many respects similar to the Mar, it is of a
lighter color, is more mixed with sandy particles, is not quite so pro-
ductive as the former in its best seasons, but more uniformly to be
depended upon.
18th. Gond (or Khera) is the name given to the land immediately
adjoining villages, these are generally highly manured and occasionally
even irrigated and cultivated with tobacco or vegetables.
19th. Dandi is more gravelly than Segon and less so than Kankur,
generally on highest ground whence its name, and most cultivated in
the rainy season.
20¢h. Purwa is similar im all essential parts, but less fertile, of a red-
dish color, and as far as I can ascertain, the best of the three for cot-
ton ; it is also termed Segon.
2ist. Kankur is very extensive in the southern parts of the dis-
trict, and is the worst soil, containing a great deal of sand.
22nd. Barwé is a sandy loam, but of very partial distribution.
Tari and Kachar are sandy loams of very rich quality lying low by
the side of streams, the former is sometimes, the latter annually, sub-
merged by floods in the rains. These floods often leave an exceedingly
rich deposit termed Now lewa, which gives the finest crops of wheat ;
but the extent of this soil varies every year and often alternates with
barren sand. When the water subsides in the Jumna, and as soon as
1850.} Report on the Statistics of Banda, 99
the alluvium becomes solid enough to bear the weight of a plough,
experimental furrows are made to ascertain if the deposit be deep
enough to be available for cultivation ; it is so considered, if it be a
foot deep. When thoroughly dried the Now lewa separates into cakes
of great tenacity, like tiles or bricks according to its depth; in places
where the alluvium does not bear the weight of a man in November,—
not only on the Jumna but along the Ken, Baghin and Pysunee,—
cultivators, especially the Khewuts (or boatmen), sow a crop of barley
or wheat, scattering the seed as far as they can, above the surface of the
quicksand ; by the time the corn is ripe, the deposit assumes a suf-
ficient degree of solidity to allow of the reapers going on it.
23rd. U’sar is a peculiar soil very dark in color, found only in low
situations ;—it will not produce any crop but rice, and that only in
seasons of extraordinary wet.
24th. The soils peculiar to the Patha are Setwuri,—a greenish
sandy loam, and Gorowte, a light soil easily pulverized (I suspect highly
aluminous).
25th. The general aspect of the country is extremely rich, the low
country being generally well cultivated and well wooded, not only with
groves of mangoes and mowhas, but with noble trees of the latter
species standing in the fields ; hedges or enclosures are rare, except such
fences of dry thorns in the neighbourhood of jungles and just round
the village itself. Where deer are very numerous I have observed a
fence made of a single string with bits of straw or feathers tied in it
struck on poles. Some parts have been denuded of trees either during
the troubles preceding our acquiring possession of the country, as in
the immediate neighbourhood of Banda, or subsequently owing to the
demand for timber and the impolitic over-exaction of revenue, to meet
which timber was felled to a lamentable extent. In the southern and
eastern portion of the district, the scenery in the low land is of great
beauty, consisting of rich cultivated plains dotted with noble trees,
and broken by rugged hills, and occasionally by large tanks or clear
streams. The top of the table-land, diversified with hills, forest and
rocky streams, is less rich but by no means devoid of beauty.
Climate, 26th.—The climate of the low land of Banda differs in
some important respects from that of the Doab. The cold is less
intense in the cold season, frost being rare except in the moist land
0 2
100 Report on the Statistics of Banda. [No. 2.
adjoining the rivers. The injury done to crops and attributed to frost
by the natives, I am inclined to lay to the account of electric phzeno-
mena, because it always occurs in irregular patches in the field, without
any patent cause or reason from lowness of situation, dampness or
exposure as would be the case were frost the cause. It likewise occurs
when frost is impossible from the general temperature of the air. The
hot weather commences in the middle of March and the spring crops,
wheat, &c. are consequently ready for the sickle early in that month
and very little is left uncut by the beginning of April. The hot winds
are distinguished by two peculiarities ; first, the absence or extreme
rareness of dust storms; secondly, the exceeding purity and trans-
parency of the atmosphere during greater part of that season especially
in the afternoons, when in other parts of India, the sky has a hazy
appearance from quantities of dust and fog in the air. I attribute
this peculiarity to the constant exhalation of moisture proceeding from
the ever-deepening fissures of the black soil. To this purity of atmo-
sphere may perhaps be attributed the frequently fatal effects of the
hot winds, or rather in my opinion, of the sun ; deaths being not unfre-
quent among the natives from exposure at mid-day. In the commence-
ment of the hot weather when the nights are still cold and the sun is
powerful from the moment of its appearance, the optical phenomenon
of the elevation of distant scenery is not uncommon, either so as to
elongate the groves and trees naturally visible or so as to bring objects
far beyond the natural field of view into sight. Ihave not been able
to keep a very regular register of the thermometer owing to my
absence in the interior of the district. The following is an abstract.
1847-48. |2.: 1848-49. M4
Neda A 5 Extremes Micanee ni Extremes
oa °o
:|3 : Eo : | =
el al B| (ge Ba & lntialdonll eel
Ee Se aes! oo) eye at & | eee :
Gigo| &| 5135) 215 || 8 |sa| 3] 8 15 &\ a
= |S = | 1A Sia lta ie = Ee a /e
May, «ese {88.9 |97.5 |105.5|97.2/16 | 83 | 112/(83 |97.81109 |96.0]18 | 78 | 114
June, .--. {88 |97.1/108.1/98 |12.5| 78 | 112]/84.8 195.8 |104.6|94.7 |12.2| 79 | 110
July, --«+ |78,6 |89.3] 95 |86.8] 4.9] 70 | 105//83.2|89 | 98 |90.6| 7 | 76 | 108
August, .. |78.4 |85 | 90 2/84.2| 2.9) 74 | 100||79 |86.6| 93 |86.2| 4 | 76 | 99
September, |77.2 |87 | 92.6/84.9| 4.1| 74 | 99]|76.7|86.1| 92,3|84.5] 6.3] 73 | 100
October,.. (69.5 |79.9| 86.6/78 | 5.3| 64 | 911/72.8/83 | 93.2188 | 9.1! 67] 98
November, |59.5 |67 | 75.5/67.5| 3 | 56 | 78//57.7|71 | 82.6175 | 0.6| 49 | 87
December, |53.4 |62 | 73.5163.4| 4 | 49 | 78|/48.2 164.6] 79 |63.6|.. | 411 85
January,.. (52.7 |62 | 74 |63.4| 4 | 47 | 791/45.4157 | 73.2/59.3 35 | 82
February, 52.2 [59 | 71.6/61.9] 5 | 45] 80)|52.8 164 | 83 |77.9|.. | 44] 96
March, .. (69.1 |82.8| 96 |82.5/12.5| 61 | 104||69
April, eecese (82.2 196 |105.3/94 |16.5| 75 | 110
EE a Sh A SE SN
1850. ] Report on the Statistics of Banda. 101
The observations at 9 a. M. were not made every day. The very
remarkable difference in the means of the two years is very striking,
and renders it desirable to have observations extending through a much
longer period. The instruments used were self-registering thermo-
meters by Newman, the same which I employed in observations made at
Amballa and published in J. A. S. 1839. They were hung in a northern
Veranda about 7 feet above the ground. The temperature, as deduced
by me, is very different from that given by Mr. Sutherland, because his
register was kept inside the Jail Hospital, and therefore shews much
less variation of temperature. The annual mean of my observations
from May 1847 to June 1848 is 88° 4’, and from March 1848 to
February 1849 is 88° 8/, which is considerably higher than the mean
of Fattehgarh.
27th. As soon as the fall of the first rain in June softens the
ground, then as hard as stone and full of deep fissures, the ploughs
are brought out and all the land ploughed that is possible, that lying
lowest is generally reserved for rabbi sowing, but not unfrequently
if the rains begin badly, it is sown with kharif which succeeds or
not according to the amount of rain; if it be, as is most general,
destroyed by wet, it is ploughed in and rabbi sown in its place in
November, but when the rains fail and the crops are very bad gener-
ally, these low grounds which are the most retentive of moisture yield
fine crops, as was the case in 1848. The rabbi ploughing and sowing
commences in October and continues till December, if the ground
remains moist, but when no rain falls late in October or in November
the ground becomes so hard as to render ploughing impossible, and
seed if sown will not germinate as was the case to a lamentable extent
in 1848. No regular rotation of crops is followed, but the almost
universal mixture of crops answers the same purpose agriculturally.
28th. In the Patha, only the lands adjoining villages, or simi-
larly favoured spots are capable of continued cultivation ; other lands
are seldom cropped for more than 3 years consecutively, and then left
fallow for an indefinite time.
29th. The plough used in this district is the simplest, the common
Indian plough. The large Bundeld plough or Bakhar is not generally
used in it, except in the western part of Pergannéh Khundeh. The
ground is very seldom harrowed or rolled, the earth being left in clods.
102 Report on the Statisties of Banda. [No. 2.
The carts used for bringing home crops from distant fields are termed
Sudaha and are of the very rudest description, but very light and able
to go over very rough ground without injury.
Production. 30th.—I divide the productions of the district under
the heads of the two seasons—Ist, the kharif or autumn crops which
are sown in June and August; 2nd, the rabbi or spring harvest the
sowing for which takes place in November and December.
3lsé. The main kharif crop in value is cotton. This is sown as
soon as the rains commence in June or July, if the rains are late, a less
breadth is sown, as a fine crop cannot be expected. It is generally
mixed with some other plant, such as the Hibiscus cannabinus, Joar,
Indian corn very thinly scattered and cut down before the cotton has
attained its full growth, or Arhar (Cajanus bicolor), which succeeds the
cotton in the end of the cold weather. The cotton begins to ripen in
October, and is collected till January when the plant withers away.
32nd. Joar (Sorghun) is the most extensive crop as well as the
cotton, it is very carefully weeded in the earlier part of the season, and
a plough is lightly run through it to loosen the soil about the roots,
the plant grows to a great height,—whole fields from 12 to 15 feet
high,—the stalks are good fodder for cattle ; they are chopped small and
sold in the Bazar under the name of Kutya. The heads are cut off
and brought to the thrashing floor when ripe, which is seldom till the
end of November or beginning of December.
33rd. Bajra (Pennicillaria spicata) is likewise very extensively cul-
tivated in all repects similarly to Joar. They are not ripe till the latter
end of October or November, nor are the stalks all cut till February.
In Pergannah Chibu, the stalks are used for thatching, a purpose to
which I have not seen it applied elsewhere.
34th. Sun (Crotolaria juncea: country hemp) is a frequent crop.
The practice of leaving it to wither and ripen its seeds before cutting
is a universal system and most injurious to the strength of the fibre
produced. It is cut in January, and soaked in the rivers and ponds
for some days, the outer bark is then taken off and the inner fibres
pulled off by hand, the residue termed Silowa is used for basket making,
and coarse mats to protect mud walls from the rain, &c. &c.
35th. Sun (Hibiscus cannabinus) is grown along the edges of
fields, and mixed with cotton or Arhar, and is treated in a similar man-
ner to the Crotolaria.
1850. | Report on the Statistics of Banda. 103
36th. Ming, Mash or Urd is cultivated pretty extensively, but
generally mixed with Bajra or Joar or Til. I do not recollect to have
seen a field of it by itself; it ripens in October.
37th. Moth (Phaseolus aconitifolius) is similarly cultivated but not
so often.
38th. Arhar (Cajanus bicolor) is very extensively sown both by
itself or mixed with cotton in June, July, and the produce is sometimes,
(as this year) very great; it is reaped along with the wheat in March,
it grows to the height of 10 and 11 feet sometimes. The twigs termed
Kharu are of great use in basket making.
39th. The smaller millets, Chini, (Panicum meliacium) and
Kangni, here termed Kaktin (Setaria Italica), are sown with the first
fall of rain and are generally ripe and cut in the course of August, or
early in September. A variety of the Panicum meliacium termed
Kiitki is peculiar to the Patha.
40th. Til (Sesamum orientale) is extensively cultivated both by
itself or mixed with cotton or Urd. There are mills in most villages
for expressing the oil ; it is reaped in October.
41st. Sugar-cane is not now cultivated as a crop for sugar except in
a few villages in Pergannah Kalinjar, but only as a luxury in gardens ;
formerly it was more cultivated and numerous stone Kolus are to be
seen lying about villages; but I am informed that these were really
never used but distributed by a benevolent Mahomedan Governor in
the time of Aurangzeb, for the purpose of encouraging the cultivation
of the Cane; the general objections to it are the want of water for irri-
gation and the extreme abundance of white ants. It would, I think, be
well worth while to attempt the introduction of some of those varieties
which are stated to resist the attacks of those insects.
42nd. Rice is cultivated but partially, and only in such parts of the
Mar land, as are lowest and almost continually under water. I have
little doubt but that this crop might be very advantageously extended
were there any means of securing a supply of water. A small quantity
is sown in the rabbi along the edges of the rivers by the Khewats
and reaped in March ; a mode of cultivating it new to me.
43rd. Kodon (Paspalum scorbiculatum) is cultivated extensively.
It is especially near the hills in Pergannéhs Budausd, Tirohan and
Chibu.
104 Report on the Statistics of Banda. [No. 2.
44th. Mandua called here Murai (Eluesine corocana) is cultivated
near and in the hills.
45th. Ihave not observed either the Sawank (Panicum frumenta-
ceum), or Kutti (Dolichos uniflorus), cultivated in this district. But
the wild Sawank (Panicum colonum) entirely covers the fallow Mar
ground (reserved for wheat when there has been enough rain; in dry
seasons as 1848, there is none), and in September or October crowds
of the poorer classes may be seen sweeping the surface of the grass
with a sort of basket to collect the small grain which easily falls out.
In tanks where wild rice grows the grain is collected in a similar
manner. L
Rabbi crops. 46th. The principal crops are wheat, gram (Cicer
arietinum), and channa or Rudela, which are sown both alone and mixed
from the middle of October to December, according to the termination
of rains. They are always sown in drill. The crops are very fine in
the Mar and Kabur lands but liable to injury from heavy rains flooding
them in the early part of the season and still more from rust, the almost
certain consequence of rain in February.
47th. Barley is also considerably sown, generally mixed with gram
especially in the Southern Pergannahs.
48th. Masur, Ervum lens, is also rare and principally in the above.
named Pergannahs.
49th. The oil seeds Sarsun, Rai, are very partially cultivated,
mostly in the Kachar land, and sown in lines among wheat. Lahi
(Eruca sativa) is similarly cultivated especially in the Pergannahs near
the hills and in Segon and Kabur.
50th. ‘Tobacco is sparingly cultivated in the fields adjoining vil-
lages capable of little irrigation ; it is of a very coarse quality. A
small quantity of vegetables are grown in similar situations. The
Brinjal, here called (Bhanta), is also grown on the sides of ravines and
Nullahs. Melons, Kakri (Cucumis utilissimus), and water-melons are
grown in the sands of the Ken and Jumna, sown in January and Fe-
bruary, and. yielding fruit from March till the rise of the river washes
them away.
51st. The castor oil plant, Ricinus vulgaris, is extensively grown in
the Tarri lands along all the rivers, and the oil is expressed and sold
at 10 seers per rupee, and under its shade I have occasionally observ-
ed Turmeric grown.
1850.] Report on the Statistics of Banda. 105
52nd. In one estate Manpur-baryé, Pergannah Seonda, there are
extensive Pan gardens, the irrigation is derived from some ravines dam-
med up, which form a large pond of most irregular shape. It is shel-
tered on the north by a lofty hill.
53rd. In addition to these regular crops the Mowha tree must not
be omitted. This most valuable tree (Bassza latifolia) is both culti-
vated extensively in the low lands, and grows wild in the hilly tracts
of this district. In March and April, after the leaves fall it produces
an abundance of fleshy, sweet-tasted, nauseous-smelling, top-shaped,
pale yellow flowers at the end of the branches ; these falling during
the night, early in the morning the women and children go out with
baskets to collect them, picking them off the ground from which the dry
leaves are previously swept: the leaves are used to put under heaps of
grain in the granaries and khatas.
54th. In June and July, the fruit ripens, the flesh is eaten, and the
kernel yields abundance of very valuable oil, which is used both as food
and for burning. It is frequently used to adulterate ghee. The tim-
ber is likewise excellent.
55th. The hills to the south of the district afford a variety of
timber, but this comes principally from the independent states. Among
the more useful timbers I may enumerate Bambus, Tendoo (Diospyros
melanoxylon), the heart wood of which is ebony, Kem (Nauclea),
Haldi. (Nauclea cordifolia), Khawa (Pentaptera Urjuna) produc-
ing a dark-coloured wood, Akol (Allangium hexapetalum) the hard
wood of which is very beautiful, and Gantha (Schrebera suritenoides) a
very hard tough timber.
56th. The teak is found both in the hills and plains; a consider-
able wood of it, in the lands of Khundeh Khas, is now growing up
and merits attention. It was entirely cut down some years ago, and
young trees are springing up from the roots; but no particular care is
taken of them.
57th. Among scarped and overhanging sandstone rocks great
abundance of honey is found, which is taken by a low caste named
Khaticks, who build up a frail scaffolding of bambus among frightful
precipices and after smoking the bees carry off the comb.
58th. The Chironji (Buchanania latifolia), is very abundant on the
hills and the fruit is exposed for sale in great quantities in every bazar,
P
106 Report on the Statistics of Banda. [No. -2.
the kernel of the stone is about the size of that of a cherry having very
much the flavor of the Pistachio. The fresh fruit is sub-acid and said
to be very delicious when quite fresh. I have never had an opportu-
nity of tasting it.
59th. Jamon, Jamoa, and a third species of Hugenia found by the
banks of rivers, yield small acrid fruits which are much eaten by natives.
60th. The Jhar-beir (Zyzyphus nummularia vel Jujuba) is found
in every direction, the fruit is gathered and exposed for sale in the
bazars. The whole bush is cut with hooks, threshed, so as to separate
the leaves which are an excellent fodder for cattle and especially for
sheep, and the thorny branches remaining are either used to make
fences or as fuel.
6lst. The Babul (Acacia Arabica), is most abundant in the
northern part of the district springing up every where spontaneously,
yielding a gum, good fodder for goats, thorny branches for fences, and
excellent timber for agricultural purposes.
62nd. There are not many gardens in the district, the depth and
brackishness of the water generally being against that, however with
care, plantains, oranges, limes, and shaddocks of very fine quality are
produced. The Khirni and Jack fruit are rare. Phalsds and culti-
vated Bers are abundant. Mangoes of very inferior quality are abun-
dant, but all attempts to introduce good varieties have failed ; the trees
are said to degenerate.
63rd. A peculiarity in Bundlecund is the custom of preserving
meadows (Rukhel) for hay, this is of the best quality principally from
a sweet-scented species of Anthistiria called Miésel; this springs up
during the rain being ready for cutting in October, when it is cut and
stored. The usual price in the Banda market is 1,000 bundles for the
Rupee, each bundle being as much as can be contained by both spans
of the hands.
64th. The very destructive weed Kans (Saccharum spontaneum),
yields a good coarse grass for thatching. This weed has long spread-—
Ing roots which strike deep into the earth, and when it has effected a
lodgement it is most difficult of extirpation and almost entirely pre-
vents any attempts at cultivation. It is said however to die out after
from 5 to 8 years if left to itself. I have been endeavouring to destroy
it by flooding, but my experiments failed owing to the badness of the last
rainy season.
1850. | Report on the Statistics of Banda. 107
65th. Pyal, the soft straw of the Kodon and wild Sawank, is much
used for horses’ bedding.
66th. . These are the principal articles either cultivated or collected
from the jungle.
67th. There is another which might be made to yield a most valu-
able product. The Wrightea tinctoria, Didhi of the people here,
Indarjow of other parts of India, grows in abundance on the most
barren granite rocks, and yields a very large quantity of Indigo; but
unfortunately its uses are unknown, and I have been unable to persuade
any one here to undertake the manufacture.
68th. I annex a list of the plants I have found in the district,
Appendix IT.
69th. ‘The wild animals are pretty numerous, antelopes and ravine
deec* are very abundant throughout the district. Nilgdyis called Roz,
are not uncommon. The Sambur (or Elk) of southern India abounds in
the hills to the south of the district, and is very destructive to the
crops adjoining the jungles, as are the wild hogs. Spotted deer are rare ;
hog-deer unknown ; hares abundant. Of ferocious animals, the tiger
is not rare among the hills, sometimes extending his depredations into
the plains. One was killed in 1848, in the open country twenty miles
from the nearest jungle. Leopards are not uncommon in the rocky
hills, hyenas numerous, and wolves terribly abundant and destructive.
During 1848, 73 lives were reported in the Police offices as destroyed
by wolves. Consequently rewards of five Rupees for a full grown and
one Rupee for cub wolves have been sanctioned, and a considerable
number are brought in by the Kanjars.
70th. Porcupines, ichneumons and rats are common, but the latter
do not seem to commit any depredation in the fields as they do in the
north-west. Snakes and scorpions are exceedingly numerous. No
fewer than 106 deaths from the bite of the former were reported
during 1848.
(To be continued. )
* The ‘Goat Antelope’ of some, or Gazella cora, H. Smith.—Ep,
Pee
108 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. 2.
Notice of a copy of the fourth volume of the original text of Tabary ;
by A. Sprencer, Esq. M. D. Communicated by Sir Henry Exxior,
K. C. B. ,
One of the most important books which it was my good luck to
find durimg my late missions to Lucknow, is the fourth voiume of
the history of Tabary (who died in A. H. 310), of which I believe no
other copy is known to exist. In the collection of Colonel Taylor is
the 3rd volume, and in the public library at Berlin are the 5th, (which
has been printed) 10th, 11th and 12th volumes.
It is a volume in small 4to. of 451 pages, 15 lines in a page. Out of
these 10 pages or five leaves are wanting: the first two leaves, and three
from the body of the work : the writing is ancient and bold, and though
not without errors generally very correct. I should say from the
appearance the copy is five hundred years old.
The subject of this volume is already known from Professor Kose-
garten’s preface to his edition of the fifth volume. It contains the
life of Mohammad. It ends however with the battle of the Ditch, yet
the volume is not defective at the end.
The intrinsic merits of the work are not so great as might be
expected. ‘Two-thirds of the book consist of extracts from Ibn Ishaq
and Waqidy, and only one-third or thereabouts contains original tradi-
tions. Some of these are very valuable, inasmuch as they contain
information not to be found any where else. One of the most interest-
ing documents of this description are extracts of letters from ’Orwah
to the Khalif’Abd al Malik b. Marwan. It would appear that the
Khalif had entertained doubts on several points in the life of the
prophet, and as ’Orwah was the most learned man of his age, he wrote
to him to have them cleared up. ’Orwah b. al Zobayr was born in
A. H. 22, and he collected traditions respecting the prophet from his
father and mother who was a daughter of the first Khalif, and from
’Ayishah, a widow of Mohammad, and from other persons who had
stood in intimate relation with the prophet, and owing to his extraor-
dinary attainments in the science of the traditions and in law he
was called one of the seven divines of Madynah. One of the pupils
of ?Orwah was Zohry. He lived mostly at the court of ’Abd al
Malik b. Marwan and of his son Hisham. Yazyd b. Abd al Malik
1850. ] of the original text of Tabary. 109
appointed him as Qédhy and he died in A. H. 124. The greater
number of traditions respecting the life of Mohammad collected in
the works of Ibn Ishdg, a pupil of Zohry, who died in A. H. 151,
as well as those collected by Abii Ishaq, who died in A. H. 188,
by Wagidy who was born in A. H. 130, and died in 207, by Bokha-
ry, by Moslim and Tabary, &c., had been handed down by Zohry,
and there is every reason to belieye that he preserved the accounts which
he had received regarding Mohammad, not only by teaching them to
his pupils but by committing them to writing.
Tabary in conformity with the pedantic habit of his time, traces
every tradition to an eye witness ; the names of the authors from whose
books he makes extracts (which are, wherever I have verified them
literal) occur in the string of his isnad, but no mention is made of
their writings. So that the reader who is not acquainted with the
literary history of that period, is led to suppose that the traditions
which his book contains had been handed down to him orally and that
he was the first who wrote them down. I give an example of his
isnads: ‘I have been informed by Ibn Homayd that he has been
informed by Salamah, who said that he had been informed by Mo-
hammad Jdn Ishdq, who said I have been informed by Mohammad b.
Moslim Zohry, and by ’Asim b. Omar b. Qatadah and by ’Abd Allah
b. Aby Bazr and by Yazyd b. Ruman who all had it from ’Orwah and
other learned men, and they had it from Abd Allah b. ’Abbés (who
was an eye witness of the story related).’? The story which follows
after this isnad, is literally copied from the book of Mohammad
Ibn Ishaq, yet who could guess from the quotation of authorities that
Tabary gives an extract from a book? In the same manner he quotes
Wagidy and other authors.
I will now examine the contents of this volume.
Page 1 top. 58 an account of the ancestors of Mohammad. It is chief-
ly derived from Ibn Ishaq, but the subject was treated at greater length
and with more accuracy by Waqidy. The genealogy of Mohammad must
be divided into three parts. The first, that is to say, the genealogy from
Abraham to ’Adnan is mythological. Mohammad maintained that he
was descended from Ishmael, (though it is more likely that he was a
Jocktanite,) and his followers to give more credit to his assertion made
up of Jewish names a genealogy from ’Adnan to Abraham. In the
110 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. 2.
second part the relation of the Qorayshites, the tribe of Mohammad,
to other tribes is symbolically expressed. Most of the genealogies of
Arabic tribes must be viewed as ethnographical symbols, expressive of
the mutual relation of the tribes. They apply these ethnographic
symbols also to other nations. Thus in speaking of the Spaniards they
would say that they are children of Rum (the Romans) who was a
brother of Yuinan (the Greeks) and Rim and Yunan were sons of
Acfar the father of all northern nations, &c. Only the genealogy
from Qocayy to Mohammad can be regarded as historical: Mohammad
was the son of ’Abd. Allah, the son of ’Abd al Mottalib, the son of
Hashim, the son of Abd Mandf the son of Qocayy. I will not enter
now on the genealogy of the Arabic tribes, though valuable the materials
furnished by Tabary may be, because we have a systematic work and a
dictionary on this subject, the former is called Qalayid al Jumén, and
the latter Nihayat-al-arab, both are by Qalqashandy.
P. 59. Mohammad’s first journey to Syria and his acquaintance
with Bahyra from Ibn Ishaq. After this one leaf is wanting.
P. 63. His marriage with Khadyjah chiefly from Ibn Ishaq and
Wagqidy. After his marriage Mohammad lived in the house of his
wife. It was subsequently bought by Mo’awiyah, and converted into a
place of worship. It is probably the same place which is visited by
pilgrims as the house in which Fatimah was born. It is not far from
the Ka’bah and lies to the N. EK. of it.
P. 68. The re-construction and previous history of the Ka’bah.
The account of the Jorhomites which occurs in this chapter, would be
interesting was it not already known from the kitéb Alaghdny and
from Mas’ udy.
P.77. The year and date on which Mohammad received the first
revelation; Tabary mentions here many original traditions. As to the
year, the accounts are almost unanimous that he had completed the
fortieth year of age and as to the date, some mention the 18th of Rama-
dhan, others the 24th of the same month and others the 17th.
P. 82. Miracles proving that he was a prophet. The chapter on
miracles in the Mishkat, contains all the traditions mentioned by Taba-
ry and many more.
P. 86. On the beginning of his mission. This is the most import-
ant point in the life of Mohammad, and as orientalists have taken
1850. ] of the original text of Tabary. 1tl
little pains to illustrate it, I extract here the information contained in
Tabary.
The account followed by most biographers of Mohammad is, that
contained in a tradition of ’Ayishah which runs as follows in Bokhary,
edition of Dehli, p. 1. ‘I have been informed by Yahya b. Bokayr
that he has been informed by al Layth from ’Oqayl from Ibn Shahab
(i. e. Zohry,) from ’Orwah b. al Zobayr from ’Ayishah the mother of
the faithful that she said, the first kind of inspiration which the prophet
received were visions of a pious character in his sleep, whenever he had
a dream it was as true and clear as the dawn of morning; after this
God filled him with a love for solitude ; he used to spend his time in
seclusion in a cave in mount Hira and there he used to perform
tahannoth, this means devotional exercises for several nights, and then
he returned to his family. He used to take provisions with him
for the time of the tahannoth, and when they were exhausted he used to
return to Khadyjah, and he fetched new supplies for the same purpose.
At length the truth came to him whilst he was in the cave of Hira.
The angel came to him and said, Read. I answered, I wont read.*
The angel seized me and squeezed me, as much as I could bear, then
he let me go and said again, Read! I answered, I wont read. Then
he seized me a third time and said, Read, in the name of thy Lord the
Creator, who has created man of congealed blood, Read, for thy Lord
is the most gracious. The prophet much alarmed by this apparition
returned to his wife Khadyjah, and said, Wrap me up; and they did
wrap him up until he was relieved from his fear. Then he told
Khadyjah what had happened, and said, I fear for myself (i. e. I fear
Tam mad or possessed by evil spirits), and she said, God beware!
He will never inflict such punishment upon thee, thou art kind to thy
relations, helpest the distressed, assistest the needy, art hospitable to
strangers and thou contributest towards the liquidation of the debts of
others. Then Khadyjah went with him to her cousin Waragah b.
Nawfal. He was a man who had embraced the Christian religion
during the time of paganism and he knew writing Hebrew, and he
wrote as much of the gospel in Hebrew as God pleased that he should
write. He was an old man and had become blind. Khadyjah said to
* Literally Tam not reading. On the import of this idiom, see my Life of
Mohammad, page 95, note.
hig Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. 2.
him, ‘‘O cousin, listen to thy cousin, and Waraqah said, O cousin, what
hast thou seen? The prophet told him what he had seen: Waraqah
observed, This is the Nomos which God has sent down upon Moses,
O that I was young, O that I might be alive when thy people will
expel thee. The prophet said, Will they expel me? Yes, replied
Waraqah, no man has ever brought a message like the one which thou
bringest who has not been persecuted. If I was to live I should
assist thee most powerfully. Waraqah died soon after. And Mo-
hammad received no new revelation after this for some time.’? Ibn
Ishaq has received this tradition directly from Zohry. His version
agrees with that of Bokhary but after the words, ‘God filled him
with love for solitude’ he only adds “and nothing was more agreeable
to him than to be alone,” and then the tradition ends. Wagqidy had
not received it directly from Zohry but from two of the pupils of
Zohry, viz. Ma’mar b. Rashid and Mohammad b. ’Abd Allah, and
they both repeated the words of their master alike. His version
agrees with that of Bokhary and Ibn Ishaq, but it ends after the words
“At length the truth came to him whilst he was in the cave of Hira.”
Tabary received this tradition by two distinct channels from Zohry.
His two versions agree with each other except that in one there is a
sentence more at the end than in the other; but with the version
of Bokhary Tabary’s version agrees only as far as the version of
Wagidy goes, viz. to the words ‘“‘at length the truth came to him
whilst he was on mount Hira.” After these words Tabary’s version
differs from that of Bokhdry not only in the expression but in the
sense. Tabary’s version continues after the above words: ‘“‘and he
(the truth or angel) came to him and said, O Mohammad, thou art the
prophet of God. I fell on my knees, for I had been standing. Then
I went away trembling in my whole body and I came to Khadyjah
and said, Wrap me up, wrap me up, until I was relieved from my fear.
Then he (the angel) came again and said, O Mohammad, thou art the
messenger of God. I had previous to this second apparition been
so melancholy that I had intended to throw myself down from the
heighth of a mountain, and it was whilst I had this intention that he
appeared to me and said, O Mohammad, I am Gabriel, and thou art
the messenger of God. Then he said, Read. I answered, What shall
I read? Then he seized me and squeezed me three times as much as I
1850.] of the original text of Tabary. 113
could bear, then he said, Read in the name of thy Creator ; and I
read and I went to Khadyjah and said, I am afraid for myself, and I
related her what had happened. She answered, Be of good cheer, God
will never inflict such a punishment upon thee ; thou art kind to thy
relations, speakest the truth, helpest the distressed, assistest the needy,
art hospitable to strangers, and contributest towards the liquidation of
the debts of others. Then Khadyjah went with me to Waraqah b.
Nawful and said, Listen to thy cousin. He asked me and I related him
what had happened. Waragqah observed, This is the Nomos which
God has sent down upon Moses. O that I was young! O that I was
alive when thy people will expel thee. I said, Will they expel me? and
he answered, Yes, no man has ever brought a message like the one
which thou bringest who has not been persecuted. If I was to live
I should assist thee most powerfully. The first verses of the Koran
after the words Read, &c. were ‘‘ Nun by the reed and what they write,
&c.”’ (Sarah 68) and ‘‘O thou covered’’ (Surah 74, 1,) and ‘‘ By the
brightness of the morning (Surah 93,” 1,) I transcribe here the text of
Tabary and that of Bokhary to enable the reader to compare them.
Text of se are
uf eek. we RST Ae ee Je 1s Tees
ie = OS eS™
Me Ups Udy apthegall AT Rate ye 982 5) ay Byeyye alg
yy gmy'l wy” Pac) Bale al) bo all) yay dy Gute a wats
ene eral gl She eral by dee) YS pyill_ 5 ital
wkd St Se Nien: BSS dining ae ye yee ws 5 See!) ag
dtd Jl aa ye pf Kl saps 9 Ala) « ol es wl Jas asl
SLI ated sa gd gh 5 Gall tile cole Yd a) pis
Bs «i JF got Ue Clas las 5,5) Jus
Lida ate ear e Ss gil pI oye) che
ere E te ne SM 5 teed
Klas },5) (Slés shes] ra dys! este ZL gta aw) | shss
Q
114 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume (No. 2.
poly L8) ES gill 3 EU) bss | SAU JU Gel U) Le
- o
Lye ead 4789) Ly 4 3,3) Gle Gyo glad GS GIE Cod] Ly
2 I
Bid cle JSS sales Cbay plu y ale all) clo aul Jou
Ds 299¢ he
Gylase bene® 5 sh syloys cgiyle; Lsizle; Ss Mo pd core
e e . Py oe
Add NES cs cle caged J sch!) las), Rta’ JUS
wend 5 J) as y poy Pail AGI Joy! all Lat Le all WS
ec ‘5 Usplase os Ave wp 5 wy iS, Bd utters] sh aside
° y is )
Tyas LEAD Ky eke yy) alls Le Ss atl hii yo Ceidas
£ < ‘4 Sil; Ves :
BS 0) JBI SAT al enull oo ply Stade al NU Coe a5
yn play dale a} Le BLT CS aw BA \s ley } eo ust) us! \y
® 9 e : orgs ame
ght \y AV ae ule all) J? eS] _ rare Jerr By BJ SE3 tele
I “7
glo AUT Syony JUS Ko,5 Kas! Se wl hid b cde lyas
2 4 w Bhat
Lia Ve io. bs >) wh ¢’ en Je ae estes) el 3 bile al)
, sie ae . r Iw
berriin ds ra e bjs } pws 5-23] Logs Kehoe ws US dee y) a)
Text of Tabary.
Lidae SE le!) Cah Gaye) yede Cp ase! (las?
I
Cod? dal wf yor) Nearer Rtn Je us?! do Js JU> wy ear;
1850. | of the original text of Tabary. 11d
‘ |
By Sodsy she J! ys evs Lp) hiashe we 5 ye we spy] wy?
Use sb Bball boy II goad oye plang aple aU Le aul Ja
ss } asd end eae ye ws t=] &sJ] a 3 eve) (Hs Ja
I :
els I, ests! Logis? dle él] Kh? al) Jo) etn) des? Jiss
ustyle; we les dtd isle wl. ra OS jd) 92 2m pS Ln | e
uitnd) des” se) Jes gl Pa é xy) ste ard 3 a> sins}
> wy” he wy ge cl wl leasmertndrnsD dals Je ll] Jo)
: ae
Jy) ily Ja pte Uloss lis RNs Kner o> Lgiloss
F ° 7 6 o Fo ” 3
sh ws] yo walks ghar pgiddl Je 13] Le wl 1,3) Js Pa a}
4 7 ° £ 3 <
esl wh 8 GLE Coll Gy pol U5) JG ot aye) Che dh
I ?
NE Co pd YSU Cowes ole be 828) OU lis dside
G23 5 pay) atl GI all, Jos) al) Spe) all, syst!
IB, del oe Dis oy By ad) Ce tbl ga!) Q8I,5
eM dm SB Cod ASU Clad GST ool yo gen
w
ot no w95) Gs Sid ede Ls aa , sme ght Oeil usa]
bs a, aS) en J pe es wean ge Se, =
f
e yi Vos 523] Soy: cshyol os pasit i 4, ce el Los
wy samy Ley philly gyi TB) der yal Gye agle Spile Gy! ub
qa 2
116 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. 2.
2%
tlt SBI, yyhee pe aD OT ly wypies GS droady eri) be
‘ os eee) weF ‘ 99
ET, dis yioell Yul Ly yyraney parkas pabe Gld
7
vy! Uys] JE _ le Mase UR Csde Cos lal Uaul,
este Spe Soh ye wh Dd of ail pad sys? 85 4} ald didlo
The results of the comparison of the versions of this tradition are:
1. The first lines are the same in all versions.
2. The oldest version, that of Ibn Ishaq, who died in A. H. 151,
is the shortest, in that of Waqidy who died in A. H. 207, only one
sentence is added to that of Ibn Ishaq, in the version of Bokhary who
died in 256, and of Moslim many details are added which are contra-
dicted by other traditions, contained in the collections of the very same
authors. And finally, the version of Tabary, which is the most
modern, he having died in A. H. 310, contains at the end some addi-
tions to the version of Bokhary, and though, in some respects more
correct, is much more confused. It is clear that the tradition is only
as far genuine as it goes in Ibn Ishaq or in Waqidy. The reader will
observe that as far as the tradition goes in Wagqidy ’Ayishah is speak-
ing, and the prophet is introduced in the third person. The apparition
of the angel is related by Mahommed himself, and he speaks in the
first person, and in the visit to Waraqah, Mahommed is again intro-
duced in the third person. This leads us to suspect that Bokhary has
put three distinct traditions into one, and it will appear from what
follows, that each of them is genuine and correct in itself, but that the
connexion into which they are brought here is wrong. Tabary in his
version of the tradition of ’Ayishah, has equally put three distinct
traditions together, but he differs from Bokhary in the order. This
shows clearly that they were originally separate.
After this tradition of ’Ayishah, Tabary transcribes from Ibn Ishaq
the account of what led Mahommed to declare himself a prophet.
This account had been communicated to Ibn Ishdq by Wahb b. Kaysan,
1850.] of the original text of Tabary. 117
who had it from ’Obayd b. ’Omayr b. Qatadah, but it can not be called
a tradition in the same sense as the sayings collected by Bokhary or
Tirmidzy, for it is evident from the wording that Ibn Ishdq does not
give the text, but only the sense of the story whereas in genuine
traditions, it is supposed that the words used by the prophet, or his
companions have been faithfully preserved.
This account is somewhat abridged in Abilfida, edition Adler, I. p.
26, and in every biography of Mohammad ; it would therefore be super-
fluous to insert here the text ora literal translation. I will merely
mention the heads. Mohammad used annually to spend one month
in mount Hird, to perform certain religious ceremonies, which it was
usual with the pious men of his tribe, to go through in the same sacred
locality. When he had attained his fortieth year of age, and was
engaged in these devotional exercises, he had a dream (according to
others the angel appeared to him whilst he was walking), in which
the angel Gabriel ordered him to read. Here follows a passage in
Tabary’s text, which is wanting in both copies of Ibn Ishaq which I
have. The reason of this discrepancy is that the text of Ibn Ishaq
in general use is that of Ibn Hisham, who had it from Bakayy who
it is said by Sam’dny, was a great liar, and Tabary had his from Ibn
Homayd, who had it from Salamah, a pupil of Ibn Ishaq. The pas-
sage in question runs:
ws gl ckt (yo Cd) Caml del all HS Qo V8 3 Je
pelitd Baud chee des) yl ald JE leew) Bi) ol abl d is
Del oye GE Ud) yas) lal br 8 Coke ly dt) gi)
# AKI dy Irae? JU ast lw YMG WS Ae | cunts po bil
‘Nothing was more odious to me than poets or madmen (in one
version of this saying of Mohammad which is recorded by Wagqidy, it
is said ‘soothsayers’ «,#), I could not look at them. I therefore said
to Khadyjah, He who was the last person of whom such a thing would
have been expected, [by this expression he meant himself | is certainly
a poet ora madman. But the Qorayshites shall never say such a thing
118 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. 2.
of me, I will certainly rather go to the top of ahill and throw myself
down and kill myself and have rest. (It appears from numerous
passages of the Qoran that the Qorayshites did really accuse him of
being merely a poet or a soothsayer or mad ;) I went away with the in-
tention of destroying myself (what follows is in Ibn Hisham’s castigated
edition of Ibn Ishaq). When I was in the middle of the mountain
I heard a voice, &c.”? The angel appears. to him and tells him that
he is the prophet of God. This apparition cf the angel is twice
alluded to in the Qorin. When he comes home he again expresses
his fear of being mad, and says to Khadyjah, He who is the last person
on earth of whom such a thing was to be expected is certainly a poet
or he isa madman. This passage is again omitted by Ibn Hisham.
It runs in the original wie? g25f el dado! (gf ods. And now
Khadyjah went to Waraqah, and it was on this occasion that the con-
versation took place mentioned by Bokhary.
As in Bokhary’s version of the tradition of ’Ayishah, thus in
this account of Ibn Ish4q only the beginning, that is to. say, the story
in which Mohammad is ordered to read, is exact ; in the other details
the facts are not correctly put together. And this observation applies
generally to most traditions in which more than one fact is recorded.
It is admitted by all authors that Waraqah was dead when Mo-
hammad assumed his office, and it will appear from what follows that
Mohammad assumed his office immediately after the angel had detained
him from committing suicide; the visit to Waraqah must therefore
have taken place before this apparition. As Mohammad resided in
the quarter of Makkah, inhabited by the Asadites, and as Waraqah the
cousin of his wife was an Asadite, he was probably his neighbour ;
such visits may therefore have been frequently repeated, and it is
apparently for this reason, that the accounts of the interview with
Waraqah differ so much from each other: they refer to different visits.
Bokhary says that Khadyjah went with her husband to Waraqah, after
the fit in which he was ordered to read. Ibn Ishaq says, that she
went by herself and that Mahommed subsequently met Waragah at
the Ka’bah, and in another tradition of Ibn Ishaq it is said, that she
sent Abi Bakr to Waraqah. The latter tradition is so interesting
that I make no apology for transcribing it here from the Oyin alathr :
“The prophet said to Khadyjah, When I was alone I heard a call (or
1850. | of the original text of Tabary. 119
a voice), I fear it is not all right with me. Khadyjah replied, God
beware! such will never happen, for thou keepest to thy engagements,
art kind to thy relations, and speakest the truth. Subsequently Abi
Bakr came and Mohammad was absent, Khadyjah mentioned to him
the circumstance and said, Go with Mohammad to Waragah: when
Mohammad came in, Abti Bakr said, Let us go to Waraqah. Moham-
mad asked, Who has told thee? and he answered, Khadyjah : they went
and they told him every thing. Mohammad said, When I was alone I
heard a voice from behind calling Mohammad! Mohammad! I ran
away from it, taking flight. Waraqah said, Thou must not do that ;
when thou hearest the voice again, stand still and listen what the voice
has to say and come to me and tell me. Mohammad again heard
the voice ““O Mohammad! O Mohammad!’ In the name of the
Merciful and Compassionate God. The voice recited the first Stirah
of the Qoran and added. ‘“ There is no God but the God,’ Mahom-
med went to Waraqah, and told him what had happened. Waraqah
said, “‘ Be of good cheer, I bear witness that thou art (the Paraclete)
whom Christ has predicted, and that thou hast the prospect of some-
thing like the law of Moses, that thou art a prophet sent by God, that
thou wilt be ordered to carry on sacred wars after the day may have
come. O that I was alive at that time! I should certainly assist thee
in thy struggles. When Waraqah had died, Mohammad said, I have
seen the priest in Paradise dressed in a robe of silk. THe has cer- -
tainly believed in me, and declared that I spoke the truth.”
pyre Byage Coll ol addon FS") oe) ye Cpls bly, eats
JB) gil Aste JF plang Aple AU) © clo AU) Sous ay} tte pb
lod wht yl Ul, eed 335 sla Lorne Lodo ae
Cody Si} alll 3 2b, 83 Yaa al yble al alee Gls
Jo) pipeaSiviscongs eg bold Gude’) 935 oy as, diled}
; : a ‘ pts
ad] gate by ellis al dst ds $5 ra elon s dale all] | lo all)
é= AVS Js =e wi? jas KS) ws)! Wy bs) wenlls , BAL Kg)
120 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. 2.
wo Be
INI row sds Wold } 3) ws! Jias dsle Laks ale Lalbsls
Jgtalals cst > \s ee! ) ra KS, i lL» col: \s dol, dose“ gl
ested bel) oy aU dos ane Il poo) alll many JF desl; dom? ly
85 ENS al Sas By OU all AY 3 tay, sh ie
oF D4 oS A ee hs
Sie gle Sil, 2 7 uy! Aayity Coal OG) byt UU yn) 3), al
~. 6 w
Spy SB Fy) gigi eld Sao yuna 83 Sal Uy ldo
eee
iy lad aale y dhs!) 5 Gud el) Bi) pany ale al] cho all
# hPdedy | os wl as)
That Mohammad was subject to hallucinations of his senses for
several years is attested by a tradition in the Mishkat, that he was
considered a madman is allowed in the Qordn, and that Waraqah was ~
consulted regarding his state of mind, is stated in two traditions
preserved by Wagqidy, but that he so early duped his friends, though
probable, appears as far as I know only from this tradition.
In Bal’amy’s Persian translation of Tabary, it is stated on the
occasion of Khadyjah’s visit to Waraqah, that she was acquainted with
the history of the prophets and had read the scriptures. No mention
of this fact is made in the Arabic text with which in truth the Persian
translation has very little in common.
After Mohammad had received the first revelation, an intermission of
revelations took place, which according toa tradition in the Mis-
kat lasted six months, or two years, or two years and a half. The latter
period squares best with other facts. It is stated in Bokhary’s version
of the tradition of Ayishah, that Mohammad after the vision in which
he was ordered to read went to his wife, and said, “ Wrap me up,”’ and
that the intermission of revelation took place after this event. Ina
tradition of Jabir, equally recorded by Bokhary, it is stated that the
scene on the occasion of which the Stirah of the Qoran was revealed,
1850. ] of the original text of Tabary. Vat
which begins with the words ‘‘ Wrap me up,”’ took place after the inter-
mission of revelation. It is also stated in Bokhary that they not only
wrapped him up but poured cold water over him, which leaves us to
infer that he had a fit. The tradition of Jabir is also in Tabary in the
same terms as in Bokhary, and there is besides another tradition
mentioned on the same subject which I transcribe here. Zohry says,
** No revelation came to the prophet for some time. He was very sor-
rowful at this intermission, and went to the summits of mountains to
throw himself down from them. But as often as he was at the top of
a mountain, Gabriel appeared to him and said, Thou art the prophet of
God. This cooled his excitement and gave him again courage. Mo-
hammad used to mention this subject, saying, ‘‘One day whilst I was
walking I saw the angel, who had appeared to me (in a dream) on
mount Hird. He was sitting on a throne between heaven and earth.
Being much frightened by this apparition, I returned to Khadyjah and
said, ‘ Wrap me up,’ and we, (says Khadyjah,) did wrap him up ;”’ and
then the verse of the Qoran was revealed. ‘‘O thou wrapped up,” &c.
ere of yl oy ida JB led) sac yy dose? Lido
ne p48 gles dale al} lo all) saws 4c se ek, Lsyry!l ye
cgid LAG Lyde Napa Slee! galt Co %) Cf), Gee Uje
Al) 645 CSI) SpE bogale alll | ple Qe se al ass Ja Fyo
play daleall) clo cal) 55 audi Av) aod yadtle UM Clans
esd] EMS) eg) lege cite! U) bodes JG SS Ge wet
BLO Awan? PIE 5 ound] wt? cep ul? US = Kw lk ws
we F 3 9 2?
ay AY) cs) slilozs site; ce nlis ax? AV us!) Lanna ys le)
we y : yen ;
Sit, a Ky, sails o> pala Ge spe all Jil
si) 25s) wanly 15) arte Jil oso) 6S copmzl JU pbs
* ela: pie el st » | .
R
122 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. -2.
It will be observed that there is a contradiction in this tradition. In
the first part it is stated that the angel Gabriel appeared to Moham-
mad several times and spoke to him. Then follows an account in
Mohammad’s own words from which it would appear, that he saw
Gabriel only once, and that he did not speak with him. The latter
statement agrees with the Qoran 81, 23. Instead of the statement
in the first part of this tradition, we read in other accounts as often as
Mohammad was on the point of throwing himself down a precipice, an
invisible power kept him back.
This apparition of the angel and the fit by which it was followed
ended the intermission of revelations, and henceforth we are told, in
the tradition of Jabir, just alluded to, one revelation followed another.
This period in the life of Mohammad, is by far the most interesting,
yet nothing has been done by orientalists towards illustrating it from
original sources. I do not call the Tarykh Khamys or Abiulfidé or the
Insdn-aloyiin, nor the ’Oyin-alathr original sources, though the latter
consists almost entirely of traditions and is very valuable. I may there-
fore be excused, if I add here the résumé of the preceding observations.
1. Mohammad had dreams of a religious character. It is said
this period lasted six months, and as his prophetic career lasted in all
twenty years in round numbers, thergfore the Musulmans say, that such
dreams are the fortieth part of prophecy.
2. He loved solitude and performed ascetic exercises, on mount
Hira in conformity with the habits and rites of his pagan fathers.
3. Soon after he had attained forty years of age, he had a dream in
which he was ordered to read, and this is considered as the first revela-
tion, but he did not immediately assume his office. This is called the
beginning of the nabuwat.
4. The intermission of revelations takes place, which lasted two
years and a half. During this time, we have good reasons to believe
he prepared himself for his office.
5, It was during this period, that Waraqah cleared that Mohammad
was not insane, nor possessed by evil spirits but that he was a prophet.
6. The angel appears to him and prevents him from committing
suicide; he has a fit and declares himself a prophet. This is called
the beginning of the risalat. For a further illustration I refer the reader
to my life of Mohammad, pp. 94 to 112.
1850. ] of the original text of Tabary. “123
Page 98. Abu Jafar (i.e. Tabary) observes: ‘The first law of the
code of the Islam, which was given by God to Mohammad, after there
had been established the unity of God and the abjuring idolatry and
polytheism, was the injunction of prayers.”
pdawd! eal pit ws b>» 50 all Ue,9 us od! ys ¢) para gil JY
Fal) gi I) eld 5 Leod!, WU ,3 Bley Stayily 91,59] dasagle
# 5d legs
Many authors place the promulgation of the law of prayer (errone-
ously) eighteen months before the Hijrah ; this passage which rectifies
this error is of some importance. Tabary transcribes the circumstances
under which Mohammad received this law from Ibn Ishaq.
Page 99. The tradition of Anas on the transfiguration or ascension
to heaven of Mahommed. This is the most celebrated tradition on this
subject, and is also in the Mishkat, in the Taysyr, in the Shifa, &., but
the version in Tabary differs in some points from the usual version.
Page 181. On the first followers of Mohammad, Tabary inserts the
statements of Ibn Ishiq and Wagqidy, and gives same original tradi-
tions. The most striking tradition is the following of Mohammad b.
Sa’d, “I asked my father : Was Abu Bakr the first among you who
embraced the Islam? He answered no—more than fifty men had
embraced it before him, but he was the most distinguished in religious
zeal among us.”
oP? BSD ALS gland Bl, DLs Vella 64) 6 gil BT go ea
+ Lotta) Wha yb Gy _duod
There is a great deal of sectarian spirit mixt up in the disputes, who
were the first believers? ‘The Sunnies say Abu Bakr, and the Shiahs
say Aly.
Tabary was one of the greatest commentators to the Qoran, and in
the narrative of the first attempts of Mohammad to spread his religion,
and of the persecution of the Oosayshites, he constantly refers to the
QorAn and shows on what occasion many of the verses of that book
were revealed. This is exceedingly valuable, for it is not easy to bring
the Qoran in connexion with the life of its author.
R 2
124 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. 2.
Page 126. A letter of “Orwah to the Khalif ’Abd al-Malik b.
Marwan which I transcribe here. ‘‘ At first when he, that is to say,
the Messenger of -God, preached to his people the doctrine which
God had revealed to him, and began to diffuse the light which God
had sent to him, they did not much differ from him, and they were
half inclined to listen to him, (i. e. to follow him,) but when he
mentioned their Taghits, shrines of idolatrous worship, there came
some men of the Qoraysh tribe, from Tayif who had property. They
denied the truth of what he said, they were very violent against him
and disapproved of his preaching, and they encouraged their followers
to be insolent against him, and the generality of the people left
him, and only those whom God preserved remained staunch. They
were few, and matters remained thus, as long as God had decreed that
they should remain. At length the heads of the families of Makkah
agreed to force those of their children, brothers and kinsmen, who
followed him, to forsake the religion of God. This persecution entailed
great hardships upon his followers. Some forsook him, but as many
as God pleased, remained staunch. When the Moslims were exposed
to these persecutions, the prophet ordered them to emigrate into
Abessynia. In Abessynia there was a righteous king whose name
was Najdishy. No. one in his country had to suffer injustice.
Abessynia was a place of commerce for the Qorayshites, where they
found protection and made a very good profit. It was altogether a
good market. The prophet ordered them to emigrate thither, and
the common people (who had no protection) from among the Moslims
went thither to avoid the persecutions at Makkah; but he himself
remained and did not go away. This state of things continued for
some years, the Qorayshites were very violent against the followers of
the new religion. After that it spread, and men from among their
nobles embraced it.”’
DAE op Coyle!) Bde y ttyl ose uty apiceet ida
de JU Cel ade ely) ae M5 cyl) dso oe deal]
LEH BKC I AS AIT By po Ao Bye Uys pine odo J's bg!) SUI
Loy bed plo 5 Byte aU) © ho alll Jom) ches A day Le] why? oy
aivel, dartd dale (5!) IT gy rd) ye a AU) dns lap dog’
1850. | of the original text of Tabary. N28
asle | aid yagle 831,56) Sloe) wy Ose yd ope halla] “
wv I pill Role Ave Gill reelbl ero tl el Js Ue ss
ee!> Al, eyes ny ti aig wf” BND w” apeces ae egy) is
al] ughe al) Jom) es | ots te I; J J) Saga ESAS wks bla,
SLB ye eee AU] gna y ops] oye el a Maud) SR), rf 1 dake
este Nang Aple AL glo alll Sym) dye] asrolanall rite Jos AL
‘se bad gill] al Slay plo le ditss'l Ky Siig Nosy)
wi a Liss! } 4) a oll aa SK ov ashe gh 2 Bd
BLo. lyr? Mss Tad al Lda ig bilo sl uh? al) Jo) om
Wyden ev | yaw rsh ened on ro gd Ekeoy ep } prate wis,
$ ° ° e ar . 3 .
wy Shey \ass Ded plued] Lins 3) eer raced wy” isle
The aversion which the Qorayshites conceived against Mohammad
on account of his attacks on their idols, caused him to come to a
compromise with their religion, and this is the most important feature
in his creed, for had he preached Deism and borrowed from the tenets
of the Jews and Christians, his sect would have merged into the Chris-
tian religion in measure, as his followers proceeded in knowledge, but
the admixture of the pagan rites of the Ka’bah made the Islam national,
and were an insuperable barrier against such a union. In one instance
Mohammad, in writing a pretended revelation appears to have acknow-
ledged the efficacy of prayers offered to the idols of the Ka’bah.
Tabary, pages 140 et seq., gives two most important traditions on this
head, the former is taken from Ibn Ishaq, yet I cannot find it in the
two copies of that author, and it seems to have been omitted from the
edition, which has been preserved, by the lying Bakayy or by Ibn
Hisham. I therefore insert it. The second tradition agrees almost
literally with a tradition in Waqidy, who gives the following autho-
126 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. 2.
rity for it: Yunos b. Moh. b. Fodhaélah Tzafary, who had it from his
father. His Secretary Ibn Sa’d added another authority, viz. Kabis b.
Zayd from al-Mottalib b. ’Abd Allah b. Hantib Wihis.
The first tradition runs in Tabary : When the prophet saw that his
people forsook him, he was much grieved to observe that they turned
away from the revelation which he brought from God. He therefore
conceived a desire in his mind, that God might send him a revelation
calculated to conciliate his people to him. And filled as he was with
a love for his people, and with a wish for a union with them, he
cherished the idea that there might be some means of alleviating the
persecutions to which he was exposed from them, and he went so far
as to meditate on it, and to wish for it ; whilst his mind was thus occu-
pied, God sent him the revelation (Sirah 53): “ By the star when it
passes on away,’ &c., and when he came tothe words ‘‘ Do you see the
idol al-Lat and al-’Ozz4 and Mandh who is the third?” the devil
prompted him to say that which he (Mohammad) had revolved in his
own mind, and what he had wished, that it might be sent through him
to his people, viz. ‘Do you see ‘those noble swans? their interces-
sion will be graciously received by God.’ When the Qorayshites heard
this they were delighted, and they were pleased with the manner in
which he had mentioned their gods, and they listened to him. As to
his followers they were persuaded that whatever message their prophet
brought them from God, was without error or mistake. And when he
came to the end of the Surah, where it is said, and therefore, “ Fall down
before God and worship him,”’ he prostrated himself, and his followers
did the same, acknowledging herewith that they considered what their
prophet had said was true and in obedience to his order ; and every man
who was present in the place of worship, observed this ceremony, the
idolaters among the Qorayshites not excepted, they being satisfied by
the manner in which he had spoken of their gods. There was not a
man in the place of worship, whether Moslim or unbeliever, who did
not prostrate himself, except al-Walyd b. al-Moghyrah. He was very
old (and unable to touch the ground with his forehead), and he there-
fore, took up a handful of gravel from the ground and touched his
forehead with it. After this they left the place of worship, and the
Qorayshites dispersed, much pleased with the manner in which he had
mentioned their gods, and they said Mohammad has spoken of our
1850. | of the original text of Tabary. ‘ a
gods in the most handsome manner. He has expressed when he read
a revelation, that they were the heavenly swans, and that their interces-
sion would be graciously received by God. The followers of Moham-
mad who had emigrated to Abessynia, heard that the Qorayshites had
prostrated themselves with Mohammad, and they were informed that
the Qorayishites had embraced the Islam. Some of them, therefore,
left Abessynia and others remained. The angel Gabriel came to
Mohammad and said, What hast thou done? ‘Thou hast read before
the people a sentence, which I have not brought to thee from God,
and thou hast said what thou hadst not been told. Mohammad was
exceedingly sorrowful at his error, and he feared the punishment of
God. God was merciful to him, and with a view of consoling him, and
to convince him that the fault was not so great, he revealed a verse to
him to show that there had not been a prophet nor a messenger before
him, who had not entertained desires and wishes like him, and that the
devil mixed with the wishes of former prophets his own inspirations in the
same manner as he (the devil) spoke through the tongue of Mohammad.
God abrogated the words prompted by the devil, and confirmed his own
revelation, viz. ‘Thou art like some of the prophets and messengers, God
revealed to this purpose the words (Qoran 22, 51): ‘ We have sent no
messenger nor a prophet before thee, but if he had a desire of his own the
devil prompted him some thing (which had the appearance of a heavenly
inspiration,) consonant with his wishes, but God abrogates what Satan
prompts, and God confirms his signs, for God is knowing and wise.”
In this manner God relieved his prophet from sorrow, and assured him .
that he had no cause to fear, and he made void what Satan had prompt-
ed regarding the noble swans, and the efficacy of their intercession.
Instead of the words of Satan, God placed after the mention of al-Lat,
al-’Ozza and Manah, the verses which we now read in the Qor4n, viz.
“ Have you male children, and do you think that God has girls (the
idols were considered as the daughters of God, and to have daughters
was considered ignominious for a family among the Arabs), this is a
perverse division! These (viz. al-Lat, al-’Ozz4 and Manéh) are only
epithets of God, (al-Lat is the feminine of Allah; ’Ozzd of *Azyz, high,
sublime, and Manah means merciful,) which you and your fathers have
given to the idols. God has not revealed (to me) concerning them
any thing to authorize their worship. They follow no other than a
128 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. 2.
vain opinion and what the hearts desire,—yet there has come unto
them, the true direction from God. Shall man have what he wishes ?
The present life and the life to come are God’s, and how many angels
soever there be in the heavens, their intercession shall be of no avail
until after God shall have granted permission unto whom he shall
please and shall accept.” And therefore, if the intermission of the an-
gels is not accepted by God, how shall that of your idols be acceptable to
him? When God had expunged the words which Satan had prompted
to the prophet from the Qoran, the Qorayshites said, Mohammad has
repented his having attributed to our gods, so high a position in the sight
of Allah, he changed what he said and put another passage in its place.
The two sentences which the devil had prompted to Mohammad, had
fallen into the mouth of the unbelievers, and they became more malici-
ous against the Moslims than they had been before, and increased the
persecution. Meanwhile those who on hearing the news that the Qoray-
shites had embraced the Islam had left Abessynia, arrived in the neigh-
bourhood of Makkah ; there they learned that what they had heard of
the conversion of the Makkians was premature, and therefore those few of
them who entered Makkah did so secretly, or under the protection of
some friend. The following men did, on this occasion, come to Makkah,
and remained there until the flight to Madynah took place. Of the
family of ’Abd Shams remained ’Othman b. ’Affan with his wife
Royayyah who was a daughter of the prophet, and Abu’ Hodzayfah b.
°Otbah b. Raby’ah b. ’Abd Shams, and with him was his wife Sahlah
a daughter of Sohayl and some others, there were in all thirty men.”’
Tabary has a second tradition on the same subject. It rests ulti-
mately like the preceding on the authority of Mohammad b. Ka’b
Qoratzy backed by the authority of Mohammad b. Qays, and it seems
that it was first taken to paper by Abi Ma’shar, one of their pupils.
This Abi Ma’shar is probably not identical with the astronomer of
that name, for the latter was born in A. H. 190 and died in A. H.. 272 ,
and the former is occasionally mentioned as an authority of Waqidy
who died in A. H. 207.
The tradition runs: ‘‘ The prophet was sitting in the society of some
Qorayshite chiefs (Waqidy adds, round the Ka’bah,) and he wished very
much that God might not send him such revelations as were calculated
to turn his people away from him. God revealed to him ‘ By the star
1850. | of the original text of Tabary. 129
when it passes away,’ &c. ‘The prophet read the Stirah as far as the
words ‘ Do you see al-Lat, al ’Ozza and Manah?’ and the devil prompted
him these two sentences: ‘Those noble swans; their intercession will
be graciously received by God,’ and having spoken of the idols, he
continued and read the Surah to the end,” &c.
GoM op de® gilda JU delulae JG dpe uel Was
SY 8) Lars (4p) hos” yf GOS? We gids) SMa Op of
Ledsle pig Rho Aeogd alas gle, dsle AU) © glo al) Jaws ely bd
wy)! bund 63 gh >» 52 au) wy? er? lo be pe Lye iyo Sy
BAD BO Fp? WW 9 dogs wh 3 BAAS Lay Le > oe al ws? bw
edye} Gye ale Ble a5 be Yaa Wah ol prsle Ao y dog’
ely Say je AU) pis aaal, aliad y Audi Ny woe cin
esl bl Usa} uye Ghy Loy Use Log pas be Ub vo oy Ja]
ds S3) BIW Rie 5 vesell y eolll oie Fil Ue 50 all Jy5 Cdl
ce ul Cgheg pA) by eds? YB bos aia | ole les] gill
kttnrow Lals jets wyihelns wy ol Cod) p=] elt bogs dy
A NypShe) y wide! dy Sale wel ody y Las Gd F LNs
tha gle Bnet Ys ev) wf ike Lads ers wy? d20 TOY
Ua dem By pid, bebe Basel] OM gill A WY, 6 IV,
: ds 5 ayo) loll, dysla US nas eihh: See S ypaluned] das
Ertl Sel phrhe CPt or ody] vy ede 6 yo
Bisa Sy MIS) SKY, ye go deel) 5 as eeridl $3
G5 ob tale asd sisBy} yo Aide GAG Tas Lett ok ail
aol te ee mae gg ee ge Util
pores Lads ej S3 SoH) oo, wal: Lol} des? pe SNP yy b erie
ws Reed J ently Ces pholad uly Coll) pail A UI
S33, ply ale aU) cle aU) Jyuy IEA) yo diye cdl
S
130 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. 2.
a ws ol wale? dey me Cass sd Lala
hee ple els, nea All Qe eh le til) gle
LHS 5 laid Ua Ebioaie plu ante all glo all! Jy) f
anes! 4 Ay pr! Legeny oy Sons 5 56 all} pis i ais He Wl oy
he L$ shes Jo) 3, ust B93 G ns oF @ 4 SyASe 370)
ule uel LS £Lsv0] us? gH] ay vbr), Y) ere] LoS wena! I,
Lats Ug) al) cel; tail] tH) Le all] gus dite aL} bo S\ ore)
Vy Spy aye KG by Loy Joy pe all] Spi ssid) des cei]
agi} fle be Ab) Goad Bisse] 3 whbaniid) il te 1S)
w=! BASS of >» 52 al] Lend SL psa pate aU) , ast] al) Sse
est Aled gle ybbatill 1 Lo Goudy Hl? UK call upe abel,
All) Jyh GN pctelat oly Colell Galle Ul eid So
aS y Sa) eo) tse 3) ESL) Slvey ope) y col) Sa use Jaye
Lm podigom 15 boul Me yl Lege Col Usphd dams 15) EMG | I
sic Gel] dotad aby dG Col ody slits gral ald oS pil
was aud yl gle 1B} yb Le guste > 552 al) 0 sla Lbs
he all] aie (Eg!) Dyke yo 83 be gle des psi ghd
losis) us pia J =| 2h3 wus she they
aisle aU} ule BU} Sywy er], pba) hits Faw 5 dsle Ieskle all
epi) plang dale abl) Jaw) Gl“) ye (pu, 1 DST y wpe plans
ae Bisa bK0 2) alle ws peor hits) us) ws” &sJ] pay
a bh ws ly dla] Ce Aa larg él) she ads) Jo) eats
be 3} ga) rive ene ls a &LK0 2) Yow} ws”? Apas?
rey Sod} cl ye Ligh Le pil « yo &K0 road ws ws (askwe
1850. ] of the original text of Tabary. 131
Re gd ip? Wslbe dhe op pmo dhe © Ai wy? ads Bae dyits
all] Jom) core) KA? B35 wo] dxve bso} of Gold) us! op ye on
ERO Lows DAC of Bnd) of ashe on RQade rr ply a) isle
* oe, wpb, AAU ,dgds erro ye] bclom y yw Wey al by]
Je dle of ad Woe at. opel of eost] gare
sb ead up dos? ust pare gil ot Ee ies! SSS
we UES play dsle al) Lgle all) Jo) lesion das”,
SS tt AU) yo BLY yiddegs choi alo) aa Cha 3 Ks
Us yb ley palo tle der lil el, Ua, jze all Jal abc
us pe}y col) etal ys) eh Jal aes dle al] Lghe al} Jo) a) Be
cated Gaile) EIU GaielS Uae) (BU Usd} RU) Sie,
apie? L 1s By gud] 1,85 nde ra bt a=, es dclas yls
us y ll of did] Say Leto &2,0 api ose", Bey yl
Ors a Peo Wnhey ace aU} Gijss do |g, ay sila
hee YS! Lei ly kee 100 vale W gad sid Gay)
Ls 8) pu) axle Ue y*9 Laptle al) isle Hi ym x5] Ws ano} Lads Jv
Sas. ste Bikate Ju sale glascil] © 8) sill ial) eb
al) use Su; aL} gle Cs gi Livy dale all] isle RU) Sau
Kya 198 uly Axl eyze AU) gash UE: pile vem sys
SN 5) 3 yd Cl age Unle us ial Sy) il usdl) 4,
os Laws) Mays See cn ore Lepsie Ji Los Tea ee
uf hemeng Je pase pr ze alll, ws ws! ust Y, dm wy? ALS
a els | polwu) hd aK 2] a rte gy a hiss sj ws
e” yh | anh] AY) axl A> 99 La] ee pe , gdp ine we
* a? e 3 dbsiiJ) ws Le aU]
s 2
132 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. 2
The authenticity of this story has been doubted by prejudiced
Moslims, but it has been proved beyond a doubt in the Mawahib
Alladannyyah. I transcribe here this important passage though it is
not free from faults.
ueKa6 Udy LI he} 3 45.94 5)) Ey Uy? K28)) ydD uy) A a5
pail oily obs Be cel ol Ged a del Wh
gtire 9 Shell GSM) yl a TP y yay unl IS Gb Ye
slac Bits) aple anies Spud] 35 pine gly Lojlaall <i aude
Laya pf Bi) y Alanyo UNS US yl SO eS ste y pill ont opted
piste Al, Ccllaw ler Gemanie ldm y pis? day Gyo Bolus
orl cdl Sw ila Lally) Bite!) plat) pat Led caged
spe at ee bait Be ere 4 ae! 5 asl ppl cl
Bony plu y aple al) clo al) Sow) V3 YU re up ddaw Ve
ans) 1B) deAI) EUG) She y Uepall » SW els sl al Li a=),
pS) JB PT ep helbs yl y chal] Gail AEM alla ole
bey E3) wm pis Las y OS api Ud pss! Wil 53 be
Need) Bl ucla 1ST oy Spay eye ES ue Whe
ME op del GHyb yo Ay dpe ull jlpyl ce) ES) dade)
Meas alte coll ye yim et dtr ye walled gb Sy drat
3,85 shied) 1d S Wako cogs 3 dpa) JG ede!) Sle el ee
By eye 142 Usyp ell 4 SU pyptivc EBD 4 WLS Uy Live} aleys
Syyhe etl y ceil ntte uel we oho Cel ye Cet
W639 oddly! AAT ding cil) anid) dS, agle sales J
ENIS s eS oop das? yc wadiww) 4 Sye Faw gd GoM) ol
ee 1S. 5 Lope! let oll eye ejlioll igh Aue Go tuys
of deer? ot OS? 9 gb Zl benrS pt hos yc al Syed) Ose
BE oe PE cs! yl vey! g oth! Gyb yo say) 9 Urtt
1850. | of the original text of Tabary. 133
ty? up Slee Gay uy Btydye url! alyyy Coded] ye blew
se os wt) eKus n) ase este = wd alia
’ co of! of nie Sub uw Cat oil wo or
eo Wo} Ros) ole Jus Gy ¥ iS tr ig Le] 5 dined
Landa) pis} by gle laplley wtluye dT ualyb UY gl
om whys vy £ Op up Use Gy ws? Coptbl] dad] Le
sil 5 xy? x fas alin of Hy oft estes] OE oct pl
Sad olin of Shoo y wrople uy pote] yb ou? baa bm yo]
f= a3, =* vp bate JS Awe) Col Ge d® Col op a5lo
ro} 3 ¥ p35 wll) hs 7; css! 85 jes FEREAS ety) us
Eudes) Jon she | cli) (Jy3 165, aple ayape Gb! > 4 LJ
ails wind ee aire pai Kans &S3 x}. 4) Y, i=} >! Ry = ra
Wiss sic nee ey 9 Uys Jas , sgn) elas] 5 Ba) ) sae 5
Ai) slp cyt OF y SG Rael» dagnd GUS Os pyle Gaybll NI
Ee pl Se PAE el GUE 88 GF GP oot 99
ae Bly gst WS geld} be), abel os . sal) Zhi) a0
or es ay) oy eh wy ey gs wy? Bay pb dre
a se yB) cle uotiabd EMS eto , oe “fe iis ol, JS
a3 el Ld yl gle EUS Jo ayer els 5 we iS 14) Gabi
a= Shu] yo LPs est = at ~~ dsile) al w! 3 i $3
* want! Lass Lac) a eis Dy, us e\eS , Jaw yall eu" wake
It is likely that it was not the angel Gabriel who reprimanded the
prophet, for going so far as he did in his compromise with the idolaters ;
134 Notice of a copy of the fourth volume [No. 2.
but his followers who were much more sincere in their faith than
Mohammad himself. *Omar disapproved even that any respect
should be paid to the black stone of the Ka’bah, “’Omar standing
before the black stone said, according to Azraqy (apud Burckhardt’s
Travels to Arabia, p. 308): ‘I know that thou art a mere stone that
can neither hurt nor help me, nor should I kiss thee had I not seen
Mohammad do the same.’ ”’ Zamakhshary, Kashshaf to Stirah 17, 75,
relates a story, which shows how ready the prophet would have
been to compromise himself with the pagans, had he not been pre-
vented by his disciples: The Thaqyfites said to the prophet, We will
not submit to thy orders unless thou grantest us certain privileges of
which we may boast before other Arabs, viz. that we shall pay no
tithes, that we shall not be obliged to go to war for the religion, nor
to prostrate ourselves in praying ; that usury which we may make on
others be our property, but usury which others make on us be void,
and that we shall have the idol al-Lat one year longer, and not be
obliged to break it with our own hands at the expiration of the year,
and that thou shalt defend us against any one who may invade our
valley of Wajj, or attempt to cut down our trees, and if the Arabs
ask thee, Why hast thou made this agreement? say, God has ordered
me to enter into it. They brought him their deed and he dictated :
‘In the name of the most merciful God, this is the document of agree-
ment between Mohammad the messenger of God, and the Thagqyfites,
that they shall not be called upon to pay the tithes, nor to assist in
war,” when this was written they said ‘and not prostate themselves.’
The prophet remained silent, and they said to the writer, Write! ‘ and
not prestrate themselves.” The writer looked to the prophet. ’*Omar
stood up and drew his sword, and said, You have filled the heart of
our prophet with contagion, may God fill your hearts with fire! They
replied, We are not talking to thee, we are speaking with Mohammad ;
then the verse of the Qorin 17, 75 was revealed. ‘They nearly
succeeded in misleading thee from what we have revealed to thee, and
in causing thee to invent something else in our name, but at the right
399
moment a friend reprehended thee.
SI 0] ws? bso ) dste ats) ushe ug wets Lasss oy 55)
1850.] of the original text of Tabary. 135
ee) os lic ey? dee yd anle yy JS, Wy sly SS, Mil, Lo.
dad co ghad wly y=) Enlai Uayly & junds Ia ‘amt
wy) Das Sa els J yal) SU ll BU Uys andes co eal,
Vd pho pl poem pS) AMY amt Ce SS eyaligy Iga y be ciel alll
Bye river? aryvexy phwry an al) Kghe BU) Sqn) chase? vo wilis
UW
es) pest ly S\s ra a] Je) lettin Sand wast), l, S\Ss wy pose
wet Pea obey aisle i che al} Je) uly Bin wi wks) 5
ye] BAL ptin-e \y aad wels ee JY 3 b2iaw oa lbs)
* dos” AS Lil a ey ss ind } Ses |) 4G reid a]
The pious Baydhawy who is the author of an abridgement of the
Kashshaf, carefully omits the latter part of the story, and instead of
the condition that Mohammad should defend the valley of Wajj, (i. e.
Tayif,) he says, that he should declare it sacred, in the same manner in
which the territory of Makkah was sacred.
The farther back we go in examining the records regarding the cha-
racter of Mohammad, the stronger they impress us with the conviction,
that he was a man of great poetical genius ; but like most exalted men,
he was weak and unpractised in action and a barefaced imposter.
I leave it for another opportunity to give a notice of the remainder
of this volume of Tabary. Since writing the above I have found a
fragment of the first volume of the same author. In looking over
some worm-eaten leaves the remnants of a valuable library at Delhi,
I saw two sheets, in all 38 pages, written in a very ancient bad
hand, and observed the isnad ‘Ibn Homayd from Salamah, &c.”
which I know is the isnid of Tabary, and on examination it
turned out that the two sheets in question, were a fragment from the
first volume of Tabary, and contain part of the history of Abraham.
This discovery is in so far important as it gives us the assurance that
copies of Tabary are to be found in India.
NINN NLL IOLA LL SILI
136 Note on Patna Boulders. [No. 2.
Note on Patna Boulders. By Captain EK. L. OmMANNEY, Executive
Engr. 3rd Division, Lower Provinces.
Considerable interest has been excited by the discovery, near Niema-
nadowah Dak Bungalow, 14 miles frem Patna, of a large quantity of
round balls or blocks of stone similar to those met with in the beds of
mountain torrents, or on the sea coast.
2. At first this circumstance was thought to afford additional proof,
if any were wanting, of the former junction of the Soane and Ganges
at Patna, as it was supposed that no torrent inferior to the Soane could
have brought down pebbles of this size, measuring on an average five
inches in diameter ; but as the Soane, as far as I have been able to ascer-
tain at present, does not bring down stones of this size, and is about 9
miles distant from the spot, it seems probable that these stones, sand
and gravel may come under the denomination of Alluvium or Diluvium,
and have been originated locally, that is, been derived from rocks within
a few miles of the spot where they are now found.
3. The nearest rocks are the Bardbar hills of which the granite
peak of Kowa Dol forms a conspicuous object, and are distant about
30 miles south.
4. The slip or train from which they have been excavated is 1400
feet in length by 10 or 12 in breadth. They are imbedded in a kind
of bluish clay, resembling marl, at a depth of from | to 4 feet.
5. The stones are not all of the same kind, some being more round-
ed at the edges and oval-shaped than others, and of different colors
from black to grey and white, but they all appear to be of granite of
different qualities of grain.
6. The very coarse-grained stones, seem quickly to decompose on
exposure to the air.
7. The stones do not lie at the bottom of a valley, but on rather
higher ground than any in the immediate vicinity, some of an oval form
lie on their flat sides with the largest diameter nearly east and west ;
but some lie on edge without regularity, chiefly across the direction of
the train, and separated from each other by a small quantity of mud
or clay.
8. The sand and gravel is composed of a mixture of particles of
various substances, quartz preponderating } the grains are of middling
— SS
1850.) Note on Patna Boulders. 137
size, angular and rounded ;—in the mass being of a lightish red color,
the bed of sand extends from Mussourie to the Marhar river 44 miles,
and exceeds 20 feet in depth, being on an average about 6 feet below
the surface.
9. The stones in the gravel are of different kinds and sizes and are
similar to what are now met with a short distance from the mouth of
the Soane ; they appear to be of similar quality to the large stones and
like the shingle on the sea coast.
10. The sand, a specimen of which is sent, is now being used for
covering the surface of the road in the vicinity, to serve as ballast for
kankar metalling; it lies on the surface of the spot whence it is
brought ; the same quality of sand is procurable at Teringna : underneath
the upper sand at a depth of about 5 feet below the surface and under-
neath the gravel, is another bed of sand more than 20 feet deep; the
other specimen of sand was dug from a hole close to the road opposite
the Dik Bungalow, and seems to be of similar quality. The direction
of the bed of sand appears to be from south-west to north-east, which
corresponds with the slope of the country from the bank of the Soane
to Monghyr.
11. At the spot where the stone was found, water is met with about
4 feet below the stone or 9 feet from the surface.
12. Another circumstance in connection with this stone is deserving
of remark ; at No. 1, in the accompanying rough sketch, a nail was dug
out from amongst a large quantity of these stones, which were firmly
imbedded in clay with a great quantity of broken bricks both above
and below them, and this was continued for a distance of 20 feet in length
and 2 feet below the surface; at Nos. ¢, 3, 4, are old wells ina patch
of scrub jungle, and I understand that there are several more in nearly
the same line.
13. This would seem to point out the site of some ancient town
or building, and the natives have a tradition of the kind, and it seems
almost probable, that it may have been destroyed by some sudden
irruption or deluge from the Soane or other mountain torrent in the
more immediate vicinity, such as the great and little Pompon or Mur-
har river.
14. Should such have been really the case the stability of any raised
embankment or railroad from Gya to Patna is much to be doubted, if
“
138 Note on Patna Boulders. [No. 2.
this tract of country is ever subject to such sudden and extraordinary
irruptions as these stones and gravel would seem to indicate.
15. From the rapid way in which the coarser stones decompose,
when exposed to the air, there can be no doubt that the whole of the
quartz sand found in this neighbourhood arises from the decomposi-
tion of these boulders, which may have been rounded by the action of
water or may be in their original forms.
16. A sketch of the granite groups in the Bardbar hills and of the
granite peak, Kowa Dol, 365 feet high, in the same hills is given in
Lieut. Sherwill’s geological map of Behar.
17. The boulders there shown have evidently been rounded by the
wear arising from exposure to the air and the ordinary drainage of the
surface ; and no doubt beds of alluvial matter must have been deposited
to a considerable depth in their vicinity. These may have been either
transported to they sent position by a deluge, or may have been
gradually carried there, or these stones and gravel may be portions of
rocks once similar to the granite groups in the Bardabar hills, which
have been disintegrated in situ from the action of water or other
causes. |
18. Maccallcck in his geological classification of rocks under the
head of Alluvia, says, ‘In favorable circumstances of position, these
disintegrated rocks remain in their places forming beds or masses of
loose materials, consisting of larger fragments of the more solid parts
mixed with the clay and sand resulting from the more complete decom-
position of others. This occurrence takes place chiefly in granite.”
19. The following is a list of specimens to be despatched by
steamer.* |
Nos. 1, 2, 3. Stones taken from the top of the heap that has been
placed along the side of the road for metalling.
No. 4. A broken one from ditto in a state of decomposition.
No. 5. Taken out of the earth on the 7th June 1849, with a por-
tion of the clay in which these stones are found imbedded still adher-
ing to it.
No. 6. A stone taken from the bottom of a heap by road-side.
A few of the small shingle or pebbles which are found imbedded
amongst the large stones. A few of the bricks in which the stones
* Sutledge, now daily expected.
1850. ] Note on the Strata of Coal in Wadi Araba. 139
were in one place firmly imbedded, also a nail found at the same spot.
A bag containing a specimen of the gravelly sand, which is being used
for covering the surface of the road.
No. 7. A specimen of sand dug out by the road side opposite the
Dak Bungalow.
No. 8. A specimen of sand from Dackinpura west of Meitapura
and close to Bankipura (Patna), where it is conjectured the river Soane
once had its bed.
SOPRA LA AAAA NANA EMNAAA AA AAN
Note on the Strata cut through in excavating for Coal in Wadi Araba,
eastern desert of Egypt, by Hexexyan Bry. Communicated by
Captain T. J. NEwBOLD.
Note.—Waddi Araba is one of the transverse vallies that cross the
limestone and sandstone formation of the eastern desert of Egypt, and
which formed, in ancient times, the principal channels of commerce
between the Nile and the Red Sea. It debouches on the 7if (cultivable
portion of the valley of the Nile) near Deir Bidd, opposite Benisuef, in
about Lat. N. 30° 50’, and leads to the interesting monasteries of
St. Anthony and St. Paul im the desert. The former is about 18 miles,
and the latter about 9 miles distant from the Red Sea. The Mddézi
tribe of Arabs, regards the Wddi as belonging to their country, and set
a high value on the springs of fresh water with which it and the subor-
dinate Wddis abound. | |
Wadi Araba literally signifies Valley of chariots, and hence has
been supposed to have derived its name, from having been the road by
which Pharoah with his chariots and horsemen, pursued the children of
Israel to the Red Sea. Sir G. Wilkinson ridicules this idea, and
asserts that the valley, which is of considerable breadth, has received
its name from the plaustra or carts, that formerly carried provisions to
the two monasteries. This, however, the’ Arabs in the vicinity denied to
me, and the probability is that the name is of far more ancient date,
and was given in consequence of its being the road by which stones
from the ancient alabaster quarries in the vicinity were conveyed on
cars to the Nile. In like manner the road to the Porphyry quarries
from the Nile, was termed “ Sikket el Arabiyeh.’—T. J. N.
: ee
140 Note on the Strata cut through in excavating for [No.. 2.
Section of Strata in Wadi Araba. |
An inclined plane open to the sky leads down to the shaft, with steps
to the first water drain, the rope of which is provided with two buckets,
one at each end, so that one bucket reaches the wooden platform of
the stage below, when the other is at the superior stage. A stationary
rope serves to prevent the bucket from swinging as it descends with its
load ; the rope being slightly held with one hand to steady it.
The first stage in order of descent, contains three feet of alluvial
matter ; three feet of glauconic or greenish clay ; twenty-four feet of yel-
lowish clay with gryphea virgulata in great quantities ; one foot green
grit or sandstone; six feet of a yellow ferruginous sandstone ;—all
of which, except the alluvium, are ascribed to the chalk formation.*
Seventy-five feet of plastic refractory clays, in regular layers of white,
grey, blue, and yellow. ach layer is nearly three feet in thickness,
the series being repeated in the same order to the entire depth of
seyenty-five feet. In all these clays are found a few gryphea of differ-
ent species, and some bivalves.
At the depth of about one hundred and twelve feet the clays cease
to appear.
Below them there are, in order, six feet of white, marly, shell lime-
stone, containing several species of the family Echinidze, and others of
old date, three feet of marly, grey limestone—very compact and with-
out shells; two feet of dark brownish clay, very pure. A series of
refractory, white, grey and bluish clays reach down to the depth of
140 ft. below the surface, succeeded by fifteen feet of a blackish slaty
clay ;—all without fossils. Below this are seven feet of slaty clays of
greyish hue, intercalated with grey, argillaceous, compact limestone con-
taining two species of ammonites six inches in diameter, and traces of
bituminized vegetable substances. One foot quartzose sandstone, com-
pact, white,—with veins of a reddish and greyish colour, and fragments
of bituminous plants ;—three feet of compact greyish limestones embed-
ding small nodules of galena, and some bivalves (cardiwm) ;—one foot
of psammitic sandstone, quartzose, white, compact ;—one foot of the
same more compact,—fracture slaty,—colour blackish grey ;—one foot
* From the bottom of the chalk formation down to 182 ft. the Bey ascribes the
strata to the lias formation, but not with sufficient and satisfactory organic evi-
dence.—T. J. N,
1850.) Coal in Wadi Araba, eastern desert of Egypt. 141
same as above,—with nodules of iron pyrites ; and six inches of blackish,
compact, grey calcareous stone bring us down to the depth of 1693 ft.
from the surface.
A bed of psammitic, quartzose, compact, grey sandstone with slaty
fracture, containing small blackish fragments of shells, indetermina-
ble, as if steeped in bitumen, continues down to the depth of 177 ft.
Two feet of an argillaceous sandstone, reticulated with veins of lamel-
lary selenite ; and three feet of argillaceous schists,—smoke-coloured
and dark yellow, bring us down to the depth of 182 ft.
After these we have two feet of a marly, slaty, grey-coloured clay
with green spots having metallic lustrous surfaces ;—one foot of the
same, but of a dark colour without spots, and traversed by a parallel
bed of dolomite—ten inches thick, white, compact, and containing some
bivalves of very old date and the teeth of the fish—squallus ;—two feet
of an argillo-quartzose psammite of a greyish colour; layers of a black
slaty marl—slightly sandy extend down to 190 ft. below the surface.
It contains carbonized plants and their impressions in great number,
(monocotyledons).
Three feet of quartzose white psammites ; two feet of a bronze green
clay ;—one foot of a green marl with red spots and of a metallic
splendour,—and with carbonized monocotyledons, and their impressions ;
—one foot of greenish yellow psammite also with monocotyledons ;
—two feet of black bituminous marl, containing many carbonized,
monocotyledonous plants ;—one foot of white, argillaceous psammite ;
—one foot of a black slaty clay, containing lignite infiltrated with iron
pyrites ;—a foot of black slate with impressions of plants, iron pyrites,
and traces of carbonate of copper ;—an inch layer of grey dolomite with
minute, unknown fossil shells ;—one foot of black marl with red spots
containing nodular iron pyrites ;—six inches of whitish grey, and very
compact dolomite with veins of crystallized barytes, and here and there,
nests of lignite.
One foot psammitic grit,—with small grains of chlorite ;—one foot
of black slaty clay, with great numbers of small unknown shells ;—two
feet of black, slaty clay,—two feet of quartzose psammite of a green-
ish grey colour ;—three feet of white, compact, quartzose psammite ;—
one foot of black clay, with vegetable impressions ;—one foot of violet-
coloured marl with green spots;—one foot of a greyish dolomitic
142 Note on the Strata of Coal in. Wadi Araba. [No. 2.
limestone ;—one foot of marl, with pistachio green spots ;—one foot of
white psammitic sandstone ;—one foot of black clay with impressions,
and bituminized plants ;—four feet of schistose black clay, with impres-
sions, and large nodules, or cakes, of argillaceous dolomite of a grey
colour ;—one foot of green psammite with bivalves, belonging to the
genus terebratula (?)
The foregoing beds carry us down to about 223 ft. below the surface.
To them succeed grey clays with impressions, alternating with layers
of a friable dolomite, in which small nodules of galena are perceptible ;
—one foot of a compact, grey limestone resembling muschelkalk ;—two
feet of very fine-grained psammite ;—three feet of a schistose black
clay with impressions of plants which descend down to 236 ft. bemg
divided by pure, fine, greyish tablets of clay.
One foot of black, bituminous slate,—with impressions much lig:
nized, covers a bed of lignite coal one foot thick, formed of the large
stems of Palm, of the genus Cicas, of furze, and other plants in con-
fused masses.
The whole of this vegetable matter is impregnated with iron pyrites :
under it lies one foot of clay slate similar to that which covers it ;—two
feet of argillaceous blackish grey slate—containing few impressions,
and large nodules of iron pyrites in groups ;—two feet of grey, argilla-
ceous psammite.
A sandy, grey, slaty clay, containing large cakes of a yellowish
spongy dolomite, in which are seen small globules of galena, and pyri-
tous iron, extend down to 2594 ft., when there is an undulating series
of depositions of a very black, splendid, compact, bituminous lignite
devoid of pyrites—leaving ashes of a greyish white colour after com-
bustion. Below it is a white, compact’ psammitic sandstone, in which
the shaft terminates.
The total depth of the excavation, calculating from the surface of
the alluvium, is 270 feet.
The depth of the inclined plane, ...........0...-.+-2 24 Feet.
Pad stase ma de shidtt, lisse: be. dew! ade,.Laeeye loan a jyeger 81
ard dos day pirat oe eines. ine dco suming ese yardd ge
Ath «di iamte. wits Dacre). hierdie iklayl we chia. Lied, gpa dh ewe 79
5th.do. do. lined. with wood-work, .......-.+-.2.:-.s I5
Total depth, 270 feet.
at. oe eee | SS ee
1850. | Orange yellow Earth from the Sikkim Territory. 143
Second excavation in Wddi Araba.
The second excavation is at the mouth of the Wddi Aschar el
Bahrith, and is 164 ft. deep. The sinking of the pit was commenced
at the foot of a range of low sandstone hills, the elevation of which was
about 60 ft. above the surface of the Wddi. The rate of sinking is
about a foot per diem. The strata cut through are as follow:
ms ! Feet. Inches.
1 Beds of an hydrous plaster (castainite) traversed
longitudinally by layers of Sal gemme, each about
from | to 3 inches thick. It is a pulverulent light
sulphate of lime, and of a perfect whiteness... .... 3 4
2 Bed, silicious sandstone—containing masses of
MMCCNCHUNSEOMC LL. Shak bk ec es eek ease 90 AK
3 Coloured marls (marnes trisées) ..........22+-- 20 .
4 Variegated red sandstones oe rouges big arés),
with their layers of red ferruginous marls......... 51 ‘4
Total feet 164 ae
nm
Examination and analysis of an orange yellow Earth brought from the
Sikkim Territory, by Dr. Campbell, Darjeeling, and said to be used
there as a cure for Goitre.—By Henry Pippineton, Esq. Curator,
Museum Economic Geology.
This earth is apparently nothing but what is usually termed a com-
mon yellow-ochery soil, i. e. a soil in which the iron (generally the
colouring principle of soils), is mostly in the state of the hydrated car-
bonate of the protoxide, as so often found in its earthy and nodular
ores. Properly it should be described as an orange-coloured soil.
But as it is said to be used in the cure of the unsightly disease
Goitre, though with what success or how administered we are not told,
it becomes of interest to know if it contains any thing beyond the usual
constituents of the poor yellow ferruginous soils, as also what is the pro-
portion of the hydrated carbonate of iron, which one supposes @ priori
to be the active principle.
For I am not aware that, hitherto, the yellow-ochre which is the purest
form of the hydrated carbonate, (the officinal preparation being always
144 Orange yellow Karth from the Sikkim Territory. [No. 2.
partly in the state of the red peroxide,) has been used in modern
medicine. The well known Boles of the old Pharmacopzeas seem from
the description to be both yellow and red ochres, the last either natural
or artificial, and they were probably prepared from the yellow-ochres by.
calcination.
I find the Sikkim soil to contain in 100 parts
Py erOMictme Walen, Soe se a. eke ae oak ene ene ss eee 5.00
Water and carbonie‘acnd, (Mole. ieee .ceeileek ee eee
Tron as peroxidesoc Wits ee sR BRL. 2 ja batetied 80
Residuum of Silex‘ands Alumina, i). 5/2). . ..@is eceel Geet Y4e4o
100.00
The specimen contained no lime or Magnesia and the Silica and Alu-
mina were certainly not the active ingredients ?
I examined, as a comparison, a very pure and bright yellow-ochre
from Chota Nagpore in the museum. I find it to contain in 100 parts
Eiyeromerere Watery cc 'se/as weal << = o scnipin, Saves e a's oe EO
Carbonic acid and water of combination, .............. 6.79
BRON: 8SPeTOSIM el. rs, i. Aiea ona t\ iare eas ein yee ee
Residuum of Silex and Alumina,....... peed 8 Cone ope ah ae 45.15
, 100.00
The difference then between the two is, that the Sikkim earth con-
tains a very little peroxide, from which the red tinge of its orange
colour is derived, and about one half the hydrated carbonate which the
yellow-ochre does. Its silica too is partly im small fragments which we
can scarcely suppose an advantage. But there is a very remarkable
property in the iron of the yellow-ochre, and of our Sikkim soil, which
the usual officinal carbonate of the shops does not possess, and this may
be the key to its efficiency as a curative agent. It is this—
It was long ago pointed out by Mr. Phillips, in his analysis of the
Bath waters, that the Iron, which they are found to contain when a large
quantity of the water is evaporated, is not demonstrable by any usual
test; not even by the Tincture of Galls; but that when a portion of
lime water was added to the Assay the Tincture of Galls would then,
and then only, produce the usual purple tinge. He assumes thence
that the iron exists in some peculiar state. I have also found this
in one of our Indian, or rather an ultra Gangetic, mineral water
1850. | On Calderite, a new Rock from Burdwan. 145
near Moulmein,* and I have also detected iron in this peculiar state in
a common, but highly efficacious preparation, the decoction of Chiretta,
which if administered with regularity with a little of the Elixir of
Vitriol added to it, is almost of sovereign efficacy against those enlarge-
ments of the spleen, which both in Natives and Europeans so constantly
follow or accompany intermittent fevers, especially in children.
Now when a portion of the Sikkim soil is agitated with water, and
being allowed to stand for 24 hours is tested by Tincture of Galls,
nothing is shewn ; but upon adding lime water, the purple or rather
greenish black tinge forthwith appears. The same takes place with
yellow-ochre, but upon trying it with the officinal carbonate of iron it
is not produced. My specimen of this last was not freshly prepared,
so that this is not quite a certain result ; but it must be also very rarely
furnished in the fresh state from the shops. The physicians must now,
if yellow-ochre be not too insignificant a remedy, pursue Dr. Campbell’s
discovery with this commentary, the part of the chemist closing here.
On CALDERITE, an undescribed Siliceo-Iron-and-Manganese Rock, from
the district of Burdwan. By Henry Pipptneton, Curator Museum
Economic Geology.
I had found and put by for examination a specimen of this rock,
which [ at first took to be simply an ore of Iron and Manganese, from
one of our old collections ; being the series from the Ramghur district,
(presented, I think, by the Rev. Mr. Everest?) this specimen being
from Kut-Kumsandy 12 miles N. W. of Hazareebagh. Dr. McClelland,
who had also been struck by its appearance, brought me a specimen
from the collections of the Survey. I also found several in the late
Mr. William’s iron ores, one being a very fine block from Burdwant in
which district it seems not to be uncommon. I shall presently state
why I have styled it a rock and not an ore.
* Examination and analysis of a mineral water from the Athan Hills in the
Tenasserim Provinces. Gleanings of Science for 1831, Vol. III. p. 25 :—read before
the Physical Class, As. Soc.
t Proceedings, Nov. 1848.
146 On Calderite, a new Rock from Burdwan. [No. 2.
DESCRIPTION.
This rock can be in no way so well described as by saying, at once,
that while on the weathered surfaces it resembles a common massive
ore of iron, its appearance on the fresh fracture is exactly that of black
rosin. When examined by the magnifier it is seen to have a golden
resinous (which is a yellow quartzy) coating, in thin lamine, especially
on some of the fractures. On others it has small specks which are
seen by the magnifier to be minute cavities full of a yellow powder.
The fracture is difficult to describe, being in some places hackly, in
others tending to small conchoidal, and in some instances breaking on
a large scale into an obliquely rhomboidal cavity, as if the rock would
cleave naturally into oblique rhomboidal prisms, or contained crystals
of that shape. The most perfect cavity I could measure, for I could
not obtain a good solid angle, was one of 124°, giving therefore 56° for
the acute angle of the rhomboidal crystal.
The splinters are often nearly laminar and sometimes highly trans-
lucent like dark brown rosin. When held to the light, these are seen
to contain, here and there, fragments of bright white quartz.
The streak is ash-coloured, and obtained only with the file, or on a
salient edge by the knife. It is brittle and easily fractured with a mo-
derate blow. The powder is fawn-coloured.
When breathed upon it gives a metallic odour.
The latter portions are tough and difficult to pulverise, requiring
repeated sifting and hard pounding.
Its hardness is 7-8. The specific gravity 3.65.
The solid mineral does not alter by digestion in acids, and even in
Nitro Hydrochloric Acid; Hydrochloric Acid dissolves a little iron,
but in very small proportion (probably from dust) even from extremely
thin pieces.
BEFORE THE BLOWPIPE.
It fuses in thin fragments at the edges into a black, dull, pitchy, slag,
which is magnetic, the siliceous part remaining in the slag.
With borax the powder fuses immediately into a dark green glass.
With soda and saltpetre upon platina foil, it gives the usual green
mass of manganate of soda.
1850. | On Calderite, a new Rock from Burdwan. 147
Via Humipa.
From the solution in hydrochloric acid, which acts readily on the
pulverised mineral, a strong arsenical odour is evolved, but both from
this and from the nitro-hydrochloric solution only traces of arsenic.
can be obtained, amounting at most to 0.15 or 0.20 per cent. The
siliceous residuum is remarkably tenacious, adhering strongly to the
bottom of the capsule, unless frequently stirred, and even then leaving
a thin coating, only to be removed by caustic Potass, and slightly cor-
roding the glass.
The constituent parts of a fair average of the mineral I find to be—
Or per centage if of man-
ganese and iron only.
Rimmer ae fee ee oe eee ey 46.35
OUTIL bes hr oe as 0.35
Pave Bee CON we 1.00
Porercriicee Jen, OPE ee 0.20
clan -Uron ts heed cee cece 00,18 58.64
Protox. Mangariese, ...........- 21.00 41.36
99.08 100.00
Loss, partly fluorine, of which there
PMCRUPAGES 15 ciane/ousie tis. © wsetekecsi op 92
100.00
The most compact and apparently homogeneous specimens of this
rock are distinctly seen upon closer inspection to be mere aggregates of
a black (or very dark greenish black) mineral, and transparent granules
and fragments of quartz, in addition to the golden resinous coating
mentioned before. Now if the constituent parts of any specimen can
be seen, the specimen is then clearly a rock and not a mineral ; and I
have therefore classed this new specimen as a rock without reference
to the abundance or scarcity of it. It is evident also that we must set
aside all rules of nomenclature to call it a silicate of iron and manganese
for the amount of silica will probably differ inevery analysis, and we
know not if the greenish black part contains any or how much silica in
its composition, and that it may be a simple compound of the oxides
only.
u 2
148 On Calderite, a new Rock from Burdwan.
I have then considered that, as we are certainly entitled to name it,
no name can be more justly bestowed upon it than one in honour of a
much lamented member of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, the late Mr.
James Calder, whose early views of the Geology of India* are still
quoted with high and deserved approbation, whose collections and
specimens form a valuable part of our Museum and whose constant
zeal for, and encouragement to the pursuit of, Mineralogy and Geology,
as well as all other branches of science, many will yet remember as well
as myself. I have therefore named it CALDERITE.
* Asiatic Researches, Vol, XVIII. p. 1.
PAP LS PDA ILLIA LLL PII VLSI LILI SI
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ASIATIC SOICETY OF BENGAL
For January, 1850.
LOL ILVOPLPOPPPLIPIVIIIW
At a meeting of the Society held on the 2nd inst.
The Hon’ble the President, in the chair,
The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
The following gentlerhen, having been duly proposed and seconded
at the December meeting, were balloted for and elected members.
J. J. Gray, Esq. Malda.
J. C. Marshman, Esq. Serampore.
Letters were read—
From W. Grey, Esq., Under Secretary to the Government of India,
transmitting a letter from Dr. Impey, regarding a Colossal rock
image in the Satpoorah range, with report, drawings and inscriptions.
From Dr. Buist, presenting a copy of his work entitled, the Annals of
India, for 1848.
From Mr. Mansel, Serampore, inviting the attention of the Society
to the preparation of models, &c. for the Grand Exhibition of arts in
London, in 1851.
From Mr. Hodgson, Darjiling, on the Aborigines of the Eastern
Frontier.
From Major Wyllie, Officiating Secretary to Government of India,
Military Department, transmitting a copy (in two vols.) of Colonel
Everest’s measurement of the meridional are of India, received from
the Hon’ble the Court of Directors.
From Messrs. R. and J. E. Taylor, London, forwarding a table
of meteorological observations inserted at p. 33 of the Transactions of
Sections, in the 18th Report of the British Association.
150 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.
From Captain Champneys, intimating his desire to withdraw from
the Society.
From Dr. Campbell, Darjiling, dated Laehong, Oct. 24th, pre-
senting 3 skins of the Kiang or wild Ass of Thibet.
From John Russell Bartlett, Esq., Corresponding Secretary of the
American Ethnological Society, dated New York, 15th May, 1849,
transmitting, for acceptance of the Society, a copy of the Transactions of
the Ethnological Society, (1st and 2nd vols.) and expressing a desire
for an exchange of publications.
From Captain Hutton, forwarding some remarks on fie snow line
of the Himalaya, in reply to Lieut. Strachey.
The annual accounts were submitted and referred to the Finance
Committee about to be elected.
The President read the following Report by the Council of the
Society, on the state of its affairs at the close of the year 1849.
REportT.
The Council regret to state that under the circumstances in which
they are placed, they cannot lay before the Society that detailed
Report which has usually been presented, and which the Society has a
right to expect will be presented, at its annual meeting.
The Senior Secretary Dr. O’Shaughnessy has, during the greater
part of the present year, been compelled by the state of his health to
absent himself from the Presidency, the same cause also for several
months deprived the Society of the services of the Co-Secretary Mr.
Laidlay. During the absence of Mr. Laidlay Dr. Walker and
Dr. McClelland were kind enough to discharge temporarily the duties
of the Secretaries including the editorship of the Journal.
The financial state of the Society was brought to its notice and
certain reductions recommended by the Council, in a Report made at
the general meeting of the lst of August, 1849. Some of the recom-
mendations of the Council were adopted and others rejected by a
general meeting of the Society held on the 5th of September, 1849.
The Council would have again submitted a more formal statement
of the Society’s finances, had it not been prevented by the circum-
stances into which it is now necessary to enter, from drawing up and
presenting an annual Report in the ordinary form.
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 151
Mr. Laidlay, about the time at which he would naturally have pre-
pared such a Report, was obliged suddenly on pressing private
business, to go into the Mofussil, where he has since been detained.
The Senior Secretary, owing to his absence from Calcutta and his
imperfect acquaintance with the affairs of the Society during many
months of the past year, the pressure of public duties, and other
causes, has found himself unable to supply the place of his Co-Secretary
and to draft such a Report.
The Council have further, and to their great regret, to inform the
Society that Dr. O’Shaughnessy finds it impossible to continue to the
Society those services from which it has for several years derived so
much benefit. The Council has too much reason to apprehend that
the Society may also lose the valuable services of Mr. Laidlay, who, as
well as Dr. O’Shaughnessy, with every desire for the welfare of the
Society, finds that the management of its affairs demands far more
time and attention than he has to devote to them.
The Council would, under any circumstances, have considered the
retirement of either gentleman, a matter to be regretted by the Society.
It is doubly so when the Council is unable to point to any gentleman
who is willing, as well as able, to succeed to the onerous office about to
be relinquished.
The Council is decidedly of opinion that unless a considerable modi-
fication of the duties of the Secretaries takes place—unless their labours
be materially lightened, it is unreasonable to expect that any gentleman
will undertake an office which, as at present constituted, is both labori-
ous and purely gratuitous, or recompensed only by occasional and
considerable annoyances. The editorship of the Journal alone involves
an amount of care and attention, which few men engaged in the active
business of life can bestow.
The most obvious mode of lightening the labours of the Principal and
Honorary Secretaries is by the agency of a paid officer or Under-Secre-
tary, who would save them from mere duties of routine.
Unfortunately the state of the Society’s finances renders it impossible
to adopt such a measure, except upon the most mature consideration,
and with some modification of the existing establishment.
Another measure which deserves immediate attention is the revisal
of the rules of the Society. At the annual meeting of January, 1848,
152 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.
Dr. Walker, with reference to the rules of the Society, read the fol-
lowing proposals :—
Ist. ‘That no alteration in the rules, nor any extraordinary
expense beyond (say) 500 Rupees, be sanctioned, except at the annual
meeting of the Society ; and that before any such questions are finally
decided, the Mofussil members, as well as those residing in Calcutta,
be called to vote on the same.
‘‘ Before this proposition be carried into effect, it is desirable that
the rules of the Society should be made as perfect and complete as
possible, and that during the interval between each annual meeting,
the functions of the Society be solely administrative, it is therefore
proposed :— _
2nd. ‘That the Council of the Society be appointed to revise the
rules, and that these be carefully compared with the rules of similar
institutions in Europe, and that copies of the latter, if they are not
already in the library, be immediately sent for overland.” H. W.
‘‘ After a short discussion, Dr. Walker’s proposition, supported by
Dr. O’Shaughnessy, was referred for consideration to the Council, who
were requested to act upon the 2d para. thereof, at their earliest con-
venience.”
The Council, inthe Annual Report for the year 1848, mentioned
that they had caused letters to be written to Europe requesting to
have copies of the rules of other learned and scientific Societies, but
that the answers to those letters had not been received.
No answers to those letters have now been received, but the Council
believe that there exist in Calcutta, including the excellent rules
which have lately been framed and submitted to the Agricultural
Society for its adoption, ample materials for the revisal of this Society’s
rules—and that the revision of them should no longer be delayed.
The Council however have not thought fit to take up this subject at
present, because they could not have completed the task before the
period which has now arrived, of the annual election of officers, when
they themselves are functione officii.
The Council cannot disguise from themselves that the present state
of the Society is most unsatisfactory, especially in regard to the most
important of the Society’s officers, that of Secretary—and to the
absence of a detailed report on the Society’s affairs.
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 153
They are happy to state, however, that if no fit successors can now
be found, Dr. O’Shaughnessy (and they believe Mr. Laidlay also) is
willing, if re-elected, to discharge the current duties of Secretary tem-
porarily and until a new arrangement can be made. Upon Mr.
Laidlay’s return moreover the deficiencies in the present report may be
supplied, and an extraordinary report may be made.
The following are the resolutions which, in this difficult conjuncture,
the Council would recommend for the adoption of the Society.
Ist. That the Council now to be elected, be requested to proceed
without delay to revise the rules of the Society, and that it do also
take into its immediate consideration the state of the Society and
report thereon.
2ndly. That the rules when revised be printed and circulated
amongst the members, including those resident in the Mofussil, and
that the Mofussil members be requested to vote on the question of the
adoption or rejection of such rules, sending their votes in writing to
the Secretary.
3rdly. That the rules be discussed at a special general meeting,
and the votes of the members, including those of the Mofussil mem-
bers, ascertained as above, be taken thereon.
The Council cannot suppose that any doubt can exist of the pro-
priety of allowing the Mofussil members an opportunity of expressing
their opinions upon questions so materially affecting the Society and
its organisation.
4thly. That in addition to the ordinary officers, the Society do elect
a Finance Committee of three persons, pursuant to the recommenda-
tion to that effect contained in the report of the Ist of August, 1849.
The above report was unanimously adopted.
The meeting then proceeded to elect office-bearers for the ensuing
year.
Lt.-Col. Forbes having signified his desire to be permitted to retire
from the list of Vice-Presidents,
It was proposed by Mr. J. R. Colvin and seconded by Capt. Broome,
that as a testimony of the great respect of the Society, Col. Forbes be at
the next meeting elected an Honorary Vice-President of the Society,
as was done on the retirement of Mr, Torrens.
——
154 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.
The election of officers then took place when the following gentle-
men were chosen :—
President.
HonoraBLe Sir JAMES W. Co.vi.e, Kt,
Vice-Presidents.
Tue Rr. Rev. Danrtet Witson, Bishop of Calcutta.
J. W. Larpuay, Ese.
W. B. O'Suavueunessy, Ese. M. D.
We sy Jackson, Ese.
Council.
Cart. A. Broome. | W. Seton Karr, Esa.
Basu Rameorat Guose. J. R. Corvin, Esa.
Dr. H. Waker. C.
Dr. J. McCLeLuanp. R.
S. G. T. Heattry, Esa.
Bravon, Esa. }
W. G. Frits, Ese. i
Secretaries.
Dr. W. B. O'SHAUGHNESSY.
J. W. Larpuay, Esa.
Dr. E. Rorr, Secretary in the Oriental Department
Sections.
Oriental Section.
W. Seton Karr, Esa. Basu RAJENDRALAL MiTTRA.
W. Jackson, Esa. Rev. J. Lone.
Basu Harimouan SEN. Dr. Rorr, Secretary.
Natural History.
J. W. Grant, Esa. Dr. McCLeELLAND.
Dr. H. Waker. Dr. Macrae.
R. W. G. Friru, Esa. J. W. Larpiay, Esa. Secretary.
Statistical.
Rev. J. Lone. Dr. DuNcAN STEWART.
Lieut. N. A. STAPLEs. C. Breapon, Esa.
Geology and Mineralogy.
Cart. BRooME. | Jas. Dopp, Esa. | A. Mircuett, Esa.
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 155
Physics and Meteorology.
J. W. Grant, Esa. Lievut.-Cot. W. N. Forses.
Carr. W. H. L. THurtuier. VENERABLE J. H. Pratt.
J. NewmMaArcuH, Esa.
Finance Committee.
C. Brapon, Esa. | S.G. T. Weatty, Esa. | J. R. Corvin, Esa.
The Curator of the Museum of Economic Geology submitted an
apology for non-attendance on the grounds of indisposition.
The Librarian having handed in his usual monthly report, the meet-
ing adjourned.
Confirmed, J. W. CoLvie.
LIBRARY.
The following books have been received since the last meeting.
Presented.
Icones Plantarum Asiaticarum, Part II.: On the higher Cryptogamous
Plants. By the late W. Griffith, Esq. Calcutta, 1849, 4to., 2 copies.—
PRESENTED BY THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.
Notulz ad Plantas Asiaticas, Part II.: On the higher Cryptogamous Plants.
By the late W. Griffith, Esq. Calcutta, 1849, 8vo., 2 copies—By THE
SAME.
Itinerary Notes of Plants collected in the Khasyah and Butan mountains,
1837-38, im Affghanistan and neighbouring countries, 1839 @ 1841. By
the late W. Griffith, Esq. Calcutta, 1849, 8vo., 2 copies—By THE SAME.
Annals of India for the year 1848. An outline of the principal events
which have occurred in the British dominions in India from Ist January,
1848, to the end of the second Sikh War in March, 1849. By G. Buist,
L. L. D. Bombay, 1849, Svo.—By THE AUTHOR.
The English and Native Calendars for 1850. Bombay, 1850.—By THE
EpITor.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,
for the month of November, 1849.—By tHe Depury Surveyor GE-
NERAL.
Tattvabodhini Patrika, No. 76.—By tue TATTVABODHINI SABHA.
The Oriental Christian Spectator, Nos, 11, 12.—By rue Epirors.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago for Oct. 1849.—By Tue Eprror.
Two copies of the same.—By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.
x 2
136 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.
Calcutta Christian Observer, No. 212.—By rug EpIrors.
Oriental Baptist, No. 37.—By THE Eprror.
Upadeshaka, No, 37.—By THE Epiror.
Exchanged,
The Athenzum, Nos. 1143-46.
Purchased.
Comptes Rendus, Nos. 7-14.
Journal des Savans for August and September, 1849.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History for Oct. 1849,
The Edinburgh Review, No. 189.
Report of the Curator, Museum of Economic Geology for the month
of January.
Economic Geology.
I have taken advantage in the course of my correspondence on storm
matters with H. E. the late Naval Commander-in-chief, to request the favour
of specimens of coal and coal strata from Laboan, and of any other speci-
mens which could be obtained for the Museum; and we have now received
from Captain Wallage of H. C. Steamer Nemesis, the following note with
a box of specimens and the sketch therein alluded to.
Dear Sir,—A short time ago I received an order to make a collection of
strata, &c. from Laboan for the Museum of Economic Geology of India,
I have now the pleasure of sending per Brig ‘‘ Poppy” some specimens
from the north end of Laboan and adjacent islands, and a sketch of the
section of the same.
Your’s very truly,
(Signed)—WattaceE, Commr.
H. C. Steamer Nemesis.
Sincapore, July 9th, 1849.
The coal from Laboan I have analysed ; it is of a very fine description, and
in fact equal to the average of English coal, as given in Mr, Prinsep’s table ;
Journal A. S., Vol. VII. p. 199.
English Coal.
Its, Sp. Gravity is,,..0.06 +s... sieleiwitnieiw'clelsisiersinigsieie'eiels 4. Lead 1.296
Its constituent parts are ones
Gaseous and Volatile matter, .....ccesccccssecesers 30,00 31.00
Carbon. c<i00% Made alatels .a\\diaia otk etait late 66914 014,.¥.e'4.0.¢.:0 | AG OLCOD 67.30
Keb wee Mel tien nein NEON Sole pent siie a cloisieces on oi yp LOO. 2.8
100.00 100.38
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 157
We received from Captain Phayre, some time back, three specimens of
ores from Moulmein which having laid by I forgot, but have now examined.
They are two of common galena and one of specular iron; but none of them
of any value, nor do they contain any trace of silver.
From H. Torrens, Esq. C. S. Agent G. G. at Moorshedabad, we have
received a specimen of the iron manufactured by the Sontals of Birbhoom,
with a valuable note on it well worthy of insertion in the Journal.
Mr. Humfray has obliged us by allowing me to select from a large heap
of the ball coal of Burdwan at his yard such specimens as I pleased, and he
has also presented several highly curious ones selected by himself. Mr.
Theobold, Junior has also sent us a good basket full of specimens so that we
are now enabled to pronounce with certainty that this curious variety really
is, as I suspected in my second notice, coal which has been softened by heat
under pressure and has, like trap and other rocks under similar conditions,
assumed a pseudo-columnar, and at times a globular, form in cooling.
We have now by Mr. Homfray’s and Mr. Theobold’s liberality a whole
case of highly vaiuable and interesting specimens. I have put into a separate
paper for the Journal my detailed examination of this coal.
Geological and Mineralogical.
-Captain W. S. Sherwill has brought us from the Cape a complete set of
specimens of the Table mountain with several ores and other miscellaneous
specimens, many of which will be useful in completing series or filling up
blanks.
Messrs. J. H. Duncan and W. H. M. Sweetland have presented a miscel-
laneous collection of specimens procured during a Geological survey of the
Kurruckpore and Rajmahal hills, many of which J anticipate will be of interest.
158
Dr.
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.
Abstract Statement of Receipts and
RECEIPTS.
To Musreum.
Received from the General Treasury the amount of
allowance authorized by the Court of Directors for
the services of a Curator from December 1848 to
November 1849, at 250 Rs. per mensem, --Rs. 3,000 0 0
Ditto ditto for the preparation of Specimens of Na-
tural History from ditto to ditto, at 50 Rs. ditto,..
‘Ditto back amount of Gulu and Hari Ferashes’ sala-
ries, their services not having been entertained, ..
To Musreum or Economic Grotocy.
Received from the General Treasury the amount of
allowance authorized by Government for the services
of a Joint Curator from December 1848 to Novem-
ber 1849, at 250 Rs. per mensem, .. a
Ditto ditto for Establishment and contingencies, at
64 Rs. per mensem, ee ee
Received fines from Punka boy’s and Peon’ s salaries,
600 0 0
32.13 3
—————-_ 3,632 13 3
3,000 0 6
768 O O
0 8 3
—_———- 3,708 8 3
Carried over,.. 7,401 5 6
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
159
Disbursements of the Asiatic Society for the year 1849. Cr.
DISBURSEMENTS.
By Museum.
Paid Mr. E. Blyth’s Salary as Curator
from December 1848 to November
1849, being 12 months, at 250 Rs.
per mensem, .. on .-Rs. 3,000 0 0
Ditto ditto house-rent from ditto to
ditto being 12 pee at 40 Rs. per
mensem, .. ue 480 0 0
Ditto Establishment of Taxidermists,
Artists, Carpenters, &c. from Decem-
ber 1848 to February 1849, at 147 Rs.
per ditto, .. 441 0 0
Ditto ditto for March and April, ‘at
137 Rs. ditto, 274 0 0
Ditto ditto from May to ‘September, ‘at
124 Rs. ditto, 620 0 0O
Ditto ditto for October ta Moqember:
at 82 Rs. ditto, A Ae 164 0 0
Ditto for Contingencies incurred for the preparation of
Specimens of Natural History, ee
Ditto Tarachund Doss for 4 mats for the Bird room,..
Ditto postage for a parcel containing Shells received
from Europe,.. ee
Ditto for Casks and cooly hire for spirits of wine, ..
Ditto Bissonauth Mistry for supplying 100 Teak-wood
tickets for the shells, a es
Ditto Auhin China-Carpenter for mak-
ing 4 Glass Cases, fe ss. pooe 0 0
Ditto Issore Chunder Carpenter for 3
ditto, oe ois -- 150 0 0
Ditto charges for landing 3 cases containing Speci-
mens of Natural History,..
Ditto Messrs. W. Thacker and Co. for 19 sheets ‘of
tinted paper, .. o6 ee ee se
By Museum or Economic GroLoGy.
Paid Mr. H. Piddington’s Salary as Joint-Curator
from December 1848 to November 1849, being 12
months, at 250 Rs. per mensem, oe ee
Ditto Establishment from Dec. 1848 to
Sept. 1849, being 10 months, at 31
Rs. per mensem, of 510-0.)
Ditto ditio for Oct. and Now Ne 67 14 0
Ditto for Contingencies, ..
Ditto Messrs. Scott and Co. for a copy of rahe Di-
rectory for the year 1849,.. oe
Carried over,,.
3,480
485
3,000
3,495
0 0
0 0
1 0
2 0
0 0
14 0
0 90
0 0
5 (0
2
— 5,974 8 0
0 0
14 0
3.3
0 0
ee Se Ae
1 3 5,974 8 0
160 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Noses
Brought forward, Co.’s Rs. 7,401 5 6
To Onientat PuRLicaTion Funp.
Received from the General Treasury the amount of
Government grant, towards the publication of Ori-
ental Works from December 1848 to June 1849,
being 7 months, at 500 Rs. per mensem, -. *3,900 0 0
Received from the separate account of the O. P. Fund,
being the amount in full of the balance due to the
General Funds of the Society, oe oo 4-119 Suey
——_————. 3,619 8 9
SS eee
Carried over,,. 11,020 14 3
* See N. B. in next page.
1850.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
Brought forward, Co.’s Rs.3,495 1
Paid Curreem Duftery for pasting a Map of Behar
with cloth, .. ee oe 13 0
Ditto for 1 dozen Stoppered ‘bottles, oe os 3 0
Ditto for Toon-wood Writing Table, .. ate 32 0
Ditto for 1 ounce of Caustic Soda in a stone vial, .. 9 0
Ditto for a Platina Capsule,.. as ee 12 0
Ditto for a Woollaston’s reflecting Gnomiometer, .. 50 0
Ditto for a Copy of Memoir of the Museum of Econo-
mic Geology of London, .. os ais 12 8
Ditto for 2 Vols. of Hellot des Mines, .. ei 12 0
By Museum or MINERALOGY AND GEOLOGY.
Paid Mr. H. Piddington Curator, for Sundry Con-
tingencies, .. Ae oe -- 109 14
By Ortentat Pusiication Funp.
Paid Dr. E. Roer’s salary as Editor of the Oriental
Journal from December 1848 to June 1849, being
7 months, at 100 Rs. per mensem,* .. -- 400 0
Ditto Establishment from ditto to ditto,.. oe 026 0
Ditto Contingencies ditto ditto, ee 50 9
Ditto for a remittance to Dr. Ballentyne, for copying
the Yajur Veda, S06 50 0
Ditto Rev. J. Thomas, on account Baptist Mission
Press, for printing and paper for 500 copies of the
Bibliotheca Indica, No. 9 to 12 or from Septem-
ber to December 1848, oe ee -- 888 0
Ditto freight, packing charges, &ce. ee 18 1
Paid Establishment for the custody of Oriental Works
from December 1848 to June 1849, being 7 months,
at 72 Rs. per mensem, .. es -- 904 0
Ditto Contingencies for ditto, 9 10
Ditto Jas. Corcoran, Esq. for 20 copies of his ac-
count Geographical, Historical and Statistical of the
Chinese Empire, in the Urdu language, at8 Rs.each, 160 0
Ditto Messrs. Lattey, Brothers and Co. for a MS.
copy of History of Sooltan Aboo Syad, 33 (0
Ditto Mudan Mohun Turkalankar for Sundry Sanskrit
DOOKS, 2. a ae ae 27 8
Ditto Duftery for binding books, ee oe 29 0
Ditto into the Bank of Bengal on separate Account of
the Oriental Publication Fund, ae os) 2,200 0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
S i)
oo
— i)
oe soo. fS& 8&
161
5,974 8 0
3,638 9 3
109 14 9
ee 1,995 13S
Paid Rev. J. Thomas, on account Baptist Mission
Press for printing and paper for 500 copies of the
Bibliotheca Indica, No. 5 to 8, te S02 (9510) (8 ~0
Carried over,..
*870 8 0
—ese
15,589 5 3
* This amount has been debited in the separate Account of Oriental Publication Fund
on the 30th December 1848.
N.B
The Receipts and Disbursements on account of the Oriental Fund subse«
quent to the 30th June 1849, are not included in the General Account, separate accounts
being kept for the same,
Y
162 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.
Brought forward, Co.’s Rs. 11,020 14 3
To Liprary.
Received by sale of Miscellaneous Books, oe 2211 3
cee 22 11 3
To SALE or OrteENTAL PUBLICATIONS.
Received by sale of Oriental Works sold at the Li-
brary, and Subscriptions to the ‘‘ Bibliotheca Indica,” 994 8 0O
Received proceeds of Oriental Works sold at Benares, 293 0 O
Carried over,.. 12,331 1 6
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 163
Brought forward, Co.’s Rs. 15,589 5 3
By LIBRARY.
Paid Babu Rajendra Lal Mittra’s salary
as Assistant Secretary and Librarian,
from December 1848 to September
1849, being 10 months at 100 Rs.
per mensem, we -- 1000 0 0
Ditto—Ditto—for October and Novem-
ber 1849, at *70 Rs. per mensem,.. 140 0 0
———- 1,140 0 9
Ditto Establishment from December
1848 to September 1849, being 10
months at Rs. 58-8-0 per mensem,.. 585 0 0
Ditto—Ditto—for October and Novem-
ber 1849, at Rs. 37-8-0—ditto, .. 75 0 0
————-_ 660 0 0
Ditto contingencies from December 1848 to Novem-
ber 1849, .. sé ae as 62 4 0
Ditto Messrs. R. C, Lepage and Co.
for purchase of books, -. 333 8 0
Ditto—Ditto—for landing charges for
books, parcels, &c., ote 5 6 0
—— 338 14 0
Ditto Messrs. W. Thacker and Co. for purchase of
books, ihe ai ate ee 124 8 0
Ditto Busseerudee Bookseller for ditto, Ae 13 12 0
Ditto for sundry books purchased for the purpose of
presenting to Mr. Konig, as per Librarian’s Account, 195 0 0
Paid Messrs. Stewart, Ford and Co. per .
order of Messrs. Smith, Elder and Co.
London, for 3 copies of parts 7 to 9,
Falconer and Cautley’s, Fauna Antiqua
Sivalensis subscribed for by the So-
ciety £10-10, Ex. at ls. 94d. per
Rupee, oe oa ele SO
Ditto landing charges, .. ee 2 0 0
— 119 3 0
Ditto Duftery for binding books, ale -- 20610 0
Ditto Mr. G. T. Lackersteen for 6
wrought iron suspenders with screws,
&c., aC oe oe 18 12 3
Ditto Bissonauth Mistry for ditto and
Teak-wood planks, .. a0 46 8 0
6
Ditto Ramchand Mistry for a Teak-wood Bookeshelf, 2
Ditto freight and shipping charges for Sundry books
5
5
presented to the Geographical Society of Bombay,.. 8
4 3
0 0
5 6
2,958 12 9
By Saxe oF Or1rENTAL PUBLICATIONS.
Paid Mr. R. Stopford Agent G. S. N. Co. freight
for despatching Oriental Works for sale to Captain
Kittoe, Benares, ne oe 5 3.0 0 arte
Carried over,.. 18,551 2 0
* The Librarian is allowed 30 Rs. per mensem from the Oriental Fund in addition to
the 70 Rs, paid from the General Funds of the Society, agreeably to the resolutions of a
General Meeting held on the Sth September 1849.
¥ 2
164 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
Brought forward, Co.’s Rs.
To JouRNAL.
Received by sale of the Society’s Journal, ee
Ditto by transfer from the separate account of Sub-
scription, to the Journal, eo ee
To SecrRETARY’S OFFICE.
Received from Buckawoolla Peon, 2nd and 3rd instal-
ment in part payment of Rs. 10 advanced him on
account of his salary, .. oe oe
To MIscELLANEOUS.
Received from B. H. Hodgson, Esq. amount of ex-
penses incurred in printing his Essay on Kooch,
Bodo, and Dhimal Tribes,..
Ditto from the Librarian, proceeds of old durma mats
and packing chests sold at the Library, ee
[No. 2.
12,331 1 6
113 0 0
1,395 0 0
—— 1,508 0 0
2 0 0
2 8 6
650 0 0
1 8 0
— 651 8 0
Carried over,,. 14,492 9 6
a
1850.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 165
Brought forward, Co.’s Rs. 18,551 2 0
By AstaTic RESEARCHES,
Paid Mr. W. H. Haycock, Superintendent Bishop’s
College Press, for printing 500 copies of a portion of
the Asiatic Researches and in full of all demands,.. 288 0 0
—————--—=—e=m 288 0 0
By JouRNAL.
Paid Rev. J. Thomas, on account Baptist Mission
Press for printing the Society’s Journal from May
to September 1848, af - 1,733 0 0
Ditto Mr. T. Black, Proprietor of the Asiatic Litho-
graphic Press for ‘lithographing plates, &c. 599 9 3
Ditto Mr. J. D’Cruz, for the Proprietors of the Cale
cutta Lithographic Press for lithographing maps, &c. 192 8 0
Ditto Mr. H. M. Smith for drawing a map of Nepaul
and Bootan on transfer paper, wie ee 25 0 0
Ditto Mudoosoodun Doss, Draftsman
his salary from 16th March to 30th
November 1849, at 15 Rs. per men-
sem, : ss ees 27-120
Less amount fined, ac ate 3.0 0
— 12412 0
Ditto salaries of Extra Draftsmen, as ais 10 5 4
Ditto freight for Journals forwarded to Messrs. W, H.
Allen and Co. London, per P. and O.S. N. Co.’s
Steamers, bis Ae ae 157 8 0
Ditto contingencies and postages, os oe 79 11 O
a 2922 5 7
By Secretary’s OFFICE.
Paid Mr. F. Greenway’s salary as Officiating Account-
ant from December 1848 to July 1849, at 60 Rs.
per mensem, -- 480 0 0
Ditto Establishment from Ditto to Ditto, . 383. 2 5
Ditto—Ditto from September to No-
vember 1849, at 42 Rs. per mensem, 126 0 0
— 509 2 §&
Ditto Salaries of extra Peons and Sirkars for collecting
bills, ee ee os oe 25 12 11
Ditto for Stationary, oe 40 Sc 2113 0
Ditto for Account books, .. ee ee 1913 6
Ditto for printing Circular letters, &c. .. bee 9 8 0
Ditto for contingencies and postages, .. o 84 10. 3
eet 1,150 12 1
By MiscELLANEOUS.
Paid Mr. F, Halligan’s salary as Night Guard from
: December 1848 to November 1849, at 40 Rs.
| per mensem, ae 480 0 0
| Ditto Messrs. Tarrachand Doss and Co. for three 6-
: light bronzed ring Lustres, at 35 Rs. each, -- 105 0 0
Ditto Messrs. Modoosoodun Doss and Co. for 14
dozens of oil burners, at 5 Rs. per dozen, ae 7 8 0
Ditto Messrs. Thompson and Co. for repairing the
bottom of hanging Lustres, 5 0 0
Ditto for advertising meeting of the Society in the
Newspapers, -c 119 3 0
Ditto for Sundry contingent expenses for the meeting
and oil for Night Guard, ae. «- 109 4 0
ne
Carried over,. 825 15 022,912 4 8
166 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
[No. 2.
Brought forward, Co.’s Rs. 14,492 9 6
To ConrriguTIons AND Apmrssion FrEs.
Received from Members, amount of quar-
terly contributions, from January to De-
cember, 1849, At. ..8,136 0 10
Ditto ditto in advance, ws «» 681 14 6
Ditto ditto by transfer, .. -- 144 0 0
cocoa 8,961 15 4
Ditto ditto admission fees, .. oe «» 448 0 0
— 9,409 15 4
To Donations.
Received from J. W. Laidlay, Esq. donation for the
use of the Zoological Department, .. -- 500 0 0
To Carr. M. Kirtor.
Received from him, amount paid on his account as per
contra, «s oe ae PS 9 6 3
iS
To Hon’ste Sir J. W. Cotvire.
Received from him as loan, .. ee oe 700 0 O
500 0 0
eam - 4
Carried over,.. 2
9,111 15 1
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
Brought forward, Co,’s Rs. 825 15 0
Paid Ferash’s salary for the Reading Room, ee 30 0 0
Ditto for a patent Letter-safe, oe oe 40 0 0
Ditto Mr. J. Chaunce for winding up and keeping the
clock in order from May 1848 to April 1849, .. 25 0 0
Ditto for Sundry expenses incurred for erecting eS
tals for Statues and Sculptures, 5.1 3
Ditto Mr. J. Sinclair, Accountant Oaenal Bank fone a
set of Bills of Exchange for £21 in favor of W.
Neal, Esq. Collector of Oriental Translation Fund,
London, and remitted to him on account of Sub-
scriptions for the years 1847 and 1848, Exchange
at 1-93 per Rupee a6 ee se | 208 9d
Ditto for printing blank receipts and
bilis, ae oe 39 14 3
Ditto Mr. T. Black for printing from a
steel engraving 100 copies of an em-
blematic Vignette of the Museum, .. 6 0 0
eet ae 45 14 3
Ditto for Sundry contingent expenses, .. es 10 4 0
By Bui.pines.
Paid Mr. J. M. Voss, Architect, for repairing the
Society’s premises, in part of the balance of his ac-
count, Rs. 1348-10-3, .. -- 1,000 0 0
Ditto for Sundry alterations and petty repairs done to
the Society’s premises, .. oe we 96 11 9
167
22,912 3 8
1,290 11 9
— 1,096 11 9
By BaTAVIAN Society or ARTS AND SCIENCES.
Paid for the following books purchased on account of
the above Society.
A set of Calcutta Christian Observer, ofa 33 12 0
A do. of Calcutta Journal of Natural History, .. 40 0 0
Freight, eo eo oe ee 8 0 0
Packing, Chest, &c., As ete Ae 013 9
Shipping charges, oe oe oe 0 8 0
By Captain M. KirTTok.
Paid for advertising in the Newspapers ‘‘ Wanted a
clever Draftsman,’’ as a at 9 6. 3
By B. H. Honeson, Esa.
Paid Salaries of extra Dufterys for fixing correction
labels on ‘* Mr. Hodgson’s Aborigines in India,’’.. 33 12 0
By H. Torrens, Esa.
Paid him (by transfer) in part payment of Rs. 998,
due to him by the Society on the 31st December
1848, ee eo ee ee 64 0 0
By J. Muir, Esa.
Paid him (by transfer) in part payment of Rs. 332,
due to him by the Society, es oe 64 0 0
Carried over,..
83 1 9
33 12 0
64 0 0
25,553 15 2
168 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.
Brought forward, Co.’s Rs. 25,111 15 1
To BALANCE.
As per Account closed on the 31st of December, 1848, sed072 14-8
Company’s Rupees,.. o- 26,184 13 9
Calcutta, Asiatic Society’s ee
the 31st December, 1849.
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 169
Brought forward, Co.’s Rs. 25,553 15 2
By J. W. Larpray, Esa.
Paid him (by transfer) in part payment of Rs. 475-7-4,
due to him by the Society, ee ee 16 0 0
———— 16 0 0
By Banance.
In the Bank of Bengal, oe oo §6©6.527.13 5
Cash in hand, oa ac 14 0 2
By Inerricient BALANCE.
For balance of the amount advanced to
Mr. Templeton for contingencies in
the Museum of Zoology Department
for May and June 1849, ate 7 10
For amount advanced Mr. Blyth, for
ditto ditto, for November 1849, .. 50 0 0
For amount advanced Baboo Rajendra-
Jal Mittra for contingencies in the
Library for December 1849, sie 16 00
— 61414 7
Company’s Rupees, 26,184 13 9
Errors and Omissions Excepted,
SEEBCHUNDER NuNDY.
170 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.
Dr. The Oriental Publication Fund in
January Ist, 1849.—To Cash paid Dr.
E. Roer, Editor of the Oriental
Journal ‘‘ Bibliotheca Indica,’’ his sa-
lary for the month of Dec. 1848, Rs. 100 0 0
Ditto ditto ditto Establishment for ditto, 46 2 §
146 2 9
Ditto 9th ditto, Librarian for sundry
Contingencies in the Library Oriental
Department for the month of Nov... 113 0
Ditto ditto ditto for Dec... 2 5 0
Ditto ditto Freight on a parcel of Ori-
ental Works despatched to Capt. Kit-
toe, Benares, ie 46 1 0 0
Ditto ditto ditto ditto, .. 1 8 0
Ditto 16th ditto, Establishment for he
custody of Oriental Works for De-
cember, 1848, .. Ne we 72 0 0
——e 78 10 0
== 224 12 9
February 3rd, ditto, Dr. E. Roer, Editor
of the Oriental Journal ‘‘ Bibliotheca
Indica,” his salary for January, 1849, 100 0 0
Ditto ditto ditto Establishment for ditto, 40 0 0
Ditto ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto, 7 3 6
147 3 6
Ditto 17th, ditto, Establishment for the custody of
Oriental Works for January, 1849, .. oe 72 0 0
= 219 3 6
March 6th, ditto, Dr. E. Roer, Editor
of the Oriental Journal ‘‘ Bibliotheca
Indica,”’ his salary for Feb. 1849, .. 100 0 O
Ditto ditto Establishment for ditto, .. 40 0 0
Ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto, .. i 96
m——— 147 9 6
Ditto 21st, ditto, Establishment for the
custody of Oriental Works for Feb.
1849, ais 72 0 0
Ditto 29th, ditto, ‘Librarian for sundry
Contingencies in the Library Oriental
Department for Feb. 1849, se 114 0
Ditto ditto Government Steam Boat Of-
fice, freight on a case forwarded to
Capt. Kittoe, Benares, .. ee 12 3 0
omen oeeoms 86 1 0
———————._ 233 10 6
April 7th, ditto, Dr. E. Roer, Editor of
the Oriental Journal ‘‘ Bibliotheca In-
dica,’’ his salary for March, 1849,.. 100 0 O
Ditto ditto ditto Establishment for ditto, 40 0 0
Ditto ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto, 4 41..0
147 1 0
Ditto 14th, ditto, Establishment for the custody of
Oriental Works for the month of March, 1849, .. 72 0 0
219 1 O
Carried over, 89611 9
1850.) Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 171
Account Current with the Asiatic Society. Cr.
January Ist, 1849.—By Balance of Ac-
count clused and published down to
the 3lst Dec. 1848.
Company’s Papers of the new 5 per
cent. Loan deposited with the Go-
vernment Agent, ais -- 4,000 0 0O
Cash, ae es «- 1,376 4 6
———-—— 5,376 4 6
ee
Ditto 22nd, By Cash received from the General Trea-
sury the amount of monthly grant sanctioned by the
Hon’ble Court of Directors for the month of Dec.
1848, ee ee os -- 9300 0 0
——_— 500 0 0
February 20th, ditto, ditto for January, 1849, es, O00. 0 0
5,376 4 6
March 20th, ditto, ditto for February, 1849, -- 500 0 0
——— 500 0 0
April 18th, ditto, ditto for March, 1849,.. eo” “5080.0
———_—— 500 0 0
May 19th, ditto, ditto for April, 1849, .. -- 500 0 0
————— 500 0 0
July 20th, ditto, ditto for May, 1849, .. corel? 5001 0'.0
Ditto 21st, ditto, ditto for June, 1849, .. se 500° 0 0
— 1,000 0 0
August 15th, ditto, ditto for July, 1849,.. ver 000 0" 10
ae —— 500 0 0
September 17th, ditto, ditto for August, 1849, e- 500 0
——— 500 0 0
October 20th, ditto, ditto for September, 1849, Ac 500 0 0
———_ 500 0 0
November 19th, ditto, ditto for October, 1849, as uu, OO
————. 500 0 0
December 22nd, ditto, ditto for November, 1849, ... 500 0 0 ub casi
Carried over, 11,376 4 6
Boa
(172 Proceedings of the Asiatie Society.
May 7th, 1849, Dr. E, Roer, Editor of
the Oriental Journal, his salary for
the month of April last,
Ditto ditto ditto Establishment for ditto,
Ditto ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto,
Ditto 15th, ditto, amount sent to Dr.
Ballentyne for copying the Yajur Veda,
Brought forward,
for)
a)
i) noe
oe Soo
«38222 2
Ditto 8th, ditto, Librarian for sundry
contingencies in the Library Oriental
Department, for the month of March,
1849, es
Ditto ditto ditto, Sorit-ullah Duftery
for binding books, oe
Ditto 15th, ditto, Establishment for ne
Custody of Oriental books for the
month of April, 1849,
Ditto 18th, ditto, J. Gueccan Esq. for
20 copies of the Ist Volume of his Ac-
count Geographical, Historical, Sta-
tistical of the Chinese Empire in the
Urdu Language, at 8 per copy, ..
19 7 0
72 0 0
160 0 0
maa —— 255 9 0
June 9th, ditto, Dr. E. Roer, Editor of
the Oriental Journal ‘‘ Bibliotheca
Indica,’’ his salary for May, 1849,..
Ditto ditto ditto, Establishment for do.
Ditto ditto ditto, Contingencies for do.
100 0 0
63 0 0
5 3 0
————_——— 168 3 9
Ditto 15th, ditto, Establishment for the
Custody of Oriental Works for May,
1849, oe
Ditto ditto ditto, Librarian for sundry
Contingencies in the Library Oriental
Department for April, 1849, eo
Ditto ditto ditto, Messrs. Lattey, Bro-
thers and Co. for a copy of History
of Sooltan Aboo Syed, .. ae
Ditto ditto ditto, Freight on a case of
books despatched to Captain Kittoe,
Benares, .- oe 45
=
.
July 17th, ditto, Establishment for the
Custody of Oriental Works for the
month of June, ee
Ditto 18th, ditto, Librarian for Contin-
gencies in the Library Oriental De-
partment for May and June, ee
Ditto 18th—To Cash paid Muddon-
mohun Tarkalankara for sundry San-
scrit works purchased from him, ..
Ditto ditto ditto, Sorit-ullah Duftery
for binding books, oe oe
72 0 0
72 0 O
014 6
27 8 0
94 9 0
109 15 6
Carried over,
[ No. 2
896 11 9
477 11 6
Se
1,649 10 3%
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 173
Brought forward, 11,376 4 6
seer
Carried over, 11,376 4 &
174 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
Brought forward,
July 19th, 1849, Dr. E. Roer, Editor of
the Oriental Journal, ‘* Bibliotheca
Indica’’ his salary for the month of
June, ate ee os 100-0 0
Ditto ditto ditto, Establishment for Do. 40 0 0
Ditto ditto ditto, Contingencies for Do. 8 3 6
————— 148 3 6
Ditto 23d, ditto, Rev. J. Thomas, on account Baptist
Mission Press, for printing the ‘‘ Bibliotheca Indica’’
from September to December, 1848, No.9to12,.. 888 0 0
August Ist, ditto, J. W. Laidlay, Esquire, for 100
copies of his version of the ‘‘ Fa Hian,’’ purchased
from him, at 5 Rs. per copy, ee - 9500 0 0
Ditto 9th, ditto, Dr. E. Roer, Editor
of the Oriental Journal ‘ Bibliotheca
Indica”’ his salary for July last, .. 100 0 O
Ditto ditto ditto, Establishment for Do. 55 0 0
Ditto ditto ditto, Contingencies for Do. 7 1 0
Ditto 13th ditto, Advanced Dr. E. Roer,
on account copying the black Yajur
Veda, ew ee eo 200 0 0
Ditto 17th ditto, Establishment for the
Custody of Oriental works for July, 72 0 0
Ditto ditto ditto, Librarian for Contin-
gencies in the Library Oriental De-
partment for July last, oe 010 0
Ditto 18th, ditto, Rev. J. Thomas, on account Baptist
Mission Press, for printing the ‘‘ Bibliotheca Indica’’
from January to April, 1849, No. 13 to 16, AG 892 6 0
September 7th, ditto, Dr. E. Roer, Edi-.
tor of the Oriental Journal ‘‘ Biblio-
theca Indica’’ his salary for August
last, st aie ae 100 0 O
Ditto ditto ditto, Establishment for Do. 55 0 O
Ditto ditto ditto, Contingencies for Do. 712 0
———.. 162 12 0
Ditto 17th—To Cash paid Establishment for the
Custody of Oriental works for the month of August, 72 0 0
October 23d, ditto, for September, .. 72 0 0
Ditto ditto ditto, Librarian for contin-
gencies for the months of August and
September, oe a5 1 1 0
omens 73 1 0
Ditto 24th, ditto, Dr. E. Roer, Editor
of the Oriental Journal ‘‘ Bibliotheca
Indica,’’ his salary for September,.. 100 0 O
Ditto ditto Establishment for ditto, .. 55 0 0
Ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto, .. 1112 0
ae 16612 0
=
No. 2.
1,649 10 3
258 3 0
888 0 0
500 0 0
434 11 0O
892 6 0
204 12 0
239 13 0
5,097 7 3
Carried over,
1850.) Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 175
Brought forward, 11,376 4 6
Carried over, 11,376 4 6
176 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.
Brought forward, 5,097 7 3
November 16th, 1849, Rev. J. Thomas, on account
Baptist Mission Press, for printing the ‘‘ Biblio-
theca Indica,’’ from May to September, 1849, No.
17 to 21, 2° me ee * $6, Lj2eai2, 0
——_—_—— 1,233 12 0
Ditto 17th, ditto, Establishment for the custody of
Oriental Works for the month of October, ee 42 0 0
Ditto 19th, ditto, Dr. E. Roer, Editor
of the Oriental Journal ‘‘ Bibliotheca
Indica,’”’ his salary for October last, 100 0 0O
Ditto ditto Establishment for ditto, .. 85 0 O
Ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto, .. 4 6 0
— 189 6 0
wee —— 231 6 0
December 18th, ditto, Dr. E. Roer, Edi-
tor of the Oriental Journal ‘‘ Biblio-
theca Indica,”’ his salary for Nov... 100 0 0
Ditto ditto Establishment for ditto, .. 70 0 0
Ditto ditto Contingencies for ditto, .. 5 3 0
Ditto Establishment for the custody of
Oriental Works for November, fe 42 0 0
Ditto 22nd, ditto, Librarian for Contin-
gencies for the Library Oriental De-
partment for November last, ee 12 0
0
aoe 218 5 0
6,780 14 3
Dec. 31st.—To Balance—
Company’s Papers of the new 5 per cent. Loan
deposited with the Government Agent, -- 4,000 0 0
Cash in the Bank of Bengal, ee -- 580 8 3
Ditto in hand, ae Aaa AK 1414 0
— 4,595 6 3
=e
Company’s Rupees,.... 11,376 4 6
=a
Calcutta Asiatic Society, |
the 31st Dec. 1849.
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. vy |
Brought forward, 11,376 4 6
(Sree eee
Company’s Rupees,.... 11,376 4 6
Errors Excepted.
SEEBCHUNDER Nunpy.
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
178
“OF8T °99 ASTE 24?
‘fiza10g auzwisp 024nI]0D
*AGNOAN] UAANNHOAIGS
‘ad “W
P ZI eC0c'T oo ce0e *sésgodnyy s Auedu0g b Zl C0c‘T Oe ek “‘soadny s,Auedmog
VP ol 80 oeeoe0e ecee ee ee 0800 0 08 08 2828088 ©8208 68 ‘4un0d Pp ol ¢ econ 0000 0200020800008 0888086888 08 ‘SEST Jaqms.9q
-op ojeiedes uo esuog jo yueg oy} Ul soUEleg kg Y39Z OY} UO paso[d yUatIND juNODDy jo souLleg OF,
0 0 c6e'l Sy ecoeoeeeconeeev ee on ‘puny yeiauary yunoosoe 0 0 S6r‘T ST ©6020 00 00 ee OF e062 cess se ence ener ‘reak aq}
uo Ayo100g onjeisy Asejetoag oy} 03 pred yunomy Ag SuLMp sloqiwosqug WOIy sUOT}da]1[09 JO JUNO OF,
“SINAWASUNASIA *‘S IdGOda
6S ee eae
"19 ‘GPT wah ay2 sof Kzav0g oumsp poumnor fo zuauing punovop¢ fo quauaznjig 20017897 Id
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
179
Abstract Statement of Oriental and other Publications sold from the
lst of December, 1847, to the 30th of December, 1848.
Dr.
ORIENTAL PUBLICATIONS.
Fatawe Alamgiri, Vol. I. 3 copies, Vol. III. 4 copies,
Vol. IV. 6 copies, Vol. V. 6 copies, Vol. VI. 7
copies, at Rs. 8 per Vol. iw es -- 208
Inaya, Vol. II. 1 copy, ee es oe 8
Istallahat e Sufia, 1 copy, 5
Mahdbharata, Vol. I. 10 copies, Vol. Il. 10 copies,
Vol. III. 9 copies, Vol. IV. 11 ee at Rs. 10
per Vol. on 400
Index to ditto, Vol. I. 8 copies, Vol. “TL: 8 copies,
Vol. III. 8 copies, Vol. IV. 8 copies, at Rs. 1-8
per copy, ee es 48 0 0
Susruta, 3 copies, ‘at Rs. 8 per copy, oe ae 24 0 0
Naishada, 3 copies, os oe ee 18 0 0
Rajatarangini, 2 copies, .. ee oe 10 0 @0
Tibetan Grammar, 1 copy, .. ote ae 8 0 0
Tibetan Dictionary, 1 do., .. ee ore 10 0 0
Bibliotheca Indica, 11 Nos., es ae 16 8 0
— 755 8 0
JOURNAL.
Journal of the Asiatic Society, 6 Vols. and 61 Nos... 180 8 0
Hutton’s Report on the Valley of Spita, a 0 8 0
Roth’s Essay on the Vedas, .. ee oe 0 6 6
Asiatic Researches, Vol. XVIII., wie as 10 0 O
— 191 6 6
' MISCELLANEOUS,
Sanskrita Catalogue, 5 copies, a AP 5 0 0
Persian Catalogue, 6 copies, “* i 6 0 0
Chezy’s Sacuntala, 1 copy, .. sale 8 10 0 O
Yajnadatta-badha, 1 copy, .. a he 3 8 O
Lassen’s Gita Govinda, 1 copy, a5 ae 2 8 0
Lassen’s Institutiones Prakritika, fe aS 6 0 0
Hodgson’s Aborigines of India, 4 copies, <6 12 0 0
45 0 0
Outstanding Bills of 1847. .. ae be 789 4 O
Total Co.’s Rs... 1781 2 6
Cr.
4th December 1847 to 24th December 1848, By cash
paid to F. Greenway, Esq. Offg. Acct. As. Soc.,.. 81710 6
26th May 1848, do. do. by Lieut. R. MacLagan, .. 123 0 O
By bill No. 7 of 1847, carried to the debit of H.
Torrens, Esq.. 134 0 0
By cash paid by Captain Hannay for a copy of Hodg-
son’s Aborigines of India, ate es 3 0 0
ooo
ooo
——-——. 1077 10 6
By outstanding bills, oe oe oe
703 8 O
eee
Total Co.’s Rs... 1781 2 6
Asiatic Society, 31st Dec. 1848. RAJENDRALAL MITTRA,
180 . Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.
Abstract Statement of Oriental Publications, Journal, Se. §c., sold
Jrom the \st of January to the 30th of December, 1849.
Dr.
Fatawe Alamgiri, Vol. I. 6 copies, Vol. II. 4 copies,
Vol. III. 4 copies, Vol. IV. 5 copies, Vol. V. 5
copies, Vol. VI. 5 copies, = ve. B02 OE
Sharah-ul-Islam, 14 copies,.. as 48 56 0 0
Anis-ul-Masharrahin, 1 copy, és ae 2 0 0
Khazanat-ul-Ilm, 29 copies, te ae 87 0 0
Tarikh-e-Nadiri, 3 copies, .. os 12 0 0
Mahabharata, Vol. I. 9 copies, Vol. II. ‘9 copies, Vol.
III. 8 copies, Vol. 1V. 10 copies, .. ss. OL 7-0 aU
Index to do., 44 Vols. ee ee eo 28 0 0
Susruta, 1 copy, oe ee oe 40) 0
Naishada, 10 copies, ee ee ee 31 0 0
Harivansa, 6 copies, ae we ee 18 0 0
Rajatarangini, 2 copies, .. Si we 7. Oe
Bibliotheca Indica, 103 Nos. 44 “3 105 0 O
Sanskrita Catalogue, 2 copies, oe ee 2 0 0
—_——._ 845 0 0
JOURNAL.
Journal of the Asiatic Society, 9 Vols. and 55 Nos.,.. 224 0 0
MISCELLANEOUS.
Kosegarten’s Panchatantra, 5 copies, .. ee 30 0 0
Meghaduta, 1 copy, ole ae I, & ©
Hodgson’s Aborigines of India, 2 copies, ° 6 0 0
Bohtlinck’s Panini, 2 copies, ee ee 16 0 0
Sacuntala, 2 copies, oe 56 ae 12 0 Q
Malavika Agnimitra, 1 copy, oe oe 2. 0 20
Leech’s Grammar, 123 copies, ae 5t 6114 5
Delius’s Prakrita Roots, 1 copy, ee oo 2 0 0
Heberlin’s Anthology, 2 copies, ae =i 12 0 0
Burnouf, Commentaire sur le Yacna, 1 copy, ae 10 0 O
, Memoire sur deux i wee Cuniformes,
1 copy, ee 3.0 0
Grafenhan’s Bibliotheca Sanskritika, 2 copies, oe 400
Travels of Ibn Batuta, 1 copy, oe 6 0 0
Lassen’s Indesche Alterthums Kunde, 2 copies, ee 20 0 0
Stenzler’s Curriculum Figlinum, 3 copies, 18 0 0
Aufrecht’s De Accentu Compositorum Sanskritico-
rum, 1 copy,.. L338" 0
Spigel’s Liber de Officis Sacerdotum Buddhicorum,
2 copies, ves ols Whe a 2) 0.50
Roer’s Vedanta Sara, 2 copies, ee 1 0 0
History and Literature of the Vedas, 3 copies, ee 13 3
Report on the Island of Chaduba, 1 copy, ee 0 8 0
Blyth’s Notices of new or little known species of
Birds, &e¢:, ee ee ee eo 4 0 0
ed 214.9 8
Outstanding Bills as per acct. of 1848, .. oe 703 8 O
ee
Cos. Rs... 1987 1 8
To outstanding Bills of 1846, omitted in former acct. 37 8 0
(pee
Co,’s Rs, 2024 9 8
a
1850.]
Cr.
By cash paid to Mr. F. Greenway and Babu Siva-
chandra Nandi, from the Ist of oo to the 31st
of December, 1849,.. ..
Ditto by Messrs. G. C. Hay and Co. to ditto on the
18th of October, 1849,
Ditto by Messrs. J. and R. Watson on . account Cap-
tain J. D. Cunningham,..
Ditto by J. J. Moore, Esq...
Ditto by Major E. Thoresby,
By outstanding Bills, ee ee os
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
796 11
19
66
100
60
(eo — a —)
—— i —) i=) is)
Co.’s Rs..e
Errors and omissions excepted.
RAJENDRALAL MITRA.
Asiatic Society, 31st December, 1849.
181
1042
982
3.3
6 5
2024 9 8
Books received into the Inbrary during the year 1849.
English,
French,
German,
Greek,
Latin,
Dutch,
Norwegian,
Coptic,
Sanskrita, ..
Bengali,
Arabic,
Persian,
Urdu,
ee ee ee ee
ee ee oe
ae oe
ee ee ee
98 Vols.
18
4]
I
54
3
20
Day
od
3
8
BO
4
99
Total, 321 Vols.
aa
S
Z
je
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
182
0 0 889 Sy 8°07) eeooceoese eees **“ynoqe 9q 0} sewmoy, “ITA
Aq payeunse st (ssaid 943 ul Mou) spug jo onZozey
“BO §,uyATG ‘ATE SuIQuIAd 10g ysoo yunowe ay T—'g °N
‘ACNAN UaIaNAHOdAAg
‘a CU
LG T1z‘6 cce° ee es‘soodny s Auedmoyg
892 000008 00 e800 00 C8 ee oe * MIA ‘TTA 02 0331p 0331p kg
FE6 @ecesecese ss 6008 08 of ‘sud1IO J, "ITA 07 0331p 0331p kg
6cF ee et oe es oe se ae 08 oe ***Kerprery “ITN 0} 0331p 0331p Ag
004 sreees “BTLATOD “AA “SPL AIG 91q,U0F] 03 onp 0741p Ag
Osg °°" ‘sasimarg s,449100g 94} Sulatedar 10 yuN0D
“08 SIY JO d0URTeG SuIOq ‘SOA “IJ, 0} ONP JuNOWe <q
000‘T °° ‘qjuou 19d QGz 4e syyUOM NO SuIEq ‘1aquiad0qT
0} Jaquajdag woly Jeuinoge s,Aja1I00g ayy Suutid
Jo} flounog ay} Aq poxy aoueMoO][Te JO junOWe ppYy
69F'S
0 0 OOT *fpaziTmqns us9q Jou savy sTIIq yorym
jO ‘sapyryY snoouroostp 0331p 071G
0 F I8GL toot tle ott 8? 029 “oO” ‘Tunasn il
s,Aja1I00g = SOT}ISOIIND Jo oanope\eg
‘siodeq Ssnoaur][sosty 0331p OIG
0 0 gse'¢ ‘SY ee ee ee ee ce ee oe oe oe ‘QAISNIOUL
‘6P8T gsnsny 03 dn yeuimor s,Aj01009
oy} Sunuiid 10qg—: sMopjoy sv ssoaig
UOISSIT, JSIJdeq 94} 03 onp jJUnoWR fg
“SAILITIAVIT
"6F81 ‘Maguacag Isle
2 E Ogc‘et ‘°° °° **‘soadny s Auedmoy
v
0
6
8
SS
T
FOE
ol €¢
T
8
mo OF Oo
€8
669
86
286
PIV
$668
e020 00086008 0090 Ce ‘yyouusg "IN WO.Iy onp goueleq
se ceeese Comnoode UO UOSSpOF] “APAL WO 0931p 0331CG
‘u19y} 03 porjddnus pue peseqoind syoog 10j saouatog
pue sziy jo AjoI00g ULIAR}eEq 943 Wo. onp juno
wreseeeees 96% @) [-11-S9F ‘GFST ‘oune WINE 943
UO paso[d JUNODOR 1104} Jod se *og pue UITV “EM
*SASSOJA] ‘SJUISW UOpuOTT oy} JO Spuey 94} Ul soURleEq
‘pampuy 0994102192 JUNOIIE UO SUIPUR{S3NO 0331p 073IC¢
ee ee se 08 08 20 oe oe oe oe oe oe oe Oe oe oe ‘AICIQVT oud
UI SHOOG JO o[Rs yUN0DIe UO SuIpuRysjno 0331p 071G
**OC8T ‘URL 4S[ 9} UO ONnp 9soyy Sutpnjout ‘Aja1I00g
d1VVISy JeUIMOLF JUNO0IDe UO SuIpULjsjnO 0931p 073IG
0 0 PORE ®@e2000280 8000 080 ©e ae ‘gsuodsng Ul OIG
0 G 1Z¢‘¢ BY | eoeoe ea ee ne cece **faTqezi[ead SIL
“6F8T Jo
"IQ YIP IY} 1OJ 9Soy} Sutpnpour s.aq
“Woy, WOly surpueysjno S[[tg Jo JunOWY
“SLUSSV
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 183
LIST OF MEMBERS
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
Anderson, Major W. Douglas, Capt. C.
Avdall, J. Esq. Dwarkanath Das Basu, Babu.
Abbott, Capt. Jas. Dalton, Lieut. E., 9th N. I.
Alexander, Henry R. Esq. Earle, W. Esq.
Austen, Lieut. Albert G. Elliot, W. Esq. (M. C. 8.)
Barlow, Sir R. Edgworth, M. P. Esq.
Benson, Lieut.-Col. R. Elliot, Sir H. M.
Beaufort, F. L. Esq. Elliot, J. B. Esq.
Birch, Lieut.-Col. R. J. H. Frith, R. W. G. Esq.
Blagrave, Lieut. T. C. Frith, W. H. L. Esq.
Bogle, Major A. French, Gilson R. Esq.
Bowring, L. R. Esq. Falconer, Dr. H.
Briggs, Lieut. D. Forbes, Lieut.-Col. W. N.
Broome, Capt. A. _Flytche, Capt. E.
Buckland, C. T. Esq. Grant, J. W. Esq.
Bushby, G. A. Esq. Greenway, W. Esq.
Batten, J. H. Esq. Gubbins, C. Esq.
Brodie, Capt. Thos., 5th N. I. Gobind Chunder Sen, Babu.
Beckwith, J. Esq. Grote, Arthur, Esq.
Bell, Dr. Adam, Hannay, Capt. F. 8.
Blundell, G. Esq. Henry, Dr. Wm.
Banks, Capt. J. 8. Hodgson, B. H. Esq.
Bazely, Capt. F. R. Hopkinson, Capt. H.
Beadon, C. Esq. Houston, R. Esq.
Bruce, Lieut. R. C. D., H. M. Huffnagle, C. Esq.
29th N. I. Harimohan Sen, Babu.
Campbell, A. Esq. Hannyngton, Capt. J. C.
Cheap, G. C. Esq. Hall, F. EK. Esq.
Colvin, B. J. Esq. Hamilton, R. N. C. Esq.
Colvin, J. R. Esq. Hay, Andrew, Esq.
Corbyn, F. Esq. Hearsey, Lieut.-Col. J. B.
Colvile, The Hon’ble Sir J. W. Hayes, Capt. Fletcher,
Cust, R. N. Esq. Heatly, 8S. G. T. Esq.
Currie, E. Esq. Jackson, W. B. Esq.
Cunningham, Capt. J. D. Jenkins, Lieut.-Col. F.
Champneys, Capt. E. G. L. Jones, R. Esq.
Colebrooke, E. Esq. Johnstone, John, Esq.
Davidson, T. R. Esq. Jerdon, T. C. Esq.
Dodd, Jas. Esq. James, Lieut. H. C., 32nd N. I.
Dirom, W. M. Esq. Kerr, W. Seton, Esq.
184 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.
Kittoe, Capt. M. Ripley, Lieut. F. W.
Kean, Rev. W. Rogers, Capt. T. E.
Laidlay, J. W. Esq. Ram Chunder Singh, Raja.
Latter, Capt. T. L. Ramaprasad Roy, Babu.
Locle, G. Esq. Rowe, Dr. J.
Lackersteen, Count J. Rajendra Datta, Babu.
Logan, J. R. Esq. Sleeman, Lieut.-Col. W. H.-
Lamb, Dr. G. Sherwill, Lieut. W. S.
Low, Col. J. H. Spilsburry, G. G. Esq.
Lawrence, Sir H. M., K. C. B. Strachey, Lieut. R.
McLeod, D. F. Esq. Sut Churn Ghosaul, Raja.
Mull, J. B. Esq. Stewart, Dr. D.
Muir, J. Esq. Slater, Rev. S.
Mitchell, A. Esq. Staples, Lieut. N. A.
Money, D. J. Esq. Scott, Jas. S. B. Esq.
Maclagan, Lieut. R. Sandes, T. C. Esq.
McClelland, Dr. J. Strachey, John, Esq.
Maxwell, Lieut. H. Stubbs, Lieut. F. W.
Money, W. J. H. Esq. Shave, J. T. Esq.
Macrae, Dr. A. C. Fhomason, The Hon’ble J.
Martin, Dr. W. Torrens, H. Esq.
Newmarch, J. Esq. Trevor, C. B. Esq.
Ommaney, M. C. Esq. Thuillier, Lieut. H. E. L.
Ouseley, Lieut.-Col. J. R. Thomas, R. Esq.
O’Shaughnessy, W. B. Esq., M.D. Thurburn, R. V. Esq.
Peel, The Hon’ble Sir L. Udny, G. Esq.
Phayre, Capt. A. Walker, H. Esq., M. D.
Prosanna Cumar Tagore, Babu. Willis, J. Esq.
Pratt, Rev. J. H. Wilson, The Right Rev. Daniel,
Pakenham, Capt. G. D. The Lord Bishop of Calcutta.
Pratab Chunder Singh, Raja. Waugh, Lieut.-Col. A. 8.
Ramanath Tagore, Babu. Wattenback, A. Esq.
Ramgopaul Ghose, Babu. mh” Youns, Dr, Bi.
List or MEMBERS ELECTED IN 1849.
W. Mackintosh, Esq.
W. J. H. Money, Esq.
Capt. F. R. Bazely.
Dr. A. C. Macrae.
; C. Beadon, Esq., C. 8.
Dr. J. Row.
R. V. Thurburn, Esq.
Lieut. R. C. D. Bruce.
Raja Pratab Chunder Singh.
Babu Rajendra Datta.
Capt. E. Fytche.
Dr. W. Martin.
Arthur Grote, Esq., B. C. 8.
a eee —-
1850.) Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 185
List of Members who have returned from Europe and rejoined the
Society.
Lieut.-Col. W. N. Forbes. is
A. Wattenbach, Esq.
Capt. Fletcher Hayes.
Loss oF MEMBERS DURING THE YEAR 1849.
By departure to Europe.
A. Christopher, Esq.
M. C. Gibilin, Esq.
H. F. Hough, Esq. M. D.
How’ble Sir T. H. Maddock.
Major H. C. Rawlinson.
Capt. R. Ouseley.
M. Gladstone, Esq.
C. B. Skinner, Esq.
C. B. Thornhill, Esq.
By death.
A.C. Dunlop, Esq.
Dr. J. Heeberlin.
By withdrawal.
Major T. W. Birch.
J. Furlong, Esq.
W. Grey, Esq.
G. Hill, Esq.
J. Kerr, Esq-
J. Mackenzie, Esq.
Raja Radhakant Deb.
Rev. J. Richards.
Rey. P. S. Sandberg.
Capt. S. R. Tickell.
G. R. Wilby, Esq.
A. Gilmore, Esq.
C. J. Montague, Esq.
John Muller, Esq.
W. Tayler, Esq.
LIST OF HONORARY MEMBERS.
Baron von Hammer Purgstall, Aulic Counseller, Vienna.
Professor Augustus von Schlegel.
Rasmussen,
———— Oersted, yor the Royal University of Copenhagen.
Freehn.
Monsieur Garcin de Tassy.
2 8
186 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.
Sir John Philippart.
Professor R. Jameson,
Count Carlos de Vidua.
De Noe.
Professor Francis Bopp.
E. Burnouf.
Christ. Lassen.
Monsieur J. J. Marcel.
Professor Heeren.
———— M. J. Klaproth.
The Rey. William Buckland, D. D.
Sir John S. W. Herschel.
Col. W. H. Sykes.
Chevalier Ventura.
General M. A. Court.
Professor Lea, Philadelphia.
Dr. Harlan, Philadelphia.
Monsieur P. A. Lair, President of the Society of Agriculture and Com-
merce, Caen.
Professor H. H. Wilson.
Sir George Staunton.
Baron Schilling, Cronstadt.
Chevalier Amadie Jaubert, Paris.
Professor L. Agassiz, Neufchatel.
Monsieur Renaud, Paris.
His Highness Hekekyan Bey, Egypt.
Dr. Ewald, London.
Hon’ble Sir Edward Ryan, London.
Professor Jules Mohl, Paris.
Capt. William Munro, London.
His Highness the Nawab Nazim of Bengal.
Dr. J. D. Hooker, R. N. F. R. S.
Professor Henry, Princeton, United States.
ASSOCIATE MEMBERS.*
Blyth, E. Esq. McGowan, Dr. J.
Dawe, W. Esq. Piddington, H. Esq.
Delessert, A. Esq. Roer, Dr. E.
Keramut Ali, Syud. Tregear, V. Esq.
Long, Rey. J.
* Exempt from payment of Subscriptions.
PDL PPP LIA IDLDD AD PID DOLL
——
> < await
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 187
6TH Fesruary, 1850.
The Lord Bishop, in the chair.
The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
Letters were read—
From Secretary to the Government of Bengal, forwarding a map of
the Behar district.
From Dr. Campbell, Darjiling, returning thanks for the congratula-
tions of the Society on his liberation from imprisonment in Sikim.
From Mr. Joseph Casella, Consul General of H. M. the King of
Sardinia, presenting an illustrated work by the Duke of Serradi-
falco, on the ancient monuments of Sicily.
The thanks of the Society were voted to the Duke for the present.
From Mr. Mansel, Serampore, regarding the proposed Exhibition
of Arts, &c. in England, in 1851.
From Dr. Roer, forwarding extract of a letter from Professor Lassen,
respecting Mr. Laidlay’s proposed Edition of the ancient inscriptions
of India. )
From Mr. J. W. Laidlay, describing a new mode of preparing
facsimiles of coins.
From the same, forwarding a pencil drawing of an ancient sculpture
at Malda, forwarded by Mr. Gray of that place.
From Major Durand, presenting a valuable collection of Burmese
manuscripts, made by him, while Commissioner at Moulmein.
From Captain Hutton, complaining of the non-acknowledgment
of a donation of 130 specimens of mammalia and birds and a col-
lection of shells, made by him through Mr. Blyth, to the Asiatic
Society.
Mr. Blyth mentioned that they had been duly presented to the
meeting and inserted in the Catalogue, and the receipt noticed in the
Journal.
The Hon’ble President having intimated his wish that the proposi-
tion respecting Col. Forbes’ election, as Honorary President, be reserved
for consideration at the next meeting, it was decided to postpone it as
desired.
The Curators and Librarian having presented their reports the meet-
ing adjourned.
Confirmed, J. R. Cotvin, Chairman.
W, B, O’Suaueunessy, V, P. and Secretary.
188 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
LIBRARY.
The following books have been added to the Library since the last
meeting. .
Presented.
Memoirs of the Royal Astronomical Society. Vol. XVII. Part I1—Pre-
SENTED BY THE SOCIETY.
An Analytical Digest of all the Reported Cases decided in the Supreme
Courts of Judicature in India, in the Courts of the Hon’ble East India Com-
pany, and on Appeal from India to Her Majesty in Council. By W. H.
Morley. Part VI.—By THe GovERNMENT oF INDIA.
The Burmese Reader by Lieut. D. A. Chase. Moulmein 1849, 4 copies
(Pamphlets)—By THE SAME.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago. For November and December 1849,
—By THE EpITor.
Ditto Ditto. 2 copies —By THE GovERNMENT OF BENGAL.
Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. New series,
Vol, I. part 3.—By THE ACADEMY.
Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. Vol. VIII.—By
THE SOCIETY.
Journal of the Madras Literary Society, No. 35.—By THE Society.
The Oriental Baptist, No. 38.—By THE Ep1Tor.
The Upadeshaka, No, 38.—By THE Epitor.
The Oriental Christian Spectator for January, 1850.—By tue Eprrors. |
The Calcutta Christian Observer for February, 1850.—By THE EpIToRs.
Supplement to No. XIV. Picnic Magazine.—By tHE Epitor.
Comparative Philology (from the Calcutta Review, No. 24).—By Rev.
J. Lone.
Tattvabodhini Patriké, No. 77.—By THE TATTVABODHINI’ SHABHA’.
Essay on Arabic Poetry, in Arabic, by Mauluvi Reza Hossen Khan Baha-
dur.—By THE AUTHOR.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,
for the month of December, 1849.—By THe Deputy SURVEYOR GENERAL,
Map of the District of Behar—By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.
Exchanged.
The Athenzum, Nos. 1149, 50—53-54.
Calcutta Review, No. 24.
Purchased.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 23.
JOURNAL
OF THE
mera iC SOCTH EY.
No. III.—1850.
NOP LPLLLAVA LVL PION LVL PILI IN OINS OL P I LD Pre
Extracts from Dr. Voysry’s Private Journal when attached to the
Trigonometrical Survey in Southern and Central India, No. I.
In Vol. XIII. of the Journal, p. 853, will be found the first of these papers,
though in point of time the last. The Editor now proposes to complete the series
much of which, in connection with the papers published by the late lamented Cap-
tain Newbold, will be found of great interest and importance in our present scanty
knowledge of the geology of these extensive districts —Ep.
Extract from D. H.’s Manuscript.*
The mountainous tracts of which this Peninsula is composed, con-
sist chiefly of primitive formations of which the old trap with all its
subordinates is the principal. .
The hills in general do not rise to any great perpendicular height,
few are higher than 5000 feet and most only 1000 to 1500, and those
close to the sea 5 to 600 feet.
The country south of the Krishna may be divided into the eastern
coast, the table-land, and the Malabar coast.
The trap formation including the older, later and newest, is the most
common, producing gold, diamonds, &c.
The coast between the sea and the mountains is low, although one
occasionally meets with slight elevations of 50 or 100 feet.
The general ascent is indeed so trifling that although the ghauts are
from 50 to 80 miles from the sea, their feet are seldom elevated more
* It is not now known who this gentleman was, but Dr. Voysey, had evidently
found this general sketch worth notice and the Editor has thus inserted it also.
No. XXXIX, | 2c
190 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 3.
than a few feet above it, this has been determined by actual measure-
ment in the Godavery, Krishna and Cavery.
On the coast of Coromandel the first stratum which meets the eye is
@ moveable sand, interspersed with black particles of magnetic ironstone,
common about Madras and sold in the Bazars under the name of
Suranmmely.
Next is found a stiff loam very sarile extending 2 miles inland, when
other alluvia, such as sand, marl, disintegrated calc tuff, and a mixture
of sienitic gravel, are seen in alternating strata.
The calc tuff is generally covered by a thick stratum of rich black
mould, which appears to proceed from the quick destruction of the vege-
tables by the calc tuff. The marl is often 20 feet deep, and does not
contain animal remains of any kind; rolled hornstone, fragments of
sienite and pebbles are found in it. It very often covers the stratum
in which the diamond is found.
The acclivities which are found along the coast about Madras and
Nellore consist of iron clay used for bricks, Dr. B.’s laterite. The small
pebbles or stones in it, resemble floetz greenstone: mica is also found
near Pondicherry, and a secondary floetz lime with shells used for
paving the streets.
In the vicinity near the sea are found remarkable petrifactions of
large pieces of trunks and branches of tamarind wood.
Transition limestone is met with in some abundance, and in mountain
masses near the Krishna at Chintapally. It might be taken for floetz
limestone, but there are animal remains in it. Calc tuff and sienite are
found, and a black limestone which burns white. About Lat. 13° 14/
N. mountains of transition flinty slate make their appearance 3000 feet
above the level of the sea. The Pulicat hills.—They run in uninter-
rupted ranges from about 15 to 20 miles in the direction of the coast.
The hill on which the Tripety Pagoda stands belongs to this rock and
it further continues to the banks of the Pennar.
In the branch, south of Cuddappah which runs nearly east and west,
I found small veins of plumbago. Sulphuret of lead with a large pro-
portion of silver is found, 15 milesin a N. E. direction.
The flinty slate appears to rest on greenstone slate, which often
makes its appearance in the Pallams, the Pulicat hills, and to the
northward.
1850. | an Southern and Central India. 191
The hills at Vellore and the big and little Mount at Madras, are
mostly transition trap. ;
They consist of a friable mixture of hornblende, felspar, quartz,
and mica, with garnets and pyrope with epidote. The hornblende is
found in the hills in nodules in concentric layers like basalt.
Under and among these hills, rocks of the old trap rise often in high
ranges with acute points. Felspar, hornblende and quartz with a small
proportion of mica, pyrope and epidote enter it as foreign minerals.
When the latter, particularly garnet, are absent the felspar is red. Of
this rock, the generality of the hills on this coast consist. It seems to
rest on granite near the seven pagodas: a rare occurrence, the appearance
of the granite along the coast. The granite is particularly striking here on
account of its freshness, whilst the former is found tarnishing and scaly.
The hornblende which forms a constituent of our primitive trap is
in general shining black, and contains iron in so great a quantity as to
be attracted by the magnet when in small particles. Itis the same in the
greenstone and greenstone slate on which the transition flinty slate of
the Pulicat hills rests. The greenstone of that part of the country ex-
posed to the air becomes green, although it is black, and does not con-
tain a particle of copper.
The brown and hydrous copper of Dr. T. is found here and in some
places mica slate with large garnets.
A compact greenstone, foliated and ringing when struck, is used for
lingams. Common hornblende of an olive-green is found in the Bara-
maul in Noorcull, in primitive trap with garnets. A remarkable rock
called black granite procured near Madras, is common augite rock. It
occurs only massive, greenish black, opake; in small thin pieces, and
on the edges in large pieces, olive-green and transparent. Internal
lustre resinous, glistening and splendent ; fracture foliated and granular
and on the whole uneven. A two fold cleavage is observable, it is semi-
hard, rather brittle, easily frangible, Sp. Gra. 3. 20. garnets are found
in it and basalt. If the latter indistinct grains of a black colour,
foliated fracture and less hard than the augite; the former are of a
ruby colour,
Another stone found in this part of the country (Madras), I will call
compact hornblende, although it differs in many respects from that
rock.
2 Coe
192 Dr, Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 3.
Its colour is Olive green with a lighter greenish grey streak ; fracture
granularly foliated, opake ; lustre glistening on the foliations, for the
rest dull. Semi-hard, rather brittle, but difficultly frangible ; fragments
wedge shaped sp. G. 3.53. It is perhaps a species of common. acti-
nolite.
The Corundum is found frequently in rocks of the old trap forma-
tion. The iron which is found accompanying it is common black
hornblende. Corundum in rolled pieces occurs in alluvial strata along
with the diamond, epidote, greenstone &c.
Among the trap rocks in the southern Baramahl, I have often met
with several pieces of actinolite; and near Salem and Namcull in
kidneys, native magnesia accompanied with figure stone or agalma-
tolite. ,
Of iron ores. I have only found on the coast the common iron
sand in the beds of rivers and some swamp ores in the low country.
Besides the abovementioned trap the old clay slate (?) formation
occurs and mica slate. The former about the Krishna under transi-
tion limestone also with flinty slate on one side and primitive on the
other.
Mica slate I have discovered under the greenstone slate near the
copper mines.
Extracts from Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal.
Friday, 18th November, 1818.—Quitted Paramboor at 11 o'clock, and
arrived at the Red hills half past 12. Barometer yesterday at 2 o’clock,
768m. Ther. 78°: to-day at 2 o’clock same, Ther. 81°. Irregular
appearance of the iron clay, sometimes containing large pieces of brown
ironstone, but for the most part small, with a considerable quantity of
magnetic iron ore. Iron clay formation continues, although covered
with a thick bed of sand.
Monday, 16th November, 1818.—The iron clay still continues, but
we now and then meet with lumps of quartz and quartz rock, brought to
mend the tanks and roads.
Tuesday, 17th November, 1818.—Swam across a considerable stream
and found on the banks lumps of fullers’ earth lying on a quartzy sand
intermixed with bits of quartz.
Wednesday, 18th November, 1818.—On the borders of a tank I
found a very considerable quantity of the pyriform brown iron stone,
.
|
.
1850. | in Southern and Central India. 193
which I also found at intervals all the way to Nyour Choultry, in the
neighbourhood of which it is found in large quantity. The iron clay
was frequently seen throughout the journey, sometimes containing both
large and small pieces and blocks of quartz. On approach to the Choultry
we observed a number of smiths at work. The forge and bellows of
the usual rude construction ; the iron ore is brought from the neigh-
bouring hills: these hills are continuous with those of Naggery Nose
Worramallepett, and appear to be of the same composition ; granite at
bottom and sandstone at top.
The ore is the slaty red iron ore of mineralogists, and produces to-
lerable iron. In the neighbouring jungle, several large blocks of granite
were visible peeping through the iron clay: in one place containing
large specks of black mica, the stratification not real, since it was not
continuous. The iron clay exactly resembles that of Midnapoor, con-
taining brown red hematite and quartz. The granite resembles that of
Cornwall with more mica, making it somewhat darker. The most re-
markable plants are Euphorbia antiquorum, Asclepias aphylla, Cassia
auriculata, Gloriosa superba. The extent of the iron clay formation, is
well worthy of consideration, and I regret much that my mode of tra-
velling does not allow me to pay more attention to its connexion with
other rocks, as yet I have only seen it with granite, upon which it is
directly laid.
The water of the tank at this Choultry, built of granite, is very pure
and contains very little muriate of soda. I brought from thence
marked No. 1, granite, iron clay, and red iron stone brought from the
hill of Goondum or Mokush; my information was obtained from the
Brahmin of Nyarpet.
Thursday, 19th November, 1818.—A short time after quitting the
Chouvadi early in the morning, I observed clay slate coming out in
the road, which was strewed for a considerable distance with large
pieces of quartz and the iron clay. On examiming the water of the
tank, I detected sulphate of lime in considerable quantity as well as
muriate of soda. I observed lumps of greenish blue clay slate in the
village, said to come from the neighbouring hills; the commencement
of the Venkatagherry range.
Friday, 20th November, 1818.—I observed granite coming to-day
within a few yards of the Choultry, and in another place a large quantity
194 Dr. Voysey’s Prwate Journal [No. 3.
of flesh-colored felspar in blocks with stripes and lumps of quartz, also
mica slate and granite, with a large quantity of green hornblende,* the
decomposition of the hornblende leaves a greenish yellow clay very
plastic; my time was so short that I was not able to search for the
Junction of the primary rocks with the iron clay. The heavy rain pre-
vented me from opening the Palanqueen, so that I lost the termination
of it. I saw it for the last time about 3 coss from Nyarpet.
Saturday, 21st November, 1818.—Just after quitting Goodoor, I
observed large masses of granite cropping out, with a very large pro-
portion of white felspar: during the day large pieces of quartz, sand-
stone, and iron clay were strewed along the road, but no rocks visible.
In the neighbourhood of this village Venkatachellum, there are large
masses and the tanks are built of the latter.
Sunday, 22nd November, 1818.—Nellore along dirty town, built on,
and partly of, the iron clay, which is here to be seen in an imperfect
sort of stratification or rather seams which are neither parallel nor
horizontal. I saw a well, 20 or 30 feet deep dug through the iron clay,
which resembles very nearly those specimens presented to Mr. R. by
Col. M. said to come from Mysore.
Monday, 23d November, 1818.—Paid a visit to Mr. Sutton at 12
o'clock, and went with him to see the quarries of iron clay. In one
place over a stratum of it, the mould was upwards of fifteen feet in
thickness and in others less.
I observed pieces of brick and pottery, close to the surface of the
clay in the vegetable mould. An antique figure of Buddha built into
the masonry that forms the foundation of Mr. Lord’s house near the
quarries, has a very picturesque appearance. I also visited the iron
clay in the banks of the Pennar, where it is seen on the right bank in
great abundance: the bed of the river, which is very much choked up
by alluvium, and therefore much higher than when the pagoda was
built on its banks, is now effecting serious breaches in the wall sur-
rounding it, as well as in a little temple or Chauvadi built on an elevat-
ed portion of the iron clay. The alluvium of the Pennar is entirely
silicious, mixed with a few shells. I bathed, and found the water, where
we crossed, brackish. The iron clay of this neighbourhood contains
more cellular cavities and more brown hematite than I have hitherto
* Epidote ? undetermined.
1850. | in Southern and Central India. 195
seen. The neighbouring hills contain abundance of granite inter-
mixed with hornblende, which I saw in a large piece near the tank.
Wednesday, 25th November, 1818.—We passed a tank built of the
iron clay, which was however, entirely grass grown, as well as its banks,
and surrounded by ancient granite statues of Siva, having a most
romantic appearance, from its evidently great antiquity, and its remote-
ness from any habitation or temples. The soil and appearance of the
country differs greatly from that on the other side of the Pennar, being
very silicious. The Mango topes arein great abundance, and a greater
extent of land is in cultivation.
Friday, 27th November, 1818.—Quitted Mawildroog for Ramahpa-
tam, the sandy soil and shells betoken our near approach to the sea.
Saturday, 28th November, 1818.—On the hill is a temple in ruins,
dedicated to the worship of Jagannath, built of iron clay and primitive
greenstone ; some images and inscriptions on the latter are very little
defaced. A name of Vishnu, Balaram his brother, Shabudra his sister.
The hill consists of iron clay and is about a mile in circumference, of an
oblong form completely insulated. On the hill I found bits of mica
slate, and primitive greenstone, with quartz rock and brown ironstone ;
but I was told they were all brought from a hill six coss distant. I
cannot sufficiently regret my inability to observe the junction of the
iron clay with the primitive rocks. The same magnetic ironstone is to
be found here as at the red hills ; I ascended the hill thrice during my
twelve hours’ stay.
Monday, 30th November, 1818.—The basis of the hill is granite with
a considerable proportion of hornblende stratified ; the strata dipping
to the south at an angle of 90 and running east and west. On the
summit the brown ironstone was pure, but lower down it was intermixed
with quartz in considerable quantity. Thermometer 80°. Magnetic iron
ore in considerable quantity ; also veins of graphic granite: at the foot
I picked up some primitive greenstone but saw none on the hill. I
counted about 40 eminences of nearly a conical form in the large plain,
about 20 miles in diameter. N. B. The ironstone appeared to be on the
granite in an unconformable position. I observed the Nepeta Amboi-
nica, seu Indica in great profusion on the summit of the mountain. At
the top I saw the sea at adistance of eight miles. The whole country
between this place and Ongole appeared to be an alluvial clay mixed
196 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 3.
with small pieces of granite, greenstone, blue clay slate, and calc tuff
mixed with clay.
Yellumpilly, Tuesday, 1st December, 1818.—The soil of the road and
its neighbourhood was a rich black mould, tolerably stiff and retentive
of moisture, and appeared to be the result of the decomposition of the
primitive trap rock, of which the adjoining hills consist ; we came to their
feet or rather passed the end of the chain about eight miles from
Yellumpilly. I ascended about 100 feet and found them to consist of
vertical strata of trap, composed principally of hornblende in large crys-
tals with a little felspar, with veins of hyaline quartz, and of granite
containing garnets and very brilliant felspar ; also large masses of a
compound of what I shall call at present common schorl and grenatite,
though in appearance very like. The vein of granite containing the
garnets projected beyond the other strata, shewing less facility of
decomposition. I saw also brown greenstone. Farther on in the road,
we passed over granite and gneiss in vertical strata; the upper stra-
tum consisting of calc tuff in a clayey loam. The variety of minerals,
plants, insects, birds, &c. seen through this short march is truly
astonishing and I unceasingly SL. my rapid passage through so
many novelties.
Thursday, 3rd December, 1818.—I ascended a hill two miles from
the Chauwadi, and found primitive greenstone in vertical strata, with
veins of granite and brown ironstone: the direction 8. E. The soil
and cultivation as yesterday : about 10 it commenced raining and con-
tinued through the day, preventing me from making any examination
of the interesting hills we passed. ‘They appeared to consist of vertical
greenstone, mostly conical, some small ones castellated and quite desti-
ute of herbage, the former being but thinly covered. At one time I
could count at least 40 of these conical hills, sometimes connected with
each other by a low chain, at others quite isolated. In the plain at
intervals we passed over the black mould, at others over beds of cale
tuff and decomposing greenstone.
Friday, 4th December, 1818.—Our road to Repurlah lay through
mountains of the same description as yesterday, greenstone slate in
which were beds of quartz. On the road lay cale tuff with pieces of
greenstone cemented in it. The cale tuff contains a considerable
quantity of argil, and here and there small crystals of quartz. I was
1850. ] iw Southern and Central India. 197
not near enough to any of the hills to ascend, if I had time; when
we had performed half our march the rice fields made their appear-
ance, and the road was strewed with bits of a conglomerate very much
resembling the iron clay, but consisting of carbonate of lime and ferru-
ginous clay ; now and then in the road and in the beds of nullahs
highly inclined strata of gneiss and greenstone slate made their
appearance. In a little temple built in honor of Hunooman, and in
which there was his figure in basso-relievo, the portico was built of
a beautiful sienitic granite, the hornblende nearly micaceous, being
arranged in stripes with great regularity ; my piety prevented me from
robbing it of a bit for my cabinet. The face of the country now
changed, and the numerous conical hills began gradually to disappear
as we left them behind us, and at the end of the long plain before us
appeared a chain of hills running N. E., as far as we could see; their
shape angular and slightly peaked, altogether different in their general
aspect from those we had quitted. I took the height of the Bar.
exactly at 12, but discovered that the Calcutta workman had un-
fortunately neglected to solder the tube, which had shifted its place
and totally altered the measure. ‘Thermometer 82°.
Saturday, 5th December, 1818.—The heat and other occupations
prevented me from going out until the evening, when I ascended the
hill on which a small pagoda is built, due west from the Chauvadi, the
steps, in number about 50, were formed of large slabs of clay slate ;
quartz rock was scattered about in very large masses ; the pagoda was
built principally of greenstone and schistose limestone, the rock sur-
rounding it and on which it was built, was quartz rock coloured by
iron, with veins of brown ironstone.
Sunday, 6th December, 1818.—In consequence of a halt, I rose this
morning very early for the purpose of visiting once more the hill and
pagoda. I found the whole to consist of quartz rock strongly impreg-
nated with iron, except that in some places, it consisted of a white
quartz in large blocks ; that which was impregnated with iron had veins
of brown ironstone running through it, principally in N. E. direction.
The limestone and greenstone as well as clay slate come from hills
about two coss nearly due west of the village.
Monday, 7th December, 1818.—The quartz rock continued for
some miles from Nacricull, and we there saw a slaty limestone crossing
2D
198 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal: [No. 3.
our path, which continued to appear from time to time until we were
past Peddurgall. I afterwards saw large blocks of granite containing
epidote ; I could not however trace any connexion between the two
rocks. The limestone appeared at times in vertical strata and at others.
nearly horizontal ; it is not at all crystalline, and contains a considera-
ble quantity of argil.
Tuesday, 8th December, 1818.—At Dachapilly, on our road to the
Kistna, the horizontal limestone, or at least nearly so, made its appear-
ance in great abundance ; all the houses and walls of the gardens were
built of it. Ina pagoda I saw large blocks at least five feet by three.
_ At this place it was to be seen of all colours from a very white semi-
crystalline to a black colour. On our road after quitting Dachapilly, it
alternated with the argillaceous calc tuff; about four miles from Dacha-
pilly it was seen in great quantity of a dark black colour (compact
Lucullite of Jameson), and on our approach to Pondegul it was covered
by large and small rounded masses of quartz rock in considerable
quantity. When on the bank of the Kistna, it was horizontal and of all
colours, zoned, and with a substance intervening between the strata
sometimes white and fibrous like tremolite, at others like red and black
ironstone ; sometimes containing small nodules of red ironstone, and in
one instance, from a specimen I found in the bed of the river, green
quartz.
Two furlongs above, and one below our present station, are found in
the bed of the Kistna, large and small rounded pebbles of granular
quartz rock, jasper with quartz and micaceous iron ore interspersed in it.
The strata on the bank for at least fifty feet, have sunk ina very abrupt
manner, I should suppose, from the gradual undermining of the river
which is rapid and very full in the rainy season: it brings with it vast
quantities of mud, which it deposits at the sides on the limestone, and
thus marks its height. The river is about the breadth of the Thames
at Battersea, and becomes suddenly very deep. The extent of this
limestone formation, which is the compact limestone of Jameson, and
although a secondary formation would form a very handsome polished
marble, is very considerable ; I first saw it at Nacricull, distant about
thirty miles. It appears unfavourable to vegetation as in the jungle we
saw nothing but two species of Euphorbia, and some hardy leguminous
plants ; I have as yet searched in vain for petrifactions.
1850.| in Southern and Central India. 199
Wednesday, 9th December, 1818.—This morning I walked for some
distance by the river side and on the bank above it ; here I found the
calc tuff in abundance containing rounded pieces of quartz, &c. exactly
similar to those found on the river side. It is more than probable
therefore, that these were once enveloped in the same substance, which
being decomposed the stones contained in it were either carried down
to the river or left on the surface of the limestone ; the stratum of calc
tuff must, however, have been of little thickness originally or more of
it would have remained. I observed the same on this side of the river
(Warripilly), which we crossed this morning im round boats of wicker
covered externally with leather, and took possession of a large Caravan-
serai or Musjeed. We strolled after to the ruins of a large pagoda
built of the limestone and with very large blocks, some of which were
10 feet in length; it appeared to be attached to a large palace or
building surrounded formerly by an extensive wall : in the pagoda were
images of Siva and a lingam: the only information we could obtain
from a brahmin respecting it, was that it was built by a Hindu raja
many years ago, and was no longer used for worship, having been
defiled. All round it were immense masses of the limestone com-
pletely denuded of all earthy covering. The walls were built of two
solid pieces of stone placed on their edges, leaving a wide intervening
space, so that on the outside they appeared 10 or 12 feet thick.
Thursday, 10th December, 1818.—Quitted Warripilly very early, so
that I could not see the termination of the limestone. When we
quitted Goonderpour where we breakfasted, I observed large blocks of
granite strewed in every direction ; this continued for a considerable
distance, perhaps three or four miles, when irregular lumps of a primi-
tive greenstone appeared among them ; I perceived the calc tuff in small
pieces, but could not ascertain if it existed in any quantity or whether
brought there by accident: after a furlong the granite again; to-day
in large masses, in one place an isolated block 20 feet in height and
30 im circumference. At this place the Musjeed and part of the
fort is built of it. It is of a white colour, a large proportion of felspar
and little mica, quartz moderately abounding: I observed no hornblende
in it.
Friday, \\th December, 1818.—I saw by moon-light some precipi-
tous rocks of no great height and at a short distance from the road ;
2D 2
200 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal ' {No.2
they had the rounded appearance of granitic blocks: at sunrise at a
short distance from Teeperty, I saw the granite again, and found on my
arrival the principal edifices partly built of it: it is highly crystalline
and rather large grained. Strolling to the westward about five hun-
dred yards from the town, I fell in with a large surface, not rising
above ten feet from the ground, in an irregular manner, and extending
about 100 by 50 feet wide, containing in it rounded and angular masses
of a crystalline micaceous greenstone, ‘which I presume the most
superficial observer would consider as having been inclosed in the
granite, when the latter was in a fluid state. I procured specimens of
both granite and greenstone, but could not get at one which shewed
their union.
Qy. How high has the iron clay been observed? At Cape G. H.
very little above the level of the sea, and there covered by the
sand flood; on the coast of Coromandel the highest I have seen about
100 feet ; also what connexion with the calc tuff if they may not be
traced passing one into the other ?
Saturday, 12th December, 1818.—Immense blocks of granite all the
way to Nelgondah, scattered without order throughout an extensive
plain sometimes rising into hills of various sizes.
Nelgondah is situated between two very large and lofty hills con-
sisting entirely of granite, sometimes white, reddish and black, con-
taming veins of quartz of small size, and without any beds of other
rocks as far as I could observe, my time being short; the plain
reminded me of that in the neighbourhood of Ongole from the
numerous unconnected hills and mountain masses.
Sunday, 13th December, 1818.—The granite rock which we ascend-
ed yesterday, and which we found so precipitous on its southern face,
was continued in a lengthened declivity for a mile and a half, between
Nelgondah and Mungoor. We saw rocks of granite scattered in every
direction, and on the surface of those near the road, the cale tuff made
its appearance, and from its decomposition gave the thin crust of
soil on the surface a red colour ; small pieces of greenstone were now
and then seen, but no rocks.
Tuesday, 15th December, 1818.—I quitted Narrampet yesterday at
three in the afternoon and passed through a beautiful vale between two
lofty ridges of granitic hills: at their feet I saw greenstone in abundance.
1850. | in Southern and Central India. 201
I also saw a bed of a substance in specific gravity, hardness and fracture,
much resembling corundum excepting colour which was green.
Monday, 21st December, 1818.—Facts in illustration of the history
of iron clay formation, belonging according to Werner to the floetz
trap.
Ist. Its extensive diffusion,—Carnatic, Malabar Coast, Orissa, and
Midnapore.
2d. Small elevation above the level of the sea.
3d. Connection in the Carnatic with primary rocks, Concan, Ma-
labar.
4th. Its being apparently confined to the coast or extending only
a short distance inland.
Saturday, 9th January, 1819.—I quitted the cantonment, Se-
eundrabad, at three o'clock. I met Major Hopkinson at the bund
of the tank, who was making or repairing the road destroyed by
the overflow of last season ; he was in the act of directing the removal
of a large block of the greenstone ; he told me that the vein was con-
tinued beyond the tank in a northerly direction, but that it could not
be traced farther south ; also that the large vein crossing the road to the
residency, was continued in the same direction to Hyauttnuggur 12
miles distant. He mentioned the singular discovery of cairns and
druidical circles by W. P. of the Artillery ; one of them had been open-
ed lately of a curious formation and several bones had been found in it.
The granite continues to wear exactly the same aspect here and on the
road we have travelled from Secundrabad, the loggan stones and tors
being very numerous.
Sunday, 10th January, 1819.—Halted the whole day at Chin-
chawalee ka Durga, and in the afternoon visited the tombs of
Golconda; large cupolas supported on square pilasters of granite of an
extraordinary length, some of them were at least 20 feet high, of
solid stone. The tomb is in the centre of the hall, formed by the
cupola and is made of greenstone. Of this stone we discovered a
vein about 10 feet wide and running east by south, the same direc-
tion as those in Hydrabad: the sides were composed of granite
intermixed with the greenstone which affected the form of rhomboidal
blocks, and was penetrated by quartz veins. From the top of one
of the tombs we had a very fine view of the fort of Golconda, which is
202 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 3.
not so strong as it is supposed to be. Granite. No diamonds.
The characteristics of this country and striking ones they are: loggan
stones and tors of the most grotesque appearance, generally smaller
than their support or pediment, and in many instances piled together by
threes ; their origin I shall hereafter speak of :—tanks of large dimen-
sions varying from twenty to thirty miles in circumference, formed
by dividing the bed of a natural lake formed during the rains, into two
parts by a large mound or bund, through which several locks suffer
the water to escape as it is wanted to fertilize the other half of the
bed, converted into paddy fields :—the trap or greenstone running twenty
miles K. by S. of which I have seen three miles; this stone is used for
lingams and gods by the Hindus, and for tombs by the Mahomedans.
Monday, 11th January, 1819.—We travelled through a country
similar in all respects to the one we had quitted, except that the
granite tors assumed a still more grotesque appearance as we ad-
vanced, until within two miles of Puttuncheroo, when the granite
suddenly ceased to be visible and a fine plain of alluvial soil was spread
out before us covered with trees and bearing the strongest proofs of
great capability for cultivation.
Tuesday, 12th January, 1819.—The country between Puttuncheroo
and Begumpett, on which the village is built, consisted of the same
fertile soil and plain, bounded on the east and west by low granite
hills still preserving their peculiar features, when on our arrival
at Begumpett the granite suddenly reappeared in our path and formed
the hill on which it stands. On descending we found a stiff bluish clay
which continued to the place of our encampment Susdanugegur, on the
borders of a tank.
Wednesday, 13th January, 1819.—We travelled through the same
plain; low granite hills making their appearance until we nearly
reached Wondole, when quartz rock forming considerable elevations
running in a N. and S. direction; this rock continued for a mile
and a half, and then disappeared two or three hundred yards from
Jogypett, the place of our encampment. There the rock rises highest,
perhaps 50 feet. The quartz appears to have been once covered by
an iron clay deposit from the quantity of pisiform iron ore found on
it and from that formation being found in the ravines and rents at the
sides and bottom of the hills.
1850. ] a Southern and Central India. 203
Thursday, 14th January, 1819.—We passed through Jogypett,
and crossed a plain about 7 miles in breadth, between the quartz rock
and the hill on which Col. Hampton’s flag was fixed; the sides were
covered with angular and rounded masses of a rapidly decomposing
greenstone or hornblende rock, on breaking which the grey colour of
the decomposing surface was found extending into the black crystal-
line rock for about 2 lines. The soil formed by its decomposition was
very rich and retentive of moisture. The form of the surrounding
elevations was nearly similar and had nearly the same N. and 8S. direc-
tion. The stone had no perceptible effect on the magnet.
Monday, 18th January, 1819.—We quitted Tadmanoo for Jogypett :
I had a better opportunity of observing the scattered lumps and
masses of granite, which are strewed without order on the plain at
the foot of the quartz rock. I observed no difference in its structure
from that of Hydrabad. On descending the hill I passed just before
the sun rose, through a stratum of air in which the evaporation was
rapidly going on, producing a very cold sensation; when I came
to the bottom, as I had gone faster than to allow the inferior stratum
to be affected by the same cause, the warmth was very agreeable,
but as I could go no lower it speedily became cold as before, until
the sun rose and counteracted the effect of the evaporation. I forgot
to observe that the quartz rock is crystallized in rhombs, some of the
angles of which are very perfect.
Tuesday, (Mungul) 19th January, 1819.—We crossed the quartz rock
which is not above three hundred yards in breadth and on descending
into the plain watered by the large tank of Jogypett, soon met with lumps
and masses of granite, which gradually increased to the river Manjira, of
which it formed the banks : on crossing the river, now about its medium
height, we observed with surprise veins of white granite passing through
the syenitic granite, which forms its banks. The rock containing these
veins is much more susceptible of decomposition from the hornblende
which it contains, than the veins of red and white granite, and the
appearance produced, was like a fret work, when the broad surface of
the rock was exposed; when an edge was left to the action of the
atmosphere it was in small diagonal ridges.
This formation appeared confined to a space of a few hundred yards
only on the right bank of the river.
204 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 3.
It is worthy of remark that this river after we crossed it at Begum-
pett, takes a considerable turn to the N. and that its bed no longer
contains calcedonies there found in it. The mud however is the same,
and appears to be that arising from the decomposition of the trap rock
of Tadmanoor and elsewhere. After passing some elevated minor
granitic hills, we pitched our tents on the borders of a lake at the foot
of the station Suldapoorum.
Wednesday, 20th January, 1819.—The mixture of granite and
syenitic granite extends to this place, as I observed masses of the
syenitic granite imbedded in the former near my door, it reminds me of
the same appearance at Teeperty, near Neelgondah ; as I have speci-
mens, I shall have an opportunity of comparing them.
Thursday, 2\st January, 1819.—About halfway up, the blocks
of granite disappeared, and the path presented the decomposing trap
rock of nearly the same nature with that of Tadmanoor hill, its
decomposition forms the same rich soil as on that hill; I found
amongst it specimens of a substance intermediate between heliotrope
and hornstone. From the top I counted 33 lakes and should have
counted more had the horizon been clear, the hill is not above two
hundred feet in height, my barometer fell , inch. The neigh-
bouring mountains were slightly elevated above us and their direc-
tion and form nearly that of the one we were on, N. and S. and
round backed, with two or three slightly conical and more elevated sum-
mits in the range; in one instance a range of low hills appeared to
cross diagonally, indeed the direction of all was very indistinct and
most commonly curvilinear.
Friday, 22nd January, 1819.—For several miles after quitting
Suldapoorum, I passed through a beautiful forest of Teak, Mango,
Ficus indica, Tamarind, and other fine trees and shrubs mostly
leguminous ; the soil was partly granite and partly decomposing
greenstone, but wherever rocks were visible they were invariably grani-
tic. Ata small village situated on an immense divided mass of granite
a trap vein (primitive greenstone) crossed my road, running east by
south ; another about two miles farther became visible, of larger dimen-
sions and was lost in the jungle, in a short time we were surrounded
by granitic rocks with the same features which distinguish those of
Hydrabad ; huge masses with a concentric lamellar structure, loggan
stones, tors, &c., but with a large quantity of detritus at the feet.
1850. | in Southern and Central India. 205
In the alluvium at the foot of the pass to Chittial, was found a large
breccia containing handsome specimens of amethyst quartz accompanied
by quartz and cemented together by a silicious sand, strongly impreg-
nated with iron.
Sunday, 24th January, 1819.—I gained the top of the hill after
breakfast, and on my way found a considerable quantity of earthy-
brown and red ironstone lying scattered in the ravines and in the
spaces between the granite rocks, I had no means of judging whether
it formerly belonged to any formation such as the iron clay, but it
certainly resembled that found in it.
Monday, 25th January, 1819.—The ranges of hills appear to run
principally N. and S. from to the east of north. As I descended I
found a substance resembling calc tuff, in quartz, in a ravine, lying
on the surface and apparently brought down by the rain from higher
ground. I rode to Maidurh and round the hill on which the fort is
seated: it resembled very much that of Golcondah: I passed a river
running from west to east and some strange tors and loggan stones.
Tuesday, 26th January, 1819.—The road lay this day through a
tolerably rich country, whose soil was of the black argillaceous kind
arising from the decomposition of the transition trap: although on
advancing, without apparently changing our level we met with the old
granitic sandy soil, which is that of Ringumpett ; and in its neighbour-
hood, where our tents are pitched, is a large grained granite with very
handsome bluish grey felspar. I forgot to observe that the forms of
the granitic rocks were more varied than I had yet seen them, forming
every description of loggan stone and tors that can be conceived.
Wednesday, 27th January, 1819.—The soil alternated from the
black cotton soil, as it is called, to the sandy granitic, and the only rocks
we saw in this extensive plain were granitic in small lumps and masses.
As we approached the river Manjira, they were profusely spread on its
banks and in the middle of its stream; here and there in its bed we
observed small pieces of calcedony and cornelian. About three miles
from our station Ringumpett, I observed a very small-grained reddish
granite, much used in the buildings of the village.
Our station was on the transition greenstone, differing in no respect
from that of Tandmanoor, the same black thirsty soil covered with the
Poa cynosuroides (Kusa grass), also the Semicarpus anacardium and
ZE
206 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 3.
Butea frondosa. Ata lower part of the hill due east from the station,
I observed in a stone different from any other I had previously seen,
several turritulites and bivalves. The stone is of a bluish grey colour
alternating from that to a blackish grey, containing transparent
spots of stalactitic silica, its fracture is for the most conchoidal, even,
with sharp edges; it is hard, easily frangible and specific gravity
about 2.0. I have since found in another part of the hill nearly due
north from the station, large nodules of corroded and vesicular flint, and
masses of the former stone passing into flint ; some of the masses were
a foot and a half in diameter. I also in nearly the same direction from
the station, at the distance of half a mile, saw the transition trap laid
bare; it affected the columnar form and was every where split and
divided without any appearance of stratification ; in some cases I found
on the surface concentric layers rapidly decomposing, enabling me to
remove two of its coats.
Friday, 29th January, 1819.—I went this day to the southward
and westward as I had previously been to the other quarters of the
station. The cultivation has evidently extended all over the hill, fully
accounting for the smallness of the shrubs and trees on it: ravines
proceed in every direction from the top, forming in the rainy season
large torrents, supplying the Manjira with the mud which it then
deposits on its banks. In the lower grounds I saw wheat, cotton,
ricinus, and linseed in cultivation and in flourishing crops. We had
scarcely arrived at the bottom of the hill and about halfa mile from
the first village when the granite appeared in an abrupt part of the
road : near its first appearance we found precisely the same mixture,
which I have twice before noticed, viz. at the Manjira and Repurlah ;
near it was a bed of Meerschaum. The granite with its customary
attendants in the shape of loggan stones and tors soon succeeded, with
here and there masses of greenstone rolled and scattered without order.
The jungle prevented me from tracing their origin. In the even-
ing I visited the fort and saw at least a radius of 30 miles of the
surrounding country: we were still in the vast plain, but now more
broken in upon and diversified with rocks of granite. This is now redder
and contains veins of a still redder granite. It has also less of the
appearance of concentric layers and has a more stratified look. The
fort is miserably dilapidated, we were admitted without the least cere-
1850. ] in Southern and Central India. 207
mony. The country appears destitute of springs and depends entirely
on the rainy season and a few rivers for its supply of water.
Sunday, 31st January, 1819.—In the evening I observed in the banks
of a small nullah, dry m most parts and containing only a muddy water
tasteless of any saline impregnation, an incrustation of carbonate of potash
from and apparently by the decomposition of the felspar of the alluvial*
granite of which its sides were composed, acidified by the atmosphere.
Monday, \st February, 1819.—A short march from Sauhrampett
to Bachapilly; the granite continues to be red and of a small grain ;
about half way a vein of greenstone passed the road. After breakfast
I ascended the hill which has a fine prospect in a southerly view
bounded by a range of hills running east and west; their outline was
rather different from those I have been amongst for some time past,
being more peaked,—the Manjira taking a N. W. direction is in the
plain between. The mountain or rather hill of Bachapilly is almost
insulated and may be seen on all sides at several miles distance although
not 200 feet in height. It consists almost entirely of granite in large
irregular masses piled one on the other without order.
Tuesday, 2nd February, 1819.—I left Bachapilly this morning for
the river Manjira, its nearest approach being about 4 miles E. S. E. of
the hill. The road lay through jungle with heaps of granite at inter-
vals in hillocks, and irregularly strewed over the ground ; 2 miles from
the encampment the road was crossed by a primitive greenstone vein
taking its usual direction. On arriving at the river I found its banks
and bed lined and filled with granite: on the right bank the black allu-
vium was thirty feet above the level and perfectly horizontal on the top :
the bed consisted of granitic sand, a few pieces of calcedony not very
frequent, and a few shells of the same species I had previously found
on crossing it first.
I should have observed that I saw magnetic iron sand mixed with
the mud on the bank of the river. Also in a stream which emptied
itself into the river, a trace of the efflorescence of carbonate of potash.
Our encampment is not above the level of the banks of the river, there
being no difference in the barometer observed at each place.
Wednesday, 3rd February, 1819.—The hills have no regular course
or direction, one of the proofs of which is that the river runs in the
midst of them.
* So in original : diluvial is probably intended,—Eps.
2 2
208 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 3.
Thursday, 4th February, 1819.—I saw also near the village of
Bachapilly some singular veins of granite rising through a greenstone
or syenitic greenstone, very similar to what I had before observed on
the banks of the Manjira : the veins having resisted decomposition much
better than the containing rock remained projecting two feet in some
instances: it is remarkable that.a shift of the veins had taken place:
the granite vein was sometimes white and sometimes red like that at
the Manjira, the course of what we could discern of this formation,
which lay in a field formerly in cultivation and over which the
jungle was spreading, was east by south. Visited the Bears rocks, a
granitic elevation of thirty feet, distant east by south from the sta-
tion about 400 yards. Its base consists of a large grain containing red
felspar, white compact ditto, and hornblende, forming altogether a beau-
tiful stone ; through this mass, a vein of syenitic greenstone differing in
width from three feet to a few inches, runs for about fifty feet ; this is
again crossed by veins of a finer granite nearly resembling that higher
up, which is in large blocks apparently placed without order, but an eye
accustomed to these rocky elevations, almost peculiar to this country,
discerns in these masses the remains of a concentric coat of granite.
The remains of strata filled with these granitic veins are very common
between.
Friday, 5th February, 1819.—On our road through the plain the
same kind of granite to which we had been so long accustomed was
frequently seen in irregular masses, two miles from Bachapilly we
crossed a small nullah running in the direction of the Manjira. Imme-
diately before entering Polelum a large deposit of quartz rock running
K. and W. about half a mile, resting on granite. It was of the same
description as that at Joggypett: our road then lay through a plain of
black cotton soil, when after a tedious journey through a thick jungle
in which nothing was to be seen except masses of granite, and now and
then lumps of greenstone, we began to ascend a hill composed of green-
stone, having the same characteristics as that of Tandmanoor, containing
foliated zeolite in abundance and calcedony lying loose in the ravines,
and on its surface high kusa grass (Poa cynosuroides).
Sunday, 7th February, 1819.—I quitted the hill with Everest early
to go to Kowlass, we descended one of the ravines so common on these
hills and soon came to the usual kind of granite, but could not observe
1850. ] in Southern and Central India. 209
the junction of the strata; we again began to ascend by a very long
road, until the junction between the trap and granite was very distinct,
and on looking around us each of the numerous elevations in sight
appeared covered with the same kind of trap resting on granite. It
. is worthy of remark that many trees on the hill are destitute of leaves,
whereas in the vallies and ravines they appear to preserve them late in
the season. We now began to ascend the hill on which the fort of
Kowlass stands, in which there is nothing externally different from
that of Medenkah Golcondah ; the fort and basis of the hill are of gra-
nite both red large-grained, and grey small-grained ; on its northern side
and near the summit a very considerable vein of greenstone crosses
the path running E.S. E. and W. N. W., its northern or upper edge is
well defined and consists of greenstone porphyry, containing both crys-
tals of felspar and smoky quartz in the upper part of the vein, but
lower down the hill, the stone is a coarse greenstone very subject to
decomposition which takes place in a concentric manner and very
similar to that of the hill of Boorgapilly, which is more secondary and
contains zeolites; its lower edge is less well defined and instead of
being bounded by the granite as on the other side, it is spread for
several yards over the granite, lying directly upon it: the breadth of the
whole is from about 40 to 50 feet; its length we had it not in our
power to ascertain. After my return I visited the village of Boorga-
pilly, the environs of which consist of a very rich soil formed by the
decomposition of the trap ; in which soil, where it has not been disturb-
ed, the zeolite has been re-crystallized in silvery plates.
Wednesday, 10th February, 1819.—We crossed a nullah after
descending the hill of Kowlass, running east to Manjira. We passed
through a large plain of the black cotton soil and arrived at Beechi-
condah, through a pass of granitic rocks, in which were many loggan
stones, and angles were taken. I reduced the temperature of Fahrenheit
from 88 to 59, at 4 past three o’clock, p. m. The hill or hills are com-
posed of red syenitic granite very similar to that at Bachapilly, though
of a smaller grain. I had an opportunity of observing the communi-
cation between this plain and the one which it follows. The whole is
flooded during the rainy season, and affords an easy explanation of the
universal appearance of the black cotton soil except in the neighbour-
hood of those hills which are covered by granite alone,
210 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 3.
We passed several little rivers on their way eastward to join the
Manjira. An explanation of the cause of the total absence of trap on
some of the hills must still be sought for.
Thursday, 11th February, 1819.—Through the continuation of the
plain to which Beechicondah is the pass. For some distance granitic
sandy soil, when a river produced its usual accompaniment the black
cotton soil of the trap. We passed Mudnoor at the back of which to
the N. E. the granite commences surmounted by the trap. As we
crossed the fields and ascended the hills of Bukutapoor, calcedony with
green-earth, heliotrope, amygdaloid wacke, with zeolite, stilbite, and
carbonate of lime coloured green, were found in great abundance and
very fine specimens.
The western side of the hill on which we are encamped is composed
of the crystalline transition greenstone, but in the vallies and towards
the eastern side it consists of wacke enclosing large specimens of foliated
zeolite or stilbite with amygdaloidal pieces of green-earth, which has
given its colour to carbonate of lime also contained in it. The wacke
is of a greenish grey colour and is destitute of crystals of olivine or of
basaltic hornblende.
Friday, 12th February, 1819.—I visited a ravine about a mile due
east of the hill, in which the trap was much water-worn. In one part
it had very much the external appearance of the Rowley Rag Basalt
described in Thomson’s Annals, being semicolumnar. In another
part, it consisted of nodular concentric masses of which the external
coats were decomposed, leaving rings around a lump of more compact
nature undecomposed, on others a number of concentric circles visible of
various sizes, according to the quantity of the mass decomposed.
Our servants have brought in a number of very handsome speci-
mens of
Wacke contg. Foliated zeolite.
Ditto Green earth.
Ditto Green carbonate of lime.
Ditto Nodular mesotype, heliotrope.
Ditto with green-earth and calcedony.
Ditto with Jasper ditto ditto.
Saturday, 13th February, 1819.—The surrounding hills and accli-
vities are of two descriptions. The lowest are of granite, are rugged,
1850. ] in Southern and Central India. 21)
consisting of masses heaped one on the other and of loggan stones.
The lower are generally east and west, level at their tops, with now
and then rounded summits terminating by rather an abrupt slope,
and containing vallies having the appearance of the embrasures of a
fortification ; I recollect seeing the above hills mentioned by Colonel
Mackenzie in his journal. The basis of all these hills is granite, red-
dish and of a small grain.
Sunday, 14th February, 1819.—List of minerals found on the hill
and in the neighbourhood of Bhutkahpoor, during a residence of four
days there :—
Basis of the hill, granite of a reddish grey colour and small grain.
Granite.
Greenstone, early contg. Zeolite.
Wacke concentric. foliated.
globular. radiated.
amorphous. Heliotrope.
cellular. Carbonate of lime.
Amygdaloid, contg. Green earth.
Zeolite. Calcedony.
Carbonate of lime. Quartz.
Green earth. Cacholong.
Brown ditto. Striped agate.
Calcedony.
Thursday, 18th February, 1819.—We quitted Bhuktahpoor, at 4
o'clock this morning. I had employed the three preceding days in
visiting various parts of the neighbourhood. I found three streams
of water descending from the hill in different directions supplied by
infiltration: the temperature of one was 10 degrees lower than that of
the atmosphere which was 88°. The wacke was not very general and
appeared only in beds of small extent, the general rock being an
earthy greenstone with no crystals of any description. I found in all
the sides of the streams the efflorescence of the carbonated alkali, and
Iam ata loss to determine, whether it proceeds from the soda of the
zeolite or the potash of the green earth. A dense precipitate was occa-
sioned in water from a spring in the neighbourhood of the camp by
alum in powder. I arrived at Daigloor, a short time before sunrise ;
about a mile distant I crossed a river, the bed of which was composed
212 Note on the Zine Mines of Jdwar. [No. 3.
of large blocks of red crystalline granite contained in a breccia com-
posed of limestone cementing quartz and red felspar; the sand of the
bed was similar to that of most other rivers that I have seen, taking
their rise from the trap hills and flowing through granite country ; con-
sisting of the debris of those two rocks as well as calcedonies and
land shells of three sorts, buccinum, helix and pusilla, the right bank of
the river resembled exactly that at Ramaleddypett, being lofty and
composed of the black cotton soil. I passed over other ranges of the
trap, of low height, until our descent into the plain through which
the Mubnar passes, the right bank of which is also very steep.
At Adainaor the granite for more than one-half the height of the
hill, and covered at the top by a very compact greenstone with crystals
of felspar, and a few cavities not filled with any substance. The course
of these trap hills was very distinctly seen from this point due E.
and W.
Notes on the Zine Mines of Jéwar, by Captain J. C. Brooke, Mewar
Bheel Corps.
I have forwarded to your address by dawk banghy a box containing
specimens of ore, and of the metal extracted therefrom, found between
Kherwara and Udypura, and shall feel much obliged by your procur-
ing me an analysis of the same, and information as to the composition
of the -metal* and the best method of smelting the ore. As a descrip-
tion of the place where it is found may prove interesting, I send you a
few notes concerning it, and the little information I have been able to
obtain of the former methods of working the mines.
2nd. The hilly country of Méwar has always been known to abound
in metalliferous ores, and it is supposed that the produce resulting
therefrom was one of the sources of wealth, by which former Ranas of
Udypura, were enabled to contend successfully for so many years
against the might and power of the Delhi emperors. The most cele-
brated of these mines and which were worked to the greatest advantage
* Zinc: the specimens sent are very small, and apparently contain very little
metal.—Eps.
1850. ] Note on the Zine Mines of Jéwar. 213
are undoubtedly those of Jawar. They are incidentally mentioned by
Captain Tod in his Rajasthan, and are stated to have yielded a net
revenue of Rs. 220,000 a year. They became closed during the
great famine, which devastated western India in A. D. 1812-13, dur-
ing which the miners, dependant on the surrounding country for food,
were obliged to leave a locality situated in the heart of the Bheel coun-
try, whose starving population seized all the grain intended for the
city of Jawar. The government of Udypura, too weak to defend
itself, and at the time oppressed by the Mahrattas and other free-
booters, failed to forward the requisite assistance, and the town suffered
the same fate as that of many other places.
3rd. Jawar lies half way between Kherwéra and Udypura, or
some 25 miles due south of the latter place. It is situated in an irre-
gular valley surrounded by hills rising to a height of 1000 to 1500
feet, clothed with rich verdure to their summits, and overlooking an
irregular-shaped plain covered over for a space of 5 or 6 square miles,
with the monuments of former wealth and importance. Many of these
ruins consist of ancient buildings and temples on hills rising in several
instances to the height of upwards of a hundred feet, and composed.
entirely of ashes, which alone fully attest the distant period from
which the mines must have been worked. The small river Thiri
flows through the plain. It has been in one place bunded up with a
masonry bund now in ruins, the excellence of which is attested by the
age of the temples built hundreds of years ago on the alluvium of the
lake that must have formerly formed an extensive and lovely sheet of
water. The chief hill which was used for mining has been worked
into a mass of excavations, from which myriads of bats and a stray bear
now and then serve to startle the incautious intruders.
4th. Itis some 6 years since I first visited Jawar, and it then
occured to me to induce work-people to re-open the mines, but I was
unable to procure specimens of the ores from the jealousy of the then
Minister of Udypura, as to my intentions in bringing these hidden
treasures to light. Qn a subsequent occasion about 2 years ago, I pro-
posed to the present Maha Rana of U'dypura, the expediency of open-
ing the mines; he appeared very anxious to do so, and authorized me
to obtain miners from Ajmere. Having addressed Lieut.-Col. Dixon
on the subject, that officer with great kindness entered fully into my
2F
214 Note on the Zine Mines of Jawar. [No. 3.
views and pointed out to me the little use of commencing mining ope-
rations at all, unless perfectly sure of the value and richness of the ores
to be worked. He mentioned the various descriptions of ore which
were most likely to be found, and gave me several useful hints on the
subject.
5th. Seeing it was waste of time to do any thing before having
procured specimens of the ore, I allowed the matter to rest, till on a
recent visit to Udypura, I again mentioned my wish to His Highness
the Maha Rand, who ordered me to be supplied with whatever was
needed, and issued the like orders to an old man, the only remaining
inhabitant of old Jawar, during the time of its prosperity. The Rana
gave me to understand, that the previous year he had directed the old
man to smelt a little of the ore which he had done, and brought to
Udypura, but afraid of losing his influence, should he divulge the
secret of preparing the ore for the furnace, he had refused to give
information as to the manner of working it,—the Rana thereon tried
to burn a little himself, but all his crucibles broke.
6th. A few days afterwards on my visiting Jawar, the old man
came and at my request brought a basket of the ore in its rough state.
He described it as being found in veins 3 or 4 inches thick and some-
times in bunches, in quartz rock and mixed with other stone. He
broke some pieces with a hammer, showing me the good ore and the
simple way it was freed from the quartz rock, with which it was mixed
(specimens of good ore, inferior ore, and ore mixed with quartz, are
sent). The pure ore being very friable is then pounded and freed
from quartz and placed in crucibles some 8 or 9 inches high and 3
inches diameter; with necks 6 inches long and half an inch in diame-
ter. The mouth being fastened up, the crucibles are inverted and
placed in rows on a charcoal furnace when the ore is fused in about 3
or 4 hours. If pieces of the quartz are allowed to remain with the ore,
the crucibles of course break, and hence, the old man informed me, the
Rana’s failure. From each crucible the quantity of metal collected
does not vary much, a specimen of that extracted for the Rand from
one crucible is sent, as are also remains of ancient crucibles found
among the ruins.
7th. I could not discover whether any flux was used in the smelt-
ing, or whether the crucibles are entirely or only partially filled previous
to the operation.
1850. | Description of a new species of Mole. 215
8th. The above is the description of the process given by the old
man. I have only to add, that not pretending to be a geologist, I will
not hamper with crude suppositions the opinions of those to whom
the Society may make over the specimens for analysis. I am fully
satisfied with having brought the mines to light, and I have only to
request that, as I see no daily paper, you would oblige me by favouring
me with a copy of whatever information may be elicited on the sub-
ject of the metal or theore. It is very probable that with the immense
import of all kinds of metals from England, the working of these
ancient mines may not now be profitable, still the subject is itself
interesting, as bringing to notice another part of India in which mineral
riches abound.
Description of a new species of Mole (Talpa leucura, Blyth).
By Ep. Buytu, Esq.
The species of restricted Talpa that have hitherto been described
amount to four only in number, that I am aware of; viz. T. europea,
L., of Europe generally,—T. caca, Savi, of Italy and Greece,—T.
moogura, Temminck, of Japan,—and 7’. microura, Hodgson, of Nepal,
Sikim, Butan, and the mountains of Asim: but the Society’s Museum
has long possessed specimens of another from Cherra Punji, (N. of
Sylhet), which I have recognised as distinct for some years, but now
only proceed to describe.
In its external characters, the Cherra Punji Mole differs little from
T. microura, except that the tail is considerably more developed,
though much less so than in 7. europea ; and the latter is clad and
tufted with white hairs, whence I propose for the species the name of
T. leucura. This animal, also, would seem hardly to attain the size of
T. microura. An adult female in spirit measures 4+ inch. long, with
tail $ inch additional: the latter is of a club shape, much constricted
for the basal half, as represented in one of the accompanying drawings.
The general colour of the fur, too, is less fulvescent than is usual with
T. microura. In both of these Asiatic species, as in 7’. ceca, there is
no perforation of the mtegument over the eye, as in 7’. europea; the
skin being there merely attenuated and imperfectly transparent.
2F2
216 Description of a new species of Mole. [No. 3.
But the characteristic distinction of 7. lewcura consists in having
only two small premolars in the upper jaw anterior to the great last
premolar (carnassiez, or ‘scissor-tooth’) ; both 7. europea and T.
microura having three,—these being comparatively larger and less
separated im the latter, and the carnassiez is also much larger in T.
microura than in 7. europea. The posterior spur of the canine (? or
pseudo-canine*) is remarkably developed in 7’. leucura, in place of
the absent small preemolar. In the dentition of the lower jaw, there
are also characteristic differences distinguishing these three species.
In the Moles, as in most other Insectivora, and also in the Lemuride
(the very peculiar genus Cheiromys, which has rodential tusks, except-
ed), the lower canine is minute and takes the form of an incisor, for
which it has been very commonly mistaken ;+ and the first preemolar
is developed to assume the form of a canine, but locks posteriorly
to the upper canine (or pseudo-canine, and like it has a double fang).
There is no instance of a genuine lower canine locking behind the
upper one, unless the gnawing tusks of the Rodentia and of the Lemu-
ridous Cheiromys be regarded as the homologues of canines, which
seems to be indicated more by the co-presence of undoubted upper
incisors in the Leporide, than the reverse is by the difficulty of always
tracing the origin of upper rodential tusks through the intermaxil-
laries to the true maxillary bones in the rodents generally. But to
return to Talpa leucura: following the minute lower canine and the
canine-like first lower preemolar of this species, there are two small
preemolars anterior to the carnassiez or last of the series, and the first
of these is conspicuously much smaller than the second ; in 7’. microura
the two are of equal or nearly equal size, and occupy more space
longitudinally ; while in 7. europea these and the carnassiez successively
enlarge in a regular gradation, the latter being proportionally smaller
* In all the Insectivora, Cuv., which apparently possess upper canines, these
teeth have rather the structure of modified false molars, and, I believe, have always
double fangs, as exemplified by Talpa, Centetes, and Gymnura. I figure the upper
pseudo-canine of Talpa europea extracted from its socket, by way of illustration.
+ No placental mammal has more than three pairs of true incisors, or than three
pairs of true molars (distinguished by their not being preceded by deciduary teeth in
the young animal, as is the case with all other teeth). Although certain instances
occur, as especially in the hoofed ruminants, where the lower canine is hardly (if
at all) to be distinguished from the incisors, yet this fourth supposed pair of
incisors never co-exists with an undoubted canine (vide the Camels, Horses, Tapirs,
&c.), that is among the placental mammalia, inasmuch as they are the veritable
homologues of those teeth,
1850. | Lead Mines of Kohel et Terdfeh. 217
than in the two Indian species. Both scissor-teeth are indeed most
developed in 7’. microura, and the teeth generally are'more robust.
The specimens of 7’. microura from Asam, like those of Nepal, have
generally a very minute tail, which can at least be distinctly enough
felt under the fur; but those from the vicinity of Darjiling have no
external trace of tail, whether sent as skins or in spirit. I have found,
however, no perceptible difference in the skulls and dentition, nor in
any other character whatever, that should warrant us in considering
the tail-less Darjiling Moles as a distinct species; separable from T.
microura. The Society’s museum contains 7’. Jeucura stuffed and in
spirit, and the skull of the specimen preserved in spirit has been
extracted and cleaned; while the dentition of the stuffed specimen is
exposed, and is quite similar to that of the other here described. It is
not improbable that 7. leuwcura may extend its range eastward into
China ; and in that direction we may look for additional species of Talpa,
if not also in western Asia. In Africa the genus is unknown, but is
represented in the south by Chrysochlore ; in N. America by Scalops
and Condylura; while in 8. America the Insectivora, Cuv., do not
occur, their functions being performed by numerous diminutive species
of Didelphys, as also may be said in Australia by the Perameles
tribe; and it is far from unlikely that Australia may yet be found to
produce a fossorial marsupiai form, resembling the Moles as other
Marsupialia present an analogical but superficial likeness to certain
other Insectivora.
Explanation of plate. Skulls of the genus Talpa, magnified to twice
the natural size.—1, 7. leucura—2. T. microura.—3. T. europea.—
1,a. Tail of J. leucura, nat. size.—3, a. Upper pseudo-canine of T.
europea, magnified.
Note on the Formations and Lead Mines of Kohel et Terafeh, Eastern
desert of Egypt, by HexeKyan Bry. Communicated by Captain
T. J. Newson, F. R.S., Foreign Member of the Philomathique and
Geological Societies of France.
Note.—The old Lead Mines of Kohel lie near the Red Sea, a day’s journey N.
by E. from Gebel Zubdra, in about Lat. 24° 40’. Not far distant are the Lead
Mines of Gebel Rassds, (lit. mountain of lead.)
The use of lead was known at an early epoch in the history of
Metallurgy. Mention of it is made by Moses in his song of triumph
218 Lead Mines of Kohel et Terdfeh. (iN: St
and thanksgiving, after the passage of the Red Sea and the overthrow
of Pharoah and the Egyptian host in its waters. [‘‘Thou didst blow
with thy wind, the sea covered them: they sank as lead in the mighty
waters.” Ex. xv. 10.] Again in Numbers xxxi. 22,—where it is men-
tioned with the other five metals most in use at this early period :
(‘only the gold, and the silver, the brass, the iron, the tin, and the
lead.”?) Job thus alludes to the use of lead for the permanent record of
remarkable transactions, (xix. 23, 24.) ‘Oh, that my words were now
written! Oh, that they were printed (written?) in a book! that they
were graven with an iron pen and lead in the rock for ever! Again in
Jeremiah vi. 29. ‘The bellows are burned, the lead is consumed of
the fire, the founder melteth in vain.” According to the following
_ passage in Ezekiel, by whom this metal is mentioned more than once,
it would seem to have been imported into Palestine by merchants from
Tarshish (xxvii. 12.) ‘Tarshish was thy merchant by reason of the
multitude of all kind of riches; with silver, iron, tin, and lead, they
traded in thy fairs.” In the time of Zechariah lead appears to have
been used for the sealing up and covering of vessels. (v.8.) ‘ And
he cast it into the midst of the ephah ; and he cast the weight of lead
upon the mouth thereof.”
Pausanias speaks of certain books of Hesiod, written upon sheets of
lead, and Pliny states, that public acts were registered on leaves of the
same metal. A great number of leaden coins, most of them Greek or
Roman, but some representing Egyptian divinities, have been figured
by Ficorini in his Piombi Antichi; and frequent allusion is made to
leaden coins by the poets.
The ancient Egyptians made use of lead chiefly in their alloys, and
for solder.
An ancient Sistrum found by Mr. Burton at Thebes is soldered with
lead: and I have seen portions of this metal still adhering to cavities
in hewn stones in some of the temple walls at Thebes.
The lead appeared to have been used for fastening bars of bronze or
iron into the blocks. The bars have disappeared, but have left their
traces in a few places, in stains of rust or verdigris. According to
Diodorus lead was employed by the Egyptians in purifying the gold
dust, found on the confines of Egypt, which he tells us (ii. 11.) was
placed with a fixed proportion of lead, salt, a little tin, and barley bran
into earthern crucibles closed with clay, and exposed to heat in a fur-
1850. | : Lead Mines of Kohel et Terdfeh. 219
nace, for five successive days and nights. Lead (galena) is not only
found at the old excavations of Kohel et Terdfeh, but in several other
places in the eastern desert of Egypt, generally in short veins and
nests, in the limestone, as at Wad: Araba, and the Mokattern. Old
lead mines are said to exist at Gebel Rassds, as before observed.
Tod iN.
Formation around Kohel et Terdfeh.
Norr.—The beds in this section are taken in the ascending order commencing
with the lowest. T. J. N.
The formation in the plain (fersh) towards the N. W. of the Kohel
is composed of parallel layers of coarse, yellow, compact psammite, a
foot in thickness—succeeded by a layer, 4 or 5 inches thick, contain-
ing rolled pebbles of quartz, porphyry, granite, gneiss, &c. Seams of
crystallised sulphate of lime intercalate these layers ; and thin laminze
of the same matter branch through them vertically. Over them we
have several beds of yellow psammite tinged with red, and containing
nodules of oxidulated iron ; each bed averaging from 14 feet to 2 feet,
in thickness. Several thin layers of gypsum, with intervening clays
and ferruginous psammites—about four inches thick in the aggregate,
and a layer, about eight inches thick, of calcareous sandstone—very
compact and hard—containing silicified bivalves in good preservation,
succeed.
Overlying them is a series of light green and streaked psammites of
a less compact structure than the inferior beds—each layer is separated
from the other by an intervening seam of gypsum—about one, or one
and a half inch thick.
Over these chloritic psammites we have a close arrangement of
parallel bands of gypsum, with intervening layers of disintegrated
clay (?) about twelve inches thick. Above them les stratified sulphate
of lime of a compact nature from twenty to twenty-five feet thick,
with about seven or eight feet of a less compact sulphate of lime over-
lying it. Above the sulphates of lime we have a layer of corals:
and over the corals a diluvium composed of a dark yellowish marl; on
which reposes a gravel of sharp angular fragments of granitic and
felspathic formations ; some of the fragments are a cubic foot in size ;
290 Lead Mines of Kohel et Terdfeh. [No. 3.
and a few of the larger blocks are slightly rounded, This diluvium
covers the surface of this part of the Kohel.*
The strata of the Kohel hill here have a very slight easterly dip.
The surface of the ravines passing through it, are inclined im a similar
direction, but at a greater angle.
Lead Mines of Kohel et Terdfeh.
The mines are situated about 14 mile from the W. shore of the Red
Sea, as before observed. The ore, galena and carbonate of lead,
occurs in an argillo-siliceous schist, associated with small quantities of
sulphur and iron—a poor carbonate. The Bey visited seven excava-
tions, which are mostly from three to four feet broad, about five
feet high, and run down in inclined planes cut in steps. Galena was
found in the shaft worked by Brochi; but the indications discovered
are not considered favourable. Besides other minerals, titaniated iron,
manganese, zinc and fire-clay have been discovered here. The surface
of the rock between the mines and the shore is coral limestone, covered
with a gravel of granitic, gneiss, porphyry pebbles.
The mines were worked by the ancients ; and the ruins of an old, but
not extensive station still exist, in detached buildings of loose stones
and foundations—some round,—others square. Water is brought
from Gebel Hgleh, or Edjleh—four or five hours’ distance, but is bad,
brackish, and causes vomiting.
The fersh of the Kohel produces a good deal of Siydl wood, (Acacia
Stydleh.)
From the mines the Bey took a S. W. direction by Wddis Egli and
Sakkari Siydleh, and after a day’s march arrived at Wddis Allem and
Zubéira. In Wadi Tamtibah are Hieroglyphs and a Zodiac, sculp-
tured on some porphyro-felspathic rocks associated with gneiss, schists,
and quartz, containing much argillaceous matter. At Zubdra the
principal rock is a ferruginous mica schist with quartz veins, containing
bits of emerald. Grey granite, with silvery mica, micaceous amphibole,
black steatite, and nodules of iron, occurs, also gneiss.
* The site of the granites, porphyries and felspars composing the ‘ diluvium,”’
is not far off, as the Bey has a note of having passed some felspathic and granite
hills with quartz, invaded by porphyry and serpentine, the day before he reached
the Kohel, These plutonic rocks lie westerly from the Kohel, and continue two
days’ journey ina N. W. direction, forming the Kabarais hills. The Tella-t-el
Kabarais has a reservoir containing twelve months water. At Wadi el Assel, N. BK.
from Kosseir, and Wadi Hinduseh, they become intermingled with the sedimen-
tary rocks, limestone and sandstone. At Wddi Zig ef Bahar two chains of marly
limestone, chalk and psammites occur, overtopped by higher, and isolated clusters
of felspathic rocks.
1850. | Remarks on the variation of affined species. 221
Remarks on the modes of variation of nearly affined species or races
of Birds, chiefly inhabitants of India.—By EK. Buyru.
The drawing up of a catalogue of species of any class of animals
involves a series of decisions as to what are to be considered species or
merely varieties of the same species, in all of which decisions no
two zoologists will be found to agree, inasmuch as in numerous cases
of difficulty such decisions become quite arbitrary. The fact is, we
find every variety of gradation from a similitude which does not permit
of a distinction being made, to an amount of discrepancy which all
would agree in regarding as of specifical import. As species are often
represented (I do not use this word in reference to a system of repre-
sentation, in which I do not believe,) in distant countries by others
bearing a greater or less resemblance to them, in some cases so close as
scarcely to permit of discrimination, so there may be others having.
equal claim to be regarded as of distinct origin, even though utterly
undistinguishable apart. Or a particular age or sex only may present
some marked diversity, as instanced by the caterpillars of certain
lepidopterous insects which are hardly, if at all, to be separately recog-
nised in the imago phase of their existence. Mr. Swainson collected
in Brazil specimens of a butterfly, Papilo (Podalirius) nomius,
figured in his ‘Zoological Illustrations,’ which would hardly be
supposed to inhabit likewise Lower Bengal; yet a species which, so
far as can be judged from his very careful representation, is absolutely
similar, abounds in the vicinity of Calcutta and other parts of
Bengal during the dry hot season. It is true that we also get here
the Cynthia cardut, which is a butterfly of almost universal distri-
bution, alike in the British islands, America, and Australia:* but it
does not appear that Papilio nomius has been observed elsewhere than
in India and Brazil, and we can hardly suppose its race to have been
conveyed from one of these countries to the other, or to have reached
them both from a common point of divergence.
* We have compared specimens from Calcutta, Central India, the E. and W.
Himalaya, and Afghanistan, with others from Europe and W. Australia, and could
detect no distinctive character whatever.
2G
222 Remarks on the variation of affined species. [iNo. 3. .
Races deviate from the similarity which obtains among different
individuals of the same race, in every way in which a difference could
well be exhibited. Thus some differ only in size, as the greater and
less European Bullfinches (of which the former is, we believe, the true
Loxia pyrrhula, L.,)—the Turtur orientalis and T. auritus,—the
Charadrius pluvialis and Ch. virginicus,—the Larus glaucus and L.
islandicus,—the Asiatic Nettapus coromandelianus and the Australian
N. bicolor, Lesson,—Buceros affinis of the Deyra Doon and B. albi-
rostris,—Alcedo ispida and A. bengalensis,—Caprimulgus ruficollis
and C. asiaticus,—C. monticolus and C. affinis,—Enicurus frontalis,
nobis, of the Malayan Peninsula and LZ. speciosus (Horsfield), of Java,
—Sylvia Jerdoni, nobis, and 8. curruca, (Gm.) both Indian birds,—
Cuculus canorus, C. himalayanus, and C. poliocephalus, which are alike
inhabitants of the Himalaya, &c. &c.
Or, with exact similarity of size and proportions, they may differ
more or less in colour,—as the different species of Asiatic Treron with
yellow feet, e.g. Tr. pheenicoptera of Bengal and Upper India, 77.
chlorigaster of 8. India and Ceylon, and 7. viridifrons of Burma ; or
the long-tailed Tr. apicauda of the 8. K. Himalaya and 77. oxyura of
the Malay countries :—also the species or races of black-headed Munia,
as M. sinensis of the Malayan peninsula, M. rubroniger of Bengal,
Nepal, Asam, Arakan, and Tenasserim, and M. malacca of 8. India
and Ceylon. Such differences may be very slight indeed and yet
constant, as in the foregoing instances and many more :—such as Car-
pophaga enea of the Nicobar Islands as compared with specimens from
the neighbouring countries,—Palumbus Elphinstonet of the Nilgiris
and of Ceylon—Oriolus melanocephalus of Malabar and Ceylon and
that of Bengal, Nepal, and the countries eastward,—Pomatorhinus
erythrogenys of the N. W. and of the S. E. Himalaya,—Caccabis
chukar and C. greeca, auctorum,—the Cyanecule, the Geocichle, &e. ;
among which may be further enumerated the common Sparrows of
India and of Europe, and the Accentor alpinus of the mountains of
Europe and J. nipalensis of the Himalaya. The Garrulus glanda-
rius, G. melanocephalus, and the Japanese Jay,—the Sitta europea,
S. cesia, and S. himalayensis,—and the bare-necked white Ibises
(Threskiornis) of India, Africa, and Australia, afford other character-
istic examples.
1850.] Remarks on the variation of affined species. 223
In several such cases where the sexes differ, the adult males only of
two or more races can be distinguished, as exemplified by Thamnobia
cambaiensis of N. and Middle India and Th. fulicata of S. India and
Ceylon,—also by some of the Indian long-tailed Nectarinie,—by
Tephrodornis pelvica and T. sylvicola,—by certain of the Kally
Pheasants (Gallophasis), and of the Tree Partridges (drboricola).
Or only the older males may assume a distinguishing mark, as in
Lanius superciliosus of the Malay countries as compared with its
representative in India. Or perhaps the old of both sexes may alone —
-be distinguishable, as instanced by the amethystine Chrysococcyx
zanthorhynchos of the Malay countries and its emerald-green Indian
representative. Lastly, the nuptial plumage may alone present a
constant diversity, which is very great in Motacilla alboides and M.
dukhunensis ; and we should infer that Hydrochelidon leucopareia so
common in India, and H. fluviatilis, Gould, of Australia, were not to
be known apart in their non-breeding livery.
That we should not be too hasty in setting down these slight and
apparently trivial differences as denoting varieties only of the same
particular species, is indicated by the fact that with a constant varia-
tion of colour, however seemingly unimportant, is sometimes, if not
commonly, associated a marked difference in the voice. This is very
decided in the case of Pratincola indica, nobis, as compared with that
of the European Pr. rudicola; the wild Turtur risorius, (l.) of
India has also a very different voice (or coo) from the domesticated
Dove so common in cages and called by the same name: and we should
expect. that the three Cuckoos before referred to will prove to differ
remarkably in voice; while (so far as we can learn) the Dendronanthus
_agilis of India never emits the fine musical notes of the very closely
affined D. ¢rivialis. How excellent a criterion is furnished, in some
cases at least, by the voice is illustrated by the multifarious breeds
of the common domestic fowl, all of which speak the same language,
which is a very different one, in every note uttered, from that either of
the wild Gallus Sonneratiit of S. India, or G. Stanleyi of Ceylon.
Buta more conclusive proof, that exceedingly close external resem-
blance may subsist when the species are unquestionably diverse, is ‘
deduceable from the fact of the very extraordinary conformation of
2G 2
224 Remarks on the variation of afined species. [No. 3.
the trachea in the female alone of Rhynchea australis, which pecu-
larity does not occur in either sex of Rh. bengalensis.
Following up this enumeration of the variety of modes of differing
among closely affined races of birds, it may next be remarked that a
great difference of voice and of habits may be only indicated in the
structure by minute variations in the form of particular feathers; e. g.
Corvus corone and C. americanus :—Pernis cristata is only distin-
guished from P. apivora by an occipital tuft of lengthened feathers
more or less developed, in addition to its different habitat; and in
Spizaétus limnaétus and Sp. cristatellus, the last named has a similar
occipital crest generally much more developed, this being again the
chief distinction besides that of geographical distribution, and that
the former race assumes an ultimate phase of plumage which is never
(so far as we can learn) seen in the other. The very different form of
the crest and adjacent plumage is again the only distinction we are
acquainted with between the larger Indian Pelican (Pelicanus javanicus)
and the closely affined African species (P. onocrotalus). In many
other instances the distinction is’ best shewn in the varying relative
proportions of the wing-primaries, or even in that of a single primary,
as exemplified by dAcrocephalus arundinaceus, (L., vel Sylvia tur-
doides, Tem.,) of Europe, and dcr. brunnescens, (Jerdon,) of India.*
Pycnonotus jocosus of Burma and Penang has always a shorter and
more intensely crimson ear-tuft than P. jocosus of India, and we have
been assured that the voices also differ. The Irena puella of India,
and also of Arakan and the Tenasserim provinces, differs constantly
from that of the Malay countries by having shorter tail-coverts.
Then we have cases in which sundry of the foregoing differences are
variously combined. In Lowia himalayensis, L. curvirostra, and L.
pytiopsittacus, the size is successively larger, with a successively more
robust conformation. So likewise in Gracula javanensis and Gr.
intermedia. The restricted Hdolii differ slightly in size only, except that
the larger have successively the frontal crest proportionally more
developed. In Cannabis linaria (Fringilla linaria, L., v. Linaria
canescens, Gould), as compared with C. minor, a difference of size is
combined with a very slight one of plumage, and the song-notes are
here again distinguishable. In Pratincola atrata, nobis, of the high-
* Vide J. A. 8. XV., 288
1850. | Remarks on the variation of affined species. 225
lands of Ceylon, as compared with Pr. caprata, a larger size is coms
bined with a proportionally larger bill, The same is more strong-
ly shewn in Garrulax. pectoralis as compared with G. moniliger,
and in Hiaticula Geoffroyi as compared with H. Leschenaulti ; the
plumage, and the seasonal changes of plumage of the two last named
species, being absolutely alike. Hmberiza palustris would resemble
Emb. scheniculus, only that the beak is altogether of a different shape.
So with Montifringilla nivalis and Plectrophanes nivalis, all the differ-
ence is in the bill (so far as we can remember). Teron curvirostris
and 7. malabaricus are alike in size and plumage, but their bills are
of a very different form, and there is a bare space surrounding the eye
of the one and not of the other. Pomatorhinus schisticeps resembles
in plumage P. leucogaster, but has a larger bill and much more deve-
loped and straighter claws. Calornis affinis, nobis (Turdus colum-
éinus ? Gmelin), has merely a larger size and generally duller plumage
than C. cantor. It is easy to multiply examples, grading from absolute
similarity to the exhibition of every amount and variety of dissem-
blance.
In some instances where slight differences of colour only, especially
of shade of hue, constitute the sole diversity, we have the presumptive
evidence afforded by a series of many analogous cases, subject to the
same conditions of climate, &c., manifesting the same phzenomenon,
which is therefore to be ascribed with the greater probability to the
operation of a cause inducing the particular variation. Thus several
Indian birds are much darker and more intensely coloured in Ceylon ;
—e. g. Corvus splendens, Acridotheres tristis, and the female of Cep-
sychus saularis: Dicrurus leucopygialis of Ceylon thus differs from
D. cerulescens of India in having only the vent and lower tail-coverts
white.* Pomatorhinus melanurus of Ceylon has the colours more
fully brought out, as compared with P. Horsfieldi of peninsular India.
Palumbus Elphinstone of Ceylon wants the ruddy margins of the
dorsal feathers seen in the corresponding race of the Nilgiris. Lovv-
* Dicrurus longicaudatus of Ceylon quite resembles that of India; whereas D.
macrocercus of that island is constantly smaller. On the other hand, D. macro-
cercus is undistinguishable in India, Burma, and Java, while in Burma D. longi-'
caudatus is replaced by the smaller but otherwise similar D. intermedius, nobis.
The small Ceylon race of D. macrocercus I have elsewhere termed D. minor.
226 Remarks on the variation of affined species. [No. 3.
eulus astaticus, (Lath., v. indicus, Gmelin,) differs only from L.
vernalis of India, Burma, and Java, in having the crown deep red,
with an inclination to greater variation of hue on other parts. Hirundo
hyperythra of Ceylon, as compared with H. daurica, (like H. cahirica
as compared with H. rustica,) differs only in having the entire under-
parts very deep ferruginous. Megalaima zeylonica of Ceylon is merely
smaller than M. caniceps of India, with the lower parts decidedly
darker; and the Cinghalese representative of the rufous or bay Wood-
peckers (Micropternus) is much deeper-coloured than those respective-
ly of S. India, Bengal, and the Malay countries. On the other hand,
Halcyon gurial of Ceylon perfectly resembles that of India generally
and of Burma, whereas the Malayan race (HH. leucocephalus,) is smaller
and of deeper hue with a coloured shine on the crown. So, also, Ortho-
tomus longicauda is deeper-coloured in the Malayan peninsula than in In-
dia, but not soin Ceylon. In general, the Malayan species, unless obvious-
ly distinct, present no difference of shade from those of India and other
countries to the northward; and the only additional instances we can
call to mind of their being thus distinguished are those of Trichastoma
olivaceum of the Malayan peninsula as compared with Tr. Abbott: of
Arakan,—Megalaima trimaculata and M. cyunotis of the same countries
respectively,—and Picus moluccensis and P. canicapillus, ditto:* the
Tenasserim Hoopoe is very deep-coloured in comparison with that of
Arakan, Bengal, and Europe, and seen sometimes in the Nilgiris; but
the ordinary Hoopoe of S. India and Ceylon is smaller with the excep-
tion of its beak, and likewise rather deep-coloured.t| The common
Jungle-cock (Gallus ferrugineus) is again deeper-coloured in the Ma-
layan peninsula and archipelago, besides being coarser in the leg, and
wanting the conspicuous pure white cheek-lappet which so ornaments the
Bengal Jungle-fowl. Also (so far as I have seen), the Malayan Pavo
muticus is far more vividly coloured than that of Arakan; the latter
being comparatively much darker. But we can neither generalize upon
these facts, so as to predicate the like in other instances, inasmuch as
the majority of species common to India and Ceylon or to India and
the Malay countries do not appear to vary in the least degree, nor can
we draw the dividing line as to what can be satisfactorily considered
* Megalaima cyanolis and Picus canicapillus inhabit also the Tenasserim provinces,
fT I have never seen a Hoopoe from the Malayan peninsula.
1850. | Remarks on the variation of affined species. 227
species, as the gradations continue unbroken to the most marked
specific types, and which still may hold a parallel in the respective
regions, as the peculiar Jungle-fowl and Spur-fowl (Galloperdix) of
Ceylon, as compared with their Indian congeners, may suffice to testify.
In poleward or very elevated regions we remark the contrary tendency
of animals, to become paler in colour, whether particular species or evi-
dent varieties of those which inhabit elsewhere. For example, the Tibe-
tan fauna generally would seem to exemplify this law; and several of
the birds of Scandinavia as compared with those of Britain are deficient
in colour, greys passing into white, and fulvous into white or grey.
The only difference between Sitta europea, L. (vel S. asiatica and
sericea, Temminck, and S. uralensis, Lichtenstein,) of Scandinavia
and the northernmost parts of Europe generally, from S. cesia of the
rest of Europe, consists in the lower parts of the former being pure
white where those of the latter are pale fulvous; and in 8S. cinnamo-
ventris of the Himalaya, again, the only difference consists in the
same parts being altogether of the deep and dark ferruginous which is
confined to the flanks and lower tail-coverts only of the two preceding
races. Picus minor and Parus ater and P. palustris of Scandinavia
are thus readily distinguished from the corresponding races of Britain :
and it is curious that Orites caudatus of the N. of Europe would
appear to have invariably a pure white head, devoid of the dark
sincipital bands which occur constantly upon this species in Britain.
There is yet another phenomenon which adds to the difficulty of
discriminating species in some, though not many, instances ; and this is
the production of hybrid races and individuals of mixed origin of
every grade of intermediateness. In some cases the hybrids are not
known to reproduce, and so to form a race, as instanced by the mule
grouse of Northern Europe (the cross between the Capercailzie and
the Black Grouse), together with other hybrids produced by sundry wild
Gallinacee and Anatide : but there are some hybrids which are quite
as prolific as their parents, as among mammalia those raised between.
the humped and humpless domestic cattle, and among domestic birds
the mixed progeny of Anser cinereus and A. cygnoides.* So in the
* All the domestic Geese of India (so far as I have seen) are of this mixed
species, and in no animals can specifical characters be more strongly marked than
in the parent races, extending to the voice and habits. So with the cattle,—the
228 Remarks on the variation of afined species. [No. 3.
Himalaya and elsewhere the different races or species of Kallij Phea-
sants inter-breed, and the hybrids so produced again both inter se and
with the pure parent races, whence every gradation from one to another
may be traced in a series of specimens.* And the same is shewn with
Coracias indica of India generally and C. affinis of the countries east-
ward, to the extent that in some districts it is difficult to procure
either with quite the typical colouring ; but we are not aware that the
same happens in Sindh and its vicinity, with regard to C. indica and
the equally affined C. garrula, which latter European species is there
not uncommon. I know of no other decided intermixture of wild
races of birds in India, though I have seen some reason to suspect it
in the instance of Treron phenicoptera and Tr. chlorigaster; and
perhaps also ora typhia and I. zeylanica : as regards the latter at least,
we occasionally obtain specimens in Bengal that had imperfectly
assumed the black cap and dorsal plumage so constant in the old males
of S. India and Ceylon, but I never saw this dress approaching to
perfection in a Bengal specimen, and it may be an instance of climatal
variation which gradually attains its ultimatum as we proceed south-
ward in the Indian peninsula and Ceylon, though not in the correspond-
ing and lower latitudes of the Malayan peninsula. There we have a re-
markably different colouring in the male I. scapularis, Horsfield, which
again is however a darkening of hue, though quite in a different way ;
and it remains to observe whether a gradation exists in the latter in-
stanceas inthe former. The three exactly accord in size and structure,
as in sO many corresponding instances; but another and much larger
Tora inhabits the whole eastern side of the Bay of Bengal, the male of
which is I. Lafresnayei, Hartlaub, and the female was subsequently —
named by me I. ennotata.
These remarks have been thrown together preparatory to the draw-
hump is only one distinction out of very many, but is nevertheless so characteristic
of the animal as to be well exhibited at an early period of foetal life ; and the voice
is again very different, and the habits in various particulars, especially in the
fact of the European cattle seeking shade and water in hot weather, whereas the
humped cattle seem indifferent to the hottest Indian sun, and never seek water
to stand knee and belly deep for hours, as so beautifully pictured of the humpless
race by the author of the ‘ Seasons.’
* This is well shewn in the Society’s Museum. Vide J. A. S, XVIII., 817.
1850. | Conspectus of Indian Ornithology. 229
ing up ofa list of all the birds of India, Burma, and the Malayan pen-
insula, with those of Sindh, Asam, Ceylon, the Nicobars, &c. (so far
as I am able), in which I propose to offer such observations on the
affinities of many of the species or races as may enable the student to
draw his own conclusions respecting their claims to be regarded as
species or as mere varieties. A bare list of names, especially if unac-
companied by synonymes, is oftentimes of little or no utility whatever
as a guide, or even worse so often as mistakes in the determination of
species occur, or those of the rarest and most casual occurrence are set
down without a word of remark together with the commonest and
most generally diffused. Where a constant variation, however trivial,
obtains, it should be duly noted, and the value that the particular
writer attaches to it is of small consequence: and it should likewise be
distinguished whether the author writes from his personal knowledge
or from the observations of others, if any authority is to attach to his
production.
Conspectus of the Ornithology of India, Burma, and the Malayan
peninsula, inclusive of Sindh, Asdm, Ceylon, and the Nicobar islands.*
—By K. Buytu, Esq.
Order I. SCANSORES.
Fam. PSITTACIDA.
Subfam. ARINA.+
Genus PaLzornis, Vigors.
Toté, Sugd, Hind.: Tiyd, Beng.: Girawa, or Rana Girawa, Cingh. :
Kyet-ta-rwe, Arakan.
* The Andamans, with the Maldives and Laccadives, would also have been
added, had more information been available respecting this branch of their fauna.
+ The Parror family divides naturally into five sub-families, of which the
second and last are the most strongly characterized by peculiarities of structure,
1, Cacarutn& (or Cockatoo group). Comprising the genera Dasyptilus (7),
Microglossum, Calyptorhynchus, Cacatua, Nestor, and Strigops (with sub-divisions
of the third and fourth). The first and second of these are peculiar to the Papuan
islands. The third also occurs in N. Guinea, but is chiefly developed in Australia with
Tasmania. The fourth inhabits (in different species) Australia, Papua, the Philip-
2H
230 Conspectus of Indian Ornithology. [No. 3.
1, P. AteExanpri (Edwards, pl. 292).
Syn. Psittacus Alexandr, L.
Ps. eupatria, L. \ the female.
Psittaca ginginiana, Brisson.
Psittacus guinneensis, Scopoli (nec guineensis, Gmelin).
Ps. Sonneratii, Gmelin.
Paleornis nipalensis, Hodgson, As. Res. XIX. 177.
pines, Moluccas, and Borneo. The fifth very recently comprised two species, one in
N. Zealand, the other—already extinct—in the islet called Philip island near Norfolk
island (the fauna and flora of which islands ally them chiefly with N. Zealand).
The sixth, consisting of but one known species rapidly verging upon extinction (the
crepuscular and Owl-like Strigops habroptilus,G. R. Gray), is alsoa N. Zea-
lander.
2. PxLatrycERcINe (or ground Parrakeets). Inhabiting N. Holland, with a few
outlying species of Platycercus only in N. Zealand and Polynesia proper, and one
Aprosmictus extending its range to N. Guinea. This group is nearly affined to the
preceding one, but has a remarkable structural distinction from all other birds in the
absence of bony clavicles, which in the rest of the Psittacide (as in almost throughout
the class) are united to form the furcula or ‘‘ merry-thought”’ bone. The members
of both of these sub-families are mainly eaters of grain and other farinaceous seeds,
but some of the Cockatoos feed also largely on bulbs, and the Calyptorhynchi partly
on large insect larve.
3. Artna (or Maccaw group). Chiefly S. American, one small species only
occurring in the proximate regions of N. America; but with a subordinate division in
S. E. Asia and its archipelago, Africa, and Australia, comprising the genera Palgor-
nis, Tanygnathus, and Agapornis, with Prioniturus (which would seem to be inter-
mediate to the first and second), in the former regions, and Polytelis in the last
named. ‘This eastern subgroup is less frugivorous than the western ; and all would
appear to be birds of vigorous flight, an attribute in which the whole family has been
supposed deficient.
4. Psirractn# (or ordinary Parrots). Chiefly S. American, witha few species
in Africa and Madagascar, and a particular division comprehending Eclectus and
Loriculus in S. E. Asia and its archipelago. N. B. This and the foregoing group
are affined, and the species are, in general, much more frugivorous than the members
of the two preceding subfamilies, and the Psittacin@ more so than the Arine; but
the great majority feed also on hard grain.
5. Lorim (or Lories). Peculiar to the Austral-asian archipelago, with Papua,
Australia, and Polynesia. This subfamily is particularly distinguished by the pecu-
liar structure of the tongue (varying somewhat in different genera), which is adapted
for extracting the nectar from flowers ; the species also feed upon soft fruits, but
never on grain, and the beak is proportionally feeble.
| 1850. ] Conspectus of Indian Ornithology. 231
Chandan (‘ Sandal-wood coloured,’ alluding tothe yellowish
tinge of the under parts and upper portion of the back),
Beng.: Karan sugé and Kararia of Nepal (Hodgson) :
Rdé Toté (‘Royal Parrakeet’), Hind. (Jerdon): Kyai
Phoungka, Arakan (Phayre).
Has. Hilly regions of all India proper, from the sub-Himalayas
to Ceylon inclusive; Asam; Sylhet; Arakan; Tenasserim provinces.
2. P. rorauatus (Daubenton’s Pl. Enl. 551).
Syn. Psittaca torquata, Brisson.
Psittacus Alexandri, var. B, Latham.*
Ps. cubicularis, Hasselquist.
Ps. docilis, Vieillot.
Ps. steptophorus, Desmarest.
Var. Sulphur Parrakeet, Shaw.
Tiyd (or Teeyd, imitative of voice), Hind.: Tend’ hia
Suga, Nepal (Hodgson): Gallar of some, H.: Lybar,
Masuri (Hutton): Lybar Totd, 8. India (Jerdon) :
Kyai-gyot, Arakan (Phayre).
Has, Plains of India; Ceylon; Asim; Sylhet; Arakan; Te-
nasserim provinces; Malayan peninsula (to latitude of Penang): W.
Africa (apud Swainson), smaller variety.t
In general, the Psitéacide are exclusively vegetable-feeders, as much so as the
Columbide: but the Calyptorhynchi are described to cut up decaying trees, by
means of their extremely powerful beaks, to get at the larve in the interior of the
wood; and the Loriine (at least in confinement) will eat soft maggots. This
general diet of the group helps to bear out the analogy which the Psit/acide
among birds bear to the Quadrumana among mammalia (though it is true that
many of the Quadrumana are, in the wild state, far more omnivorous than is ge-
nerally supposed), In their whole structure, the Psiétacide manifest no parti-
cular affinity (that we can discern) for any of the zygodactyle Insessores ; but
they decidedly constitute a very distinct ordinal type, shewing most relations with
the diurnal Raptores: and regarding them as the most highly organized of birds,
we do not hesitate to follow the arrangement of those zoologists who place them at
the head of the class, parallel to the Apes and Monkeys among the mammalia.
* Except that there is no patch of crimson on the wingecoverts of Ps. torquatus.
+ ‘*The Rose-ringed Parrakeet,’’ writes Mr. Swainson, ‘is one of the few birds
of Senegal whose geographic distribution extends from east to west. Of four spe-
cimens in very perfect plumage now before us, three are from Western Africa and
Page: tah
232 Conspectus of Indian Ornithology. [No. 3.
Remark. | This is the only Indian Parrot (so far as we are aware)
that affects’ the vicinity of human habitations, flocks of them often
settling upon buildings, especially if situate in gardens with trees about
them} and one or more pairs occasionally breeding in suitable cavities
about buildings. It is the only species observed wild in the densely
populous neighbourhood of Calcutta, but in jungle districts becomes
replaced by No. 4.
3. P. scuisticeps, Hodgson, ds. Res. XIX. 178.
Syn.? Conurus himalayanus, Lesson, in Belanger’s Voyage. = >
Méddana Sugdé, Nepal (Hodgson): Puharz Tuiya, Masuri
(Hutton): Gdgi of Calcutta bird-dealers.
Has. Sub-Himalayan region (exclusively).
Remark. The Masuri name of this species (or ‘mountain Tuia’)
well expresses its near affinity for the next. The adult sexes differ in
the male having a small maronne spot on the wing, which is wanting or
barely indicated in the female, and the black demi-collar is also rather
more developed. The young have generally but a trace of the slaty-blue
cap, but this is fully developed in some few specimens, though with-
out the black demi-collar which borders this cap in the adult. The
beak, which in P. eyanocephalus is bright yellow, is in the present
species yellow tinged with coral-red, and in adults of all the other
species is bright coral-red.
4. P. cyaAnocepuatus (Edwards, pl. 233; Daubenton’s Pl. Enl.,
264).
Syn. Psittacus cyanocephalus, L.
Ps. flavitorquis, Shaw.
Ps. annulatus, Kuhl.
Palezornis flavicollaris, Franklin.
the female.
Psittaca bengalensis, Brisson.
one from Madras: between the first three of these, there is no difference whatever
in size; but that from the East Indies is considerably larger; the length of its
wing, in fact, measuring 7 in., while that of the Senegal race is not quite 6 in.’’
Birds of W. Africa, 11, 175. Of numerous Indian specimens examined, from all
the above named localities, we have found the length of the wing to be very regularly
62 in., rarely 4 in. more or less.
1850. ] Conspectus of Indian Ornithology. 233
Psitiacus erythrocephalus, Gmelin.
Ps. ginginianus, Latham.
Ps. rhodocephalus, Shaw.
Var. Ps. narcissus, Latham (with coloured figure).
Faridi, and Fariddi (‘plaintive’), Bengal; Tuc Suga
(the first or specific name imitative of cry), Nepal
(Hodgson); Zuia Totd, S. India (Jerdon); Bengali
totd, Panjab; Kyai-ta-ma, Arakan (Phayre).
Has. Upland and jungle regions of all India proper ; Ceylon ;
Asém ; Sylhet; Arakan; Tenasserim provinces. NV. B. It occurs in
open jungle, in the Bengal Sundarbans. To the westward, leaving the
alluvial soil of the Ganges, it seems entirely to take the place of P.
torquatus in the Midnapur jungles.
5. P. mauaccensis (Daubenton’s Pl. Enl. 887 ; Levaillant, pl. 72).
Syn. Psittacus malaccensis, Gmelin (nec Latham).
Ps. erubescens, Shaw.
Ps. ginginianus, var. C, Latham.
Ps. barbatulatus, Bechstein.
Bayan, Sumatra (Raffles); Madnd Bhola of the Cal-
cutta dealers.
Has. Malayan peninsula; Sumatra.
6. P. eRYTHROGENIS, Blyth, J. 4. S. XV, 23, 51, 368.
Has. This beautiful species is common in the Nicobar Islands,
and does not appear to have been hitherto observed elsewhere.
7. P. canicers, Blyth, J. 4. 8S. XV, 23, 51.
Has. Nicobar Islands; Malayan peninsula (latitude of Penang).
Remark. Of this fine and strongly marked species, we have seen
two specimens only; one with a coral-red beak, procured alive (with
its wings and tail much mutilated) from a Nicobarian savage, and which
is now in the Society’s Museum; the other with a black beak, from
Province Wellesley.
8. P. parsatus (Daubenton’s Pl. Hnl. 517; Swainson’s Zool. Iil.,
2nd series, pl. 16).
Syn. Psittacus barbatus, Ps. pondicerianus, and Ps. borneus,
Gmelin.
234 Conspectus of Indian Ornithology. [No. 3.
Ps. bimaculatus, Sparrman.
Ps. javanicus, Osbeck.
Ps. Osbeckii, Latham.
Ps. mystaceus, Shaw.
Paleornis nigrirostris, Hodgson (the young female).
P. modestus, Fraser (the very young female).
Madné (‘charming,’ ‘ pleasing’), the red-billed bird ;
Kajlé (as having the black pigment, Kdjal, applied
to the eye-brows; alluding to the black loral line),
the black-billed bird, Hind.; Imrit Bhila, Nepal,
(Hodgson) ; Bettet, Java, (Horsfield).
Has. Hilly parts of Bengal, Nepal, Asam, Sylhet, Arakan,
Tenasserim, Malayan peninsula (to latitude of Penang), Sumatra, Java,
and Borneo.
Remark. We have never seen this bird in Malacca collections, nor
does it appear to occur wild in any part of the Indian peninsula or in
Ceylon; hence the name pondicerianus cannot be adopted. Spe-
cimens from Java are perfectly similar to those of India. In a pre-
sumed female observed in captivity, the upper mandible changed from
black to coral-red when the bird was about 18 months old.
9. P. corumsoipss, Vigors (Jerdon’s Ii. Ind. Orn., pl. 8).
Syn. P. melanorhynchos, Sykes,—the young.
Madan-gowr Totd, H. (Jerdon).
Has. Nilgiris; Malabar.
10. P. Caurorap#, Layard, Blyth, J. 4. S. XVIII, 800.
Has. Mountainous interior of Ceylon.
Remark. In the adult specimen described, loc. cit., the middle
tail-feathers had not attained their full length: in three other adults
since received, they are full grown but very short, measuring but from
43 in. to 54.*
* In this enumeration of the species of Paleornis, I have provisionally omitted
to include a race (or slight variety of P. torquatus?) which inhabits Ceylon, and
which I formerly supposed to be P. bitorguatus, Kuhl, judging from a female only
which I had then reason to believe was procured inthe Mauritius. Mr. Layard
considers it distinct from the ordinary P. torquatus of Ceylon, &c., and has
obligingly procured for me a living male not yet received.—Since the foregoing was
in type, I have received a further communication from Mr. Layard, in which he
mentions having obtained a number of skins. P. bitorquatus, a species which is
1850. | Conspectus of Indian Ornithology. 235
Genus Tanyenatuus, Wagler.
11. T. MaLaccensis (Swainson’s Zool. Iil., 1st series, pl. 154, the
male? or adult of either sex ’).
Syn. Psittacus malaccensis, Latham (nec Gmelin).
Ps. incertus, Shaw.
Tana, Malacca.
Has. Malayan peninsula; Sumatra.
Remark. This species is essentially a small Paleornis with a short
and sub-even tail, and is somewhat allied in its colouring to P. colum-
boides and P. Calthrape, which last (as we have seen) has a shorter
tail than the rest of its genus. 7. macrorhynchos, upon which the
present genus was founded, is also closely related to Paleornis, but
upon a larger scale; and the two bear the same mutual relationship as
subsists between P. Alerandri and P. cyanocephalus. Intermediate, we
have 7. sumatranus, (Raffles), and we believe Ps. melanopterus, Gm.,
and others, with the Prioniturus setarius, (Tem.), remarkable for the
shape of its tail, which however may still be considered intermediate to
those of Tanygnathus and Paleornis. In T. sumatranus (both sexes
of which we have possessed together and studied alive), the male has
a coral-red bill and the female a white bill; and the same would appear
to obtain with 7. malaccensis (if the difference of plumage in different
specimens be characteristic of sex and not merely of age): and in the
great 7. macrorhynchos, the nearly affined but smaller and less power-
fully billed 7. sumatranus, and the small 7. malaccensis, are alike
perceived a peculiar yellow margining of the wing-coverts, which occurs
in no species of Palgornis. Nearly affined again, we have the minute
African and Madagascar species forming the genus Agapornis, to which
1. malaccensis has by some been referred.
It remains to ascertain whether both 7. macrorhynchos and T.
sumatranus do not also inhabit the more elevated districts of the
interior of the Malayan peninsula. In a collection which Capt.
Charleton made at Malacca, there was a fine specimen of the former,
but we are not aware that it was obtained wild in that vicinity, and
rather doubt that either of these species occurs wild except in Borneo
and to the eastward.
very little known, and is said to inhabit the island of Bourbon, is the only other
Palgornis not included in the above list; the two Australian species being properly
separated to form the genus Polytelis.
236 Conspectus of Indian Ornithology. [No. 3.
Subfamily. PSITTACIN A.
Genus. Loricuuus, Blyth.
12. L. Gateuius (Edwards, pl. 293, f. 2).
Syn. Psittacus galgulus, L.
Ps. pumilus, Scopoli.
Serindak, Sindada, Malacca ; Serindit, Sumatra (Raffles).
Has. Malayan peninsula ; Sumatra.
13. L. vernaxts (Swainson’s Zool. Ill., 2d series, pl. 1).
Syn. Psittacus vernalis, Sparrman. .
Ps. galgulus apud Horsfield, Lin. Tr. XIII, 182.
Latkan (‘pendent’), Hind., Bengal; Bhord or Bhodrd, S.
India, (Jerdon) ; Kyai-tha-da, Arakan (Phayre) ; Silin-
dit, and Silinditum, Java (Horsfield).
Has. Hilly parts of India, from the sub-Himalayan region to
S. India; also Asam, Sylhet, Arakan, Tenasserim, and Java.
Remark. We have never seen this species from the Malayan penin-
sula, nor the preceding one from any country where the present is
found; though both are extremely numerous in their respective
habitats. NW. B. Javanese specimens differ in no respect from
Indian, though Dr. Horsfield states that the Javanese bird differs from
Ps. vernalis—(Mus. Carls.) in size, and in the proportions of the wings
to the tail.” The latter may depend on the mounting in museum
specimens.
14. L. asiaticus (Edwards, pl. 6).
Syn. Psittacus asiaticus, Latham.
Ps. indicus, Gmelin.
Pol-Girawa, Cingh.
Has. Ceylon.
Remark. Peculiar as this species (or race) is to Ceylon, the names
which have been applied to it are infelicitous. Its distinctive colour-
ing from LZ. vernalis would appear to be constant (vide description in
J. A. S. XVIII, 801). Nevertheless, it is so very closely affined to
the Indian bird that many would prefer to regard it as a permanent
local variety of the same species. Its distinctions from the Philippine
L. rubrifrons, (Vigors), remain to be pointed out: and we have seen
drawings of another, similar, but with the entire head as deep red
1850. ] Conspectus of Indian Ornithology. 237
(from the S. of China?) N. B. Neither the Hclecti nor the Loricule
have the tongue filamented as in the Loriine, with which they have
been generally but quite erroneously classed. These two genera form
a particular and peculiarly Asiatic division of the Psiétacine, imme-
diately preceding the Lortixe. Such at least is the result of our long
continued study of living specimens.
Here it should be remarked that the Hos ornata (Psittacus ornatus,
Gmelin,) is stated by Raffles to inhabit the Malayan peninsula, but
doubtless by mistake. With other Lories, &c., it is commonly brought
by the Malays from the more eastern islands of the Archipelago, and
tnay be frequently purchased in Calcutta and other ports.
Summary view of the distribution of the Pstrracip in India and
the neighbouring countries. From the foregoing catalogue it follows
that only two generic forms of Psittacide inhabit India, viz. Pale-
ornis and Loriculus, nor are we aware that another occurs in all con-
tinental Asia, with the exception of Tanygnathus as exemplified by 7’.
malaccensis in the Malayan peninsula, this species being however barely
separable from Palgornis, and the peninsula itself belonging physically
to the region of the archipelago, or Indonesia, as this region has been
recently designated by Mr. Logan. Tanygnathus should accordingly
be regarded as strictly an Indonesian form. In the Asiatic countries
westward of Sindh, it does not appear that any species of Parrot has
been observed ;* and we know but little of those of Indo-China eastward
of the British possessions on that side of the Bay of Bengal, or those
of the southernmost provinces of China. In the great Indonesian or
Austral-asian archipelago, the number of genera and of super-generic
forms gradually increases to the eastward, where the Lories and species
of white Cockatoo, also the two species of Hclectus among the Psitta-
cine, and the large Tanygnathi, are met with in Borneo, Celebes, the
Moluccas, and some of them even in the Philippines ; forms of black
Cockatoo appearing likewise in the Papuan group; while in Australia
the Psittacide attain their maximum of developement as regards the
number of genera and of species, though the two generic forms of India
and certain others of Indonesia are foreign to the Australian fauna.
* Lieut. Irwin remarks,—‘‘ The Parrot and Maina are scarcely natives of Turkestan,
or at least of the country beyond the Oxus.”’ J. A. S. VITI., 1007. Surely neither
of them is found there at all, 7. e. any Parrot, Acridotheres (verus) or Gracula !
21
238 Conspectus of Indian Ornithology. [No. 3.
Sumatra and Java contain the large Tanygnathi perhaps as rarities, but
no Cockatoo, nor Helectus ; and the only Lory, if any, is Kos ornata,
which Sir St. Raffles reported by mistake (?) to inhabit the Malayan
Peninsula.*
With regard to the distribution of speczes in India and the neigh-
bouring countries, we first remark three of Palzornis (Alexandri,
torquatus, and cyanocephalus, ) a8 common—with unimportant local
exceptions—to all India from the sub-Himalayan regions to Ceylon
inclusive, and also to the eastward in Asdm, Arakan, the Tenasserim
provinces, and P. forquatus as far southward as Penang. Others are
much more local, as P. Calthrape which is confined to the mountains of
Ceylon, P. columboides to those of S. India, P. schisticeps to the
sub-Himalayan regions, and P. erythrogenis (so far as known) to the
Nicobar islands. Of P. caniceps we know of but two examples, one
procured in the Nicobars, the other at or near Penang; and this may
prove to be properly a species of Indo-China. In the hilly parts of
Bengal, and along the S. E. sub-Himalayan regions, in Asam, Sylhet,
Arakan, the Tenasserim provinces, and the Malayan peninsula to the
latitude of Penang, P. barbatus abounds, and is common also in Sumatra,
Java, and Borneo ; but it is unknown in the Indian peninsula (though
having for a synonyme the name pondicerianus), and it would seem
equally so in the southern parts of the Malayan peninsula. In
these latter countries its place would seem to be taken by P. malac-
censis; and the range of Tanygnathus malaccensis and of Loriculus
galgulus corresponds, In Malacca collections I have seen only the
three last named species, added to which in Penang collections I have
seen P. torquatus, P. barbatus, and one specimen of P. caniceps:
while another of this last is the only Parrakeet which I have seen
from the Nicobars in addition to P. erythrogenis. It is probable
that both of these also inhabit the Andamans and the northern part
of Sumatra. Of Loriculus, while LZ. galgulus would appear to be
confined to the Malayan peninsulaand Sumatra, and L. asiaticus (so
* We suspect that Raffles’s statement of Tanygnathus sumatranus (of which
he describes the female only, apparently from a captive individual,) inhabiting
Sumatra, needs confirmation as much as that of Eos ornata inhabiting the Malayan
peninsula. Dr. Horsfield does not mention any Tanygnathus or Lory as occurring
in Java,
1850.) Scientific Enquiries in Kumaon. 239
called) to Ceylon, L. vernalis ranges over the hilly regions of all India,
with Asam, Arakan, the Tenasserim provinces, and also Java; like
Palezornis barbatus, and similarly without invading (as it would
seem) the regions tenanted by L. galgulus together with P. malaccen-
sis and Tanygnathus malaccensis. It may further be remarked that
the whole of these species are such as no zoologist would hesitate
in regarding as indisputably distinct, with the exception of Lorz-
culus asiaticus, which some would consider to be a local variety of L.
vernalis ; in which case the race of the Philippines (L. rubrifrons) and
another we have seen figured with the entire head crimson, should like-
wise rank as varieties merely of L. vernalis.
LIPS
Notice of Lieut. Srracuery’s Scientific Enquiries in Kumaon.
From J. THornton, Esq. Secretary to Government, N. W. P.
To Secretary, Asiatic Society, Calcutta.
Sir,—I am desired by the Honorable the Lieutenant-Governor, N.
W. P. to request that you will lay before the Asiatic Society, the an-
nexed copy of a letter from Lieutenant R. Strachey, Bengal Engineers,
who has lately been engaged on scientific enquiries in Kumaon, under
the orders of this Government.
2. Lieutenant Strachey has embarked for England in the March
Steamer from Calcutta, carrying with him all his papers and collections;
which will be placed at the disposal of the Honorable the Court of
Directors.
3. Lieutenant Strachey had not sufficient time after his return from
Kumaon, to prepare any of his papers for publication. This will be
more advantageously and easily done in England. My present com-
munication is designed to inform the Society, and through them the
public generally, of the nature and extent of Lieutenant Strachey’s
researches, and of the quarter, whence further information respecting
them may be expected.
I have the honor to be, Sir,
Your obedient humble servant,
J. THORNTON,
Agra, the 25th March, 1850. Secy. to Govt. N. W, P.
212
240 Scientific Enquiries in Kumaon. [No. 3.
From Lieut. R. StracuHey, Lsq.
To J. Tuornton, Esq. Secretary to Government, N. W. P.
Str,—lI have the honor to inform you that, in accordance with the
permission granted to me by the Honorable Lieutenant Governor, I left
Kumaon on the 4th Ultimo, having then brought to a conclusion my
operations in that province.
In my letter to your address of the 3d April 1849, I explained fully
the progress that I had made in my undertaking up to that date, and
it will now therefore be only requisite that I should state what has
been done in addition since that time, and to submit for the considera-
tion of the Honorable Lieutenant Governor, my views as to the plan that
should be adopted for the publication of the results of my enquiries.
The first object to which my attention was directed, the construc-
tion of the section of the Himalaya explanatory of its Botanical Geo-
graphy, is still of necessity left incomplete ; but the materials for its
compilation are very ample, and the additional knowledge that has
been acquired by Major Madden and myself during the past year, will
be of much value in completing this part of my undertaking.
The provisional drawings of that part of the line which was best
known, to which I referred in my letter above alluded to, were com-
pleted and have been submitted to the Honorable Lieutenant Governor.
A memoir to accompany and explain these drawings was drawn out by
Major Madden, but owing to my not having had any opportunity of
conferring with that gentleman on the matter and to my attention having
been unavoidably diverted to other objects that came more immediately
before me, this paper has not been yet brought into a form suitable
for publication.
The whole of my herbarium which now contains upwards of 2,000
species 1s now on its way to Calcutta, whence it will be sent on to Eng-
land. On its arrival there I propose to undertake the comparison of
the whole of it with properly named specimens, suchas are to be found
in the great Botanical collections in Europe, and then to draw out a
fresh section with all the care that can be bestowed upon it.
I should likewise propose to draw out, if it be practicable, a catalogue
of all the plants contained in my herbarium. This would form a valu-
able index to the Botany of this part of the Himalaya, and in it could
be embodied descriptions of new plants, and identifications of synonyms,
1850.] Scientific Enquiries in Kumaon. 241
besides some short description of the nature of each plant and the
locality in which they are found.
I have greatly increased my knowledge of the Geological structure
of Kumaon and Gurhwal during the past year, and I have added to
my former collections a very considerable number of fossil shells &c.,
from the northern part of the mountains, from which I feel confident
that the geological age of the strata in which these are found may be
perfectly ascertained ; and on the whole I consider that I shall be able
to draw out a very fair geological map of Kumaon and Gurhwal, as
well as geological sections such as were at first proposed.
My geological specimens are also now on their way to England with
the herbarium.
In the department of Zoology matters are just as they were; the
few specimens that I collected have likewise been dispatched to
Calcutta.
The panoramic drawing of the mountains from the summit of Binson,
has been completed, as I before said it had begun; this has also been
laid before the Honorable Lieutenant Governor.
During the past season also my brother Captain H. Strachey, 66
Native Infantry, and I have been able to make some important addi-
tions to the topography of the country to the north of the snowy
range in Kumaon and Gurhwal, by fixing, by trigonometrical opera-
tions, the position of the celebrated peak of Kailas, and of several other
points of note. A map showing the combined result of this work and
what was before known of this country has been executed by my bro-
ther, and has been shown to the Honorable Lieutenant Governor.
The calculations, on which the constructions of the map rests, were
worked out by me sufficiently to permit of its being executed, but they
take much time and must be carefully revised before any numerical
results are published.
The meteorolegical observations which I was anxious to undertake
have been conducted with as great care as was possible, and I have
collected a considerable map of materials, which will I trust be a valua-
ble addition to our knowledge of the phzenomena in question. Besides
other ordinary registers, I was enabled with the help of my brother
Captain H. Strachey to make horary observations for a period of 24
hours at an ellevation of 18,400 feet, as well as similar horary observa-
242 On the Inland Storms of Tartary. [No. 3.
tions for periods of several days in succession both at Niti, at about
11,500 feet, and at another place at a height of about 16,500 feet
above the sea. I propose to undertake the reduction of these observa-
tions as soon after my return to England as is possible.
Magnetic observations of dip and intensity have been made by me
at a great number of stations in Kumaon and Gurhwal, up to the ele-
vation of 18,400 feet. On my way down to Calcutta, I have also
observed the dip at some of the places at which I stopped.
In conclusion it appears to me that the best form in which the
result of my enquiries in Kumaon can be published is, as a work on the
Physical Geography of this part of the Himalaya. It is of course out
of my power to offer to undertake any thing of this sort from my own
private resources, but should the Honorable Court of Directors consider
that the information which I have acquired is of sufficient value to
induce them to give their countenance to such a work, and should they
be satisfied with my ability to execute it in a becoming way, I shall
consider it to be my first duty to undertake it and to devote myself
entirely to its completion.
I have the honor to be, &e.
(Signed) R. STRACHEY,
Late on special duty in Kumaon.
(True Copy)
J. THORNTON,
Assistt. Secretary to the Govt. N. W. P.
Calcutia, the 7th March, 1850.
Memorandum relative to the Storms of Wind experienced in Tartary,
with suggestions relative to them, for the Mission proceeding there.
—By Henry Pippineton, President of Marine Courts.
The following Memorandum was drawn up for the use of the Mission proceeding
to Chinese Tartary in 1847, which, as then announced, expected to winter at Yar-
kuud. Documents of this nature are, the Editors think, always worthy of perma-
nent record, inasmuch as they fulfil their object not only at the time, but in future,
when other expeditions or opportunities for observation may occur, and are more-
over scientific notes which are too useful to be lost, and do not readily occur in all
their bearings to any but those whose minds have been directed to the questions to
which they relate.—Eps.
1. Heavy storms of wind, which either from their violence, or their
veering to different points while blowing, or from both, are by all
1850. | On the Inland Storms of Tartary. 243
writers, from the Chinese travellers and Marco Polo down to Humboldt
and Ehrmann, called Hurricanes, are undoubtedly most frequent, both
in the steppes and mountain chains of Tartary and Siberia.
2. Now as connected both with Meteorology in general, and especi-
ally with the new science of the Law of Storms these land hurricanes
in all countries are of the highest interest, but in the countries above
named especially so, for the elevation, cold, and dryness of the air may
develope phenomena of importance tending to disclose to us their
causes, or they may furnish us with confirmations or modifications of
the laws now supposed to govern storms. .
3. There are two great questions arising on the consideration of
them which are—
A. Are they stract-lined currents of air, blowing from one point to
another ? or are they curves, and thus parts of rotatory storms? and if
so which way do they turn? and do they move onwards also ?
B. Where are they formed? and how do they begin? at the sur-
face of the earth ? or in the atmosphere? in a word, are they, like water-
spouts, descending storms ?*
A, The first question is easily solved if we have only observations.
Ifthe wind isa strait stream there will be no change in its direction while
blowing. If it is part of a circular storm moving onwards the wind
will veer according to fixed laws. If it be a circular storm, but station-
ary, as some are, it will seem to be a strait blowing wind at the place
of the observer, but if observations at a distance can be had, then it
will be seen that it was really blowing in a circle or curve.
5. To explain this I send herewith a transparent horn-card on
which the winds are marked as they turn (against the hands (hours)
of a watch) in the northern hemisphere. In the southern hemisphere
they turn with the hours.
6. This card may be supposed to represent any sized rotatory
storm, from a tornado of 100 yards to a storm of 1000 miles in dia-
meter.
7. Now Humboldt and other travellers in Siberia speak of “ horri-
ble tempests’ of wind and rain from the plains of Tartary from the
* There is some evidence, which will appear in a work I am now printing tend-
ing to shew that hurricanes at sea are descending storms! hence the great import-
ance of this query.
244 On the Inland Storms of Tartary. [No. 3.
S. E. It will be seen by looking at the wind card, that supposing the
wind due S. E. throughout the storm, it may be part of a great circle
of wind and if it veers at all, that, as we shall shew presently below, it
must be travelling along on a certain track.
8. For: make a mark with a fly on a sheet of paper to represent
the place of observation.
Place the horn card with the point marked E. N. E. upon the flag.
This is we will suppose the state of things when the E. N. E. wind is
rising to the strength of a gale.
9. Now move the card gradually over the flag to the left till the
S. E. point is over it, and it will be seen that the wind has gradually be-
come E. b. N., East, E. b. S., E. S., E. S. E. b. E. and S. E. and that
such veering of the wind indicates a circular storm moving up from E.
b. S. to W. b. N. In sucha case the greatest violence will be felt
and the Barometer will be lowest when the wind is about E. b. S.
because then the centre is nearest.
10. Again: put the card at the S. E. wind-point over the flag and
move it up ¢o the right till the N. W. wind-point comes over the flag.
Now, at half-way you will see that the flag is at the vacant space in
the centre of the card. This is the centre of the hurricane, in which,
between the Tropics, there is most frequently a dead calm before the
shift, but often none; and the wind shifts or veers very rapidly to the
opposite quarter or thereabouts, and blows as hard as ever.
11. This is the case of a storm moving up from the S. W. to the
N. E. and its centre passing exactly over you.
12. We do not know that all or any part of this will occur, but it
is easy to know if it does, if the veering of the wind be registered ;
and at the same time the Barometer, or Simpiesometer, or both. I give
now two suppositious registries of storm days, such as would be inva-
luable to us.
No. I.
September 15th, 1847.—At 9 a. m. encamped at Chuen-lung, the
guides predicting a storm.
Secured every thing. My tent between two rocks just at the
entrance of a little defile, whence a good view of the plain to the east,
south, and round to N. W. and by a few paces round the rock the
rest of the horizon could be seen. 91 a. mM. wind E. N. E. Bar.
1850. | On the Inland Storms of Tartary. 245
— Ther. — wind piercing cold, and rising and falling with a sort of |
moaning noise.
Sky, light, hazy, vapory blue, and very thin sheets of scud flying
from N. HE. and north.
10 a. Mm. Blowing hard at E. b. N.
Bar. — Ther. —.
Strong haze above, dust-storm below, like those on the plains of
India in the hot winds.
Noon: hurricane at due East tearing up everything ; tent would go if
not for the shelter of the rocks, Bar. — Ther. —.
Wind cold, some blasts warmer; blowing in heavy squalls. Baro-
meter evidently oscillating with the squalls. Packed it up for fear of
accident. At 124. 45mhe thorizon one mass of dust, but a singular
blue circle above us comparatively clear: subtends an arch of 45° or
50°. a4
1 Pp. M. more interval between the blasts. Wind E. 8S. E. Ther.—
2 p. M. wind S. E. b. E. more moderate but blowing hard.
2.30. p. m. moderate but strong gale at S. E. Set up Barometer
again, Bar. — Ther. —.
3 P. M. moderating fast and our guides say all is over.
During the whole of the storm the dryness remarkable.
By shading the eyes, faint flashes of lightning could be seen. No
thunder heard ; but the roaring of the wind would prevent it if the
thunder was not loud.
Guides say sometimes thunder, sometimes not; and that though it
never rains with these storms in summer; in winter it snows with
them; but they cannot say if the snow falls or drifts like the dust.
They say that sometimes there is a dead calm in the middle of the
hurricane, and that the wind then comes from the opposite quarter
and that these are the most violent storms. They speak of these with
much dread.
No. II.
At Iskardo, October 22nd.—Our landlord sent his servants to secure
all the doors and windows, saying we were going to have a storm.
Sky clear, but from the gallery to the S. W. a dense low lead-colour-
ed cloud could be seen about ten degrees in altitude and subtending an
arch from south nearly to west. Sky hazy, no scud or drift. Sun rose
2 K
246 On the Inland Storms of Tartary. [No. 3.
very red. Wind south and light, rising and falling with a moaning
noise. At 10a.™. wind S. KE. blowing very strong in squalls. Bar.
— and oscillating about, .03 to .05 every quarter of an hour or
less. Ther. —. The whole horizon is now covered with a sort of
dark haze which is, I suppose, mostly dust. No rain. Above clear hazy
blue sky with very thin wreaths of scud flying to the N. W. very fast,
and these are thicker and more numerous towards the dark haze and
in the 8. W. than at the zenith when they disappear. 10/. 30m. Bar.
— Ther. —. Wind steady at S. E. Bar. oscillating .05 to .07 in the
squalls of wind, which are now almost of hurricane strength, &c.
Noon, a hurricane from 8. E. roaring heavily ; the sky one mass of
dust mingled with spicule of ice or snow. Impossible to look to
windward. ‘Tiles and planks flying about like feathers. Our landlord
says that many persons are hurt and some killed in these storms.
Bar. oscillates much less. Wind seems to oscillate also being from
S. E. to E.S. E. or even East (as far as we can Judge) and then coming
back to S. East again.
At 12° 30/ it fell a dead calm in a few minutes. Bar. — Ther. —a
slight feeling of oppression.
Ati to 1 pv. m. we heard a low roaring sound which gradually
became louder and at 1 the hurricane burst forth again from the S. W.
with a few sharp flashes of lightning (but no thunder) blowing harder
than before. Bar. at 1 p. m. — Ther.
Le. S30
Ati 2. p. M. Bar. Ther.
mies} UF &c. &e. &c. to the end of the storm.
13. A set of observations like this; 1. e. one or more storms care-
fully observed throughout, with all the details (and the more details
the better) would be invaluable from these countries. Notes on the
common dust-whirlwinds also, whatever be their size, will be useful
in explaining what is desired as to them. Every thing in fact relating
to the phenomena of wind and its attendant clouds, electricity, &c.
must be of interest and probably of use. The question also of the
existence of any thing like the Simooms of the Sahara in the desert
of Cobi* would be worth settling.
14. If any knowledge on the subject of these tempests can be col-
* During the summer,
1850.] On the Inland Storms of Tartary. 247
lected from guides, travellers, &c. it may be valuable, and I add a few
queries which will suggest more.
15. If it could be possible to establish the dates of the occurrences
of storms at various points we might thus also obtain other evidence
of their progression and routes, as also of their rates of travelling.
Thus if a storm was felt at Yarkund on the 10th, and at Iskardo on
the 13th, and we found that it was travelling to the S. westward at
Yarkund the probabilities then are, that it is the same storm which
has taken three days to pass over this distance. If its passage over
an intermediate station was known this would bea certainty. At sea
circular storms travel from 13 up to 48 miles an hour on their tracks.
Queries to be put as occasion offers to guides, travellers, head-men
of villages, §c.
1. What are the names by which you call the different kinds of
whirlwinds and storms of wind of all kinds, large and small ?
2. Why do you call them by those names? Are the names only
those of their deities, &c. or because of their motion, or of their effects ?
3. Are these names Tartar or Chinese ?
4. Do you know the kinds of wind-storms which the Chinese call
by the names of
A. Tae-fung (great wind).
B. Kow-fung or fung-kou (great turning wind ?)
C. Tée-hwuy (Iron whirlwind).
D. Tee-kew (Iron whirlwind).
E. A noise before the tyfoon called Léen-fung (a tyfoon brewing),
or any other kinds, and what are their Chinese and Tartarian names ?
5. What are the effects of these various winds ?
6. What are the Tartar names of the different gods or spirits of
the winds ?
7. Do you know of the goddess or spirit called by the Chinese
Keu-woo? (The tyfoon-mother).
8. Have you, or the Chinese, any temples dedicated to the spirits of
the winds ?
9. Have you any particular quarter of the heavens from which the
storms come; like what the Chinese call Luy-chow (or the region of
the thunder) ?
® 2K 2
248 On the Inland Storms of Tartary. [No. 3.
10. What sacrifices are performed at the wind temples ?
11. Do you, or the Chinese, express the dread you have of these
storms by the Chinese words Chung wei che. (There is a sincere
awe or dread of it (the tyfoon) ?
12. Do you express the termination of the storm by the Chinese
words Loc-se (falling in the west) ?
13. How long do these storms last ; and what is the longest and
shortest time of their duration ? |
14. How do they begin?
15. How do they continue? strait from the same quarter or turn-
ing ?
16. How do they turn?
17. Do they always turn the same way ?
18. At what time of the moon do they usually occur ?
19. How often in the year?
20. Give the dates, years, and months of any of those which are
recollected as being particularly violent, and where they occurred ?
21. In what parts are they most violent ?
22. And at what season of the year do they occur mostly, and
when most violently ?
23. Are they storms of wind and dust only; or of hail or snow
or rain ?
24. Do the winter storms last longer than the summer ones ?
25. Do they ever overwhelm travellers, caravans, &c. and when and
where does this occur ? |
26. Do you know of their approach by any signs; and what are
these signs (sun, moon, stars, clouds, noises, behaviour of animals, &c.) ?
27. Are there (in the summer) any hot whirlwinds? Describe
them.
28. Is there ever a calm in the middle of the heavy wind-storms,
and then does the wind begin to blow hard again, and is it then from
the same point?
29. Have you yourself been in these storms ?
30. Do they hurt your crops, or gardens, or animals?
31. Do they ever seem to burn up the grass where they pass?
32. Is there any thunder and lightning with them or at the end?
33. Do they destroy houses if not well built?
as
|
at Strahsnb
a 5
Tietorvee
eS Sir H.Dottinger Jan?
“
deri 3) Braemar
Worl a] ¥:Resack
\ Ormelia “C89 Tanwary
28% Lat Alyeh
=f Storing Sualtany 2 ert : at Alyd
y Lady Sade 1h tp
Centre
Nanay (5%
Nedmiral Moorsom
»
Latty Sate 25% ~
ae
elpril 22° Hardwicke
—_—_— —— ~
TO THE ene a MEMOIR
Se THEZ
ia oP horns)
IN INDIA
\¢ ( Big! SEC. MW. li Phir toe
AND OTHER CYCLONES
i
fan \
Se Howard Douglas
Vesktiryten Dace
7
4,
8! Jan*
Wew Eucpreas
January toApril 1848
IN THE SOUTHERN INDIAN OCEAN /
wee 22 23" Mary Stoudart
4
+ (2 Welltaly
te
i a oe
4 n
—e a toe:
AE A es AORTA FMA PACER A UN aes
: Es
Ms $e;
¢ F - " 4 ;
ae a
Piece a + ‘
nerf
; a iw Aa y a A *
fet ata lly MAE
s u ’ ery .
‘e
~
nt oe Sa
1850. ] | - On the Inland Storms of Tartary. 249
34. Are they most violent in the hills and mountain passes, or at
the foot of them or when altogether in the plains ?
35. In what countries are they most violent ; i. e. do they do most
mischief?
36. Have the volcanoes and the hurricanes any connection ; that is,
did you ever hear or know that the eruption of the volcanoes caused
hurricanes ?
37. Are there any parts of the country which you know or of which
you have heard that cannot be traversed on account of the storms and
when does this occur?
Of course no one individual will be able to reply to all these questions,
but from the priests and head-men down to the guides, each may give
his quota and their replies may lead to more information.
The religious part of the queries is of interest as like the other Chi-
nese ones, it may shew the connection between the Chinese maritime
storms and deities and the inland ones.
P.S. As illustrating this singular phenomenon of inland hurri-
canes, I add here a passage from the forthcoming new edition of the
Sailor’s Horn-Book, from which it would appear that hurricanes (as to
violence) are perfectly well known to the Tchukutskoi of Behring’s
Straits! and they are also most frequent and severe, and true revolving
storms in Iceland! See Vol. XIV. p. 297, of Jameson’s Edinburgh
Journal of Science in a paper on the Glaciers and climate of Iceland
by W. Sartorius Von Walterhausen.
*‘ Kotzebue in the Rurich’s voyage of discovery, Vol. II. p. 160 of the
8yvo. edition, describes a storm of hurricane violence on the 13th April,
in Lat. 44° 30’ N. Long. 181° West, but he gives no account of the
veering of the wind. Again in the voyage of the Rurick, Vol. I. p.
264, after a smart gale in the neighbourhood of the St. Lawrence
Islands he was informed by the Tchukutskoi of St. Lawrence’s Bay on
the Asiatic Coast of Behring’s Straits in 65° 40’ North “ that the time
of violent storms was at hand, and that the last had been only a faint
wind. He gave us to understand that in a real storm nobody was able
to stand on their legs, but that they were obliged to lay themselves flat
on the ground.” This is exactly, as to violence, the description which
a Carib of the West Indian islands might have given to Columbus, or
which a Mauritius or Jamaica negro would give of their hurricanes in
250 Tables of Mortality. [No. 3.
the present day. I have heard it often said in descriptions of hurri-
canes there, by persons of all classes, that fearful that the dwelling-
house might be blown down the family crept on the ground on all fours
(lying flat down when the gusts were most furious) to reach the near-
est negro hut or other low sheltered spot ; or a ‘ hurricane house” built
of stone for such occasions. Are these Behring’s Straits storms analo-
gous to those which arise in the interior of the continent of North Ame-
rica and pass out to sea over Newfoundland? and do the Asiatic
storms arise in the plains of eastern Siberia and travel out towards
Behring’s Straits 2”
Tables of Mortality according to the experience of the Bengal Civil
Service, with the values of Annuities, Assurances, §c.—By Capt.
J.C. Hannyneron, Bengal Army.
The following tables are founded on the data contained in a general
list of the Civil Service of the Bengal Presidency which was published
some years ago by Ramchander Das under the superintendence of the
Hon’ble H. T. Prinsep. A slight liberty has been taken with the
ages under 25, in order to avoid irregularities in the premia for short
assurances. The deviation is however small, and from 25 to 60, the
actual data are very closely followed. After 60 the experience is too
limited to be serviceable, and the table was thence continued and
joined to the Northampton table by means of a curve and its ordinates.
The rate of mortality though higher than the English rates, is
much more favourable than that determined by Mr. Woolhouse for the
Bengal Military. The resulting rates of assurance premia are accord-
ingly considerably less than those now used by Assurance offices.
Nevertheless the rates here exhibited are beyond doubt sufficient ; for
Mr. Nelson’s recent investigation’ on military lives give still lower rates,
and hence it may be fairly inferred that the civil experience if further
extended would lead to further reductions.
These remarks may serve to justify the publication of these tables,
by shewing that they are fit to be used. The allusion to assurance
rates will not it is hoped, be thought misplaced. It springs naturally
1850.]
Tables of Mortality.
251
out of the subject, and vital statistics unless applied to the business of
life assurance are of little worth. The tables have been prepared with
attention to practical details, for practical purposes, in hope that they
may be found useful.
It has not been considered necessary to add a summary of formule
adapted to Commutation tables. They can be readily obtained by those
who may require them.
TasBiLe I._—Law of Mortality, Bengal Civil Service.
plete each year
Number that com-
of age.
the next year of
Number that die in
age.
Sum of the living
at all ages.
Mean duration of
life.
Useful logarithms.
mc cr | ee | ce eee | | —
274798
265713
256781
248000
239368
230884
222547
214357
206312
198412
190656
183044
175577
168255
161079
154049
147165
140429
133844
127413
121139
115025
109076
103294
97683
92246
86985
81902
76998
72275
9583249
9509487
9435440
9361114
9286007
9210098
9132839
9055260
8976271
8896378
8814988
8731462
8646297
85958824
8469553
8378409
8284021
81855538
8082785
7975445
7863254
7744440
7620781
7490403
7393593
7210683
7061201
6905505
6742179
6572471
0416751
0490513
0564560
0638886
0713993
0789902
0867161
0944740
1023729
1103622
1185012
1268538
1353703
1441176
1530447
1621591
1715979
1814442
1917215
2024555
2136746
2255560
2379219
2509597
2646407
2789317
2938799
3094495
3257821
3427529
9926238
9925953
98256074
9924893
9924091
9922741
9922321
9921011
9920107
9981610
9916474
9914835
9912527
9910729
9908856
9905612
9901537
9897227
9892660
9887809
9881186
9876341
9869622
9863190
9857090
9850518
9844304
9836674
9830292
9824386
colog.
Pz
0073762
0074047
0174326
0075107
0075909
0077259
0077679
0078989
0079893
0018390
0083526
0085165
0087473
0089271
0091144
0094388
0098463
0102773
0107340
0112191
0118814
0123659
0130378
0136810
0142910
0149482
0155696
0163326
0169708
0175614
a
Number that
complete each
year of age.
Number that
die in the next
year of age.
cero | eee | eee
et ie
Tables of Mortality.
living at all
Sum of the
ages.
37772
34790
31967
29299
26781
24410
22181
20090
18134
16308
14609
13032
11573
10228
8993
7862
6831
5899
5049
4288
3607
3001
2465
1996
1590
1244
955
2
535
390
279
196
134
88
D4
30
14
Mean duration
of life.
SOME HENNY NNWHKWWK WOR RR TANITA HOITH
MUISCWNOHR BAWDOHwWUEWOBRN HK— ROY KROYKY RYE
COUN OOre OG ONWoUOorco COOoOwnowuck &
eee | see | Se
6396857
6213840
6023856
5828585
5625308
59414544
5199592
4976206
4745076
4507109
4261858
4010557
3749316
3481101
3203540
2913689
2615008
2301934
1978317
1640553
1287223
0916670
0534626
0132587
9712758
9273704
8813847
8331471
7824726
7291648
6711728
6085260
5390761
4608978
3692159
2695129
1613680
0453230
9190781
7923917
6627578
5314789
3802112
2041200
9542425
6020600
0000000
3603143
3786160
3976144
4171415
4374692
4585456
4800408
5023794
5254924
9492891
9738142
5989443
6250684
6518899
6796460
7086311
7384992
7698066
8021683
8359447
8712777
9083330
9465374
9867413
0287242
0726296
1186153
1668529
2175274
2708352
‘3288272
3914740
4609239
5391022
6307841
7304871
8386320
9546770
0869219
2076083
3372422
4685211
6197888
7958800
0457575
3979400
0000000
Useful logarithms.
rs ee eee 6 8 0O ES
9816983
9810016
9804729
9796723
9789236
9785048
9776614
9768870
9762033
9754749
9748699
9738759
9731785
9722439
9710149
9701319
9686926
9676383
9662236
9646670
9629447
9617956
9597961
9580171
9560946
9540143
9517624
9493255
9466922
9420080
9373532
9305501
9218217
9083181
9006970
8918551
8839550
8737551
8733136
8703661
8687211
8487323
8239088
7501225
6478175
3010300
0000000
[No. 3.
0183017
0189984
0195271
0203277
0210764
0214952
0223386
0231130
0737967
0245251
0251301
0261241
0268215
0277561
0289851
0298681
0313074
0323617
0337764
0353330
0370553
0382044
0402039
0419829
0439054
0459857
0482376
0506745
0533078
0579920
0626468
0694499
0781783
0916819
0993030
1081449
1160450
1262449
1266864
1296339
1312789
1512677
1760912
2498775
3521825
6989700
0000000
1850.]
TaBLe I].—Annuities, Assurances, Sc.
re
2, D.
<
20/4146.28
21/3919.66
2213705.19
23/3502.23
24/3309.79
25/3127.35
26/2954.04
27/2790.14
28/2634.47
29|2486.97
30/2346.92
31/9213.67
32/2087.19
33/1966.90
34) 1852.77
35|1744.51
36)1641.35
37|1542.84
38] 1448.8]
39/1359.08
40)1273.48
41/1191.45
4211113.47
43/1038.98
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
968.038
900.675
836.732
776.218
718.816
664.681
613.788
565.827
520.777
478.731
439.269
402.366
368.207
336.295
306.601
279.090
ie
62701.09
58781.43
55076.24
51574.01
48264.22
45136.87
42182.83
39392.69
36758.22
34271.25
31924.33
29710.66
27623.47
25656.57
23803.80
22059.29
20417.94
18875.10
17426.29
16067.21
14793.73
13602.28
12488.81
11449.83
Tables of Mortality.
S.
864804.71
802103.62
743322.19
688245.95
636671.94
588407.72
943270.85
501088.02
461695.33
424937.11
390665.86
358741.53
329030.87
301407.40
275750.83
251947.03
229887.74
209469.80
190594.70
173168.41
157101.20
142307.47
128705.19
116216.38
10481.792|104766.546
9581.117
8744.385
7968.167
7249.35]
6584.670
5970.882
9405.055
4884.278
4405.547
3966.278
3563.912
3195.705
2859.410
2552.809
2273.719
94284.794
84703 637
75959.252
67991.085
60741.734
54157.064
48186.182
42781.127
37896.849
33491.302
29525.024
25961.112
22765.407
19905.997
17353.188
M.
eee | ee ee
1575.218
1508.077
1444.361
1383.908
1326.170
1271.028
1218.007
1167.718
1119.364
1073.190
1028.793
985.806
944.472
904.454
865.976
828.977
792.914
797.939
722.841
688.832
655.506
622.460
590.300
558.636
527.656
497.525
468.224
439.891
412.344
385.856
360.528
336.174
312.887
290.870
269.821
249.813
231.130
213.379
196.620 |
180 901 |
R.
31014.528
29439.310
27931.233
26486.872
25102.964
23776.794
22505.766
21287.759
20120.041
19000.677
17927.487
16898.694
15912.889
14968.417
14063.962
13197.986
12369.009
11576.095
10818.560
10095.718
9406.886
8751.380
8128.920
7538.621
6979.984
6452.328
5954.803
5486.579
5046.688
4634.344
4248.488
3887.960
3551.786
3238.899
2948.029
2678.208
2428.395
2197.266
1983.886
1787.266
ya
2538
Four per Cent.
Annuity.
ay
15.122
14.998
14.865
14.726
14.582
14.433
14.280
14.119
13.953
13.780
13.603
13.421
13.235
13.044
12.848
12.645
12.440
12.237
12.028
11.822
11.617
11.417
11.217
11.020
10.828
10.638
10.451
10.265
10.085
9.909
9.728
9.553
9.379
9.203
9.029
8.857
8.679
8.563
8.326
8.147
| Age x.
60|253.621
61|230.156
62/208.384
63/188.369
64/169.911
65}152.7275
Tables of Mortality.
Tasie II.—(Continued).
166.167
152.456
139.536
127.536
116.323
105.775
66)137.1830
67|122.7325
68}109.5380
69
70
7)
12
73
74
75
76
47
738
79
97.4440
86.3751
76.2605
67.1525
58.8606
51.3817
44.6550
38.6234
33.2338
28.4362
24.1842 |
20.3473
16.9366
13.8785
11.1463
8.67791
6.63253
4.97165
3.65951
2.62114
1.88984
1.34821
0.95818
0.65034
0.41689
0.22548
0.09636
0.02316
N. S.
2020.098 15079.469
1789.942 13059.371
1581.558 11269.429
1393.189 9687.871
1223.278 8294.6823
1070.5504 | 7071.4044
933.3674 | 6000.8540
810.6349 | 5067.4866
701.0969 | 4256.8517
603.6529 | 3555.7548
517.2778 | 2952.1019
441.0173 | 2434.8241
373.8648 1993.8268
315.0042 1619.9420
263.6225 1304.9378
218.9675 1041.3153
180.3441 822.3478
147.1103 642.0037
118.6741 494.8934
94.4899 376.2193
74.1426 281.7294
57.2060 207.5868
43.3275 150.3808
32.1812 107.0533
23.50329 74.87207
16.87076 51.36878
11.89911 34.49802
8.23960 22.599891
5.60846 14.35931
3.71862 8.75085
2.370411 5.032226
1.412236 2.661815
0.761891 1.249579
0.345003 0.487688
0.119522 0.142686
0.023163 0.023163
0.000000 0.000000
96.0080
86.8338
78.3597
70.4787
63.1577
56.3652
50.1903
44.4812
39.2662
34.5157
30.2016
26.2975
22.7782
19.6198
16.71302
14.08494
11.67826
9.47986
7.44018
5.72855
4.32278
3.20185
2.31423
1.67413
1.205185
0.867006
0.596029
0.387585
0.212211
0.091762
0.022272
Annui-
ty. Gy |
- —=
1606.3653) 7.965
1440.1988] 7.769
] 287.7428] 7.590
1148.2065] 7.396
1020.6704) 7.200
904.3479) 7.010
798.5733] 6.804
702.5653) 6.605
615.7315) 6.401
537.3718] 6.195
466.8931| 5.989
403.7355| 5.783
347.3702| 5.567
297.1799) 5.351
252.6987) 5.131
213.4325] 4.904
178.9169] 4.669
148.7153) 4.426
122.4178] 4.173
99.6396] 3.907
80.01985| 3.644
63.30682| 3.378
49.22189) 3.122
37 .54362| 2.887
28.06377| 2.708
20.62359| 2.544
14.89504) 2.393
10.57226] 2.252
7.37041] 2.132
5.05618} 1.968
3.382050} 1.758
2.176865] 1.474
1.309859] 1.172
0.713830} 0.828
0.326246) 0.530
0.114035] 0.240
0.022272} 0.000
1850.]
Tubles of Mortality.
TasLe III].—Five per Cent.
DD.
3424.04
3206.07
3001.78
2810.33
2630.62
2461.94
2303.36
2154.84
2015.24
1884.29
1761.25
1645.42
1536.64
1434.29
1338.19
1248.00
1163.02
1082.81
1007.13
935.754
868.467
804.530
744.957
688.494
635.375
985.531
938.781
495.055
454.079
415.883
380.383
347.320
316.623
288.287
262.004
237.708
215.456
195.108
176.006
158,687
N.
45633.46
42427.39
39425.61
36615.28
33984.66
31522.72
29219.36
27064.52
25049.28
23164.99
21403.74
19758.32
18221.68
16787.39
15449.20
14201.20
13038.18
11955.37
10948.24
10012.487
9144.020
8339.490
7994.533
6906.039
6270.664
5685.133
5146.352
4651.297
4197.218
3781.335
3400.952
3053.632
2737 .009
2448.722
2186.718
1949.010
1733.554
1538.446
1362.440
1203.793
Annuity. a
13.327
13.233
13.134
13.029
12.919
12.804
12.686
12.560
12.430
12.293
12.153
12.008
11.858
11.704
11.545
11.379
11.210
11.041
10.870
10.699
10.529
10.365
10.194
10.030
9.869
9.709
9.551
9.395
9.243
9.092
8.940
8.792
8.644
8.493
8.346
8.199
8.046
7.883
7.741
7.983
Bf
259
256
Tables of Mortality.
Tasie III.—(Continued.)
D.
142.833
128.383
115.132
103.082
92.096
82.073
72.947
64.641
97.143
90.349
44.205
38.656
33.716
29.2712
25.3086
21.7858
18.6637
15.9064
13.4805
11.3556
9.4630
7.80177
6.33218
5.03716
3.88432
2.94051
2.18317
1.59167
1.13350
0.80639
0.56980
0.40110
0.26965
0-17120
0.09172
0.03882
0.00924
N.
1060.920
932.537
817.405
714.323
622.227
940.154
467.207
402.566
345.423
295.074
250.869
212.213
178.497
149.2258
123.9172
102.1314
83.4677
67.5613
54.0808
42.7292
33.2622
25.46043
19.12825
14.09109
10.20677
7.26626
5.08309
3.49142
2.39792
1.55153
0.98173
0.58063
0.31098
0.13978
0.04806
0.00924
0.00000
[No. 3.
Annuity. a,
1850.]
Tables of Mortality.
Taste [V.—Siz per Cent.
257
Age. D. N. Annuity. a,
20 2832.75 33648.08 11.878
21 2627.40 31020.68 11.807
22 2436.77 28583.91 11.730
23 2259.83 26324.08 11.649
24 2095.37 24228.71 11.563
25 1942.51 22286.20 11.473
26 1800.24 20485.96 11.380
27 1668.28 18817.68 11.280
28 1540.48 17277.20 11.215
29 1431.42 15845.78 11.070
30 1325.33 14520.45 10.956
31 1226.49 13293.96 10.921
32 1134.597 12159.364 10.717
33 1049.032 11110.332 10.591
34 669.518 10140.814 10.460
35 895.644 9245.170 10.322
36 826.782 8418.388 10.182
37 762.498 7655.890 10.040
38 702.515 6953.375 9.898
39 646.570 6306.805 9.756
40 594.416 5712.389 9.610
Al 545.637 5166.752 9.469
42 500.301 4666.451 9.327
43 458.024 4208.427 9.188
44 418.698 3789.729 9.051
45 382.213 3407.516 8.915
46 348.378 3059.138 8.781
47 317.084 2742.154 8.648
48 288.095 2453.959 8.518
Ag 261.372 2192.587 8.389
50 236.806 1955.781 8.259
51 214.183 1741.598 8.13]
52 193.411 1548.187 8.004
53 174.441 1373.746 7.875
54 157.041 1216.705 7-747
55 141.1341 1075.5709 7.621
56 126.7158 948.8551 7.488
a7 113.5498 835.3053 7.306
58 101.5704 733.7349 7.224
59 90.7120 643.0229 7.089
258 Tables of Mortality. [No. 3.
TasLe 1V.—(Continued.)
Age. D. N. Annuity. ay,
60 80.8787 562.1442 6.950
61 72.0108 490.1334 6.806
62 63.9687 426.1647 6.662
63 56.7336 369.4311 6.512
64 50.2087 319.2224 6.358
65 44.3086 274.9138 6.204
66 39.0224 235.8914 6.045
67 34.2532 201.6382 5.887
68 29.9939 171.6443 5.723
69 26.1789 145.4654 5.557
70 22.7673 122.6981 5.389
71 19.7219 102.9762 5.222
2 17.0389 85.93736 5.047
73 14.65313 71.28423 4.865
74 12.54994 58.73429 4.680
79 10.70115 48.03314 4.489
76 9.08111 38.95203 4.289
77 7.66647 31.28556 4.081
78 6.43599 24.84957 3.861
79 5.387033 19.47924 3.627
80 4.43300 15.04624 3.394
81 3.62036 11.42588 3.156
82 2.91068 8.51520 2.296
83 2.29356 6.22164 2.713
84 1.75196 4.46968 2.551
85 1.31376 3.15592 2.402
86 0.96619 2.18973 | 2.266
87 0.69777 1.49196 2.138
88 0.49222 0.99974 2.031
89 0.34687 0.65287 1.882
90 0.24279 0.41008 1.689
91 0.16930 0.24078 1.422
92 0.11274 0.12804 1.136
93 0.07091 0.05713 0.806
94 0.03763 0.01950 0.518
95 0.01578 0.00372 0.236
96 0.00372 0.00000 0.000
a SR A RR SRE RR ES EE TR EE A RIE RE
Tables of Mortality.
TaBLE V.—Seven per Cent.
D.
2347.74
2157.19
1981.89
1820.89
1672.59
1536.09
1410.28
1294.68
1188.82
1090.21
999.967
916.746
840.135
769.516
704.542
644.776
589.639
538.711
491.692
448.309
408.295
371.286
337.256
305.871
276.996
250.495
226.186
203.945
183.568
164.984
148.280
132.682
118.694
106.0518
94.5816
84.2067
74.8976
66.4883
58.9131
52.1276
25108.99
N.
22951.80
20967.91
19149.02
17476.43
15940.34
14530.06
13235.38
12046.56
10956.35
9956.380
9039.634
8199.499
7429.983
6725.441
6080.665
5491,026
4952.315
4460.623
4012.314
3604.019
3232.733
2895.477
2589.606
2312.610
2062.115
1835.929
1631.984
1448.416
1283.432
1135.152
1002.470
883.776
777.7241
683.1425
598.9358
524.0382
457.5499
398.6318
346.5042
Annuity.
10.695
10.640
10.581
10.511
10.449
10.377
10.303
10.223
10.133
10.050
9.957
9.860
9.760
9.655
9.546
9.431
9.313
9.193
9.072
8.950
8.802
8.707
8.585
8.466
8.349
8.232
8.117
8.002
7.890
7.479
fa
7.5599
7.437
7.333
7.223
7-113
6.997
6.882
6.766
6.647
ay
259
Tables of Mortality.
Taste V.—(Continued.)
46.0425
40.6112
35.7386
31.4002
27.5391
24.0671
21.0077
18.2591
15.8392
13.6954
11.7993
10.1256
SE * eee
300.4617
259.8509
224.1119
192.7117
165.1726
141.1055
120.0978
101.8387
85.9995
72.3041
60.5048
90.3792
8.66624
7.38317
6.26436
5.29160
4.44854
3.72046
3.09413
2.55768
2.09156
1.69215
1.34774
1.05207
0.796119
0.591415
0.430886
0.308272
0.215430
0.150396
0.104283
0.072037
0.047523
0.029609
0.015566
0.006465
0.001511
41.71297
34.32980
28.06544
22.77384
18.32530
14.60484
11.51071
8.95303
6.86147
5.16932
3.82158
2.769512
1.973393
1.381978
0.951092
0.642820
0.427390
0.276994
0.172711
0.100674
0.053151
0.023542
0.007976
0.001511
0.000000
[No. 3.
Annuity. a,
1850. ] Tables of Mortality.
TasLE VI.—Hight per Cent.
Age. D. N.
20 1949.170 18926.567
21 1774.393 17152.174
22 1615.182 15536.992
23 1470.162 14066.830
24 1337.921 12728.909
29 1217.351 11511.558
26 1107.302 10404.256
27 1007.128 9397.128
28 915.7185 8481.4097
29 832.4322 7648.9775
30 796.2602 6892.7173
31 687.0838 6205.6335
32 623.8348 5581.7987
33 566.1070 5015.6917
34 913.5085 4502.1832
30 465.5962 4036.5870
36 421.8392 3614.7478
37 381.8360 3232.9118
38 345.2835 2887 .6283
39 311.9019 2575.7264
40 281.4331 2294.2933
41 253.5537 2040.7396
42 228.1815 1812.5581
43 205.0306 1607.5275
44 183.9560 1423.5715
45 164.8160 1258.7555
46 147.4441 1111.3114
47 131.7146 979.5968
48 117.4567 862.1401
49 104.5883 797.0918
50 93.0032 664.5486
51 82.5606 581.9880
ae 73.1729 508.8151
53 64.7738 444.0413
54 57.2332 386.8081
55 50.4833 336.3248
56 44.4866 291.8382
57 39.1261 252.7121
58 34.3503 218.3618
59 30.1099 188.2519
261
Annuity. ay
9.710
9.670
9.619
9.568
9.514
9.456
9.396
9.33]
9.262
9.189
9.114
9.032
8.948
8.860
8.767
8.670
8.569
8.467
8.363
8.258
8.152
8.049
7-943
7.840
7.739
7.637
7.537
7.438
7.340
7.243
7.145
7.049
6.954
6.855
6.758
6.662
6.560
6.459
6.357
6.252
2M
262
Tables of Mortality.
Taste VI.—(Continued.)
26.3488
23.0254
20.0752
17.4748
15.1787
13.1370
11.8640
9.79043
8.41427
7.20803
6.15261
5.24095
4.43559
3.74390
3.14515
2.63383
2.19371
1.81768
1.49768
1.22656
0.993741
0.796531
0.628533
0.486101
0.364437
0.278221
0.193608
0.137232
0.0950143
0.0657170
0.0451462
0.0308972
0.0201941
0.0124656
0.0064924
0.0026718
0.0006187
N.
161.9031
138.8777
115.8025
J01.3377
86.1490
73.0120
61.6480
51.85758
43.44331
36.23528
30.08267
24.84172
20.40613
16.66223
13.51708
10.88325
8.68954
6.87186
5.37418
4.14762
3.153889
2.357349
1.728816
1.242715
0.878278
0.610057
0.416449
0.2792173
0.1842030
0.1184860
0.0733398
0.04244 26
0.0222485
0.0097829
0.0032905
0.0006187
0.0000000
[No, 3.
Annuity. az,
1850. | Tables of Mortality. 263
Taste VII.—Annual Premia for Assurances.
Four per Cent.
One Two | Three | Four Five Six Seven Whole
Year. | Years. | Years. | Years. | Years. | Years. | Years.| Life.
20; .01620} .01621| .01623} .01628) .01639| .01646} .01654| .02356
21} .01626) .01629| .01637| .01642| .01648| .01659) .01669) .02405
22| .01633| .01642| .01646| .01662| .01666| .01677| .01685| .02457
23) .01648) .01657| .01663} .01676| .01689| .01696) .01707| .02513
24| .01665) .01681) .01693| .01698) .01709| .01720) .01732)| .02372
25) .01697| .01700| .01709| .01718| .01728| .01746) .01761) .02633
26) .01702| .01717| .01728) .01741| .01757| .01773)] .01790) .02698
27| .01733} .01743) .01756| .01773} .01790| .01808} .01826| .02768
28] .01753} .01768) .01788) .01806| .01826| .01845] .01863] .02841
29) .01785; .01808] .01826) .01847] .01867| .01891] .01907| .02920
30) .01832
31) .01867
32) 01917
33| 01955
34| .01992
35| .02067
36) .02156
37| 02249] .02297
38 .02348! .02398
39| .02452| .02521
01849
01892} .01912) .01932} .01955| .01984; .02023) .03088
01936; .01955| .01981, .02012) .02045, .02081| .03179
01981; .02005; .02039| .02076) .02115) .02154) .03274
.02070) .02111) .02152
.02153) .02197| .02242
02247! .02293) .02346
.02345) .02402) .02454
-02460) .02514| .02571
.02577| .02637; .02697
02031 .02195| .02242) .03375
.02292) .02340, .03466
.02396 .02448] .03594
.02508) .02563) .03708
.02629, .02684] .03830
02755) .02812) .03953
02110
.01870| .01890} .01909| .01932) .01958] .03002
02201
40} .02595
41| .02705
42} .02844
43} .02982
44] -03139
45| .03253
46| .03386
47| .03549| .03614
48| .03685! .03745! .03814) .03880] .03939
49 03886] .03957| .04016| .04080
02645
02769
02910
03044
03180
03317
03465
.02834; .02897| .02959
02973) .03036; .03096
.03109} .03171| .03236
.03244) .03312} .03376
.03389| .03455| .03515
.03532| .03594! .03658
.03675| .03740| .03808
03018) .03078) .04207
.03158) .03218} .04339
03298} .03356| .04473
.03435| .03495] .04608
.03577| .03637| .04756
03720) .03744| .04887
.03861} .03920! .05031
.04001| .04061| .05175
E 04198) .05323
.02706) .02769| .02828) .02887| .02944| .04080
50} .03968
51) .04116
52} .04228
93} .04397
54) .04555
59| .04644
56| .04814
97} .04983
98} .05127
99} .05280
04039) .04097| .04163, .04228] .04284| .04342) .05475
04425) .04485) .05630
.04567| .04627| .05788
04717) .04777| .05955
.04862} .04920| .06125
.05002} .05067| .06300
.05163} .05226} .06485
.05324) .05385| .06677
.05476| .05552) .06875
05651) .05727| .07086
.04169} .04239) .04308 .04364
.04309| .04384| .04441) .04504
-04473] .04525| .04589| .04655
-04597| .04665) .04734| .04799
-04728| .04806} .04875, .04942
.04898
05052
05194
05340
.04968| .05035| .05096
05121] .05182, .05253
.05262| .05338) .03406
05422) 05494) .05569
SS
60} .05406| .05505) .05581| .05661) .05736} .05835| .05919) .07308
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ASIATIC SOICETY OF BENGAL
For Marcu, 1850.
The usual monthly meeting of the <siatic Society was held on the
evening of the 6th March.
J. R. Cotvin, Esq. Member of the Council, in the chair.
The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
Notes were recorded from Mr. Brandreth, Captain Baseley, Major
Hannay and Capt. Staples withdrawing from the Society.
The following gentlemen were named as candidates for election at
the April meeting.
C. T. Watkins, Esq.,—proposed by Mr. Heatly, and seconded by
Mr. Blyth.
A. J. M. Mills, Esq. B. C. S.,—proposed by J. R. Colvin, Esq.,
and seconded by Dr. W. B. O’Shaughnessy.
T. Morton, Esq. Madras Medical Service,—proposed by J. R. Colvin,
Esq., and seconded by Dr. W. B. O’Shaughnessy.
Hon’ ble Capt. R. B. Byng,—proposed by Dr. O’Shaughnessy, and
seconded by J. R. Colvin, Esq. |
The Rev. Principal Kay of Bishop’s College,—proposed by Rev. S.
Slater, and seconded by F. E. Hall, Esq.
Letters were read—
1850.) Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 265
1. From the Secretary to Government, Home Department, forward-
ing a plan of the city of Jagannath.
2. From Mr. Bowring, C. 8. submitting a description of the
Shekim district.
3. From H. Torrens, Esq. forwarding a plan and drawing of the
Adina Masjid.
It being stated that this monument is rapidly falling to ruin, it was
agreed unanimously that the Society make a representation to Go-
vernment, soliciting that measures be taken for its repairs and its pre-
servation.
4. From Dr. Wise, forwarding a Bengali history of Tipperah.
Referred to the Oriental Section. (And since the meeting, at Dr. Wise’s
request, made over for examination to Mr. Jones.)
5. From Mr. Laidlay, forwarding a series of maps, illustrative of
his version of a Chinese treatise on the river courses of the countries
West of China Proper.
6. From Mr. Laidlay, tendering his resignation of the office of Joint
Secretary.
On the proposition of the Honorable President and the Council, the
Society unanimously decided to place on record, “ their. grateful sense
of the valuable services Mr. Laidlay has rendered to the Society, and
of the happy combination of zeal, ability learning, and temper with
which he has so long discharged the functions of Joint Secretary and
Editor of the Journal.”’
It was further and unanimously voted that Mr. Laidlay’s resignation
oe not accepted, and that he continue, during his absence, to be Joint
Secretary to the Society.
Read again the resolution respecting Col. Forbes’ retirement from
the list of Vice-Presidents, proposed by Mr. Colvin, and seconded by
Capt. Broome, at the January meeting—
“That as a testimony of the great respect and esteem of the Society
Col. Forbes be elected an Honorary Vice-President of the Society (on
the occasion of his retirement from the list of active Vice-Presidents)
as was done on the retirement of Mr. H. Torrens.”
Unanimously carried.
Read a letter from the Statistical Section communicating their desire
to apply to Government for permission to consult certain records—also
266 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3.
a memorandum of the approval of the Council of the proposition sub-
mitted by the Section.
Srr,—We have the honour to request that you will be pleased to lay
before the Society, with a view to its being forwarded, if approved of, the
undermentioned suggestions of the Section appointed by the Society for the
advancement of Statistical Science in India.
At a meeting of the Section the various means of obtaining Statistical
Information were attentively considered, and it was proposed by Captain
Staples and resolved unanimously that, as the resources at the command of
the Section are very limited, and as the records in the office of the Govern-
ment of Bengal are considerable, the Secretary of the Society be requested
with sanction of the Society, to solicit Government to permit the Index of
the papers now in the Bengal Secretariat Office, to be copied or published by
the Society, and subsequently to permit such papers as the Society may
consider valuable, and the Government may please to authorize, to be pub-
lished or extracts taken from them; and secondly that the members of the
Section or other properly authorized persons, be permitted access to the
records or such portion of them, as the Government may be pleased to place
at their disposal for the above purpose.
We have the honor to be, Sir,
Your most obedient servants,
N. A. Stapues, Br. Captain, Artillery.
James Lone, C. L. K.
March 27th, 1850. S. G. T. Heatty.
Unanimously adopted.
Mr. Piddington brought forward a resolution respecting lending of
Books and MSS. and copying of MS.
The Librarian having submitted his usual monthly report, the
meeting adjourned. |
Confirmed, J. W. Cotvixe, President.
W. B. O’Suaveunessy, V. P. and Secy.
3rd April, 1850.
LIBRARY.
The following books have been received since the last meeting.
Presented.
Elements of Electro-Biology, or the Voltaic Mechanism of man; of Electro-
Pathology, especially of the Nervous System; and of Electro-Therapeutics.
By Dr, Alfred Smee.—PRESENTED BY THE AUTHOR.
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 267
The Report of the British Association for the advancement of Science,
for 1848.—By THE ASSOCIATION.
Bulletin de la Societé de Géographie, 3me, serie, Tome X.—By THE So-
CIETY.
. An Apology for the Present System of Hindu Worship, Calcutta, 1817,
8vo.—By H. PippineTon, Esa.
The Loghu Kaumudi, a Sanskrita Grammar, with an English Version.
Part. I. By Dr. J. BALLANTINE.
Indische Alterthumskunde. Von C. Lassen. Zweiter Band. Geschichte von
Buddha bis auf die Gupta-Konige. Bonn, 1849, 8vo.—By THE AUTHOR.
Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap von Kunsten en Wetens-
chappen. Deel XXII.—By THE Batavian Society or ARTS AND
SCIENCES.
(Euvres de La Place. Tome VII. Theorie Analytique des Probabilites,
Paris, 1847, 4to.—By THE EpiTor.
The White Yajus Veda, edited by Albrecht Weber. Part II. The Sata-
patha Brahmana in the Madhyandini Sakha, with extracts from the Com-
mentaries of Sayana, Harisvamin and Dvivedaganga, Berlin, 1849.—By THE
EpIToR.
Druckfehler, Berichtigungen und Nachtrage zum ersten Bande.—By THE
Epitor.
Barometrographia: Twenty years variation of the Barometer in the Cli-
mate of Britain, exhibited in autographic curves with the attendant winds
and weathers, and copious notes illustrative of the subject. By Luke
Howard, Esq. London, 1847, Rl. folio.—By tue AuTHoR.
Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenlandischen Gesellschaft, herausgegeben
von den Geschafts fihren. Drittes Band, I. und II. Heft.—By tue Ept-
TORS.
Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, Vol. XIX. part I.
—By THE Society.
Transactions of the Royal Society of London for the year 1847.—By THE
SOCIETY. :
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Nos. 68-72.—By tur Same.
List of the Fellows of the Royal Society, 1847.—By Tur Samp.
Address of the most noble the Marquis of Northampton, the President,
read at the General Meeting of the Royal Society on Tuesday, June 9th
1848.—By THE Same.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago for January, 1850.—By THE EpiTor.
Ditto ditto, 2 copies—By THE GOVERNMENT or BENGAL.
Upadeshaka, No. 39.—By THE Epiror.
268 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
The Oriental Baptist, No. 39.—By THe Epiror.
The Calcutta Christian Observer for March, 1850.—By THE EpITorRs.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,
for the month of January, 1850.—By THE Deputy SURVEYOR GENERAL.
Tattvabodhini Patrika, Nos, 78-9. ,
Purnachandrodaya, for February, 1850.—By tHE Eprror.
Exchanged.
Journal Asiatique, Nos. 61-4.
Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, Vol. XI. Part I. and Vol. XII. Part I.
Quarterly Journal of the Geological oe Nos. 18-19.
Jameson’s Journal, No. 93.
Purchased.
Comptes Rendus, Nos. 16 @ 21.
Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, Tome XXII.
Haji Khalfee Lexicon Bibliographicum et Encyclopaedicum, Vol. V.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, for December, 1849.
JOURNAL
OF THE
Sela LIC SOCTE? Y.
No. IV.—1850.
SRPA.AAVWPANWAP. DAL. IRA OL DIAN DIARRA ARANDA IA
VMDASSYIN
Extracts from Dr. Voysry’s Private Journal, when attached to the
Trigonometrical Survey in Southern and Central India, No. III.
Saturday, 20th February, 1819.—I passed through the village of
Mengoor near which, on the banks of a.small nullah, the thermo-
meter sank to 47° just before sunrise : in its neighbourhood, I also saw
a bed of lithomarge lying on the alluvium which rested as usual on the
trap. The fields on my right and left were full of gram and corn
crops ; nevertheless I observed that a large quantity of land had been
thrown out of cultivation. The approach to the Godavery was over
waving land consisting entirely of trap and alluvium ; now and then
beds of amygdaloid with green earth and wacké were seen, and within
a mile of the river small blocks of granite rising through the alluvium,
so rounded, that I found it impossible to bring away specimens. My
visit to the rocks was first paid ; I found them to consist of granite
forming the banks and bed of the river, the former were about 40 feet
high ; of this height the granite occupied one-half and the remainder
consisted of black cotton soil ; the river was shallow indeed. I crossed
its deepest part, and found it vary from 2 to 4 feet in depth, its bed
consisting of granitic sand mixed with a few calcedonies and agates, and
on the borders magnetic iron sand ; I did not see shells. In the crevices
of the rocks I found some pieces of stilbite or radiated zeolite. The
height to which the river rose two years ago, was pointed out to me, it
might be about 30 feet above its present level : it had washed away the
corner of a wall surrounding a handsome pagoda built of black basalt :
No. XL.—NeEw SERIES. 2N
270 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
it must now no doubt have changed its bed materially, since tradition
places the pagoda many years ago, far from its banks. The temperature
of the river at 12 o’clock was 74°, the same with the air. The basalt of
which the pagoda is built is in some parts of the building finely polished.
It contains olivine. The granite much resembles that found near Bacha-
pilly at the Bear’s rock. It is porphyritic containing large crystals of
red felspar in a crystalline cement composed of quartz, compact felspar
and mica. This is the prevalent rock. A porphyritic greenstone lies
near it, apparently in beds, in which the crystalline felspar is compact
and of a green colour arising from green hornblende? I believe them
to be the same with those of the Bear’s rock at Bachapilly. The dis-
tance from Thevalingapate hill is 12 miles and the sole rock is the
trap, sometimes basaltic, sometimes wacké on the elevations, and in
the plains black cotton soil.
Monday, 22nd February, 1819.—On quitting this place the ther-
mometer stood at 47° and the temperature of water at 54 o’clock a. m.
was 43°; a march of 7 miles brought us to Monegal: nothing but trap
of which I am heartily tired.
Tuesday, 23rd February, 1819.—The formations in this part of
India differ materially from those of Europe ; no chalk, no intermediate
rocks between the trap and granite. The whole field of view, probably
an extent of 20 miles. The ravines of the formation are much deeper
than usual. |
Sunday, 27th February, 1819.—Large beds of wacké began now to
appear, generally lower, or at the bottom of the more elevated trap hills.
On arriving near, a temple with a basaltic column similar to one I had
seen on the banks of the Godavery struck me, and I made an attempt
to draw it.
Monday, 28th February,1819.—The river bed differed very little from
that of the Mulinar. I followed it until I came to the same or a similar
appearance, which had before struck me: large masses of red granite
imbedded in a coarse cement of limestone, containing crystals of felspar
quartz, &c. I drew asketch of the banks which bore a great resemblance
to those of the Mulinar and Manjera. We arrived at Buhtalipoor. In
the evening I visited the formation of wacké, to ascertain a fact men-
tioned in Thomson’s Annals, confirmed. It was not calcedony in wacké.
Tuesday, \st March, 1819.—The configuration of the hills was
1850.] in Southern and Central India. 271
very striking, with the same form I have before noticed, fewer peaks,
and lying at right angles to each other in many instances. Once or
twice I observed a complete quadrangle all but one side, the opening
being towards the plain.
Wednesday, 2nd March, 1819.—A rugged road from the frequent
ascent and descent of the trap hills. On one of them I observed a
vein of quartzose rock passing into flint running E. and W. I crossed
the Scinde; the bed consisting entirely of black trap or basalt, very
compact. At Dapky I lowered the temperature of Fahrenheit from
92° to 62° at sunset. I noticed a bed of lithomarge on my road.
Thursday, 3rd March, 1819.—The hill on which the flag is fixed
about four miles and a half from Oudeghir, is covered with calcedony
amorphous, cellular with impressed crystals, and striped mammillary
onyx, some imbedded in the cavities of the basalt ; amongst them I found
one piece of green amorphous calcedony. Five hundred yards from the
tent, I saw onthe side of a hill, exposed by a slip, imperfect columns of
basalt resembling precisely the description in Thomson’s Annals; the
Rowley Rag basalt. Oudeghir (the fort) stands on one of the flat hills
so frequently mentioned surrounded on every side by the semi-columnar
basalt.
Friday, 4th March, 1819.—I rode through the town of Oudeghir,
which is entirely built of basalt. It is the largest native town I have
seen, some of the streets wide and the houses neat. My sketch of the
hills to the northward of the fort, when seated on a neighbouring hill
on a level with it, is the best I could take ; it ill represents the singular
rise one above the other of the basalt: the hills representing to the
eye an appearance of distinct strata, which reminds me of the Isle of
France ; beds of carbonate of lime are very frequent. I noticed on my
way semi-columnar basalt in a large deposit to the left of the town.
Saturday, 5th March, 1819.—In the evening I rode to the right of
the town and came to something very much resembling the iron clay,
not very dissimilar to that of the Cape of G. Hope.
Sunday, 6th March, 1819.—In the evening I rode to the basalt ; I
found one column, of 8 sides, more than a metre in diameter, the inters-
tices were filled with green earth and sometimes with the glob ular wacké.
In some of the columns I noticed depressions and elevations for the re-
ception of a corresponding piece as in the Giant’s Causeway and Staffa.
2N 2
272 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
To the westward and southward all the hills have the same appearance,
and I have no doubt that they are the same formation.
Monday, 7th March, 1819.—I wandered over some hills to the left
of Oudeghir, where I found trap tuff, wacké and carbonate of lime
(tuffaceous) in abundance, containing crystals of zeolite apparently of
fresh formation. At the bottom semi-columnar basalt very black and
of great specific gravity ; on the right of the town, there are very exten-
sive ruins of houses and other buildings. The stream which struggles
through the valley is fed by the infiltration from the hills. We passed
on our road to Doongong, over many pavements of basalt, some of
them semi-columnar with the interstices filled up by a secondary forma-
tion or injestion of basalt ; we saw also two remarkable elevations nearly
north and south. In the neighbourhood of Doongong, vast quantities
of wacké and basalt and trap tuff, alternating frequently and without
order.
Wednesday, 9th March, 1819.—The land is waving as usual with a
few abrupt acclivities from two to three hundred feet in height. The
trap appears less subject to decomposition, having a very thin coat of
soil, and in many parts, it was found impossible to drive in the tent
pegs.
Thursday, 17th March, 1819.—I found on the road the basaltic
trap as usual, and in the neighbourhood of a ruined building some of
the iron clay in lumps, apparently brought from some distance.
Saturday, 19th March, 1819.—Reached Dammergidda at sunrise
and proceeded to the Manjera, which I crossed and encamped at Chil-
lelah in sight of Beder, distant about 5 coss seated ona hill. The left
bank is of the black alluvium, about fifteen or twenty feet high, sometimes
much less : the right bank rises to upwards of 60 feet in height, forming
a hill of considerable size on which Chillelah is seated ; the bank is com-
posed of large masses of an earthy and crystalline brown limestone very
much waterworn and containing large cavities which appear to have
been formerly filled by pieces of wacké, in some places containing large
masses of flint, and in others forming a compound rock being a cement
to a rocky compound of wacké basalt, clay and flint. Near the upper
part it has the appearance of regular stratification, and on its top wacké
easily decomposable is spread over it. I have yet to observe it more
closely. The carbonate of lime contains a small portion of alluvium.
1850- | in Southern and Central India. 273
Sunday, 20th March, 1819.—I bathed twice and collected on the
bank of the river a large quantity of the iron sand, which I suppose to
contain iron ore, very little of it being taken up by the magnet. I also
found very fine clay. I took a ride in the evening and a sketch of the
hills near Beder.
Monday, 21st March, 1819.—I took a more accurate survey of the
banks of the Manjera in the neighbourhood of Chillerjee. ‘The confu-
sion or mixture of the two rocks is much greater than I at first ima-
gined. I noticed close to the present level of the river, a rock of
compact basalt which at the distance of three or four feet becomes
wacké, passing into the admixture of carbonate of lime and lumps
of wacké, and that again into the porous limestone containing clay,
and green earth, presenting externally large cavities out of which
those substances have been washed ; above the limestone is a brownish
wacké on which the town is built; the height of the whole is about 40
or 50 feet: the banks below and above were composed of the black
alluvium, but I was told the limestone was found in considerable
quantity both above and below. The height of the river was rather
distinctly marked during the rainy season, by thé impression it had
made on the foundations of a mosque built on its bank.
Tuesday, 22nd March, 1819.—A short distance from the hill on
which Beder stands, the soil gradually changes from black to a reddish
tinge from the decomposition of theiron clay of the range of which and
on which Beder is built. This is the greatest elevation of the iron clay
that I have seen in India, the barometer indicating 2000 feet above the
level of the sea. In some places particularly in those excavations near
the fort, it resembles very much the iron clay of Nellore containing in
its vesicles Lithomarge, and the wells are generally very deep, one
measured 40 cubits ; the temperature of the water was 78°. The iron
clay contains lithomarge as usual and it approaches a plumb blue colour.
I ascended the tower on which the flag was, and could not avoid notic-
ing the flatness of the isolated mountains which had before struck me
in so many instances. !
Wednesday, 23rd March, 1819.—I noticed greenstone, granite, and
basalt in different parts of the buildin
the iron clay and bricks.
Friday, 25th March, 1819.—I rode this morning down the hill into
g, which was chiefly composed of
274 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
the plain to the northward, the iron clay presented in no instance an
appearance of stratification, but I noticed in several instances a gra-
dual transition from it into wacké and thence into basalt, of which
there are numerous little elevations in the neighbourhood. I noticed also
lithomarge in considerable quantities, both in beds and in the rock it-
self, I re-ascended to the southward, finding the iron clay vary in form
and in some instances degenerating into an ochery soft clay. It must
be observed that the iron clay itself is very soft when first quarried and
becomes indurated on exposure to the air. To the south-east a curious
sight presented itself in the form and disposition of the hills, of which
I made a sketch taken in a different direction; the flattened summits
were here most distinctly seen with the bevelments of the usual angle ;
around these were several small conical summits entirely isolated, some
on the contrary were of a flattened rounded form, intermixed, con-
sisting evidently of basalt.
Saturday, 26th March, 1819.—I recommenced my observations on
the hill of Beder, and this morning rode to the north-westward. I
every where saw the basalt at the foot of the hill passing into wacké
and iron clay, in one place the transition did not occupy more
than three feet and was very distinct. This easily explains the depth
of the wells in the fort and the tower; the very porous iron clay
being unable to hold the water it drips through until it meets with
the basalt. It is proper here to observe that in most instances the vesi-
cles or pores of the rock, had the appearance of long hollow tubes
always vertical. The basalt was not confined to the valley but was
found in a considerable number of elevations, of all forms, around. I
observed on the western side several springs just above the level of the
basalt. The singular improvidence and want of foresight im the
builders of the fort was very evident in several places : finding the rock
so very soft and easily worked they excavated, or rather cut it down
even with the wall, it has subsequently mouldered and the wall has
been precipitated with it. The high land projecting into the valley
or plain through which the Manjeraruns, like a number of buttresses
resembling very much that at Sudghir, is seen to the westward ; to the
verge of the horizon to the eastward the hills have a more abrupt
and irregular character. The magnetic needle did not appear to be
affected by the iron clay rocks. I visited a manufactory of Beder bot-
1850. ] in Southern and Central India. 275
toms ; the basis pewter, the design whether of flowers or other pattern
is chiselled out of the black ground, by an instrument fitted for the
purpose, a paper is pressed strongly over it which takes the sharp edges
of the design, and this paper is placed on a thin sheet of selver* for the
purpose of cutting it into the requisite forms ; these are then inlaid and
the edges of the pewter pressed down, so as to enclose the silver com-
pletely.
Sunday, 27th March, 1819.—Temperature of two springs on the
N. W. side of Beder 76°, of neighbouring water 73°. I again examined
the passage of the basalt into the iron clay. In some places the passage
from the almost columnar basalt into nodular, and then into the iron
clay is very distinct, on the other hand in other places the basalt appears
to pass under it and in some instances forms a causeway in the path,
at the side of which rises the iron clay.
Monday, 28th March, 18:9.—I ascended the minaret and had a fine
view of the country, the whole to the southward, eastward and west-
ward had the appearance of a vast elevated plain ; to the north it termi-
nates in the projecting buttresses of iron clay into the valley through
which the Mayna runs and which is ten miles in breadth.
Tuesday, 29th March, 1819.—From Beder we began immediately to
descend to that ground which appeared from the minaret to be an |
extensive plain ; consisting of numerous elevations and depressions, or a
collection of several plains intersected by deep ravines. The whole
consisted of iron clay, but on our road to Shelapilly four zones of the
black cotton soil intersected our path running due north and south ;
the difference was strongly marked. The iron clay soil was almost
incapable of cultivation, and the other presenting its usual appearance of
fertility. We are at present encamped on one of these zones, having a
direction nearly north and south: at the foot of a conical elevation of
40 feet, composed entirely of earth from the top, the iron clay is seen
on each side at the distance of + of a furlong. Query, is this hill
the focus whence this muddy eruption has issued? One more is
visible in the plain about 2 miles distance. The earth at the depth
of two or three feet is sufficiently moist to allow it to be made into a
ball with the hands. Temperature 5° below the atmosphere.
* Copper and silver nearly equal parts.
276 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
Wednesday, 30th March, 1819.—I visited the small hill I have
before mentioned, and found reason to suppose it artificial. The black
soil was in some places intermixed with the trap clay, and in others
was in indistinct zones, all with N. or N. by W. direction.
Thursday, 31st March, 1819.—We descended from the iron clay
during the night, and in the morning found ourselves on the black soil
in a level plain. I found considerable quantities of carbonate of lime
intermixed with the wacké which is here found in the same nodular
masses with a hard kernel which I have before noticed at Banktapoo.
The soil contained a large quantity of carbonate of lime effervescing
considerably with acids.
Friday, \st April, 1819.—I crossed three nullas on my road to
Sedashewpett, during a journey in the dark, all running eastward along
a ridge of gently undulating and sightly elevated land, as seen to the
eastward as day broke, apparently a continuation of the Tandmanoo
range, and taking the same direction. At day break I fell in with
large masses of granite lying in the black soil, and in a ravine saw
plainly that it formed the substratum covered with the cotton soil,
although not in all parts, the soil being granite in the highest part.
To the westward are seen the flat tops of the trap hills and the pecu-
liar abrupt termination of the iron clay of Beder. The soil in which
we are, is nearly all granitic. The intolerable heat of the day has pre-
vented my excursions for some time past. The valley in which we are
is hotter than at Hydrabad.
Monday, 12th April, 1819.—TI traced the trap veins into the gra-
nite and farther east than I could follow it ; it is precisely similar to
that of Golconda, Suldapooram, &c. I nowhere observed it in contact
and passing into the granite. It extends as far as the eye can reach
in an easterly direction, sometimes forming considerable elevations,
and at others, sinking beneath the surface, is scarcely visible.
Thursday, 22nd April, 1819.—Twenty-six grains of the green car -
bonate of lime were dissolved in nitric acid; result to be hereafter
mentioned. About three miles to the N. W. of the cantonment I observ-
ed a long deposit of quartz rock. The whole of the above green lime
was dissolved except 33 grains of green earth which remained behind
on the filter.
Thursday, 29th April, 1819.—Specific gravity of calcedonic agate
from the Godavery. 260.
1850. | an Southern and Central India. yar iy d
6th May.—Specific gravity of Tandmanoor basalt, 2. 816.
11th May.—Specific gravity of flint from Medeondah, 2. 63.
13th May.—Epidote from Multapoor.
Spec Orae ts) <! dente ees be
13th May.—Green hornblende from the Carnatic.
SpaGe ssa suki, shins Be 24s.
30th May, 1819.—Here commences my expedition with Everest
during the rainy season.
4th June, 1819.—To the left of the road before reaching Hyderabad
I observed a deposition or bed of quartz rock which I ascended, but
was not able to discern its termination on either side, its direction was
due north and south. The granite in the bed of the river Mussy was
reddish inclining to grey. The evening closed too soon on me to allow
of any observations before reaching the camp.
5th June, 1819.—I arose with the sun and ascended the hill which
rises about 100 feet above our encampment. I observed a vein of
the greenstone precisely resembling that of Golconda and Secunder-
abad, its direction EK. and W. as usual. The granite is of a greyish
colour, containing large crystallized masses of felspar of a similar
colour to that observed at Ardinghy. .
I no longer observe loggan stones, the granite is more compact and
less liable to decomposition. About a mile from the station in a westerly
direction, I observed a long vein or deposition of quartz rock running
north and south, probably a continuation of that observed yesterday,
also on the ground numerous small concretions of carbonate of lime.
6th June, 1819.—I quitted the camp early for Chitterghat. The
granite was generally of the reddish grey colour, with loggan stones,
but fewer than I have observed in other parts.
7th June, 1819.—We arrived at Ballapooram, distant 8 miles from
our last station, the vein of ‘greenstone was observed to our right run-
ning nearly east and west. At one period, it crossed our path and we
lost sight of it ; soon after at this place we had heavy rain during four
hours.
8th June, 1819.—We passed through Hyattnuggur and saw a trap
vein to the right of our road which accompanied us for a considerable
distance : it re-appeared at Seringhur, on the side of a granite hill.
9th June, 1819.—The granite between Seringhur and Mulkapoor
20
278 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
we found to be at times very red and close grained. The trap vein
was frequently in our path, but very much decomposed and by an inex-
perienced eye would not have been distinguished from the granite. At
Mulkapoor it assumed its usual character.
This place is situated at the northern extremity of a valley about
five miles in length by 14 in breadth, the hills rise on each side to
the height cf nearly 600 feet, they are of granite, which for the most
part is of a grey colour, containing large crystals of bluish grey felspar.
The large trap vein crosses this valley which is nearly north and
south, and disappears on the eastern side amongst the rocks. It is here
of large dimensions and appears to contain large pieces of epidote, as
I found large pieces of that mineral at its foot.
10¢h June, 1819.—I.was one hour going to the top of the hill
where a flag was fixed. I found the granite much whiter than that
below, which contains hornblende and compact felspar.
The view was very much bounded by the mist, I observed a few
loggan stones and the same irregular appearance of the rocks as in
the neighbourhood of Hyderabad. The barometer stood at 10 o’clock
at 29° 4’, thermometer 84°; below the hill at 70°8’, thermometer
80°. Inthe evening I visited the trap vein, I found a considerable
quantity of epidote, also a few pieces of amethyst quartz, the vein rises
due E. and W. I was afraid to trace it on account of the tigers.
17th June, 1819.—I saw several veins of the trap running in a
different direction from that usual to them, they appeared however to
be continuations of that large one which I observed at Mulkapoor.
18¢h June, 1819.—On the road I observed several trap veins and
deposits on the mountains, but was not able to inspect them more
closely on account of the jungle. At this place two veins were observed,
the one due E. and W. coming from a considerable distance, and a
small one, on which was a pagoda, nearly at right angles to it, of small
extent,
19th June, 1819.—I reached Secunderabad this morning, a remark-
able vein at the Mussey, probably a continuation of that of Golconda.
Wednesday, 23d June, 1819.—The hill of Bowenghir consists of a
mass of granite of about 4 miles in circumference and 800 feet* in
* By trigonometrical measurement 646 in height.
1850. | in Southern and Central India. 279
height. From the plain it presents a singular appearance, the whole
surface being completely bare and rounded at the top, with large masses
hanging at its sides, the remains of some concentric lamelle, part of
which have fallen or slipped into the plain. On it are numerous exca-
vations, which serve as reservoirs for water, some of very considerable
depth. The colour of the granite is a whitish grey and it contains mica
in separate spots. At the top is a building of a square form, formerly
a palace of one of the Golconda sovereigns, the ‘‘ Kootub Shahs,”’ whose
dynasty commenced in 1512 and ended in 1574. Some of the blocks of
granite of which it is built are twenty feet in length. Beams of teak
thirty feet in length. I observed in different parts on the surface of
the granite projections of a harder and less decomposable rock which
may in many cases be the cause of the loggan stones which are found
here, although few in number.
Monday, 12th July, 1819.—The country passed through, Oonperty,
Motamughoor, Koelcondah, Mundrick, differs in no respect in its
general and particular appearances from that previously visited. The
veins of greenstone are more frequent, more irregular in their direction
and less continuous at Koelkondah and its neighbourhood. I observ-
ed several on the sides of the loftier hills and others at the top of
the lower ; in most places it was of the common kind; at Koelcon-
dah it is fine large grained, ringing when struck and containing rather
more felspar than is usual. Between Koelcondah and Mundrah, the
most remarkable features were the concentric structure of the granite,
the lamellez in some instance are ten feet in thickness, their dislocation
seems to have been hastened by some earthquake. The granite was
reddish grey, becoming black on the weather side. On the banks of
the Mussey, I noticed a trap vein apparently much intermixed and
confused with the granite. At this place Mundrah, two hills in the
neighbourhood, present the tabular form, there is much granite of the
syenitic kind and closely resembling that of Mulkapoor. Also consi-
derable quantities of the trap and considerable debris of quartz from
veins in the granite. I have observed in many places a curious breccia
of limestone, felspar, and quartz ; it in some instances, resembles that
on the bank and bed of the Seendy containing large blocks of granite; [
have not observed it in any quantity as yet ; the soil however in many
places is impregnated with carbonate of lime.
20 2
280 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
Close to the base of the hill on which the instrument is fixed, a rock
is broken in half by some convulsion and discovers two rounded masses
of a very micaceous granite, differmg remarkably from that in which
it is contained, with very distinct edges, and intersected by two
or three veins of granite similar to that of the containing rock. In
one place the separation or slight adhesion of the two surfaces has
allowed the rounded pieces of micaceous granite to fall out, leaving a
hollow, such as is seen in a sandstone breccia, or pudding-stone, where
the decomposition of the cement has bared the surface of the contain-
ed pebble, or angular mass, and allowed it eventually to fall out. I
have long suspected that I should at least be able to prove to a cer-
tain extent that these masses which I have observed at Seeporty, at
Nelgondah, Secunderabad and in other parts of this district are of
anterior date. I have called it a crystalline micaceous green-stone, it
is however, so small grained that I cannot now discern in it any horn-
blende, I shall therefore, consider it a very micaceous granite of a
dark grey colour. My reasons for considering this granite to be of
anterior date to that which encloses it are the following.
1. Its defined margin which distinguishes it from those veins of
quartz and felspar in granite, which generally pass from one substance
to the other by insensible degrees.
2. Its very different composition, the one being principally mica
and quartz of a small grain rendering it very black and tough, the
other an aggregate of quartz and felspar of a fresh colour and in
rhomboidal crystals with a very small quantity of mica.
3. Its rounded appearance, as if it had been previously subjected
to the action of some mechanical cause rounding its angles.
4. The veins of granite of the same nature with that of the con-
taining rock and running from it through the mass.
In the immediate neighbourhood of this singular rock is a vein of
the common greenstone, or rather an irregular mass without any trace-
able direction, since it disappears at a short distance, apparently con-
cealed by the debris of the granite. The granite has the aspect of
having suffered violent disturbance, immense masses being strewed on
all sides of the rock abovementioned.
Near to the hill station is a very remarkable hill of about 500 feet
in height, its tops consisting of tabular granite; its southern aspect
1850.| in Southern and Central India. 281
presents a regular but rather precipitous slope; whilst its southern
one is irregular and almost perpendicular to the upper half.
Wednesday, 14th July, 1819.—I ascended the singular hill men-
tioned on the other side. The difficulty was very great, and I do not
think I should have been able to have descended without the assistance
of my bearer. Every haunt of banditti that I have ever read of, falls
short of the comparison with this singular place. One man well sup-
plied with provisions might easily defend himself against as many as
could be sent against him. The passes are so numerous and the rock is
so perpendicular, that it would be impossible to watch the one or scale
the other. In one place a stone ready placed to close the orifice, would
completly bar all farther progress. My guide informed me that it
was formerly a haunt of very powerful banditti, and we saw on our
arrival at the top, bricks, mortar, and in a crevice of the rock an inclo-
sure forming a spacious apartment. The rock is entirely granite, of
the same constituents as those of the rock beneath, containing rather
less mica and with veins of quartz and felspar ; on the pinnacle I observed
in numerous shallow places containing rain water, tadpoles and other
reptiles, for whose existence in such a place I am at a loss to
account.
Sunday, 18th July, 1819.—I observed on the road numerous flat-
tened masses of granite containing micaceous granite similar to that
at Mundrick ; sometimes very much intermixed with it, giving it a
veiny appearance, at others rounded, presenting the same appearance as
that before noticed ; none rose far above the surface, the whole closely
resembled that of Bachapilly containing small portions of carbonate of
lime, the hornblende being a little darker in colour, large and small
veins of the trap as usual and nearly in the usual direction.
Monday, 19th July, 1819.—We crossed the Mussey this day. I
found in its bed shells resembling those found in the silicious stone of
Medcondah. ‘The river was not three feet deep, and its bed was com-
posed solely of granite sand.
Tuesday, 20th July, 1819.—I this morning ascended the hill of |
Udirgutt with Everest. The granite blocks of which it is composed
resemble principally the Bachapilly kind, containing pieces of hornblende,
which are seen in four or five places of a mass about 3 feet in diameter.
I found crystals of quartz in abundance in an alluvial soil washed down
282 Dr. Voysey’s Prwate Journal [No. 4.
from the hill. At its foot were vast quantities of granite, bared, mixed
in all possible ways with the greenstone, exactly like Bachapilly.
30th July, 1819.—The whole of the granite in this neighbourhood
is alike ; the bottom consisting of the greenstone and micaceous granite
intermixed with the granite in veins, blocks, &c., the resemblance of
which to a stream of lava is very great and the course being always
from the upper to the lower level. On this is placed the concentric
lamellar granite containing small and large masses of crystallized
hornblende. On this are masses with their interstices vertical, decom-
posing gradually and forming loggan stones, of which many are actually
formed ; some on the concentric granite ready to fall as soon as the
decomposition of the lower surface has changed their centre of gravity.
6th August, 1819.—Just before our arrival at Smgharam, we passed
through a very considerable deposit of the trap the extent of which I
was unable to trace from the thickness of the jungle. We passed over it
for about a furlong ; I observed in the river both trap and granite in
large blocks.
7th August, 1819.—We passed through a very thick jungle formed
principally by thorny mimosas, attended by the granite as usual ; when
arrived at about half our distance, without any perceptible transition, a
slaty rock appeared in our path, and from the elephant’s back I observ-
ed a flat platform nearly parallel with our path of about a mile in
length. I walked to it and found it to consist of brownish red clay-
slate, of a kind which would be useful in roofing houses. Its termina-
tion was at a nullah, in the bed of which I observed granite of a por-
phyritic texture passing into a rock resembling large grained sandstone,
which became clay slate of the kind before mentioned. There existed
no separation or line of distinction between these three rocks, and I
had a fair opportunity of observing them from the lower side of the
nullah of the opposite high bank in which the passage was distinctly
visible. At this nullah it ceased and the usual rock granite continued
to appear at intervals. About four miles from the Kishiar at the
place called Piedderee, the horizontal limestone before mentioned (see
page 198) made its appearance; it differed in no respect from that
formerly described: it is, except its colour, a little darker than
that on the banks of the river at Warripilly. Everywhere was seen
detached pieces of the pudding-stone enclosing rounded and smooth
1850. | in Southern and Central India. 283
lumps of sandstone. In the few instances in which this was attached
to the rock, they were found in the interstices or in those parts
exposed to the action of the sun and the rain. In all places vast
quantities of the debris were found in the shape of sandstone and
quartz, and particularly near the banks of the river. The slope of the
ground to the banks was very distinct when we were several miles
distant from it. On its banks the limestone was abruptly broken off
and the general appearance suggested the idea that some convulsion
arising either from a subsidence of the strata or from an earthquake
had formed the bed of the river. The banks were covered with allu-
vial soil and presented considerable quantities of the alluvial iron sand.
A brahmin told me that the extent of the limestone both above and
below the river, was about 15 miles in each direction. Its extent in
the other direction is about 40 miles.
Motapilly, 9th August, 1819.—I yesterday had some of the quick
lime brought to me: it appeared to be good. A considerable quantity
of calc spar is found in veins, and loose masses on the banks of the
river and would form excellent lime. I rode to a pagoda about a mile
from the camp and crossed a nullah beyond it, but observed nothing
which induced me to continue my journey. In the evening I went on
foot to the northward of the camp and found very large collections of
the rounded sandstone, intermixed with jasper, crystallized quartz and
containing in it carbonate of lime and calcedony with a white decompos-
ed surface. In one or two places I observed the cement still adhering
to the rounded lumps forming the pudding-stone. On all sides were
numerous deep fissures in the limestone rock, through which the torrents
flowed, smoothing the rough edges of the limestone. I should have
before mentioned that the strata appeared generally to dip a little to
the E.N. E., this dip however, is in some places scarcely perceptible.
Piedderee, 11th August, 1819.—On the road I observed bits of the
clay slate, but the rock itself no where visible. I observed a vein of
trap running about three miles in a N.E. and 8. W. direction,
considerably elevated above the granite; which contained many pieces
of the micaceous granite before described, in the flat masses near
the village.
13th August, 1819.—I observed nothing but the limestone. It
appeared to have undergone some convulsion, the strata lying at various
284 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
angles of inclination and generally at about 25°. The greater part of
my road lay through alluvial soil, the limestone appearing only at
intervals ; near the river nothing else was visible. I observed in many
places that the calcareous cement or pudding-stone laid in the hori-
zontal interstices of the limestone, and in no instance did I find it
covering any extent of surface.
14th August, 1819.—The limestone as usual for about three miles,
when it appeared to pass into clay slate, and at last became covered by
a quartzose rock, which without any appearance of stratification formed
arange of 150 feet in height, branching off in different directions ;
its general one being nearly the same with that on the other side of the
river (E. and W.) and probably of the same composition (Pooly-
chentah). To arrive at Moogtial I was forced to make a considerable
detour, the road lying through land which had been covered a few days
before by the overflow of the Kistna. Moogtial is a small town in
the English territory with a fort occupied by the Zemindar. I pitched
my tent close to the river and near a quarry of the limestone, in which
I observed many large blocks some twenty feet in length, lying close to
the water edge asif ready for water carriage ; the blocks were cut out of
the solid rock to the requisite thickness, and wedges inserted in the
interstices of the stratification and the block was complete.
Anantagherry, 15th August, 1819.—I observed the calcareous com-
pound again in the interstices of the limestone and am forced to conclude
that it is of contemporaneous formation. This rock is still visible
for three miles, when the ground appeared covered with pisiform iron
ore and alluvium. At the village of Boodoor and on the banks and bed
of the Paleer, a clay slate formed of layers of blue, grey and red, hori-
zontal, and covered by the quartzose rock before described ; this was
soon succeeded by the granite and its usual accompaniments trap veins.
One remarkably large and distinct one appeared continuous with that
of Lingageree before mentioned.
Anantagherry, 16th August, 1819.—I this morning breakfasted
with Everest who gave me specimens of clay slate from Polychinlah ;
of brown iron stone from Sarangapilly ; and of a mixture of chlorite
slate with limestone and quartz from between the two stations. The
upper part of the Polychinlah ridge, is of quartz rock crystallized in
rhomboidal pieces and rapidly decomposing.
1850. ] in Southern and Central India. 285
Anantagherry, 17th August, 1819.—On the south side of the hill
of Anantagherry, a very thin vein or dyke of basalt is seen running in
an east or west direction through the concentric granite. At the bot-
tom of the hill it is first seen about a foot broad and continues about
100 feet upwards, gradually decreasing in breadth until only a line in
thickness, when it disappears. It runs in a zigzag manner and does
not project above the surface. In it are enclosed small pieces of gra-
nite, which is of the same nature as that of the hill. The granite con-
tains compact felspar of a green hue, and the basalt glittering crystals of
basaltic hornblende. This basalt is easily fusible before the blow-pipe.
Hydershabeepett, 20th August, 1819.—In the bed and on the banks
of a river running near this place, the mixture of the granite and trap
is very remarkable. In some places it is enclosed in it in the same
mode as the micaceous granite of Solokoondah, in others running in
thin veins, and lastly mixed in streaks, as if it had been melted with it
and flowed down.
Hydershabeepett, 23rd August, 1819.—On the top of the hill I saw
in many places the rounded masses of micaceous granite enclosed in
the rock, which itself contained large scales of mica and garnets and
was in beds, generally very large grained and decomposing very fast ; the
top is above 500 feet above the plain.
Hydershabeepett, Saturday, 28th August, 1819.—The bed of the
river which flows near this village, presents a very remarkable mixture
of the granite and trap in veins, and in rounded masses. The former
appear to be of later formation, since a vein passes through one of
these rounded lumps. The same vein is also heaved out of its course
several inches by some convulsion. I was able easily to fuse a small
piece of it before the blow-pipe. It more nearly resembles the basalt
vein of Anantagherry, than the common greenstone vein which is also
not so easily fusible.
Monday, 30th August, 1819.—I observed on the summit that same
mixture of the granite as before mentioned. At this village I observed
a small rock with concentric layers and the mixed granite.
Sunday, 12th September, 1819.—The hill of Babecondah is a mass
of concentric granite about 500 feet above the plain and occupies the
centre of a range of broken hills of the same nature, running about 5°
to the west of north and extending three or four miles. The principal
2P
286 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
rock is granite of a grey colour with a considerable quantity of quartz
and very little mica. It encloses masses of micaceous granite as usual,
some of which are bent into various forms, differing probably from the
original, and when they were in a semifluid state. I saw also on differ-
ent parts of the summit and sides red granite with large crystals of
felspar, also enclosing the lumps of micaceous granite. The hills-to the
eastward of this station present one continued waving outline of forty
or fifty miles in extent, gradually diminishing in height to the N. where
they become flat and present openings in their course, not very dissimilar
from those in the environs of Beder. At their highest part they pre- .
sent two or three small peaks, but their general outline is waving with-
out the ruggedness of the granite.
Yesterday I went to see a quarry of calc tuff about three miles to
the N. W. of Ingourtee. It differs very little from that so commonly
spread in this country.
Wednesday, 15th September, 1819.—We passed through a defile in
a range of mountains running nearly North and South composed of
granite, with quartz rock strongly impregnated with iron lying over it.
On the descent from the opposite side I observed clay slate, but not in
distinct strata, until I had advanced about one mile and near to a river,
when it appeared at intervals running horizontally or with a slight in-
clination.
In the bed of the neighbouring river, I observed bits of granite, lime-
stone, clay slate, quartz rock and agate ; its banks being about 15 feet
in height and alluvial soil.
Thursday, 16th September, 1819.—Our camp was this day pitched
in the neighbourhood of a nullah which was at the foot of a range
of small hills, and on the banks I perceived clay slate in large masses
without regular stratification and lying on alluvial soil. The bed
of the nullah consisted of quartzos esand. We passed through on
our way to Commerarun, winding through the vallies formed by the
broken ranges of mountains, a fine alluvial tract, the substratum being
only visible at intervals, which at all times and without any perceptible
difference of level was clay slate, sandstone and quartz rock. Near to
Commerarun in passing through a defile composed of an alluvial red
clay, I observed on the surface, numerous agglutinations of ironstone
very much resembling the iron clay, the ground being at the same
1850. } in Southern and Central India. 287
time strewed with black magnetic ironstone similar to that of the red
hills near Madras, and broken pieces of quartz rock. The village of
Commerarun is finely situated in a circular plain bounded on all sides
by waving hills of clay slate, rising from 200 to 600 or 800 feet above
this.
Friday, \7th September, 1819.—I ascended an elevation, at the foot
of which our camp was pitched ; I found it to consist of indurated clay
slate in vertical strata. Its natural fracture from decomposition was
in an oblong thin lamellar piece, with sharp edges; some which I ob-
_ served at the top was rather porous.
Saturday, 19th September, 1819.—I started at 4 o’clock, and halted
at a village called Mocarra. From Commerarun the rock was principally
clay slate, with quartz rock lying on its surface in broken pieces ; the
vallies between the hills were very narrow, and-the sides of the hills
precipitous, with fine cascades of water rushing over the disrupted strata,
which generally dipped to the S. E. at various angles. One mountain
near my halting place had a tabular form with something like sandstone
or quartz rock on the top. In the beds of the nullahs near this I gener-
ally observed angular and rounded masses of this rock.
Anchitipilly, Sunday, 20th September, 1819.—A short time after
day-light, having started at 3 o’clock, I observed sandstone in very
large masses, little elevated above the surface. The greater part of the
road lay through alluvial soil covered with forest trees and a thick
jungle. At 2 o’clock I arrived at Paloounchali which has a large
square fort built of sandstone with bastions at each angle. The Goda-
very is 15 miles distant, due East.
The country from the clay slate to the Godavery, is sandstone
cemented by alumine. It appears in some places to be in a state of
rapid decomposition. The range at Paloounchali 1,000 yards from
the fort is 600 feet in height? Mr. Burr says 1,200, which I doubt ;
5 miles in length and a mile in breadth is composed of the sandstone
and it runs due E. and W. Hot spring of Bougah: Mr. Burr says, it is
sulphureous ; hills in the neighbourhood very lofty, the Mooee Enoo
river of Paloounchali runs into the Godavery.
The temple of Buddrachellum a remarkable object ; Boorgamalla-
padu, in its neighbourhood, is said to contain diamonds,—a hill called
the needle hill of Pachapilly, are remarkable peaks on the other side of
Pah ae
288 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
the Godavery and part of the Vindhiya range which runs N. W. and
S. E. 7
Monday, 24th September, 1819.—The holes so frequently interrupt-
ing my night march appeared to communicate with gullies under the
surface of the alluvial soil and running on the sandstone beneath.
Tuesday, 25th September, 1819.—The tabular mountain of which I
have spoken on the 19th is near the place where the clay slate first
makes its appearance in coming from the eastward, in stratified masses
little elevated above the surface, a S. E. dip and an angle of about 40°.
The change in the soil was very perceptible, the traces of travellers
dried by the sun showing adhesiveness and clayey composition. The
hill above alluded to had its upper half, at least, composed of sand-
stone. The access was too difficult and my time too short ; at a distance
the precipitous hills and rocky narrow vallies commence.
The clay slate is generally very much indurated, contains large and
small veins of quartz ; I observed also quartz rock or sandstone about
its centre. The explanation that first presented itself of the pheno-
mena which were here seen on so grand a scale was, that all the clay
slate had been originally covered with sandstone, and that a general
and partial subsidence of strata had taken place, producing on the
one hand the dip to the S.E.and on the other the central isolated
masses with precipitous sides and covered by the sandstone which
had remained in its original state.
Tuesday, 28th September, 1819.—I ascended the hill of Punchbun-
doll twice during my stay at Commerarun. The road to it lay through
a plain of six miles intersected by nullahs, containing most gener-
ally angular pieces. of sandstone and clay slate and very little alluvial
mud. The ascent to the hills was about 4 miles in length and lay over
quartz rock or sandstone and slate. In the ravines quartz or sandstone
alone was to be seen lying in the strata, but horizontal. The principal
ravine I passed had apparently been formed by a slip of the strata, one
side being perpendicular and the other a gentle slope.
Komarum, 30th September, 1819.—During this day’s journey I no
where observed the iron clay; the greater part of the road lay over
alluvial clay. At times indurated sandstone or quartz and clay slate
of the kind described at Allatoor, small pieces very much decom-
posed and passing into clay.
1850. | in Southern and Central India. 289
Bondoll, 1st October, 1819.—The road lay as usual over alluvial
soil and clay slate. In the beds of the nullahs both the latter and sand-
stone were observed during the last six miles. We passed over a hill
consisting solely of sandstone which we saw in very large blocks and
rapidly decomposing.
I examined the sand of a nullah and found it to consist solely of
quartz grains, although the stream was very turbid, which I suppose to
arise from the aluminous cement of the sandstone.
Yellapooram, 2nd October, 1819.—We began to cross the N. and
S. range of mountains consisting of quartz rock or sandstone and clay
slate. The first ghaut we passed consisted of large masses of sandstone
decomposing very rapidly. This was intermixed with red and brown
ochreous ironstone. At the distance of four miles after passing a
small nullah, on our left appeared an abrupt lofty elevation of sand-
stone ; the masses presented on their surface and sides indurated veins
of a substance composed of grains of quartz and brown ironstone of
much greater hardness than the sandstone and therefore projecting
from less facility of decomposition. Not far distant from this and
in a position which warranted the idea that they had fallen from the
precipice lay large masses of puddingstone, composed of white and
brown pebbles of quartz with a sandstone matrix. 1 saw from beneath
that the upper part of the rock was composed of this, whilst that
underneath it appeared to have few or none in it. This continued for
a mile or more, when the iron clay was observed in large distinct masses
and mixed with the sandstone, both in veins, lymg as it were in the
interstices of different blocks, and mixed with it, formimg a conglomerate
rock. This occupied a very small space and was succeeded by the
sandstone, the beds of all the rivers were composed of quartz sand.
Warungull, 12th October, 1819.—I observed a considerable number
of pieces of jasper lying loose and that the neighbouring elevations were
of sandstone. It was dark when I began to ascend the hill; but having
ascended it every day we remained at Yellapooram, my observations
are all given together in this place. The sandstone is rarely seen in
the. plain, being covered with an alluvium, the paths and _ beds
of rivers are all sandy. On commencing the ascent the sandstone
presents itself in large unstratified masses, with its surface coloured
from decomposition, being nearly black exteriorly and interiorly of a
290 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
yellowish grey. I observed in various parts, the indurated feruginous
waving veins or partitions before observed, p. 289. Also loose pieces
of jasper iron ore, and quartz with a large proportion of iron. The
top of the hill was composed of sandstone in which pieces of litho-
marge were prevalent, and the rock itself appeared to be cemented by
that mineral.
Mr. Ralph told me that the rocks all the way from Paloonchah to
Mungpett were of sandstone, and that greenstone was found in the
bed of the river. He gave me a piece of brown iron ore, jaspery iron
ore, and an agate found on the road. He was travelling towards
Sinsillah, a place noted for its iron mines and manufacture of steel: of
which Conah Rao showed me a specimen in a very handsome dagger.
November 7th, 1819.—The whole of yesterday’s journey was through
trap and granite. The former of the usual appearance ; the latter very in-
distinctly seen above the surface until we arrived at the bed of a bamboo
river,* where it was seen in considerable blocks. Here I was told that
plates of mica were procured. I accordingly observed that some of the
granite was very micaceous and very white; we arrived at dusk near
the river.
December 19th, 1819.—Left Secunderabad on the 18th. On crossing
the Mussy I observed nearly the same appearances which I have be-
fore noticed on a former journey : I arrived at Ombrepett in the evening.
This day I observed abundance of the red granite, and the vein of trap
which I have before mentioned entirely disappeared. In the evening I
rode to our former place of encampment with Ralph; I observed large
masses of granite lying on the surface of the main rock the result of
the decomposition of the last rains.
December 20th, 1819.—I gathered on my way to this place, Goram-
pullee, some red granite with hornblende, and some specimens with
limestone intermixed with it ; I began also to see the calc tuff at Udda-
juth.. The descent this day was considerable, although the distance
travelled was not more than 12 miles.
December 21st, 1819.—In crossing this day our old station of
Uddajuth and the Thieves’ hill, granite as usual and veins of trap.
December 22nd, 1819.—Great quantity of granite with pieces of the
micaceous granite enclosed, also pieces of the greenstone in veins and
lumps. Nakurkull.
* So in MSS.
1850. | in Southern and Central India. 291
December 23rd, 1819.—Granite as usual, and camp at Sooriapet, be-
yond the Mussy, the bed of which is here very broad; I observed no rocks.
Mungal, 24th December, 1819. Granite as usual.
Shermahommedpet, 25th December, 1819.—I gathered some granite
on the road to this place, here I first saw the black soil.
Nundigaon, 26th December, 1819.—On my road from the last
village to Nundigaon, I ascended a hill, at the foot of which the road
ran. It was composed of granite, which here and there contained
lumps of the micaceous granite. Its upper third was composed of
granular quartz rock, or it may be called a highly crystallized sand-
stone. I also observed near Nundigaon a vein of basalt passing through
the granite, which was of the usuai kind, but contained more hornblende
than usual.
Chinchirlak, 27th December, 1819.—A coss distant from Purteal,
we quitted Chinchirlak at day-light to go to the diamond mines at
Purteal, which lies nearly south of the former, about a coss. We pass-
ed through the black soil covered with fine crops of jouwarrie ; about
three miles to our left was a range of mountains which bounded the plain
to the eastward running due north and south. On the other side were
the indistinct ranges of Polychinta on the banks of the Kistnah and
before us those of Condapilly. On our approach to Purteal we began to
perceive many rolled pieces of quartz, greenstone, jasper, sandstone and
granite ; evidently not the debris of the neighbouring mountains. The
mining process had been sometime abandoned, and the workmen were
employed at the site of the old excavations in resifting the old rubbish ;
the produce of their labour scarcely repaid them with the means of
subsistence. The old excavations were very numerous, and about 20
yards square, and filled all over with water and rolled stones, I found a
breccia limestone containing quartz, garnets and jasper. They were of
an irregular form and did not appear to have been subjected to the
action of running water ; I enquired if diamonds were ever found in
them, and was answered in the negative. The process of searching for
diamonds performed before me was as follows. The large stones were
first thrown on one side and the remainder of the heap carried into a
raised platform of mud where from a sieve, the large ones were dropt on
the ground by means of a lateral motion of the hand and the dust re-
maining deposited in another mass which was spread abroad, wetted
¢
292 Dr. Voysey’s Prwate Journal [No. 4.
and gone carefully over by another person. In the course of his search
he laid by the agates, cornelians, jaspers, sapphires, garnets, &c.
which are said to abound. I purchased the whole stock of diamonds
of the village, amounting to 3 oz., for 4 rupees, and some cat’s-eye,
garnet, sapphire, jasper and calcedony for 2 rupees. The village was
in ruins and the people did not appear so well fed or clothed as those
of the village we came from. On returning to the tents I visited a
rock nearly im the centre of the plain, consisting of three peaks, which
suggested the idea of the pinnacle of some deep-seated granite
mountain. The granite was very red and containing hornblende in
crystals. After breakfast, I went due east from the camp, three
miles, to visit the range of rocks I have before mentioned. I found
them to consist of granite, composed of felspar, hornblende, quartz and
some mica, which however was not always to be distinguished.
Two things are well worthy of consideration respecting the situation of
the diamond mines: they are surrounded on all sides by the alluvial
black soil, which has originated in the inundations of the Kistnah.
They are not elevated above this soil, and 1 should imagine were once
covered by it, although they at present appear elevated from the quanti-
ty of earth thrown out from the different excavations, of which I count-
ed at least twelve. .
2. The neighbouring rock is of that kind to which it is difficult to
assign a name, although its constituents are very distinctly marked,
namely, felspar and hornblende, yet from the equal mixture of those
two minerals I should prefer the name of syenitic greenstone. It is
worthy of remark that the mountains six miles distant are of vertical
gneiss.
Ibrahimpett, December 29th, 1819.—We arrived at this place cross-
ing the end of a range of irregular hills which appeared to run nearly
due N. and South. I conceive that Dr. McCulloch would call the
rock syenitic greenstone ; or perhaps would call it merely a modifica-
tion of the granite of which the whole of the basis of the country is
formed. Unlike, however to the out line of the hills of granite to the N. E.
North and N. W. they exhibited no loggan-stones and no bare summits
but were covered to their tops. After breakfast we went to Condapilly
and there saw Mr. Spry who inhabits the old fort, at the foot of the
range which in Heyne’s Map commences at that place running due N.
1850. ] in Southern and Central India. 293
E. and which he has named gneiss. Ibrahimpett is on the left bank of
the Kistnah, which is about twenty feet in height, composed of the black
soil ; the bed is however very sandy and very broad, perhaps two miles.
Bezwara, December 30th, 1819.—Our road lay in the bank of the
Kistnah, which river suddenly contracts to run through the pass of
Bezwara formed by two hills of gneiss that appear to have been
separated by force; according to Dr. Heyne the range is continued to
the N. EK. I ascended and found his description correct, except that I
did not observe the ochre which he spoke of as mixed with the other
ingredients composing the rock. In some places the stratification
was not all distinct but appeared massive like common granite. Veins
of felspar traversed the rock, and in many places I observed black
spots on the rock, arising as I suppose from oxydation of the Iron.
December 31st 1819.—I crossed the river early to visit the caves
near the village of Ungley. They consist of three excavations one
over the other; the roof is supported by pillars of the usual form in
Hindoo temples. Around the walls were different relievos very much
mouldered. ‘The upper story contained a colossal figure of 25 feet
in length, lying on stones in a recumbent posture ; around him on
the wall in relief, figures of deities ; and two colossal figures which
appeared to protect his slumbers. The whole was excavated out of
the gneiss rock, which is very fast decomposing, the decomposition
taking place principally in the centre of the pillars. The lower exca-
vation leads, it is said, to Mungulghery about three coss distant. In
returning down the causeway cut in the face of the rock I observed
what appeared to be limestone mixed with the granite, also something
bearing the appearance of manganese. The rock consisted of quartz,
felspar, mica and jasper in great abundance; the stratification
in the Bezwara hill was very evident from this side, the dip of. the
strata was to the eastward and the angle about 70 or 80°. The
range suddenly takes a turn to the N. KE. to the northward of Bezwara
forming a portion of segment of a circle. Ia second time ascend-
ed and reached the summit of this hill. The prospect was command-
ing and embraced a field of 30 miles each way ; perhaps much more, as
I was told, Onnda was visible on a clear day, distant 40 miles. The
range of Chintapilly or Pooly Mintan was very distinct as well as the
Guntoor districts near Ardingby.. It may be remarked here that the
2a
294 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journai [No. 4.
decomposition of the gneiss although rapid does not supply a rich
soil. The figures in the pyramid appeared to have had their damage
sustained from this cause repaired with plaster, which was fresh
enough to lead one to the supposition of its being modern.
January 1st, 1820,—I went to Munglegherry at eleven o’clock ; two
miles of our road lay over the black soil, and was succeeded by that
arising from the decomposed gneiss in the passes through which our
road lay. The difference of level was very perceptible, the latter
being the highest ground, and if the alluvial black soil has been de-
posited as I suppose by the floods of the Kistnah, the phenomenon ad-
mits of an easy solution. Munglegherry stands at the southern termi-
nation of the remarkable range of gneiss rocks, which is continued with
several interruptions to the bed of the Kistnah and re-appears on
the opposite bank at Bezwara, the passage of the Kistnah between the
precipitous sides of each mountain forming the celebrated pass of that
name.
The tower in front of the pagoda of Munglegherry is about 100 feet
in height, it is composed of 12 stories of the usual form. It is built of a
red sandstone containing large and small grains of quartz. The varia-
tion of the compass, supposing the pyramid to be N. and South, is about
half apoint. The stone had been recently brought from a considerable
distance according to the Brahmin. The sculpture and relievos were
much inferior to the specimens of those from Amrawutty.
Masulptaur, January 4th, 1820.—Yesterday morning at 11, Lar-
rived, after passing for the greater part of the journey over black cotton
soil, which was succeeded by sand about 3 coss from Masulipatam.
Immediately also commenced the groves of Borassus flabelliformis, and
Euphorbia Tirucalli, both of which grew very sparingly on the former
soil. I was particularly struck on arriving at the sandy soil with the
mirage or appearance of water, with trees, and houses reflected on it.
On passing through the Bazar I observed many stones resembling those
of Amrawutty, and which, as I was informed by Mr. White, had been
brought from thence.
The sand in some parts was covered with the magnetic iron ore, men-
tioned by Dr. Heyne in his tract on the Circars.
February 5th, 1820.—Analysis of limestone from the Kistnah :
CanbhonnteonenMnen s) 06. PIES bs aig cy its JOU. Ba
SOIVCA: AMDRMINGMUGON ste locernt sels ds b:6r:-) 2 oiera maim aie ave yo oe 16
1850. | in Southern and Central India. 295
February 9th, 1820.—Left Guntoor at five o’clock for Bellumcoondah
at dusk, and at the distance of three coss N. W. of Guntoor, I crossed a
low range of syenitic greenstone ; the specimen I have preserved presents
on one surface a very considerable quantity of hornblende in crystals
mixed with a small quantity of felspar, and on the surface some spots
much resembling mica. I have now so frequently met with a mineral
resembling equally hornblende and mica that I am constrained to think
with Mr. Brande that they mutually pass into each other. The range
from which I procured my specimen had partly the concentric struc-
ture, which distinguishes the granite to the N. and partly a concrete
structure ; that being generally at the uppermost part of the rock. At
day light on the—
10th February, 1820.—I arrived at Bellumcondah and prepared
immediately to ascend the hill. I took the height of my barometer
within 30 feet of the top. The remains of the fort and of the building
are of Hindoo architecture ; some of Moghul. The rock is principally
composed of a granite containing quartz, felspar and small spots of
the substance intermediate between mica and hornblende. In general
outline it resembles much those rocks to the northward, such as Coil-
kondah, &c. having nearly the same direction, and like them veins
and distinct masses of greenstone running through it. I observed at
the summit of the hill a very large piece of greenstone, which seemed
to have survived the decomposition of the rock in which it was once
enclosed, from its greater toughness. The appearances however of
the granite were not always the same; sometimes the felspar became
red, and the whole contained a greater quantity of mica; quartz
impregnated with chlorite was sometimes found in veins and detach-
ed masses.
Upon the whole I have no doubt that the granite is of contem-
poraneous formation with that to the N.
At } past 2 o’clock I left Bellumcondah travelling at the foot of
the granite range for about 4 miles. . The plain I then entered fre-
quently presented isolated masses of granite, decomposing rapidly, and
giving rise to a red siliceous soil which did not appear very productive.
On my left to the N. W. I saw the range of Chintapilly characterized
by its being crowned with quartz rock or crystalline sandstone. The
lower formation seemed continuous with the granite of Bellumcondah.
2Q 2
296 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
Amrawutty, February 11th, 1820.—I arrived at this place at sunrise
and immediately mounted my horse and visited Depuldinny. I found a
circular excavation about 300 feet in diameter, its angles facing the in-
termediates to the cardinal points ; all the stones dug up had been removed
to a bungalow hard by, belonging to the Rajah. I noticed two capitals
of columns partly visible, the earth not having been cleared away from
them, I bathed in the river, jumping froma mass of granite rock which
projected into the Kistnah ; there were many quartz veins running
through it, it resembling very strongly No. 7. On my return I made
a detailed examination of the stones in the bungalow, No. 25. I then
re-visited Depuldinny. I had leisure to notice that the area occupied
by the stones, was circular and 100 yards in diameter. It is probable
that the extent in somewhat greater, since I observed some of the
circular capitals bisecting the circle in a direction E. and W. The area
contains a well dug by the Zemindar Jugganauth Row, about 15 yards
square, the depth about twenty feet, the upper half the calcareous breccia
or pisolite, the lower micaceous schists in vertical strata injected with ves
of the cale breccia, both vertical and horizontal, communicating with
each other. I afterwards paid a visit to the pagoda : nothing remarkable
but the inhospitality of the Brahmins. I crossed the bed of the Kistnah
to Autcom, the bed is three miles wide and contains a very large
island, on which I observed the thistle ; a few esculent grains growing
on the black mud of which the upper part is formed. The old man
Apparoo, whom I had previously seen at Purteal made his appearance.
He told me that the greatest depth of the diamond mines was 18 or 20
feet, and they then came to an earth called Nushar, which was soft, and
that the real reason that fresh ground was not opened was from the want
of capital to begin ; the price of labour was a seer and a quarter of jooarrie
each man per diem. No diamonds had been found in any of the villages
for a considerable period. At five o’clock I went to the diamond mines with
the Kurnum, sending my bearers on towards Condapilly. I saw nothing
but heaps of old stones and earth by the side of the excavations. The
calc tuff and the pebbles of jasper and quartz were the most conspicuous
in the excavations ; but I was told that there was a considerable quantity
of fresh ground to the north. I arrived at Condapilly at nine o’clock.
Condapilly, February \2th, 1820.—I ascended the hill of Condapilly
at sunrise but was unable to proceed farther than the palace and fort
1850. | in Southern and Central India. 297
from fatigue. The hill appeared to be composed of one rock, syenitic
ereenstone ; the appearance of a crater was particularly remarkable in
the centre of the hill. I descended and found that Captain Grey had
arrived during my absence. I quitted it in the evening for Mylaram and
arrived at Ankerpilly on the 13th February 1820.
After remaining a greater part of the day I ascended the hill, the
east side of which is occupied by 4 pagodas in succession. I found the
rock to be granitic, but twisted to a great variety of forms, sometimes
resembling the mica slate at Aberdeen, sometimes that of lava. Iwas
much surprized at the obscene figures on the car of Juggernauth carved
in wood. I left in the evening and arrived at Malavilly at night.
At sunrise on the 14th February, went to the mines which are in
obliquely elevated land about a mile from the yillage. I was attended
by one of the miners who had formerly worked there. The excavations
were deeper and longer than those of Purteal. The depth to the dia-
mond bed consisted of three layers of earth occupying a space of
about twenty feet. The rocks in the neighbourhood appeared to be of
granite, or at least resembling it. I had not seen any thing of the black
soil from my leaving Mylavarum. ‘There is a considerable quantity of
ground which has not been examined, the whole ground occupies a space
of a coss surrounding the whole village. I was informed that the cause
of the working of the mines having ceased was want of capital, and the
disinclination of the landholders to their extension.
There is a formation there common to all the diamond mines that I
have seen, namely, the calcareous tuffa ; the more I see of this the more
I am convinced of its affinity to the iron clay formation, and that it
will be found passing into it. A short time after leaving Ankerpilly
the palm trees made their appearance indicating our approach to a
siliceous soil. Two or three coss from Ellore I entered on a spacious
plain resembling the dry swamps of Masulipatam and its neighbour-
hood. The soil was for the most part red, containing silex and alumine,
but in the immediate neighbourhood of Ellore the cultivation had im-
pregnated it with more vegetable and animal matter. At Ellore I met
a surveyor of Colonel Mackenzie’s (Mr. Donegan) who showed us some
of his maps. I observed that throughout the Guntoor district the level
gradually descends from the banks of the Kistnah, this I ascertained
from the bund of the tank being most generally toward the sea. The
298 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
scale of this map was one mile to an inch. He also observed that the
sandy soil and its stripes of palm and cultivation, extended about 6 miles
inland all along the coast, and he expressed his opinion that it owed its
origin to the winds that blew it from the sea shore, and not from the
desertion of the sea.
I left Ellore on the 19th February, at six in the morning for Rama
Singhwaram 13} miles: for the first two or three miles open country and
thin cultivation on the soil common to the neighbourhood of Ellore.
It was succeeded by red soil and pisiform iron ore, similar to that
covering the iron clay, at times large pieces of a conglomerate resem-
bling the iron clay of Midnapore, and red iron ore.
February 20th, 1820.—After travelling from four in the morning I
arrived at this village nine miles distant. On my arrival at sunrise I
ascended the hill, my barometer not being with me I could not take it
up. I found the rock to be sandstone, the cement lithomarge, which was
also found in it in large and small amorphous masses, together with jas-
pery and red iron ore ; rounded pebbles of quartz were intermixed, and
it strongly resembled the rock of Yellapooram and the country around,
containing in it those linear shells* of a black ferruginous substance and
presenting in no instance appearances of stratification. One part of
the rock which I visited and which had been hollowed out artificially was
studded with bits of lithomarge white and pink, and had the projections
which I mentioned as having been observed on my march to Jellapoorun
last year, the dome was an excavation in the rock forming a small
chapel with a cupola from which ribs descended to the girdle; the
lingum was of a solid piece of rock but decomposing very fast. I
observed in my evening’s walk two large trees growing near the tank,
of the Strychnos potatorum.
Monday, February 21st, 1820.—I left the village of Narsapoor an
hour before sunrise, our road lay between the vallies of the sandstone
formation, and was rendered difficult by the loose sand into which
it had decomposed. The elevations were slight and the ranges much
broken, their connexions with the vallies generally by an easy slope.
The horizon around us is entirely concealed by hills, the general
direction of which is N. E. and 8S. W. their outline rather flattened
and rounded with a few conical elevations. We saw the hill forming
* So in MSS,
1850.] in Southern and Central India. 299
one side of the pass through which the Godavery flows, distant about
40 miles. The soil appears very productive but does not contain any
carbonate of lime. The hills are covered to their summits with trees
and jungle.
Tuesday, February 22d, 1820.—After a very fatiguing march through
the jungle, in consequence of losing my way, I arrived at Ashwarroopoora.
We passed the frontier a short distance before our arrival (1 coss). There
I saw numerous pieces of red iron ore, rounded and amorphous, the soil
and other appearances generally resembling that of the iron clay. I
paid a visit to the Rajah of Paloonshah, whois the owner of the village.
I saw a well about 35 feet deep ; the lower 20 feet consisted of a mixture
of clay and sand of a whitish and yellow colour, easily friable, and not
effervescing with acids, on the one side, and on the other a loose mixture
of clay and rounded pebbles of iron stone ; in short the iron clay in the
most imperfect and unconnected state. The white clay and sand ap-
peared to contain in it some extraneous bodies, but their forms were
too undetermined to enable me to guess at their nature.
Wednesday, February 23d, 1820,—I rose early to go to the ruins of
an ancient village called Polarum, and in my way crossed a nullah which
was reported to come from the hills and to run the whole year. The
soil appeared generally to be highly capable but covered with jungle.
The village we went to visit was a proof of the former extent of
cultivation ; even its ruins are covered with jungle.
Thursday, February 24th, 1820.—In the evening I went to the
neighbouring hill, a low range running nearly north and south, and to
my surprize found the hill composed of syenitic granite in which the
felspar was smallest in proportion, and the hornblende sparingly distri-
buted.
On the surface of several masses I observed hornblende in crystals, the
thickness of the jungle prevented me from seeing to any distance round.
At the bottom of the hill I observed pieces of the conglomerate sand-
stone in abundance but saw no rock visible.
Merripullee, Friday, February 25th, 1820.—The road was strewed
with debris of the syenitic rocks. In one place I observed rounded
pebbles resembling those found in the conglomerate ; also pisiform iron
ore. About 2 coss from the last village I crossed a small nullah in the
bed of which was granite and the sand granite.
300 Dr. Voysey’s Private Journal [No. 4.
In a second nullah close to the village the banks were of alluvial clay,
they contained very large masses which presented, in one or two instances
only, a stratified appearance with a south-east dip, of an angle of 70
degrees. The granite contained felspar, mica in crystals, hornblende
and quartz. I also found in it veins, with all those ingredients, but in
much larger masses, the veins were parallel to the stratification. Ina
vein composed principally of whitish felspar, I found crystals of corun-
dum and tourmaline, the latter of a pale green.
The vein was parallel to the dip of the strata; on passing farther
on, below the river, the same kind of granite in large masses and
without any appearance of stratification occupied the beds and banks.
It sometimes contained masses of red and white crystalized felspar
the latter containing small specks of mica. I saw at the distance of
about 20 miles the peak of Rachapilly. The general direction of the
mountains is very difficult to be made out, but that of N. E. and S. W.
the nearest. The sand of the river was granitic, being composed of the
debris of the granite and small garnets.
Thatkoor, Saturday, February 26th, 1820.—This place is about 13
miles N. W. of the place where Mr. Burr was taken ill last year, and
where he terminated his survey of the Godavery ; on our road hither
from Merripullee we crossed the river twice, and found in its bed the
same kind of granite and granitic sand. We saw two cultivated spots
of land in the forest on our way to this place.
After dinner I went to the Godavery about a mile and a half to the
eastward, the bed consisted of granitic sand mixed with calcedony
carnelion, agates, jasper, and flinty slate: the banks were about 40 feet
in height and composed of the black alluvium, and the bed a mile
wide ; on the opposite side of these were lofty hills and one _parti-
cularly remarkable for its peaked summits. The village of Rachapilly
is very near it.
Sunday, February 27th, 1820.—We rode in the evening to the bank
of the Godavery. Having descended it I went about 4 a mile on the
sand, until we came to a bed of rocks in the river. We found them
to be the slaty granite or gneiss. On our return we picked up the
same stones which we observed yesterday.
Monday, February 28th, 1820.—We arrived after rather a fatiguing
march at Coveeda, which is on the bank of the river. In the evening
1850. ] in Southern and Central India. 301
I descended the lofty bank which cannot be less than 45 or 50 feet in
height, whilst the breadth from bank to bank must have been 3 a mile,
we measured three hundred yards of dry sand, and the remainder was
about 800. There were a number of people called Reddies, sitting
on the opposite bank, watching our motions: I began to light watch
fires very early.
Tuesday February 29th, 1820.—We arrived at Kaukusnorr leaving
our large tents behind us, the road being impassable for bullocks,
horses and elephants. From the steepness of the rocky bank we were
obliged to make a considerable circuit amongst the hills; we cressed
several times during the morning a river which we were assured was
never dried up during the hottest season. In two places, I observed on
its bank masses of a rock resembling the iron clay of Midnapore, which
contained pieces of black iron ore resembling the slag of a blacksmith’s
forge. Our road lay through the hills and in a very circular route. In
the afternoon we travelled along the river side to Perunapullee a small
village with four small houses. Near it a rapid torrent rushed from the
summit of Papeoondah into the river. We returned by torch light.
This was the limit of our journey by land.
Wednesday, March 1st, 1820.—We left the village of Kaukusnorr in
one of the rude canoes belonging to the cultivators, who are here called
Reddies, dwelling on both sides of the water. I had first ascertained
the temperature of the water at sunrise and found it 10 degrees higher
than that of the atmosphere, which was 64°. The temperature rose
and fell repeatedly during our short voyage to Peruntaputtee. On
landing I examined the temperature of the mountain stream, 68° ; that
of the air being then 72° ; about 9 o’clock. After breakfast we again
betook ourselves to the boat and proceeded in an easterly direction as
far as the village of Poloor where the river takes rather a sudden turn
to the southward, and is confined by the bases of the lofty hills of the
Papicondah pass which we estimated at 2000 feet above the river level,
we proceeded, still confined by these lofty banks, until we found our-
selves distant about a mile from a village called Sri Raca and a mile and
half from Caroor both Company’s villages and on the right bank of the
river. At this place we found two masted boats proceeding with sails at
about the rate of two miles an hour up the river for wood, empty ; they
belonged to Rajamundry, distant about 15 coss, Polavarum about 7 cogs.
2R
302 On the Upheaval and Sinking of land [No. 4.
We set out on our return about 3 o’clock and soon found ourselves
relieved from the intense heat of the sun’s rays by the shadow of the
lofty mountains. As we returned we had leisure to remark in various
parts of the river small accumulations of sand and various nooks and
jutting points, but no black alluvium, which renders it probable that
the mass of this soil is deposited at and before the entrance of the
pass which is at Coloor: we gave the name of Rama’s peak to the
highest on the right bank, and that of Sita to the highest on the left,
and to the other (one-tree hill) Latchman’s peak. I was well pleased
at the opportunity I had of passing through this lofty ravine. I
had entertained doubts previously of the propriety of calling the
formation gneiss, the slaty structure being so rare and that of the con-
crete massive being much more common. Here I had an excellent op-
portunity of observing that they resembled generally the granite hills of
Scotland in their peaked summits, and in their angles corresponding
generally with that of the fracture of the smaller masses: the general
structure of the granite was felspar of a very pearly lustre and easily
dividing into rhomboidal pieces ; quartz, and garnets.
On the General Vibration, or Descent and Upheaval, which seems, at
a recent Geological period, to have occurred all over the Northern
Hemisphere.—By Grorce Buisr, L.L. D.
The whole of the Desert betwixt Cairo and Suez bears the clearest
evidence of having, at no distant period, been under the bottom of the
Sea.
After a fall of rain an efflorescence of salt still appears on its surface.
The gravel consists of rolled pebbles, mostly portions of the adjoining
rocks. Itis every where mixed with sea shells. The Desert at the
Centre Station reaches an elevation of 800 feet, and shells are said to be
found at the elevation of 2000, both on the African and Arabian side.*
This most probably has heen elevated at a remote period in comparison
with the date of the upheavals along the shores of the Red and other
Seas about to be noticed.
* Dr. Wilson’s Lands of the Bible—Dr. Hoffmeister’s Travels.
1850. over the Northern Hemisphere. 303
All around Suez there is a vast expanse of level plain extending from
two to twenty miles inland, diversified, here and there, with hillocks of
drifted sand, obviously the effect of the wind. A section of the ma-
terial of which the plain is composed is exhibited along the sea shore.
It is about eight feet above high water mark, and consists entirely of
sand, gravel, and shells perfectly fresh, and apparently of the same va-
rieties as those on the beach. This upheaval extends, with little or no
interruption, all the way to Aden, unless where the cliffs advance boldly
on the Sea. A similar beach, at a similar elevation, is found all around
the peninsula of Aden; and though I have had no means of personally
determining the fact, I have no doubt it will be found all along the
Arabian coast, around the Persian Gulf, and so on to Scinde, and by
the shores of Goozerat and Cutch. Of the Delta of the Indus I shall
have occasion to speak by and bye, and so at present pass over Kur-
rachee. At Gogo, in the Gulf of Cambay, the raised beach is peculi«
arly conspicuous: the gravels and shells are here cemented into a variety
of stone on which [ have bestowed the term “ Littoral Concrete,’’ from
its being always found near the shore, and from its resemblance to the
artificial building material called concrete. At Gogo it overlays a huge
mass of blue clay. With the interruption occasioned by the Delta of
the Taptee, the raised beach, mostly consisting of the material just
named, extends all along the shore to Bombay, and so on to the south-
ward ; and though I cannot speak from experience of the coast further
south than 19°, I have great reason to believe it to be continuous, and
feel almost certain that the specimens sent to me from Cochin, by Ge-
neral Cullen, belong to it. The upheaval in all these cases varies from
six to nine or fifteen feet above high-water mark, rarely attaining the
higher elevation. The same thing prevails around a large portion of
the shores of Ceylon.
The Island of Mauritius is belted by an enormous coral reef through-
out its whole shore, excepting about ten miles. Between Savanne and
Bois-du-Cap the sea foams against a barrier of coral from five to fifteen
feet in height, and wears it into the most fantastic shapes. Ata con-
siderable distance inland, and almost concealed by the trees and shrubs,
are two remarkable points or headlands of coral, from twenty to twenty-
five feet above the level of the sea. The Observatory of Port Louis is
built upon a stratum of coral ten feet above high-water mark. Blocks
2R2
-
304 On the Upheaval and Sinking of land | [No. 4.
of coral, too vast for being transported by any existing agency, are
found from 600 to 1300 feet inland, and which are cut off from the
shore by elevated ridges.* The great part of the numberless Coral
Islands which are scattered betwixt the Cape of Good Hope and Ceylon
—the Chagos Archipelago, the Seychelles, Laccadives, and Maldives,
appear to have been elevated to their present level by the same up-
heaval by which the terraces now under consideration have been pro-
duced, of which, I have no doubt, abundance of traces will be found all
along the shores of our Eastern Seas. Captain Newbold mentions the
abundance of this class of phenomena on the coasts of the Mediterra-
nean, where the shell gravel, as in India, is being cemented into stone.
Beaches hardening into stone prevail along the straits of Messina.+ ~
Damier speaks of a calcareous deposit in New Holland, consisting of
rock, which he thinks must have been formed by the drifting up of
sand and shells over a mass of wood, the whole being afterwards con-
solidated by rain water: this I have no doubt is an instance of the va-
riety of formation, and a proof of the double movement under review ;{
and it seems not improbable that the shell formation of Madeira be-
longs to the same class of beds, though of this I cannot speak with
confidence.§ The narrow Isthmus connecting the Rock of Gibraltar
with the main land is obviously the result of an upheaval, probably of
the same age.
Amongst the numberless points where evidences of an upheaval are
to be found in Scotland, are the following :—The railway betwixt New
Haven and Edinburgh cuts a large bed of shells about twenty-five feet
above. the level of the sea. A large bed of cockles, obviously in situ,
is found at Borrowstoun Ness,|| in the Forth, at about feet above
high-water mark. Cockles live at from 2 to 5 feet below low water,
All around the shores of Fife to St. Andrew’s, there are beautifully
distinct exhibitions of upheaved beaches, several appearing in succes-
* Transactions of the Geological Society—Jamieson’s Journal, 1841.
+ Jamieson’s Journal, Vol. XLIV. Page 63.
+ Journal of Researches, by Charles Damier.
§ Macaulay.—Jamieson’s Journal, 1840. The Madeira Wood is spoken of as being
silicified : if so, it must belong to a much more ancient date than the class to be de-
scribed.
|| McLaren.—Jamieson’s Journal for 1850.
1850. | over the Northern Hemisphere. 305
sion.* These beaches, which have from St. Andrew’s to Ferry point
on Craig been covered with drift sand, re-appear along the banks of the
Tay—from this westward by Newburgh and Perth. Betwixt Errol and
Invergourie Bay on the opposite shore, is a bed of cockles, about three
feet above high-water mark, corresponding closely in character with
that of Borrowstoun Ness.+
The Arbroath Railway cuts and exposes the shell bed from near
Dundee to Broughty Ferry, after which, it is concealed by the sandy
Downs. It re-appears to the eastward of Arbroath, and again in Lunar
Bay, and to the north and south of Montrose. Beyond this my re-
searches along shore have not extended.
Two beaches are described by Mr. A. Stevenson, off the Ross of Mull
near Skerryvore,{ on the Frith of Clyde, and probably along much of
the low part of the coast to the south.§
The reasons why raised beaches are not at all continuous along our
shores, are very obvious. Where the shore was precipitous, and the
water deeper at the bottom of the cliff than the whole amount of the
upheaval, then, though the bottom of the sea might be raised by so
much, and the water become to this extent shallower, there would be no
emergence, and the aspect of the coast would then be nearly the same
as before—the cliffs having become just so much loftier. Beaches, ori-
ginally existing, have been swept away where the whole of the material
composing them consisted of sand, shells, or gravel, or where they rested
on rock liable to decomposition ; and the sea in these cases has once more
approached its former cliffs or margin. Along the shores of Fife
there are beautiful illustrations of beaches well preserved, where the
rock was well exposed in a way advantageous for resistance, and of
their disappearance, where it was otherwise.
* Chambers’s Old Sea Margins.—For the sake of brevity I have been compelled
to speak very generally: it is the lowest and most recent of the Sea Margins with
which I am dealing.
t Buist’s Geological Survey of Perthshire. —Highland Society’s Transactions, 1838.
t Jamieson’s Journal, 1840.
§ Chambers’s Old Sea Marigins.
306 On the Upheaval and Sinking of land [No. 4,
Near Crail the rock dips under the sea, and exposes a surface
Shah
(A
Ct alin Sages
SSS nnn
well suited to withstand the surge, and there accordingly we have ex-
tensive raised beaches with the old sea cliffs a considerable way inland.
Near St. Andrew’s, again, it is the reverse of this. The rock dips away
from the sea,
and the upheaved beach has been worn away, the waves now attacking
and abrading the old sea cliff. In this, again, ten or twenty feet up
the cliff, we have caverns—Lady Buchan’s at St. Andrew’s, and that of
Kinketh to the south, which doubtless opened out on the former beach,
and were excavated by the surges of the ancient ocean.
I have rarely met with shell or gravel beaches off the mouths of our
great rivers; the deltas or mud deposits have in these cases taken
the place of the original beach, or covered or concealed it—or the
whole has been eaten away again up to the verge of the purely fresh
water deposits by the advance of the ocean. The alluvium of the del-
tas of our great rivers can only be accounted for on the hypothesis of
upheaval. Streams, which run sluggishly, or are partially stagnant, may
give us sandbank ;—silt, such as that of the Ganges, the Taptee, the In-
dus, the Nile, &c., is only precipitated when the water in which it is
suspended, is permitted for some time to remain in a state of absolute
repose. Even were it otherwise, the deposit of silt must be restricted
to the limits of the inundation, and yet in fact the inundation rarely
extends over more than a mere fraction of the true alluvial delta. The
same is the case with our carse lands in Scotland—clearly consisting of
river-silt, yet of silt which could only have become accumulated and
consolidated under water in a state of repose. The level of our delta,
1850. | over the Northern Hemisphere. 307
and carses corresponds very closely with that of the most recent of our
upheavals, of which I have no doubt they form a part.
I now come to the proofs of a descent having occurred anterior to
the upheaval. It is, I think, nearly twenty years since Dr. Fleming
described the occurrence of beds of peat, with tree-roots, obviously in
situ,* both in the estuary of the Tay and the Bay of Lago.
The fangs and fibres of the roots are still entire, and as fast in the
ground as when alive: the stumps protrude some distance, through
the peat bed. Dr. Fleming seems at this time to have supposed that
they were confined to the bed of the river; he does not seem to have
been aware that the peat bed was found everywhere under the clay of
the low carse, surmounted by from twenty to thirty feet of alluvium.
Peat beds of a similar nature are found covered over with a deep layer
of alluvium in the valley of the carse, and at Perth. Similar deposits
occur at Mount’s Bay in Cornwall, in Lincolnshire, and in Orkney.
In 1837, ina report drawn up for the Highland Society, on the Geology
of the South Eastern portion of Perthshire, I specially adverted to the
circumstance of the occurrence of the beds of cockle shells under the
silt, and above the peat and tree roots, which seemed to me only capa-
ble of being explained on the hypothesis that when the trees grew in
the position now occupied by their roots, the surface of the land must
have been at least ten feet higher than at present, so as to have placed
them above the tide:—that a subsidence of at least twenty feet must
have occurred, and that during this period the cockle bed came into
existence; and, as the earth continued to descend, became buried in
the mud which now covers it to the depth of ten feet :—that the move-
ment must have next changed its direction, raising the cockle bed at
least ten feet above its original position, bringing the Carse of Gourie
sixteen or twenty feet above the sea, and elevating the tree roots to low
water mark.
The phenomena around us at Bombay exactly correspond with those
of the Carse of Gourie. The whole of our littoral formations consist
of the concretes already referred to, or of loose sand and shells. From
three to ten feet under this (the depth varies) is a bed of blue clay,
* The books at our command in India are few in number. I am unable to lay
my hands on Dr. Fleming’s papers: I quote from Dr. Anderson’s account of the
Geology of Fife, given in Swan’s Review of Fife, Vol. I. page 215.
308 On the Upheaval and Sinking of land, &c. [No. 4.
exactly similar to that with which our estuaries are being silted up.
In a great majority of cases the blue clay is filled with the roots of the
mangrove—a shrub which only grows within high water mark—avoid-
ing water of more than four or five feet deep. The fangs and fibres of
the roots are perfectly entire—some of the thickest of them, indeed, are
but imperfectly decayed,—most of them are converted into a substance
like peat ; and when dried break with a conchoidal fracture and semi-
resinous lustre something between jet and lignite. These roots and
this arrangment is found to prevail all around the Island of Bombay, on
many parts ofthe Island of Salsette, on the shores of the Gulf of Cam-
bay, and at Kurrachee in Scinde. ‘This state of things is not peculiar
to creeks, bays, or estuaries; and can in no way be accounted for by
the ponding back of water—it prevails all around the shores of our
islands and estuaries into the interior as far as the gravel or concrete
beds themselves, and is visible on those portions of our shores exposed
to the full force of the ocean. It seems very probable that the New
Holland trees described by Mr. Damier, and the Madeira Wood men-
tioned by Dr. Macaulay, may belong to the same class as the roots I
have described, though I have not felt warranted in adducing them as
proofs of the hypothesis.
I am satisfied that to this variety of objects the lignite, found near
Cochin in lat. 8°, belongs; and that,were our shores examined, it would
be found at intervals everywhere along them. In Scotland at Perth, in
the Carse of Gourie,* in the carses of Falkirk and Sterling, under the
present city of Glasgow, and along the banks of the Clyde, boats and
canoes have been dug out from under ten to twenty feet of alluvium,
and still ten or twenty feet above the level of high water. Mr.
Chambers infers from these things, and I think most conclusively,
that the habitation of our island took place before the last thirty or
forty feet of its elevation was gained from the ocean. May we not go
further than this :—from the relations of these relics of human art to
the peat beds and submerged forests around is it not probable that the
depression under review was in progress within the human period ?
The absence of roots in situ is no proof of a depression never having
occurred: at the present moment, for every fifty yards we have man-
groves, we have at least 1000 where there are none; and on abrupt,
* Chambers’s Old Sea Margins, page 19.
1850. | Aborigines of the North East Frontier. 309
sandy, or rocky shores, wherever indeed the locality is unfavorable for
the collection of mud and the growth of vegetables, we can have no
direct proof of depression.
If, as I have shown, we have the old sea margin of nearly uniform
character, aspect, and elevation, presenting itself every where, it is not
surely too great a stretch of inference to conclude that the depression
was, like the upheaval, not local but general, and that they everywhere
accompanied each other.
- This theory of double movement completely solves all the mysteries
attendant on the formation of coral reefs—the general descent permitted
beds of coral of very great thickness to be formed, the ascent brought
the whole again to the surface, or above it.
This paper was prepared for the Edinburgh meeting of the British
Association. Just after its despatch by the Mail of the 26th July, I
found that the meeting of the Association would be long over before it
could arrive, and so sent acopy to the Asiatic Society of Bengal. It is ne-
eessary to state this and explain the multitude of allusions contained in
it to the geology of the East Coast of Scotland—a locality but little
known, in all likelihood, to the bulk of the members of the Society.
Aborigines of the North East Frontier.
To The Secretary of the Asiatic Society.
Darjiling, Sept. 16th, 1850.
Srr,—I have the honour to enclose another series of Vocabularies
obtained for me, by the Rev. N. Brown of Sibsdgor, in furtherance of
my plan of exhibiting to the Society, a sample of the lingual affinities
of all the Aborigines of India, on an uniform plan. The present series
comprises four dialects of the Naga tongue,—the Chiutia, the Ahém,
the Khamti, the Léos,—and the Siamese. My valuable correspon-
dent Mr. Brown has favoured me with the following remarks, on the
present occasion.
“The first four columns of the table complete the variations, priorly
given, of the strangely corrupted Naga language. This tongue affords
an extraordinary exemplification of the manner in which an unwritten
language may be broken up even upon a small extent of territory. On
28
310 Aborigines of the North East Frontier. | No. 4.
the other hand, in the great Tai family we have a not less striking in-
tance of the preservation of a language in almost its original integrity
and purity, through many centuries, and in despite of a vast territorial
diffusion ; for, from Bankék to Sadiya, along the Meinam, Salwén,
Irawadi, and Kyendwen rivers, up to the sources of the Irawadi, through
14 degrees of latitude, there is but one language, notwithstanding the
diversity of Governments under which the speakers of it live.
“The Mithan and Tabliing Nagas (see table) reside on the hills east
and north of Sibsagor. The Kharis descend upon the plains near Jor-
hat. They are superior much to the other Nagas. The Jabokas and
Banferas are the neighbours of the Mithans, with nearly similar tongues.
The Angdmis occupy the southern end of the Naga country. The
Chiitia is the language of one of the old tribes of Assam, now nearly
extinct. The Ahom also is nearly extinct as a spoken tongue. The
present Ahoms of Assam, descendants of the conquerors, still form one
of the largest portions of its population. But their language, as well
as their religion, has been relinquished for those of the Hindus. Their
ancient creed had little resemblance to Buddhism or to Brahmanism.
The Khamtis retain their tongue but have lost their creed. They have
accepted Buddhism from the Burmas, from whom they have likewise
borrowed many new words.
‘‘ In answer to your queries I can but say, at present, that I highly
appreciate the importance of a standard for the Indo-Chinese tongues.
But which language has the best claim to be constituted such I do not
know. I should be inclined, however, to assume the Burmese, which is
at least half brother to the Tibetan. This would bring the Tibetan,
the Lhépa or Bhutanese, the Burmese, the Singhpho, the Naga, &c.;
into a kind of family union. The Siamese Shyan, or, as the people
themselves call it, the Tai, cannot be brought into the same category.
It has little or no affinity with the neighbouring dialects, and may re-
present another whole class of languages not yet ascertained. It is pro-
bably allied to the Chinese and is in importance not inferior’to the
Burmese.”
Tam, &e.
B. H. Hopaeson.
dll
Aborigines of the North East Frontier.
1850.]
eiat 1
uenot unoy
Bul eu
1 le ayEMeE
now nut
Bou ot
nut nur
moqd moyd
od ed
uly uly
reuryop OP
eid ed
eu Tey
od od
By By
suey Sues}
reNen ele
ulpuoyd ulp
oy nd
Bul Bul
ae uemM
Ll ba
eOsu ‘vom eosu
neowl neout
ee aul
eA | 0p
ened noy
qenoy qnoy
you ou
uosyny] undue]
yom yend “Our
THT aoa
"asaMn1gy SOnT
Bib ay
uny uot
eu eu
ney neyy
nut nut
oy a
yun Lael
moyd wniyd
od esuod
Oty uty
ajour OTT
vd vid
Tey my
od od
By By
surs} suey
Teqs yerqy
UIWSUeT uIp
ny id
Bul eu
ue ueq
ey bail
osu ny
new veut
Hee Ue Teaqy
ynu ney
ny ni
WY] 39]
you Dat
wi bisa
yout nyoniu
UST my
“BUT BL
Suns
vit
1103
nu
nyo
suoqns
tmn10
uLy
ninpedit
nsedvd
ae
BsuIsy
oAtt
edisy
TYNAN
now
2IY
Tyararqo
q9q
“puny
Dione
af uke ued
Lei He eee
JIMyoyo suny 1eMOH
ahyyod uy Su0mM
OAC} yne ye
nsje TAITOY sues
1qe qoyey ek
ey} nsqe ey ns ‘Ulu
nuy suoqeu unk
1ydn sueyory uel qed
ndod ueqey suodnyo
ou eysue oye du
1 nsy}em ye
ode eqey ygdo
ES tus} ajyun
ns} 178s niu Yor
nzpod nsue 4
alty ye yoyey
oAue uneyus} eu
nse} Te My
Ost} esuose Tut}
efayo NACA edesne
ngytut nseul nyeu
ouunu TyOOUL 1me
Tel suede 49}
nm 412} ues
ni suoie Suost
eee re UE
vied yezo eyno
TAT equxey OM |
ayory yezsuny vy A
ayy Suiue yek suem
“PONT ‘DON ‘POON
aU buy 1OY 4un1q0J,
uvif
wey
ueUl
Suol
yea
Suyyy
yeyo
9a
uol
ghyoy
eodieur
Brsu
ueA
ede
ue
eel
Ho
bees
Bu
tq
thue
ei
nyeur
yee
fol
a
ak
fe
re)
ues
Belt
ulqsuet
“DODN
UDY ITNT
Ul
asnoy
2S10 FT
ulOFy
Soy
pvory
POCtr
Ie fT
4e0xn)
4oog
JOMOLT
USM
oT
IIIT
oA
jueydery
S30
qed
1eq
s0gq
keg
MOID
MOD
yeQ
opey ng
ou0g
q80q
poolg
PIE
MOLIW
vay
UW
SS CEE
| No. 4.
Aborigines of the North East Frontier.
312
nei neq ney nei neansel IMB neye Vees
uew ‘uoyy uey ‘ue uew noy 1u9.1eq ow ned edney
- Sunuwa ‘eny eO} neul oul 1ue ‘ou ou sueu Sueu
Bqy ny ‘suo next ney te B TU Ney
mop ueut ueulreoy ue eoo@ee @ese eaeoe eeee ee@eoe
wieUu med we meu if NZ nsye Suels
ueq ueq ueUr ueq nse ourele wike Burky
uo} ud} un4 uny trodod Is suopuns yad
nergy ‘ues nery> TE | Lies al ns vydey vyd
ens nes ns ns esoul nyye} nyye nuyes
UBMe} UBM Suey ueM ueq yites Tyyeu yiyns Ty sue
uly uly Ul Bly Tate A ayoRy suoye suod
nep nel neu nep mf nuieyy ned vqeyo
nsa nsu nsu osu nqup aAyuiyy nye nd
By UO} vy By ruoyord ve Surue os
sueu sueu sucu yotd twnyiqo ITAIG desey qos
enely way ‘Noy ny ny tins 9sjeun Tyoeut wng
suey suey Suvy suv} nses} yey Ipu eT
weu oul om wWeU weu ofyy oy tfeur if IVY nsje nu sued
any ony ony my nZzny ISP 394 o8ueut Sexes
ueul ‘ued ueu ‘weU ueuUl ‘WRU edu ueUl ny NZIyey nsjn} eSneu
ee | | urep ps etl yete yeu Sues
nyo nsy ns} nyo nut ezu nyoe Ulva
sunk sunk sunk suoiyd tep TA BL1Ut S089
yed yed dos dus nf{unp nue Tneqey waIsnyo
neyyod 10] 10u top nse nfeyo yide a
aul ou oul oul UNIS} 0ze ny nuo
UeMey unep unt uep yed ITeyy B91 af
Sup = Sul] ‘yom Salty Supe] ny! TAR} BysIy yeuIs
uoyy uoyy uny uny IsOUl away TWHUe yeiunes
Suemes uasy ‘suey Su] Sug] Lieyep lwynsu osneus Sulutu
1eq 1eq neu noq Biya efuod Bung yed wnyd
“asoUlnrs "SOOT *UDY ST “mMo"Uy *DYNYI "DODNT “DODNT ‘DOYN
*pioage 2UnbUEr WOU 6unjqoZ,
ohio
sueu
|
y
suy
ued
BA
pet at
uvy dort
Sug]
Lj ath
nd
@e ee
ueoyy
wuny
we]
enys
@eeee
esueu
yeu sues
ueul
uny
eeo0e
nuue
NU}
ynurew
TU
tesued
yeyo ued
‘DBD NT
wny AL
OM
qt ‘ays ‘opy
noyL,
I
we
JOIV MN
oselttA
dOL],
GVO
JOS,
ung
9u0}s
184s
ayeug
Ag
urs
Wes
pvoy
IIAIY
uleyuelg
ie)
ISIN
ome Ny
oymbsn py
(NOT
UleJUNO AT
JOYIOP!
uooyy
Aayuoqy
beh 44
aysry
JeoT
313
Aborigines of the North East Frontier.
1850.]
UBM ‘eM
tusuniyd
Tu eM
Tep enut
enw
Teyd uByy ‘net
a
teu
Fou
94
oy
mA
104
dis vy
dis 1s
dis wes
dis 94
dis
ney
jod
yoyo
HOT
be
Is
wes
suos
Sunu
@eove
e@eee
18 ie neyy
us
"asaUlnrg
ynyd
juueM
Bud]
nou
1eu
toy
dis vy
dis ts
dis wes
Sunu nes
dis
ney
jad
498}
494
bal
ts
wes
suos
sunu
oe oe
eeee
¢eee
e@eeoe
ecee
‘SODT
esuvul tod Tuo1dnp
yoydem reuru sues TuUINSIp
oes reueq TUSULUIpP
Eatis teu noiyd Tuownp
idee TeuTey Tewolep
Iesu ‘Suesy 1eul} UCRERG)¢)
neu nu qoyord
huuey Gi ee
sees wnyo wees
WN] oeee cose
1 ‘Suey cece eoee
(Suryuem) (Surjuem) “gs
yed yed eove
dis By dis vy ees
dis ts dis Is vase
dis wes dis mes eee
nes nes eae
dis dis oyssnp eqnyonsnp
ney ney eqnyonsnp
god god eyonsnp
498} 4149 é 1yonsnp
yoy yn nyonsnp
vy ey enunsnp
Is Is Tyonsnp
wes wes epsnup
Suos Sues Tunyup
sunu sult eyssnp
uewl noy oAtq
neu oul oAtu
ney ne ofte
neyy uewt nolyy o11eq
ns new ney tuorsnyul
“HUnU sy "mogy ‘ORY
Disoay
aysoy Tysey tAuem = tA Aepia4so
npey} Suese luisa = UTR) = MOLIOMI-OT,
ofa4 1ueyy thu} tdue Aep-OF,
aunzpe} wIny ists ss é UST MA
eqigittl nytt Jos saber ELAR
SAVY IS mM MB vyys MONT
wees aSnue} cece eeee uO
nub} ng yes eu uy
eeee oyse eeee ee ee UdIM
eaive outq eee eae molg
oes eu oes aw ve oL
eos (Suryuem) eeee cose 10
915 B1ynd eee esnd paipunZy
nSuedts meu} ence wr Ay
opryy qyeaty e835 rdurd Aylog
Jans BAIULES “ee San Aja J,
nyeu TyyeUr eo eyo Ayuaag,
ny qyerey ued ueq DEN F
nyeyy nyo} ny nye ouIN,
Byyouyy Joyous Wey} Joey LG
eusyy Tuey qya = yyeue waANg
nos o.1ey JOA yore XxIg
n3ued vsueyd eSu ede oALT
yep reqd td me Inog
ns wese Wd] weze o01U,L
ouey auue yt thus OMT,
od oye eyo ene auO
eeoe e@eeo ee 7@ eeee sty
ooos Sueu er,ee evee oul,
Ue Tu 1980} eyNyNy aulTL
9304303 eyeyysuny = ** °° ‘whe AouL
yaqojou eyeq yu cose eves ox
"DODNT "pOON ‘poy “pbYN
wunbupy YM bunjqoy, woyrn
[No. 4:
er.
of the North East Front
anes O
Aborig
314
o1eoy
un}
dey
munep
EE
1e1e
suns ‘1e1yy
Tere
epuouay
ueu
Tu
yey ‘dey ‘oy
vA ‘ton
Horus
ou
Ieine eiyd
joy vagd ‘ney
usyo ‘ueu Sued
Mey
vpung ‘Ie]
rome
repy
1
ee
2]00
SueM
“Hy
nq
ea
neu 14}
Tu
"asaUn1g
voyy ‘uey oy
uny uny
dey ‘uou deu ‘uou
weu Ul weUu ULy
eit seis
eee suoyd uey
suese eaies
reyd ‘reyy neqd
sues sues
II neo ue
ueu usu ue
TU 1eu ue
aI eves
Bh “eur ‘oq yey ‘oT
Tes} OG nes} Bul
uow ‘Tes} nes}
a leu sueu
WRTLY eee
1B] ‘yeu weu
oe ons aky ‘Hoy
1ey ney
vel i
see neuy
wn] on oe
uid ny] uey
Tear} neq}
$65 undueg
lu reyy ‘ayd
“SOOT “YUDY
niyy LIeynyey nu Tye UT IqOIWU
sus} rtuemeuiey 94.118 OSneysis oss
uou 8 tue sunk NZ yrsidt Tysungo
nopT esumiuif + 9Mo}01y Nzp Suoisye ys Suk Suvk
Ury jureg ayorpryo Sunes} Tyoey
noyd npeweys naed varyeyo YAnUl 104 ase
ose IULSeUEp nindifey TeIny nL OC
noiyd Tueseq Nios Ins TRMO
ad 1ULIvpuep olex neqeyo ueu 10}
nyued IULYSO.10q NINTy Teqny pes
noy a1eq eMIT nyo oyorod o2y} 1043
nt TuOYIe} eMey ord ueu 1043
reheat ‘nq ep eoce BY eoe.
omoyynq efoy oMOUL osuou eyo suew
omeyy toy 2) ney ehle
BM ouwep fey, = LweSJeqTYa OEERIC
sia Sueyep — eyIyTpryou estoy bas A
teyd TUSITYRT IMPS} osueyt Sis ies
aie eyoue naANYyory eIny sicis
Bd 1uiod indeAy = nesuepemy Tepasa
gnyo tuviod ounyey OsuRpeyor eysulyoo
18] TIesnynq ounseyo neeyue 94190
res ‘nel uese ameyo nseim ay yVy
nfneyy TUTTO nury eduisty cots
iq runfeq ayn nsiye4 Cae
Suey eee cee Suon eoee
dot owny asiyeyo Suis yowe} suedo
nu oypid a[eq =nsulyormey SUeABY
oY Su0.10q niodeiry 1yony TeM Ne}
404 Suoqoy ays] nfo nduepem = ****
Teuly “n SLOMOE Den yra pe:
“mMoYP “pynya "DODNT "pODN ‘DODN
p1A0o(y CO a 240Y 6unqv J,
oplu ysney
@e¢ce ORAL
nepdif dats
Bysurs yard
ays seOL
eeece Apoq Auy
Bid as suiyy duy
Yeeo ¢ OFAY
W194 é FOU
oe € YOM
Bey veuL
me SIUE
eeose puy
Sees JON
TeyueUL ONG
IBA SOX
ae é AU AN
wen ; MOFF
aeee sniyy,
dt 22 ¢ YONU MOF
nyiey qonyAr
erdiqo awy
TOU BLING
1e48 Ie
ae GIN M
res nog M
ee Ud9MjOE
suedoy MOP
Sup saoqy
nd ned é B97 AA,
e@eee 319 [,
aorem a10 fT
“pODNT
UYU
315
Aborigines of the North East Frontier.
1850.]
o3u
ns ‘3u0.14
Wee
wesu
LO UEL
oaid ‘wos
ues
es
dip
uol
neu ‘uof
Tp reur ‘enya
ie
pees)
ni
uid tep
x04
ny}
Bul ne
rey ne “2qy
20q *1
deu ‘ne
ret
id Sam
unp
sueu
unk
red
BU
qnyd
n& Sutu
Tey Suo1
"aSaWDLY
yoy ‘MOY yosu yosu ‘ay Te. dy TMO1S
ar ests ueU n aund By yoy
rey Tey Suey vd ohqy Turon andoys
wesa mesa suotyy aIeqnyor NSIA
es OH el we Ee)
wos wos wns 10}0418 oAYy
ue Ms ue 10 wil aya
yus yus yns ‘Suni mmounUt oul
dip diu diy ofid owour
uoy ny ‘teu ‘uoy qny ‘wed Wey NAyeyy
uak ‘neu ueak = neu ‘akqy adodayo Ts
Tpoq ‘teq TueUt vAyy 1ueyo . Mos
AY oe Pp i ES
ran 2A oq wrt eee
ny ‘nt mot} ‘ny ny TULIe ye} OMIS
urdu usu urdu L10jeuey SMOTIS
aN suok ‘of suey ‘yok TUMOI’SeT sjedny
ny} ‘suos Suos suns TUULOIVT 2]27eS
eune eu ne eulUe TULIR] amvkos
eqy 1B} ne tejod 0.11993 0q omelyynp
dnq ‘14 od od ‘ep TUTIOG aMNYsea
ne ne ne OLIe] SAITLIYY
ny ney noy ULI] oMeANS
ted uey U2] ueyyred turmouol spoyyey ur
usu ted ey IULINIOY ay}0}
sueu sueu sueu 1uLInpup ayoRq
suos nes i) TULIV yey ayeyy
uowl ‘ied By By euaye ayoej0}
Bul Bul BOL eMysueu ayorydrye
yed BAA oq TULIP YOT ayortsnd
nf yep yep dis} dis} nf nudns eyoniny aleqiseyo
rey rey rey Turesn Bay
"SO0'T *1JUnYy Sf "MOY “DU4NYa “DbDAT
pioage mn bu pr
Suvylyty Woy
nefangjeu as
O.1e UL pees
O1e}Lequy sie 8
vyy ou
uesyo} Is
Suerut suein
Sutyue4 vat
miyory v0 we
@S}04 woys
suede wes Suen
o1eul rowod
Ole aun eu
neyoojom = nd Suts ne}
osnel eq reyo
Osjosunyo Is you
osne1usy Is you
Ipe1auey 1ayeA
osoyrsyed WO 104
neyoyed 1y9 39s
OsnesIy 1ayed
osniqy nyyed
VMYaUIIS Tyo yeyd
emyo suod Isdue
olueut Tyo wan
IIs ony Tyo suok
eM Issue
Suviouuy 104.30
Sueysnyte qe4
BiInyny ee ee
TTd1qo aydes
"DON ‘POON
2hY bungqoL,
WOy payooig
ae sysrey4g
eeee AIS
er SULOSp ur FT
Pay TOT
Iys INOS
4 q29KS
vinf odiyy
es (uaa1S) ‘meyy
WSL oH
WeYyy sues PI°9
TeWURUL peg
o[leur pooy
eves Teka
UBAR pUeysiapugQ
yeyye IeopyT
Oyne] dn yr
ned ted Aeme dye,
reqey sag
nepsuel TES
unyyeur dALS
ained a4eL,
ree ee
dls ung
Bay ‘suo} HIPAA
nep osu UMOP IG
suofe dn purjg
Su9} on
Teyel amog
qey yeadg
eae qUdTIS OG
atdes dao
“DODNT
UDYTTAT
ier. [No. 4.
of the North East Front
nes O
Aborig
316
ueul TeUt
ueul ‘1es
rmaOrt
wef ‘Suen,
10U 42]
BOqg we}
suns
ues
nef
neoyy
Zuep
ee
wep
"aSawMngy
yoy ‘Id
eset
ref ‘Sueny
fou *y9]
muR4
suns
uny ‘ues
nek
neoyy
wey ‘Sup
ynoyd ‘neyy
uid ‘wep
"SODT
DARL LPL LDL OLIOL ILI LIN OLLI III LI OT
wos Susy
id 1d
vom ued ‘moly
ned ‘Suny SUO]
uo ‘39 10u
we} Wry
suns Suns
40] 30]
ned ne fay
nokyy Ay
suou suap
yaqd ‘avqy youd
we wep
"1QUDY ST ‘MOY
turfuansnp niouodos
tutti feur efowod
nO uN TY NAT]
tp Byd we indof
1uoins nins odeyovury
luresiyed on ley y
TuIns oA yey
Iesnyus nf
In nsof
tuolid ofedey
nies Tul
1nd eyoey
TOO es 178
“DYynya ‘POON
D1soae mp buy
ioe eee
Tyrqey uv}
suejayou los
neyodye} suou suok
tey suru ms
aynfo10 ae
N39.10 ney
NvZIsjN} yos
aneyqyy ney
ynind wtys ie
wen We} ast
SUISOU Susy
yea yer
‘pODNT ‘pbDN
Lousy bunjqnZ,
suoyo
neu ‘Sunqor
erdiye
eGo
neu
oy
yous
yeu
"ODN
UDY RYT
(ueeq) ‘uy,
Ie
punoy
qeaiy
Trews
(MoT) ‘3104
(48tq) ‘TIL
q10US
SuO'Ty
uaa
py
Ov AN
yorig
1850. | Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 317
Conspectus of the Ornithology of India, Burma, and the Malayan pen-
insula, inclusive of Sindh, Asim, Ceylon, and the Nicobar islands.*
—By EK. Buytu, Esq.
Order II. RAPTORES.
Tribe DIURNA.+ :
FAM. FALCONID4.t{
Subfam. FALCONINA.
Genus Fatco, L. (as restricted).
A. With longer caudal feathers. §
* Continued from p. 239, ante.
+ In addition to the obvious external characters which distinguish the diurnal
from the nocturnal birds of prey, and the well known differences in the skeleton,
the alimentary organs exhibit certain constant differences of structure. Thus the
Diurne have invariably a large craw or dilatation of the oesophagus, and two very
minute ceca coli; while the Nocturne with a wider cesophagus have no dilatation
of it whatever, and invariably two considerably developed ceca, resembling those of
the Meropide, Cuculide, Trogonide, and Caprimulgide. These distinctions are
important as being absolute, presenting no gradation from one type of structure to
the other. Prof. McGillivray first brought them adequately into notice.
t The Eagle and Falcon family subdivides most naturally, as we conceive, into
ten subfamilies, as follows.
1. Fatconina. Comprising the genera Falco, Hypotriorchis, Tinnunculus,
Téracidea, Hiéraz,* and Harpagus (?)
2. Pernin=. Aviceda, Pernis, Cymindis, and Rostrhamus.
Evanina&. LElanus (including Gampsonyx), Nauclerus.
4. CrrcattTina’. Circaétus, Cachinna, Hematornis, Polyboroides, Serpen-
tarius.
5. Circinaz. Circus.
6. AccipirRin&. Meliérax, Ichnoscelis,— Accipiter, Micronisus, Micrastur,
Astur.
9. THRASAETINE. Pseudastur,t Thrasaetus, Morphnus, Spizaétus.
Aqutine. Entolmaétus, Aquila, Ictinaétus, Hieraetus, Archibuteo, Bu-
sd
teo, Poliornis.
9. Hawrartine. Pandion (?), Pontoaétus, Blagrus, Haliaétus, Helotarsus,
Haliastur, Milvus, Ictinia.
10. Potysorine. Milvago, Polyborus, Craxirex, Buteogallus, Urubitinga,
Ibycter, Daptrius.
§ This at least is M. Schlegel’s arrangement ; but we do not think that his
Sacre, Lanner, with the African F’. biarmicus, and the Australian F. subniger and
F. hypoleucos, and probably others, should rank immediately with the Jer Falcons.
* Falco semitorquatus, A. Smith, exemplifies, we conceive, another generic type of
pygmy Falcons.
+ Ischnoscelis, Strickland (1844), is rejected by Mr. G. R. Gray in favor of Gerano-
spiza, Kaup (1847).
t Type, Falco pecilonotus, Cuvier, v. F, scotopterus, Pr. Max. ( Pl. Col. 9).
2 7
318 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 4.
15. F. canpicans (?),* Gmelin (Pl. Enl. 446).
Syn. F. groenlandicus, Brehm, Hancock.
Shangar, Hind.
Has. Northernmost regions of both continents, visiting the
adjacent countries in winter.
Remark. The Shangar of eastern works on falconry, stated to be
‘very rarely met with in India, not more than one or two in a century,
and then generally in the Panjab,” would seem to be this species,
which Dr. Schlegel accepts as distinct from F. Gyrraxco, and regards
as a permanent variety of it, the F. tstanpicus of Brehm and Hancock.
16. F. sacer, Schlegel (Gould’s B. #. pl. 20; Hardw. Ill. Ind.
Zool.)
Syn. F. lanarius apud Temminck and Gould.
F. cherrug, Gray.
Cherrag, H.
Has. Himalaya, very rare; Tahtary ; E. Europe.
Remark. 1 think there can be little if any doubt that this Himalayan
(or rather, it would seem, chiefly Tahtarian, ) species is the Sacre Falcon,
as determined by Dr. Schlegel.+
17. F. panarius (2), Schlegel, nec Lin., nee Temminck (Hardw. JI.
Ind. Zool., adult ; Jerdon’s Ill. Ind. Orn. pl. 44, young).
Syn. F. abietinus, (7), Bechstein.
F. juggur, Gray.
F. luggur, Jerdon.
Juggur Falcon, and probably also Justin Falcon, Latham.
Jhaggar, male, Laggar, female, Hind; Laggddi,
Telegu (Jerdon).t
Has. India generally, common ; and, if the true Lanner Falcon
as determined by Dr. Schlegel, also S. E. Europe, and probably there-
fore the intervening countries.
* The Italic capitals indicate that the author has examined no Indian example
of the species so distinguished.
+ Buffon’s figure of le Sacre (Hist. des Oiseaux, pl. 14,) might pass for that of
a young Laggar, only that the latter has no spots on the outer webs of its tail-
feathers, and there is a distinct though small moustache. It probably represents a
young Cherrag. MN. B. The legs of a young Laggar are leaden-blue, those of the
adult yellow.
t The name Lanner may possibly be a corruption of Laggar.
1850. ] Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 319
Remark. This species is very closely affined to the African F.
BIARMICUS, Tem., to which Mr. Strickland (in epistold) refers as
synonymes I’. peregrinoides, Tem., F. chiqueroides, Smith, F. Feldeggi
et F. lanarius, Schlegel, F. rubeus, Thienemann, and F. cervicalis,
Kaup. “The only difference I can find,’ he adds, “ between F.
juggur and F. biarmicus, is that the former has the tibial plumes
uniform dark brown at all ages, while F’. diarmicus has them cream-
coloured or white, like the rest of the under-parts, with a small brown
spot on the centre of each feather.” The name F. biarmicus occurs
in Mr. Vigne’s list of birds procured in Kashmir and Little Tibet,
P. Z. 8. 1841, p. 6; and the name F. peregrinoidesin Mr. G. R.
Gray’s Catalogue of the birds presented by Mr. Hodgson to the British
Museum: but the specimen referred to in the latter instance is not
indicated by that name in the same gentleman’s second and improved
catalogue of the whole collection of Raptores in the British Museum.
Dr. Schlegel remarks that his F'. Janarius is closely affined to F. diar-
micus, ‘* mais elle s’en distingue constamment par les teintes. I] parait
aussi que la premiére rémige est, proportions gard¢es, un peu plus
longue dans le Lanier que dans l’espéce du Cap.”
B. With shorter caudal feathers.
18. F. pereerinus, L. (Pl. Enl. 421, 430, 469, 470).
Syn. F. barbarus, L.
gyrfaleo, L., Faun Suec., p. 23, No. 64. | apud Schle-
lanarius, Pennant, Brit. Zool. I, 221. gel.
communis, Brisson.
hornoticus et F. ater, Gmelin.
lunulatus, Daudin.
cornicum, Brehm.
calidus, Latham (India).
F, puniceus, Lev. (S. Africa), apud G. R. Gray.
F.. anatum, Bonap. (N. America).
Bauri, female, Bauri Batcha, male. H.; Raja Wali,
Malay (perhaps the next species); Sikap Lang,
Sumatra (ditto) ; Laki Angin of the Passummahs
(Ditto, Raffles).
Has. Warm, temperate, and moderately cold climates of both
hemispheres ; though a plurality of affined races certainly exist : those
27 2
320 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 4.
of S. Africa are constantly smaller. Common in India, many adults
remaining in Lower Bengal during the cold season, and especially fre-
quenting the vicinity of lakes and marshes, to prey on the water-fowl
which resort to them; hence they are tolerably numerous in the
Bengal Sundarbans.
Remark. ‘India, Europe, and N. America on the one hand, and
Cape Horn, the Cape of Good Hope, and Australia on the other,”
writes Mr. Gould, “are all inhabited by Falcons so nearly allied to
each other as to favor the opinion that they are merely varieties of each
other; but I agree,” he adds, ‘“‘ with the Prince of Canino and Pro-
fessor Kaup in considering them to be distinct, and representatives of
each other, in the respective countries they inhabit.”” Introduction,to
the Birds of Australia.
We consider the Australian species—F. MELANOGENYS, Kaup, (v.
macropus, Swainson,) to be decidedly distinct from F’. peregrinus ; but
strongly suspect that Mr. Gould here refers to the Shahin as the
Peregrine Falcon of India. The latter is undoubtedly distinct from F.
peregrinus; but whether so from F. melanogenys is doubtful. Dr.
Schlegel would appear to consider these to be the same. Of his FP.
communis (peregrinus), he writes—‘‘I] parait que cette espéce est
répartie dans presque toutes les parties du globe, mais qu’elle forme,
suivant les contrées qu’elle habite, des races plus ou moins disparates.
Les Faucons Communs, par example, que produit I’ Afrique méridionale,
quoique tout-a-fait sembables au notre par leur organization et leurs
teites, sont constamment d’une taille moins forte, la femelle du Faucon
Commun du Cap ne surpassant pas en grosseur le male de notre
Faucon d’Europe. Quant au Faucon Commun de l’Amerique du Nord
(voir Wilson, pl. 76, et Audubon, pl. 16), Ch. Bonaparte (List, p. 4,)
le sépare du nétre sous le nom de Falco anatum, toutefois sans motiver
son opinion. TI] parait eu effet que ce Faucon d’Amerique s’eloigne
du ndtre par de légéres différences dans la distribution des teintes, en
ce que ces teintes sont dans le premier, sur les parties supérieures,
d’un brun foncé, sur le dessous d’un brun ferrugineux pale, et que le
noir de la tache en moustache s’étend ordinairement sur toute la région
des oreilles. Mais il existe également dans l’Amerique du Nord des
Faucons que resemblent parfaitement au notre par leurs teintes; j’al
vu un pareil individu dans les galeries du Musée de Berlin. Les
Faucons Communs qui viennent du grand Archipel des Indes” (/.
1850. ] Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 321
peregrinator ?) ‘“‘et de la Nouvelle Hollande paraissent se rapporter a
ceux de Amerique du Nord, et n’en différer que par la teinte noi-
ratre, souvent uniforme des parties supérieures; cette variété a été
décrite et figurée par Gould sous le nom de Falco melanogenys, dans
son ouvrage sur les oiseaux de Jl Australie. Nous en _ possédons
six individus dont deux femelles seulement offrent une distribution
semblable 4 celle que nous venons d’indiquer ; les quatre autres, tant
males que femelles, ressemblent parfaitement au Faucon Commun
d’Europe. Il me semble, d’aprés.ce que je viens de dire qu’en éri-
geant au rang d’espéces les variétés dont nous venons de parler, il
convient également de separer de notre Faucon la variété a joues noires,
qui se trouve en Kurope.”’
So far as we are aware, the Indian Bauwrz differs in no respect what-
ever from the Peregrine Falcon of Kurope, and has never (so far as we
have seen) the wholly black cheeks: but the Shahin has the latter
generally and tending so always, and in other respects approximates F.
melanogenys of Australia ; we suspect, however, that it never attains the
size of some females of that bird (and also of F’. peregrinus), and that
the colour of its abdominal region is much deeper, while the markings
of the entire under-parts of the Australian species (so far as we have
seen, and as represented in Gould’s figures,) are more strongly brought
out and much broader than in either F’. peregrinus or F’. peregrinator.
Moreover as the two latter unquestionably distinct (however closely
affined) species inhabit India, so there may be a plurality of equally
affined species in other countries, very probably affording the solution
of the difficulties suggested by Dr. Schlegel.*
19. F. pEREGRINATOR, Sundevall (Jerdon’s Ill. Ind. Orn. pl. 12, 28).
Syn. F. shaheen, Jerdon.
| F. sultaneus, Hodgson.
F. ruber indicus, Aldrovandi.
F.. melanogenys (?), Kaup.
\ Australia.
F. macropus (?), Swainson.
* The ordinary haunts of F. peregrinus and F. peregrinator differ. Thus, Mr.
Jerdon (a most experienced observer) remarks—‘‘ Whilst the Bhyree (FP. peregri-
nus) prefers the sea-coast and the neighbourhood of lakes, rivers, and wet culti-
vation, and the Shaheen (F. peregrinator) delights in hilly and wooded regions, the
Juggur, on the contrary, frequents open dry plains, and the vicinity of cultiva-
tion.”’ Jil, Ind. Orn,
322 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 4.
Shahin (‘Royal’), female; Koéld (‘charcoal’), male ;
H.; Jawolum, Telegu; Wallir, Tamul (Jerdon).
Has. India generally ; chiefly the hilly parts: much more rare
in Lower Bengal than F. peregrinus ; Afghanistan; Malay countries ?
Australia ?
Remark. We have doubtfully cited the names applied to the Aus-
tralian type, which we are far from satisfied is distinct ; although our
impression nevertheless is that the latter differs constantly from the
Indian Shdhin as already indicated.
C. Of feebler conformation.
20. F. cai1cquEra, Shaw (Lev. Ois. @’ Afr., t. 30, Gould’s ‘ Century,’
pl. 2.)
Syn. F. ruficollis et F. macrodactylus, Swainson.
F. cirrhatus, var., and Fasciated Falcon, Latham.
Tarmatti, (Turumtee, Jerdon; Toomtra, Burnes,)
female; Chetwd, or Chetoya, male; H.
Has. Asia and Africa; common in India.
Remark. This species is ranged in Hypotriorchis by Mr. G. R,
Gray. We much prefer to retain it in restricted Falco.
Genus Hyrotriorcuis, Boie.
21. H. severvus (Pl. Col. 128).
Syn. Falco severus, Horsfield.
F. Aldrovandi, Reinwardt.
F, guttatus, G. R. Gray.
F. rufipedoides, Hodgson.
Jhuter (quere Jétd, ‘there goes’ or rushes), H. ;
Allap Allap Gingeng, Jav. (Horsfield).
Has. Himalaya, Java, Philippines: visiting the plains of Lower
Bengal in the cold season, where somewhat rare.
22. F. suspuTEo (Gould’s B. £. pl. 22.)
Syn. Falco subbuteo, L.
F. barletta, Daudin.
F. pinetarius, Shaw.
F, hirundinum, Brehm.
Karjanna, H. (Hodgson); Surkhpushtak (‘rufous-
vent’) of Kabul (Burnes).
1850.] Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 323
Has. Europe, Asia, and Africa: visits Lower Bengal in the cold
season, where far from common. We have seen it from China.
Remark. This and the preceding species are chiefly seen about and
after sunset, and doubtless also therefore about sunrise. A crepuscular
tendency which has already been noticed of the Hobby by Capt. Drum-
mond.*
Genus TINNUNCULUS, Vieillot.
23. T. atauparivs (Gould’s B. EF. pl. 26).
Syn. Falco alaudarius, Brisson.
F. tinnunculus, Li.
F. fasciatus, Retzius.
F.. brunneus, Bechstein.
F. rufescens, Swainson.
F’. interstinctus, McClelland.
Cerchneis murum, C. media, et C. tinnuncula, Brehm.
Germatid, Gerimatid, Kharumatid,t+ Kurroutia, Ka-
rontia, and Narzi-narzdnak (‘téte 4 téte?’), H. ;
Nardunak, Sindh (Burnes); Gyo-thin, Arakan
(Phayre); Allap Allap Sapi, Jav. (Horsfield) ;
Raja Alia (often used as generic for all Hawks),
Ceylon (Layard).
Has. Europe, Asia, and N. Africa: very common in Lower
Bengal, where frequently seen in parties of 20 or 30 individuals, beat-
ing over the cultivated lands.
Remark. We have seen no Indian Kestrels, that were distinguishable
in any way from European specimens in corresponding plumage; but
a presumed female from Ye (Tenasserim) is remarkable for the very
great breadth of the black markings of its plumage, and may perhaps
therefore and probably appertain to a distinct race.
24. T. cencuris (Gould’s B. £. pl. 27.)
Syn. Falco cenchris, Naumann.
F, tinnunculoides et F. xanthonyx, Natterer.
* Vide Ann. Mag. N. H. 1843, p. 423.
+ These names, applied by Buchanan Hamilton to the common Kestrel, properly
belong (we suspect) rather to No. 20, and are obviously the same as Tarmatti there
cited. The term Gerumatia, however, evidently derives from Gerwmati, orange or
ochreous-yellow earth, and is therefore applicable to either.
324 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 4.
F. tinnuncularius, Vieillot.
F. Naumannii, Fischer.
F.. gracilis, Lesson.
Has. The warmer parts of Europe and Asia; also N. Africa.
In India, found chiefly on the sub-Himalayas, Nilgiris, and other high
land; though far from uncommon in Lower Bengal (perhaps in the
rainy season only).*
25. T. vesrertinus (Pl. Enl. 431; Gould’s B. £. pl. 27.)
Syn. Falco vespertinus, L.
F. rufipes, Beseke.
F.. subbuteo, var., Latham.
Has. Europe, Asia, and N. Africa. In India, as the preceding
species, to which it is closely affined in all but colour. Both appear to
be wholly insectivorous.
Genus Hierax, Vigors.
26. H. mevanoueucos, Blyth, J. 4. S. XII, 179 (bis).
Has. Asam.
Remark. We have seen only one specimen of this strongly marked
species, which Mr. McClelland received alive from the province named.
27. H. rutotmos, Hodgson.
Syn. H. bengalensis apud Blyth, J. A. S. XII, 179 (dis).
Bengal Falcon, var. A, Latham.
Doung-oo-nhouk, Arakan.
Has. Nepal, Sylhet, Arakan, Tenasserim provinces.
Remark. Edwards’s figure of “the little black and orange Indian
Hawk,”’ pl. 108, upon which are founded Falco ca@rulescens, L., and
F. bengalensis, Brisson, has never been verified by the discovery of a
specimen, nor is a Hiérax known to occur in Bengal; but we never-
theless are of opinion that a peculiar and distinct species is represented
by the figure referred to, which may yet be recovered, and the more
probably as several species of this genus are now known, and we are
acquainted with but a single specimen of H. melanoleucos.
* This and the next species we have never observed wild, but certain shikdris take
many alive with bird-lime, and we have had several newly caught specimens (procur-
ed in the immediate vicinity of Calcutta) brought in the course of a few days. They
very soon become tame in captivity. The habits of both are doubtless as described
in Ann. Mag. N. H. 1843, pp, 413, 424.
1850. | Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 325
28. H. rrineiuiarius (Dict. Class. d Hist. Nat., pl. 21; Pl. Col.
97).
Syn. Falco fringillarius, Drapiez.
Hiérax malayensis, Strickland.
Malayan F’. cerulescens, auctorum.
See-ap Belang, Penang; Allap, or Allap Allap, Java
(Horsfield).
Has. Tenasserim provinces, Malayan peninsula, and western
Indonesia generally ; replaced by other species in the more eastern
islands.
Subfam. PERNINA.
Genus Baza, Hodgson.
29. B. topnores (Pl. Col. 10).
Syn. Falco lophotes, Temminck.
F. et Lepidogenys Lathami, Gray.
Baza syama, Hodgson.
_ Lophotes indicus, Lesson.
Sydma (‘ black’), Nepal (Hodgson).
Has. India generally; rarer to the south: Ceylon. Not un-
common in the rainy season in Lower Bengal.
30. B. Rernwarprii (Muller, Aves, t. 5.)
Syn. Falco (Lophotes) Reinwardtii, Muller.
Lophastur Jerdoni, Blyth.
Aviceda sumatrensis, Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool. par la Soc.
Cuv. 1848, p. 210.
Has. Malayan peninsula, rare; Sumatra; Borneo; Celebes.
Genus Pernis, Cuvier.
31. P. cristata, Cuvier (Pl. Col. 44; Muller, pl. 7).
Syn. Falco ptilorhynehus, Temminck.
Buteo cristatus, Vieillot.
P. Elliotti, Jameson.
P. maculosa, P. torquata, P. ruficollis, et P. atrogularis,
Lesson.
P. apivora of India, auctorum.
Madhava (from madhu, ‘honey’), Nepal (Hodgson) ;
Shahateld (from shahad, ‘honey’), H. (Jerdon),
2uU
326 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 4..
Has. India generally; Malay countries: not rare in Lower
Bengal.
Remark. This averages a rather larger size than the European
Pern, with the beak proportionally somewhat larger; but in other
respects there is a great similitude in all the many varieties of plumage,
except that the Indian bird has an occipital crest more or less deve-
loped, sometimes to a length of above 27 in., though in many this is
short or even scarcely traceable.
Subfam. ELANINA.
Genus ELanus, Savigny.
32. E. MELANOPTERUS (Lev., Ovs. d’ Afr., t. 36; Gould’s B. £., pl.
31.)
Syn. Falco melanopterus, Daudin.
F. Sonninensis et F. vociferus, Latham.
F.. clamosus, Shaw.
E. cesius, Savigny.
Petite Buse Criarde, Sonnerat.
Kotta Falcon, and (the young) Indian Falcon, Latham.
Kédpdshi (‘ cottony’), H.; Angkal Angkal, Java (Hors-
field).
Has. S. Asia and its archipelago; S. Europe (rare); and all
Africa: common in Lower Bengal, and generally over India.
Remark. Of this genus, one strongly marked species exists in New
Holland, in the £. scriptus figured in Gould’s ‘Birds of Australia.’
Another of great beauty and even more strikingly distinct, in S. Ame-
rica, the EF. Swainsonit (v. Gampsonyx Swainsonii, Vigors, et E. tor-
quatus, Lesson). The other Elani of Asia, Africa, and America, are
scarcely, even if at all, distinguishable. The diagnosis of the Prince
of Canino separating the ordinary Elan of the New World from that
of the Old (at least of Java), we have not found to hold good, and the
same is remarked by Prof. Schlegel; but he distinguishes the African
on the one hand, from the Asiatic and ordinary Australian on the
other, referring that sometimes observed in the south of Europe to
the former. This naturalist remarks, that “les traits distinctifs des
diverses espéces de ce genre n’ont été indiqués jusqu’A présent que
d’une manicre assez superficielle. L’Elanion blac, qui visite acci-
1850.] Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 327
dentalement I’ Europe, quoique sa véritable patrie soit V Afrique, se
distgue constamment de Il’ Elanion axillaire, par sa queue beaucoup
plus courte, et par la teinte blanche de la partie interne des ailles; du
reste ces deux espéces se ressemblent assez, par rapport au systéme de
coloration.
“TL” Elanus axillaris, Gould, B. Austr.,’’ Vol. I. pl. 23,—* Falco
axillaris, Lath..—Circus azillaris, Vieillot, Encycl. Method. III,
p- 1212,—Elanus notatus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 99, 141, qui habite
P Archipel des Indes et la Nouvelle Hollande, s’eloigne du précédent
par sa queue plus longue ainsi que par les grandes couvertures internes
des ailles qui sont le plus souvent* dune teinte noire. Je ne vois pas
en quoi se distingue de cette espéce des Indes, celle qui habite l’ Ame-
rique, et qui a été indiquée sous les noms suivans: Falco dispar, Tem.,
p. c. 319 (jeune de l'année), Ch. Bonap.,—Contin. of Wilson, pl. XI,
f. 1; Audubon, pl. 352; Hlanus leucurus, Bonap., list, p. 4.”
The Indian Elan has never the black patch on the under surface of
the wing represented in Gould’s figure of the Australian species, nor
is it ever without a distinct trace of this black, in general just indieat-
ing the periphery of the marking in the Australian bird. A specimen
in immature plumage from the Cape exactly resembles the Indian bird
of the same age, in proportions as well as colouring.
Subfam. CIRCAETINA.
Genus Crrcartus, Vieillot.
33. C. cauuicus (Pl. Enl. 413; Gould’s B. £. pl. 13.)
Syn. Falco gallicus, Gmelin.
F., brachydactylus, Temminck.
F. leucopsis, Bechstein.
F longipes, Wilson.
Accipiter hypoleucos, Pallas.
Aquila leucamphomma, Borkh. ‘
A. pygargus, Brisson.
C. leucopsis et C. auguium, Brehm.
Sdmp-mdrilo (‘Snake-killer’), Beng.; Sdmp-mar
(ditto), H.; Mulpatu, Can. (Jerdon).
* The Italics are ours. EF. B.
PAN ai
328 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 4.
Has. Europe, Asia, and Africa. Common on the plains of
India, preferring an open country and preying chiefly on snakes,
Genus Hamarornis, Vigors.
34. H. curexa (Gould’s ‘Century,’ pl. 1.) _
Syn. Falco cheela, Latham.
H. undulatus, Vigors.
Circaétus nipalensis, Hodgson.
H. et Buteo bacha, apud Franklin et Sykes.
F, albidus, Cuv., et Buteo melanotis, Jerdon (the young).
F. bacha, Daudin (African race).
F. bido, Horsfield (Malayan race).
Tildi-bdj (‘spotted Hawk’), B.; Sabchur (‘ full-
crested’), ditto, young; Goomcan Mooryala, Mahr.
(Jerdon) ; Doung-tswon, Arakan (Phayre) ; Bido,
Jav. (Horsfield).
Has. India generally ; very common in Lower Bengal; prefer-
ring a jungly country, interspersed with tanks and shallow lakes, where
it preys much on frogs, which it clutches in the mud. Hence its feet
are generally clotted with mud.
Remark. Specimens of this bird from the Malay countries, and
also two that we have seen from Ceylon, are rather smaller than those
of India and Burma; but we can perceive no other difference. We
believe Levaillant is the only author who indicates it from Africa.
The Philippine race (H. spilopterus, Vigors), is described to be more
speckled.
Subfam. CIRCINA.
Genus Circus, Lacépéde.
35. C. mrueinosus (Gould’s B. £. pl. 32).
Syn. Falco eruginosus, L.
F. rufus, Gmelin.
F. arundinaceus, Bechstein,
Accipiter circus, Pallas.
Circus palustris, Brisson.
C. variegatus, Sykes.
C. rufus, var. indicus,—et C. Sykest, Lesson.
1850. | Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 329
Konta Falcon, Muskooroo Falcon, and Rufous-eared
Falcon, Latham.
Chéd or Mat Chil (‘ Meadow kité), Beng. (generic) :
Kutar, and Kulehsir (‘ capped’), Hind. : Sufed Sira
(‘ white-headed’), and Tiki Bauri (Hawk with the
tika frontal mark), 267d. (B. Ham.)
Has. Europe, Asia, and Africa: common in India.
Remark, The adult males of this bird in India have yellow irides,
and the wings and tail ash-grey. This phase we have never seen in
Europe; though represented (from an Indian specimen however) in
Gould’s ‘ Birds of Europe.’
36. Circus cyanevs (Gould’s B. £. pl. 33.)
Syn. F. cyaneus, F. pygargus, et F. hudsonius, L.
F. bohemicus, F. albicans, F. griseus, F. montanus, F. ult-
ginosus, F. albidus, F. variegatus, et F. Buffon, Gmelin.
FF. cinereus, et F. rubiginosus, It. Poseg. p. 29.
F. europygistus, Bosc, Daudin.
F. strigiceps et Circus gallinarius, Daudin.
Pygargus dispar, Koch.
Tapts, or Mish-khor (‘ Rat-eater’), of Kabul (Bur-
nes).
Has. Europe, N. Africa, N. and Middle Asia; sub-Himalayan
territories.
Remark. The American race, C. uliginosus, (Gmelin), according to
Dr. Schlegel, “se distingue, dans tous les ages, du Busard St. Martin’
(C. cyaneus) ‘d'Europe, par des tarses plus élevés. Le vieux male
a ordinairement toutes les parties inférieures, 4 partir de la poitrine,
ornées des taches nombreuses, soit orbiculaires, soit transversales, d’un
brun ferrugineux.” Sir W. Jardine, however, could not distinguish
some Bermuda specimens from C. cyaneus of Europe. Vide Contrid.
Orn. Neither does Mr. G. R. Gray regard the N. American Harrier
as distinct from C. cyaneus in his last British Museum. Catalogue of
Raptores (1848).
37. C. Swainson, A. Smith. (Gould’s B. £, pl. 34).
Syn. C. pallidus, Sykes.
C. dalmaticus, Ruppell.
330 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 4.
C. albescens, Lesson.
Falco equipar, Cuvier, M.S.
Falco cyaneus, var. A., Lesson.
F. herbacola (7), Tickell.
Dast-Mal (‘ Hand-soiler’), H.; Tid (from the voice),
’ Derajat (Burnes) ; Pandouvi (Buch. Ham.)
Has. S. E. Europe, Asia, and Africa: common in India.
Remark. This species is regarded by Dr. Schlegel as merely a local
variety of the next; but the two are about equally common in most
parts of India in the same localities, and a practised eye distinguishes
them readily in any state of plumage. In Lower Bengal, we have
found C. cinerascens to be the more abundant.
38, C. CINERASCENS (Gould’s B. £. pl. 35).
Syn. Falco cinerascens et cineraceus, Montagu.
C. Montagui, Vieillot.
Has. Europe, Asia, and Africa; all India; Ceylon. Common.
39, C. MELANOLEUCOs (Pennant’s Indian Zoology, pl. 2.)
Syn. Falco melanoleucos, Pennant.
Pahatéi, H.; Ablak Petaha (‘Pied Harrier’), Petaha,
&c. (probably from the voice), Hind. ; Thin-kya, Arakan
(Phayre). |
Has. India generally, Ceylon, Arakan, Tenasserim provinces.
Remark. The sexes of this bird are alike, and we have never seen
the young, or examples in any state of plumage but the fully adult ;
although this species is common in Lower Bengal.
Subfam. ACCIPITRINZ,
Genus AccipiTEeR, Ray.
40. A. nisus, Pallas (Pl. Enl. 467, 412; Gould’s B. £. pl. 18).
Syn. Falco nisus, L. |
F. lacteus, Gmelin.
F. nisosimilis, Tickell, J. A. S. II, 571.
A, fringillarius, Ray. ,
A. Dussumieri apud Jerdon, Madr, Journ. X, 84.
Nisus communis, Cuvier.
1850. | Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 331
N. elegans, N. fringillarum, et N. peregrinus, Brehm.
Bassun Falcon, Latham.
Basha,* female; Bashin, male; H.
Has. Europe, Asia, and N. Africa: in India numerous in the
hilly parts, rare and accidental on the alluvium of Lower Bengal.
N. B. We have not seen this species from the eastern side of the Bay
of Bengal. It is, however, an inhabitant of Japan.
Remark. The common Sparrow-hawk of N. America, Acc. fuscus,.
(Gm.), v. F. velox et pennsylvanicus, Wilson, according to Dr. Schlegel,
appears to differ only from that of Europe in being rather less robust,
and in the markings on the under-parts of the young assuming the
form of tears; and the corresponding species of S. Africa (extending
to the N. E. of that continent), Acc. rufiventris, A. Smith, v. F. exilis,
Tem., p. c. 496, et F. perspicillaris, Ruppell, according to the same
naturalist, seems to differ only from that of Europe in the lower parts
of the adult being of a reddish-ferruginous, with the markings a little
deeper-coloured and somewhat indistinct.
41. A. ntsoipEs, Blyth, J. 4. 8. XVI. 727.
Syn.? Sumatran dcc. fringillarius of the Appendix to Lady
Rafiles’s Memoir of Sir Stamford Raffles, p. 549.
Shikap Ballam (7), Sum. (Raffles).
Has. Malayan peninsula; Sumatra?
Remark. Mr. G. R. Gray is mistaken in referring this as a syno-
nyme of dcc. virgatus, if the latter be truly the Indian Bazra, as
he arranges it. We rather suspect that the present species is the true
virgatus of the Malay countries.
42. A. vincatus? (Tem. Pl. Col. 109, male; Jerdon’s Ill. Ind. Zool.
pl. 4, 29).
Syn. Falco virgatus, Temminck, apud G. R. Gray.
A. besra, Jerdon; and the female,
A. fringillarius apud Jerdon, Catal.
A. Dussumieri apud Sykes.
Nisus (nee Sparvius) minutus (7). Lesson.+
* The name Basha is however masculine.
+ Referred by Dr. Pucheran to ‘‘ Nisus soloénsis’’ in the Rev. Zool. par la Soc.
Cuv. 1850, p. 210; a species assigned by him to Sumatra on the authority of
Duvaucel, and to the Coromandel Coast and Ceylon on that of Leschenault, which
332 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 4.
F, minutus (?), L.
F*, Brissonianus (?), Shaw.
Bézra (diminutive of Baz, ‘Goshawk’), and the male,
Dharti (a ‘handful,’ or held in the hand), H.;
Vaishtapa Dyaga, Telugu (Jerdon); Ur chilli,
Tamul, Halapyk caste (Jerdon).
Has. India generally, but chiefly the hilly parts; also the
Malay countries: rare and accidental in Lower Bengal.
Genus Micronisus, G. R. Gray.
43, M. saprus (Tem. Pl. Col. 308, 336).
Syn. Falco badius, Gmelin.
F. Brownii, Shaw.
F,, Dussumieri, Tem. (nec apud Sykes’s or Jerdon’s Cata-
logues).
Accipiter dukhunensis, Sykes.
Nisus malayensis, Meyer.
Calcutta Sparrow-hawk and Chippuck Falcon, Latham.
Shikra (from Shikdrkardan, to pursue game), female ;
Chippak (or Chipkd, Jerdon, from the voice), male,
H.; Thin-kyet, Arakan (Phayre).
Has. India generally, Burmese and Malay countries ; being very
numerous throughout India and in Ceylon: not uncommon in Afghan-
istan.
Genus Astrur, Bechstein.
44. A. paLumBaRivs (Pl. Enl. 418, 423, 461 ; Gould’s B. £. pl. 17).
Syn. Falco palumbarius et F. gentilis, L.
F. gallinarius, Gmelin.
F. albescens, Boddaért.
Accipiter astur, Pallas.
Astur gallinarum, Brehm.
Baz or Bdz-Khdni, female; Jurrd, male; H. (N. B.
The Karangosh is probably a variety.)
Has. Europe and Asia, rare in N. Africa: in India confined, or
nearly so, to the Sub-Himalayas.
leads us to suspect that our No. 42 is intended. As Mr. G. R. Gray classes F.
soloénsis, Horsf. (v. F. cuculoides, Tem.), in Micronisus, it cannot well be our
No, 41, as formerly suspected.
1850. | Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 333
Remark. The N. American Goshawk, 4. atricapillus, (Wilson), v.
F. regalis, Tem. (Pl. Col. 495), is regarded by Audubon and lately by
Mr. G. R. Gray as identical with the European ; but M. M. Temminck
and Schlegel consider them distinct, and Sir W. Jardine thus points out
the differences observed by him. “The greatest difference,” he writes,
‘* between the two birds is in the marking of the breast and under-
parts, and is so distinct as to be at once perceived. In the American
species, the under-parts are of a uniform pale greyish-white, having
the tip and centre of each feather black, forming a dark streak. This
extends to those in the centre of the belly, after which it is hardly
visible ; every feather in addition is clouded with irregular bars of grey.
In the European bird, the markings are in the shape of two decided
transverse bars on each feather, with the shaft dark, but not exceeding
its own breadth,—each, as a whole, having a very different appearance.
The upper parts of the American bird are also of a blue shade, and the
markings of the head and auriculars are more decided. Wilson’s figure
is a most correct representation.” Dr. Schlegel remarks, that a third
closely affined species inhabits Japan.
45. A. TRIivirGATUS (Pl. Col. 303).
Syn. Falco trivirgatus, Reinwardt.
Astur indicus, Hodgson.
A. palumbarius apud Jerdon, Catal.
A. cristatus, G. R. Gray.
Spizaétus rufitinctus, McClelland, P. Z. S. 1839, p. 153.
Gar (‘ fort’ or mountain’) Bazrd, Manik (‘ esteemed’)
Bazrd, Koteswar (‘ fort-chieftain’), H.; Churidli (fre-
quenting peaks) Nepal.*
Has. India, Burma, and Malay countries ; being confined to the
hilly parts.
Subfam. THRASAETINA,
Genus Sp1zaETus, Vieillot.
46. Sp. NIPALENSIS.
Syn. Nisaétus nipalensis, crested variety, Hodgson, J. 4. S.
V, 229.
N. pulcher, ibid., J. A. S. XII, 305.
* There is a great similitude of plumage in the species numbered 42 and 45.
Pep
334 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 4.
Falco orientalis (?), et F. lanceolatus (?), Temminck and
Schlegel.
Has. Himalaya, and mountain ranges north of Sylhet: also
mountains of Ceylon, and probably therefore those of S. India.
47. Sp. crrratus? (Horsf. Zool. Res. in Java, pl. ).
Syn. Falco cirratus (?), Gmelin.
F. cristatellus, Temminck.
F. Lathami, Tickell.
Nisaétus pallidus, Hodgson, young.
Falco limnaétus, Horsfield. 3)
F. caligatus, Rafiles.
F.. niveus, Temminck. |
Limnaétus Horsfieldi, Vigors. e
Nisaétus nipalensis, crestless var., Hodgson, J. A. be
S: V,-229:
Lake Falcon, Baw Eagle, and probably Jerwied
Eagle, Latham. J
Shah-bdz or bdj (‘ Regal Goshawk’), and Sadal, Hind. ;
Lang Tanjbikar, Sum. (Raffles); Wura Rawa, Jav.
(Horsfield).
Has. In two varieties, India generally, Burma, and Indonesia.
Remark. The very common race of Lower Bengal (distinguished
above as a variety), occurring also in the Malay countries, and in the
sub-Himalayan region, or at least its S. E. portions, has very rarely a
developed occipital crest, but in general a mere indication of one,
though in one specimen we have seen it 3 inches long. This race also be-
comes wholly of a sooty-black with age,* save on the base of the remiges
underneath, and the tail underneath except towards its tip. The other
race, diffused from the sub-Himalayas all over Hindustan, S. India,
and Ceylon, has constantly (so far as we have seen) a well developed
occipital crest, sometimes attaining to 53 in. long, and does not appear
ever to assume the wholly black plumage, the young also differing in
colour from the young of the preceding variety. Nevertheless, after
extensive comparison of specimens, we cannot venture to recognise
* Analogous to Archibuteo lagopus and A. sancti Johannis, though rarely so in
the former of these two species (if different, as M. Schlegel contends); also to
Astur melanoleucos of S. Africa.
1850. | _ Conspectus of the Ormthology of India. 335
these races as specifically distinct. We are unaware that this bird
ever exhibits a lengthened crest in the Malay countries.
48. SP. ALBONIGER.
Syn. Misaétus alboniger, Blyth, J. A. S. XIV, 173.
Has. Malayan peninsula (Penang, Malacca).
Remark. Mr. G. R. Gray places this as a variety of the preceding
species, to which we cannot give our assent ; unless indeed it be consi-
dered asa third and very strongly marked Malayan variety, found
together with the Bengal variety, and representing the crested race of
peninsular India. It is more probably a distinct species, though un-
doubtedly very closely affined to the preceding one.
49, Sp. KiENERI.
Syn. Astur Kieneri, de Sparre.
Spizaétus albogularis, Tickell, Blyth, J. 4. 8. XI, 456.
Has. Himalaya; C. India.
Subfam. AQUILINZ.
Genus EutroLMAEtus, Blyth.
50. Ev. Bonetiu (Pl. Col. 288; Gould’s B. EL. pl. 7; Jerdon’s
Ill, Ind. Orn, pl. 1).
Syn. Falco Bonelliit, Temminck.
F. ducalis, Lichtenstein.
Aquila intermedia, Bonelli.
Aq. bifasciata, Vieillot, Ene. Method. p. 1192 (apud
G. R. Gray).
Nisaétus grandis, Hodgson, J. A. 8S. V, 230.
N. niveus apud Jerdon, Catal.
Genoése Eagle, Latham.
Moranga, or Morangi (‘Slayer of Pea-fowl’), Hind. ;
Talwa, Telugu; Rajali, Tamul (Jerdon).
Has. S.,of Europe and Asia; N. Africa: replaced in 8. Africa
by the affined Hu. bellicosus, (Daudin), v. Falco armiger, Shaw. In
India and Ceylon, confined to the hilly parts, where far from rare.
*
Genus Aquita, Meyer.
51. Aa. curysartos (Pl. Eni. 409, 410, Gould’s B. E. pl. 6).
Syn. Falco chrysaétos, F. fuluus, F. melanietos, et F. canaden-
sis, L.
F. niger, et F. americanus, Gmelin.
336 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 4.
F. melanonotus, Latham.
F. regalis, Temminck Man. @ Orn. (1815), p. 10 (nec Pl.
Col. 495), apud G. R. Gray.
Aquila nobilis, Pallas.
Aq. regia, Lesson.
Aq. melanietus, Brehm.
Dapheni, K. Himalaya (Hodgson).
Has. Mountainous regions of the northern temperate zone,
including the Himalaya. :
52. Aq@. MOGILNIK (Sav. Descr. de Egypte, Hist. Nat. I, t. 12;
Gould’s B. £. pl. 5).
Syn. Falco mogilnik, Gmelin.
F. ferox, and Brown-backed Eagle, Latham.
F’. imperialis, Temminck.
Aquila heliaca, Savigny.
Aq. bifasciata, Gray.
Aq. nipalensis, Hodgson, As. Res. XVIII, pt. I, 13, pl. 1.
Aq. chrysaétos apud Meyer, et Jerdon, Catal.
Jumiz, or Jumbiz, H.; Frds, Beng.; Won-lo, Arakan.
Has. Hill regions of 8. E. Europe, Asia, and N. Africa.
53. Aq. N&2viorpEs (Hardwicke, I/l. Ind. Zool.)
Syn. Falco nevioides, et F. senegallus, Cuvier.
Ff. rapax, Temminck.
F. obsoletus, Lichtenstein (nec Gmelin).
F. choka, A. Smith.
F. albicans, Ruppell.
Aq. fulvescens, Aq. fulva, et Aq. punctata, Gray.
Aq. vindhiana, Franklin.
Aq. imperialis apud Lesson, Traité, p. 97.
Wokhab, also Jimach (vide J. A. S. XV, 8), H.
Has. Plains chiefly of India and Africa generally; but not
found on the alluvium of Lower Bengal. This smal] Eagle is remarka-
ble for its habit of preying on the true Falcons!
54. Aq. nmvia (Savigny, Descr. de? Egypte, Hist. Nat., Ois., t. 1,
et t. 2, f. 1; Gould’s B. L,, pl. 8).
Syn. Falco nevius, F. maculatus, et F. undulatus, Gmelin.
Aq. melanaétos, Savigny.
1850. ] Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 337
Aq. clanga, Pallas.
Aq. bifasciata, Hornsch.
Aq. pomarina, Brehm.
Aq. planga et Spizaétus fuscus, Vieillot.
Spotted Eagle, and Brown-backed Eagle, var. A, Latham.
Kiljanga, Bakayari, Jiyadha (B. Ham.)
Has. East of Europe, Asia, and N. Africa. Common in the
Bengal Sundarbans, and found likewise in Central and S. India.
55. AQ. HASTATA.
Syn. Morphnus hastatus, Lesson.
Spizaétus punctatus, Jerdon.
Limnaétus unicolor apud Blyth, J. 4. S. XII, 128.
Jiyadha, and Guti-mdr (‘ cocoon-destroyer’), H.
Has. Common in the Bengal Sundarbuns, and found likewise
in Upper Bengal, aud in Central and S. India.
Remark. This and the preceding three species vary greatly in
plumage. No. 53 is in structure a miniature of No. 52; No. 54 is larger
than No. 53, but less robust; and the present species, with about the
same linear dimensions as No. 54, is again of more feeble conformation.
A practised eye readily distinguishes either in any phase of colouring.
Genus Ictinartus, Jerdon (nec Kaup).
56. I. mauaiensis (Tem. Pl. Col. 117).
Syn. Falco malaiensis, Reinwardt.
Aquila et Heteropus et Neopus perniger, Hodgson.
Nisaétus ? ? ovivorus, Jerdon.
Black Eagle, Jerdon, Catal., and Supp.
Has. 8. E. Himalaya; Nilgiris ; Malay countries.
Genus Hirrartvus, Kaup.
57. H. pennatus (Tem. Pl. Col. 33; Gould’s B. £. pl. 9).
Syn. Falco pennatus, Gmelin.
F. lagopus, Bengal variety, Latham.
Aquila minuta, Brehm.
Spizaétus milvoides, Jerdon.
Butaquila strophiata, Hodgson (vide Cale. Journ. N. H.
VIII, 95).
Has. E. Europe, Asia, Africa; India generally ; Ceylon.
338 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 4.
Remark. Prof. Schlegel mentions this bird as of very rare occur-
rence in Europe and Africa, and that he did not know its proper habi-
tat. It appears to be far from rare throughout India; and the So-
ciety’s Museum contains a fine series of specimens from the vicinity
of Calcutta. |
Genus ARCHIBUTEO, Brehm.
58. A. HemIpTiLopus, Blyth, J. 4. S. XV, 1.
Syn. A. cryptogenys, Hodgson, Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. VIII,
89, and pl. 5, f. 1.
Has. Sikim; Tibet.
Genns Buteo, Cuvier.
59. B. aquitinus, Hodgson, Blyth, J. 4. S. XIV, 176 (March,
1845).
Syn. B. leucocephalus, Hodgson, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 37 (April).
Falco asiaticus (?), Latham, Index. Orn. p. 14.
F. hemilasius (?), Temminck and Schlegel.
B. strophiatus, Hodgson, apud Kaup and G. R. Gray.
Has. Nepal (G. R. Gray) ; Tibet ; China? Japan?
60. B. ptumipxs, Hodgson, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 37.
Syn. Circus plumipes, Hodgson, Beng. Sp. Mag. 1836, p. 182;
J. A. S. XV, 2.
Has. Nepal; Tibet.
61. B. nurinus (Ruppell, Zool. Atlas, t. 27).
Syn. Circus rufinus, Ruppell (apud G. R. Gray).
C. et Buteo pectoralis, Vieillot, var. ?
B. canescens, Hodgson.
B. longipes, Jerdon.
Nasal Falcon, Latham.
Chuhé Mar (‘ Rat-killer’), H.
Has. India generally ; plains and lower hills. In Lower Ben-
gal, found only above the tideway of the river: also N. Africa.
62. B. vutearis, Bechstein (Jerdon’s Ill. Ind. Orn. pl. 27).
Syn. Falco buteo, L.
F. glaucopis, Merrem.
F. variegatus, versicolor, cinereus, et obsoletus, Gmelin.
1850. ] Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 339
fF. pojana, Savi.
. albus, Daudin.
. mutans et fasciatus, Vieillot.
. septentrionalis, medius, et murum, Brehm.
. communis, Cuvier.
. Swainsonit, Pr. Bonap.
. montanus, Ruppell.
Bobb eb &
. rufiventer, Jerdon.
Has. Northern hemisphere ; rare and to the northward only in
America. The loftier hills only in India.
Remark. We doubt if this can in all cases be satisfactorily distin-
guished from the preceding species, and certainly not some European
specimens from some Himalayan or Nilgiri examples.
63. B. pyemazus, Blyth, J. 4. S. XIV, 177.
Syn.? Astur barbatus, Eyton, from Malacca (referred by Mr.
G. R. Gray to the Japanese Falco or Poliornis pyrrhogenys,
Temminck and Schlegel).
Has. Tenasserim provinces ; Malayan peninsula?
Remark. This is a true long-winged Buteo, though resembling
Poliornis in some respects; and Mr. Eyton’s description sufficiently
well applies to it, allowing for some variation of plumage from the
Society’s specimen. The admeasurements in particular correspond.
Genus Potiornis, Kaup.
64. P. tresa (Hardwicke’s Ill. Ind. Zool).
Syn. Circus teesa, Franklin.
Astur hyder, Sykes.
Zuggun Falcon, Latham.
P. fasciatus (?), A. Hay, Madr. Journ, XIII, 146.
Tisa (or Teesa, from the voice), H.
Has. Plains of India, where very abundant: never met with on
the mud-soil of Lower Bengal, though appearing immediately this is
quitted in a westerly direction: Tenasserim provinces ; Malayan penin-
sula?
Remark. Specimens from Tenasserim and from S. India having
large whitish supercilia appear to agree with Lord A. Hay’s description
of his P. fasciatus from Malacca; and the Astur barbatus, Eyton,
from Malacca, referred to the Japanese P. (?) pyrrhogenys by Mr.
340 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 4.
G. R. Gray, we have already dubiously assigned to No. 63. The pre-
sent genus, on mature consideration, we have placed next to Buteo, the
lengthened cere separating it from the ACCIPITRIN& among which it
is included by Mr. G. R, Gray and others, following Col. Sykes.
Major Franklin referred it to Circus, and Prof. Kavp regards it as
subordinate to Crrcéetus.
Subfam. HALIAETINA.
Genus Panpion, Savigny.
65. P. nauiaretus (Gould’s B. £. pl. 12).
Syn. Falco haliaétus, L.
F. carolinensis, F. cayanensis, et . arundinaceus, Gmelin,
F. piscator, Brisson.
Aquila piscatria, Vieillot.
Aq. balbuzardus, Dumeril.
P. fluvialis, Savigny.
P. americanus, Vieillot.
P. alticeps et P. planiceps, Brehm.
P. indicus, Hodgson.
P. icthydetus, Kaup (apud G. R. Gray).
Bengal Osprey, Latham.
Mitch-Morol (‘ Fish Tyrant’), and Bulla, B.; Mu-
cherera, H. (Jerdon); also Mdtch-mdngd, H.:
Won-let, Arakan (Phayre).
Has. Of general distribution; the Australian race (P. leuco-
cephalus, Gould, which according to M. Schlegel is found also in Japan
and in the eastern Archipelago), alone slightly differing. Common
throughout India, in all suitable localities.
Remark. 'The Osprey is a very peculiar form among the Falconide,
and wants the projecting super-orbital bone which is so characteristic
of (we believe) all the rest. ‘The next genus approximates Pandion in
the adaptation of structure for piscivorous habits, but is nevertheless
very distinct, and much more nearly affined to true Haliiéetus.
Genus Pontoa:tus, Kaup.
66. P. rcrayautus (Horsf., Zool. Res. in Java, pl. ).
Syn. Falco icthyaétus, Horsfield.
Haliaétus plumbeus, Hodgson.
5 ee ie) FG Be ah ae
1850. | Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 341
Icthyaétus bicolor, G. R. Gray.
Pandion lineatus (7), Jerdon, young.
Miétch-morol (‘Fish Tyrant’), Beng. ; Madhuya,
H. (B. Ham.) ; Jokomaru, Java (Horsfield).
Has. India and Malay countries: common in Lower Bengal. —
67. P. wumiuis (Tem. and Miller, Ois. t. 6).
Syn. Falco (Pandion) humilis, Miller.
Icthyaétus nanus, Blyth, J. 4. S. XI, 202, et XII, 304.
Has. Malayan peninsula; Sumatra.
Genus Biaerus, Blyth.
68. B. LEucoGAsTER (PI. Col. 49; Gould’s B. Austr. Vol. 1, pl. 3).
Syn. Falco leucogaster, Gmelin.
F. blagrus, Daudin.
F. dimidiatus, Raffles.
F, albicilla, var., Latham.
Icthyaétus cultrunguis, Blyth, the semi-adult.
Haliaétus sphenurus, Gould, the young.
Kampi-mar Eagle, the semi-adult; and Maritime Eagle,
the adult; Latham.
Tampa-mdr (‘Snake-killer’), Orissa; Kohdsd, H.
(Jerdon) ; Langlaut, Sum. (Raffles).
Haz. India; Africa(?); the Malay countries; and Australia.
Tolerably common in Lower Bengal.
Genus Hauiae'tvs, Savigny.
69. H. Macer (Tem. Pl. Col. 8).
Syn. Falco Macii, Temminck.
H, albicilla apud Vigors and Horsfield ¢
HI. ossifragus (?) apud Rafiles.
HT, fulvigaster, Vieillot.
H, albipes, Hodgson.
#1, unicolor, Gray, the young (Hardw. Ill. Ind. Zool.)
Miatchérdng, Mdtch-manggar, Korol, or Mdtch-korol
(‘Fish Eagle’), and Bala, Beng. ; Kokna, or Oogoos
(Tickell) ; Lang-laut ? (Sum.) Raffles.
Has. Northern India generally ; abundant in Lower Bengal ;
Malay countries ¢
ay,
342 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India.
Genus Hattastur, Selby.
70. H. 1npus (Pl. Enl. 416).
Syn. Falco indus, Boddaért.
F. ponticerianus, Gmelin.
Haliaétus girrenara, Vieillot.
HI. garruda, Lesson.
Milvus rotundicaudatus, Hodgson, young.
Shankar Chil (‘Shiva’s kite), Dhobia Chil (‘ Washer-
man’s Kite’), and Ruh-mubdrik (‘lucky-faced,’ 1. e.
propitious), Hind. ; Khemankari, Sanskrita ; Rutta
Ookab, Sindh (Burnes), also Pilyo; Tswongoung
phyoo, Arakan (Phayre); Lang bondal, Sum.
(Raffles) ; Ulang, Java (Horsfield).
Has. India and Malay countries; extremely common; replaced
by a nearly affined species in Australia.
Genus Mitvus, Cuvier.
71. M. covinpna, Sykes.
Syn. M. cheele, Jerdon.
M. melanotis, Temminck.
Haliaétus lineatus (?), Gray, Hard. Ill. Ind. Zool.
Chil (from the voice), or Pariah Chil, H.; Tswon-
bop, Arakan (Phayre).
Has. 8. E. Asia and its islands; extremely common. In Lower
Bengal it disappears during the rainy season.
Remark. The dark-plumaged Kites (Hydroictinia, Kaup,) are
widely diffused over the Old World and Australia, and among them
the African, M. egyptius, (Falco egyptius et F. Forskalli, Gm., and
F. parasitus, Daudin,) is well characterized by its yellow beak and
some other differences; but we are not aware in what the Australian
(M. affinis, Gould), and that of Europe and “temperate Asia”
(Schlegel,— _M. niger, Brisson), differ from that so abundant over all
S. E. Asia. Mr. Strickland refers the Indian bird to M. niger (of
which the synonymes cited by Mr. G. R. Gray are F. ater, Gmelin,
F. migrans, Boddaert, F. fusco-ater, Meyer, F. cinereo-ferrugineus,
Forster, Accipiter milvus, Pallas, and M. fuscus, Brehm.) We have
provisionally followed Mr. Gray and Prof. Kaup in regarding the
Indian Kite as distinct from M. niger, but greatly suspect that the
separation will be found premature, when more extensive series of spe-
cimens from the two regions shall have been carefully compared.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ASTATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL
For Aprit, 1850.
The usual monthly meeting of the Asiatic Society was held at the
Museum, on Wednesday, the 3rd April, at half past 8 p. m.
The Hon’ble Sir J. W. Cotvite, President, in the chair.
The Proceedings of the former meeting having been read and con-
firmed, the Secretary stated that Dr. J. McClelland and Capt. Bazeley
had intimated their wish to withdraw from the Society.
The following gentlemen, having been regularly proposed and seconded
at the March meeting, were balloted for and elected ordinary members
of the Society :—
A.J. M. Mills, Esq., B. C. 8.
D. T. Morton, Esq., Madras, M. S.
. Hon ble Capt. R. B. Byng.
_C.T. Watkins, Esq.
Rev. W. Kay, Bishop’s College.
Read letters—
From H. V. Bailey, Esq., Offg. Under Secretary to the Government
~ of Bengal, presenting for the use of the Museum of Economic Geology,
a geological Map of the Monghyr district.
From J. Thornton, Esq., Secretary to the Government of the North
‘Western Provinces, forwarding copy of a letter from Lieut. R. Strachey,
‘Bengal Engineers, informing the Society and the public of the nature
and extent of his late scientific researches in Kumaoon. (Published in
the Journal No. I. of 1850).
From F. J. Mouat, Esq., Secretary to the Sub-Committee of Ma-
chinery of the General Committee of Industry and Arts, requesting
information regarding Miss Tytler’s Models.
344 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4.
From Sir Henry Elliot, forwarding a Notice of the 4th volume of
Tabary’s History, by Dr. A. Sprenger. (Published in the last No. of
the Journal).
From James Hume, Esq., Honorary Secretary of the Agri-Horti-
cultural Society of India, transferring some samples of ore forwarded
by Capt. J. C. Brooke, Commandant of the Mewar Bheel Corps, from
a place called Jaéwar, lying midway between Kherwara and Udypur,
together with a note from Dr. Dodd, Assay Master, who states the
metal obtained from the ore to be zinc.
From Capt. Newbold, enclosing a paper by Hekekeyan Bey, on the
Lead mines of Kohil et Terifel in Egypt.
From Major Wylie, Officiating Secretary to the Government of India,
Military Department, transmitting three sheets of the Indian Atlas,
received from the Hon’ble Court of Directors.
From Capt. Thomas Hutton, respecting certain Zoological specimens
stated to be his property, and which he desires to be kept in deposit
for him.
From Dr. E. Roer, Secretary to the Oriental Section, recommending
on the part of the Section, the gradual publication of certain Oriental
works in the Bibliotheca Indica. Referred to the Section for further
consideration.
From Mr. H. Piddington, apologizing for his absence on account of
illness, and forwarding an examination of a new Mineral, CaLDERITE.
The Librarian having submitted his report, the meeting adjourned.
Read and approved at the meeting of the Ist May, 1850.
We.LsBy Jackson, Vice-President.
RAJENDRALAL Mittra, Assistant Secy.
LIBRARY.
The following books have been received since the last meeting.
PRESENTED.
Tazkerat-ul-kamelin, or Biography of eminent persons. By Ramachandra.
Delhi, 1849. 8vo. (Lithograph)—PresENTED By Sir Henry M. Exuior,
Kt.
Masbah-ut-talabin or an Index to the Historians of Mahomedan India.
Simlah 1849. 12mo. (Lithograph).—By THE SAME.
Miftah-ut-tawarikh, or the Key to History, being a Collection of the most
valuable Chronograms in the Persian language. Edited by J. W. Beale.
Agra 1849, 4to.—By THE SAME.
ee ee es iit a
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 345
Nouvelles Recherches sur l’Apparition et la Dispersion des Bohémiens en
Europe, par Paul Battaillord. Paris, 1849. 8vo. (Pamphlet)—By THE
AUTHOR.
Harivaisa, ou Histoire de la famille de Hari, traduit sur la original San-
skrit, par M. A. Langlois. 2nd Livraison. Paris, 1836. 4to.—By Rev. J.
WENGER.
Journal of the Indian Archepelago. Vol. IV. No. I1.—By tue Epitor.
Two copies of the same.—By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.
Upadeshaka, No. 40.—By tue Epiror.
The Calcutta Christian Observer, for April 1850.—By THE Epirors.
The Oriental Baptist, No 40.—By THE Epriror.
Trignometrical Survey Maps, Nos. 69, 70, 89.—By tur Govt. or Inpta,
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,
for the month of February 1850.—By THe Deputy Surveyor GENERAL.
Amherst as a Sanatarium. By E. Ryley, Esq. Calcutta, 1850, (Pamphlet).
—By THE AUTHOR.
Tattwabodhini Patrika, No. 75.—By Tue TATTWABODHINY SABHA’.
EXCHANGED.
Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, Vol. VII.
Part I.
PURCHASED.
The Edinburgh Review. No. 183.
The North British Review. No. 23.
Journal des Savants. For Nov. 1849.
Comptes Rendus. Nos. 19 @ 24.
546 | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4.
For May, 1850.
The usual monthly meeting of the Asiatic Society was held on the
Ist of May, 1850.
We.LBy JACKSON, Esq., Vice-President, in the chair.
The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
Communications were read—
From C. W. Montrou, Esq., Superintendent of the Observatory at
Colaba, forwarding a copy of the Magnetical and Meteorological Obser-
vations made at that Observatory during the year 1846.
From H. V. Bailey, Esq., Officiating Under Secretary to the Go-
vernment of Bengal, enclosing copy of a letter addressed to the Military
Board, respecting the repairs of the Adinah Masjid.
From C. Gubbins, Esq., C. S., transmitting 12 old copper coins, found
in the district of Meerut.
From the Librarian, Babu Rajendralal Mittra, submitting the sub-
joined note respecting the coins presented by Mr. Gubbins.
The analogoes of these coins have been figured by Mr. Thomas, in his
Patan Coins of India, figs. 167-8, with which the present specimens agree in
rudeness of execution, and in their general appearance. They belong to the
period of Sekundar Shah Behlol, who succeeded to the throne of Delhi on
the death of his father Behloli Lodi, in 894 A. H., A.C. 1488. The die with
which they have been struck having been larger than the coins themselves,
it is difficult to decypher the legend, but the comparison of several speci-
mens leaves no doubt on the subject. The coins are of different mintage and
dates, and vary in weight from 142 to 148 grains—a difference easily account-
able in copper coins nearly four hundred years old. On the obverse, in Mr.
Thomas’s specimens, the phrase psdow 2 yas? follows the word wlblw, but
no trace of it can be found on the specimens under examination.
Obverse.
PtV, 96 1,918,9°M (date) wlbbe sla gles Ld oiSio Erol WSgiel;
919 (or) Sta,
Reverse.
aisdls cuoold yddo > 944] yao! Gy} os?
From Dr. E. Roer, Secretary to the Oriental Section, recommending
on the part of the Section, that an English translation of the Ch’han-
dogya Upanishad submitted by Babu Rajendralal Mittra, be printed
in the Bibliotheca Indica.
The Oriental Section having neglected to record their opinion on the
subject, ordered—that it be referred to the Section for their opinion.
A copy of Dr. Hooker’s Rhododendrons of Sikkim-Himalaya was pre-
sented by the Hon’ble the President, on behalf of the author, for which
the thanks of the Society were voted.
Read a letter from Dr. O’Shaughnessy, dated the 15th of April, send-
ing his resignation of the office of Secretary to the Society.
To the Hon’ble Sir JamMES COLVILE.
President to the Asiatic Society.
Hon’sie Srr,—Additional duties having devolved upon me in the Mint,
and atrial Electric Telegraph having been ordered —the Construction of which
1850.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 347
I have to Superintend ; it becomes impracticable for me to continue in charge
of the Office of Secretary to the Asiatic Society.
I have therefore to request that you will communicate my resignation to
the Council and the Society at large.
In the interval between this and the next meeting I will make every
arrangement for clearing off any arrears of business and correspondence, so
as to facilitate the duties of my successor, to whom it will afford me great
pleasure to give every assistance in my power on his taking charge of the
Office.
I have the honor to remain,
. Your obedient servant,
W. B. O’SHaucunessy, V. P. and Secy. As. Soc.
Calcutta Mint, 15th April, 1850.
It was unanimously resolved, that this meeting, while it receives
_ with regret the resignation of Dr. O’Shaughnessy, desires to express
its grateful sense of the valuable services which, as senior Secretary, he
has so long rendered to the Asiatic Society of Bengal; and that the
Secretary communicate the sentiments of the Society as above expressed
to the late Secretary ; and that it be published in the Journal.
Read a report of the Council of the Society, recommending the .
appointment of Capt. F. C. C. Hayes to succeed Dr. O’Shaughnessy
as Secretary : the report is as follows :
At a meeting of the Council held on the 19th of April, 1850.
Present.
Tur Hon’sue Sir James Cotvite, President.
W. 3B. Jackson, Ese. Vice-President.
_W. Seton Karr, Ese. }
S. G. T. Heatry, Esa. |
R. W. G. Friru, Esa. >Members.
Bdésu RaMGOPAL GHOSE. |
C. Beapon, Esa. D)
The President stated that since the circulation of Dr. O’Shaugh-
nessy’s letter of the 15th of April, 1850, he had ascertained that
Capt. Fletcher Hayes was willing to be put in nomination for the office
of Secretary. Wherefore it was resolved unanimously
That Capt. Fletcher Hayes be proposed by the Council to the next
general meeting of the Society for election as Joint Secretary of the
Asiatic Society of Bengal in the room of W. B. O’Shaughnessy, Esq.,
M. D., resigned.
The meeting unanimously approved of the nomination of the Council.
Confirmed, 3rd June, 1850, J. W. Cotvine, President.
Fiercuer Hayes, Secretary.
LIBRARY.
The following books have been received since the last meeting.
PRESENTED.
The Rhododendrons of Sikkim-Himalaya, being an account, Botanical and
Geographical, of the Rhododendrons recently discovered in the mountains of
Eastern Himalaya, from drawings and descriptions made on the spot, during
a Government Botanical Mission to that country ; by Joseph Dalton Hooker,
348 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
R. N. Edited by Sir J. W. Hooker, K. H—Presentep ny THE AUTHOR,
THROUGH FHLon’BLE Sir J. W. Couvi Le.
Notes of a tour in the Plains of India, the Himalaya, and Borneo; being
extracts from private letters of Dr. J. D. Hooker. Part II. Caleutta to Dar-
jiling. London 1849, 8vo.—By THE SAME.
Observations made at the Magnetical and Meteorological Observatory at
Bombay; in the year 1846. Printed under the superintendence of A. B,
Orlebar, Esq. Bombay 1849. 4to.—By Tue GovERNMENT oF BomBay.
An Historical Account of the Royal Hospital at Greenwich. London 1789.
4to.—By Babu Ra’sENDRALA’L Mitra. .
A short Life of the Apostle Paul, in Sanskrit verse. Calcutta 1850. 13mo.
(2 copies).—By J. Murr, Esq., C. 8.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,
for the month of March 1850.—By tHe Deputy Surveyor GENERAL.
Tattwabodhini Patrika, No. 81.—By ruse TarrwaBoDHINI’ SABHA’.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago for March 1850.—By tHe Eprror.
Two copies of the same.—By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.
The Oriental Christian Spectator, for February 1850.—By tue Epiror.
PURCHASED.
Journal des Savants for December 1849.
The North British Review, No. 24.
Annals and Magazine of Nat. History for February, 1850.
Comptes Rendus. Tome XXIX. Nos. 25-7.
To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society.
S1r,—I have the honour to present the following report of donations
made to the Zoological Department of the Society’s Museum during the
months of March and April.
1. From Dr. Kelaart, Staff Asst. Surgeon, Newera Elia. A small col-
lection of birds’ skins from that locality, comprising several undescribed
species.
MD. Lt. James, N. I. Sellections from a collection of skins of Mammalia
and Birds, made in Kunawar, Kashmir, and Tibet.
3. Babu Rajendra Mallika. Specimens of Lemur niger, Geoffroy, and
Gazella subgutiurosa, female ; also carcass of a female Nilgai.
4. Mr. Moxon, of the Pilot Service. Some fine examples of Larus
icthydetus, Pallas, and skeleton of this bird and of Onichoprion anasthetus.
5. Mr. W. Driver. Carcass of an adult female Hylobates hoolock.
6. Mr. G. K. Rode. Caterpiller of an Acherontia.
7- Mr. Muller. 3 species of Ophidia, from Darjeling.
8. Capt. Sherwill. A few shells from the vicinity of Rajmahal.
9. Capt. Thos. Brodie. Skin with horns of apparently a large female of
the animal described by Mr. Hodgson in No. XXXVII. (N. S.) of the
Society’s Journal, by the name Budorcas tazxicolor, N.B. Various skins
of this species have at various times been presented to the Society, by Major
Jenkins, and Capt. E. L. Smith of Sadiya; but only one, a female, in a fit
condition to be set up, which has been mounted. I had postponed descri-
bing it until I could obtain a perfect skull; and may here remark that I be-
lieve its affinities to be strictly Caprine, with little relation either to the
Bovine group or to the Gnoos (Catoblepas), notwithstanding the very re-
markable form of the horns.
I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your obedient servant,
KE. Buytu.
a
eo” sale, ee ee 4 ii sk as 2
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY.
Noe: Vs —1850.
ND PLL DD PAD LLLLIPIDVUODPUPIF PIL WVIVPF LEVIS LI
A Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storia in the Indian and China
Seas, being the Cyclones of the Sin Howarp Dovetas and of H. M.
Brig Jumna in the Southern Indian Ocean. January to April, 1848.
By Henry Pippineton, President of Marine Courts.
_ The Cyclones forming the subject of this Memoir are of special
terest, as they occurred in the Storm Tract to which I have so often
drawn the attention of navigators in the Eastern Seas, and the docu-
ments collected afford us good and tolerable data for the tracks, For
the documents of the Sir Howard Douglas’ Cyclone, I am principally
indebted to Capt. Twynham, P. and O. Steam Navigation Company’s
Agent at Point DeGalle, and to J. Stuart, Esq., of Bombay. But on
the other hand it should be stated that though subsequent to the
Jumna@s Cyclone there were at one time eighteen dismasted or cargo-
damaged ships lying in the harbour of Port Louis, in the Mauritius, a
Captain of one of them who was most zealously desirous of obtaining in-
formation for me and applied personally to every one of the Masters,
could only obtain one or two Logs! and this is to be the more regretted
as this Cyclone it will be seen throws a new light on the science, and is
moreover peculiarly instructive for that dangerous tract of the ocean.
PART I.
Tue Sir Howarp Doveuas’ CycLone.
Extract from the Log of the BARnque IsaBpeuua Buiytu from Calcutta
towards London.—From Capt. H. P. Bayuis, Ship time.
Thursday, 13th January, 1848.—Noon. The N. W. monsoon experienced the
last few days getting very light and variable, as though we should soon lose it.
Bar, 29.92; Simp. 29.75; at which they have stood for some days.
Noon.
Lats 44 dt veccesaden 8° 4 south,
Long. by Chron..... 89°07’ E.
Do. Lunars...... #1) 89P:08',
No. XLI.—New Series. 2 Zz
350 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 5.
Friday, 14th January, 1848.—First part light N. W., breeze, shifting sud-
denly at 5.30 p. M, to east and soon after E. S. E. leading us to hope we had
the S. E. trade.
Midnight moderate at east becoming however light and variable. A heavy
swell from the westward.
Bar. Simp. Ther.
SD Pik, (\ahom oy ote 9 Sek 29.76 So.
INCOM //2cctevasaee.e 429288 29.75 84.
Noon.
PatitUdes. © 6 /ats.e. om, 6 5.0ne go 22’ 8.
Long. by Chron, .,.. 88° 39’ E.
. Do. Lunars,® sasciscctd) O82. 40%
Course and Dist. S 20 W. 84 miles.
Saturday, 15th January, 1848.—First part light baffling airs with gloomy
showery weather settling down about 8 p. M. into the S. E. trade,
A very confused heavy swell from the west meeting a lesser swell from the east-
ward causing the ship to be very uneasy. Should think it must have been blow=
ing hard somewhere to the westward.
Bar. Simp. Ther,
Bap l anil s.otd tee ZOMG 29.80 82
INOONg; oa, '% semnhanh tase t 29.81 823
Noon.
Latitude,.,...... 10° 59’ South,
Longitude, ...... 87° 25’ Bast.
Course and Dist. made 8, 37 W, 121 miles.
Experienced a current these 24 hours of 37 miles setting 8S. 79 W.
On tbe 16th, weather still unsettled and in 12° 38’ S.; and 85° 25’ east ;
with a heavy N. W. swell] throughout.
In his letter to me Capt. Baylis says, ‘‘ from the 13th to the 17th January,
1848, a hurricane or severe gale must have been at no very great distance from
me as is proved by the circumstance of the Sir Henry Pottinger cutting away
her foremast in a hurricane on the 14th January in Lat. 99° S; Long. 83° 0’
East. I being on the same day in Lat, 9° 22’S.; Long. 88° 39’ east; distant
from him S, 86° east; 339 miles.”’
Captain Baylis wrote from London to Liverpool to obtain the Log of this
ship and the John Bull* but had no reply from either of the commanders !
Ship WeutEsury, Capt. Arrow, from Calcutta to England.
Copy of Capt. Arrow’s Private Log.
On 10th January, 1848, in 6° 26’ S.; Long. 87° 12’ E.; Bar. 29.96; Simp.
29.36; Ther. 81°. A long swell from west and westerly breeze.
11th January.—From 10th, Course S. 239 E, 134’; Lat. 8° 29’ S.; Long.
88° 14’ E,; Bar. 29.94; Simp. 29.30; Ther. 83°. Squally fresh breeze S. W.
and fine with a heavy head sea.
* JT have obtained no account of what occurred -to them.
dol
Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.
1850.]
eS a Se ee ee ee ee 2 eee
VP'6S | 86°6S
0£°6C| 98°6%
9€°6E | G6'6Z ‘HW 'V 6
Or'6% | £6°6%
06°66] 0866 ‘Nd €
86'6% | F8°6% “N 'V 6
0@°6G | FL1'6%
0Z°6% | OL1'6% ‘Nd €
FL'66 | 89'6%°N “d €
O€°6% | G8'6% °W 'V 6
‘dung "1eq
ol 8|-FO'oB8-Sh' 091! PIS “AA 029 °S sa
"eas Sulmoyjoy AAvay pue Apnojo pu 9zae1q Suoss A]1937%]
: SIaMmOYs Suissed TIAA YS!) wed OT ppIyAL *sjaar []'e yo fapeay ay Jo =
souvivedde Assad yytAd “YT *g @) ozoa1q Ysa Apeoys wed ysugq = |Y7SE N
*]/@ 1940 JayVM YONM Surye) pue yonwu ynoqe Surysouy
diyg ‘Sasinod Jo sjaei pug Jno auy pue azaciq “Wy ‘g oyeJapow
layeT “vas YSiy pue ures pue sjyenbs yim sou ye Yysay Surmojq
a[pplul ‘sasinod jo sjaat pue sjaal puz uy ‘aoueteedde Ayup
(iim Suiseaiour ‘WwW *d g fsiamoys Suissed pue vas ySiy ys
‘I *S @ azaeiq Apvays ‘sasinod jo sjaar pug yno yred 4ysug
a
028/0G' 0 $8),90'0ST, ,OGT “MA oL8 °S
"YIPL
ee cy ess | es
"[les OWOS ape pu’ AA °S ‘*G @ dn as0g
‘uy ‘Gq @) se1apout Aj1ayeT *0) aAOY pure jiesdo} urew payael
3qal} nq [Te pasloy “YN “| @ ayes paey e@ Surmojq yySiu
-PlfT ‘"[lesa1oy payaar jos Jayem yonu surddiys ‘eas Sut moy[o}
pue pasnjuoo Aavay YA “YN @) Sulmeip ‘Ww ‘d P UleI 4URIS
-u0d pue uo vas peay Aavoy YIM ‘AA *N @) 9/83 Yysouy SILT
‘layeam peq 10} suoneiedaid Suryew
ol8],SS oL8,%P oO) ,FEL°M oF *S |‘urer Aavay panuyuod pue soueieadde print Aaray AA “S pur
‘WZ '°d dq |S woz yIoq vas ssord AAvoy A19A YIM * AA “N @) 9]BS Ysalf 03
Sursevasour Ajiayyey ‘daap Suryoyid diys *g woy vos ysiy pue’ A
pajyjesan pue Ajjenbs Aaa "AQ ‘Gg @) syred a[ppruz pue 4si1 J
0€8)|,9LoL8),ZP o@l}] OSL “MA 00% ‘S
“YIEL
——
"YISL
ones oe
‘oy| SuoT | yeT | ys1q pue asinog
"SPS ‘huonune ‘hajsazje MM
352 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 5.
Memorandum on Capt, ARRow’s Diagram Chart.
Breeze commenced at S. W. on the 10th and on 11th, at noon was strong and
squally at S. W. with head sea, Bar. 29.90; we must have entered into the
storm on its N. W. quadrant; Steering south we gradually fell behind it;
weather getting worse; and at noon on 12th we were immediately behind it
with fresh gale at N. N. W.; and heavy cross sea at S. W. marking where it had
passed before: Bar. 29.65; this both from Bar, and the diagram appears to
have been our nearest approach ; still keeping on 8. S. W. course till midnight,
when we hove to under treble-reefed main topsail with hard gale at E.N.E,when
it got away from us and (at noon) we had on the 13th strong easterly breeze
and heavy sea at S. E. Bar. 29.82; we then kept away at S. W. and found
the weather rapidly moderating but heavy confused seas on, and at noon on
14th appeared to have got the S. E. trade steady but with high easterly sea.
Bar, at 29.90; and rising.
Abridged Log of the ship Sir Howarv Doveuas, Capt. Octivy,
from Newport towards Bombay.—Reduced to Civil Time.
From Noon 13th to Noon 14th January, 1848, the course and dis-
tance were North 149’. with the wind E. b. 8S. strong gales and
squally. At noon 14th Lat. 14° 18’ S.; Long. 80° 49’ E.; Bar.
29.54; Ther. 78°. Pp. mM. midnight strong breezes EK. S. E. course
N. b. E.; double-reefed topsails.
15th Jan.—Close reefing, wind and course as above. Noon strong gales and
heavy squalls, Course N. 8° W. 170’; Lat. 11° 30’S.; Long. 80° 24’ east ;
Bar. at 8 a. M. 29.53; Ther. 75°; noon 29.41; Ther. 75°, p.m. wind S. E,
course N. N. W., making preparations for bad weather. Bar. 8 p. M. 29.41 ;
Ther. 73°; midnight 29.41 ; Ther. 70°; position at midnight about 10° 10’ S.;
79° 49° east.
16th Jan.—Midnight running to the N. N. W. wind about east, called all
hands to heave the ship to. Hurricane came on so quick that the foresail and
foretopmast staysail were blown away and the ship broached too. Impossible to
go aloft; 14. M. a tremendous hurricane, Cargo (of coals) shifted ; the sea up to
the hatches and breaking over all; Bar. to daylight 29.50; Ther. 72°, Wind is
said to have veered from E. b. N. to N. N. E. and N. b. E, and then by the
west to southward about noon as well as could be observed. Between midnight
and noon lost mizen mast and rudder head, so as to leave nothing but the fore
and main masts standing. Ship lying with her gunwale in the water from the
shifted cargo. 4 P.M. wind about S. S. W. moderating very rapidly,
Midnight moderate with a very heavy sea. Bar. at 8 a. M. 29,53; noon
29.57; midnight 29.60; Ther. from 73° to 769,
|
|
|
1850.} Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 353
The Ship Victoria, Capt. Potter, from Calcutta bound to the
Mauritius.
Was in about 8° S. Lat. Long. about 80° Kast when a severe gale
commenced p.m. onthe 15th January (apparently from the westward).
At midnight increasing. At 93a. mM. a hurricane; lost foretopmast, —
and main mast, pumps crushed,* 1200 bags of rice thrown overboard,
and much other damage done. Barometer about noon 29.47 ; 29.37,
Wind veered from West a. m. to N. W. at noon and to N. N. W. and
North. Bar. 29.38 and 29.30. By midnight Bar. had risen to 29.60
and 29.52; and on the 17th weather gradually moderated.
The above is all (that is essential to our purpose) to be deduced
from along account in the newspapers, which, though detailing at length
the appearances of the weather and the ship’s disasters, does not give po-
sitions, wind, courses or distances, or any other data of use tous. We
are thus reduced to suppose that she may have been not far from 10°
south; and 80° east when close to, but in the rear of the centre,
but this is but very vague guessing. The ship being subsequently lost
before she returned to Calcutta I was unable to procure her Log.
Abridged Extract from the Log of the Ship ApmMtraL Moorsom,
Capt. T. McGiut, from England to Colombo. Reduced to Civil
Time. Forwarded by Capt. TwyNHAM.
The Admiral Moorsom was at noon, 15th January, in Lat. 11° 2’ S.,
(Long. not given but about 79° east,) running to the N. b. E. with the
wind at S. E. and squally, with close threatening weather, the rate of run
is not given. 8 Pp. M. wind gradually veering from S.S. E. to S. 8S. W.
at midnight, being exactly south at 10. Increasing fast throughout.
16¢h Jun,—At midnight the sky became very black and lowering with con-
stant heavy rain, The Barometer which had been gradually falling all the
evening now fell with alarming rapidity,+ and the wind had increased to a very
heavy gale: kept the ship right before the wind which (a. m.) had veered to
S. W. Sea very high. 1 a, m. hove to, all sails blown away. 2 a, m. wind
W.S. W. 3, West; violent hurricane from 3 to 5; 4, a. m. wind W. N. W.
Sprung bowsprit and lost foretopmast. 5 a. m. wind N. W.; 6, N. W.b. W.; 7,
wind N.N. W. 8, N.b. W. 9, North. 10, N. b. E. and at 12, N. E. much
abated ; by the evening moderate breeze at E. S. E.
* The second instance of this most dangerous accident : See remarks in Fourth
Memoir, Journ. Vol. x.
¢ See remark at the close of the Log.
354 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 5.
Remarks.—On the evening before the hurricane the air was exceed-
ingly close, and so hot that it was difficult for any one to remain below
in the ship. The Barometer fell gradually all the evening till 1 a. m.
it then came down a full half inch in about 45 minutes, but at
the same time the hurricane was upon us. It blew with the greatest
fury between 3 and 5 o'clock; wind West to N. W. Lowest range of
the Barometer 29.03 at 3 p.m. It soon after began to rise as fast as
it had previously fallen.
The estimated position of the ship during the height of the hurri-
cane by D. R. from noon of the 15th, was Lat. 9° 30’ S.; Long. 79°
20’ east.
Abridged Extract from the Log of the Barque Potty, Joun Binnie
Master, from Greenock to Bombay.—Civil Time. FromT. Smitu,
Esq. Bombay.
On the 14th January 1848—vr. m. Steady breeze from S. E., all
sail set, increasing towards midnight.
15th Jun.—a. M, a large black cloud in the N. E. quarter with strong chain
lightning coming out of it.* Bar. falling a little. 4 a. m. strong breeze dark
gloomy weather. Bar. stationary from 4 A. M, to 7 a. M. when it commenced
falling gradually to noon when making preparations for bad weather. At noon
strong gale 8, E.with rain, Ship running under double-reefed topsails and courses
Lat. by Acct. 10° 25’ S.; Long. 79° 00’ East Pp. M. increasing gale and heavy
sea from the S. S. E. Ship running 7 knots to the N. b, E. wind S. 8. E. 4,30
p. M, weather looking very wild ‘‘ atmosphere nearly as black as night.’”’ Baro-
meter falling rapidly. 5 Pp. mM. broached to.t Barometer now fell 3 tenths in
one quarter of an hour; lying to under bare poles blowing a hurricane, lost
foretopmast, ship on her beam ends. During the night appearance of the
weather terrific. Barometer at midnight was at the lowest, being then at 27.5
after which began to rise.
16th Jan.—1 a. mM. wind N, E. gusts of wind frightful, impossible to hear
each other speak to 8 a. m., after which it began to moderate. Noon still blow-
ing a heavy gale. No observation. p. M. moderating. No D. R. is given
and no observation was obtained till the 19th when the Lat. was 10° ’22 §,;
Long. 70°40; B..” shewing that the ship had drifted nearly 4°. West during
the hurricane,”’ as she had nothing but calms from that time,
* This was probably the disk of the Cyclone. Ido not know what kind of
lightning is meant by chain lightning.
+ Now in about Lat, 9° 46’ S. ; Long. 79° 8’ Rast.
1850.1] Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 355
Abridged Extract from the Log of the Ship StraBane, Capt. ANDERSON,
from Glasgow to Bombay.— Civil Time. From T. Smiru, Esq. Bombay.
15th Jan.—a. M. light unsteady breezes E. S. E, throughout with sultry
weather and a heavy swell from the eastward. Noon Lat. 13° 57’S.; Long.
73° 11’ east; Bar. 29.70; Simp. 29.23; Ther. 83 to 969. p. m. breeze
freshened from E, S. E, with at first a clear sky and a heavy swell from the
eastward, The sky completely covered with the long white streaks commonly
called mares’ tails, with diminution of the wind. ‘* The Simpiesometer these
three days past fell considerably during the day and rose during the night, but
it was much lower than it would have been under ordinary circumstances from
the light weather we had. This, with the heavy, swell convinced me that it must
have been blowing hard not far off, and I mentioned on the 17th, when the
gale moderated, to my officers that I did not think we had the worst of it.”
16th Jan.—a. m. wind E.'S. E. fresh breeze veering southerly to S. S. E,
and p. M.to S. S. W.* Dull gloomy sky and rain at times. A confused heavy
swell from several directions with heavy rain squalls. Noon Lat, 11° 7’S.;
Long, 72° 10’ east; Bar. 29.50; Simp. 28.95; Ther. 83° to 85°, p. mM. wind
S. S. W., West and N. W. frequent squalls from S. 8S. E. and rain. 6, heavy
rain and squalls from South with “ occasionally a few tremendous rollers from
the eastward besides a heavy swell from the southward ;” making preparations
for bad weather. At 10 p. M. freshening fast. Midnight a severe gale and rain
with fearful squalls. Ship on the port tack standing to the north eastward.
Bar. 29.40; Simp. 29.07.
17th Jan.—Furious gale from N. W. with very severe squalls and rain.
Noon moderating, wind about North, made a little sail, Lat.9.20’S. ; Long. 74°
17’ east; Bar, 29.55; Simp. 29.00. Ther, 82° to 84°. Pp. m. to midnight moder-
ating. Bar. at midnight 29.61; Simp 29.26.
The Barque New Express, Capt. Barrert, from England to Ceylon.
Was on the 15¢h January, at noon in Lat. 10° 14’ 8.; Long. Chr.
79° 2’ east; Bar 29.85 with a strong breeze from S. E. b. E. and a
very heavy sea. p. M.S. E. and at 10 p.m. Kast, heavy squalls ; steer-
ing te the N. BE. b. N. and N. E.
16th Jan.—Wind east, very heavy sea, and pitching bows under. Noon Lat.
13° 18’ S. Long. Chr, 79° 45’ East ; Bar. 29.85° p. m. wind East, heavy con-
fused sea ; steering to N, N. Eand N. b. E.
17th Jan—1 a. mM. wind E, N. E. 4 a. m. moderate. Lat, 12918’S.;
Long. 79° 45’; Bar. 29.90.
* This extract though most carefully made does not give the exact wind at noon
We must therefore take it to have been south, and the lowest depression of the
Bar. was after this time, when the ship was crossing in front of the Cyclone and
he wind was increasing in strength and veering rapidly as she did so.
ISB2 8 064 “SUO'T 5 °g ,OF
06 ‘JT 3qB ul £0} payovorg
‘yseudo} a4}
yso] ‘auBOIINY IYSIupiyAy *0} pa
“yorouq "NW “d G “@ “q ‘N AG) 0}
Suuuni digs “q g “§ Woy vas
19
S)
ra
—
. Hayy sy ureyo ya “gy “NY ay | 09°26 ‘aS SN*ad “a
S Ul pnojo youlq asiey vw ‘Vv "Uply |'G UO ¢ ayvs Suiseatouy | ,OO'oGL | ,SZ*o01 “Al[Og
3 “‘systuprw
A OES Sir as 3S
~~ "no i MOY SULIAIA "Wd g “Sutual . ,0°662 “UIOS
“ -YSno1y) ysey Sursvosout aye -yea1y} pue Ajyenbs “yg ynoqgy Coll |-AOOTT = [eampy
S yoge pUIM jYSIUPI_, “WPT! o€2Z “W a9 /0F'062L | L001
JO Uoou sduIs ,2T "AA “N “N Pur) oG2 Lb'6a |" ‘S pura wa = syyenbs YSU pI
SAA‘ °N 24} 0} SuruUns diqg oS uooyy Aavay pue sajes Suong | ,FG'008 | ,OG‘oll |‘sejsnoq “fT aS
= “plVmysam oy) 1 €5°62"
& OF plBy SurMo]q uaaq eazy O71 ‘WN ‘Vg
S osoddng 4ysva ay, woy {jams ‘apen “7 “Ss
S ~ ia
S Jassa] @ SUIj22UT PIeMysaM Jy} ay} 0} “W “d Q ye Sultneas
SJ wou yams Aavay pasnyuoo 068 | 18°63 | 16°6g |touwam Aramoys AMOC[D | ,6S'ol8 | ,6S'o0t | “MAI g eI[AqQuS] Gt
~~ a — Se | ere | ee ee
~
= ‘sjaad B[quop
S MEM “ybs eM UL GFT aS a pus “Soqey
= a a Neyo duuiar dS | ez 796s |Allenbs pue sayes Suong | ,6F'008 | ,8l'oFL |‘se[Snog "Ey aI} ‘wooy
Ss piem ‘uet WPT
“Isom oy Wo jjams Aavay W | oFs | 92°63] 88°6s|'A ‘S “A Pura “N WSIq] oe'ose8 | ,zz'o6 | ‘uMATg epeqesy | ‘gFet
; “syunuliay | ‘way y,| ‘dung | wog *LaYy}0d | pun spuryy Gaae ‘ST | 16 dics ng 220,
*sauojalig
SVTINOT GuvMOT weg ‘QPSl ‘Avonunpe Y791 PUY YICL “Y2PL AY2 UO UOOAT 20 wayzvaM pun spun ayz fo Mar uojNgQUT,
556
307
Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.
1850.]
"Bas pasnjuod Aavay “Wt *d
"EG°6G “AWG £4889 ,LT of L
‘OUOT f°NT 0% 06 ‘JBT ‘UOOU 38
Suyelapoy_ “AA ‘No wo aes
aiaaas Al0A 8 “YLT UQ—'370AT
jayyeam peq Joj suonered
-o1d Suryey ‘suonoarp yeraaas
Woly [[aMs pasnjuod AavazyT
‘uappns A19A Jajauo1eg ay} Jo
Hea *229 seudojaio} yso] “ds
-Moqg sunidg ‘pajeqe yonut Sut
“UaAW “W “VY ¢ 0} § WoyoueoIny
oy} JO JYSIOy OY} UT UONIsOg
*yaMYy UIeq Suravy ureydeg
ay3 ‘uleyIa0uUNn SoT ‘02 ‘pray
-loppul “seul-uazIU ysO] “Paris
S]809 JO OSI pu JaS19A0 “WV T
“MN N94} 0} Suruuns diyg
“Seu “N. pues °N
"dA * N 8p 07 Sutpueys diyg
‘plea
“you ey} 0} Suruuns diyg
[a
“syuoUayy
68°6@ |'eas Aavoy pue pura ise Sb 06L [Bl off | ‘ssordxy Aon
*ulvl
pue aye@S asoaes yySIupiyy <
"MA “N pue 389M “S'S =
O'NW'd “T'S “S 0} Su
098°8!] ¢6°8m | OS'6S |-4094 pura AWOO]s [[nG (OT o€2 | sh o8t "aueqelg
"7 “Ni uoou
we pue “YON “AA “N “N
“MN “MN 'N “3S2AA 09
‘MS pula, ‘urer Aavay
pus yoeq Alaa JySIUpIf, 406 062 | ,O€ 06 "MOS
qjnoqy |-100Jq jeuwpy
*pIBMYINOS 0} “AA “NE PUB
sam ayy Aq voy} f AN
"N 07 °N °Q “q Woy aq 0}
ples [assea ay} jo sso.ysip "sejsnoq
obL 09°6@ |94} ‘Wo Ure}120UQ, plemoyT ug =| Uer YIOT
‘OS8t
"Sey ysrupiu
"| ‘SW ‘d “vas Aavay pus
68°66 | “1 'H'S eZaa1q Suong | % o62 | ,FE oft | ‘ssudxg Mon
“plVemjseyy sy}
woly [jams Aavoy & pue |
098°€8) €%'66 | 02°66 |S “WT Woy ysoy oza01g VE of2 | «LG o8T “oUvqeI}S “uet Yc
‘SPST
"uayf, | dug | sung "Layqna yy pup spur jy sua S 2s ty aes. iol 970q
auojphy SVINN0G GUVMOF 2g
358 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 5.
PART II.
THe Jumna’s CYCLONE.
Abridged Extract from the Log and Admiralty Report of H. M.
Bric Jumna, Lieut. Ropney, Commander, from Bombay to England.
I have received from Capt. Fitzgerald, H. M. 8. Vernon, then
senior officer at Bombay, from Lt. Rodney himself, and from friends,
copies of public and private reports and accounts of the dismasting
of this fine new Brig, which was on her way from the dock-yard at
Bombay to England, but they are all singularly deficient in one respect,
viz. that they do not give the vessel’s run from the 22nd, though one
report actually gives every thing in the Logs of 22nd to 24th April,
dut the distances and positions at noon! An omission no doubt of the
copyist’s but a very vexatious one to us. The position of the vessel
at noon 23rd, (and thence at 11 p. m. when she was dismasted) is
however given by Lt. Rodney, but for comparisons with other ships the
want of the exact positions, from fine weather to fine weather again, is
always requisite, as this serves moreover to fix the limits of the Cyclone
influence. The italics in the following abridgment are mine.
From Bombay to Lat. 8° 59’ S.; Long. 85° 34’ east, which position H. M.
Brig reached in ten days from Bombay and at 3 a. m. of the 23rd April 1848,
the Jumna had the usual fair winds, with heavy squalls thunder and lightning,
especially at night. At 3 a. m. it came on to blow from N. West; and at 5?
veered to West; at 6 a, m. to W. N. W.; and at % past 8 (force 10) to noon
N. N. W.* The Brig in this interval, 3 a. m. to noon 23rd. had run from 9 to
12 knots to the South and S. S. W., mostly 8. 8S. W.; and is placed at noon 23rd
April, by Lt. Rodney in Lat. 10° 28’ south ; Long. 85° 0’ east. The Barometer
having fallen from 29.57 to 29.33. The Ther. 82° and 823°.
At 1 Pp. M. wind is marked N,b, W. (force 10); at3, N. N. W.; (force 9) and
at 4, calm ; by which time the Brig had reached Lat. 11° 08’ S; Long. 84° 437
east by her Log. the Bar. being now at 29.21 and falling ; Ther. 82°; great
numbers of birds apparently much terrified, hanging about the ship, alighting on
the deck and rigging, and allowing themselves to be caught without resistance.
Blue sky appeared around the horizon with the exception of the N. E. where a
* There is a discrepancy here which should be. noted, and is perhaps again an
error of the copyist. Lieut. Rodney’s Admiralty Report says, ‘‘a gale sprung up
at 3 a. M. from North veering at times to N. N, W.”’ while his own copy of tho
Log and two others which I have, give the winds as above stated. All three can-
not be wrong we should suppose? I therefore take them as correct.
1850. | Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 359
very heavy bank of clouds hung, but there was also an indescribable feeling in
the atmosphere.
At half-past 4, the wind is marked as W. S. W. (force 6). At half-past 6,
West ; at 7, S. W. and W. b. S. (force 10), and S. W. again at 8 p. m. to mid-
night; force being marked from 10 to 12, but it is said to have been higher than the
figures can express, the run at 11", and 12".; andto 4 a. M. of the 24th is
marked at 14 knots. The Bar. at 7 Pp. mM. is at 29.19; at 8 p. mM. 29.183 at
Qh. 29.16; at 10". 29.18; at 11". 29.16; and at midnight 29.16: Ther. 81°
and 82° throughout. The Brig was hove to at 5.30; but at 8.40 was obliged
to bear up, as she heeled over too much to be safe. She was then steered to the
N. E. but at 10.45 broached to and went over (about in Lat. 11° 31’ S.; Long.
84° 54’ east) and the mainmast was cut away to right her. After this she con-
tinued running, under the foremast only, at the rate of 14 or 15 knots till 4
a. M. when the gale moderated very rapidly, the vessel being by noon 24th
April in Lat. 10° 14’; Long. 85° 50’ by Lt. R. The Bar. rose from 29.16
at midnight to 29.42, at noon.*
Abridged Log of the Ship Suutany, Capt. W. H. Hanpuey, from
Mauritius to Caleutta.—Reduced to Civil Time.
2ist April, 1848.—Two days previous to this date the wind was
varying from North to N. EK. with a threatening appearance and a
heavy swell from N. N. E. with the Barometer gradually falling.
Noon in Lat. 8° 15’ S.; Long. 86° 22’ E.; Bar. 29.75. Reducing
sail and preparing for bad weather. Wind North; p. m., N. N. E. at
4:N.E. at 6; and N. N. E. at 10 p.m. to midnight; ship running
61 knots to the W. S. W. At 10 p. m. under a close reefed fore-
topsail, gale blowing furiously.
22nd April, 7 a.m. Bar. 29.64. Securing everything for a gale. Noon Lat. 9
24’ S.; Long. 84° 35’ East ; Bar. 29.63; Ther. 83°. Wind N. E. from 4 a. .;
p. M. N. E. increasing ; and at 3 p. m. hove to under close reefed main topsail,
Bar. at 2h. 30’ p. mM. 29.35; 4h. p. Mm. 29.12; at 5h. 29.8; 6h. 29.10; 7h.
29.12; top. mM. 29.15; 6 p.m. wind N. E. to 9h. Pp. m. when North with
furious squalls : at midnight N. E.
23rd April, a.m. Blowing a hurricane from N. E. ship lying with her lee
gunwale in the water, towards noon wind all round the compass, with a dreadful
sea and thick dense atmosphere. Noon Bar. 29.16. No observations. Lat. by
Acct. 9° 32'S.; Long. 83° 37’ east; Ther. 83°. p. m. wind marked S. W.
Set close reefed mizen topsail and reefed foresail and ran 10 miles north ; but at
* A complete Log is given in the Remarks explaining the singular track of this
Cyclone.
a AGS
360 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 5.
3 p.M. the gale increasing hove to again. Bar. 29.12 at 6 Pp. M.; at 7h.
29.15; at 8h. 29.20; 11 Pp. m. wind West, impossible to blow harder ; 11". 29.
26; midnight Bar. 29.28. From 8 to 10 p. m. vivid lightning with a remarkable
red appearance to the S. E. throughout the night.
24th April_—Gale abating. 3 a. M. Bar. 29.27. Wind West at noon, found
A feet water in the well, sea going down. Noon Lat. Obs. 9° 21’ N.; Long.
85° 8’ East by Indiff. observations; Bar. 29.64; Ther. 83°93. After which
fine weather. Ship by Chr. on this day was 29’ east of Acct. estimating her
drift at 3’ per hour throughout.
From the Mauricien of May 24th, 1848, we have the following
notices :—
The bark Samarang experienced on the 21st April, in Lat. 9° 44’S.; and
Long. 72° E.; a hurricane that lasted 40 hours, wind from N. E, to S. W.
Barometer fell to 28.20, bulwarks carried away, sails split, etc.
The Mary Stoddart experienced on the 22nd and 23rd April, in Lat. 10° 30’
S.; and Long. 86° 50’ E., a severe hurricane, wind from N, E. to 8S. W.
Barometer 29.10, bulwarks carried away, stern dead lights stove in, and washed
away the starboard cabin, rudder damaged ; put into this port for repairs.
On the 23rd April, in Lat. 9° 18’ S,; and Long, 84° E,; the Pemberton
experienced a hurricane; wind from N. N. W. to West and W.S. W., vesse}
sprung a leak and lost the head of her rudder, and caused her to put in for re-
pairs ; threw overboard about 1000 bales cotton.
On the 23rd of April, the Brig Deborah being in Lat. 9° 19’ South; Long.
82° 50’ East, experienced a severe hurricane from N. E. to S. W., which laid
the ship on her beam-ends for some time, the sea very heavy and the ship strain-
ing much. It commenced at 6 o’clock a. m. and blew severely till half past 10
a. M.—Le Mauricien, May 24th, 1848.
The following is from some imperfect notes by a Civilian passenger,
Mr. Meuprvuo, Professor in the College at Bombay, on board the ship
PEMBERTON from Bombay to the Mauritius ; which have been kindly
forwarded by Dr. Buist from that gentleman.
This vessel was without either Barometer or Simpiesometer ; the
Barometer having been broken “the Captain did not think it at all
important to have it repaired!’ And it will be seen that the ship’s
position is recorded on two days only, once at noon and once near the
centre of the Cyclone, which last is however very important.
Thursday, 20th April, 1848,—Wind to-day from N., sky still dark and gloomy
with heavy cumuli; Lat, 6° 31’ 10” S.; Long. 83° E.; a heavy squall about 6
o’clock.
1850. ] Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 361
Friday, 21st April_—Sky lowering, wind shifting about ; but it is almost calm,
very gloomy, no observation ; in the evening dead calm, soon after cleared up
a little towards S., and a light breeze sprung up from 8S. W.; about midnight
wind increased and blew pretty hard; flocks of sea birds.
Saturday, 22nd April.—Strong gale from N. by E., sky pretty clear towards
horizon, wind shifting from N. by E. towards S. and S. by W. with great
violence, rudder damaged by a heavy sea; sea raging, much rain; Lat. 9° 41’ 17”
S. ; Long 83° 55’ east; about midnight weather moderated but sea ran tremen-
dously high.
Sunday, 23rd April.—At 4 a. M. wind got up again and blew from S. by W.
with greater violence. By noon, it was at its height, bulwarks driven in (the
top gallant masts had been housed) scrambled on deck, clouds tattered, meeting
with the spray, lower strata appear to move in a direction contrary to the upper,
perhaps owing to their difference in velocity. Aftersome hours the wind began
gradually to abate and shift towards 8. and S. E. By 6 o’clock it was pretty
quiet, sea running very high.
Abridged Log of the Ship SAMARANG, Capt. Buckte, from Calcutta
to the Mauritius.— Reduced to Civil Time.
Qist April.—At noon in Lat. 8° 76’ §.; Long. 86° 14’ east; wind N. E.
b. N. Increasing breeze and squally ; course 8. W. 8 knots. Bar. 29.79; Ther.
83°. p.m. wind N, E. b. E. course as before to midnight. At 10 P. Mm.
moderating but Barometer (which is registered every hour) falling from 29.79 :
at 1 Pp. M. to 29.68 at midnight, when squally with rain.
22nd April.—a. M. increasing with hard squalls; wind N. E. b. E., courseas
before; 7 a. M. 8 knots tothe S. W. Day light more moderate again. At 10
A. M. increasing to a gale. Preparing for bad weather. Bar. falling from 29.67 at
1 a. M. to 29.52 at noon, when wind about E. N. E. a gale. No observations
Lat. Act. 10° 27’S.; Long. 83° 34’ East. Fresh gale and high sea. p. m. wind
E. b. N. Gale increasing, hove toat1 p. mM. 6 p. mM. wind E. N. E.; 10 p. m.
East; at 8, increasing to a hurricane. Bar. falling from 29.52 at 1 Pp. Mm. to
29.39 at 6 Pp. M.; rising to 29.45 at 8h. and falling again to 29.39 to midnight.
23rd April_—a. m. hurricane still increasing, wind S. E., sea tremendous.
3 a. M. blowing with terrible fury, hove 300 bags of rice overboard. At 4, ship
easier but hurricane still raging. All hands at the pumps for many hours. At
8, wind South, squalls not so heavy. Noon hurricane more moderate. Bar. from
29.39 at 1 a. M. to 29.50 at noon; Ther. 76°; Lat. Acct. 109 32’ S.; Long.
82° 10’ east. Wind South decreasing; 3 p.m. S.S.W. 8 p.m. West. Bar.
from 29.48 at 1 Pp. M. to 29.62 at midnight with the gale constantly decreasing.
24th April.—a. m. wind S. 8. W.; at 6 a. m. S. b. W.; Bar. from 29.62 at
1 a. M. to 29.72 at noon, when.a strong breeze at §. b. W. with a very high
362 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 5.
sea. Lat. Obs. 10° 37’ S.; Long. 82° 22’ east. Course and distance S, 590
W. 269 miles in 2 days by Chr. giving 11’ of Southing and 93’ of Easting for
the storm current and storm wave.
Abstract from the Log of the Barque BrarmMAr, Capt. TETHERING-
TON, from Calcutta to Mauritius.—Reduced to Civil Time.
21st April, 1848.—At noon Lat. 6° 43’ S.; Long. 88° 10’ east ; Bar. 29.77.
Ther. 84°. p. m. wind N. E. to East, steering to the S. S. W. 5 to 6 knots per
hour. Cloudy with a confused sea on.
22nd April._—a. m. fresh gales N. N. E. with a high rolling sea ; towards
Noon wind N. E. b. E., seaincreasing. Course always S. 8. W. Lat. 9901'S.
Long. 86° 46’ east; Bar. 29.74; Ther. 82°. p.m. wind N. E. Fresh gales.
drizzling rain and a high rolling sea. 8, increasing “‘ with heavy seas from the
N. West S. E.andS. W.” Close reefed; to 6 Pp. M. steering S. S. W. and
afterwards South. Wind N. E., Bar. 29.54 at 4 p.m. and 29.58 at midnight
23rd April.—a. M. ran 48’ south and hove to in Lat. 11° 9’ 8. ; Long. 860
28’ east by Acct. ; wind N. E. (apparently) to 10 a. m. when itis marked
E.N. E. 8a. m. “gale suddenly increasing.”” Noon a high turbulent sea,
Lat. Acct. 11° 7’ 8.; Long. Acct. 85° 54’ E.; Bar. 29.45. Vessel lying
S. S. E. drift marked 1.4 per hour with wind marked E. N. E. 2 P. m. wind
E. N. E. Bar. 29.45. 8 p. M. 29.35; wind veered to 8. E. Midnight a
perfect hurricane, with a terrific sea on, making a clear breach over all. Bar.
midnight 29.25.
24th April.— a. M. hurricane veered to the southward (it is marked South
at midnight). And at 4, 8. 8. W. still increasing. At 3, vessel on her beam
ends ; Bar. 29.16; and being in danger of foundering cut away the mainmast ;
4.30 p. M. Bar. began to rise ; lowest point being at 4 a. M. 29.15. Forenoor hur-
ricane slightly abating, with a tremendous sea from N. West; N. East; 8. E. and
S. W. Bar. at noon rising ; Lat. 11° 27’ S.; Long. by Acct. 85° 68’ east. Pp*
mM. to midnight wind S. S. W. decreasing to strong breezes.
25th April_—To noon moderating from 8S. S. W. making sail. Lat. Obs. 11°
9’S.; Long. 85° 02’ east; Bar. 29° 70’; Ther. 84° 00’.
Abridged Log of the Ship Lavy Saez, Capt. Castor, from Calcutta
to the Mauritius.—Reduced to Civil Time.
20th April, 1848.—Steady breeze at N. W. and North to midnight.
21st April._Wind North, strong breeze and squally, increasing to noon with
a heavy sea from the 8. E. Noon Lat. Obs. 8° 16’ S8.; Long. 86° 35’ East
Course and distance from noon 21st S. W. 2 S. 147’.. p. m. wind North at 6
pr. M, N. E. 3,30, a heavy squall. Bar. falling to 29.40; from 29.70 ; (in the
1850.] Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 363
fine weather of the 20th it is supposed, as the exact time is not given), At 11,
hard squalls and a high sea Bar. 29.35.
22nd April.—Preparing for bad weather. Noon hard gales and high sea,
wind veering to the Eastward. Lat. Acct. 9° 10’ 8.; Long.about Pp. m.{severe
gales E. N. E. threatening weather and dismal appearance. At 4, wind East ;
at 6, E.S. E.; at 10, S. E. Close reefing and battening down hatches and making,
all preparations for a hurricane. 4 p. m. Bar. 29.20. Gale increasing with
violent gusts.
23rd April.—At 2 a. M. hove to; Bar. 29.18; at 5, gale increasing to a
hurricane and veering to the Southward. 5.30 ship on her beam ends with the
lee rail buried in the water. Cut away the mizen mast and quarter boats and
hove some cargo overboard. Wind veering fast to S. W. but blowing with
indescribable violence. Bar. 29.15. At 4.30 a. mM. Bar. 29.32; but abating ;
noon Bar. 29.40. p. M. strong breezes S. b. W. and South, and S. b. E. at
midnight.
24th April.—Fine. Noon Lat. Obs. 10° 44’ S.; Long. 81° 24” east; wind
obi:
In addition to his Log, Capt. Castor has farther obliged me with the
following notes :—
From the 20th April to the morning preceding the hurricane the winds pre-
vailed mostly from N. W. to N. with a long swell rolling to the Southward from
the N. E. with hard squalls, accompanied with heavy showers of rain. The wind
gradually veered from N. N. E. to E. and 8S. E. ending with indescribable fury
at S. toS. W. The moon was: encircled with an immense halo which had
the appearance of a dense cloud for three successive days before the Cyclone ;
the light of the moon, and stars was uncommonly brilliant during the existence
of the halo, a great oppression in the atmosphere was felt. Sky at night almost
cloudless, the wind never shzfted in this hurricane, but veered gradually, the sea
ran high, and rain poured down in torrents,accompanied with violent gusts every
fifteen to twenty minutes. Bar. two days previous to the hurricane stood at
29.70, and fell graduaily with the state of the weather to29,.15; and remained
at that range during the height of the storm. It began to rise an hour or two
before the worse part abated. After the hurricane the winds prevailed for two
days from the southward and westward, light and variable, with a long swell
from the S. E.
IN. B.—The wind was stronger than in the hurricane experienced on the 16th
of November, 1839, when Coringa was inundated, but the sea less. I remember
the wind in that storm shifted from four to six points, but in this it veered gra-
dually.
364 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. (No. 5.
Extract from a Tabular Statement of the Voyage of the H. C. Pilot
Brig SALweEN, from Port Leschenault to Calcutta.—Nautical
Time.
21st April, 1848.—Made 67 miles to the W., N. W. winds variable N. E. to
N. N. W. Lat at noon 6° 20’ S.; Long. 86° 6’ east; Bar. 29.30 to 29.60;
Ther. 81°. Light winds, squally wet weather, thunder, lightning and rain, and
threatening appearance with a N. N. W. sea.
22nd April —Made 19’ to the N. W. b. W. 3 W. only ; winds variable from
N. E. toN. N. W.and Northerly, Lat. at noon 6° 20’ S; Long. 85° east; Bar.
29.60 to 29.75; Ther. 83°. Squally wet dirty weather with a bad threatening
appearance! Am sure we are not far from some very severe weather from the
very threatening appearances of some days past. Sent top gallant masts on deck
and made all due preparations for meeting a hurricane. Spoke H. M. Brig
Jumna, 9 days from Bombay, running to the southward.*
Abridged Log of the Ship Furrte Rozacx, Capt. Runpuz, from
Calcutta to the Mauritius.—Civil Time.
This able Log affords a valuable and instructive example of a ship
being caught in front of a Cyclone in the Southern Hemisphere, and
though bound to the W. S. Westward running to the N. Westward to
allow the centre to pass. The passages in italics are so marked by
myself, and I may add that the Futtle Rozack is a heavy sailing ship,
and was deeply laden with rice and coolies.
From the 17th April, when in Lat. 5° 53’ 8.; Long. 86° 4’ East at
noon to the —
19th of April.—At noon in Lat. 79 38’ S.; Long. 85° 36’ east; the ship had
light variable winds all round the compass with calms and squally appearances
at times ; the Bar. being on 17th at noon at 29.71; Simp. at 29.27 and Ther.
84°; and on the 19th Bar. 29.60; Simp. 29.27; Ther. 82°. On the 18th,
Capt. Rundle remarks —“‘ Noon light breeze and cloudy, Bar. and Simp. very
low and have been gradually going down this last four days. Preparing for bad
weather.”” And p. M., again, that ‘ the weather is suspicious, or rather that the
continued fall of the Bar. and Simp. is so, but the weather altogether does not
appear to indicate the approach of any great change more than we might
expect on the verge of the S. E. trade, although this heavy 8S. E. swell rolling
up is suspicious.”
* I regret much that this Register is in Nautical Time and that there is no hour
affixed to this notice.
— SS
1850.] Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 365
On the 19th April.—From a. M. to noon winds variable from N. N. E.; North-
West; W. S. W.; S. W. b. W. and S. W. ship running to the 8S. S. W., S:
W. b. S; South; 8.8. E. and S. E. from 2 to 7 knots ; squally unsettled weather
and S. E. swell. Noon moderate. Light 8.8. W. breeze, heavy sea with dark
ponderous masses of clouds rolling up from the southward to the zenith and
then gradually disappearing. Lat. Indiff. Obs. 7.38 S.; Long. 85° 36’ East ,
Bar, 29.60; Simp. 29.27; Ther. 82°. p.m.S. E. airs and a stationary bank
of dark Nimbi to the S, Eastward. Clouds a. m. Cumuli, cumulo-strata, and
dense packed Nimbi. To midnight wind increasing and decreasing from the
S. E. every 3 or 4 hours.
20th April_—a.™m. winds East to N. E. and E. N. E.at 10 a. m., and
moderate. Ship making from 7 to 4.4 knots to the S.S. W. Noon Lat. Acct.
9° 14’ S.; Long. 85° 14’ East; Bar. 29.52; Simp. 29.20; Ther. 83°. p.m.
wind N. E.; E. N. E. and East at 6 p. m. when again S. East, E, N. E. and
N. N. E, to midnight. At 4, clear sky to the North, and dark and heavy to the
Southward, midnight fresh N. N. E. breeze and very heavy rain clouds, Pp. m,
dense strata. .
2ist Aprilia. M. strong squalls N. E. veering to East and to E. S. E.;
at 4 a. M, with heavy rain; daylight strong gales and heavy sea. Weather like
the commencement of a strong trade, but Bar. and Simp. too low to feel satis-
fied with appearances. Noon fresh gales S. E. (from 10 a. m.) Lat. Obs. 10°
23’ S.; Long. Chr. 84.5; Bar. 29.55; Simp. 29.20; Ther. 83°. Clouds
A, M. Cirro cumuli, leaden stratus to S. E. p.m. threatening weather to the
Southward, wind S. E.; at 2,8. 8. E. veering to E. b. S. ; at midnight marked
S. E. again; at 5, strong gales, and at 8, heavy gusts at intervals with a frightful
turbulent swell and a confused sea breaking heavily all round “as if the ship was
surrounded by coral reefs.” From 9 to midnight more moderate. Bar. 29.54 ;
Simp. 29.18; Ther. 82°. Clouds p. m, leaden coloured.
22nd April.—a. mM. wind E. 8. E. toS. E. 104. m.8. E. b. §. At noon
S. E. 2a. M. dense threatening arched banks, continually rising from S. E.
with much rain and tremendous squalls. 9, squalls continue with frequent
lulls. Bar. at 29.48 and continuing to fall. Feeling convinced that if we stand
any farther to the Southward (S. W.) we shall get involved, and that the storm is
tearing down on us from the Eastward, At 10, stood away N. W. to get clear of
its influence. At 11, very high sea at intervals, strong squalls, wind veering to
the Southward. (S. E. b. S.) Noon the same with a gloomy leaden appearance ;
Lat. D.R. 11° 38’ 8.; Long. 82° 49’ East; Bar. 29.50; Simp. 29.21; Ther.
82°. Clouds a. m. heavy low leaden strata. Ship now running 6 knots to the
N. W. p. M. more moderate ; under close reefed fore and main topsails; at 2.
tremendous turbulent sea rising in heaps. Wind S.S8. E. at 1;58.b. E. at
3; 8. 8S. E. at 5 p. m.; after which alternating from 8.3 E. to S. E. to mid.
3 B
366 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 5.
night. At3 p.m. samegales. Sun inclined to break through the clouds, At
6, squalls less frequent. A red lurid appearance to the W. N. W. Bar. from
29.49 to 29.52; at 9 p. m. Simp. 29.19 to 29.93. Ther. 81°. Midnight thick
weather and rain. Clouds, heavy stratus. Stationary cirrus over all.
23rd April.—a. m. less wind and sea except in the squalls, with occasional
rain. WindS. b. E. to S. Eto 5 a. m. when South to noon. Bar. 29.49 to
29.54; Simp. 29.16 to 29.20; Ther. 82°; 2.20 a. m. moon and stars shining
brightly. Ship running to the N. W. till 10 a. m. when North till noon. Day-
light more sea; at 6 a. M. fine and clear over head, moon shining brightly.
Lofty wavy cirrus from N. E. to 8. W. Gloomy appearance towards the
horizon from North to Eastward and S. Westward,tremendous high curling seas at
intervals.* At 8, wind South; lofty cirri and dark cumulo-strata with rounded
edges rolling up from S. 8S. E. Less wind, Bar. rising, bore away to North at
10 a. m. Noon moderating from over head, but threatening spherical cumulo-
strata rolling up from Southward with tremendous overgrown seas at intervals.
Wind moderating. Lat. Obs. 9° 45’ S.; Long. 80° 28’ East; Bar. 29.54;
Simp. 29.20; Ther. 82°. p. m. kept a N. E. course ; at 2 steady gales South t?
S. b. E. thick and threatening appearance to Southward and tremendous seas at
intervals. At 4, Cyclone seeming to have a slow progression to the Westward ;
resolved instead of steering to get to the Eastward of it (behind it) to run to
the Westward, and should we find it coming up again can easily get out of its
influence by running to the Northward. Stood to the Westward at9 Pp. Mm. 10,
light squalls with rain at intervals from arched Nimbi rising from the South
and rapidly approaching the zenith ; stars visible but sickly appearance. Wind
South to 8S. b. E. throughout. Bar. p. Mm. 29.50 to 29.60; Simp. 29.18 to
29.24; Ther. 82°. Clouds; packed dark cumulito 8. East: Stationary cirri
over all.
24th April.—Weather gradually becoming fine. Winds moderate at South
to S. b. E. to noon, when Lat. 9° 39’ S.; Long. 78° 37’ East; Bar. 29.60;
Simp. 29.22; Ther. 83°. At 4 a. M. ponderous clouds to S. East, seud flying
with great rapidity to the Northward.
The following extract is from the Calcutta Englishman. I have
been unable to obtain a copy of the Hardwicke’s Log.
A friend has sent us the following extract from the letter of a pas-
senger on board the Karl of Hardwicke :—
* These high curling seas at intervals appear well worthy of consideration, I have
often met with notices of them. They are no doubt the resultant waves of the dis-
tant Cyclone forces,
1850. | Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 367
‘“‘ From the 18th March, 1848, the day on- which the Hardwicke left the Sand
Heads, until the 19th April, we had hot sultry calm weather, but upon the 22d
April, 1848, in Lat. 12° South ; Long. 83° East; we had a fearful hurricane,
which lasted 3 days. It blew from the S. E. and, under Providence, I consider
that Mr. Piddington’s instructions saved us from being foundered. The Captain,
Lewis Browne, had been studying his book a whole month before the hurricane
commenced, so that, when it did come, he was prepared, and being in the
proper spot he layjto, and so the storm passed us. I have been to sea pretty
often, but I never saw anything so awful as the sea during the three days that
we lay to. I forgot to get the extract from the Log; but get it you must, as it
will be a good link in the chain of this invaluable branch of knowledge.”
In a letter from Capt. Faucon, American Brig Frolic, he mentions
that—
The Ormelie of Glasgow, from Calcutta to Liverpool, reports, that on Sunday
last, April 23rd, 1848, he was in 8° S.; and 89° East; had a heavy gale from
the Westward ; lost top gallant masts, jibboom, &c. and sprung his bowsprit.
38 °2
10
S)
A
Ld
Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.
368
"JYSTUpIUL 4B “A “SG pue
‘Sq ‘qa SH “Ss *S pus
"LS pura ‘ynog ay} 0}
"9}819 pOUL Suiusjeoiy} “Wd ‘sales :
aloul “JYSIUpIy, 036 “B2S pasnjuod) SB /Sl'6S | PS°6S “PLA! Wey “A "S YOON “A |
pUB [Jams IUa_NqINy Bw YM ‘sjsnd AA; "9 "GT pue seq 01 “YN
-BoY YA Say’ Suds ‘W ‘ad G Aq | 0&8 |06'6% | $S°6S sjjenbs Suons "W *Vv | ,¢ of8 | ES oOT| ‘Yoez0y apying
*strenbs
Se°6S PUN! prey “TT “aU ON CN a
“AA “S AY OF SurauNs Q ‘YNON ‘Wd *8Z92I1q],C€ 098] 91 08| “al¥G ApeT
dys ‘q ‘G woy vas Aavay uooN bs -* | op 6s ‘W ‘d| Suoajs ‘yWoN SUOON
“Surfey sKemye “Ayyenbs “| "q “AN
‘req ynq ‘Suneiepour “W ‘ad ual, 89°6@ = “PUAN| “Wa *Ayjenbs pue “A|,pT 098] 91 08| “Sueieureg
‘s}jouy 8 "MA “S Gutuuns jassaA | o€8 SP Gu OS "N 9Z901q Sulsvolouy
‘tresdo} 910} pajaad asojo Japun “W ‘d
OI { ‘AN ‘N Woy yeas Aavoy pue ‘Wa “WT “N CN pue
‘souvivodde suiuayeeiq 7, “1ayyeom peq ‘A "N01 SUOON IB YMON],SSY 098] ET 08 -Aueyjng
roy Suuedoid pue fies culonpey ss eS CGS WO} SPUIA a[qQelIEA
‘yseq
o. ‘A "N Pura “Bas ‘dy
“M 'S °S 0} Sultaais JassoA, £8 re | ¥2°6S pasnjuood pue Apnojg 1,01 088] 8h 09 “1ewWlIaBIg SIS
“SPST
°780. *u01]0
‘Sy sDUIY ‘494 y,| dung “OE ‘woymayy pun spurs | sige [SPT ding fo sung | 2°
‘ANOTIOAO S.VNWOAL FHL
“ShS1 Iédy PLEZ ayF Of PS1% AYR WOLf Mayzna44 pun spuryl ay? fo Mana unjngny,
369
Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.
1850.]
7 "ulel
pus soyjead y1y} IYSTUPTIL “AA "aS pus y fF “g 03
“AI OY} 0} SJOUY Q SutuUNyY ‘auo[o<_D €6'8S |SS°6S "A S'S pura ‘aye1apou
ayy ea]? 02 “AA “N pools OT 3V 61°66 |67'6S ‘Nd jatou "Wd °§ “Q'S
*s][n] yuanbay pue sienbs Aavay 6 1Z'6S |09°6G uo0oN|UooN “*S°q "| “SOL *Y
"Spno[d Sutua}Boaiy} asuaq ‘W ‘Vv “% 068 SPr6o NV EG I'S °U 'S “YH W'V |6F oS8/SE ol T} “A!ZOY 9p}3N7J}
“Suusvaiour a "S OL
: G'S @'S!a 7 “AN
"q ‘N'd “plemysey 0}
‘Suluaywaly} 0'6S SULIBAA PULAA “Bas YSIY
‘Wd Joyytam peq Joy Suuedoig ‘W ‘d PF [pue saes piey uooON] ** 10106 ‘ajeg Apey
"MS oG'— uUoON] “IVD eOTIV ‘syenbs
oy} 0} sjouy g pue yz Suruuna diyg 19°66 ‘WV T [prey ga 'q ‘AN NW 'V |,PE'o€8|,25'001 *SUBIVULBS
Cla
cg'— ‘Wd Z ‘sjvenbs snorny
"00} dA0Y €9°6S UuooN|’y| N WSupryyy ‘yAON “Ww
"Nd § “JNOYSNOIY) 9/89 Suisvarouy o€8 P9'6S NV Z |\'d & ‘GUISVAIDUI"Y “N [98° ob8|,F'06 “Aueyng
"tas 89°6% ~—s “PTI "ured
pasnjuod pue Suljor ysizy ‘yynog £9'6S ‘W 'd F [uyZzuUp ‘sayes ysoy “y qudw
pue "MA ‘SS 94) 0} Suruuns diyg | 028 pL 6S ‘NN dT G “AN |,9F'098/,10'06 ‘reMeelg] —PuzZs
“SPst
"7807 "U014DIC) £0
“SYLDUYT way, | ‘dug “Lg “uayjvayy puv spuryy |*suoT |g gut] dryg fo awnar | ‘ang
erie SS cg ag GA EE EL LE LL LL
‘HNOTOAD S.VNWOL
“AL ‘q ‘S 0}
"M “F°S ‘azZaa1q SuoIyS
OF'66 UOON|*W ‘a “SUNeqe uUOON
[No. 5.
*p1BOq.19A0 GE 6S “WV FAAS pue yNOg ay} 0}
oSied sAoy pue yseu uoziu Ame S1°6S O€ ¢| SulsaaA pUe sUBdTUNY B
ynd {spue weaq Jay uo diyg ‘og *¢ SL'6G “Wy J 0} Suisvaiouy ‘IM ‘Vv ¢ ‘aeg Apey
"189 AA
o966) = PII] "Md 8 MSS (Nd
gr6o “Wd T/€ YIMOG ‘Wd vye19poM
‘sduing oy} 38 spuey 05°66 UOON| ea0UI UooN “YyNOg “Ww
[[@ pue pIvogiaAO O81v9 SutAvozy] o92 |ge'6S “NV I/'V 8 “A § ouBomINeT |,oT ele", OL “SUBIBIULS
fore SN
"WYSru Te "a °S ay} 0} aouPIved aes 8] ISOM WA TIM OS CON
-de pai ajquyiewel @ yt SuruyySiy ST’ 2| a ‘ssedutoo- ay} punos
PIAIA “W ‘d OT 0} Q WOW aiaydsowye ZU— ‘Wa 9] ye pum uooN “Q-y
Qsuap YY} pue vas [NJpeap Vy 916% WO sUBdLINTT “Wy | peoegize’.6 “Aueyng
"yINoGg aued
“Luny IYSUpI “| “S 0}
96°66 —s “PTI Pet00A “NW “d § UN A
G66 “Wd g] “Wad *A[Uappns Sutseara
Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.
"A “S “S peazy "vas oytasay ‘oy Sut Gh 6S “Ur 8 fq CN “@ uaym judy
-ATJ *0} 2A0Y pu YNOg ,gP uey Sh'6S “AN “WV OL OF, = 1,49'098) LZo11 “IeWsBIg| piEsg
"SPST
"ISDA *U019046)
“SY MOWAT "way, | ‘dug "MOT "Uayvayy pup spuryy = |suoT |g ‘yvT\uo dryg fo aunnt| ‘agnq
SS
a a a a a —E—EEeE——E———E———E—E———— eee
*HNOTOAO S VNWOE
370
371
Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.
1850.]
"FT °S 9Y} 0} Spnojo Aavay ‘I ‘d F
‘auy ‘Wd = “ploy ay)
UI JO}CM 199} F fUMOP SUIOD vag
*$9Z901q
SUONS 0} SUIsvaIap “AA “S “g pulM
"plur 0} ‘W *d ‘siajrenb |e wo vag
“‘suneqe Ajystys sueouin Fy Suooual0 g
‘yjseuuieul =AemMe 4nd ‘N ‘*V
‘\seul urem AeMe 4nd pUe 19A0
WIM “GP “yOL °0} VAOY "NW *d O€'S| GB
"M ‘S'S aq} 0} sjouy SI 0} 6 WOY |FZg
Sutuund uooyN 0} W'V g WOT 68
“UTBSE PAPAKJSIAA 9Y) 0} parney
<°’N ‘*d fF 0} YINOG puUIAA “NW “d 68
"UOCN [10 YON pue ‘Ww “Vv | gg
OT 113-"AA “N24? 0} Suruuns diyg | @8
“SYLDUIYT
“Ou,
“A “dA 'S Purp “ug
B'6S | 09°6Z Suium0seq = ATjenperg [28°82 [6E°6 “yoezoy oping
“1WIA\ OUT |FS'TS |PFOL ‘areg Apey
61°66 UooN "MA ‘Q °S 92001
69'6S] “W'V [ L| Suos uooy “AA “q “SW
VO CM‘S'S “N'V '6@%8 |2E°01 ‘Suvrewes
uOON, 38 MA’ Sazee1q SuOI}s U0OK
5166 03 59'ES] L|M ‘S'S PUM N-V |,Go%S [2°01 “Auvy[Ng
“UOON 3B SUISTI “Vg
S166 —— FP | ‘suIsvaIDUL puB “AA "S'S ‘udy
91°66 “NV E | NV Hp *yNOg'N VS /,80°S8 /22°11 “IVWIIBIG) WHS
“OFST
FS ~
06
06°6%
ol 6G
‘dung
:
rT
“Ah Seb ae aN Uy
SsURIILINY JY SIUpI_AT 3
S°N ‘d GI'p OF Wye)
O'6S WSIUpPI, [Pus “AA "NN © “M ‘NGF'FS [BOIL [Wid ge
166 ——"e |W'd L'M'N'N8°M2Z'0 ‘$8 [80°0T [BOON
€8°6S UOON [1S9AA SAAN WOY MOlq PE'sQ [69'S ‘WV ¢ 32
19°66 *§ |0} UO owed “WN “VW € “‘euUIn “OTT
‘I °q°§ 01'S
I9— ‘Wd |sazes Apeag g ‘yjnog g
Fo'— uUooN [vajo pue ouy “NW “Vg
'o'— PULA SS9T "UOON OF YINOG ‘judy
6h 6% ‘¢¥e"T SAAS Bs'08 |oF'6 | “Yoezoy ang] pres
“BPSI
")Sp “uouyD
“ug, apr, PUP SPL [Biot |S MTs ding fo nunge| 22°C
UuoT
‘ANOIOAO S.VNWOAL
372 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 5.
‘PART III.
I now proceed to state briefly the grounds upon which the tracks of
these Cyclones are laid down on the Chart, beginning with that of the
Sir Howard Douglas.
I have first given the logs of two vessels to the Eastward, the Isabella
Blyth and Wellesley,* of which the first certainly had the rearward
swell? of the advancing Cyclone on the 15th, when the outer circum-
ference of its 8S. E. quadrant might have been at about 120 miles from
her position; and Captain Baylis very truly conjectures from the
“confused heavy swell from the Westward” which was that of the
Cyclone, and the lesser swell from the Eastward which was occasioned
by the Trade wind, that ‘‘it must have been blowing hard somewhere to
the Westward’’ of his position.
The Wellesley it will be recollected, was also a homeward bound
ship, but she was on the 12th in 10° 43’ South and had then had the
commencement cf her gale since the 11th. As on the 12th she had the
wind at N. N. W. which makes the centre bear from her W. 8. W.
it is difficult to suppose, without any intermediate evidence, that her
Cyclone, if it was one, was the same as that of the Sir Howard Douglas
on the 15th. I have therefore marked her track on the Chart rather
as giving another laudable instance of the caution necessary in this dan-
gerous tract of the Ocean.
We now come to the three ships near to which the centre must have
passed between the 15th and 16th which are the Sir Howard Douglas
Admiral Moorsom, and Polly, all of which had, by noon on the 1 5th, the
Cyclone evidently commencing with strong gales from the S. E. and were
running up to the Northward to cross in front of it, in entire ignorance of
their danger in so doing. But of these three ships the position of the
Polly is as we shall see altogether uncertain, and that of the ddmiral
Moorsom also, on the next day, is a mere estimation. Taking as nearly as
* A statement, from memory, by the master of the Barque Jris was also forwarded
to me by Captain Twynham ; but this vessel was on the 10th, in 12° South and 90°
East when the weather became so suspicious as to induce Captain Twynham to be-
lieve he was passing near a Cyclone to the Westward of him, which indeed may have
been the case, but it was not that ofthe Sir Howard Douglas ; and asno Barome-
trical observations were made it is not certain even that it was a Cyclone. It might
have been the Wellesley’s.
tT See Col. Reid’s new work on Storms and the Variable Winds.
1850.) Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 373
may be, a mean position for the centre of the Cyclone from the imperfect
data given in the logs I should place it at this time in Lat. 9° 5’ S.;
Long. 81° 55” Hast ; and as it passed a little after midnight close to the
Northward of the Str Howard Douglas, when she was upset, its rate of
travelling may have been not quite 1] miles an hour, ona W. S. W.
course. I have also marked the position of the Sir Henry Pottinger,
as given by Captain Baylis, but as he does not say at what time on the
14th, nor with what wind she cut away her foremast, we can only infer
that the Cyclone certainly came down from the E. N. E. as we have
marked its track and that probably she was close to, or at its centre.
We then find that it passed close to the North of the Polly, and to
the South of the Admiral Moorsom between 3 pv. M. of the 15th and
5 a.m. of the 16th; though the positions of the vessels must be
to some extent uncertain, as they were all running at night before a
furious gale increasing rapidly to a hurricane ; when all hands in a
merchantman have full employment, and the log is usually marked
the next day from recollection. We may infer that the Sir Howard
Douglas’ run is perhaps under-marked, for this direction of the track
makes the centre pass at 33 miles distance from her, and from her log
and low Barometer she may have been somewhat closer to it ; judging
also from the rapid veering of the wind with her after she went over.
After the track is carried past this group of vessels we have no
farther data than the Log of the Strabane, which ship no doubt expe-
rienced the same Cyclone, for we see from Captain Anderson’s well
kept notes* that he was watching and noting the atmospheric indi-
cations on the 16th ; and it is highly instructive to compare his remarks
on the sea of the advancing storm with those of Captain Baylis of
the Isabella Blyth in its rear, to see how perfectly good observers on
opposite sides of the same Cyclone are warned of its approach or
vicinity by these too-much-neglected signs.
The Log of the Victoria is so imperfect as regards position that we
* They are still but notes, and I should have been glad to have had the whole
Log with them, for the point at which the track of the Cyclone crosses the ship’s
track is somewhat uncertain, because we have not her exact run, hour by hour to
calculate with, but only the distance from noon to noon, whereas she was no doubt
going much faster in the first than in the latter part of this twenty-four hours.
ac
374 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 5.
can make no use of it, farther than to say that it seems pretty closely
to corroborate our estimation of the track ; for from where she is marked
in the Chart on the 15th (which is still but an approximate position)
she had only to run down with the North Westerly gale which she must
have had thereabouts, to plunge into and cross the track of the Cyclone
in its rear as she evidently did. Her damage and narrow escape from
foundering, as well as that of the Sir Howard Douglas, and the narrow
escapes of the Polly and Admiral Moorsom from far worse loss than they
suffered, are all instances of lamentable error; for they might all have
escaped with a close-reefed-topsail breeze by heaving to for six hours,
or if in the cases of the Polly and Admiral Moorsom they had thought
it right, upon cool calculation, to risk crossing in front, they should
have kept to the Westward far enough to maintain their Barometers
without any farther fall, and even to raise them a little ; without which
their running was decidedly unsafe ; and was indeed at no time worth
the risk for the short amount of time and distance which it could
have saved.
Returning to the details of the track: We find that noticing carefully
the indications of the weather the Strabane ran up from Noon of the
16th te Noon of the 17thon a N°. 30° East course, so as to cross in
front of the Cyclone and allow it to pass astern of her.* She
had the wind about South at Noon, placing the centre (if the Cy-
clone had commenced) due Kast of her and veering to West and finally
to “a furious gale” at N. W. at midnight; so that the Cyclone had
passed just astern of the vessel in the interval between Noon and mid-
night.
As before noted we have not the exact run, neither have we the
hours at which the winds were certainly at the points marked ; so that
we cannot exactly lay down the point at which the Cyclone’s track
crossed that of the ship, but as her position is carefully given, there is
no doubt that, from that of the Polly and Admiral Moorsom the track
* Which however was done too closely for perfect safety; a North course or
even one to the N. b. W. would have been a safer one, as carrying the ship more
rapidly across the line of the track, which she would have possibly have done so as
to run easily to the N. Eastward when the Westerly part of the vortex reached her.
In questions like this however, all depends upon the point at which a vessel in a
heavy breeze and sea steers best, and what the heave of the sea is.
1850. ] Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 375
curved considerably to the Southward and again to the North, to pass
as it did so close to the South of the Strabane, so as to bring the wind
from South to North West in 12 hours, and to depress her Barometer
from 29.50 to 29.40.*
With regard to the rate of travelling we can only say that it seems
evidently by the short duration of that part of the Cyclone which was
of hurricane violence, and judging also from the estimated positions of
the centres on the 15th and 16th, and midnight of the 16th and 17th
that it cannot have been below 15 or 16 miles an hour. The rapid
and sudden fall of the Barometers of the Polly and Admiral Moorsom
within a short period shews that, for them, the more violent part was of
limited extent but proportionably severe. ‘The Barometer of the Sir
H. Douglas did not indicate this peculiarity, but it may have been a
more sluggish instrument.
A curious remark is made at the close of the Polly’s Log, viz. that
the observations between the 15th and 19th shewed that the ship must
have been drifted four degrees to the Westward in the hurricane! Now
this is scarcely possible, for the other ships would also have been
carried to the Westward and no doubt have noticed it, to say nothing
that the hurricane part of the storm did not last more than 24 hours
at most, so that we must suppose here a storm wave of 10 miles an
hour! which is quite unprecedented. I should rather suppose some
error in the observations? or that the Chronometer had been injured
during the Cyclone? We must not forget however that this throws
much uncertainty on the Polly’s position, and thus our track may not
have been quite so abruptly curved as we have made it. Yet it is
clear that we have yet much to learn regarding the tracks in this
quarter of the Ocean ; and such a one as is shewn by these ships’ Logs
may doubtless occur, and the Mariner has here another caution when a
Cyclone is commencing with him.
THe Jumwna’s CYCLONES.
The following are the considerations upon which the track of these
Cyclones are laid down.
* By a Barometer diagram which is sent with the extract the Barometer seems
to have been at its lowest at about 3 a. m. of the 17th (probably an error) though
the Log states it to have risen after midnight. The Simpiesometer both by the .
Log and diagram appears to have been lowest at about midnight.
3. Ge
376 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 5.
We find, that on the 21st of April, the Braemar in 6° 43’ S. and
88° 10’ East had cloudy weather with a confused sea ; and the wind from
N. E. to East, her Barometer being still at 29.77 ; and that the Sama-
rang, Lady Sale and Sultany all very near each other, but 140 miles
to the 8. W. of the Braemar had also strong Northerly and N. Kasterly
breezes, increasing, and with squalls,and their Barometers falling ; and by
midnight they were all preparing for bad weather. We cannot from this
infer anything as to the existence of a Cyclone to the N. Westward of
them on this day at Noon, and indeed had any existed it would have
been felt by the Jumna and Salween, both of which were in that
direction, the Salween being only 130’ to the W. b. N. of the Braemar.
But at 320 miles to the 8. West of the Braemar and 180 to the 8.
West of the Sultany, Lady Sale and Samarang, it appears that the
Futile Rozack having had the wind in strong squalls from N. E. to
E. 8. E. and 8. E. at Noon, had by 5 p. m. strong gales with heavy
gusts, turbulent swell and confused sea, with her Barometer at 29.55
and 29.54. At midnight it did not fall more, because she was still
running to the W. S. W. and S. W. and out of the Cyclone circle, if
we take it now to have been one, as it seems by her Log to have just
commenced, or formed, (or descended) somewhere to the N. W. of her,
It was midnight also before the Pemberton began to experience any
bad weather. She being at this time perhaps with the light winds
and calms described in the note, in about 74° S. and 82° 50’ East, and
indeed, if the winds are correctly noted in the newspaper account,
which was no doubt the Captain’s report, the Cyclone of this ship
and the Deborah was a small. one travelling rapidly to the S. East, a
very unusual track hereabouts. I shall revert again to these vessels
and I notice them now merely to shew that, for this day, the Pemberton’s
position could have no relation to the Futtle Rozack’s bad weather.
The newspaper position I take to have been as usual about where the gale
was most severe, and Mr. Meldrum’s to be the calculated position at
noon of the 22nd, and that the date given by the Captain is that of the
worst weather on the 23rd, when the vessel had drifted back to the
Northward.
On the 22nd of April, we find that the Braemar had run down 160
miles to the 8S. S. W. and South with fresh gales and drizzling rain
from the N. E. b. E. to N. East, and a high rolling sea; her Barometer
~
1850.] Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 377.
falling from 29.74 at Noon to 29.54 at 4 p. m. The next ships to
her are :— :
The Samarang 200 miles to the W. 8. W. with the wind about
E.N. E. The Sultany about 130 miles to the W. b. S. and the
Lady Sale about 115 miles to the W 3 S. with the wind about E. N. E.
and these vessels had all by noon gales, or every indication of bad
weather. The note of the Dedorah affords us no information as to
the weather on the 22nd, and the Pemberton’s has no position. As
however, both these vessels were from Bombay we may take them,
like the Jumna, to have been running down to the S. b. W. or S. S. W.
at most, to get the trade wind as soon as they could. The bearings of
the centre from the ships Samarang, Sultany and Lady Sale will not
cross so as to meet at any point near enough to assume it as a centre,
and if the centre was at all distant the circle would include H. M. S.
Jumna and the H. C. P. V. Salween. And we know of the first that she
«had the usual fair (westerly) winds with heavy squalls thunder and
lightning” till the 23rd of April, and of the Salween at 170 miles to
the N. N. W. of the Braemar, that though, as with all the ships, she
had very threatening appearances, yet it was fine enough to allow her
to speak the Jumna.
Hence we may suppose that, if the Cyclone was formed at Noon of
this day, it was only su overhead, and was settling down: perhaps
unequally ; i. e. with its S. Kastern and Southern quadrants more
inclined to the earth than the Northern and North Western ones; or
that the Westerly Monsoon was still strong enough to the Northward
to force its way beneath and impede the due surface action of that side
of it. I do not mean as regards the wind, but as regards its electric
action. The mere winds only would have assisted each other, both
being from the Westward. We cannot thus fairly assign any centre
to this Cyclone for the 22nd.
We find that the Futtle Rozack, which ship on the 21st had every
indication of a Cyclone to the Northward and Eastward of her, ran on
tothe S. W. with the S. Easterly gales of its S. West quadrant till her
Barometer fell to 29.48; and at 10 a. m. bore up to the N. W. to get
out of it, bringing the wind to S. S. E. at 5 p. m. and to S.2 East
and S. east at midnight, so that we may suppose, with so accurate an
observer as Captain Rundle, and the full detail of his careful obser-
378 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 5,
vations that there really was a smaller precursor Cyclone in his wake
as he supposes, on the 21st and 22nd, and that it passed near to the
Hardwicke by the imperfect newspaper notice which I have obtained,
that ship being only 25 miles to the South a little East of the Futtle
Rozack.
On the 23rd of April.—Taking the ships now from the Westward*
we see that the Deborah had on this day a small Cyclone centre crossing
her which is called a hurricane, and lasted for four hours only. It is
difficult to say from such scant information if this had any relation to
the next ship’s hurricane, the Pemberton, which appears from Mr.
Meldrum’s account to have had the centre of the Cyclone passing over
her not far from the spot of which he has given the Lat. and Long.
on the 22nd, but as we are quite in the dark as to whether she was
running or hove to; and as the copy of his letter sent me from
Bombay differs from the newspaper report, we can merely take the
whole as a soré of confirmation, but nothing else. The shift given by
the newspaper report, N. N. W. to W. 8S. W. would also give a Cyclone
track to the S. E. like that of the Deborah ; and as the Pemberton was
a cotton-laden ship bound to England, she probably ran on as long as
she could do so under the temptation of the fair wind from N. N. W.
I should take the Deborah’s to be a separate Cyclone of small dimen-
sions, but it is scarcely possible to trust to these scant, and so frequently
erroneous newspaper notices.
We have next the Log of the Lady Sale, but unfortunately her
positions are only given on the 21st and 24th, and the extract from
her log giving no distances run, or rate of drift, I cannot work up the
dead reckoning. We can only then estimate roughly that as her track
and drift cross that of the Cyclone, and as she was evidently hove to
close on the western verge of the centre at 4 p. m. on the 22nd, she
had probably run down about 200 miles from her position on the 21st
before she hove to; which would place her at that time, i. e. 2 a. m.
23rd, in Lat. 9° 44" S.; Long. 83° 43’ East, when, as the wind is
marked due East in her log, she had the centre North from her, and
between this time and noon of the 23rd the centre, as we see from
* Because from the shifts given in the notices of the Deborah, Pemberton and
others, N. E. to S. W., it is clear that their Cyclone was travelling to the S. East-
ward! a very unusual track, but one fully shewn to be correct by all the Logs.
«
1850. Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 379
the veering of the wind, was passing her close to the N. Eastward while
she was hove to; the Cyclone leaving her with a strong breeze only,
from the Southward, by noon of the 23rd, when she might be about
172 miles West from the position of H. M. S. Jumna at that time,
which would give about 150 miles for the semi-diameter of the Cyclone
taking the Jwmna to have been at noon close on the eastern verge of
the centre.
The next ship, and she must have been not far from the Lady Sale,
is the Samarang. We find that her Easterly gale had increased to a
hurricane from E. b. N. by 8 p. M. of the 22nd; and that at midnight
her Barometer had fallen to its lowest, 29.39, with the wind about
E. S. E. veering to South at 8 a. m., and moderating with the Barometer
at 29.50 by Noon. Hence it is clear that the centre passed her to the
Eastward, and if we take the average strength and shift of the wind to
have been from E. N. E. when it is described on the 22d as an
increasing gale, obliging the ship to be hove to, to South, this would
give a S. E. b. E. course for the body of the Cyclone.
We have then the Suldtany to the N. Eastward in about 9° 32’S.;
and about 83° 27’ East, or not quite midway from the Pemberton and
Deborah, a little more than 100 miles N. E. of the Lady Sale, and
not quite 100 miles N. West of the Jumna; and we find that at noon,
in about this position, she must have been aé¢ the centre since she had
«the wind all round the compass with a dreadful sea and thick dense
atmosphere, the vessel lying with her lee gunwale in the water.”*
H. M.S. Jumna, to which we now come, has her position also as well
ascertained as that of vessels can be in weather of this nature, and so
far better than the Sultany’s that the Jumna was going free and the
Sultany’s drift only can be estimated. We see that she was at
the distance of 98 miles to the S. E. b. East of the Sultany, which
would have given her 2f she had the same Cyclone a N. HE. b. N.
wind, instead of which we find she had one to the Westward of North
that is N. N. W.! at Noon, or one differing five points. This is not
reasonably reconcileable and we may either suppose that H. M. S.
Jumna had a smaller Cyclone travelling down with her, in her run on
this day, and that it was about the spot where the Sultany’s and
* The Suliany is one of the finest ships out of the Port of Calcutta, of 1000
tons burden, and ably commanded. We see that she was fully prepared for the
hurricane, though from its unusual track she was involved in it.
co
380 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [ No. 5.
Jumna’s Cyclones met that the latter vessel was upset, or ‘that there
were some excessive incurvings of the winds with her at this distance
from the centre.*
For we find by the Jwmna’s Log that she had the usual fine and
squally weather up to 3 a. M. on the 23rd, when it came on to blow
from the N. West; and at 5, veered to West; at 6, to W. N. W.; and
at + past 8, to Noon it was N. N. W. and p. m. N. b. W.
Now the Sultany before, and up to Noon, nad her Cyclone to the
N. W. of her position, and though it is true that a storm circle which
would include the Braemar and Mary Stoddart, both of which ships
had a full hurricane on the 23rd, would also include the Jumna’s posi-
tion and run, yet it is difficult to allow so great a discrepancy in the
position of the centre as denoted by the wind points shewn above ;
and this is farther strengthened by the fact that the winds on board
the Jumna, though marked most carefully (nine times in the 24 hours
on the 22nd, and twelve times in the Log of the 23rd), are never to the
- Eastward of North; which we certainly must suppose they would
sometimes have been if the bearing of the centre had been so far to
the North Westward of the Jumna as the Sultany’s position, whether
over or under-stated, shews. We may also remark that even a¢ the
calm centre and close upon it the Jumna’s Log shews only vibrations
of two points till the wind finally settled at S. W. after the shift.
Thus we are reduced to the first supposition, which is that the
Jumna was bringing down with her another small Cyclone, and if we
admit this, and that it was for a time travelling on a track gradually
approaching her as shewn by the steady fall of her Barometer, we can
easily understand that at the point where the two approximated and
combined, the fury of the tempest might be much augmented and the
track subject to some variation.t I proceed to examime the Jumna’s
* Five points is not an excessive incurving of the wind when near the centre,
but at this distance it would seem to be so. See Sailor’s Horn Book, pp. 70 to 75,
on the incurving of winds. The wind was of course accurately marked on board of
the Man-of-War, and I do not recollect that we have any detailed Log of a Man-
of-War in recent days in the Hastern Seas in an open Ocean. Those of H. M. S.
in the China Seas cited in my Seventeenth Memoir are all within ashort distance of
the land.
+ This certainly occurs with hail storms, as satisfactorily shewn by the Count de
Tristan in the Annales de la Societé Royale d’'Orleans. See Quarterly Journal of
Science for 1829, p. 214.
1850. | Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 381
Log more closely so as clearly to set forth the reasons on which this
opinion is founded. We shall find moreover that the Braemar’s
Cyclone was a separate one from those of the Jumna and Sultany.
First: we have her position at 3 a. Mm. of the 23rd as marked on
the chart when it ‘‘came on to blow.’ The wind is marked at NV. W.
in the Log* and West at 5 a. m. though the copy of Lieut. Rodney’s
Admiralty letter forwarded to me by H. E. the Naval Commander-in-
Chief, says ‘‘a heavy gale sprung up aé North, veering at times to
N. N. W.” This is, at starting, a troublesome discrepancy, but I
reconcile it by supposing that North West was written at full length
in the letter and the word West omitted by the copying clerks ; for it
is difficult to suppose that three copies of the Log by different hands
are all in error. The wind is also marked N. W. from 9 p. Mo. to
midnight on the 22nd. The Barometer at 29.64 at midnight 22nd and
29.57 at 3 a. M. 23rd; and the wind increasing from a force of 5 to
7 and 8.+
Hence we may say that the Jumna had a sudden onset of a fresh
gale, at N. W., giving her a centre bearing S. W. of her at 3 a. M.;
which by 5, when she had run 27 miles to the South and S. 8. W., was
bearing South of her (wind West) and in a run of 14-4 miles it was
bearing S. S. W. of her, (wind W. N. W.) and in a run of 43 miles
more, it was bearing W. S. W. of her, (wind N. N. W.)
We can only account for these excessive veerings by attributing them
either to incurvings of the winds or to the action of a smaller Cyclonet
travelling down with the ship, I prefer the latter hypothesis, and have
therefore placed upon the chart a separate diagram upon a plane scale
shewing the Jumna’s run, and the various bearings of the Cyclone
centre from her at different hours, with the height of her Barometer.
* Three copies in all.
+ Admiral Beaufort’s Numbers. 5 is a fresh breeze, 8 a fresh gale.
{~ Of which we may suppose the centre to have had that spiral motion upon
itself during its progress described by Mr. Redfield, making thus the meandering
track which I have laid down in the diagram ; and even that these deviations from a
direct line of track were occasioned by the alternate attractions and repulsions of
the larger (Suliany’s and Braemar’s) Cyclones on each side of it, as with other
electrified masses. It is evident that the three cannot be reconciled as one Cyclone
till about the time of the Jumna’s being dismasted. There is indeed one other,
but a remote suspicion: namely, that her compasses may have been affected ?
3D
382 Nineteenth Memoir. on the Law of Storms. [No. 5.
H. M. 8. now ran down with the wind N. N. W. and N. b. W.
till 4 p. m. when she reached the calm centre, but the Cyclone follow-
ing her and probably before this time combining with the Sultany’s
and Braemar’s gave her a renewed hurricane at W. 8. W. and S.
West, when unable to lie to any longer she bore up, with the wind now
blowing harder than the figure 12 expresses, though it had only been
rated at 10 before the calm. 'This average shift of N. N. W. to S. W.
would give a track of KH. S. KE. for the body of the Cyclone at this
time, though as compared with the position of the Sultany, not far
from which one of the main Cyclones had certainly travelled down to
reach the Jumna’s here, the track should have been one from the
N. W. b. N. to the S. E. b. S. so that if there was a junction of the
three Cyclones as we have supposed, the track of the larger one was
curved towards the smaller. The Jumna scudded before the 8S. W.
hurricane till 10h. 45’ p. m. when broaching to, she upset and was
only saved from foundering by cutting away her mainmast. It is
remarkable also that her Barometer was now lower, being at 29.16,
than in the calm, when it was at 29.21. Was this an effect of the meet-
ing of the Braemar’s Cyclone?
The Cyclone may indeed have curved farther to the Eastward, as we
shall now see on consideration of the Braemar’s Log, which, I should
premise, is one very well kept, and evidently worthy of all the credit
which can be fairly accorded to a merchantman’s Log in comparison
with that of a Man-of-War. This ship then, onthe 22nd at Noon,
though her Barometer was still high had fresh gales at N. E. with
drizzling rain and a high rolling sea, which was no doubt the com-
mencement of her Cyclone, for at 8 it was “ increasing with heavy seas*
from the N. West, S. E. and S. W.” obliging her to close reef; the
Barometer having fallen to 29.54 by 4 p. m. and standing at 29.58 at
midnight. Hence it would appear that she had at Noon a Cyclone to
the N. W. b. N. of her (wind N. E. b. E.) and that at midnight its
centre bore N. West of her, the wind being N. E., so that though she
had run 463 miles 8S. S. W. and 37 miles South, the Cyclone had
travelled down nearly with her like the Jumna’s. I have projected
these circles but in part only, so as not to interfere with those of the
Jumna’s track, though it must be recollected that at midnight 22nd and
* The precursor swells of the Cyclone.
1850. | Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 383
23rd, the centre of the Braemar’s Cyclone is about 100 miles to the
South of the Jumna’s probable position at the same time. And this
too serves to shew that, like the Jumna’s Cyclone, that of the Braemar
was also of small extent, for had it been large it would have reached
the Jumna at this time with its northern quadrants, giving her a
N. Westerly gale of the same force; and that at noon of the 22nd
the Jumna could not have been far from its centre if it had existed ;
whereas we find that she had at that time Northerly and variable
winds (force 6) with cloudy weather, and it was not until 15 hours
afterwards 3 A. Mm. 23rd, that it “‘ came on to blow.’’
There can be no doubt, also, that the Braemar’s Cyclone travelled
down nearly with her, i. e. from the N. N. E. to the 8S. S. W.; for as
from noon to midnight of the 22nd, she madea chord of 95 miles this
would have given her a very considerable veering of the wind had the
Cyclone been coming direct towards her.*
At 8 a. M. there is the remarkable note in the Braemar’s Log of
“ gale suddenly increasing,’ and the Barometer had fallen at Noon to
29.45, from 29.58 at midnight ; and we find that at 9 a. m. the wind
with the Jumna veered from W. N. W. to N. N. W. increasing in
strength from 9 to 10. We may take this, I think, to be about the
time of junction of the two, or of the three Cyclones, as that of the
Jumna now seems to have adopted a steady course to the Southward
as if it had been before attracted and repelled between the Sultany’s
and the Braemar’s, which accounts for its serpentine track as shewn
in our diagram. The land whirlwinds and simoons certainly make
tracks of this kind, and in hail storms and thunder storms clouds are
sometimes seen attracted and repelled between two others. So that
on the supposition that the Cyclone is an electrical phaenomenon, there
is nothing at all strange in this track of the Jumna’s, and we may
think ourselves very fortunate that we have so many Logs and _ notices
to explain it. |
The main Cyclone evidently after this time, (Noon 23rd) passed to
the Northward of the Braemar; which ship was probably carried
* A Cyclone of 100 miles in diameter requires in round numbers a run of 10
miles for each point which the wind veers; one of 200 miles about 20’, so that the
Braemar’s Cyclone could only be travelling parallel to her, and at about her own
rate.
Oo Des
384 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 5.
first to the South Westward and then back to the Northward by her
drift and the storm currents; being so near the centre as to have the
wind veering from E. N. EK. to 8. E. blowing a hurricane at midnight
when H. M. S. Jumna was also in the adjacent quadrant running out
of the circle, with her foremast only standing since 10h. 45’ p. M.
From the direction of the wind—and taking also into account the little
attention which can be paid to a merchantman’s Log on the approach
of bad weather, so that it is very often undermarked, it would seem
that the Braemar must have been much farther to the Southward than
her Lat. and Long. by D. R. place her, but I have not thought it right
to alter her position on a mere probability. There can be no doubt
that she was close on the-Southern and S. Western quadrants of the
centre both from the rapid veering of the wind and its extreme violence,
obliging her at 3 a. m. of the 24th to cut away her mainmast.
From the Log of the Mary Stoddart, there is nothing to be gleaned
except that she had also a Cyclone thereabouts* travelling to the
South Eastward. The notice of the Ormelie may relate either to a
heavy Westerly monsoon gale or to the Northern quadrants of. the
Mary Stoddart’s Cyclone.
As the phenomenon of the vibrating track of the Jumna’s Cyclone
as marked on the chart is of much importance in our science if we
allow that it really took place as I have endeavoured to shew, I have
thought it right to print also the Log at full length; or rather a Log
compounded of the three separate ones in my possession by filling
up in Lieut. Rodney’s Log of the weather, Bar. and Ther. the distances.
I have no Log enabling me to give the run on the 22nd, or afternoon
of the 24th, but this is immaterial.
I have noted carefully where discrepancies occur, but fortunately in
all the main points as regards the veerings of the wind they all agree,
and it is this alone which is of interest to this part of the investigation.
The remarks of the Log I have condensed with the abridgement in
Part II.
* For, to add to our perplexities with these scant notices, some Captains give the
Latitude and Longitude of their position when they consider the hurricane to have
begun with them, and others their position when it is at its utmost fury; so that a
hurricane im such a position means at either of the above times! and the two
positions may be at any distance apart,
385
Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. -
1850.]
“Aypenbs A190 A,
‘Aypenbs
‘WW 'V
"SPSL udp pugs Anpunjog
o€8
068
068
06g
068
‘LOY T,
19°63 1°0 g ras
IL
OL
*h 0 9 mI NI 6
99°6% "MON M "MS 'S 8
"1°9 9 SOMA "METM'S | 2
"MS 'S 9
c
69°66 YON b
‘1 'O 9 e
“MS z
l
‘d ‘o 9 a[qeue A
a nt ES
—————— LS | eS SS
£26 ‘b-a'q
GI
IL
Aa] o) Sa waif 00) YON - OL
6
vL'6% g°b:o ¢ 8
z
“an ‘bo c 189 AA 9
¢
ZL'63 ‘d +9 v "MN v
g
(él
Oso [66 a[qvue A yynosg I
“LD “LOY 02 A IDLO NT “spur *SISUNOT) *SLNO HT
“hor ayz fo hdoo qorayfo ay; wolf osjo
‘YIPT PUD PLOT aY7Z UO SadUnZSIp AY, +: aajnUWOIUILT, ‘KANGOY “LAAT wouf—QPEQ] “7dp Y2PG PUY PUZZ AY? Uaamjag
wazamoulay], pun ‘sazamoung ‘uayznam ayz fo a7nzs ayz bumays ,<VNWOL ,, wg sop “H £2 S07 ay2 mouf ponijxa Up
2 10 -
3
Zz
=
Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.
386
a
“WV TT pur OL ‘6 38 PayU SI“ MN N PUM +
"9 pue ¢ ysed F ‘g ye poyreo St “AA “N “AA POUIM x
ol8 916% pe cou al Ok
068 91°66 ol 0 Ifl TL
: She OL
068 81°66 Oo IL 0 |r OL
: 2b +6 aah Pes 0 |¢ } “a ON
068 91°64. OL M'S z |g ‘TI a°¢ 6
0&8 816% OL ‘S"d°M 10 [IE 8
088 61°62 . M'S ‘ : im
; 9 "M “SM 10 19 “mM ‘U'S ¢
UIsBaIoUL PUT AA | 0&8 18°63 } weg | . yynog v
8‘*bo | 6 "M ‘NN {8 [Ot €
068 18°63 0 {et j
"Wd 068 SE°6% ‘3‘b’o | OL | ‘M‘4'N (0 [gt "MS 'S is
"1,00 0S8 "S ,8% oO
Yd “su0T SP i 40g
008 €8°6% ¢ |Il tL
O |OL IL
¢ |tl OL
-d°8 *h Ye) OL 4° AA N "N GS ILI 6
of68 €9°6% 0 [ZI 8
6 ¢G |OL Z
x AA *N “AAI |6 !)
aA IP 16 ¢
é 8 0 1¢ “M‘S'S
068 Lg 66 L G g ynog v
0 |6 €
0 |6 G
"TL "Vv Ort ‘bh 5) 9 “M “N (0) 6 “Mm ‘Ss Ss T
SPSL ‘udp pues Anopung ‘UajaWoulay J, | “lajamoug |\"sayznay| 2407 | “Spurm | M "sas.lnor) “Sano FT
ce OV OL EV ECO EES ee aL | eee | ee ee
387
Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.
1850.]
*uotssossod Aut Ul 918 SoOURISIP 19T}IVJ ON
“W ‘d
‘WN °V
"SPSL udp yI~s Anpuopy
068
068
068
o€8
o£8
068
068
068
oGe
068
ol8
ol8
ol8
" LaJQWOUWLLIY J,
12°62
69°66
GV 62
OF 6%
LE'6%
16°66
VG ‘66
66°66
816%
91°66
816%
*MIJIULOLDT
91°66
*b °o ia
bo 9
Liat 0) I
23 br O= |) ae
v
v
€
‘-b °o 9
8
1 bia If
VT bro at
"IY 09 Af | °99L0T
“UMON
“a “dN
*SISUno*d
‘SEM
389 AA
"MON M
"MON
0 |T
0 IT
GIL
Sait
¢ 13
0 IT
0 |2
GT Biota
r@) FI "MM '“S°S
0 |FI
0 WF1'S “aM 'S
Orn — “AA “S
ly) spur
rN
er
eee CO) DN) GON se
“=
eae
aANOT 1D OFM DODO
bia)
*“SANOTT
388 Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Nose
ConcLusion. We may first remark here, as regards the practical
part of the results, that in both the Cyclones of which we have investi-
gated the tracks, the single one of the Sir Howard Douglas and
the triple combination of those which I have for brevity’s sake called
the Jumna’s, all the ships which suffered did so from their neglect or
ignorance of the Laws of our Science, for they had nothing to do but to
heave to for a few hours! And again, as if they had all been perform-
ing experiments for the instruction of their brother seamen, the whole
of them in the first Cyclone, the Sir Howard Douglas, Admiral
Moorsom, and Polly, ran into the Cyclone circle from the South, the
fair S. EK. wind of the South Western quadrants tempting them to do
so; and all those in the other Cyclone were doing the same on the
opposite quadrants of their Cyclones, and exactly from the same
temptation. And this it will be observed was constantly done in the
face of their falling Barometers! It is I know very difficult for seamen
to bend their minds to the notion of “throwing away a fair wind
because they are AFRAID of a hurricane,” but we might also urge upon
them that they may be creditably afraid of the displeasure of owners
and underwriters, and of ruin to their own prospects, when the Barome-
ter so clearly warns them that mischief is impending.*
As regards the theoretic or rather the physical branch of our enqui-
ries we have arrived here at some very curious facts.
First, the tracks from the N. Westward and N. Eastward are corro-
borated by and corroborate those of the H. C. S. Orwell and Macqueen
in 12° §.; and 100° to 104° East in January and February, 1827,
which I have laid down on the Chart of the Tracks of the Southern
Indian Ocean in the Sailors’ Horn Book, (marked 7. and /.) as well as
some others farther East in the Timor Sea, shewing that just on the
* The Ship Sir Howard Douglas, dismasted and with loss of rudder being
bound to Bombay with a cargo of coals, got into Galle, from whence she again started
for Bombay ; but while endeavouring to get round by the Southern passage, her
coals heated, 95 days after being wetted in the hurricane ! and she bore up for Cal-
cutta where she had of course to be docked. She then went to Moulmein for a
cargo of timber, where Captain Ogilvy, whose mind, as I saw, was much depressed
by his misfortunes, died. The ship I presume reached home in safety, but the
accounts of the voyage must have shewn a fearful loss for some one. All this
might have been avoided by heaving to, at 6 p. m. for 6 hours!
1850. ] Nineteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 389
verge of the Westerly monsoon and trade wind limits, great variation
in the tracks is to be looked for.
Next, the serpentine course of the Jumna’s hurricane most remark-
ably approaches to what we have upon record in various works describ-
ing the tracks of Tornadoes and land-spouts or whirlwinds (many
of them evidently electric by their effects) and hail-storms. And the
Comte de Tristan* has satisfactorily shewn in treating of this last class
of phenomena, and of thunder-storms, that their clouds attract and
cause each other to deviate from their route; often appearing stronger
afterwards. We require farther evidence to affirm certainly that this
occurs with Cyclones, but there are now strong probabilities that it
does; and our present knowledge will serve to put the careful seaman
on his guard till more is obtained, and afford many suggestions for
intelligent observers.
Finally: all this we see occurs in the Storm Tract to which I have
so often and so earnestly drawn the attention of mariners navigating
the Indian Seas, and in which indubitably so many fatal losses and so
much damage have occurred. And it must be now, evident to the
most reckless that no ship can be too well prepared which has to cross
these dangerous latitudes.
* Annales de la Societé Royale d’Orleans, before quoted p.
390 On the Dust-storms of India. — [No. 5.
On THE Dust-stormMs or Inp1A. By P. Bappetey, Esa.
B. M. S., Surgeon Arty. Lanore.
(From the Philosophical Magazine and Journal of August, 1850.)
The Editor reprints this paper with great pleasure; not only as another of those
triumphs of Indian research which have so often adorned the pages of the Journal,
and so well demonstrated to the scientific world what the energy of English minds
alone can perform, under all the discouragements and difficulties which the experi-
mental sciences, particularly, must meet with at every step ina state of Society so
peculiar as that of India, but moreover as a solution of a great meteorological
problem which opens a new page of the Book of Nature in that vast and yet un-
wrought mine of science. We trust that Dr. Baddeley will continue his valuable
researches in the great field which be has before him.—Ep. Jour.
Lahore, April 18, 1850.
GENTLEMEN,
I have only an hour or two to spare before the Indian mail leaves
this, to give you a few notes regarding dust-storms, which are
very prevalent in this part of India during the dry months of April,
May and June, that is, before the setting in of the rainy season.
My observations on this subject have extended as far back as the
hot weather of 1847, when I first came to Lahore, and the result is
as follows :—Dust-storms are caused by spiral columns of the electric
fluid passing from the atmosphere to the earth ; they have an onward
motion—a revolving motion, like revolving storms at sea—and a
peculiar spiral motion from above downwards, like a corkscrew. It
seems probable that in an extensive dust-storm there are many of
these columns moving on together in the same direction ; and during
the continuance of the storm, many sudden gusts take place at in-
tervals, during which time the electric tension is at its maximum.
These storms hereabouts mostly commence from the north-west or
west and in the course of an hour, more or less, they have nearly
completed the circle, and have passed onwards.
Precisely the same phzenomena, in kind, are observable in all cases
of dust-storms : from the one of a few inches in diameter to those
that extend for fifty miles and upwards, the pheenomena are identical,
It is a curious fact that some of the smaller dust-storms occasion-
ally seen in extensive and arid plains, both in the country and in
Affghanistan above the Bolan Pass, called in familiar language ‘* Devils,”’
are either stationary for along time, that is, upwards of an hour,
1850. | On the Dust-storms of India. 391
or nearly so; and during the whole of this time the dust and mi-
nute bodies on the ground are kept whirling above into the air. In
other cases these small dust-storms are seen slowly advancing, and
when numerous, usually proceed in the same direction. Birds, kites
and vultures, are often seen soaring high up, just above these spots,
apparently following the direction of the column, asif enjoying 1t.* My
idea is, that the phenomena connected with dust-storms are identical
with those present in waterspouts and white squalls at sea, and re-
volving storms and tornadoes of all kinds ; and that they originate from
the same cause, viz. moving columns of electricity.
In 1847, at Lahore, being desirous of ascertaining the nature of
dust-storms, I projected into the air an insulated copper wire on a
bamboo on the top of my house, and brought the wire into my room,
and connected it with a gold-leaf electrometer and a detached wire
communicating with the earth. A day or two after, during the
passage of a small dust-storm, I had the pleasure of observing the
electric fluid passing in vivid sparks from one wire to another, and of
course strongly affecting the electrometer. The thing was now explained ;
and since then I have by the same means observed at least sixty dust-
storms of various sizes, all presenting the same phenomena in kind.
I have commonly observed that, towards the close of a storm of this
kind, a fall of rain suddenly takes place, and instantly the stream
of electricity ceases, or is much diminished ; and when it continues,
it seems only on occasions, when the storm is severe and continues
for some time after. The barometer steadily rises throughout. In
this part of the world, the fluctuation of the barometric column is
very slight, seldom more than two or three tenths of an inch at a time.
The average height at Lahore is 1-180, corrected for temperature,
indicating, I suppose, above 1150 feet above the level of the sea,
taking 30 inches as the standard.
A large dust-storm is usually preceded by certain peculiarities in the
dew-point, and the manner in which the particles of dew are deposited
on the bulb of a thermometer. My mode of taking the dew-point is, to
plunge a common thermometer in a little ice, let it run down 20° or
| * They may be looking for prey, or involved in, and unable to fly out of, the in-
visible part of the electrified aerial column, of which the lower part only is visible
to us by the dust raised. —Ep. Journau.
@ EZ
392 On the Dust-storms of India. [No. 5.
30°, take it out, wipe it dry, hold it up to the light, and observe the
bright spot, and continue to wipe off the dew so long as it is deposited
and dulls the bulb: at the instant it clears off mark the temperature.
This I have compared frequently with Daniell’s hygrometer, cooled by
means of chloroform, and find them both correspond with the greatest
accuracy.
This is a digression ; but I have no time to arrange, and must there-
fore put down my remarks as they occur to me.
The dew-point varies very much, but is usually many degrees below
the temperature of the air, 20° to 50° or more.
It also varies according to the time of year. During November last
the mean temperature of the dew-point was about 47°, that of the air
about 71°.
In January 1850, dew-point 43°; in the air, 61°; and the mean
temperature of self-registering thermometer 45%4.
In February 1850, mean of dew-point 48°, and air 64%5.
April 1850, mean temperature of dew-point so far, is about 60°, and
the air 84°.
_ The sparks, or the stream of electricity, as it is seen passing from
one wire to the other, is in some cases, and during high tension,
doubled or trebled ; and is never straight, but invariably more or less
crooked.
Various kinds of sparks are seen ; at times one end of the wire has a
star; and from the wire, when held just beyond striking distance, a
brush is seen curved, which, when viewed through a lens, seems com-
posed of a stream or curved brush of bright globules, like a shower of
mercury.
The manner in which the electricity acts upon the dust and light
bodies it meets with in its passage, is simple enough. I suppose the
particles similarly electrified and mutually repulsive, and then, together
with the whirling motion communicated to them, are whisked into the
air. The same takes place when the electricity moves over water.
The surface of the water becomes exposed to the electric agency ; and
its particles, rendered mutually repulsive, are in the same way whirled
into the air.
At sea the waterspout is thus formed. First of all is seen the cloud
descending, and beneath may be observed the water in a cone, misty
1850. | On the Dust-storms of India. 393
and agitated ; soon the cloud is seen to approach and join the latter,
involving both extremities in one column. having a spiral motion, and
on it moves or continues stationary. The power of electricity in raising
bodies, when combined with this peculiar whirling motion, will account
for fish, &c. being carried up in its vortex and afterwards discharged to
a distance on the earth. The motion of the dust-storm may be de-
scribed by spinning a tee-totum on a drop of ink ; and the way in which
bodies are projected may be in like manner described, by letting fall a
drop of ink on the centre of a tee-totum while spinning. In this case
the particles of mk are thrown off at tangents ever varying, as the
centre moves ; and perhaps it will be found, that when these kind of
storms pass through forests, trees uprooted are distributed something
in this manner.
The violent dust-storms are by some supposed to commence at the
foot of the hills. I cannot tell if this be the case or not, but should
think that they do not necessarily do so, as many often originate in
extensive arid plains; and the rarefaction of air, from great and long-
continued heat, may be in some way connected with the exciting
cause.
Some of them come on with great rapidity, as if at the rate of from
40 to 80 miles an hour. They occur at all hours, oftentimes near
sunset.
The sky is clear, and not a breath moving ; presently a low bank of
clouds is seen in the horizon, which you are surprised you did not ob-
serve before ; a few seconds have passed, and the cloud has half filled
the hemisphere: and now there is no time to lose—it is a dust-storm,
and helter-skelter every one rushes to get into the house in order to
escape being caught in it.
The electric fluid continues to stream down the conducting wire
unremittingly during the continuance of the storm, the sparks often-
times upwards of an inch in length, and emitting a crackling sound ;
its intensity varying with the force of the storm, and, as before said,
more intense during the gusts.
Many dust-storms occur at Lahore and in the Punjaub, generally
during the hot and dry months, as many as seven and nine in one
month.
One that occurred last year in the month of August seemed to have
394 Tables for determining Heights [No. 5.
come from the direction of Lica, on the Indus, to the west and by south
of Lahore, and to have anorth-easterly direction. An officer travelling,
and at the distance of twenty miles or so from Lica, was suddenly
caught in it ; his tent was blown away, and he himself knocked down
and nearly suffocated by the sand. He stated to me that he was
informed by one resident at Lica, that so great was its force at the
latter place, as to crack the walls of a substantial brick dwelling in
which the above officer had lately resided, and to uproot some trees
about.
The instant the insulated wire is involved in the electric current
marked by the column of dust, down streams the electricity.
I have sometimes attempted to test the kind of electricity, and find
that it is not invariably in the same state; sometimes appearing +, at
other times —, and changing during the storm.
One day I caused the current to pass through a solution of cyanide
of silver, so as to affect a small piece of copper, which was rapidly co-
vered with a coating of silver, which upon drying peeled off. In this
case the cyanide of silver was pure, without any salt ; but in subse-
quent attempts to silver a wire in this way, I have not succeeded, only
a very slight deposit taking place, which was not increased by long
exposure to the influence.
But in all the cases I tried subsequent to the one first alluded to, the
oxide of silver was dissolved in cyanide of potassium. In the course of
time bright and minute crystals were formed, transparent and colour-
less, on a copper coin. Yours truly,
P. BappELEY,
Arty. Surgeon, Lahore.
Lables for determining Heiyhts by the Barometer. Computed by
Major J. C. Hannyneron, B. N. I.
These tables are so framed as to bring the logarithmic process into
a purely arithmetical and very simple form.
They are to be used as follows :
Rule. Correct the Barometer at the colder station, by adding the
correction from Table I. for the difference of temperature.
1850.) by the Barometer. 395
Extract the Barometric Factors from Table II., then according as
the Barometer at the Jower station is more or less than 30 inches,
multiply the sum or difference of these Factors, by the Factor for the
sum of the temperatures from Table III. The result will be the differ-
ence of altitude in feet.
Where great accuracy is desired a small correction for the approxi-
mate Latitude of the place may be applied from Table IV. This is to
be added to or taken from the computed height, according as the La-
titude is less or more than 45°.
Thermometers,
Barometers. attached. detached.
Example I. ‘Calcutta, ...... 30.131 87 86
| Hazaribagh, .... 28.019 78 47
wes ees
Diff. 9 Sum 163
Barometer at the colder station,.. 28.019
Correction Table I. for Bar. 28,
SOMOS) IA, WRES erat elale's .028
28.047 Factor Table II. 29.23
Barometer Calcutta, ...- 30.131 - 1.89
Sum of the Factors, 31.12
Sum of Thermometer 163°. Factor from Table III. 66.98
24896
28008
18672
18672
—
Product, Hazaribagh above Calcutta, in feet, 2084.4176
Here it will be observed that the Barometer at the lower station
exceeds 30 inches ; therefore the sum of the Barometric Factors is used.
The Latitude of Hazaribagh being 24° and the elevation 2000 feet, it
appears from Table IV. that 3 feet may be added to the above result.
396 Tables for determining Heights [No. 5.
Thermometers.
Barometers. attached, detached.
Example II. Lake,.......... 29.950 50 49
Mountain,...... 27.474 44 45
Diff. 6 Sum 94
Barometer colder station,...... 27.474
Correction for 6° Tab. I. .... 017
27.491 Factor Tab. II. 37.93
Lake) .d:eie cuvee 292950, i 0.72
Difference of the Factors,.... 37.21
Sum of Thermometers 94°. Factor Tab. III. .. 62.36
ed
22326
11163
7442
22326
——
Product, difference of altitude in feet,...... 2320.4156
Here the Barometer at the dower station is Jess than 30 inches,
therefore the difference of the Barometric Factors is used. The Lati-
tude being 55° it appears from Table IV., that 2 feet may be subtracted
from the above result.
Note on the construction of the Tables.
Let T and T’ be the temperatures of the mercury ; t and t’ those of
the air, h and h’ the heights (after reduction by Tab. I.) of the Barome-
ters, at the lower and upper stations, and A the latitude of the place.
Also let H express inches of the Barometrical column generally ; then,
/
Table 1. Hee
9600
expansion or contraction of mercury, depending on temperature. Which
correction, being applied to the colder Barometer, is additive.
Table II. 1000 (209 30—209 H), and consequently the sum or
difference of the tabular quantities taken for h and h/ is equivalent to
1000 (209 h—209 h/’) ; five figure logarithms being used.
, being the correction of the Barometer for the
1850.] By the Barometer. 397
Table III. 60.345 (i a
900
Table IV. .002695 Cos 2 X.
The result of the tables is therefore,
Difference of : 60345 ¢ a t+t’ 64
level in feet, 1 + .002695 Cos 2A 900 )
(209 h—209 h’).
TasLe I.—Correction of the Barometer for temperature.
Barometer Inches.
12) 15 | 16s APR WS edged) So] 21 || 92
Difference of the
Thermometers.
Correction to be added to the colder or subtracted
from the warmer Barometer.
Difference of the
Thermometers
000 |.000 |.000 |.000 000 ee -000 |.000
0 000 0
1 |.001 |.002 |.002 |.002 |.002 |.002 |.002 |.002 |.002 1
2 |.003 |.003 |.003 |.004 |.004 |.004 |.004 |.004 |.005 2
3 |.004 |.005 |.005 |.005 |.006 |.006 |.006 |.007 |.007 3
4 |.006 |.006 |.007 |.007 |.008 |.008 |.008 |.009 |.009 4
5 |.007 |.008 |.008 |.009 |.009 |.010 |.010 |.011 |.011 5
6 |.009 |.009 |.010 |.011 |.011 |.012 |.012 |.013 |.014 6
7 |.010 |.011 |.012 |.012 |.013 |.014 |.015 |.015 |.016 2
8 |.012 |.013 |.013 |.014 |.015 |.016 |.017 |.017 |.018 8
9 |.013 |.014 |.015 |.016 |.017 |.018 |.019 |.020 |.021 9
10 |.015 |.016 |.017 |.018 |-019 |.020 |.021 |.022 |.023 10
11 |.016 |.017 |.018 |.019 |.021 |.022 |.023 |.024 |.025 ll
12 |.017 |.019 |.020 |.021 |.023 |.024 |.025 |.026 |.027 12
13 |.019 |.020 |.022 |.023 |.024 |.026 |.027 |.028 |.030 13
14 |.020 |.022 |.023 |.025 |.026 |.028 |.029 |.031 |.032 14
15 |.022 |.023 |.025 |.027 |.028 |.030 |.031 |.033 |.034 15
16 |.023 |.025 |.027 |.028 |.030 |.032 |.033 |.035 |.036 16
17 |.025 |.027 |.028 |.030 |.032 |.034 |.035 |.037 |.039 17
18 |.026 |.028 |.030 |.032 |.034 |.036 |.037 |.039 |.042 18
19 |.028 |.030 |.032 |.034 |.036 |.038 |.040 |.042 |.044 19
20 |.029 |.031 |.033 |.035 |.038 |.040 |.042 |.044 |.046 20
21 |.031 |.033 |.035 |.037 |.039 |.042 |.044 |.046 |.048 21
22 |.032 |.034 |.037 |.039 |.041 |.044 |.046 |.048 |.050 22
23 |.034 |.036 |.038 |.041 |.043 |.046 |.048 |.050 |.053 23
24 |.035 |.038 |.040 |.042 |.045 |.048 |.050 |.052 |.055 24
25 |.036 |.039 |.042 |.044 |.047 |.049 |.052 |.055 |,057 25
26 |.038 |.041 |.043 |.046 |.049 |.051 |.054 |.057 |.060 26
27 }.039 |.042 |.045 |.048 |.051 |.053 |.056 |.059 |.062 27
28 i 044 |.047 |.050 |.053 |.055 |.058 |.061 |.064 28
29 |.042 |.045 |.048 1,051 |.054 |.057 |.060 |.063 |,066 29
3F
398 Tables for determining Heights [No. 5.
Taste I.—(Continued.)
Barometer Inches.
14.) 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 22
20 | 21
ters.
ters.
Correction to be added to the colder or subtracted
from the warmer Barometer.
Difference of the Thermome-
d
SI
°
=
a
®
Ss
oc
@
Ss
Cine
fo}
®
©
=|
@
3
sat
fe
30 |.044 |.047 |.050 |.053 |.056 |.059 |.062 |.066 |.069
31 |:045 |.048 |.052 |.055 |.058 |.061 |.065 |.068 |.071
32 |.047 |.050 |.053 |.057 |.060 |.063 |.067 |.070 |.073 | 32
eo 00
m= ©
- 33 -|.048 |.052 |.055 |.058 |.062 |.065 |.069 |.072 |.076 | 33
34 |.050 |.053 |.057 |.060 |.064 |.067 |.071 |.074 |.078 | 34
35 |.051 |.055 |.058 |.062 |.066 |.069 |.073 |.077 |.080 |} 35
36 =|.052 | 056 |.060 |.064 |.068 |.071 |.075 |.079 |.083 | 36
37 |.054 |.058 |.062 |.065 |.069 |.073 |.077 |.081 |.085 | 37
38 |.055 |.059 |.063 |.067 |.071 |.075 |.079 |.083 |.087 | 38
39 |.057 |.061 |.065 |.069 |.073 |.077 |.081 |.085 |.089 | 39
40 |.058 |.062 |.067 |.071 |.075 |.079 |.083 |.087 |.091 | 40
41 |.060 |.064 |.068 |.073 |.077 |.081 |.085 |.090 |.094 | 41
42 |.061 |.066 |.070 |.074 |.079 |.083 |.087 |.092 |.097 | 42
43 |.063 |.067 |.072 |.076 |.081 |.085 |.090 |.094 |.099 | 43
44 |.064 |.069 |.073 |.078 |.083 |.087 |.092 |.096 |.101 | 44
45 |.066 |.070 |.075 |.080 |.084 |.089 |.094 |.098 |.103 | 45
46 |.067 |.072 |.077 |.081 |.086 |.091 |.096 |.101 |.105 | 46
47 |.069 |.074 |.078 |.083 |.088 |.093 |.098 |.103 |.108 | 47
48 |.070 |.075 |.080 |.085 |.090 |.095 |.100 |.105 |.110 | 48
49 .|.071 |.077 |.082 |.087 |.092 |.097 |.102 |.107 |.112 | 49
50 |.073 |.078 |.083 |.089 |.094 |.099 |.104 |.109 |.115 | 50
51 |.074 |.080 |.085 |.090 |.096 |.101 |.106 |.112 |.117 | 51
52 |.076 |.081 |.087 |.092 |.098 |.103 |.108 |.114 |.119 | 52
53 |.077 |.083 |.088 |.094 |.099 |.105 |.110 |.116 |.121 o3
54 |.079 |.084 |.090 |.096 |.101 |.107 |.112 |.118 |.124 | 54
55 |.080 |.086 |.092 |.097 |.103 |.109 |.115 |.120 |.126 | 55
56 |.082 |.087 |.093 |.099 |.105 |.1]1 |.117 |.122 |.128 | 56
57 |.083 |.089 |.095 |.101 |.107 |.113 |.119 [.125 |.131 | 57
58 °|.085 |.091 |.097 |.103 |.109 |.115 |.121 |.127 |.1383 | 58
59 |.086 |.092 |.098 |.104 |.111 |.117 {.123 |.129 |.135 |] 59
1850.]
By the Barometer.
Taste I.—(Continued.)
399
ters.
Difference of the Thermome-
23
24
25
Barometer Inches.
26
27
28
29
30
31
Correction to be added to the colder or subtracted
from the warmer Barometer.
Difference of the Thermome-
ters.
CSCANITATHK WNW S
.O00 |.
.003 |.
.005 |.
.008 |.
-O10 |.
013 |.
O15 |.
O18 |.
-020 |.
023 |.
025 |.
028 |.
030 |.
033 |.
035 |.
038 |.
-040 |.
043 |.
045 |.
) |.048 |.
.050
053 |.
055 |.
058 |.
-060 |.
.063 |.
065 |.
.068 |.
.070 |.
073 }.
-000
005
008 |.
O11
014
-024
027
-032 |.
-035 |.
046
-049 |.
.000
Ol]
O14
O17
022
025
.028
000 |.
003 |.
-006 |.
009 |.
012 |.
O15 |.
O18 |.
-020 |.
023 |.
-026 |.
029 |.
032 |.
035 |.
038 |.
04]
044 |.
047 |.
050 |.
«053: |.
055 |.
058 |.
-061
-064 |.
067 |.
-070 |.
073 |.
076 |.
.079 |.
082 |.
085 }.
.000
.003
.006
-009
013
|.016
019
.022
025
.028
031
.034
.038
041
.044
.047
.050
053
-056
.059
063
066
-069
.072
.075
078
081
.084
.088
09]
.000
-003
.006
.010
013
016
019
023
.026
.029
.032
.036
039
.042
045
.048
052
055
058
061
.065
.068
O7
.074
077
081
.084
087
.090
094
3FZ
CMAN nL WN —Oo
400
Tables for determining Heights
Taste I.—(Continued.)
[No. 5.
ters.
Difference of the Thermome-
23
24 | 25
Barometer Inches.
26
27
28
29
30
dl
Correction to be added to the colder or subtracted
from the warmer Barometer.
Difference of the Thermome-
ters.
& f fb
bt — ©
LBA PB HS
Gy Or &
oo &
CONT
ob
owe
er & & Or & Oy
ND Oh OF DN —
Or &
<> @
075 |.078 |.081
.078 |.081
O80 |.083 |}.
083 |.086
085 |.088 |.
.088 |.091 |,
.090 |.094 |.
.093 |.096 |,
.095 |.099 |.
.098 }.101 |.
-100 }.104 |,
\-103 }.107 |.
|-105 |.109 |.
.108 |.112 |.
.110 |.114 |.
113 |.117
-115 |.120 |.
e118 0122}.
-120 |.125 |.
-123 |.127 |.
-125 |.130 |.
-128 |.133 |.
.130 |.135 |.
133 |.138 |.
-135 |.140 |.
-138 1.143 |,
.140 |.146
.143 |.148
-145 |.151
148 |.153 |.160
0152
154
157
.084
.087
.090
093
.096
098
101
.104
107
.110
112
15
118
121
124
126
.129
.132
135
138
141
143
.146
.149
152
155
a7
.160
.163
. 166
.088
.090
093
.096
O99
.102
.105
.108
Ai
2114
al Tie
.120
123
0125
128
131
134
137
.140
143
.146
149
»152
»155
.158
.160
163
166
169
172
091
.094
097
.100
.103
.106
109
112
115
118
121
124
127
130
133
136
139
.142
145
148
151
2154
37
.160
.163
.166
169
172
175
178
094
097
.100
103
.106
.109
113
116
119
122
125
128
131
134
-138
-141
144
147
150
0153
156
-159
163
-166
-169
2172
175
178
181
184
097
- 100
-103 °
-106
-110
113
-116
119
123
126
.129
132
-136
139
|.142
145
-148
0152
0155
-158
161
165
.168
171
174
177
181
184)
187
190
to OS
= © -
32
Go Go Go Oo
QQ Oi = Oo
Oooh PR PB DB DS DB DB BP BA Co Oo OO
—OOCOnNOuUrRWNK OC AON
Or Or Or &
Oi Hm GO bO
Oy Gy Ot Or
©OOnNQ
1850.]
By the Barometer.
TaBLe I].—Factor of the Barometers.
Barometer fourteen Inches.
Inches. | Factor. |Inches.
14.00 {330.99
01 .68
02 37
03 06
04 [329.75
05 44
-06 13
07 (328.83
08 202
09 21
14.10 (327.90
alg 09
12 29
13 1326.98
14 67
15 36
16 .06
017 (325.75
18 44
19 14
14.20 |324.83
21 03
022 22
23 |323.92
24 61
220 31
26 .00
.27 |322.70
28 39
29 09
401
Barometer fifteen Inches.
Factor. | Inches. | Factor.
14,50 1315.75
ol 45
02 15
53 1314.85
04 56
20 26
.96 [313.96
Ray 66
08 36
009 .06
14.60 |312.77
61 47
62 17
.63 |311.88
64 08
65 28
.66 {310.99
67 -69
.68 39
69 10
14.70 |309.80
Al ol
f2 21
73 1308.92
/4 .62
1d 00
-/6 03
77 |307.74
18 45
19 15
Inches.
301.03] 15.50
300.74 msi
45 wae
16 «ou
299.87 5A
58 DD
.29 00
01 WswE
298.72 58
43 9
298.14] 15.60
297.86 61
af 62
.28 .63
296.99 64
al 65
42 .66
oko 67
295.85 .68
-56 69
295.28] 15.70
294.99 By a
71 2
AQ vis)
eb; 74
293.85 70
MSY) 76
.28 Tea
.00 78
BOOT 79
Factor.
286.79
ol
23
285.95
67
39
11
284.83
200
227
284.00
283.72
44
16
282.88
-61
30
05
281.77
00
281.22
280.94
67
39
12
279.84
06
Va)
01
278.74
402 Tables for determining Heights [No. 5.
Tasie Il.—(Continued.)
Barometer fourteen Inches. Barometer fifteen Inches.
Inches. | Factor. | Inches.| Factor. | Inches. | Factor. | Inches. |} Factor. ~
14.30 {321.78 | 14.80 |306.86 | 15.30 |292.43 | 15.80 | 278.46
J] 48 8) 06 ol 14 81 19
«32 18 82 a | 032 |291.86 82.) 277.91
33 [320.87 83 (305.98 200 08 83 64
-34 o/ 84 .69 04 29 84 36
200 <2/ -85 39 239 01 85 09
36 1319.97 86 10 36
38 36 88 02 .38
~39 -06 89 23 239
14.40 1318.76 | 14.90 303.93 | 15.40
-o7 66 87 |304.81 07 45 87 04
41 46 91 .64 41 32 JI 45
42 «15 92 30 42 04 92 18
43 (317.85 93 06 43 |288.75 93 | 274.90
44 ays) 94 (302.77 44 47 94 63
45 25 95 48 45 19 99 36
46 (316.95 -96 19 46 {287.91 96 09
47 65 97 |301.90 47 63 OF -| 2fd.02
48 230 98 st 48 35 -98 54
49 05 -99 32 49 07 «99 27
Proportional parts for thousandths of inches.
Inches. |.001 |.002 |.003 |.004 |.005 |.006 |.607 |.008 | .009
ee er ce | ee | | er oe | es ow | ere | ee | eee os | ee
Diff, “olan on w 0G | .O9+) 25-616 |) 19°} 22 eo ees
sgh OOM a TOO COS V2 15. 1 VG Oe te ae ey
29" 305) | Pe00.) O9~ (C002 1.15. |) 17+): 20" Pe 2 Sones
9 ees SOS OG) 206°) .1L \ tae 7 ZON hee
oo. ah COSMO (i bOS lc TE PT. IG | G22 thea
1850.]
By the Barometer.
Taste IT.—(Continued.)
Barometer Sixteen Inches.
403
Barometer Seventeen Inches.
Inches. | Factor. |Inches. | Factor.| Inches. | Factor. | Inches. | Factor.
i
(ewe ereeersomeme oe | mes gp | ere pp | eee @ ff ee | eee | eee me | eee
16.00 |273.00
01 |272.73
02| .46
er); 19
04 [271.92
05 | .64
06 | 37
70), 10
08 |270.83
09 | .56
16.10 |270.29
Hit)! 02
2 1269.75
mec) 449
wi4 | 222
615 |268.95
sie 468
7! |) ).41
oa anes
.19 |267.87
16.20 |267.60
ay 0.84
| OF
.23 |266.80
di | a3
5) (oe. 27
26 | .00
127 {265.73
28 |0°. 47
£29
16.50 |259.64
sail 37
ae 11
203 (258.85
04 08
00 32
06 06
0/7 |257.80
08 4
09 27
16.60 |257.01
-61 {256.75
62 49
63 23
64 |255.97.
65 vig
66 44
67 18
68 (254.92
69 .66
16.70 |254.40
J1 14
72 |253.88
Ad 62
74 236
79 ll
76 |252.85
AZ 209
18 00
7/9 07
17.00
01
02.
03
04
05
06
07
.08
09
17.10:
ol
a
13
14
15
16
sli!
18
ag
17.20
21
22
20
24
29
26
ae
28
29
246.67
42
16
245.91
65
A0
14
244.89
63 -
08
244.12
243.87
.62
36
ale
242.86
.60
39
10
241.84
241.59
04
09
240.83
08
200
08
239.83
.08
2
17.60
17.70
Sf
234.08
233.83
09
.o4
09
232.84
.60
30
oi)
231.85
231.61
06
ll
230.87
62
038
13
229.88
64
39
229.15
404 Tables for determining Heights [No. 5.
Tasie II.—(Continued.)
Barometer Sixteen Inches, Barometer Seventeen Inches.
Inches. | Factor. | Inches. | Factor. { Inches. | Factor. | Inches. | Factor.
16.30 |264.93 | 16.80 |251.81 | 17.30 |239.07 | 17.80 | 226.70
Bl || 67°) boa8L. |.) aaa). | SB Mee8 32 4) ae 46
32.) 240°) 4) 82) OF a2 ed aa Was 21
334 oI} 8d O4de | B8ch. 2.21 Geese
34 |263.87 | .84 |250.78 | .34 | .07| .84 73
35°} 60 | 385 | | ee’ | Bb j2dae2 |) aEp 48
36 | 484 | 86.0 B61 | Bbahi 057 \" Bee 24
37 |. 307) | BZ inj AO: | aay, | tee | ae OU
.38 (262.81 | .88 [249.75] .38 | .07 | .88 | 224,75
39] 54] .89] 49] .39 |236.82 | .89 51
16.40 [262.28 | 16.90 (249.23 | 17.40 |236.57 | 17.90 | 224.27
4k 601 | | 01 12400 1°) ais) | 232 1 gag 02
AD 1261.75 | | 2924 age | 42°) (07 |) 2g tees
43.1 .48-| 3,0 464: .48-1995.82)/ Gan 54
44|\ 402)| Sede epi) | Ad ole G7 |) Gad 30
45 260.95 | .95 [247.05 | 45 | .32 | 95 06
461.69) .96| | 691 46 | | 08 | gBB | 222.61
47] .48| 97) .444. .47-1284:83 | Jez BT
48 |.) sh6 | | 98chel 484°) .481 | 268 \| |) eae 33
49 259.90' .99 246.931 .49 | .32 | .99 09
Proportional parts for thousandths of inches.
Inches. |.001 |.002 |.003 |004. |.005 |.006 |.007 |.008 |.009
eee
Diff. .28] .03 | .06 | .08 | .11 | .14 | .17 | .20 | .22 | -25
3 027) 08 W005 | 08.) 11 1.141 6 | od: 22) ages
wy 26) OS Wehr)! .08)|. 010 113 | 2h) 64 eel ies
» 25) 08 05 |).08:) 10 1.13 | ah) | aed, 20) aaa
3 PA) 08. ed 11:07) 10 fo12 | 4 | 224.29) tape
1850. ] By the Barometer. 405
Tasie II.—(Continued.)
Barometer Eighteen Inches. Barometer Nineteen Inches.
Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor. {Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor.
01 61 31 43 Ol 14 ol 34
02 37 32 19 02 | 197.91 32 116) |
03 12 33 | 213.96 .03 68 33 | 190.89
04 | 220.88 34 Y 04 45 34 66
05 64 35 48 05 22 35 44
06 40 36 »20 06 00 36 Hal
07 16 37 Ol 07 | 196.77 37 | 189.99
08 | 219.92 38-| 212.77 08 04 38 id.
09 68 39 .54 09 3l 39 54
18.10 | 219.44 | 18.40 | 212.30 119.10] 196.09 | 19.40} 189.32
Fig .20 41 .07 -1l | 195.86 4) -09
12} 218.96 42 | 211.83 2 63 42 | 188.87
13 72 43 09 13 40 43 65
14 48 44 .36 14 18 44 42
15 24 45 12 15} 194.95 45 20
16 00 46 | 210.89 16 72 46 | 187.98
17) 207447 47 65 oZ 50 47 jigs
18 53 48 42 18 2G, 48 53
19 29 49 18 19 04 49 ol
: 18.20 | 217.05 | 18.50 | 209.95 119.20] 193.82 | 19.50] 187.09
| oon | 210.01 Py | Fi a) | .o9 .o1 | 186.86
| 22 57 52 48 22 37 iy 64
23 33 53 24 By: 14 #535) 42
| 24 10 54 0) 24) 192.91 04 20
25 | 215.86 55 | 208.78 OG 69 200. |) [8a.O7
26 62 56 04 26 46 .06 15
24 38 oy, ik 2/7 24 OF 53
28 14 a8 607 28 01 08 on
29 | 214.91 59 | 207.84 29 | 191.79 o9 09
o G
406
Tables for determining Heights
Taste I1.—(Continued.)
Barometer Eighteen Inches.
Inches.
‘omumeereersssem=e | eseec ee | ee | ee ee fl es | eee ee | eee
18.60 | 207.61
61 137
62 14
.63 | 206.91
.64 .67
65 44
.66 21
67 | 205.98
.68 14
69 ol
18.70 | 205.28
fel .05
f2| 204.81
sf 0 08
/4 .00
70 12
.76 | 203.89
af 7. .66
18 42
79 19
Inches.
Diff, 2+ 25:
tiled
Re 25.
Mae)
21.
Factor. |Inches.
18.80
81
82
83
84
85
Factor.
43
05
198.82
09
[No. 5. |
Barometer Nineteen Inches.
Inches.
Factor.
64
rll
180.89
67
Inches.
Proportional parts for thousandths of inches.
001 |.002 003!.004 005 |.006 |.007
Factor.
-008 | .009
er oo re | ee | ee | es | re | ee | ee | ee ee | eee
1850. | By the Barometer. 407
Taste II.—(Continued.)
Barometer Twenty Inches. Barometer Twenty-one Inches.
Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor. |Inches.|} Factor.
ee es, | ee | Se | cee | eee | ee | eee
20.00 | 176.09 | 20.30] 169.62 | 21.00 | 154.90 | 21.30] 148.74
01 | 175.87 ol 41 OL 69 ol 04
02 66 22 20 02 49 32 3d
03 44 33 | 168.98 03 28 33 13
04 22 34 ig 04 07 34 | 147.93
-05 Ol 230 06 .05 | 153.87 30 73
.06 | 174.79 36 34 06; « .66 36 .62
07 7 27 13 07 46 07 2
08 36 .38 | 167.92 08 29 08 ll
09 14 39 -/0 09 04 09 | 146.91
20.10 | 173.92 | 20.40 | 167.49 | 21.10] 152.84 | 21.40] 146.71
11 J1 41 28 Ali 63 41 00
12 49 42 -06 12 43 42 30
13 28 43 | 166.85 13 22 43 10
14 .06 44 64 14 01 44 | 145.90
15 | 172.84 45 43 15 | 151.81 45 69
16 63 46 | 16 60 46 49
7 41 47 -00 17 40 47 29
18 20 .48 | 165.79 18 19 48 09
19 | 171.98 49 .68 .19 | 150.99 49 | 144.88
20.20 | 171.77 | 20.50 | 165.37 | 21.20 | 150.78 | 21.50/| 144.68
aa 209 ol 015 Bra 08 ol 48
22 34. °52 | 164.94 022 37 .o2 28
23 12 0d 13 23 hy 203 08
.24 | 170.91 04 02 24 | 149.97 04} 143.87
229 69 00 31 29 76 200 67
26 48 06 10 26 06 06 47
27 27 .57 | 163.89 27 39 7 27
28 05 08 67 28 15 08 07
.29 | 169.84 09 .46 .29 | 148.94 09! 142.87
3.C 2
408 Tables for determining Heights. [No. 5.
Taste Il.—(Continued.)
Barometer Twenty Inches. Barometer Twenty-one Inches.
Inches.} Factor. |Inches.} Factor. |Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor.
ers | ee | ee | eee es te es | pe | ee
20.60 | 163.25 | 20.80 | 159.06 | 21.60} 142.67 | 21.80] 138.66
61 04 | .81| 158.85 | .61 Ay) Get 46
562| 162.83 | sa} 64] leo] ofae | cape]. saaz
63 462 | hea || (UA3 fp 1463 | 1806 | eee D7
64 41] .84| .22 | .64| 141.86 | 184] 137.87
65 20) 1 aes | d F eu6s 66 | .85 67
.66| 161.99 | .86| 157.81 | .66| 46] .86 AT
67 73 1 WaSPe MeO | 2067 x26 [> Hee 2
68 367 | 2488 | 0089 | bu68} )ek06. | CRaa Lala
69 36.1489 | bis | &.69| 1086 |. 9891) [ae87
20.70 | 161.15 | 20.90 | 156.97 | 21.70| 140.66 | 21.90| 136.68
.71| 160.94 | .91 Uae eee 46) Bit) x48
72 7k | -ogRt Giese | CL7OT) cnge | ORe hanee
93 52 | 93 235 ft H73 1 ok06 Ih 1eeba y tes
74 31 | .94 14 | .74| 139.86 | .94| 135.88
75 10 | 2595 | 155.94 | ougeL nee. | s05 69
.76 | 159.89 | .96 78 4 876) | LAG |) tee 49
77 68}. 192 52 | 0h77 | | cee6 | ee .29
78 a7! Ohes | $0681 P1578) (ako6 | kmoS 09
79 27. 09 ul | .79] 138.86 | .99] 134.89
Proportional parts for thousandths of inches.
Inches. .001 |.002 |.003 |.004 |.005 |.006 |.007 |.008 |.009
Diff. .22 021.04] 07) .09|.11 |} 13] .15 | .18 | .20
Jus 28 02 |.04-| 06 |..08 | .11.|.13 | 415] 174.19
La ae 02] .04| .06| .08| .10| .12] .14] .16 | .18
1850. | By the Barometer. 409
‘Taste II.—(Continued.)
Barometer Twenty-two Inches. | Barometer Twenty-three Inches.
Inches.| Factor. |Inches} Factor. Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor.
ees | ee | ee | ee | eer | ee | ees
22.00 | 134.70 | 22.30 | 128.82 } 23.00 | 115.39 | 23.30} 109.76
0] 20 ol 62 Ol 20 ol 08
02 30 32 43 02 O01 232 39
03 11 3d 23 03 | 114.83 33 21
.04 | 133.91 34 04 04 64 34 02
05 7 09 | 127 $4 .05 45 30 | 108.83
06 ol .36 69 06 26 36 .65
07 2 37 45 07 07 -3/ 46
08 12 38 26 .08 | 113.88 38 28
09 | 132.92 39 07 09 /0 39 09
22.10 | 132.73 | 22.40 | 126.87 | 23.10 | 113.51 | 23.40 | 107.90
ll 0d 4) .68 1) 32 41 2
12 3d 42 48 12 13 42 03
13 14 43 29 -13 | 112.94 43 39
14) 131.94 44 10 14 76 44 16
015 fd 45 | 125.90 15 a7 45 | 106.98
16 200 46 AY 16 38 46 /9
jl7 FH) 47 02 017 19 47 -61
18 16 48 74 18 01 48 42
19 | 130.96 49 13 19 | 111.82 49 24
22.20 | 130.77 | 22.50] 124.94 | 23.20} 111.63 ( 23.50] 106.05
sal -o7 ol 7A » ail 44 -O1 | 105.87
wae 08 02 20 22 26 2 .68
23 18 20d 00 23 07 00 00
-24| 129.99 04 olf -24 | 110.88 4 ol
29 49 09 | 123.97 “29 /0 Y9) 13
26 09 06 1/8 26 ol 56 | 104.94
227 40 o7 as)! 27 32 oF 76
28 .20 08 40 .28 14 98 08
— 29 .O1. 09 20 -29 | 109.95 09 39
410. Tables for determining Heights
Taste I].—(Continued.)
[No. 5.
Barometer Twenty-two Inches. | Barometer Twenty-three Inches.
Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor.
22.60 | 123.01 | 22.80] 119.19 | 23.60 | 104.21 | 23.80] 100.54
e610 | 122-82 ol | 118.99 61 .02 ol .36
.62 63 82 .80 62 | 103.84 82 18
.63 44 83 61 .63 .66 83 .00
-64 24 .84 42 .64 47 .84 99.81
65 05 285 123 .65 29 .85 :63
.66 | 121.86 .86 .04 .66 kl .86 45
67 67 ‘S375 “Wlyaes5 .67 | 102.92 .87 127
.68 48 .88 .66 .68 ve .88 09
69 29 .89 47 .69 59 89} 98.90
22.70 | 121.09 | 22.90 | 117.28 1 23.70 | 102.37 | 23.90] 98.72
.J1 | 120.90 91 .09 “01 a9 91 04
yy Ay (I 921 116.91 fe Ol 92 30»
Vo 202 93 2 70 | 101.82 93 18
74 aps fs) 94 03 AA .63 94 .00
fo bia 99 .o4 wD 44 95 97.81
.76 | 119.95 -96 15 -/6 .26 96 63
| 76 .97 | 115.96 Ts .07 97 45
18 ED: .98 af 48 | 100.99 .98 £27
79 .38 99 58h: D649 Fl 99 .09
Proportional parts for thousandths of inches.
Inches. .001 |.002 |.003 |.004 |.005 |.006 |.007 |.008 |.009
Diff. .20 .02 |804.| 06°} .08 | .10-1 12 | 3147) TOseI8
i 19°44 021404 | .06'|-.08 | .10-| 11 PS | ae
RA 18 02 | .04| .05| .07 | .09| .11 | .13 | .14 | .16
1850.] By the Barometer. 41k
TaBue II.—(Continued.)
Barometer Twenty-four Inches. | Barometer Twenty-five Inches.
Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor. {Inches.| Factor. |Inches.|} Factor.
24.00} 96.91 | 24.30; 91.51 | 25.00} 79.18 | 25.30} 74.00
01 ay) 31 233 AW 01 31} 73.83
02 00 32 16 02} 78.83 32 .66
03 37 33 | 90.98 03 66 233 48
04 19 34 80 04 49 34 a1
05 00 39 62 05 ol 30 14
06} 95.82 36 44 .06 14 .36| 72.97
07 64 37 26 307 | Ageo7 o/ 30
08 46 38 09 08 79 70 |, 200
09 28 39; 89.91 09 62 39 46
24.10) 95.10 | 24.40] 89.73 [25.10 77.45 | 25.40] 72.29
11} 94.92 4] 0 11 227 41 12
12 J4 42 .o7 az 10 42} 71.94
13 06 43 20 13| 76.93 43 hd
14 38 44 02 14 JO 44 60
015 20 45 | 88.84 15 08 45 43
16 02 46 .66 16 41 46 26
HE7,| 93:84 47 49 17 24 47 09
18 66 48 ol 18 -06 48 | 70.92
19 48 49 13 19] 75.89 49 19d
24.20} 93.30 | 24.50} 87.95 | 25.20} 75.72 | 25.50) 70.58
21 13 ol 18) 21 00 ol 41
22| 92.95 02 .60 22 Of 202 24
23 7 00 42 .23 -20 200 07
24 09 04 25 24 03 04{| 69.90
29 41 05) 07 .25| 74.86 00 J3
26 23 06 | 86.89 .26 .69 96 06
227 05 a7 wal 227 ol 07 39
29), 91:87 08 04 .28 04 08 22
229 .69 39 36 29 iy 09 05
412 Tables for determining Heights [No. 5-
TasLe II.—(Continued.)
Barometer Twenty-four Inches. | Barometer Twenty-five Inches.
Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor.
ee nn nn ee a
24.60 | 86.18 | 24.80] 82.67 | 25.60} 68.88 | 25.80, 65.50
61 01 so 49 61 af) 81 23d
62] 85.83 82 232 62 4 82 16
63 .66 83 14 63 37 83 .00
64 48 84) 81.97 64 20 84] 64.83
69 30 89 V9 65 .03 85 66
66 13 86 .62 .66 | 67.86 86 49
67 | 84.95 87 44 | .67 .69 37 2
68 Ti | 88 27 68 D2 88 16
69 60 89 10 .69 .36 89 | 63.99
24.70 | 64.42 | 24.90} 80.92 | 25.70) 67.19 | 25.90] 63.82
oil 25 91 75 71 02 91 6d
/2 07 92 07 72 | 66.85 92 48
73| 83.90 93 40 13 68 93 2 3
74 /2 94 22 74 ol 94 15 ;
ay fs) 04 95 05 i) 34 95| 62.98
/6 .O/ 96] 79.88 76 017 96 82
vi | “19 97 /0 ve Ol 97 65
78 02 98 03 78| 65.84 98 48
79| 82.84 99 30 79 67 -99 31
Proportional parts for thousandths of inches.
Inches. .001|.002 ic a 003 .006 |.007 |.008 |.009
Diff .19 | .02| 04] .06 | .08 | .10| .11) .13| .15 | .17
if 18 | .02| .04 | .05 | .07 | .09 | .11 | .13 | .14 | 16
f 17 | .02 | 03; .05 | .07 | .09 | .10 | .12 | .14 | .15
3] 16 ‘02 | .03 | 103 06 | .08| .10 | .11 | .13 | .14
1850. | By the Barometer. 413
Tasie II.—(Continued.)
_ Barometer Twenty-six Inches. Barometer Twenty-seven Inches.
Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor. {Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor.
Sey | en | een ees | eee ae | eee | ee
26.00} 62.15 | 26.30| 57.16 | 27.00} 45.76 | 27.30) 40.96
01; 61.98 31 .00 O01 .60 31 80
02 81 32 | 56.83 02 43 032 .64
03 65 30 67 03 ae. 00 48
04 48 34 90 04 Jl 34 32
05 ol 35 4 .05 | 44.95 39 16
06 15 36 wd 06 “19 36 00
07 | 60.98 37 01 07 63 .37 | 39.85
08 81 38) 55.85 08 47 38 09
68 _.09 | 239 00
12 15 42 19 12 83 42 05
13 | 59.98 43 02 13 67 43; 38.89
14 81 44} 54.86 14 ol 44 74
15 65 45 69 15 39 45 38
16 48 46 a3 16 219 46 42
17 52 47 37 17 03 47 26
18 15 48 20 18} 42.87 48 10
19| 58.98 49 04 19 /1 49 | 37.95
21 .65 51 71 Fy | 39 51 63
22 49 52 sD aie 220 son 47
45 “OL HY) .09 By 07 00 31
24 16 34 22 24] 41.91 04 16
25 | 57.99 HYs) .06 cao) nfo 00 00
26 83 56} 52.89 26 09 06 | 36.84
27 .66 a7 43 27 43 ion 68
28 49 58 .06 28 .28 28 63
29 00 39 40 29 12 ca 37
oH
414 Tables for determing Heights [No. 5.
TasLe I].—(Continued.)
Barometer Twenty-six Inches. Barometer Twenty-seven Inches.
Inches.| Factor. revaner) Factor. |Inches.| Factor. |Inches.| Factor.
eee | eee | ee | ee ee fl ee | ee ee | ee ee
26.60 | 52.24 | 26.80) 48.99 | 27.60] 36.21 | 27.80) 33.08
61 08 81 82 61 05 81} 32.92
62} 51.91 82 .66 62} 35.90 82 76
63 79 83 00 63 44 83 61
64 59 84 234 64 58 84 45
65 42 85 18 65 42 85 29
66 26 86 O01 66 s2/ 86 14
67 10 87 | 47.85 67 i 87 | 31.98
68| 50.93 88 69 68| 34.95 88 83
69 77 89 03 69 .80 89 67
26.70} 50.61 | 26.90} 47.37 | 27.70) 34.64 | 27.90} 31.52
71 45 91 21 71 48 91 06
72 28 92 04 72 30 92 20
73 12 .93| 46.88 73 a7, 93 05
74| 49.96 94 712 74 -O1 94] 30.89
79 80 95 06 75| 33.86 95 74
76 63 96 40 76 /0 96 08
77 47 97 24 U7 04 97 43
78 31 98 .08 78 39 38 27
79 15 99} 45.92 79 .23 99 12
Proportional parts for thousandths of Inches.
Inches. 001.002 |.003 |.004 |.005|.006 |.007 |.008 |.009
Ditte 5, 217 -02 | .03 | .05 | .07 | .09 | .10) .12} .14] .15
“ 16 02) .03 | .05! .06! .08 | .10| .11 | 13) .14
meet 01 | .03 ra 08 | .09|.11| .12| .14
1850. | By the Barometer. 415
TasLe II.—Factor of the Barometers.
Barometer Twenty-eight Barometer Twenty-nine Barometer
Inches. Inches. Thirty Inches.
Inches.|Factor.|Inches./Factor.|Inches.|Factor.|Inches.|Factor.|Inches.|Factor.
‘
———sss | sss. | SS es | ee | ccm | ces fl es | es
28.00 | 29.96 | 28.30 | 25.33 | 29.00
Ol Ol 7 | 18 01
02 65 232 08 02
03 00 3d | 24.87 03
04 204 34 2 04
05 19 230 mY | 05
06 03 06 41 06
14.72 | 29.30 | 10.25 | 30.00! 0.00
7 3 10 Ol] 14
42 32 | 9.96 02 29
07 | 28.88 O7 26 07 ; 22 07; 1.01
08 2 38 oul 08 00 38
09 ay | 39 | 23.95 09 38 39 | 8.92 09 30
28.10 | 28.41 | 28.40 | 23.80 | 29.10 | 13.23 | 29.40] §.77130.10] 1.45
11 26 41 69 11 08 41 62 1) 59
12 10 42 90 -12 | 12.93 42 48 12 74
13 | 27.95 43 04 13 18 43 33 13 88
14 80 44 19 14 .63 44 18 14} 2.02
15 64 45 04 15 48 45 03 15 17
16 49 46 | 22.89 16 0 45 | 7.89 16 3]
17 0d 47 3 a | 18 47 74 “i 46
18 18 48 08 18 03 48 a9 18 60
19 .02 49 43 -19 | 11.89 49 45 19 74
28.20 | 26.87 | 28.50 | 22.28 | 29.20 | 11.74 | 29.50] 7.30] 30.20! 2.89
21 he ol 12 21 09 5) | 15 -21] 3.03
22 56 02 | 21.97 22 44 2 00 sap 4 ola
23 4] Jo 82 23 29 03 | 6.86 23 32
24 26 04 67 24 14 04 7\ 24 46
25 10 00 51 25 | 10.99 200 56 20 61
26 | 25.95 06 36 26 85 06 42 26 75
27 19 7 21 27 /0 o7 27 27 89
28 64 208 06 28 00 08 12 -28.| 4.04
29 49 59 | 20.91 29 40 99 | 9.97 29 18
416 Tables for determining Heights [No. 5.
Taste II.—(Continued.)
Barometer Twenty-eight Barometer Twenty-nine Barometer
Inches. Inches. Thirty Inches.
= |e | ees |S SS ry | rrr ms fess | ees
= Inches.|Factor.|Inches.|Factor.|Inches.|Factor.|Inches.|Factor. !
07 92 16 421 6.04)
3.93 93 OL 43 18 |
8 94) 0.87 44 oom
28.60 | 20.75 | 28.80 | 17. ia 29.60 | 5.83 | 29.80] 2.90] 30.30] 4.32
61), .60i) > 381 61°) 268°) 80-1. gaan haem
(62) IAB) 6.82 13 62 | 83 |, 00.82 | ORB OER oes
36371) 12304 01.83.) 128 1 163 | 19.39 181.83 | POs set te
.64 15 RSH | CRD 5 64 | 994) 884 )] See ee sa oOo
65 00.) 585 | W697 1.65 | ¢..10-) “4.88 | OS, 035 FoR .od
.66| 19.84] .86! 82] .66| 4.95] .86) 03} .36] 19%
.67 69.1) 1587 67° °.67 | .80{ 87 | 1.88] 91.37 | © .3am
.68 54] .88 52] .68| .66) .88{ .74] .38| 1478
.69 39 89 371) 169 51); 89} .59] 389) .6mm
: : 4.36 | 29.90 | 1.45}]30.40|] 5.75
ap 09 91 07h 2271 2 22.91) ghee ae gee
48 | 95'| 10471 275 | 1063)! 95 | We7e | Cas | cal
75
6!) 031) 6196 | B25 onz6 |) 1.49) +06) bOI. 4g) #1 Gee
HT PENS |) NOT Lede Bed 7 ted | 007 | Neds Pe aged ae
78 | 03; 98 | 02] 78) 20] .98| .29|" 48) ) .eamm
79|17.88) .99/ 14.87] .79| 05) .99] .14| .491 7.04%
Proportional parts for thousandths of inches.
-003).004) .005] .006] .007] .008|.009
Inches. -001| .002
1850. ] By the Barometer. 417
Taste II1.—Factors for the sum of the detached Thermometers.
Sum. Factor.
40 58.74
50 59.41
60 60.08 Difference for single Degrees.
70 60.75
80 61.42 1 0.07
90 62.09 2 0.13
100 62.76 2 ol
4 0.27
110 63.43
5 0.34
130 64.77 7 0.47
140 65.44 8 0.54
9 0.60
418
Tables for determining Heights. Sc. Se.
Taste IV.—Correction for Latitude.
[No. 5.
Latitude.
Aes in} 9 | 10 20 25 | 30 | 35 | 40
Correction in feet additive.
1000 3 3 2 2 ] ] 0
2000 5 5 4 3 3 2 ]
3000 8 8 6 4) 4 3 l
4000 11 10 8 7 5 4 2
5000 13 13 10 9 i 4) 2
6000 16 15 12 10 8 6 3
7000 19 18 14 12 9 6 3
8000 22 20 17 14 11 7 4
9000 24 23 19 16 12 8 4
10000 27 25 21 17 13 9 4)
11000 30 28 23 19 15 10 5
12000 32 30 25 21 16 1] 6
13000 35 33 27 23 18 12 6
14000 38 35 29 24 19 13 7
15000 40 38 31 26 20 14 7
16000 43 4) 33 28 21 15 fi
17000 46 43 30 29 23 16 8
18000 49 46 af ol 24 17 8
19000 51 48 39 33 26 18 9
Correction in feet, subtractive
90°") 580F 470 bl 6b" "60 LT Soe Fe ae
Latitude.
1850. ] Encrustation of Steam Boilers in India. 419
On the Encrustation of Steam Boilers and Pipes in India.—By Dr.
Geo. Buist, Bombay.
A very serious source of annoyance to the Steam Engineer in India
is the extreme rapidity with which encrustations collect in the recesses
of flues, and around the tubes of steam boilers. These often accu-
mulate in parts of the boiler difficult of access, to the thickness of an
inch in the course of a year—they intercept heat, diminish the genera-
tion of steam, and by permitting the temperature of the iron outside
to get high, with a non-conducting substance, rapidly cause oxidation.
The crust generally consists of sulphate and carbonate of lime, with a
large portion of dried sea salt, The greatest inconvenience is felt
with tube boilers. I have known the whole of the tubes burnt out in
six months’ time, and have seen them, when placed too close to each
other, cemented into a solid mass, with the stony matter between.
The stony matter consists of sulphate and carbonate of lime, with a
very large proportion of sea salt, hardened by the great heat of the
flues and tubes when the boiler is emptied too soon after the fires are
drawn.
The remedies proposed for this unfortunate state of things are very
numerous; none of them have, I believe, proved so successful as might
have been desired. 1 have suggested the expediency of running off
the brine leisurely, and filling up the boiler either with sea water not
concentrated by boiling, or with fresh water, where this was accessible,
so as by these means to get rid of the soluble part of the crust, when
the earthy portion, deprived of this, would become so friable and
spongy as to drop off. i
Dr. Giraud has suggested hanging portions of broken crust in bags
inside the boiler, in hopes of affording a nucleus of depositure prefer-
able to that provided by the tubes or the boilers themselves.
The Engineers get quit of the crust when it is thin by running off
the boilers, and allowing the encrustation to become perfectly dry.
When cold, a sudden blaze of chips is lighted in the furnace, by which
means the crustings mside crack and drop off. When they grow thick
and troublesome, workmen are sent inside the boiler to chop them off.
420 Encrustation of Steam Boilers in India. [No. 5.
A curious variety of metallic deposit sometimes occurs on the steam
pipe, close to its connection with the cylinder, when the boiler is of
iron, the pipe of copper or mixed metal containing copper, a specimen
of this accompanies this paper.* It is about half an inch thick, and
consists of alternate layers of pure copper, about forty in number, and
of copper slightly oxydized. This was found in the steam pipe of the
P. and O. S. N. Co.’s Steamer Pekin, which connected the fore and
after boilers together: the boilers are iron, the connecting pipe copper.
There is a considerable scale of rust on the plate through which the
pipe passes: there are lead joints between the copper and the iron, to
prevent or diminish the action of the metals on each other. The
copper crust was found immediately inside the stop valves and extended
about a foot into the pipe. The same action is believed to be going
on in all the copper pipes, but in this case it was collected by the
self-action stop valves: in the other cases the cupreous solution flowed
into the boiler or cylinder, and was lost. For the specimen now sent
I am indebted to Captain Gribble, and for the information regarding it
to Captain Baker, of the Pekin.
It is quite clear here that a complex series of chemical processes
must have been going on to produce this beautiful specimen of Electro-
type copper, which was soft, and cut like black lead when first received,
though it has now assumed its proper hardness. We must first have
had the copper dissolved by the steam or water in the pipe, the solu-
tion collected beyond the stop valve must have been revived by galvanic
action induced by the copper and iron on each other. It is probable
that each layer was due to a single working of the boilers, and that
the open film between was produced when the steam was down. No
similar deposit has ever been met with by any of the Engineers I have
seen.
* Deposited in the Museum of the Asiatic Society.—Eps.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL
For June, 1850.
At a Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Bengal held on the 5th
June, 1850,
The Hon’ble Sir J. W. Cotvize, President, in the Chair,
The proceedings of the May Meeting were read and confirmed.
Letters were read—
From G. A. Bushby, Esq. and Lieut. A. G. Austen, intimating their
desire to withdraw from the Society.
From J. Thornton, Esq., Secretary to the Government of the North
Western Provinces, enclosing, in original, the first 70 paragraphs of a
Report on the Statistics of the Banda district, drawn up by Mr. M. P.
Edgeworth, Esq. C. 8. Ordered for publication in the Journal.
From Munshi Nizam-Ud-din of Poonah, offering his services to the
Society as a translator, and forwarding a copy of a Hindustani work
by him, entitled Insha-i- Hindi.
From Captain J. C. Hannyngton, submitting a set of Tables for
computing heights by the Barometer.
_ From Rev. J. Long, soliciting copies of the Bibliotheca Indica for
ten Vernacular Libraries established by the Church Missionary Society,
in Calcutta, Krishnaghur and Burdwan.
Ordered that the subject be brought forward for consideration at the
next meeting, and that in the meantime, Rev. Mr. Long be requested
to send in an official letter regarding it.
3 f
422 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.
From Captain Thuillier, offering copy of a Map of Sikkim and
Eastern Nepaul, by Dr. J. D. Hooker, for publication in the Society’s
Journal.
Ordered that the Secretary and the Finance Committee consider and
report as to the expense of publishing it in the Journal.
From W. Seton Karr, Esq., Under Secretary to the Government of
Bengal, regarding an application of the Statistical Section of the So-
ciety, for permission to have access to the Index to the records of the
Bengal Secretary’s Office.
From the Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal,
To the Vice President and Secretary to the Asiatic Society.
Dated Fort William, the 8th May, 1850.
S1r,—I am directed by the Deputy Governor of Bengal to acknowledge
the receipt of your letter, dated the 27th March last, submitting a solicitation,
on the part of the Statistical Section of the Asiatic Society, for permission
to have access to the records of the Bengal Secretary’s Office, with a view to
the publication of it’s Indices.
2, His honor regrets that he is unable to comply with the above request.
I have the honor to be, Sir,
Your most Obedient Servant,
W. Seton Karr.
Under Secy, to the Govt. of Bengal.
From P. B. Reid, Esq. Secretary ‘to the Agra Local Agency, enclos-
ing a memorandum of five gold coins, lately dug out of a ruin in the
vicinity of the Agra Fort, and enquiring whether the Society would
like to purchase them.
Resolved, that the Society does not consider it desirable to purchase
the coins.
From Captain H. L. Thuillier, Deputy Surveyor General, forwarding
Tables of the monthly means of Maximum and Minimum Pressures from
1840 to 1849, taken from the Meteorological Register kept at the Sur-
veyor General’s Office, Calcutta.
From Mauluvi Golam Akbar, late Persian Librarian, praying for a
testimonial for his past, services to the Society.
Resolved, that the Secretary be desired to grant the request of the
Mauluyi.
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 423
From Dr. E. Roer, Secretary to the Oriental Section, recommending
on the part of the Section, the publication of a translation of the
Ch’handogya Upanishad by Babu Rajendralal Mittra.
Ordered for publication in the Bibliotheca Indica.
From the same, the subjoined letter, in reply to a reference from the
Society, regarding the Section’s report of the Ist. April last.
To Captain F. Havus, Secretary, Asiatic Society.
Sir,—By direction of the Oriental Section, I have the honour to return,
for the orders of the Council and the Society, my Report of the Ist April
last on Oriental Publications, referred for the reconsideration of the Section,
and to state, that the Section would recommend, that the publication of
texts should proceed, and the translations follow as soon as practicable.
2. I beg to observe, that in proposing so many texts for publication it
was not intended, that all of them should be printed with the exclusion of
other important works, which might hereafter be proposed by other scholars,
but that sufficient time should be given to obtain good MSS. to examine
and to compare them. Without this we would not be able to publish
editions worthy of the high standing of our Society. The necessity of an
early selection will be evident from the fact, that the Library of the Asiatic
Society hardly contains one MS. fit for printing, and that, had I not been
assisted by MSS. procured either from public collections, or private indi-
viduals, I would not have succeeded in publishing even one of the works
already printed. I may perhaps not be able to collect a third of the works
proposed, and on their collection the MSS. may prove so bad as to preclude
the hope of their early publication. Of the works enumerated in the lst,
only two are prepared for printing, viz. the Uttara Naishadha, of which I
have procured a sufficient number of MSS., and the Bhasha Parich’héda of
which the translation is ready.
3. Ihave the honour to lay before the Society abstracts of interesting
letters, received from Messrs. Lassen, Burnouf and Miieller, on our publica-
tions, and I hope, that the diseussion, which at the April meeting took place
on the mode of my publishing, may serve as an apology for not having
omitted the flattering expressions about myself.
I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your most obedient servant,
K. Rorr.
} Secy. Asiatic Society, Oriental Department.
Howrah, the 1st June, 1850,
ak oe
424 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.
To Dr. W. B. O'SHAUGHNESSY, Senior Secretary of the Asiatic Society.
S1r,—The publication of the Upanishads, which are accompanied with a
commentary of S’ankara A’charya, being nearly completed, I have the honour,
by direction of the Oriental Section, to propose, for the consideration and
orders of the Council and Society, the gradual publication of the following
works in the Bibliotheca Indica:
1. The Uttara Naishadha, or the second part of the Naishadha, together
with the commentary of Narayan Pandit.
2. Tha Vaishéika Sutras with the commentary of Sri Sankara.
3. The Bhasha Parich’héda with an English translation.
4. A selection from the best Dramas in Sanskrit, not yet published.
5, The Puranas.
6. The most important Astronomical works of the Hindus, and at first
Varahamihira’s Varahi Sanhita and Pancha Siddhantas, if these works can
be obtained.
7. Nala Champu.
8. Bhoja Champu.
9. Bharata Champu.
10. Raghava Pandaviya.
11. Anargha Raghava.
By the completion of the Naishadha the Society, who published the first
part in 1836, would gratify the wishes of the Oriental scholars in Europe as
well as in India. As Prem Chander Pandit of the Sanskrit College in
Calcutta, who has written the commentary to the first part of this work, is
not prepared to furnish us with a commentary to the second, the Section
proposes, that the Tika of Narayan Pandit, one of the oldest and best com-
mentaries, be added to the text.
The Siitras of Kanada deserve also the early patronage of the Society, as
no work of the Vaishésika school of philosophy has yet been printed. _
The Society, some years ago, sanctioned the publication of the text of the
Bhasha Parich’héda together with an English translation which I had pre-
pared. This translation, as the Society will recollect, was lost by the transfer
of papers from the former Secretary’s office. I have since revised a rough
copy, and have now the pleasure to offer it to the Society for publication,
together with the preface and text, in the Bibliotheca Indica.
2. It is further proposed: 1.—That every three months copies of the
Bibliotheca should be sent to those Societies and scholars to whom they
were presented before. 2.—That 25 copies should be, regularly every month,
transmitted to Messrs. Allen and Co., complaints having reached us, that no
copies are for sale in Europe. 3.—That a certain number of copies should
1850.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 425
be forwarded to the School-Book-Societies in Allahabad and Agra, and to
booksellers in Bombay and Madras, for sale on account of the Society.
3. The Section beg to recommend the purchase of the accompanying
MS., containing a Persian translation of the Upanishads, which has been
offered to the Society at the price of 12 Rupees.
I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your most obedient servant,
} KE. Ror,
Secretary, Oriental Section, Asiatic Society.
Howrah, the 1st April, 1850.
Resolved, that the Society adopt the proposition of the Oriental
Section regarding the publication of the Uttara Naishadha and Bhasha
Parich’héda, and for the transmission of the copies proposed to be sent to
Messrs. Allen and Co., and to the bodies and persons to whom copies
of the Bibliotheca Indica have hitherto been sent, and refers it to the
Oriental Section to consider and report, whether the list. of bodies and
persons to whom that publication is now sent, may, to any, or what
extent, be usefully enlarged.
From John Barlow, Esq., Secretary to the Royal Institution of Great
Britain, acknowledging receipt of No. 206 of the Journal, presented to
that Institution by the Society. |
From D. Edward Ruppell, Esq., Frankfort, offering a set of his Zoo-
logical works in exchange for a set of the Transactions of the Sgciety.
Ordered that the Secretary communicate to Mr. Ruppell, that a set
of the Asiatic Researches from VI. @ XX. (the first five volumes being
out of print) will be forwarded to Messrs. Allen and Co. to whom he
may send his works for the Society.
From George Balfour, Esq., Magistrate of Monghyr, regarding the
gold coins submitted to the Society for inspection, by Mr. Cunliffe.
The coins were ordered to be returned to Mr. Balfour.
From Dr. E. Roer, Secretary, Oriental Section, recommending that an
English translation of the Lalita Vistara submitted to the Section by
Babu Rajendralal Mittra, be published in the Bibliotheca Indica. ;
Resolved unanimously, that the recommendation of the Oriental
Section be adopted.
From the same, proposing that the Rev. Principal Kay of Bishop’s
College, be elected a member of the Oriental Section.
426 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.
On the question being put to the vote Rev. W. Kay was unanimously
elected.
From Col. J. Low, Penang, announcing despatch of a collection of
MSS. and Antiquities per “ Erin,” for the Society.
The Zoological Curator and Librarian having submitted their re-
ports the Society adjourned.
Read and confirmed, 3rd July, 1850.
J. W. Cotvixe, President.
FietcHer Hayes, Secretary.
Report of Curator, Zoological Department, for June Meeting, 1850.
Srr,—I have to announce the presentations of a rare Australian Parrakeet
(Psephotus hematonotus, Gould), by Capt. Lewis of the Barque ‘ Tenas-
serim,’ and of the carcass of a Bara Singha doe (Cervus Duvaucelie, Cuv.),
by Babu Rajendra Mallika.
And I have personally the pleasure of presenting the Society with skele-
tons of the Peruvian Llama, Snowy Owl, Crowned Crane, and Hooper
Swan. Also with a collection of some of the more shewy Brazilian Paperes
(chiefly Pipre, Tanagre, and Trochilide), adding 38 species to our bird col-
lection; and with an extensive series of land, fresh-water and marine Aus-
tralian shells.
Lastly, I may mention that I have succeeded in procuring for the Museum,
skeletons of both sexes of a species of Ca’ing Whale (Globicephalus,) in form
and sizg resembling the European Gi. deductor, but wholly of a deep black
colour. A shoal of these animals numbering about 20, was carried by an
extraordinary high tide, into the salt-water lakes eastward of Calcutta, where
several of them lived many days, floundering about in the shallow-water ;
and in this situation I had repeated opportunities of witnessing the expira-
tion from the spiracle within the distance of a few feet, no jet of water of
course being thrown up, but a very visible discharge of aqueous particles,
as from a wet syringe, and this while the spiracle remained above water.
I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your’s obediently,
EK. BuyTH.
Asiatic Society’s Rooms, June 1st, 1850.
LIBRARY.
The following books have been added to the library since the last meeting.
Presented.
On the Vegetation of the Galapagos Archipelago as compared with that
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 427
of some other Tropical Islands and of the Continent of America. By Dr.
J. D. Hooker. (Pamphlet.)—PresenTeD BY THE AUTHOR.
Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Vol. I.
Part [V.— PRESENTED BY THE ACADEMY. |
Systematisches Verzeichniss der naturhistorischen Sammlung der Gesell-
schaft Museum. Erste abthielung. Voegel. Sremen, 1844, 4to.—By
Dr. G. HARTLAUB.
Systematischer Index zu Don Felix de Azara’s Apuntamientos para la
historia natural d los paxaros del Paraguay y Rio de la Plata. Von Dr.
G. Hartlaub. Bremen, 1847, demi 4to.—By THE AUTHOR.
Erstes Nachtrag zum Verzeichniss der Vogelsammlung des: Museums.
(Pamphlet.)—By Dr. G. Hartiaus.
Wanderings in the Islands of Interview (Andaman) Little and Great Coco.
By J. H. Quigley, Esq. Maulmain,1850, 12mo. Pamphlet.--By THE AUTHOR.
Fontana on Poisons, 2 vols. 8vo.—By Dr. W. B. O’SHAUGHNESSY.
Mead on Poisons, 1 vol. 8vo.—By THE SAME.
Catalogue des Coins et Medaelles du Musee Monitaire de la Commission
des Monnaire et Medailles, Paris, 1833, 8vo.—By THE SAME.
Journal of the Agri-Horticultural Society of India, Nos, X.-XI. of Vol.
II. and Part II. Vol. VI.—By tHe Same.
Calcutta Journal of Natural History, Nos. 1, 3, (two copies) 10, 11, 12,
14, and 17.—By THe Same.
Griffin’s Scientific Miscellany, No. VI. The Geology of the Island of
Arran, from Original Survey. By A. C. Ramsey, (2 copies) —By THE SAME.
Insha i Hindi, being a collection of some hundreds of letters and petitions,
&c. with an entire translation of the Insha i Harkaran. By Munshi Nizam
Uddin. Bombay, 1850, 8vo.—By THe AuTHOR.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,
for the month of April, 1850.—By tHe Deputy Surveyor GENERAL.
The Oriental Baptist, Nos. 41-2.—By tHE Epiror.
The Upadeshaka, Nos. 41-2.—By tue Epiror.
The Oriental Christian Spectator for April, 1850.—By Tue Epiror.
Calcutta Christian Observer for May and June, 1850.—By tue EpiTor.
Exchanged.
The Athenzum, Nos. 1165-7-9-70-71-72.
Purchased.
The Kadamvari, edited by Pandit Madanmohan Tarkalankar, Vol. II.
Calcutta, 1850, 8vo. 5 copies.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 27.
“Te yee + ee
;
“abot wher “yl 8 it
eek Nie ve ata antes
fa —
| 2 baa of bodilva, (ie
" > ees or
’ we i avi PaaS ith
’ Estey ‘ ey tea ce miter : Mine ergehl bia
—— -
JOURNAL Ke
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY.
No. VI.—1850.
NRL PPD DLL LAW LUOLLPDEIPLOFPIWNOPPPFPL A WVVF LIVIN LLIN
Report on the Valley of Spiti; and facts collected with a view to a
future Revenue Settlement.—By Captain W. C. Hay, B. A., Assis-
tant Commissioner, Kulu.
Approaches to the country.—1 gather from information that the
valley of Spiti is approachable from our own territories and Kunnawar,
by six different routes.
First Pass.—First, and easiest, is through Kunnawar, via Shidlkar,
over a low range of hills by the Kidgar pass to ‘Stimrah,”’ the last
village in the Busahir territory, and thence across the Spiti river
to ‘‘ Lari,”’ the first village in Spiti. By this route you meet with
three mountain passes ; viz. the ‘‘ Warang,” between ‘ Chuni’’ and
« Lupd” in Kumdwar, which is 13,000 feet high; the “ Runang,”
14,508 feet, between Kannar and Singnam in Kunndwar; and the
« Hunerting,” 14,837 feet, between ‘ Singnam” and “ Hungo,”—and
have to cross the Spiti river which is not bridged; rapid, and 31 feet
of water.
Second pass Méntrang.—The second is over the ‘Mani’ pass,
commonly called the ‘‘Manirang ;” but “rang” merely signifies a
pass. The road to this is from ‘‘Stngnam” in Kunnawar, to
‘**Robak”’ where copper mines are worked by the Busdhir Raja; then
over the pass, which Captain Gerard, I think, calls 18,000 feet to
“Mani,” a village in Spiti, and one march from Dankar: this pass
No. XLII.—New Series. om
430 Report on the Valley of Spiti. [No. 6.
is not open until May, and closes usually in October. The ‘* Mani”
pass bears from Dankar East 46; there are two very high peaks above
the pass, and a lake called ‘‘ Mani-ke-Choh.”
Third Pass “ Bhubdh.”’—The third pass is the ‘“ Bhubah Jhote.”
The road to this jhote strikes off from the Sutlej at the Waugtt-
bridge, ascending to the village of ‘‘Gutgdon’”’ in the Pargannah of
Bhubah in Busahir; thence the pass is two marches from any
habitation: it is a high pass, probably near 18,000 feet; you cross it
and descend to the village of “‘Mudh” in Spiti, only one march.
This is by far the shortest road to Rampur ; but the pass is only open
from May until October. I contemplated coming to Spiti by this
route, but snow fell for four days successively, and I gave up the
intention. Two Spiti men afterwards tried it, and had to march
unceasingly for two days in 3 feet of snow, and one man was frost-
bitten ; it is certainly impracticable for Hindustanis in November.
Fourth Pass ‘“ Satolah.’’—The fourth pass is the ‘‘ Satolah,” which
leads into Kuli, entering it at “Jagat Sukh;’’ by this pass you have
to pass the Shigri; the marches are as follow:
Pamo, 72 in Spiti.
Lohsar, 7 3
Kiinzam ghat, on this side 4.
Shigri Ghati, 5.
Sutlehhet, 6.
Gunz Pattar, 7.
Jagat Sukh, 8.
In this route, it is said, there are three streams to pass, which are im-
practicable for Ghoonts, and only open from May until October.
Fifth Pass “ Kanzum.’’—The fifth pass is “ Kanzum Lami.”
« Lamw”’
From Dankar to Kurjeh, \
signifies pass: this leads into Kulu, via the Rotang pass,
and is only open from May until October.
Sixth Pass “ Bard Lachd.’’—The sixth pass is the Bard Lacha, via
Lahoul and the Rotang pass. The marches to Lohsar are as at the
fourth pass, thence to Takpokongyah to Bara Lacha, &c. :—Only open
from May to October.
These are the passes from our own Territories and Busahir, through
the outer chain of mountains.
1850. | Report on the Valley of Spiti. 431
Passes into Tartary.—Through the second chain of mountains into
Ladak and Tartary, there are three passes.
lst to Chimurti.—The first from Lari to Chamirti in Tartary ; the
marches are as follow, being six days’ journey.
(1st, Huling.
2nd, Sting-kill.
3rd, Tun-tun.
Ath, Put-pit (lami) said to be a very
high pass.
5th, Rim-biding.
6th, Chumurti.
2nd Pass into Tartary—“ Pérang.’—The second pass is over the
‘* Parang”’ lam, upwards of 16,000 feet, and goes by the villages of
“Ki Gumpa” and Kibar to Ruksu, a district in Ladak. This is
usually called the ‘‘ Parang La,”’ La being the contraction of “ limw’”’
a pass.
3rd Pass into Tartary— Tungling.’—The third pass is over the
‘“‘Tungling’’ lamu, a very high pass, also leading to Ruksu, and the
road strikes off between the villages of ‘ Hall’ and “ Qatu,” but on
the opposite side of the Spiti river.
These are all the passes through the mountains into Spiti that I
have as yet become acquainted with.
All these places are be-
yond our frontier.
Boundaries.—The boundaries of Spiti are as follow. It is bounded
on the North by the Paérang range, which separates it from Ladak. To
the North East there is no defined boundary, but inaccessible mountains.
To the South and South East by the Mani pass ranges which sepa-
rate it from Kunnawar.
To the Hast a valley, called ‘‘ Kurati” takpo, iceteg it from
Chinese Tartary.
To the West, the snowy range from “ Bhubsh” to “ Bara Lacha,”’
Bhubah Jhote, separating it from Busdhir, and the latter from Kulu,
and Lahoul. The Bhubdh Jhote is to the W. S. W. and the Bara
| Lacha N. W. These appear to be all natural boundaries.
: Valleys.—The length of the Spiti Valley, longitudinally, I should
estimate at about sixty-six miles; the following being my supposed
distances between each place situated in the valley, From the boundary »-
3K 2
432 Report on the Valley of Spiti. [No. 6.
before reaching Lari, ne us .« + Gmilés.
From Larito Po, .. 98 ty oat eng
Dankar, Te bd ei ARO
Lidang, bg be dle, OF
Kit Sing, wd co | 48
Rangrik, s nm PFO
Ull, off sie Jeno
Hansi, =e ae oem Oe
Lohsar, tg 3 sigh ies
Total,.. 66 miles.
There are three transversal valleys, one in the direction of the curved
line of mountains extending from the Bard Lacha to the Bhubah pass.
The length of this valley to which villages extend may, from the Spiti
river to the village of ‘‘ Mudh,”’ be estimated at 30 miles.
The second transversal valley extends from the Spiti valley, in the
direction of another curve of high mountains, separating the Spiti
valley from Tartary, and whence arise another line of water heads;
the rivers running in an opposite direction. The inhabited part of
this valley does not extend above ten miles. From this again, is a
lateral valley, running almost parallel with the Spiti, in which are only
two villages in about three miles.
A third transversal valley is the “ Parang,”’ leading up to the |
‘“Pdrang pass” into Ruksu, or Ladak; in this there are only two
villages in about two and a half miles. These may be said to contain
the inhabited and cultivated parts of Spiti.
The passes through these valleys I have already mentioned.
Crops.—The crops in Spiti consist of two kinds of barley, one of
wheat, peas, and mustard from which oil is made. They sow in May,
and reap in September.
Rivers.—The principal river is the Spiti; I followed it up as far as
“‘Lohsar,” where it divides into two branches, one called “ Pilw’
running from the North West, and another flowing from the “ Kinzam
lamu,”’ and called ‘‘ Lichi’’ from the South West, and said to be four
days’ journey.
The peculiarity of this river is the immense width of its bed, being
(from the t?me it takes a South and South East direction, where the
1850.] Report on the Valley of Spiti. 433
“s P4rang”’ river enters it, to a point where another stream flows into
it from the “‘ Mani rang’’) seldom less than half a mile wide, and, in
some parts, nearer a mile.
At this seasonof the year, the main stream is not in most places above
forty yards wide, or above three feet deep,—that is above Dankar.
This river is also remarkable for its very flat bed, and for not contain-
ing boulders of any large size—none above a foot in measurement, but
much more generally small stones, gravel, sand, and a calcareous marl.
Its principal tributaries are the “Tungling,”’ “* Parang” and “ Ling-
ti’ flowing into it from the left bank; and the river ‘“ Peen” on the
right. ,
The ‘Tungling” and “ Parang” flow from mountains of the same
names, each source distant about 20 miles.
The river “ Lingti’” flows from Lingpa: it is said to be two days’
journey, and above the village of ‘‘ Lilong”’ it is called the ‘ Pedan-
gehi ;” its bed is about eighty yards, and the stream at present is about
20 feet wide.
The river ‘“ Peen” is said to flow from the “ Bhubah” Jhote and
above takes the name of the ‘Bhubah.”’ When the river takes a
S. W. direction it is joined by another considerable stream, the
*“Yensa,” flowing from a mountain of that name two days’ journey
from its junction with the ‘“Bhubah.’ Another large stream then
joins the “ Bhubah”’ called ‘ Para Kid,” which is said to flow from a
mountain of that name four days’ journey; its course appears to be
nearly South. The ‘“ Bhubah” then takes the name of ‘ Peen’’ from
the Koti of “ Pint,” or valley, through which it flows. The width of
this river bed is from 300 to 800 yards.
There are many other feeders to the Spiti, but which may be more
appropriately termed torrents, principally running into the Spiti, on
its right bank, with a course from the mountain, through which they
have forced their way, of about half a mile: some of their beds are
very remarkable, from 300 to 500 yards wide, quite straight and
parallel, like the banks of a canal, and the débris, in some instances,
from 200 to 300 feet.above the water level: the rush of water on the
‘melting of the snow, must be very great through these channels. The
Spiti river is, at this season of the year, in some parts completely |
frozen over, and you can both hear and see the stream flowing beneath
434 Report on the Valley of Spiti. [No. 6.
the ice. A great quantity of border ice is frequently broken up and
carried down the stream, which occasionally gets jammed, and the
passage is interrupted; the river above then increases in depth, and
becomes impassable.
The bed of the Spiti is so deep as to prevent its water being of any
assistance to the people in cultivating ; they depend entirely upon the
small streams from the mountains feeding their kools. On the right
bank of the Spiti are immense beds of débris, forming plateaux of
sometimes two miles in length, and from half to one mile in breadth ;
a quantity of calcareous deposit has taken place upon the débris, and
would afford excellent arable ground, but for its aridity, and impos-
sibility of conducting courses to water it: in some seasons when a
great abundance of snow has fallen upon the range of mountains
immediately above the level ground, cultivation is attempted, but it is
very uncertain, and in taking revenue from the country, it cannot be
accounted as productive soil.
The probable total length of the Spiti river, from its source to its
junction with the Sutlej, may be estimated at one hundred and twenty
miles. I am told that fish have never been seen in the Spiti river.
GEOLOGICAL FORMATION.
Physical and General view.—The Physical and Geological account
of this country, such as I am able to give, can be embraced in a small
compass. The account of the mountains, valleys, and passes will, in
fact, explain the physical position.
Gypsum and Alum.—The formations that I have seen, belong wholly
to the secondary period: in fact, Spiti may be described generally as
being of various kinds of lime and sandstone, with a few slates and
shales, and conglomerates. On descending to the bed of the Spiti,
after crossing the range which separates it from Kunnawar, beds of
red sandstone are first met with; in connection with these, below
Lare is gypsum, and alum; and, from the water all the way from
Lare to Dankar being saline, I have no doubt but that rock salt
may be discovered in the vicinity of the gypsum.
Fossil beds.—These secondary strata contain some excessively inter-
esting fossil beds. The first which I examined are in the Pinu valley,
and above the village of “‘Mekion ;” they are a marine deposit, and
1850.] Report on the Valley of Spiti. 435
belong to the “ Porkilitic’ group, being situated between the beds of
“‘lower new red sandstone’ and the Magnesian group or dolomitic
conglomerate; these again being associated with beds of shale, and
mountain lime-stone, point it out as an exceedingly likely locality for
coal; the snow however was on the ground and the Thermometer not
above 10° in the middle of the day, when I visited the place, so that
my observations were unsatisfactory.
The fossil beds of Ammonites are of great extent, varying from the
size of a cart wheel, to an inch in diameter: in a very short time I
collected as many as two men could carry, and could distinguish as
many as six or seven different species of Ammonite, with a variety of
other shells, and one or two vertebree of fish.
Oxide of Iron.—A large quantity of red oxide of iron is found
somewhere in the vicinity, which is used by the people for ornamenting
their houses, marking their sheep, &c.; this locality, when free from
snow, would be worth observing, because beds of this description often
overlay silver and lead ores.
Lias and lower Oolitic beds.—The other fossil beds, which I exa-
mined, are in one of the lateral valleys near the village of ‘‘ Gienmul.’’
The formation corresponds with our well known ‘“ Lias,” and “lower
oolitic” reposing on the Lias. The mountain, behind which these
beds are situated, is composed of a series of calcareous and sandstone
beds, in an almost undisturbed position.
The decomposing Lias, with much indurated mud or clay, and greatly
tinged with iron, have greatly the appearance of a coal field, and are
on undulating hills; these are filled with ammonites of only one
species: the decomposition of this group furnishes the richest ground
in Spiti; the soil at ‘‘ Lidang’”’ and “ Lard” seems also to be of this
description, but the fossils are not so abundant. The lower oolitic
reposes on the Lias, and is composed of rather complicated strata,
containing immense quantities of dead shells in a black deposit of
extreme fineness; this clay is perhaps an indication of the neighbour-
hood of coal. I procured a quantity of these fossils, consisting of a va-
riety of bivalve shells, one or two univalves, and varieties of Belemnites
and ‘ Orthoceras.”’
The mountain lime-stone is the most abundant formation in Spiti,
and abounds with species of ammonite, Orthoceras, Spirifer, Ters-
436- Report on the Valley of Spitt. [No. 6.
bratule, &c. &c.; some of these beds may perhaps be attributed to the
primary fossiliferous or ‘Silurian’ group, since they are in a horizontal
position, and have never been disturbed since their deposition, and they
are a dark gray argillaceous deposit, below which a slaty sandstone
is met with; the fossils generally being, “‘ pentamerus,”’ “‘ tentaculites”’
ammonites and belemnites—all indicative of the Silurian group.
Soil.—This brief description will so far tend to show that the pro-
ductive soil of Spiti, is in general calcareous. As far as Lidang it
is of a light colour; from Lidang to Ki, the soil is blackened by
the fossils ; and above these places, to the head of the valley, the soil
assumes a reddish appearance, from the calcareous soil being more or
less mixed with the decomposing siliceous particles of red sandstone.
These soils are all light, and easily turned up by the plough, and
should, if properly watered, be highly productive.
Secondary Strata.—It isa fact to be noted, that Herbert in his
mineralogical survey of the Himalaya, travelled as far as the Hungrung
pass in Kunnawar, and leaves it with a remark, that lime-stone is never,
in these mountains, a principal formation: now, the principal lime-
stone formation is only there beginning, the whole of Spiti may be
said to be a lime-stone formation; likewise, a great part of Lahoul.
Herbert also says, after mentioniag the formation of gneiss, &c., that
“outside of the whole are very limited examples of the secondary
strata.’ Now the secondary strata are of great extent, but not as
observed by him. The secondary strata begin at the Hungrung pass,
which is a mere spur from higher mountains, chiefly composed of
lime-stone and sandstone, as the boulders in the river at Singnam
might have pointed out, but he merely sighted the lime-stone, and
drew, in my opinion, an incorrect conclusion.
The Bara Lachd, and many other mountains from 16,000 to 20,000
feet high, are secondary, although certainly very uncommon height for
secondary formations: and it will be a natural conclusion that nearly
the whole range, bounding the Tartar plains in this direction, are
secondary or certainly not older, which would give as great a breadth
of secondary as primary formation.
Population.—The five Kotis into which Spiti is divided contain
upwards of ,sixty villages, enumerated in Table No. 1. The whole of
1850. | Report on the Valley of Spiti. 437
these villages contain only three hundred and sixteen houses, and their
population is as follows, the census being from actual enumeration.
Adult males, - - - - 392
Boys under 12 years, - - * - 191
Adult females, - - 2 - 9593
Girls under 12 years, - ° : - 238
Lambas or priests not included above, - - 193
Total, - 1,607
giving a total of one thousand six hundred and seven souls.
The population is represented to me as having been on the increase
for the last five years.
Revenue.—It is not without some difficulty that I got the people
to make me acquainted with the revenues which had been formerly
paid, but I believe the following to be pretty correct.
Revenue for 1847-48-49.—The revenue for the years 1847-48-49 has
been paid to the Vazir of the Rajé of Busdhir—at least for 1847 and
1848; that for 1849 was tendered to the Vazir, who has since written
to me to receive it on account of Government. The revenue paid to
Manstk Das, the Vazir of the Busahir Raja, in 1847, was merely 753
rupees.
In 1848, the same sum was paid, with the addition of 400 lacs* of
grain, the produce of some land at Dankar, which was called Sircari.
The revenue for 1849 is still in hand, and is 753 rupees and 500 lacs
of grain, now in the fort of Dankar, which will be made over to the
Vazir of the Raja, and 753 rupees, credited to Government.
Mansuka Das, Vazir, made an offer to Mr. Edwards, the Super-
intendent of hill states, to continue farming Spiti, upon an increased
rent of 1,000 rupees, and I believe he recommended to the Board that
his offer should be accepted ; but I think it very objectionable, for the
Spiti people believe that he only took the sum fixed for the three years,
with a view of obtaining a longer lease, when they were apprehensive
that it was his intention to exact more from them.
The Spiti Vazir holds a paper, written in Thibetan, signed by the
late Mr. Agnew, which the people here say is guaranteeing to them that
no more than 753 rupees should be levied from them. I have no means
* See page 440. 2
34
;
438 Report on the Valley of Spiti. [No. 6.
of testing the truth of their assertion, nor do I know whether Mr.
Agnew was authorized to make such an agreement, but I have treated
the subject lightly, nor could they have considered it very binding,
from the fact of their having paid to Manstika Das, in excess of the
753 rupees, grain to the value of 200 rupees or upwards.
Revenue for 1844-45-46.—In the years 1844-45 and 46, the annual
revenue paid to the Thanadar at Ladak was 1,031 rupees. Besides
this, 100 ‘ Mundis’” or iron crow-bars; likewise two Ghoonts, and a
nazarana of 15 rupees annually to the Thanaddr, and 60 sheep in
jugat.
During these three years the Seiks are said to have further plun-
dered the country of 4,000 rupees, also 60 ghoonts, and much other
property.
‘Revenue from 1839 to 1843.—From 1839 to 1843, both inclusive,
an annual revenue of 2,000 rupees was paid to Raja Golab Singh.
Besides this, 100 sheep within the five years; and, in 1839, three
Ghoonts were presented as nazzars, and one Ghoont annually for the
four succeeding years.
Prior to 1839.—Before 1839 the revenues from time within memory,
was always paid to the Raja of Ladak, as follows; 396 rupees in
cash, 200 lacs of grain, 100 mundis, 34 pieces of cloth (Barmir), and
132 shigus of paper, equal to 660 Hindustani taktehs. During these
years, they also paid annually to the Raja of Kulou, six rupees, and
two pieces of cloth, as tribute. Also to the Raja of Busahir 30
pieces of cloth as tribute. And to China (from 50 Chinese families
settled in Spiti) about 200 lacs of grain.
This revenue to China has been discontinued for the last 12 years;
but, before my arrival, some Chinese were sent from Tolung to demand
the ancient tribute.
Demands of the Chinese for revenue.—Since my arrival, Vakils have
been sent to me from Tolung and Chimurti, setting forth their claim
to this tribute, but I told them that, as it had not been paid for the last
12 years, and the Company had the means of protecting their own sub-
jects, that I did not think it would be continued ; but that as I was
not vested with political authority, I would make their request known
to my superiors.
This ancient tribute does not appear to have originated with the
1850. ] Report on the Valley of Spiti. 439
Chinese government, but in ancient times there were Tartar hordes
upon the border, and the Spiti people appear to have paid this grain
to be protected from plunder.
Revenue how hitherto collected.— The revenue of Spiti has hitherto
been collected by a Vazir (hereditary) ; whatever revenue is required
has been levied equally from the five Kotis: in the collection, he is
assisted by five ‘‘Gatpos’ or Mukiahs. The Vazir has hitherto
been allowed to pay himself at the rate of one rupee in four, and he
holds the village of “ Kiiling” in Jaghir,
Amount of grain produced, and probable home consumption.—The
whole five Kotis contain 2,554 lacs of ground. The probable pro-
duce of this land will be 20,667 lacs of grain, and the probable annual
home consumption 15,000 lacs; which, deducting 800 lacs for the
produce of the Jaéghir lands, will leave them 4,867 lacs to pay their
revenne with; which, roughly calculated, would be about 1,600 rupees,
besides the sale of Ghoonts, say 400 rupees, and any tax upon their
industry.
Commerce.—The Spiti people are not essentially traders, their coun-
try affords but little pasturage, and they have seldom more sheep than
to supply their own wants.
Exports.—The exports are confined to grain and a few Ghoonts,
together with a few manufactured blankets, and pieces of Barmir
cloth. The return for their grain is salt, and wool. For grain they
receive equal weight of salt, and for three lacs of barley they receive
eight “kiris’” of wool; the kiri is a Chinese weight, and differs from
12 to 16 seers.
Trade with Chinese.-—The Chinese are their own carriers: they
come to Spiti in November, and take about 1,000 lacs of grain, and a
few Ghoonts. The Spiti people say that this trade might be increased.
The Chinese do not barter “ pashm” or Shawl wool, but take rupees
for it.
From the Chinese, the Spiti people buy their sheep, (a very fine
description) giving five lacs of grain for one sheep.
Trade with Busihir and Ladak.—They export to Busahir about
250 lacs of grain, chiefly to Singnam, and receive in exchange rupees :
the Busahir people are their own carriers: a few Ghoonts are also sold.
To the Busdhir people they also exchange part of the salt they
OL 2
440 Repert on the Valley of Spiti. [No. 6.
receive from China, for iron and tobacco, and a small quantity of
pashm, about 12 maunds, is also exchanged for iron: if this iron is
more than sufficient to supply their own wants, they trade with it to
Ladak, or Raksi, and exchange it for ornaments for their women, and
other trifles.
They also exchange about 250 lacs of grain with the Tartars, from
Ruksu, for wool and salt.
The usual selling price of grain amongst themselves appears to be
from 2} to 3 lacs of barley, and 2 lacs of wheat for the rupee.
This appears to be their entire trade.
Weights and Measures.—Their measures are of three descriptions,
‘‘linear,”’ “agrarian,” and of solidity.
** Linear.” —By the linear measure, cloth is sold by the ‘ hath”
as in Hindustan. Wool is sold by what is called a “kiri’ or bun-
dle, which differs as to weight, but is two haths in length; this is used
in commerce with the Chinese.
4grarian.—The agrarian measure estimates by the quantity of grain ;
in Kulu it is “ Bhars,” here it is by “lacs,” a lac being 32 catchd
seers, or 12 pucka seers.
Capacity and Solidity.—The return of grain sown is 14 to 1 of
barley, and from 10 to 12 for 1 of wheat. Gram is sold by the seer
of 20 double pice weight ; our seer is from 80 to 84 tolas, their seer
is 32 tolas.
They have also a small measure called a ‘Mani’ or ‘‘ Thi,”
which is a small wooden cup; this is of two sizes, the one used for
buying, called ‘‘ Chayreh,”’ holding 29 rupees weight of grain; and the
other, by which they sell, called ‘Guyreh,” which only holds 21 Rs.
weight ; small articles of value are bought and sold by the barley-corn
weight, as a grain of rice is used in Hindustan. |
Inquor.—Liquor is measured by the ‘‘ Puttah” of 2 seers, equal to
# seer pucka. Their liquor is of one kind, distilled from barley called
“Chung,” and is sold 30 “ puttahs’’ for the rupee. They consume
large quantities, and one man is said to drink, on occasions of festivity,
as much as four puttahs.
Domestic Animals, Cattle, §c.—Their animals consist of Yaks,
Jabbis or half Yaks, Cows, Ghoonts, Asses, Sheep, Goats, Dogs,
and Cats.
1850. | Report on the Valley of Spiti. 44)
Ydks.—The Yak is a highly useful animal; with it they plough,
carry loads, and it furnishes milk, and hair for their ropes.
In the severest weather, this animal appears to enjoy itself in the
snow, and it is often to be seen with icicles, of several inches in length,
hanging to its nose, and a foot or more of ice hanging to the hair
falling from its neck and shoulders. Long hair hangs over the eyes,
and prevents their freezing.
Number of Yéks, Jabbis, Cows and Ghoonts,—Chinese breed.
The total number of Yaks in Spiti is 439: and of Jabbiis and Cows
412. The Ghoont, although an useful animal, seldom carries any
burden but a man; the total number in Spiti is 365, but bred
chiefly for sale. They have two breeds, one a small Ghoont, never
above 12 hands high, peculiar to the country. The other a large
breed of Ghoonts, from 13 to 134 hands high, is bought from the
Chinese, and usually comes from “Chimiurti.”? For a Chinese
Ghoont two years old, they give a four year old Spiti Ghoont. All are
equally hardy, and are kept out the whole winter,—all except the year-
lings, which dre housed. During winter, the Ghoonts live entirely upon
the roots of stunted bushes, and are very expert at scraping the snow
from off them with their fore feet.
But little attention, except in a few cases, is paid to the breeding of
these Ghoonts; a certain number of entire Ghoonts are turned loose
amongst the mares, and the sire of a foal is seldom known. Such as
are not required for breeding, are castrated when between two and three
years of age.
The right of castration has usually been the right of one person,
given under a seal from Ladak. !
The breed of Ghoonts with a little care might be considerably
improved. Many are killed during winter by wolves and leopards, and
I saw some which had been much lacerated, but escaped.
Asses.—The ass is also an useful animal, and is of a peculiarly
strong breed, not in general large, but with powerful limbs; they
are chiefly employed to carry firewood, and are said to be able to go
wherever a sheep can: their milk is also drunk. The total number in
Spiti is 79.
Sheep and Goats.—The sheep appear to be of two distinet breeds ;
the common one produces the fine ‘Bidnghy’’ wool, the other is
~
442 Report on the Valley of Spiti. [No. 6.
a very large species which is brought from “ Chimiurtt’
with very
long wool, but not so fine as the other.
The goat is of the description which produces the Shawl wool or
pashm. The total number of sheep and goats in Spiti is 1095.
The Spiti people are not carriers, or they would have a larger
number of sheep. Lach village has its three or four dogs, and a very
fine black species of cat: these I think comprise all their domestic
animals.
Zoology.—I am here at a very unfavorable season of the year to
make any observations, either on the Zoology or Botany of the country ;
im fact, with the latter science I am unacquainted, and, with regard to
the former, having been a keen observer through these mountains, I
have been struck with but two new species of bird of the genera
* Erythrospiza,” and “ Ruticilla,’’ every thing else that I have seen is
well known and described.
Physical constitution, morals, manners, &c. of the people.—The
position of Spiti, situated amongst ranges of high mountains, subject
to extreme cold, and far from civilization, points out in a degree the
physical constitution of its inhabitants.
The Bhotias are a physically robust cast of people, the climate
not being sufficiently severe to impede the vital functions; with
strongly marked weather-beaten countenances; of middling height ;
with muscular body, flat faces and noses, and, in general, small
eyes. The natural colour of their skin is a light brown, and the
reflection of the sun from the snow gives them a ruddy hue, which is
so peculiar to all the race of Butan. Their hair from exposure to the
atmosphere is extremely coarse and matted. The women are also very
muscular, and all burdens, except in cases of extreme necessity, are
earried by them, the men merely ploughing the fields. They are not
subject to much disease, and live usually to 70 years of age.
Diseases.—Small-pox is their greatest enemy, which occasionally de-
populates whole villages. Stomach diseases are not uncommon and which
may be increased perhaps by the entire want of vegetables. Weakness
of the eyes is also common. Although depending entirely on snow and
ice water, and in a country of lime-stone goitre is scarcely known ; one
or two cases, they say, may exist in the whole country.
Ages of Marriage —The common ages of marriage are, with the
men, from 20 to 21, and women from 15 to 20.
1850. | Report on the Valley of Spitt. 443
Polyandrism.—The abominable custom of polyandrism prevails, that
is, a woman marries a family of brothers.
A man in good circumstances has sometimes two or three wives ;
but, from the first circumstance, and the priesthood not marrying, the
proportion of unmarried females is large.
Slavery unknown.—Slavery is unknown amongst them. They are
free in their manners, without being rude, or inquisitive; and have a
certain degree of Chinese cunning.
No interest taken for money.—They never take interest for money,
but often lend and borrow amongst themselves.
Houses.—Their houses are large and well built, and generally two
or three stories high. The first three feet built of stone, and the re-
mainder of sun dried bricks, 18 inches long, 8 wide, and 6 deep, cement-
ed with calcareous mortar. The roofs are flat, witha layer of willow
or tamarisk twigs, over which is about 6 inches of earth. On the
outer walls are usually deposited grass and wood for winter use, and the
houses of the richer zemindars are always distinguished by the neatness
with which this is stored. This keeps the snow off their walls. One
room in a house is usually 20 feet square, or 24 by 20, the roof sup-
ported by a double row of wooden pillars, the architrave being, in the
better houses, highly carved in Chinese style, in the form of dragons,
&c. The two centre beams, aré about 2 feet apart, and over these, to
form a ceiling, willow or juniper sticks, pealed of their bark, are
crossed, and placed close together giving a neat and cleanly appearance ;
this however is much destroyed by the lighting of fires in the rooms
and there being no exit for the smoke, except by the door and some
very small windows, which are usually on only one side of the room.
The walls are generally washed with a slate-colored marl, and a cornice
imitated by a band of white and red, sometimes yellow, made from
gypsum, and red and yellow ochre. Generally speaking they are ex-
tremely well housed. On the outside corners of the houses are usually
erected poles, with a black Yak’s tail on each. The whole family live
in one house, consisting usually of a grandfather and mother down to
the grandson, &c.
Khatak presented, a Chinese custom.—When the parties can afford
it, distinct buildings, but close together, are occupied; the grand-
parents occupying the second best. If they die, the father occupies
444 Report on the Valley of Spite. [No. 6.
his father’s quarters, and the younger couple the best. Such are their
arrangements. They appear to live happily together, seldom quarrel,
and crimes are very uncommon. Their customs are essentially Chinese,
and I was always presented with a “ Khatak,”’ or white silk scarf, by
every head of a village.
Mode of reckoning time.—Their mode of reckoning time is by lunar
months of 29 and 30 days alternately, and every three years they add
a month to reconcile the motions of the sun and moon. Their present
Samvat (Kili) commenced on the 15th of December.
Mode of detecting crime and oath.—When two parties are accused
of crime, an oath is taken in the following manner. The names of
each are written on paper or engraved on stone, then wrapped up in
flour, and either thrown into hot oil, or water, a- person then plunges
in his hand, and the first name that comes up is considered the guilt-
less person.
Petty thefts punished by fine.—Petty thefts are punished by fines.
A person dying without an heir, the personal property goes to the
Lambas.
Crimes how punished.—If a woman deserts her husband, and goes
to another man, the man pays the expenses that have been incurred by
the husband, with an occasional fine, according to circumstances.
Bad crimes, as maiming, wounding or murder, have hitherto been
punished by orders from Ladak, generally by the cutting off a hand.
Amusements.—Shooting with a bow and arrow is one of their favo-
rite pastimes; the implements are of Chinese manufacture. <A sort
of religio-dramatic performance constantly takes place, the actors are
Lambas, who repeat religious sentences, and are joined in a chorus
by the crowd; on these occasions grain is bestowed, and every donor’s
name registered in a book kept in the gimpah or the kirdewarah.
Dress.—All are clothed in woollen coarse cloth and blanket at all
seasons, and in winter, a goat or sheep skin cloak reaching from
head to near the feet, the hair inside. The women wear a sort of
loose wrapper with arms, extending to below the knee, bound round
the waist with usually a red coarse shawl of pashm; loose trowsers
usually red, which are gathered close below the knee, and stuffed into
a pair of cloth leggings attached to a large Chinese shaped shoe, (these
legoings answering for stockings,) and tied round the calf of the leg
:
1850. | Report on the Valley of Spite. 445
with a woollen strmg. The shoe is made large and the vacuum filled
with busa or wool.
Their heads are usually bare, but they have a large moveable orna-
ment made of brass, or sometimes of silver and gold, studded with a
variety of turquoises, which extends from the forehead over the parting
of the hair, and reaches in a long tail behind. They wear their hair
long in a number of plaits. They also wear a variety of necklaces of
amber, coral, &c.; and coral earings and wrist ornaments cut from the
chalk shell. No woman is without these ornaments. The higher
class sometimes wear a kind of cap made of Kimkhab and trimmed
with sable fur, but these are seldom seen ; a woman may be said almost
always to appear with a bare head: they are in no way secluded, and
are free and frank in their manners, and of very cheerful disposition.
The dress of the men much resembles that of the women, but their
heads are generally covered with a sheep skin cap, or one of black
blanket hanging loose, with a light blue border. Many wear their hair
in one long platted tail, with, occasionally, turquoises and corals.
They have all a necklace of coarse amber and other beads. They also
wear, suspended round their waist, a flint and steel, and round their
necks a polished piece of brass which serves as a looking glass, and
various charms.
The Lambas have a variety of head dresses, but all in the Chinese
style, either a cap or a hat.
Food.—Their food consists almost entirely of a sort of Sattt, made
from wheat, barley, or peas. They occasionally eat meat boiled into a
soup ; and drink quantities of tea, boiled with butter and salt. Yak’s
flesh is eaten without prejudice; but, in killing any animal they abstain
from shedding blood, and usually strangle. They have no poultry; in
fact I doubt if fowls would live. They have not a fruit or vegetable
in their country. Turnips, which are cultivated in Kunndwar, are not
seen here. I think that cabbages and beet root might be introduced
here with great advantage to the health of the people. Potatoes would
_ not thrive, the cold being too severe. Tobacco is smoked by nearly
_ every man, who has a pipe made of iron stuck into his cammarband,
and a leather pouch for his tobacco.
Religious Institutions.—The faith of all the inhabitants of Spiti is
“Buddhism.” The priesthood form a large portion of sach a small
3M
446 Report on the Valley of Spiti. [No. 6.
population, there being nearly 200 distributed in the five Kotis.
They consist of a Head Gelong, who is their guru or high priest:
under him again are five other Gelongs, and all the rest are ‘ Chun-
bas” and ‘Chelahs.” The two last or inferior orders can be made
here, but a priest must go to Lahassa to be made a Gelong, by the
Teshi Lambu. The ‘Chelahs” are made indiscriminately from
the peasantry. In Spiti there are five Gumpds or Thdkurdewaréhs,
each having its Gelong. All these are under the orders of the Teshi
Lambti at Lahassa. The priests must either be clothed in red, or
yellow, and on no account wear white; their head dresses are very
various. ‘They are strictly prohibited from exercising any other func-
tions but those of religion. They are entirely supported by the people,
and they collect grain for their support at harvest time from the people ;
they have a store room to each Gumpa. The Chinese families settled
in Spiti are called ‘‘Chuji,” and they present annually, 200 lacs of
grain to the head Gumpd. The priests are prohibited from marry-
ing; if they do, or are known to have connexion with a woman, they
are beaten and dismissed, from the order. There are however two sects
of Lambas; one called ‘‘ Neingma” answering to the Byragis of Hin-
dustan ; who though not allowed to marry, are allowed to keep women ;
there are only 13 of this sect in Spiti.
The other sect is the “Gilopd” who represent the Sannyasies :
they consider themselves defiled if they touch a woman. The “ Neing-
ma” sect generally wear long hair, and the other short. They dispute
with one another as to their superiority of learning.
The priest attend at births, marriages, and deaths: at a birth, several
priests are called, who go through a ceremony of astrology predict-
ing the fortune of the child, and receive presents.
Parties are married by a guru in the open air, when prayers are
read; the tilak is then marked on their foreheads, they have ‘ Kha-
taks’’ (white silk scarfs) given to them by the guru, when they get
to their house, and he departs. with presents. At a funeral a Lamba
attends whilst the body is burnt. The guru and other priests then
attend, and presents are distributed. The ashes are thrown into a
river, and the place where they were burnt, heaped over with cow dung
and clay ; and, if the friends of the deceased can afford it, a monument
is erected in the shape of an urn, There are no nunneries or nuns in Spiti.
1850. | Report on the Valley of Spiti. 447
They believe in one God Supreme, but have a variety of inferior
divinities, which are represented in their temples. Prayers and charity
are, in their estimation, sufficient to ensure happiness in another world.
They believe in various births hereafter: that a man’s span in this
world is 70 years: but in the second it will be 60, the third 50, and so
on till 10, when a man is only to bea hath (14 ft.) in height. They believe
in many yugs; they say that only three have arrived, and that nine
hundred and ninety-seven are yet to come. Metempsychosis forms a
part of their belief, but they are not explanatory on the subject, and
say that only the Teshi Lambu can explain it. It is rather extraor-
dinary with this belief that they should eat the flesh of animals, which
they will not kill, but receive to be eaten when they have been killed,
or have died. The store-house of the Gumpa has a large supply of
dried dead animals, and pieces of flesh strung and dried.
Once a month, the whole of the priests assemble for general ‘prayer,
it is first read by the Gelong, and repeated by all the rest. Their
most remarkable festivals are usually at the full moon.
This is all the information which I have thought it necessary at pre-
sent to collect, regarding their religious institutions and customs. The
Lambas are quiet and inoffensive, and much respected by the people
generally.
If the country is highly taxed, it will be necessary to make some
provision for the priesthood in the shape of Jaghir.
Laliassa is called by the people here ‘‘ Chota Chin,” and the coun-
try between Lahassa and Manassarovar or ‘ Mantaloi,’”’ is called
*‘Guari.’ China Proper is called “‘Gynuk.’’ The country of Little
Thibet is called “ Balti,” or that portion above Cashmere, &c. The
Ladak country goes by its own name.
Climate.—Having no Barometer with me, I am unable to ascertain the
atmospheric pressure, but with a Thermometer only graduated to Zero,
I have, as regularly as I could, taken the temperature of the air since
my arrival; always morning and evening, but being generally on the
march at mid-day, I have not often been able to ascertain it at that time.
I give in a table (No. 2) the range as observed, which will point out
the winter climate as being very severe. The diminution of atmospheric
pressure is inimical to the growth of trees, and there are only to be
found a few stunted trees of ‘‘ Juniperus excelsa’”’ and willows.
3M 2
448 Report on the Valley of Spiti. [ No. 6.
The prevailing winds are from South to East, and at times very
high, and the greater portion of the tops of the higher mountains
have all the snow swept off by the wind. I remark particularly in
Spiti, what struck me so much last July in Lahoul, and especially
North of the Bara Lacha, that the soil gives out much heat by radia-
tion. The want of heat and atmospheric pressure are, in these regions,
greatly against vegetation.
Having given a succinct account of this country and its people, I
may sum it up by saying, that Spiti is a mass of nearly bare rocks,
with here and there small patches of cultivation, almost entirely with-
out trees, thinly populated, and small villages, the largest not having
above 25 houses. The table which I annex will give the number and
houses of the villages.
I have now but to add a sketch map of the country, such as will
afford a reference to villages. I do not profess to give the mountains
in their proper form or distinct ramifications. I have taken regular
angles; but, without a protractor, cannot lay them down; besides,
that task has most likely been already done, and much better done than
with my opportunities or resources, I could hope to perform it.
Conclusion.—I trust that any deficiencies in this report will be
excused. I have no proper paper; my hands are so benumbed with cold,
that I can with difficulty write, and the ink freezes in my pen at every
two or three words. I have had no books or maps to guide me, and
am in perfect ignorance of any thing that may have hitherto been
written: all is from my own unguided observation. I should, upon
the whole, say that the country is in a prosperous state, the people
are well housed, well clothed, and possess an abundance of food, such as
they are accustomed to: they are contented and happy, with principles
of order and industry ; and, with a moderate taxation, I think they will
prove good subjects, and useful and beneficial to the Government to
which they are now annexed.
Having thus stated facts, which I was alone ordered to collect, with
a view to enable a future settlement to be made, however incomplete
these may be, though collected to the best of my ability, I trust that
my superiors will be able to form a judgment both of the country and
. its people.
(Signed) W. E. Hay,
Assistant Commissioner.
oChsomae
=
<<
SSA
Se a=
/— hoven SKETCH
SS ofthe - a
SPITI-VALLEY
BY —
y ee E
Caplan We hay' iN
A,
Sa PM aN
o herkine
“Sots
Scomnin§
2 Thangtce C
ne
\
NX Tungtee
Leela
ht
oXummea
nkur
Vance Xs * ee “f
as ° “S
3 u
— Sheulkane
wag
Netuced
a '
2 eM a ae
=e Nihon aa visas?
es rf meats ent Shey tn
: Wh tate a la
é “ein. ; bie f
Oy cen ooo
wi ’
4
7 ”
* ,
' ri
®
ee
ed
: nm
‘ o
fl
a
.
io
a
‘
|
sh nee eau
ate Eg
= cee oe
f. . Pao
Soe | > Line eek Oe Re
Se gE PO PE TD EERO
> > : a - &
7 H e Y eh iia tas
Jar ah) Cheaper aro op ment
| Pa, ee rigabesmiies R
~ ch, \ . j ? ;
‘al
1850. | Report on the Valley of Spiti. 449
TABLE NO. 1.
List of the Kotis in Spiti, with the Villages, and quantity of land
under Cultivation.
Names of Kotis. Names of Villages. Quantity of land cultivated.
SEWAPMMy ciisc cose DCj.sccccccersccsvecs 4) Lacs:
ODA ise orelnlwcrerersiel sok OF) ty)
Omarungpa, ...... e006 4 35
Maniyugma, .......... 120 ,,
MigmikUcma,! Gacclessess 90 | 55
Damlsar, ccccacclsecctes ce MUS sg
Sircari land at Dankar,.. 35 ,,
Chunchugmah, .....00.- 1
Ludupding,.. ....ce.ece 2
Nagupar,.. cscs ccccccce Ts sg
RAMA, wee rss ts tise cate ce 8
Lidang, ee2ee 00 08 0008 0 6 99 10 patas.
Pinu or Pinpa,........ Tungtuyugma, ....e00. 5h eee
Dunst Kuemd,.. ceca 12) "5,
SIPING In a!o </ers\el ic celsiietel aie! oe Zoi «Ags
FCW, cic leie cioieia-s eo srsi.cis 46 ,j,
In Jagir to Tunjun Shu-
Bil, \cieisielaiesureis ec ieaiwa a’ i
DBUEA, fc ccisivac cectienies <i hOais5s
Parle decragicceisetelostasce: .OGy cuss
FRUMGETI, ales saree aieistes's 45 ;,
SUMglUM,tacacoseccecce “Ot 5s
MOTO: 5 od dels gecwc eevesiee 56" 4,
PEALE)” waves ce wisleis ee ae 45 ,,
Bhugjung, : .. eves sessce Se,
PHANUM, .2:.% sees ees set HAR" ys
MIWA, cclececineewescc, AAs
SHUMG jcc wiars's oe ae saree 6 Bi 55
Chudung, « <.esss cass oe
POC, |: 0:%0'ei ane ein wie utetare te¥e
MIRAI, | icice ae du aeasae
Chomuling Kugma, ....
Mikam Yugma, ......0.
VELEN Dy, waren, sim om 0% Sioveve
Balongehi, 65.00 ss 0. se
PWGUNIRY sieiae as sia oe <0 ox
HB nNRPRW DD O&O DW CO
Chomuling Yugma, .... ”
564 99
|
450
Names of Kotis.
Purchikpah,
eseeee
Report on the Valley of Spiti.
Names of Villages.
aa MGTINIMIES eereitclel a pete ne sie o's
GieMINUT,. "sc ce asev es os
In Jagir to Kulzung,....
Chuang. nc cawse <a0 9
SAM G10R5: cpiiattveee'eeieye.e o>
De Rag se idica rite reton oahesiee
IQAICH feia)'csomleaiets, oe oe ee
In Jaghir to Nunao Kul-
ZHDEs joi sie cic's's «© sews
Qua, cc sa ailele sie eee
Kiuiling in Jagir to Nun
Kulzung the Vezir,....
Potepah, eeoeocoe ee e* oe Rangrik,.. e@eesene eo eecesd
Chinjehy seis. we we ole
Half of Lidang is in
the Shamp4h Koti
Chileimiq: 6065 Gece os ecies
URGING /c'a' oie ple ais. =. <)s a\eiels
KOU so cesteitr ele o/s ee cans
WOUMALING rising oe si iee acins
~¢ Dungpalanechi, «2.066 +0
PRTC ANIA, | \) Selsre, ein, oie ie.0hmis, 0's
PV MVEN IM itsis V Sree wre aie sroneis
TROANE wes womicres we oe eis
| Lidang, srelisteroleitstels/elsisiiais
Vala, Scie s «ay ssca. aeons
TOORAK tote sceilathiia's <is0m@ a's
GeO cer ssies seiaces ae
DVI UREEEE oars aiehgiaaie & ce: ws
ee cles on wee clare
PO MMIAN, Wie airelaiia's aisi'sledsiatee
Chika res Gis as bwratior
EVAQGI;,' iced, a: ae)sisp eutea we
Katia, wccieu noes
eecaecoe
Lohsaz, er ee ase eae
eee ee
ES OMA ZU S'S 5 ae
[No. 6.
Quantity of land cultivated.
118 Lacs.
92 ,,
12:4,
ay,
4 99
57 9?
SO: im,
10. «;
16 4,
36 ;,
429 ,,
149 4,
100 ,,
tS a
40 99
50. 55
507 5;
65 5,
AS 155
Diss
58 Cs,
dt fee
33 99
6b 5,
aatlhs
7 99
BA cy
50 5,
19 5,
34
62: 14,,
Hao,
60 ,,
2 4s
595
Total in the 5 Kotis, .. 2554 10 or Bhars 319288 patah.
1850. ] Report on the Valley of Spite. 451
TABLE NO. 2.
Range of Thermometer in Spiti from the 9th December, 1849, to the
15th of January, 1850, exposed to the Sun.
Date. At6a. M. Noon. 6 P.M.
December, | 9th 14 48’ 24’
1849, 10th 14 not observed 23° Snow.
11th 17 i a0)
12th} 10 | 72" 18’
13th 6 74! 20’
14th 10 63’ 16’
15th 6 is 17’
16th 4 Bs 14’
17th 12 ie 21f
18th 14 Cloudy 34’ 18”
19th} 13 if QV Snow.
20th 12 te 19’
21st 11 58” 25.
22nd; 13 68’ 22’
93rd) 14 * 24°
24th} 14 a 20°
25th 6 32 20°
26th 6 he 14’
27th 4 i 94°
28th 4. “ 12”
29th} at Zero. . y ile
30th 18 i) 92
31st 12 eek 6’ Snow.
January, Ist) at Zero. 5 6’
1850. 2nd 12 i 6’ Snow.
3rd 14 30’ 14’ Snow,
4th 13 28’ 18’ Snow.
5th 10 29’ 13’ Snow.
6th) at Zero. 46’ }2? Fair.
7th 8 56’ 13% Snow.
8th 13 23° iy Snow.
9th 6 24’ 18’ Snow.
10th 18 28’ 16’ Snow.
11th 15 27 Le Snow.
12th 14 22, Yi Snow.
13th} at Zero. 53’ 1)’ Fair.
14th 6 56’ 10’ Fair.
15th 4 20 10’ Snow.
16th 2 20’
True Copy.
(Signed) D. F. McLeop,
Commissioner and Superintendent,
Trans Sutle States.
True Copy.
— P. MELVILLE,
Secretary to the Board.
452 Examination of the New Mineral Haughtonite. [No. 6.
Examination of the New Mineral Havucutonite (a compound of
Carbonate of Lead and Sulphate of Barytes).—By Henry Pip-
DINGTON, Esa. Curator, Museum of Economic Geology.
Amongst a few common rocks and minerals presented by Lieut.
Haughton, Assist. to the G. G. Agent N. W. Frontier, on his departure
for the Cape, I found a coarse, dirty-white, earthy looking mineral,
which, judging only from its weight, might be taken for either an ore of
lead or one of barytes, but on examination it proves to be a compound
of both which I nowhere find described, and I thus deem it due to
Lieut. Haughton to put upon record my examination of it, in hopes
that we may in future obtain more and better specimens so as to enable
us to pronounce more positively upon it than we can now do.
Our specimen is apparently the remains of an oblique rhomboidal
table, much broken down by exposure to the atmosphere or to the
action of water, and decomposing externally.
Its external colour, feel, soiling, and hardness when scraped, are
exactly those of an impure earthy chalk ; but in our specimen there are
set numerous minute nodules (not exceeding a hemp seed in size) of a
harder kind of the same mineral, and when a surface is scraped these
shew a dull clayey shade, as if they were nodules of hard clay, though
they are not so.
Its fracture, seen on a very small surface, is coarse hackly, and it is
of some considerable toughness. It shews also in the fracture thin -
brown coloured veins, such as are sometimes seen in common earthy
iron ores from vegetable matter.
It is externally very friable and soiling. It adheres a little to the
tongue and feels heavy. The internal colour is that of a dull dirty
fawn-coloured claystone, the lustre earthy, but perhaps in a strong light
a little saccharine.
The smell is very remarkable, being oily and rancid, as if oil had
been spilled upon it, and this especially when it is pulverised or heated
high enough to drive off the water.
The powder is of a dull, yellowish-white colour. The external
_ chalky surface then, is that of the decomposed mineral, which in some
parts is 0. 2 or 0. 3 of an inch in depth. Its specific Gravity is but
1850. | Examination of the New Mineral Haughtonite. 453
3. 43; but it is apparently cellular, and if allowed to imbibe water for
a few days might give a higher one.*
Blowpipe Examination.
In the forceps it blackens, softens and sometimes exfoliates a little,
ora piece flies off. The most remarkable characters are the blackening
and softening, by which last the points of the forceps are deeply
impressed into the assay.
The blackened assay affords no trace of a sulphuret, and in the
reducing flame the blackness soon goes off, leaving the whole mineral
of a dirty greyish-white. It just fuses on the edges only, to a white
enamel, like common heavy spar.
With Carbonate of Soda on charcoal, the usual brown sulphuretted
bead of the sulphates, with their smell, &c. is immediately obtained.
With Borax a clear glass.
Via Humida.
Digested with Nitric Acid it effervesces slowly, and the filtered solu-
tion, when tested, gives the usual re-actions of lead, with a little iron ;
the lead perfectly well marked by Chromate and Hydriodate of Potash
as also by sulphuretted Hydrogen. The greater part of the assay
however remains upon the filter, and this, when fused with the Carbo-
nates of Soda and Potash, gives Sulphuric Acid and Carbonate of
Barytes.
By the only analysis for which I could afford an assay from so small
and precious a specimen, I find it to contain per Cent.
Bulpbate of Barytesyeewes sx edia;sleie ace pee vee - Soe
C rcmatewt Lead, ss. 5 ia ael cies Ube eed Se tes 6.23
at diron it ahs Ale Oe Re, SERA LE BS eRe 75
Water, Organic mattert and loss, ............4. 9.50
100.00
* Which I would not risk lest it should fall to pieces, which its earthy chalk-
like texture renders probable.
+ As inferred from the blackening and smell, but this is by no means certain, as
we have minerals in which blackening takes place from the mere separation of water
or even without it; but the high per centage of the water, after the usual drying for *
mere Hygrometric water, would induce the belief that something more existed.
Nd
454 Note on an Inscription. | No. 6.
But these are only to be taken as approximative quantities, for
the specimen, from its blackening which takes place in the crucible
when the lead has been separated, evidently contains some peculiar
matter, and the quantity of water which rises as it approaches the low
red heat at which the blackening goes off is very remarkable.
As above mentioned, we cannot afford to sacrifice any more of this
curious specimen for examination, and I should moreover remark that
a portion of the external decomposed white crust was unavoidably
taken in the analysis made. We have a right however to claim the
discovery of it for Lieut. Haughton, and I have therefore named it,
provisionally, HAUGHTONITE.
aw
PLL II III
Note on an Inscription engraved upon a brick, found some years ago
ina field near a village in the Jaunpur district by Captain M.
Kittoe, with a transcript from the original by Hirdnand Pandit, and
a translation by James Ballantyne, Esq. L. L. D., Principal of the
Benares College.—By Captain M. Kirroe.
Sanskrit.
: afer aad (Rog Bae Bie <aI| AGE arama ufa
Al AAT HAT | TEATS craitaettcal | crstfagar qua
UZAld| BaweararErcfwat aatl Aa: | CATT g Cla ga:
qeienamaeecraenaed weraqgrempty HF RxWo
watat saat fearery a vatfuattqaufearaaa yet ||
afte aacwasaa gaa arcuafa ad aa | AAAT
UMAR s: || TH UTSU czars cra craaaTTS
utaaa casas ca aitaa: aa gata fated Fea-
aaa fearsidivaa fearereyaa feruracataqarae
at aarti yarafata |
English Translation. °
May it be auspicious! In the year (Samvat) 1273 (A. D. 1216),
on Sunday, the 6th of the light half of Ashdd, this day, here, in the
city of Mayu, the two bankers known by the names of Ra Sri Bahma
and Ra Sri Mahaditya, the two sons of Rd& Dovi, are turning their
money to account (as follows). The borrower from them, known by
1850. | Note on an Inscription. 455
the name of Ra-Gangddéva, son of Ra Dhami, takes as a loan two
thousand two hundred and fifty Shadboddika (?) drummas—(in figures)
2,250; and as security for these drummas, he gives in pledge his cul-
tivated and other lands. Andon this deed (inscribed brick), by his
own hand, the borrower places his assent thus—‘‘ This is my agree-
ment.”? The surety, in this case, is Ranuck, Sri-Baghadeva, such a one
as a king might be content with ;—Ra-Devaditya, Ra-Dhauri, Ré-
Kumanapala, Ra-Vilasa, and Ra-Prajayan—these are made witnesses—
worthy men. And this is written, with the consent of both parties,
by Dhiva-Sri-Sidhaal, son of Dhiva-Hata. If the letters get smudged or
obliterated, still the matter can be certified by these (i. e. by the
writer and the witnesses),
Note.
The above inscription, which may not be considered altogether as
uninteresting, is engraved on a large brick 1 ft. 3 in. by 1 ft.; 3 in.
in thickness. It is not an ordinary brick, but evidently made for the
purpose ; the writing has been done with a style when the clay was
still damp, and has then been baked; but being of a soft clay and
indifferently burnt, many of the letters have been much worn: yet,
it is for the most part sufficiently clear to admit of its being easily
made out. The character is that peculiar to Raja Jayachandra’s time,
differing but slightly from modern Deva Nagri, with the vowel marks
of ai and ao carried behind the preceding letter as in modern Bengali ;
for instance ¥ is written (¥, and SI is written (St. This peculiarity may
be taken as a fair guide for fixing the approximate date of inscriptions
in which dates are wanting; it appears to have fallen entirely into
disuse in the latter part of Raja Jayachandra’s reign. But to return to
our brick, I have heard that such are not of uncommon occurrence in
this neighbourhood ; but I have failed in obtaining any other specimen,
and it was not without difficulty I procured this, as a superstitious
veneration is attached to them simply because few can read and less
understand them. They are generally supposed to be keys to hidden
treasure.
The simple publication of the text and translation of an ancient
inscription would at first appear to be of little moment—but the con-
tents must be considered, and deductions drawn therefrom, which is
the plan I have hitherto adopted. First then, we have a clear date, viz,
3.N 2
456 Note on an Inscription. [No. 6.
Samvat 1273 or A. D. 1216; the character is, as I have above men-
tioned, the nearest approach to modern Deva Nagri, the last shade of
transition from the ‘ Gowr’’ or ‘ Kiutila’’ of the inscriptions of the
9th and 10th centuries. No deity in particular is here. invoked, by
which we could speculate upon the creed of the praties concerned, or
of the prevailing worship of the day—but the prefix is the mystic
** dum.” So that we may suppose them to have been Saivas, though
it is not confined to them only. I should mention that inscriptions of
this period have often the indefinite ‘salutation of ‘praises be’? and
*¢ praises be to whomsoever.”’ From this it may be inferred that at that
period, public opinion was divided as to which should prevail of several
creeds. In Jayachandra’s time the Buddhists were greatly persecuted,
ergo they must have existed (probably in large numbers at so late a
date, though the orthodox Hindus would deny this fact.)
We learn further from this inscription that the usage of mortgages
prevailed as early as the 13th century, and that engraving the deeds,
and probably burying the same in some spot on the land mortgaged,
was common; the form is simple, and bears the stamp of honesty ;
it is drawn up, signed, and agreed to, before witnesses, and securities
furnished for the fulfilment of the agreement. No registry is men-
tioned, though such a practice, at courts, prevailed as far back as the 4th
and 5th centuries; two such documents engraved on copper are in my
prossession. If the registry was made on bricks of the same bulk as
that of the subject of our remarks, the Registrar would soon have had
materials to build a house with.
We learn that the currency was termed “ drummas,’’ in this instance
‘‘ Shadboddika drumma ;’ but the meaning of the term cannot be
made out by the pundits, who suggest that a ‘*drumma’’ must be some
given number of cowries, such as the “gandds” and “ chadddms’” of
modern times.
We are indebted to that talented scholar, Dr. J. Ballantyne, Principal
of the Benares College, not only for the present translation, but for
several others of lengthy inscriptions, from Gaya and other places, which
I hope to lay before the Society at an early date; and I must here
also acknowledge the services of pandit Hirdnand, also of the College,
_who is the only one who has been successful in decyphering ancient
characters. K. M.
1850. | Notes about Winds, Storms &c. in Thabet. 457
Answers to Mr. Piddington’s Query about Winds, Storms Se. in
Thibet, by A. Camppeu. Esa. M. D., Superintendent of Darjeeling.
To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society, Calcutta.
Darjeeling, Oct. \st, 1850.
Dear Str,—In the third number of the Journal for 1850, there is
a Memorandum, by Mr. Piddington, on the storms of wind experienced
in Tartary, with a series of questions regarding them, to which he
wished to have had replies from the late Thibet Mission.
The replies, if procured by the mission, have not been published.
The mission however made its observations in Western Thibet only,
having been foiled in its Eastern progress. It will therefore be the
less necessary to apologize for intruding on the Society with a few
imperfect replies to those questions, having reference to Eastern Thibet,
the Southern out-skirt of which I visited last October, in company
with my friend Dr. Hooker. The following replies are a running
answer in regular sequence to as many of the 37 questions of Mr.
Piddington as I have notes or other means of dealing with. The
person alluded to as my informant, and who experienced a severe storm
in Thibet, is a Bhotia friend of mine, who accompanied Dr. Hooker and
myself on our journey, and is a very credible person. It was at
Dochen, 32 miles from Phari*, that he encountered the gale, and the
date of its commencement was the 7th of Magh, Samvat, 1903. Janu-
ary 19th, A. D. 1847.
The portion of Thibet to which the replies refer, is composed of two
extensive provinces and the trans-Himalayan tract of Dingcham ; viz.
*U” or “Oo,” and ‘‘ Chang,” in some maps put down unitedly as
U-Chang, in others as Utsang. ‘‘Qo” is the Eastern Province, with
Lassa as its principal city. ‘‘ Chang’ the Northern and Western one,
with Digarchi and Giangtchi as its principal towns. The mean eleva-
tion of these provinces is unknown. ‘The cultivated portions may be
14,000 feet, for at 16,000 feet in Dingcham, wheat does not ripen.
The district or tract named Dingcham lies along the Northern aspect
of the Himalaya, extending from Tawang on the East, to the Meridian
of Jumla on the West, an extent of 360 miles or thereabouts. It
comprises Phari, Dochen, the Ramchtii Lakes from which the Painom
river rises, Bumtso, Gerre, Kambajong, Dobta, Sareh, and the Tingri
* For these places see Route to Lassa, J. A. S. for 1848.
458 Notes about Winds, Storms Sc. in Thibet. [No. 6.
Maidan. The mean elevation may be 16,000 feet. Bumtso which is
an easy ascent, and does not by any means appear as a mountain in
Dingcham, was reckoned by Dr. Hooker, by rough calculation of Baro-
metrical observations to be 18,400 feet above the level of the sea.
When we were at Bumtso on the 18th of October last, the Thermometer
at 11 A. M. in the open air stood at 44°, the wet bulb at the same time
being at 22° on the night before ; in the vicinity of Cholémtt 17,000
feet, the temperature fell to 5°. These particulars relating to the
‘elevation, cold, and dryness of the air’ on which stress is laid by
Mr. Piddington in connection with his questions, were given to me by
Dr. Hooker on our journey, and are subject to his corrections when
his meteorological observations are worked out.
Your’s very truly,
A. CAMPBELL.
Answers to Mr. Piddington’s Questions about Winds, Storms, Sc. in
Thibet, by A. CAMPBELL, M. D. Superintendent of Darjeeling.
The names by which the different kinds of wind are known in Thibet,
are ‘ Babink’’—violent storms or whirlwinds; ‘ Lhapa,” a storm or
whirlwind of less degree; ‘‘ Limbu,”’ ordinary wind. These are Thi-
betan names indicative of different degrees of intensity in the wind, and
have reference to their character only—not to their effects, on objects.
The “ Babiuk”’ is generally preceded by a noise resembling the clatter
of galloping horses which intermits: it comes on sometimes quite in-
stantaneously, and lasts for all periods from an hour to three days. It
has been known to last for seven days even. Storms occur but rarely
between May and October, but frequently during the remainder of the
year. The general direction of storms is from the West and South
West, and so it is indeed of the ordinary wind also. The whirlwinds
have not been observed to have any general direction onward, nor is it
known which way they turn. They form suddenly on the open places,
and mountain passes ; the traveller sees the column of dust afar off ; if
on horseback he instantly dismounts, and crouches to the lee of his
beast ; if on foot he throws himself on his face on the ground, till it
has passed over him. Dust, dry grass, pebbles, and even stones are
taken up and carried in these whirlwinds, which are very frequent, and
never accompanied by rain or snow. ‘The god of the winds is named
«Tuimld” or “Lingld.” The god of fire ‘“ Meh-la.” The god of
1850. | Notes about Winds, Storms Sc. in Thibet. 459
water ‘Chi-l4.”” The god of earth ‘“Sahila-mu.” There are no
temples to, or images of, the spirit of the winds, but he is worshipped,
and propitiatory offerings are made to him. All sicknesses are sup-
posed to proceed from the gods of the four elements, or to be influenced
by them, viz. earth, air or wind, fire, and water ; and they are propi-
tiated accordingly with reference to the ailment. The spirit of the
winds is invoked in all affections of the breathing or chest; the god
of fire in fevers and inflammations; the ‘ Chuila’’ in all affections of
the fluids, such as dropsy, retention of urme, hemorrhages; and the
god of earth in diseases of the solids, such as rheumatism, tumours, &c.
Tn other diseases not distinctly referable to any one of these four deities,
or to the elements over which they preside, the Lamas are first con-
sulted, and as they may indicate, so is the deity to be worshipped.
Sacrifices are not performed in any part of Thibet, either to deities
or demons. The propitiatory offerings are merely balls of flour, and
water, and are cast away, when offered. Storms always begin in the
West, and blow from the same quarter all through, changing only a
little to the South or North. ‘They are not supposed to be at all
influenced in their occurrences by the time of the moon, as they occur
at all periods of her increase and decline. It cannot be ascertained
how often they occur in the year, as periodical gales like our equi-
noctial ones in India, seem not to be reckoned on; but once in 5, 7, or
9 years, there are many tremendous storms in Thibet, accompanied by
heavy snow, when great loss of life is sustained. These storms are
called ‘‘Kang-mo-chi.” There was one in January, 1847, in the
district of Dingcham.* ‘They are accompanied by hail when they
occur in the spring. Travellers and horses are suddenly over-
whelmed in the snow storms from the enormous drift. This occurs
principally at the passes of the Himalaya, and sometimes in cross-
ing the Karula, and Kambola ranges. They are generally pre-
ceded by peculiar appearances of the clouds which experienced tra-
vellers know at once, and no one else can distinguish. My informant
experienced one of these storms and describes it as follows,+ “I
was fortunately in a house when it commenced; it lasted two days
and two nights; it was most violent during the day, and moderated
each night about 11 or 12 o’clock, going on again from daylight with
increased intensity until noon when it was at its worst, and about two
* See preceding letter. tT On the 19th January, 1847.
460 Notes about Winds, Storms Se. in Thibet. [ No. 6.
hours afternoon, on the second day it began to decline. It blew from
the west and south-west.” Tame animals are often killed in these
storms. The wind destroys their eyes, and they lie down to die. The
Kiang wild ass seems to resist their effects better than other wild ani-
mals, many of which are often found dead after they subside. There
is no thunder or lightning either before, during, or after the greatest
winter storms. In the lighter ones which occur in April and May,
there is occasionally some thunder ; but thunder is rare in Thibet.
Storms are most violent in mountain passes ; but in the open places they
are very bad also. They are most violent in the district of Dingcham,
less so in the Province of Chang, least so in “‘ U”’ or ‘‘ Oo’’—indeed
at Lassa, the capital of Province U, storms are very rare. No volca-
noes are known in eastern Thibet, nor are there any other phenomena
referred to, as accompanying the storms. The district of Kampa, a
portion of which lies between the Provinces of ‘“‘ Chang” and “ U,”’ is
next to Dingcham for storms, and the “ Karoola’ range which divides
these two Provinces and is crossed on the road to Lassa, is the worst
and most dangerous place for storms in all Thibet; but it is not so bad
as the Dawkia, or Tunkala passes of the Himalaya, where the snow
falls much faster and heavier than on any Thibetan mountains.
A. CAMPBELL.
Note by Mr. PipDINGTON.
This note of Dr. Campbell’s is of very great interest, affording us, as it does, a
fair field for surmise that the inland storms of Thibet, and probably therefore
those of Tartary and Siberia, may be, as conjectured, parts of revolving storms.
For if we take the Northern boundary of the Chang country (called Z’Zang in a
French Atlas of 1840 before me) to be in about Lat. 31° North, a revolving storm
of which the centre was passing between 31° and 35°, or more North, would give
Westerly gales to the whole district of Chang, and if these began at W. S. W. and
veered to West and W. N. W. then the track would be from the Westward to the
Eastward. If however we take the Bhotia’s description to have literally and
exactly given the veering of the wind ‘‘ from the West and South West’? then the
course of that storm was from the E. N. E. to the W. S. W. Its great duration
was Owing to its slow motion or to its extent. The Bhotia’s statement that the
‘¢ Babink’’ or violent storm or whirlwind, ‘‘is generally preceded by a noise
resembling the clatter of galloping horses which intermits,’’ fantastic as it at first
sight appears to us, is exactly in other words the Chinese fisherman’s atmospheric
warning noises as described by Dr. Morrison, and quoted by me.* ‘‘ Slight noises
heard at intervals a few days before, wheeling round and stopping quick, and also a
thick muddy atmosphere,’’ and with allowance for the difference between the open
atmosphere of the sea and the mountain ranges of Thibet, the ‘‘ distinct roar of the
elements, as of winds rushing through a hollow vault’’ described by Mr. Gittens of
Barbadoes, and quoted in Col. Reid’s work, and probably also the ** moaning noise”’
which has been several times very distinctly heard and noticed by good observers at
Calcutta, in the Phillippines, at Baticolo and in the Southern Indian Ocean on the
approach of a Cyclone.
* Sailor’s Horn Book, p. 245, 2nd Ed.
1850.]
Aborigines of the South.
461
Aborigines of the South. By B. H. Honeson, Esq., Darjiling.
English.
Alr,
Ant,
Arrow,
Bird,
Blood,
Boat,
Bone,
Buftaloe,
Cat,
Cow,
Crow,
Day,
Dog,
Ear,
Earth,
Egg,
Elephant,
Eye,
Father,
Fire,
Fish,
Flower,
Foot,
Goat,
Hair,
Hand,
Head,
Hog,
Horn,
Horse, .
House,
Iron,
Malabar.
Akayam,
Erumbu,
Ambu, Kanri, At-thiram, Pasam,
Kuruvi, Pullu,
Irat-tham, Uthiram, Kuruthi,
Thoni, Odam, Morak-kalam,
Elumbu, At-thi,
Erumei,
Pinel,
Pasu, Au,
Kakam, Kakkei,
Naul, Thenam,
Noy, Suvanam,
Kathu, Sevi,
Pumi, Puvi, Prithivi, &c.
Muttei, Xe.
Yanei, Kunjaram, Varanam,
Kan, Vilzi, Net-theram,
Singalese.
Hulanga.
Kumbeya.
Sare; or Iya.
Kurulla.
Lé.
Arua.
Ata.
Miharaka.
Balala.
Kladena, [gawa, is
the generic term. |
Kaputa, kakka.
Dawasa; dina.
Balla.
Kana.
Polawa.
Bija.
Ata.
Aha.
Tahappen, Pitha, Thathei, Thanthei, Piya; appa.
Neruppu, Thee, Kanali, &c.
Meen, Matcham,
Poo, Putpam,
Kal, Patham, Thal, Ade,
Adu, Velladu, &c.
Mayir, Romam, &c.
Kai, Karam, At-tham,
Thalei, Siram, &c.
Pandi, Sikaram,
Kombu, Kédu,
Kutherei, Pari, Asuvam,
Vidu, Manei, Illam, Akam,
Irumbu,
Gini.
Matsia.
Mal.
Paya.
Elua. -
462
English.
Leaf,
Light,
Man,
Monkey,
Moon,
Mother,
Mountain,
Mouth,
Moschito,
Name,
Night,
Oil,
Plantain,
River,
Road,
Salt,
Skin,
Sky,
Snake,
Star,
Stone,
Sun,
Tiger,
Tooth,
Tree,
Village,
Water,
Yam,
I,
Thou,
He, She, It,
We,
Ye,
They,
Mine,
Thine,
Aborigines of the South.
Malabar.
Ilei,
Velicham,
Manushen, Adaven, &c.
Kurangku, Manthi,
Melavu, Chananderan,
Thai, Matha, Annei Anneli,
Malei, Vetpu, Meru,
Vai,
Visei, Melvisei,
Pér, Namam,
Iravu, Irattiri, Al,
Ennei, Thylam,
Valei,
Yaru, Kangei,
Theru, Vithi, Valzi,
Uppu, Lavanam,
Thol, Tholi,
Vanam,
Pambu,
Natehetheram, Velli, &c.
Kallu,
Veyil, Poluthu,
Puli, Vengei,
Pallu,
Maram,
Kurichi, Keramam,
Thannir, Nir, Salam,
Kilangu,
Nan, Yan,
Ni, Nir,
Avan, Aval, Ah thu, or Athu,
Nam, Nangal,
Niugal,
Averkal, Avei,
Ennudeyathu, Enathu.
Ummudiathu, Umathu,
[No.
Singalese.
Kolé.
Eliya.
Miniha.
Wandara.
Sanda.
Amma.
Kanda.
Kata.
Madurua.
Nama.
Rae.
Tel.
Kesel.
Ganga.
Para.
Lunu.
Hama.
Ahasa.
Sarpaya.
‘Tarawa or tarakawa.
Gala.
Surya.
Wayaggraya.
Datha.
Gaha.
Gama.
Watura.
Ala.
Mama.
oy
Ohu, aé, éka.
Api.
Topi.
Owun.
Magé.
Toge.
1850.]
English.
His,
Our’s,
Your’s,
Their’s
One,
Two,
Three,
Four,
Five,
Six,
Seven,
Fight,
Nine,
Ten,
Twenty,
Thirty,
Forty,
Fifty,
A hundred,
Of,
To,
From,
By, instr.
With, cum.
Without, sine.
In,
On,
Now,
Then,
When ?
To-day,
To-morrow,
Yesterday,
Here,
There,
Where?
Aborigines of the South.
Malabar.
Avanudeyathu, Avarudeyathu,
Engaludeyathu, Emathu,
Ungaludeyathu, Umathu,
Oné,
Ondu, &c.
Irandu,
Miundu,
Nalu,
Inthu,
Aru,
Elu,
Ettu,
Onpathu,
Pat-thu,
Irupathu,
Muppathu,
Natpathu,
Eympathu,
Nuru,
In, Udeya, Thu,
Ku,
_ Al, Trunthu,
Kondu, Al,
Udan, Odu, Idat-thu,
Vittu, Allathu, Indi,
Ul,
Mél, Péril,
Ippothu,
Appothu,
Eppothu,
Indu, Indeikku,
Nalei,
Néttu,
Inga,
Angéi,
Engei,
463
Stagalese.
Ohugé.
Apé.
Topé.
Owngé.
Ekay.
Dekay.
Tunai.
Hatarai.
Pahai.
Hayai.
Hatai.
Stai.
Nawayai.
Dahayai.
Wissal.
Tihai or Tis.
Hatalehai.
Panahai.
Seya-yal.
Caret.
Ta.
Gen.
Wisin.
Samaga.
Natua.
Atulé.
Pita.
Dan.
Ewita.
Kawada.
Ada.
Heta.
Eeyé.
Mehé.
Ehé.
Kohéda.
302
464 Aborigines of the South.
English. Malabar.
Above, Méléi, Uyara,
Below, Kéléi,
Between, Udei, Idiyil,
Without, out-
side, Veliyé, Purambeér,
Within, Ulléi,
Far, Thira,
Near, Kitte,
Little, Siru, Konjam,
Much, Met-tha,
How much? Evvalovu,
As, Pol, Ena,
So, Appadié, Avoannam,
Thus, Tppadi, Avoethamaka,
How? Eppadi, Evoethamaka,
Why? En, Ethukkuka,
Yes, Am, Om,
No, Alla, Ilei,
Do not, Seyathdi,
And also, Um, Thanum,
Or Allathu,
His, Avanudeya,
That, Ah thu, Athu.
Which, jon ) Thu,
Which, ton J Carent,
Which, Kon Ethu,
What ? Enna, Entha,
Who? Yar, Ever,
Anything, Ethum,
Anybody, Everayenum, Yarainum,
Fat, Thin, Sappedu,
Drink, Kudi,
Sleep, Nel-thirei,
Wake, Villippu,
Laugh, Sirippu,
Weep, Alukei,
[No. 6.
Singalese.
Thala.
Pahala.
Atare or mada.
Pita or bahara.
Atulé.
Dura.
Langa.
Tika.
Bohoma.
Koccharada.
Caret.
Mesé.
Mesi.
Kohomada.
Ayi.
Ou.
Ne.
Apa.
Ta, da.
Nohot.
Ohirgey.
Eka.
Kokoda.
Mokada.
Kowda.
Monawa numut.
Kowru hari,
Kanawa,
Bonawa.
Nida, gannawa.
Nagitenawa.
Hinahawenawa.
Andanawa.
1850.]
English.
Be silent,
*Speak,
Come,
Go,
Stand up,
Sit down,
Move, walk,
Run,
Give,
Take,
Strike,
Kill,
Bring,
Take away,
Lift up, raise,
Hear,
Understand,
Tell, relate,
Good,
Bad,
Cold,
Hot,
Raw,
Sweet,
Sour,
Bitter,
Handsome,
Ugly,
Straight,
Crooked,
Black,
White,
Red,
Green,
Aborigines of the South.
Malabar.
Summayiru,
Pésu,
Va,
Po,
Nil,
Tru,
Nadamaduthal, Nadei,
Oduthal,
Tha-Kodu,
Edu,
Adi, Thattu,
Kollu,
Konduva,
Eduttupdédu,
Uyarthu, Thikku,
Kél,
Vilangu,
Sollu,
Nalla,
Akatha.
Kulirmei,
Sudu,
Pachei,
Inippu,
Pulippu,
Kasappu.
Alahu, Alahana,
Avalatchana,
Nére,
Konal,
Karuppu,
Venmel,
Sivantha,
Pachei,
Singalese.
Katakaranda épa (i.
e. do not speak).
Katakarapan.
Waren.
Palayan.
Hitapan.
Indagan.
Awidapan.
Duapan.
Diyan.
Ganin.
Gahapan.
Marapan.
Geneng.
Ussapan.
Ahapan.
Terunganin.
Kiyapan.
Honda.
Naraka.
Sitala,
U’sna.
Amu.
Mihir.
Ambul.
Titta.
Laksana.
Kata.
Kelin.
Aeda.
Kalu.
Sudu.
Ratu.
Nil.
* These Singhalese verbs are here put in the imperative mood.
466 On the Shou or Tibetan Stag. [No. 6.
English. Malabar. Singalese.
Long, Nedia, Ninda, Diga.
Short, Kattei, Kurukal
Tall Uyarnthavan, Usa.
Short 4 man, Kan, Miti.
Small, Siria, Sinna, Punchi.
Great, Peria, Mahat.
Round, Vattippu, Wata or guli.
Square, Sathuramana, Hataras.
Flat, Shattei. Patali.
Fat, Kolut-tha, Thiulitha, Tara.
Thin, Melintha, Mellia, Tuni.
Weariness, _—[leit-tha, Kalait-tha, Wehésa.
Thirst, Thakam. Pipasa.
Hunger, Pasi, Badagini.
ener’
On the Shou or Tibetan Stag.—By B. H. Honeson, Esq.
The subjoined sketch and measurements of a pair of stag’s horns
received from Tibet will doubtless excite much interest among Zoolo-
gists. I am indebted for the opportunity of examining these splendid
spoils to my friend Dr. Campbell, Superintendent of Darjiling, who
obtained them recently from a place called Ling-mo, not far from
Phari, and situated in that arrondisement of the Tibetan province of
Tsang which is denominated Ding-cham by the Tibetans.
Ding-cham is the district extending north of Sikim and of Western
Bhutan, from the ghat line of the Himélaya to the Kambala or chain
bounding the valley of the Yard (Sanpoo) on the south. This district
is described as being extremely rugged and bare, and no doubt is so,
to a great extent, as forming part of the counter slope or pente septen-
trionale of such a chain as the Himalaya, and as having an elevation
(just beyond the ghats, at least) of 16,000 feet, according to Dr.
Hooker’s determination. Yet Ding-cham is the habitat of a noble
stag of the true Elaphoid type. Wherefore it is not too much to infer
from this circumstance that within the bounds of that district, however
oP aay
Nace
pra:
Coe
f :
i, pete: Lee ee
ma is : =
erie
nD
4 j
me
PD ARE gh ie:
—
468 On the Shou or Tibetan Stag. [No. 6.
upward direction not greatly divaricating from the line of the beam,*
and, like it, inclined forward towards the tip. The beams are well
bent with a handsome backward slope as far as the central snag, beyond
which they rise rapidly, but still keeping their graceful curve. The
burrs are distinct but not large, and the points are sharp, save that of
the upper basal snag which is blunt and worn, owing apparently to
constant attrition with the earth caused by this snag’s downward direc-
tion, and which must, I should imagine, have incommoded the living
animal when grazing. These splendid horns have a great similarity
of size, character and form to those of my Cervus affinis, the only
differences noticeable between the two, being that the snags of the
present subject are all put off from the beam somewhat more laterally
(outside), and that the brow antlers consequently do not incline so
directly over the face of the animal. The marked backward and
downward curve of the upper basal antler or snag of the Shou towards
its tip may be noted as a further subordinate distinction; but, upon
the whole I conceive that the Shou is identical in species with my
Affinis, and I am thence led to conjecture that my sample of the latter,
though brought immediately from the Morung or Eastern Tarai, yet
had priorly been carried there by some Tibetan trader or traveller,
from whom it was obtained by some official of the Durbar of Nepaul.
Certain it is, at all events, that the species does not now inhabit the
Tarai, nor has done in the memory of the oldest inhabitant ; and also,
that the Durbar after much enquiry, at my suggestion, could only as-
certain positively that the sample presented to me came to it from the
Morung where it was believed to have been killed. With the Morung
the Tibetans have much intercourse, and therefore I am led to infer
that my first specimen may have come originally from Tibet, because
the species still abounds there, and is not, now at least, found in any
part of the Tarai. It is a noble animal, far superior in size to the
Stag of Europe, and equal to the Wapiti or American exemplar of the
genus. The Persian Stag and the Stag of Cashmere, not to add that
of Mantchiria, are very possibly identical with our species, which in —
that event might be appropriately called the Asiatic Stag. Mean-
while, and pending the determination of these yet undescribed animals,
* In ‘‘ crowned’’ horns this divergency is always great, both in the complete
and incomplete states.
1850. | ’ On the Ghassinite Kings. 469
my specific name Affinis can stand as equally applicable to the sup-
posed Morungian, and to the known Tibetan, animal ; or, the Shou can
be denominated Tibetanus, if considered distinct from the Morungian
species, of which there is a fine sample in the British Museum.
I have already given my reasons for holding that the Gydna of
Tibet or Cervus Wallichii is distinct from Affinis; and, as those
reasons equally apply to the Shou, the distinctness of the latter from
Wallichii of the same region, is thus established.
Dimensions of the horns.
NIoe
Greatest divergency of the tips between the upper snags,.... 3
Divergency between the ends of beams, ..........20-00022 2 OF
Grearestilenath; ‘alone :the curve, *ss002 0 ee eee 4098
mn aes amove thevburn 220s ete ails ose OM OE.
@hord-ofarcof beam; or-ereatest curve; 9.2... 2
ewe alot sreater basal snags) .!. 2 ih. es oe Sele ea D283
Peneimor lesser basal snags: 6... see wea ene ceneasee tb! TS
Peewee armies ors RID UE 23. US oe ened 2. 4
Length of upper snag, ............ Lung
=)
—_
joe)
Interval of basal and mid snags ates ie wishing REALM Fc ok zs
Puierval or midiand- upper snag, ole ee OD op
eee onasinsle horny Oop Seo el es ors LTS lbs,
LE Las
On the Ghassdnite Kings.—By A. Sprencer, Esq., M. D.
Before the conquest of the followers of Mohammad there reigned a
dynasty of kings in Arabia Petrea which is usually called the Ghas-
sdnite dynasty. They had come from Yaman and their tribe was relat-
ed to the Khazrijites and Awsites, the tribes which occupied Madynah,
to the Mazinites who are mentioned by Ptolemy and to some families
of the Bani ’amr b. al-Azd, also to some of the Band Aqca and to the
ban Harithah b. ’amr b. ’4mir.* All authors agree that the Ghassa-
nites derived their name from the spring Ghassdn which according to
Mas’tidy is in the valley of the al-Ash’arians (the Elisari of Ptolemy)
* Khoshaybary.
3 P
470 On the Ghassinite Kings. [No. 6.
between Zabyd and Rima’ @*) : Pliny and Ptolemy place the Cassanitze
or Gasanitz in the same spot. It would therefore appear that their
original seats were in Yaman on the coast of the Red Sea. Arabic au-
thors fable that the Ghassdnites and the tribes related to them originally
inhabited the city of Saba which is mentioned by Mohammad in the
Qoran probably on Jewish authority. There was a tank above the city,
and a priestess foretold that rats or some other animals would perforate
the dyke and that the city would be inundated. The inhabitants were
so alarmed by this prediction that they emigrated. European critics
have displayed an extraordinary amount of ingenuity in ascertaining
what animal could have undermined the dyke! but none has for a mo-
ment doubted the truth of the fable.
The emigration of the Ghassanites from Yaman has probably taken
place in the third century after Christ. This at least is the date of
the immigration of the Khozd’ahites into Makkah and of the Awsites
and Khazrajites into Madynah, and these three tribes migrated with
the Ghassanites.
A generation in Arabia, as appears from the comparison of several
hundred genealogies may be calculated at thirty lunar or twenty-nine
solar years. The Ghassanite dynasty ceased 16 years after the Hijrah
—A.D. 632. If therefore the Ghassdnites had come to the throne of
Arabia Petrea immediately after their migration, and if in all circum-
stances the eldest son had succeeded the father, we might suspect that
there reigned from the time they emigrated from Yaman to the time
when their dynasty ceased, that is to say, during a space of less than
400 years—about 13 kings; but it is certain that they did not at once
conquer the country, and in oriental countries it seldom happens that
the eldest son succeeds the father.
Hamzah of Ispahan, whom most other authors follow, gives us the
following list of kings :—
1. ’Amr Mozayqiya.
. Jafnah.
. His son ’Amr.
. His son Tha’labah.
. His son al-Harith.
. His son Jabalah.
. His son al-Harith called the son of Maria.
NO O&O & WLW LD
1850.] On the Ghassinite Kings. 471
8. His son al-Mondzir the elder.
9. Al-No’man son of N. 6.
10. Al-Mondzir son of N. 6.
‘11. Jabalah son of N. 6.
12. Ayham son of N. 6.
13. *Amr son of N.6. (Hamzah tells us that these six brothers
have reigned together ninety-two years and eight months !)
14. Jafnah son of N. 7.
15. Al-No’man son of N. 7.
16. Al-No’man son of N, 12.
17. His son Jabalah.
18. Al-No’mén son of N. 11.
19. Al-Harith son of N. 11.
20. His son al-No’man.
21. His son al-Mondzir.
22. ’Amr son of N. 19.
23. Hojr son of N. 19.
- 24. His son al-Harith.
25. His son Jabalah.
26. His son al-Harith b. Aby Shimr,
27. His son Abt Karib al-No’man Qatam.
28. <Al-Ayham b. Jabalah, grandson of N. 25.
29. Al-Mondzir b. Jabalah, grandson of N. 25.
30. Sharahyl b. Jabalah, grandson of N. 25.
31. ’Amr b. Jabalah, grandson of N, 29.
32. dabalah b. al-Harith b. Jabalah, great grandson of N. 25.
33. Jabalah b. al-Ayham, grandson of N. 10.
According to this list they would have reigned seventeen generations
some of which (in cases, in which several brothers of the king suc-
ceeded him before his son) we should be obliged to calculate above the
average duration : the dynasty could therefore not have lasted less than
520 years, and we would be obliged to place its beginning in the first
century after Christ. Yet we know from Latin and Greek Historians
that no such dynasty then reigned in Arabia Petrea.
Secondly, Hamzah himself allows that the last king was the grandson
of the tenth, and this is confirmed by the Kitab alaghany and all other
3 P2
472 On the Ghassdnite Kings. [No. 6.
good authorities, therefore if the list of kings was correct he would
have succeeded to the throne at least 300 years after his grandfather.
Thirdly, most good authors identify al-Harith the son of Maria who
was the seventh king and al-Harith b. Aby Shimr who according to this
list was the 26th kg. This man is also called al-Harith b. al-’Araj
(the Lame). He was according to Hamzah’s own statement engaged
in a war with al-Mondzir b. Ma al-Sama king of Hyrah about the
A. D. 530. Moreover Maria was the sister of Hind al-Honud wife of
Hojr Akil al-Morar Kindy the grandfather of al-Harith who was killed
about A. D. 537.*
As all historians after Hamzah follow his authority we must in order
to correct the above list consult earlier authors, viz. Mas’idy and Ibn
Qotaybah :
The Ghassanites according to Mas’tidy.
"Amr Mozayqiya
(oa a
Jafnah. al-Harith, Tha’ labah.
1 first king. 1
Tha’ labah. al-Harith son of Maria,
1
Al-Harith. Arqam.
1 1
Jabalah. Maria.
Al Harith.
1
An-No’man. Abt Shimr al-Harith, 4th hing.
3rd king. Nas
al-Harith, 6th king i Auf, 5th king.
was On the throne
when Mohammad
was sent.
OS (EET SE RRA CSRS REE PEE ERTS Cae gS SSE SS PE RE
The Ghassanites according to Ibn Qotaybah.
>Amr (his origin is not known).
Abu Shimr al-Harith I. first King.
l
Al-Harith II. al-A’raj son of Maria
takes Khaybar ; is attacked by al-Mondzir b. Ma as-Sama.
* In Freytag’s Proverbia Arab. voce OX and Qamis voce & 1)b0
:
%
1850. | On the Ghassinite Kings. 473
an-No’man al-Harith IYI. ’*Amr, Abd Shimr the younger.
— ‘ay ae ae \- ad
Hojr, an-No’man, ’Amr, Al-Mondzir. al-Ayham.
1
Jabalah last king who
had turned Moham-
madan but apostatiz-
ed under ’Omar.
Neither the list of Mas’udy nor that of Ibn Qotaybah is complete.
The former author informs us that there were in all eleven kings and
he enumerates only seven. The statement that there reigned in all
eleven kings seems to be correet and if we put the three preceding
lists together in such a manner as to make them agree with the inci-
dental “information which we find in other authors, we have eleven
kings, viz.
>Amr
His origin is unknown according to Ibn Qotaybah p.411. Mas’tidy and Hamzah
identify him erroneously with Mozaygqiya.
A
| ae -)
Zayd al-Harith I. 1st King Jafnah
called Moharriq, and from him the whole (Mas’udy ; Hamzah, Nos.
| dynasty is called 4l Moharriq (Ibn Qotay- 2 and 14) contemporary
bah and Mas’ady). Hamah places instead of Aswad King of Hyrah.
of him Jafnah and says he reigned 45
| (lunar) years and 3 months.
Zayd Manat "Amr I. 2nd King.
mentioned only by Hamzah (No. 3) reigned 5 years. Built the
convents of Haly, Job and Hannad. |
Hind Tha’labah, 3rd King.
mother of Mondzir (Mas’idy and Hamzah No. 4.) Built "Iqyah and the
Ming of Hyrah who fortress of Ghadyr in the Hawran not far from the Bala.
was born about Reigned 17 years.
A. D. 400.
(nn ree “A —
Argam al-Harith II. 4th King,
mentioned by Mas’ady who calls him erroneously Ibn Maria ; and by
1 Hamzah (Nos. 5 and 24) reigned twenty or twenty-six years. Was
defeated by the Romans in 488. See Vincent, p. 248 note.
Maria Abt Shimr, Jabalah I. 5th King,
d’zat qortayn wife mentioned by Mas’udy and Hamzah (Nos. 6 and 25.) Built
of Jabalah. Qanatir, Adraj and Qastal. (Castellum ?) Reigned 10 or 17
years.
474
al-Harith III. 6th King.
On the bird-devouring habits of a species of Spider. [No. 6.
called al-A’raj, Ibn Aby Shimr and Ibn Maria; the most distinguish-
ed King of the dynasty. Takes Khaybar ; destroys the king of Hyrah
al-Mondzir b. Ma as-sama about A. D. 563.
compare Freytag Prov. Ar. II p. 611).
(Ibn Qotaybah p. 412,
Hamzah mentions him under
number 7 and 26. He reigned 21 years and 5 months. He is mentioned
by Vincent in the Periplus, p. 248 note.
om —__—_—_ ——
an-No’man al-Mondzir Jabalah ’Amr 9th King. al-Harith IV.
7th King. 8th King. 10th King.
Mas’idy and Mas’idy and (Hamzah Nos.13 A contemporary
Hamzah (Nos. Hamzah (Nos. and 32) reigned of No’man _ b.
9Yand27)reign- 8, 10 and 30) 10 years and 2 Mondzir of Hy-
edl5yearsand reigned 13 months. Mas’- rah. Hassan b.
six months. years. He is tidy calls him Thabit makes po-
called Monde ’Auf. ems in his praise,
zir the Elder. (Mas’ady and Ki-
tab al-Aghamy
and Hamzah).
al-Ayham
1
Jabalah 11th and last King
was on the throne in A. H. 7 (Wagqidy and Ibn Ishaq).
Hassan b. Thabit made songs in his praise. Dethroned in A. D. 637.
Note on the bird-devouring habit of a species of Spider ; by Capt.
W.S. SHerwitu. Communicated by Mr. Biytu.*
During one of my rambles in company with four other officers in
the army, amongst the Karrakpur hills, in the immediate neighbour-
hood of Monghyr, on the Ganges, I fell in with several gigantic webs
of a large black and red spider, which stretching across our path in
many spots, offered from their great strength a sensible resistance when
forcing our way through them. The webs are of a bright yellow
colour, and we found them stretching from ten to twenty feet, that is,
including the grey ropes which are generally fastened to some neigh-
bouring tree or a clump of bambus, the reticulated portion being about
five feet in diameter, in the centre of which the spider sits waiting for
* This interesting communication on the contested subject of bird-eating spiders
originated in my request that the author would commit to paper the observation
of which he had assured me in conversation.—E, B.
1850.] Note on an Inscription from Oujein. 475
its prey; he is of a dark black hue with red about him, but at this
distance of time, now three years, I cannot remember his exact appear-
ance. I brought one down with me from the summit of the mountain
Maruk, which is eleven hundred feet above the Ganges, and he mea-
sured six inches across the legs when set up. It was in the web of
this very spider that I found the bird entangled, and the young spiders
(about eight in number and entirely of a brick-red colour) feeding
upon the carcass. The bird was much decomposed and enveloped in
web, but the beak and feet being visible I sketched them, a copy
of which sketch I enclose for your satisfaction.* The bird hung with
his head downwards, his wings were closely pinioned to his sides by
the entwined web, and was nearly in the centre of the web. The old
spider which I secured was above the bird about a foot removed.
Had we not been a half-starved party, we should have bottled the
bird, spider and young ones; but we were at the end of a five-days’
roam amongst these steep hills, covered with wet grass, without beds
or covering, in the height of the rainy season, so you may imagine
our commissariat was at too low an ebb to afford brandy for such a
purpose !
Note by Mr. Blyth. This communication from Capt. Sherwill is
the more interesting, since the total demolition of Madam Merian’s
account of a bird-eating spider in Surinam, by Mr. W. S. McLeay,
in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ 1834, p. The species
would appear to be an Hpeira, most probably undescribed, and re-
markable for the “ bright yellow colour’ of its web.
Note on an Inscription from Ouwjein; by RAsENDRALAL Mittra,
Librarian, Asiatie Society.
Sometime ago Mr. R. N. C. Hamilton of Indore presented to the
Asiatic Society a fac-simile of a Grant discovered in digging a ruin in the
vicinity of Oujein. The character of the Inscription is the Kutila of
the 10th century, engraved on two tablets of copper the last of which
has on it a figure of Gaduda, the vehicle of Vishnu. The style is
extremely pompous and figurative, quite characteristic of the age in
which it was written, and the document itself is imperfect as a
* A Nectarinié apparently, and probably N. asiatica.—E. B.
476 Note on an Inscription from Owein. [No. 6.
legal record, giving neither the boundary of the donation, nor the
name of the country over which the donor exercised his authority.
The fact, however, of a Hindu monarch granting the revenues. of a
village in the vicinity of Oujein, for the use of a goddess in that city,
in the year 1036 Samvat, seems to throw some light on the course of
succession of the Chohan kings of Malwa.
The catalogue recorded by Abul Fazl, (4yin Akbary, Vol. II.
p- 51,) places the whole of the Chohan dynasty, extending to about
140 years, between Jag-deva and Maldeva, the latter of whom, it is
said, was dethroned in the year 866, A. C., by Sheikh Shah, father
of Alaé-uddin. It is, however, stated by the same authority that Al4-
uddin was a minor in the year 1037, thus making the reign of the
Sheikh last for nearly 172 years !
The grant under consideration records a list of four kings, the last of
whom lived 57 years before Aldé-uddin, and bestowed a village in the
vicinity of Oujein ; if this circumstance would authorize the belief that
he was a ruler of that country, the four kings named in the grant
would fill up the hiatus between Maldeva and Sheikh Shah, and divide
among themselves the greater part of the 172 years which Abul Fazl
gives to the Sheikh alone.
It is difficult to determine if Véskpati i, the last prince of the grant,
was a scion of the noble house of the Chohans, or if Krishna-raj
Deva, the first on the list, was the immediate successor of Maldeva, and
it is evident from the sanction of Rudraditya to the grant that Vakpati
was not an independent sovereign, notwithstanding his ultra-regal title
of Mahdraidhirdja; the fact, however, of his authority in Oujein
entitles him to a place in the blank between Maldeva and Sheikh Shah.
The names, arranged in the order of succession in connection with
Abul Fazl’s list, stand thus :—
Maldeva, 866, A. C. (A. F.’s list.)
Krishna-raj Deva.
Vairisinha Deva.
Siyaka Deva.
Amoghaversa Deva, alias Vakpati-r4j Deva, alias
Vallabhanarendra Deva, 980, A. C.
Sheikh Shah, (A. F.’s list.)
1850.] Note on an Inscription from Oujein. 477
Dharma Raja Saud, Vizier during the minority of Alé-ud-din (1057),
who put him to death.
Inscription.
a: qelccnfearafarqyasar Gaay seer ya
feutea at afeRataar: | at gafeleot atreafsat ae -
foqrfaaarer awasicaweay: Baits qurq g | TA-
qlaca-amn a utad varfeaa aiftaare aa fasia VITATAT
aga itd caqassut fe aa a eSATA es Vea THT
wifacerat Heats ey: WG S| WAFER ARCS
feCrsaT BCAA MAMNCITS TU ATM SMT WLAVZILA AFT-
cists Wage Ba fels ee aurea WLAASIEAR
APICAL MALAAC HAMAR Ta S ATT ULAaATITA
Heats Mucaae Blacarsaasarsucifrara BH-
Haaatacise” VA MawAac yeaa? || fafwa-
Waalenadarsasiaatan SaeleaNAdaIyqcayla aa-
OIaaTa SARC ( )ara AAA TSacra ofaafarzfaarsaa-
werets aaa a | afafed qarmdaaaf: wea.
aefandaaatstea aifiarguritate Staceaqsia
Saaauataacathaganataa Baseavat aifa-
at wean suftffeaqmadtaran wafaitracqaa:
afecuratadia: Gufeac: aacaeaa: aacafyai
ugifeat Blaaee acess: arararay Aas oT TTT.
ualfefafaata autewafe(a)as wie sate eaicy-
ag afta: qamsiisfesisecnaaigina-
aaa tatraaant Wat Ha Wraracaraa sfsofed
Doe ¢ ro
aefa aat afaatfaugiaasaucaul Saar Aaa aAet.
3 Q
>
478 Note on an Inscription from Oujein. [No. 6.
e AD
fecunfea aaararsraaftaiguer ada: aaquiaaa|
os & ay AN ~
aaray wad UA Tar suatfarcaety aitaaface-
CVLAUACHAAAAAMY UIs T Sa W| TSITTAT w-
at csita: ancitete: ae ay aenifaay ay act waa
~ Ao Ly Ly Ly
arate cata qa acgerta waruanemcfa, frara
araufaatta alfa aaa ae: TACISSe | HHAMIRAAT-
ca ~
caetetigeds cafacaaqaieiaa, waltafsaates-
AQSCASANAT CTF TA WLS: ufeuraqy | waTaarattaea
qVaa ea AAG ClHAs: | AAAS THe geaat
AT AS IAT wake | xfaawacaafesarat fara
s a
afuarasitaay) ansfacacredy gar afte Tea:
La ~ ° yd
yearaat fastar | xfa Waa goae Waate & Tw
qaifena: Saar etls TIARA LA TATA STAM AAAS a: |
quad Staraufacraeae |
Translation.
May the musk spots on the elegant little cheeks of Girija, resplen-
dent as the gem dundg (1) shining in a cloud of envenomed (2) smoke,
beautiful as the strong neck of Srikantha, and comparable to Sainhika (3)
(grasping) the ten millions of moons that are bound round the well-
formed head (of Durga) ;—may they preserve you in prosperity !
May the trembling body of Murari, whom the charming countenance
of Lakshmi delighteth not, and the waters of the ocean softeneth not ;
1. One of the inestimable treasures of Kuvera, the god of wealth.
2. Lit. ‘‘ smoke generated by the burning of poison.’’
3. ‘Son of Sinhika, a demon with the tail of a dragon, whose head was severed
from his body by Vishnu, but being immortal, the head and tail retained their
separate existence, and being transferred to the stellar sphere, became the authors of
eclipses, the first especially, by endeavouring at various times to swallow the sun
and the moon.’’— Wilson.
1850. | Note on an Inscription from Owein. 479
whom not even the beauty of his own excellent and lotus-like form
can pacify, nor the breath of the thousand-hooded Sesha (4) appease ;
—of him who is frantic at his separation from Radha :—may it protect
you!
The most venerable king of kings, lord Sri Krishnaraja Deva was suc-
ceeded by the most venerable king of kings, lord Sri Vairisinha Deva,
whom succeeded the most venerable king of kings, lord Sri Siyaka
Deva, who was followed by the most venerable king of kings, lord Sri
Amoghavarsa Deva, alias Vakpati-raja Deva, beloved of the earth, Val-
labhanarendra Deva, the healthy.
* * * Be it known unto all the brahmanas, regal officers, and lease-
holding neighbours assembled in the village of Sembhalapura, which
holds * * * Sri Mahayika, that in the year of Samvat 1036, on the
occasion of a lunar eclipse in the month of Kartika, we (of the city) of
Bhagavatpura have, by this edict and water (5), at the request of Asini,
the wife of * * * Sri Mahayika, for the promotion of the virtue and fame
of ourselves and parents, presented to her this village, with an area of
two coss beyond its boundary, together with all its buildings, commons,
rents and taxes, for the period of the duration of the sun, moon,
earth and ocean, (in order) to (defray the expenses of ) bathing unguents,
aromatics, flowers, incense, lights, edible articles, public exhibitions,
&c. &e. (necessary for the worship) of the most venerable Hatteswari
Dévi of Ujjayini, and for decorating her crystal-paved temple. It is
therefore the duty of the lease-holders of this place to pay to her the
usual revenue, taxes, gold, &c. in obedience to her desires.
This pious act, begun by me, involving as it does the good of the
public, my descendants and successors ought to observe and uphold :—
for itis said; “By many kings, Sagara as well as others, the earth
has been governed. Whosesoever has been the land his has then been
the fruit.
«‘The gifts which have been granted by former princes, conferring on
4. The king of the serpent race, as a large thousand-headed snake, at once the
couch and canopy of Vishnu. Wilson.
5. i, e. the water made use of in the consecration of the grant.
oe
480 Note on an Inscription from Oujein. [No. 6.
them virtue, wealth and fame, resemble orts and vomited food. What
good man will resume them ?” (6).
May they, who rehearse the munificence of my race, as well as those
who do not, find this gift gratifying unto them ! and may they, knowing
wealth to be as transient as lightning or like bubbles of water, uphold
the bounty and fame of others !
Rama the auspicious.repeatedly beseecheth all the future rulers of the
earth ever to preserve this public bridge of virtue for kings.
Wealth and life are as unstable as water on a lotus leaf, knowing
this and the texts above quoted, men ought not to efface the glorious
deeds of others.
The 9th day of the dark lunation of Chaitra, Samvat 1036.
* *® * By order of * * Sri Rudraditya. Done by Sri Vakpati-
raja Deva.
6. From Mr, J. C.C. Sutherland’s version in the Journ. As. Soc. Vol. VIII,
p- 486.
DDN IOI IAI I OO
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL
For Jury, 1850.
LD GLLPPPLOLPPLPIPPIPLPYYIYYPOLPYFILYILIYLPIIVPILIPVOIVOVPULIVUVPLAILA
At a Meeting of the Society held on Wednesday, the 3d July, 1850,
The Hon’sxe Sir James Cotvite, President, in the Chair,
The Proceedings of the last Meeting were read and confirmed.
The Secretary intimated that Mr. G. Udny had expressed his desire
to withdraw from the Society on the expiration of the current quarter.
Read letters—
From N. O. Baillie, Esq., submitting for sale, a portrait of Sir
William Jones, (said to be) by Sir Joshua Reynolds.
Ordered that the Picture be returned to the owner as the Society
cannot purchase it. :
From Rev. J. Long, forwarding a letter from Rev. G. G. Cuthbert,
- Secretary, Church Mission Society, regarding Mr. Long’s application
for 10 copies of the Bibliotheca Indica, for certain Vernacular Libraries
established by that Mission, in different parts of Bengal.
Ordered that Mr. Long’s request be complied with.
From Babu Peary Chand Mittra, Librarian, Calcutta Public Library,
acknowledging the receipt of Nos. 25 to 29 of the Bibliotheca Indica,
and No. 1 of the Journal for 1850.
From W, Seton Karr, Esq., Under Secretary to the Government
of Bengal, the subjoined letter regarding the repairs of the Adinah
Masjid.
482 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 6.
No. 913.
From the Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal.
To Dr. W. B. O’SHaucunessy, Vice President and Secretary to the
Asiatic Society.
Dated Fort William, 11th June, 1850.
S1r,—In continuation of the letter from this office, No. 457, dated the 2d
April, I am directed by the Deputy Governor of Bengal to inform you that
His Honour has been pleased, as a preliminary measure recommended by
the Military Board, to sanction an outlay of Rs. 500, for the purpose of
clearing the jungle round the Adinah Masjid of Panduah.
2. The Officiating Executive Officer of the 4th Division having repre-
sented that elaborately carved pieces of Sculpture are constantly being carried
away from the Masjid in question, the Superintendent of Police has this day
been requested to instruct the Joint-Magistrate of Maldah, to endeavour, by
all lawful means within his power, to prevent the spoliation of this monument
of antiquity.
I have the honor to be, Sir,
Your most Obedient Servant,
W. Seton Karr,
Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal.
From R. W. G. Frith, Esq., offering for sale a large collection of
Insects from various parts of India.
Resolved—that the thanks of the Society be returned to Mr. Frith
for his offer, and it be intimated to him that under the present state
of their finances, the Society are unable to purchase the collection.
8. From Col. J. Low, Edinburgh, regarding the antiquities lately
despatched by him from Penang.
Ordered that the Antiquities be returned to Col. Low’s Agents in
Calcutta.
9. From Dr. Roer, Secretary, Oriental Section, submitting certain
Propositions of the Section, for adoption by the Society.
To Captain F. Hayes, Secretary, Asiatic Society.
Sir,—Dr. Ballentyne having offered a translation of the Sahitya Darpana
for publication in the Bibliotheca Indica, I have the honor, by direction of
the Oriental Section, to request the sanction of the Society to his proposal.
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 483
The Sahitya is a well known Sanscrit work on rhetoric, giving a view of
the various kinds of composition in Sanscrit, and would be of great interes
to the student of Sanscrit literature.
The Section also recommend the reprinting of the text. It has been pub-
lished before by the Committee of Public Instruction, but is now out of
print, and a new edition will be acceptable, and meet with a ready sale, as it
is a text-book in the Government Sanscrit Colleges.
I forward the undermentioned Sanscrit books, which the Section propose
to be purchased for the Library.
I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your most obedient Servant,
EK. Rogr,
Co-Secretary, Asiatic Society, Oriental Department.
Howrah, 1st July, 1850.
5 copies of Kadambari, 2d pt. at 2 Rs.,.. . csc ee coessceeees 10
1 copy of Dasa Kumara Charita, ...cceseccccccceve cove
1 ditto Vaiyakarana Bhishana, .....6 10 oc cesses ccceccce oe
SS (Se
Some. ©
Pee oankhva Cativakaumudt, ...)0...cceneaennvece cece
SS
WO. S RSipesa be OO
To Captain ¥. Hayes, Secretary, Asiatic Society.
Sir,—By direction of the Oriental Section I have the honour to return
the letters from Messrs. Lassen, Burnouf* and Muller, and to submit the.
suggestions of the Section thereon, for the approval of the Council and the
Society. |
2. With reference to Dr. Miiller’s letter the Section would propose,
1. That the Society should subscribe to 10 copies of each of the works
intended to be printed by Dr. Goldstuecker, the cost to be charged to the
Oriental Fund, as it has been done on a previous occasion concerning Dr.
Weber’s edition of the white Yajur Véda.
Those works are :
1. Jaimani’s Parva Mimansa Siitra.
2. Madhava’s Nyaya Mala Vistara.
' 3. Kumarila’s Tattva Varttika.
2. That Professor Brockhaus be presented with a copy of the Bibliotheca
in return of his presentation of the Katha-Sarit-Sagara to the Society.
. * The letter from Professor Burnouf, I find, has not been returned to me.
484 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. (No. 6.
3. With regard to Professor Lassen’s complaint that the 14 numbers of
the Bibliotheca and Dr. Heberlin’s Anthology have not reached him, the
Librarian states, that he had despatched them last year along with other
books per “ Lord Auckland.” The Section think it therefore advisable, that
Messrs. Allen and Co. should be addressed on this subject, as well as on the
cause of delay which appears to have taken place on several other occasions
concerning the delivery of the books forwarded to them by the Society.
4. The Section recommend that those parts of the letters which refer to
literary subjects be printed in the Proceedings.
I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your most obedient servant,
E. Rokr,
Co-Secretary, Asiatic Society, Oriental Department.
Howrah, \st July, 1850.
Extract from a letter of Professor Cur. Lassen, dated the 3rd April, 1850.
My pear Sir,—I received some days ago from Mr. Keenig the 6th volume
of Raja Radhakant Deb’s Sabda-Kalpa-Druma and Dr. Heberlin’s Sanscrit
Anthology. Of the 14 numbers of the Bibliotheca Indica, the box contained
only those, bearing the address of Mr. Koenig, while those which the Asiatic
Society had intended to favour me with, were wanting. I cannot doubt that
these books were despatched from Calcutta, and must therefore believe, the
neglect lies with Allen and Co., to whom I will write immediately ; but I am
much afraid, that I shall not get the books. This is most vexatious to
me, as I feel greatly disappointed by being deprived of this collection, of
which I cannot expect the Society to spare another copy for me. How
slowly, in general, books from India reach us, you will perceive from the fact
that I have only now received the February number for 1849, of the Journal
of the Asiatic Society, and of Mr. Hodgson’s latest writings I have as yet
seen nothing. You will much oblige me by thanking the Asiatic Society im
my name for Dr. Heeberlin’s Anthology, and Raja Radhakant Deb for the
6th volume of his Sabda-Kalpa-Druma.
I am very sorry to learn from your letter of the 8th January last, that
neither the first part of the second volume of my Indian Antiquities, nor your
diploma, together with the first numbers of the Journal of the German
Oriental Society, has reached you. The former had last summer already
arrived in London, as the Royal Asiatic Society acknowledged its receipt,
and its non-arrival in Calcutta must likewise be ascribed to the neglect of
the booksellers. I will in future despateh the books for Calcutta vid Ham-
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 485
burg, and shall feel obliged, if you will do the same with the books, sent to
me from Calcutta, under the address of J. Esmarch in Hamburg, who will
safely forward them.
In the number of my Journal, now being under the press, I have given
due praise to the publication of the Bibliotheca Indica by the Asiatic Society,
and have also pointed out your share of merit in this undertaking. I am
very glad to hear, that my proposition to publish the second part of the
Naishadha has met with your approval.
I continue without intermission my work on Indian Antiquities. The
printing of the next part will probably commence in the course of this year.
Extract from a letter of Dr. M. Muuuer, dated Oxford, 20th
March, 1850.
My DEAR S1r,—You will have probably received before this, I hope, the
first volume of my edition of the Rig Veda. It was ready in October last,
and I had given orders to despatch the copies destined for India. Mean-
while I went to Germany, and on returning to England after five months, I
found that the copies for India were despatched only a short time ago. I
hope, however, that they have now safely arrived there, and that my edition
will meet with the approval of the learned in India. On my return I was
delighted to find the books which you so kindly sent me, viz. the Bibliotheca
Indica, to number 2d (February, 1849), the Indian prints, and the 6th
volume of Raja Radhakant Deb’s Sabda-Kalpa-Druma, Pray tender my
best thanks to the Society and to the Raja. I cordially thank you for your
kindness, and congratulate you on your indefatigable efforts in publishing
the Bibliotheca. The works you have selected are most excellent and useful.
Should you be able to add also the Taittariya Sahhita, you would satisfy all
our wishes; but whatsoever you may give us, it is welcome to us here in
Europe. 2 * ** * * % + 2
The labours in Sanscrit go on vigorously inGermany. Of Lassen’s Indian
Antiquities the first part of the second volume has only as yet appeared ;
soon, however, the second part will be ready. Bopp is engaged in writing a
Comparative Essay on Accent. You will have probably received the fifth part
of his Comparative Grammar. Weber is rapidly proceeding with his Vajasa-
neyi Sahhita. His Journal ‘Indian Researches’ contains likewise a good
deal of interesting material. Stenzler’s edition and translation of Yajna-
valkya is very useful and correct. Bemfey is printing a Sanscrit Anthology,
and Heter has published a kind of Sanscrit spelling book. Great and
important works are expected of Dr. Goldstuecker, especially his edition of °
3 R
486 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 6:
Jaimani’s Parva Mimansa Sutras with Savara’s commmentary, and Madhava’s
Nyaya Mala Vistara perhaps also the Tantra Varttika of Kumarila. These
works are of the highest importance for the history and further elucidation
of the doctrines of the Vedas, and much information may especially be
derived from them concerning ceremonies.
Kumarila abounds with interesting details of Indian antiquity and the
reviving critical knowledge of Indian philosophy which has exhausted its
ingenuity in the Vedas. The diticulty in his undertaking 1s, as usual, the
expense, no bookseller being disposed without a subscription to enter upon
so great an undertaking. And still all these works are of the greatest import-
ance for our oriental researches. Do you think, the undertaking would
meet with any support in India? The printing of Madhavas Nyaya Mala
Vistara, of which interesting extracts are given in his introduction to the Rig
Veda, will be immediately commenced, and the continuation of his labours
will depend upon the success of this work. If the Asiatic Society would
patronize the undertaking in the same way as they have done Dr. Weber’s,
a great service would be done to all of us. I saw Burnouf in Paris. He is
engaged in completing the second volume of his Buddhism. I am sorry to
say, his health is not as good as one would wish for the interests of science.
Very great expectations are entertained of his history of southern Buddhism,
Nothing else is doing in Paris for the Sanscrit, with the exception of Langlois’
translation of the Rig Veda, of which the second volume is out already.
Professor Wilson’s translation of the same work has far advanced in print-
ing. Here, in England, all oriental interest is concentrated in the decypher-
ing of the Babylonian and Assyrian inscriptions by Major Rawlinson. He is
now publishing the results of his labours, and is a man upon whom one can
place reliance. Bournouf had likewise made many researches on this subject,
but has given them up on discovering, that the language is Semitic, which
is not his especial line of study. Many of the geographical names which
Rawlinson now reads, had been discovered by Burnouf already two years
ago, without, however, his publishingthem. In Berlin the work of Professor
Lepzsius on Egypt, of which the first volume has appeared, creates great sensa-
tion. He is now occupied with a phonetic work which is to form the basis
of a general system to represent by writing the sounds of Oriental languages,
and the adoption of which would much advance Oriental science. We may
come at last to an understanding on this subject, if each of us would agree to
give up individual habits and customs. In India especially, I should think,
the want of a systematic and general representation of Oriental words must
be felt, and it would be a great thing, if after so many abortive attempts a
general alphabet could be at last adopted. I will send you the work as soon
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 487
as it appears. Perhaps you may be able by your position, to contribute to
its adoption by the Asiatic Society. This reminds me of Dr. Goldstueker’s
desire of becoming a member of the Asiatic Society, and of receiving regu-
larly a copy of the Journal as well as of the Bibliotheca. The subscription
might best be paid to Allen and Co. Ihave the same wish for myself, but
am afraid, the expense may be too much for me. Pray, inform me of the
amount of the subscription, and whether it is not less expensive to subscribe
‘to the Journal only, which I am anxious to receive regularly. Are there still
to be had in India complete copies of the Asiatic Journal? and what is the
price? Here we can only procure single numbers, and at a very high price.
Nor are the Asiatic Researches anywhere for sale, and if you should find an
opportunity of obtaining a complete set, I trust, you will think of me. Profes-
sor Brockhaus in Leipzig has charged me with the following commissions for
you. He does not think fit under the present circumstances to go on with
the publication of the Katha-Sarit-Sagara, and should feel delighted if you
would complete this work in the Bibhotheca Indica. He is also very anxious
to obtain a copy of the Bibliotheca. He has, some years ago, sent his edition
of the abovementioned work to the Asiatic Society, but has never been
informed of its arrival in Calcutta. With regard to the Ramayana which
you once intended to publish, Gorresio has completed his edition of the text,
and the Italian translation, notwithstanding the Sardinian discomfiture, is to
be continued. On an early occasion I will send you £20 from the Royal
Library at Berlin. Dr. Pertz, the Librarian, avails himself, with the sincerest
thanks, of the permission of the Asiatic Society to have MSS. copied, and has
fixed that sum for the commencement. No further part of the Nirukta by
Roth has appeared, but a commentary has been promised. The Sanscrit phi-
losophical books which you so kindly got for me, are very interesting, and
ought to be translated. Is nothing done m India for the Yoga philosophy ?
which until now has been so undeservedly neglected. How is it with the
Brihad Devata of Sonaka? Is no MS. of it to be had in India? In Berlin
there is one full of interesting matter, but too incorrect for publication.
Likewise Saunaka’s Chaturadhyaya and the Pratisakhya to the Atharva are
rare MSS. which I should like to possess, if they are obtainable.
Excuse my troubling you with so many wishes. I fear, my letter has
become a heap of requests and questions. [I shall, however, be well satisfied
without your replying to all of them, only let me hear soon again of what
you are doing in India for Sanscrit literature.
Ordered that the recommendations of the Oriental Section be adopted,
and Dr. Roer be requested to make any suggestion he may think »
fit with reference to the Society’s Agents in London.
Oo: 2
488 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 6.
10. From R. Watson, Esq., forwarding a slab of flexible Sandstone,
presented by Capt. Douglas.
11. From M. lAbbé J. M. T. Guerin, presenting to the Society a
copy of his work on Indian Astronomy. 3
After some desultory conversation regarding the Society's Museum
of Economic Geology, it was moved by Rev. J. Long, seconded by Mr.
Mitchell and resolved—
That the Council be requested to procure from Mr. Piddington, as
Curator of the Museum of Economic Geology, a report of what he has
done in that Department during the last twelve months.
The Librarian and the Zoological Curator having submitted their
reports, the meeting adjourned.
Confirmed 3rd, August, 1850.
J. W. Cotvite, President.
FLETCHER Hayes, Secretary.
Report of the Curator Museum of Economic Geology for July, 1849.*
Geology and Mineralogy,—We have received from Captain Ommanney,
Executive Engineer, 3d Division, a box of specimens, with a paper describing
the site at which they were found, which may be thought worth printing in
the Journal. From the description given I am inclined to suppose these
stones form part of the ruins of some attempt at a barrage of a river for the
purpose of irrigation, and that the wells described by Captain Ommanney
are those belonging to an ancient subterranean water course, the kan-
naughtst of the Persians, whieh are more or less known from Affghanistan
and Persia to Constantinople, which city is still dependant upon them for
much of its supplies of water.
Mr, Wm. Theobald, Junr. has sent us a miscellaneous collection of Indian
and European rocks, minerals and fossils, out of which we shall be able to
select a number of good ones, either as new varieties or duplicates, for our
Cabinets.
* Having been mislaid, this Report was not published along with the pro-
ceedings for July, 1849.
+ 1 do not know of any remains of them described in India, but it is difficult to
suppose that the followers of the Mogul Emperors did not bring with them, and
- practice, the art of constructing these ; and that, as here, the attempts often failed
by the caprices of our Indian rivers.
Sao eer Aah
ie ee ae ee
he een a rare
ae a
1850.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 489
Our old and zealous contributor Dr. Spilsbury sends us a large lump of
the Magnetic Diorite described in my paper in the Journal for this year,
He states also that the discoverer is Captain Jenkins, 10th Madras Infantry.
He mentions also a fine slab of Dendritic Sandstone but this is not yet
received* though dispatched a year and a half ago!
He also presents a Hippopotamus’ scull from the neighbourhood of Nur-
singhpoor, but minus the lower jaw; for which he is indebted, he says, to
Mr. Cheyne, a Madras Medical Officer; and a portion of the lower jaw of an
elephant of a kind totally unlike any of the preceding from the Nerbudda,
and which he thinks resembles the E. insignis of Cautley and Falconer.
“It was dug up (he says) at Beltarree Ghat on the Nerbudda, a site from
which I sent specimens vears ago. Vide As. Jour. Aug. 1834, p. 389, These
two specimens were sent in to Captain Elliot, the Deputy Commissioner of
Nursinghpoor, and by him placed at my disposal.”
Economic Geology.—lI have put into the form of a paper for the Journal,
my examination of an orange-coloured soil sent from Sikkim by Dr. Camp-
bell, where it is used as a cure for Goitre.
Captain Campbell B. A., Commissary of Ordnance, Saugor, Bundlecund,
has sent us a large collection of 128 specimens of rocks and ores, and of 44
specimens of clay of various kinds. These have not yet been examined.
Dr. Spilsbury has also procured for us from Dr. Macintire, Residency Sur-
geon, Nagpore, specimens of the various Samy stones (see Journal : Proceed-
ings, Jan. 1845,) used in the polishing work of the arsenal there, as
“Country Emery.” The following is an extract from Dr. Macintire’s chit
sent by Dr. Spilsbury.
“By this day’s banghy I send you a packet of small specimens of the
different kinds of Samy stone procurable. I have numbered them 1, 2, 3, =
DS
3, 4, 5, 6, so that you can select those you require. I can then send you any
**
quantity. The first five specimens are found in a quarry at a village named
* Pohorah” about 60 miles to the right of the Raepore and Calcutta road.
It is a regular ‘“‘ Koorrun”’ quarry, and these stones are taken from it to differ-
ent parts of the country as an article of trade by Brinjarras and other people.
They are found in strata as I have numbered them, 1. e. No. 1, is under the
surface, No. 2, under that again, and then come the different kinds of No. 3,
*
marked with the *. No. 3, is I believe found under all the others and there
*
was too much water in the quarry to see what was under it. All these are
* Jt has since arrived.
490 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 6.
used in the arsenal here as “ Samy stone”’ by the native Sickleghurs, and in
addition to them they use 4, 5, and 6, none of which were found at Pohorah.
I dare say however they are to be had there if a careful search could be
made. The Commissariat supplies the arsenal with all these kinds under the
name of “ Country Emery.” It is purchased in the bazaars, where it is
brought by the Brinjarras, Beparries, &c. &c. No. 6 is called by the Madras
Sickleghurs the real ‘‘ Samy stone,” because it will scratch or cut tempered
*
steel. Next to it, in their estimation, comes 3, all the rest are good enough of
*
their kind and do well enough for cleaning brass work. Pohorah is situated in
a hilly country. The only hill however known to contain these stones is the
one in which the quarry is. Not far from it is a hill containing ‘ soap-stone’
some of which the people brought to me.”
So far Dr. Macintire’s chit.—The stones however are of two different
classes and have no relation to Major William’s Samy stone which is an
Agalmatolite, and rather used, it would seem, for burnishing. But in the
eight specimens Dr. Macintire furnishes us with, are two new varieties for
our cabinets, one of which is very remarkable ; the specimens are as follows :
No. 1. Decomposing Fibrolite.
No. 2. Common white Corundum.
Grey mottled Fibrolite.
. Mottled Corundum.
. Black Corundum !
*O%e 4% 09 OO
Nos. 4 and 5. Common rose and lilac coloured Corundum.
No. 6. A very fine white Corundum.
The Black Corundum is a very remarkable variety, and though distinctly
giving the re-action of the Corundums before the Blowpipe, i. e. the Sapphire
blue glass with nitrate of cobalt, I have failed to detect iron or manganese
init. We must wait for a supply of it to know what the colouring prin-
ciple is.
Hi. PippIncToN,
Curator, Museum Economic Geology.
Report of Curator, Zoological Department, for July Meeting, 1850.
S1r,—The donations which I have now to record consist of,
1. The skin of a young Assamese Goral, resembling that of an adult for-
. merly received, and both differing from the ordinary Himalayan Goral in
being of a bright rufous colour. | Presented by Major Jenkins, of Gowhatti.
1850.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 491.
2. Thirty-five additional species of land and fresh water shells, from vari-
ous parts of India, presented by myself.
I have the honour to be, Sir,
Obediently Your’s,
i, Biyru.
July 1st, 1850.
LIBRARY.
The following additions have been made to the Library since the June
Meeting.
Presented.
Statistical Report of the district of Cawnpur; by Robert Montgomery,
Esq. Calcutta 1849, 4to—By THE GoVERNMENT OF THE NortH WESTERN
PROVINCES.
A Dictionary, English and Panjabi, Outlines of Grammar, also Dialogues,
English and Panjabi, with Grammar and Explanatory Notes, By Captain
Starkey, 3rd Regiment, Sikh Local Infantry ; Assisted by Bussowa Sing,
Jemedar. Calcutta, 1849, 8vo.—By THE GOVERNMENT oF INDIA.
Memoirs of the Royal Astronomical Society, Vol. XVIII. London 1850,
4to.—By THE SocIETy.
Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, Vol. IX.—By THE
Soctery.
Astronomie Indienne l’apres la doctrine et les Libres Anciens et Modernes
des Brammes sur l’Astronomie, l’Astrologie et la Chronclogie suive de
VExamin de |’Astronomie des Anciens peuples de |’Orient et de l’explication
des principaux monuments Astronomico-Astrologiques de l’Egypte et de la
Perse, Par M. L’Abbe J. M. F. Guerin. Paris 1847. 8vo.—By THE
AUTHOR.
The Calcutta Christian Observer, for July, 1850.—By tue Epiror.
The Oriental Baptist. No. 43.—By THE EpiTor.
The Upadeshaka. No. 43.—By Tue Epiror.
Tattvabodhini Patriké. No. 83.—By THE TATTVABODHINI’ SaBuHa’.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,
for the month of May, 1850.—By Tur Deputy Surveyor GENERAL.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago for April, 1850.—By THe Epriror.
Two copies of the same.—By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.
Oriental Christian Spectator for May, 1850.—By Tue Epiror.
Satyarnava. No. 1.—By rue Rev. J. Lone.
Citizen, Nos. 1 and 3.—By THE Epiror.
492 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 6.
Eachanged.
The Atheneum. Nos. 1173, and 1175 to 1177.
Purchased.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History for April, 1850.
Kadambari, Vol, II. 5 copies.
Tattvakaumudi, | vol. 8vo.
Baiyakaranabhusana Sara, | vol. 8vo.
Dasakumara Charita, 1 vol. 8vo.
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 493
Avueustr 1850.
The usual monthly meeting was held on Wednesday, the 7th mstant,
at half-past 8 Pp. M.
The Hon’sie Sir James W. Cotnvite, President, in the Chair.
The proceedings of the July meeting having been read and con-
firmed, the Secretary stated that Lieut. Stubbs and Mr. H. R. Alexan-
der had intimated their desire to withdraw from the Society.
The following Gentlemen were named for ballot at the next meeting :
Rev. W. Smith—proposed by Rev. J. Long, and seconded by Capt.
Smith.
Lowis Stuart Jackson, Esq.—proposed by Mr. J. R. Colvin, and
seconded by Henry Bogle, Esq. |
Read. letters—
From J. Cassella, Esq., Consul General of H. M. King of Sardinia,
forwarding a copy of a work entitled Rapport sur les Etudes Chemin
de fer de Chambéry & Turin, presented to the Society by Professor
Christofaro Negri, President of the University of Turin.
From Capt. Kaittoe, relative to a communication regarding his
researches into the ruins of Sarnath, in Benares.
It was proposed by Mr. J. R. Colvin, seconded by Mr. Jackson and
resolved—
That the substance of Capt. Kittoe’s letter be forwarded to the
Secretary to Government, North-Western Provinces, with an expression
of the Society’s sense of the interest that attaches to any Research into
the antiquities of Sdrnath, and of its hope that the Government of the
North-Western Provinces will be pleased to give such assistance as may
be in its power, to the prosecution of Capt. Kittoe’s enquiries.
From F. L. Beaufort, Esq., forwarding some bricks with Arabic
inscriptions, from an old building near Jessore.
From Joseph Power, Esq. Principal Librarian, University Library,
Cambridge, communicating the thanks of the University for a copy of
the Sanscrita Anthology and the first 14 Nos. of the Bibliotheca
Indica, presented to it by the Society, and requesting to be supplied
with the continuation of the last named work.
3.8
494 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 6.
Communications were received—
From G. Buist, Esq., Bombay, on the Encrustations of Steam Boilers
and Pipes in India.
Ordered for publication in . the Journal.
From Major J. Hannyngton, Chota Nagpur, Tables of Mortality
according to the experience of the Bengal Civil Service, with values of
annuities, assurance, &c.
From Mr. Blyth, Remarks on the modes of variation of nearly
affined Species or Races of Birds chiefly inhabitants of India. Ordered
to be printed in the Journal.
From Dr. Roer, Secretary, Oriental Section, submitting a report of
the Section respecting Dr. Wise’s History of Tipperah. After some
discussion, Mr. J. R. Colvin proposed—That the Secretary communicate
with Dr. Wise to ascertain his authority for receiving the History
transmitted by him, as a History which the Rajas of Tipperah them-
selves consider to be an authentic record of the origin of their family,
and of the succession of Rulers of the Tipperah Raj.
The motion having been seconded by Mr. Mitchell, was carried.
It was further proposed by Mr. Jackson, seconded by Dr. Roer, and
resolved—that the Bengali Chronicle of the Rajas of Tipperah be
made over to the Rev. J. Long, with a request that he will re-examine
it, and submit to the Oriental Section such parts or notices of it as he
may consider of such historical or other value as to be deserving of
publication.
From the same, suggesting, in reply to a reference from the Society,
that a copy of the Bibliotheca Indica be presented to each of the fol-
lowing institutions, namely,
University of London.
Edinburgh.
—-_-——— Utretcht.
—__————— Leyden.
——-————. Berlin.
Bonn.
American Oriental Society.
Asiatic Society of Ceylon.
of Hong Kong.
1850.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 495
For all the above communications and donations, the thanks of the
Society were voted, and the meeting adjourned.
Confirmed 4th September, 1850.
W. Jackson, Vice-President.
Signed
= F. Hayes, Secretary.
- Report of the Curator, Zoological Department, for August Meeting, 1850.
To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society.
Sir,—I have only on this occasion to report the arrival of a large box of
skins of mammalia and birds collected in the Kandian territories by Dr.
Kelaart, of the Ceylon Medical Service. They are sent to me privately for
comment, with permission to present certain specimens to the Society ; and I
propose to draw up a paper of descriptions of some of them for publication
in the Society’s Journal.
I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your’s obediently,
EK. Buytu.
Asiatic Society’s Room, Aug. 30, 1850.
LIBRARY.
The following additions have been made to the Library since the last
meeting.
Presented.
Rapport sur les Etudes du Chemin de fer de Chambéry 4 Turin, et de la
Machine proposée pour executes le Tunnel des Alpes entre Modane et Bar-
donnéche par M. le Chevalier Henri Maus: et Rapport redigé au nom de la
Commission chargée de l’examen de ces études par M. le Chevalier Pierre
Paleocapa, Turin 1850. fol Presentep By M. Curistoraro Ngari.
Report of the Revenue Administration of the Lower Provinces, for 1847-8,
(fol. Pamphlet)—By Tue GoVERNMENT OF BENGAL.
Futtehgur-Nameh, by Halay Rae, Deputy Collector. (Urdu.)—PreEsent-
ED BY Sir Henry E uiot, Kr.
Report by the Secretary, on the Proceedings of the Bombay Geographical
Society for 1849-50.—By G. Buist, Esa.
A few Remarks on certain Draft Acts of the Government of India, com-
monly called the “ Black Acts.” By Ram Gopaul Ghose. Calcutta 1850,
Svo. pamphlet.— By Babu Ra’seENDRALA’L MITTRA.
A Letter to J. C. Melvill, Esq., Secretary to the East India Genapates on
the Grand Exhibition of Art to be held in London, in 1851, as connected with
the manufactures andraw produce of India, By J, Tailor, Esq. 1850, 8vo.
pamphlet.—By THE AUTHOR,
382
496 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 6.
Journal of the Indian Archepelago, for May, June and July 1850.—By
THE EpiTor.
The Oriental Baptist, No. 44.—By THe EpiTor.
The Calcutta Christian Observer, for Aug. 1850.—By THE Epritors.
Upadeshaka. No. 44.—By THE Eprror,
Tattvabodhini Patrika. No. 84.—By THE TATTVABODHINI’ SABHA’,
Annual Report of the Tattvabodhini Sabha, for the Bengali year 1771.—
By THE SAME.
The Oriental Christian Spectator, for June 1850.—By THe Epiror.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s office, Calcutta,
for the month of June 1850.—By tue Deputy SurRveYor GENERAL.
Purchased,
Comptes Rendus. Nos. 12 @ 20 of 1850.
Journal des Savants for January, February and March 1850.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, for June 1850.
1850.] - Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 497
SEPTEMBER 1850.
At a meeting of the Asiatic Society held on the 4th instant—
We .sy Jackson, Esq. Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Proceedings of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following gentlemen, having been duly proposed and seconded
at the last meeting, were balloted for and elected Members.
Rev. W. Smith.
L. 8. Jackson, Esq.
Notes were recorded from Dr. Macrae and Rev. S. Slater, withdraw-
ing from the Society.
Read a letter from W. Jackson, Esq. presenting a copy of a work
on the Statistics of Agra, by C. C. Jackson, Esq.
The Secretary submitted an application from Mr. H. Roberts, Assis-
tant to the Zoological Curator, soliciting an increase of Salary, also a
note from the Council, stating that under the present state of the
Society’s Funds, they do not think themselves justified in recommend-
ing any increase of Salary to Mr. Roberts.
The Librarian and Zoological Curator, having submitted their usual
monthly reports, the meeting adjourned.
Confirmed, 2nd October, 1850.
We.sy Jackson, Vice-President.
FLetcHer Hayes, Secretary.
Report of the Curator, Zoological Department, for August, 1850.
Sir,—My present Report records the presentation of the following dona-
tions.
1. Babu Rajendra Mallika—A dead Lemur, the skin and skeleton of
which have been prepared.
2. Raja Pertab Chand Smgh—A recent specimen of a Shark.
3. Capt. Berdmore, Madras Artillery, Moulmein. A collection of skins
chiefly procured at Mergui. Among them is that of a Squirrel which does
not exactly tally with any previously examined. In the bird class, it adds a
very beautiful Malayan Owl, Syrnium seloputo, (Horsfield,) to the Society’s
collection; and there are specimens of the young of Sturnia sinensis, a spe-
cies stated by Mr. Lesson to inhabit the Malayan peninsula and Cochin China
as well as China. Also specimens of Argus giganteus and Euplocomus ignitus,
neither of which magnificent Gallinacee had previously been observed so far
498 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 6,
to the north.* And Capt. Berdmore has sent examples of Collocahe (the
edible-nest building Swiftlets) from the Mergui Archipelago, both skins and
examples in spirit, with the nests and eggs, the former old and of inferior
quality. The species resembles C. brevirostris, (McClelland,) but is larger
than I had previously seen. I may further remark that I am indebted to
Capt. Berdmore for some living specimens of the new Duck described in
J. A. S. XVIII, p. 820, by the name Sarcidiornis ? leucopterus ; but it proves
to he a typical species of Casarca.
I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your’s obediently,
E. BuyTH.
LIBRARY.
The following books have been received since the last meeting.
Presented.
The Report of the British Association for the advancement of Science, for
1849.—PRESENTED BY THE ASSOCIATION.
Statistics of Agra; by C. C. Jackson, Esq.—PREsENTED BY W. JACK-
son, Esa.
The Calcutta Christian Observer, for September 1850.—By THe Epitors.
The Oriental Baptist, for September 1850.—By Tue Epiror.
The Oriental Christian Spectator, for July 1850.—By Tue Epirors.
Upadeshaka. No. 45.—By THE Epiror.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago, for May and June 1850, 2 copies.—
By THE GOVERNMENT of BENGAL.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s office, Calcutta, for
the month of July, 1850.—By THe Deputy Surveyor GENERAL.
The Tattvabodhini Patrika. No. 85.—By rue TaTtvABODHINI’ SABHA’.
Rajabyabastha, or a Bengali Translation of Mr. Beaufort’s Digest of the
Criminal Law of Bengal. By Hemachandra Mukarjya of Janai—By THE
TRANSLATOR. }
Exchanged.
The Atheneum. No. 1120.
Purchased.
Bopp’s Comparative Grammar, Vol. IIT.
Wallace’s Memoirs of India.
Fliigel’s German Dictionary.
Edinburgh Review, No. 182.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 31.
Comptes Rendus, Nos. 21 @ 25, for June 1850.
Journal des Savants, for May and June.
* Hardwicke erroneously states that A. giganteus inhabits Sylhet. Vide MS.
in British Museum.
i
¢
‘
:
JOURNAL
OF THE
AOLATEG: SOCIETY.
No. VII.—1850.
NAPE APPL PPA AAN ODIO LAI LLL DFP VIVES LOL PII LI Ie
Conspectus of the Ornithology of India, Burma, and the Malayan
Peninsula, inclusive of Sindh, Asdém, Ceylon, and the Nicobar
islands.*—By K. Buytu, sq.
Fam. VULTURIDA.+
Gidh, H.: Shukuni, Beng.: Gid, or Gerni
(Tickell). :
Subfam. VULTURINA,
Genus Vuttur, L. (as restricted).
72. V. monacnus, L. (Kdwards, pl. 290; Tem., Pl. Col. 426;
Gould’s B. £. pl. 2).
Syn. V. cinereus et V. cristatus, Gmelin.
V. arrianus, Lapeyr.
V. imperialis, Temminck.
V.. vulgaris, Daudin.
V. niger, Brehm.
Aigypius niger, Savigny.
Has. Mountainous parts of Europe and Asia; Himalaya.
* Continued from p. 342.
+ The restricted VuLtTuRIp& divide into
1. Vutturinz, Comprising the genera Vultur and Otogyps.
2. GyptInaz. Gyps and Gyphierax.
3. SARcoRHAMPHINE. Sarcorhamphus, Cathartes, and Neophron.
No. XLIII.—New Series. 3°T
502 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 7.
Genus Oroeyes, G. R. Gray.
73. O.catvus (Tem., Pl. Col. 2).
Syn. Vultur calvus, Scopoli.
V. ponticerianus, Daudin.
Molla Gidh (‘Priest Vulture’), H: Ldl-mdta Shukuni
(‘ Red-headed Vulture’), Beng.
Has. India generally: common. ‘Tenasserim provinces.
Subfam. GYPINA.
Genus Gyrs, Savigny.
74. G. rutvus (Pl. Enl. 426).
Syn. Vultur fulvus, Gmelin.
V. persicus, Pallas.
V. vulgaris et V. percnopterus, Daudin.
V.. albicollis, Linderen.
V. trincalos, Bechstein.
V. indicus apud Jerdon, Catal.
V. Kolbei (7), Daudin.
Gyps vulgaris, Savigny.
Mahé deo (‘ huge giant’), of Mahrattas ?
Tias. Mountainous regions of the Old World: Himalaya; not
well ascertained as an inhabitant of S. India.
Remark. Ornithologists are much divided in opinion as to whether
at least two distinct, though closely affined, species exist in G. fulvus
and G. Kolbei of authors. Dr. A. Smith regards them as the same,
as does also Mr. G. R. Gray (in his second and improved edition of
the Catalogue of Raptores in the British Museum (1848). Still more
recently, M. Degland also identifies them, remarking that—‘“ Le
Chasse-fiente de Levaillant, et le V. Kolbet quae M. Temminck lui
rapporte, mais que le Docteur Rippell regarde comme une espéce
parfaitement distincte, me paraissent appartenir lune et l’ autre au V.
Sulvus ;’—the various figures referred to by different authors, accord-
ing to this naturalist, representing one and the same species in different
phases of plumage. On the other hand, M. Alfred Malherbe, in his
Faune Ornithologique de la Sicilie, p. 20, refers to G. fulvus and G.
Kolbei as ‘‘espcces parfaitement distinct (ainsi que l’on peut s’en
convaincre en examinant les nombreux sujets donnés au muséum
1850. | - Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 503
de Franckfort-sur-Mein, par M. le Docteur Riippell) ;’’* and M.
Temminck gives their differences as follows, admitting both into the
European fauna. The Chasse-fiente (G. Kolbei), according to this
naturalist, may be distinguished at all ages from the true Vautour
Griffon (G. fulvus) by the shape of the feathers on the wings and
under-parts, all of which are rounded at tip, whereas in the Griffon
the same feathers are long and acuminated; the ruff also is not so
long nor so abundant. General colour of the plumage of G. Kolber
pale café-au-lait or isabelline, often (or according to age) varied or
margined with brown more or less deep. The adult is almost wholly
of a whitish isabelline; whereas the plumage of the adult Griffon is
light brown throughout. The crop of the Chasse-fiente is of a deep
brown, the head and neck covered with close flat down. A fine adult
in the Society’s museum from Algeria (received from M. Malherbe)
accords with this description of the Chasse-fiente; while a young
bird from Nepal (im much worn plumage) seems to correspond with
the Griffon. Dr. Schlegel classes the Chasse-fiente as a permanent
variety of G. fulvus, terming it Vultur fulvus occidentalis.
Lastly, Mr. John Cassin, in his notes on the Vulturide in the
collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (pub-
lished in the ‘ Proceedings’ of that Academy for 1849, p. 158), re-
marks finally on the question as to the plurality of species confounded
under G. fulvus, that—“ In the present case the number of speci-
mens” (16!) ‘is not sufficiently large to warrant a conclusion, but
they appear to present uniformly different characters enough to induce
the opinion that the following are specifically distinct ;—Gyps fulvus,
(Gm.); G. Kolbet (Daud.); G. endicus, (Tem.) ; and G. tenuirostris,
(Hodgson) ;” though he afterwards expresses a doubt with regard to
the correct identification of the last, and believes the G. indicus, (Tem.),
to be from Africa! Mr. Jerdon, however, considers that M. Tem-
minck’s plate of his Vuléur indicus represents the young of G. benga-
Jensis, (Gmelin).
75. G.inpicus (Gray and Mitchell, Z7/. Gen. Birds, pl. 3).
Syn. Vultur indicus, Scopoli and Latham.
* Dr. Riippell himself, however, now considers them to be the same. Vide his
Systematische uebersicht der Vigel Nord-ost Africa’s &c. (1845), p. 9.
37 2
504 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 7.
V. tenuiceps et tenuirostris, Hodgson.
Has. India and Malay countries.
Remark. This is the only Vulture which we have seen from the
Malayan peninsula, and it appears to be common in open country
throughout India, never (that we have observed) coming into towns or
populous neighbourhoods. Like G. fulvus, it has 14 tail-feathers, G.
bengalensis having constantly but 12;* and it is remarkable for the
elongation of the ceral portion of the bill, and narrow form of the
head, as compared with G. bengalensis ; the bill and head of G. fulvus
being intermediate. Its plumage much resembles that of G. fulvus ;
but old birds have merely a few small scattered downy tufts on the
black naked neck. The original description of this species by Sonnerat
refers to an individual of the second year.
76. G. BENGALENSIS (Hardwicke’s Ill. Ind. Zool.).
Syn. Vultur bengalensis, Gmelin (the young).
V. indicus, Tem. (young, apud Jerdon in epistold).
V.. chagoun, Daudin
V. leuconotus, Gray la
Has. India generally : Tenasserim provinces. A summer visitant
in Afghanistan. Very abundant in populous neighbourhoods, about
the outskirts of towns and villages, and occasionally even alighting in
the streets, shewing little fear or distrust of the passers-by.t In the
open country it is replaced by the preceding species. According to
Riippell, G. bengalensis also inhabits Sennaar.
Subfam. SARCORHAMPHINA.
Genus Neoruron, Savigny.
77. N. percnopterws (Pl. Enl. 407, 429).
Syn. Vultur perenopterus, L. (nec Pallas).
V. leucocephalus et V. fuscus, Gmelin.
* From the Parrots and Birds of prey until we come to certain Pigeons, there
is no other instance of the number of tail-feathers exceeding twelve.
+ On one occasion, when a number of these Vultures had descended in the Socie-
ty’s compound at sight of some flesh, I observed a particularly fine adult, which I
directed an attendant to entice by throwing to it morsels of meat nearer and nearer,
when it was taken without difficulty by the hand. On seizing it by the wing, the
Vulture struggled to escape, but made no attempt at defence. Its companions,
“
:
y
a
:
oe
+
4
Pm
Tifa SE oes
1850. | Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 505
V.. ginginianus et V. albus, Daudin.
V.. meleagris, Pallas.
V.. fuscus, Boddaert.
V. leucocephalus, Brisson.
Percnopterus egyptiacus, Stephens.
Sungra, or Sundd, (‘sharp-scented,’) Sindh (Burnes).
Has. Warmer regions of Europe, Asia, and Africa: abundant
on the plains of India; rare and accidental below the tideway of the
rivers in Lower Bengal. A summer visitant in Afghanistan.
Fam. GYPAETIDA.
Genus GypPAETos, Storr.
78. G. HEMACHALANUS, Hutton, J. 4. 8. IIT, 522.
G. barbatus orientalis (?), Schlegel and Pr. Bonap.
Urgiil, Masuri (Hutton): Kajir, or Fumai, Kabul
(Burnes). Golden Eagle of English residents in
the Himalaya.
Has. Himalaya; Afghanistan.
Remark. There appear to be three closely affined species or races
of Lammérgeyers, namely G. barbatus of the Alps and higher moun:
tains of S. E. Europe and probably Asia Minor,—G. meridionalis,
Brehm, of N. Africa and found also on the Pyrenees and in Sardinia,
—and the present Asiatic race distinguished by a pectoral band, in
general conspicuously developed, and which would appear never to
occur in the others. G. meridionalis is recognized as a permanent
variety of G. barbatus by Dr. Schlegel, equivalent to his distinction of
Circus Sykesi from Circus cinerascens ; but M. Degland regards it as
insufficiently distinguished, it being merely of inferior dimensions and
less robust.
however, immediately took the alarm, but without going away, and would not be
enticed near enough to allow of a second capture. It is remarkable that during
some years these Vultures come much more into the town of Calcutta than in other
years ; for, in general, they are little seen except about the abattoirs and place of
cremation.
506 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 7.
Tribe. NOCTURNA.*
Fam. STRIGIDA.+
Hulu, Jaghal, and Bum (Pers.), H.; Hutum, and Pencha,
B.; Bassé, Cingh.
Subfam. BUBONINZ.
Genus Buso, Sibbald.t
79. 3B. orntentauis (Pl. Col. 174, 229).
Syn. Strix orientalis, Horsfield.
S. sumatrana, Raffles.
S. strepitans, Temminck.
B. et Huhua nipalensis, Hodgson.
HI. pectoralis, Jerdon.§
Huhua and Huhu chil, (‘ Howler’ ?, or ‘ Howling Kite’ ?,)
Nepal (Hodgson) : Uman, Malabar (Jerdon).
Has. S. E. Himalaya; S. India; and Malay countries.
80. B. BENGALENSIS (Gould’s ‘Century,’ pl. 3).
Syn. Otus bengalensis, Franklin.
Bubo caveareus et Urrua cavearea, Hodgson.
Ghughu, 1. (Jerdon).||
Has. India generally; Afghanistan: but not met with below
the tideway of the rivers in Lower Bengal.
* Vide p. 317.
t The Owl family primarily divides into three subfamilies, viz. :—
1, Busonina. Comprising all the species with aigrettes, or the ‘ Horned
Owls,’ inclusive of Nyctea which has distinct though small aigrettes.
2. Surninm. Athene, Syrnium, and their numerous (and chiefly in-
termediate) affines,
3. Srricina. Phodilus, Strix (as now limited), and Glaux.
+ We have been assured of the existence of BUBO MAXIMUS, Sibbald, in the
Himalaya, in addition to B. bengalensis, Kelupa flavipes, &c., but have seen no
specimen. Mr. Gould has seen it from China.
§ Bubo pectoralis, (Jerdon), from the Himalaya, is given as a distinct species
from B. orientalis (v. nipalensis) from Java, in Mr. John Cassin’s Catalogue of
the Strigide in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
(1849).
|| In Bengal, this name is applied to the Doves (Turtur). In either case,
it derives evidently from the voice. So, also, Hulu, H., Ulula, latin (whence
Ululo), and Owl (and howl), English, &c. Again, Ulli, Il, Ulluk, Beng., for
the Hylobates hoolock.
1850. | Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 507
81. B. coromanper (Hardw. Ill. Ind. Zool.,—very bad).
Syn. Strix coromandra, Latham.
Urrua umbrata, Blyth.
Has. India generally.
Genus Aso, Brisson.
82. <A. orus (Pl. Enl. 29; Gould’s B. #. pl. 39).
Syn. Strix otus, L. ,
S. soloniensis, Gmelin.
S. deminuta, Pallas.
Otus albicollis, Daudin.
O. europaeus, Stephens.
O. communis, Lesson.
O. vulgaris, Fleming.
O. sylvestris, arboreus, et gracilis, Brehm.
O. Wilsonianus, Lesson. j
O. americanus, Bonap. \ American.
Has. Europe and N. Asia; Himalaya; N. Africa; N. America ?
Remark. The N. American race, regarded as distinct by some
authors, is considered by Mr. G. R. Gray to be identical with that of
the Old World. Vide Brit. Mus. Catalogue of Raptores (1848).
83. O. BRacuyotus (Pl. Eni. 438; Gould’s B. £. pl. 40).
Syn. Strix brachyotus, L.
S. ulula, egolius, et accipitrina, Pallas.
S. arctica, Sparrman.
S. éripennis, Schrank.
S. palustris, Smies.
S. caspia, Shaw.
S. brachyura, Nilsson.
Otus palustris et agrarius, Brehm.
Choté Ghughu (§ small Owl’), H. (Jerdon).
Has. Europe, Asia, Africa, and N. and 8S. America. India
generally, visiting the plains in winter.
Genus Scops, Savigny.
84. Sc. Atprovannt, Ray (Gould’s B. LZ. pl. 41; Jerdon’s Li, Ind.
Orn. pl. 41, chesnut variety).
Syn. Strix scops, L.
508 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 7.
. zorca et giu, Scopoli.
. pulchella, Pallas.
. carniolica, Gmelin.
NnRRAR
. ephialtes, Savigny.
S. bakhamena (?), Pennant.
Scops europaeus, Lesson.
Se. senegalensis, Swainson.
Se. capensis, Smith.
Se. sunia (chesnut variety), and Sc. pennata (grey variety),
Hodgson.
Sc. malayanus, A. Hay.
Se. rutilus, Pucheran, Rev. Zool. &c., 1849, p. 299.
Ephialtes spilocephalus (?), Blyth, the young?
Otus (Scops) japonicus, et O. (Sc.) africanus, Tem. (apud
G. R. Gray).
Chitta gul (‘small Owl ?), Telinga (Jerdon): Chugad kusial, or
Sunya kusial, Nepal (Hodgson).
Has. Europe, Asia, and Africa: in Europe migratory.
Remark. In India, Burma, &c., this species assumes a phase of
plumage very commonly, which does not appear to have been ever
observed in Europe, and in Africa but rarely ;* though frequent also
in Se. asio of N. America, and a similar variation (though to a less
extent) occurs likewise in Syrnium aluco, as well as in some of the
Podargi. It is characteristic neither of age nor sex. The phase
referred to is a bright chesnut-rufous colouring, more or less deep, with
the markings sometimes nearly obsolete, except the black tips of the
ruff and under-scapularies, and some streaks on the breast and flanks,
the belly and lower tail-coverts continuing white with the usual mark-
ings. The aigrettes (so far as we have seen) are always rufous in
Indian specimens; and there is generally a strong tinge of this hue
upon the wings. We continue to doubt whether Scops spilocephalus,
nobis (J. 4. S. xv. 8), should not rather be considered a distinct species,
even after examination of a second specimen; and an Lphialtes gymno-
* Sc. rutilus, Pucheran, is from Madagascar; and M,. Alfred Malherbe mentions
a specimen from Algeria ‘‘d’un roux vif rayé de noir et de cendré.”? Catal. Rais.
d’ Ois. de l Algerie, p. 8. An Algerian specimen sent by that gentleman to the
Society’s museum has a considerable admixture of rufous in its colouring.
1850. ] Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 509
podus, G. R. Gray, MS., from “India,” is retained as distinct in Mr.
Gray’s second catalogue of the Raptores in the British Museum.
85. Sc. superciuiaris! (PI. Col. 21 ?).*
Syn. Strix superciliaris (7), Vieillot (vide Rev. Zool. &c., 1849,
p. 19).
S. rufescens, Horsfield.
S. Sonneratit (?), Temminck.
Ephialtes sagittata, Cassin.
Has. Malayan peninsula and archipelago. (Not India.)
86. Sc. pempisi (Pl. Col. 99).
Syn. Strix lempiji, Horsfield.:
S. noctula, Reinwardt.
Scops javanicus, Lesson.
Sc. lettia, Hodgson.
Sc. lettioides et griseus, Jerdon.
Lempiji, Java (Horsfield) ; Tharkavi Chugad, or Lattya
Kudyal, Nepal (Hodgson).
Has. In different varieties, India, China(?), and the Malay
countries. |
Remark. Specimens of this bird from the sub-Himalayas, Asim,
Sylhet, Arakan, and the Tenasserim provinces, are generally (but not
always) larger than those from S. India and Ceylon, while examples from
the Malay countries are, for the most part, deeply tinged with rufous-
brown.
Genus Kerupa, Lesson.
87. K. FLAVIPES.
Syn. Cultrunguis flavipes, Hodgson.
Has. Himalaya only (so far as hitherto observed).
88. K. crytonensis (Hardwicke’s I//. Ind. Zool.)
Syn. Strix ceylonensis, Latham.
S. Leschenaultii, Temminck.
S. Hardwicki, Gray.
S. dumeticola, Tickell.
Cultrunguis nigripes, Hodgson.
* Unfortunately, we have never seen the Planches Coloriées of M. Temminck };
the only copy in Calcutta being, to us, inaccessible.
ov
510 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India.
{No. 7.
Ulu (generic), H
-; also Amra ka Ghugu, H. (Jerdon) :
Huttm (generic), Beng. ; T'ee-dook, Arakan (Phayre)
Has. India generally; Ceylon; Asam; Arakan; Tenasserim
provinces; very common in Lower Bengal.
89, K. savanensis, Lesson (Tem., Pl. Col. 74).
Syn. Strix ketupu, Horsfield.
S. ceylonensis apud Temminck.
Tamba, or Ketombo Ratanapye; Hanta, Pelow, Ma-
layan: Blo ketupu, Java.
Has. Malayan peninsula and archipelago: rare in Arakan.*
Subfam. SURNINA,
Genus ATHENE, Boie.
90. ATH. CUCULOIDES (Gould’s ‘Century,’ pl. 4).
Syn. Noctua cuculoides, Vigors.
N. auribarbis, Hodgson.
Dzee-gwet, Arakan (Phayre).
Has. Himalaya; Asim; Arakan; Tenasserim provinces ; nae
(Chusan).
91. ATH. RADIATA.
Syn. Strix radiata, Tickell.
Athene erythropterus, Gould.
Noctua perlineata, Hodgson.
N. cuculoides apud Jerdon, Catal.
Ath. undulatus apud Blyth, J. 4. 8. XI, 457.
Jungl Choghud, H. (Jerdon) : Choté Kdl-panchd (‘small
Death-Owl’), Beng. ; Chugad, Nepal (Hodgson).
Has. Most parts of India; Sub-Himalayan regions: never on
the alluvium of the Gangetic delta, but appears immediately this is
quitted in a westerly direction.
92. ATH. MALABARICA, Blyth, J. 4. S. XV, 280.
Syn. déth. castanoptera apud Jerdon, Supp.
Has. Malabar.
* Mr. Cassin gives ‘‘ India’’ as the locality for a specimen of this bird: but we |
have never heard of its occurrence on the western side of the Bay of Bengal, and
know but of one instance of its being obtained so high as in Arakan.
1850. | Conspectus of the Ormthology of India. Sil
93. ArH. castanotus, Blyth, Museum Catalogue.
Syn. Ath. castanoptera apud Blyth, J. Ad. S. XV, 280.
Pancha Bassé (‘small Owl’), Cingh.
Has. Ceylon (where common).*
94, Aru. BrRopIet.
Syn. Noctua Brodiei, Burton.
N. tubiger et Athene badia, Hodgson.
Has. Himalaya.
95. Aru. BRAMA (Pl. Col. 68).
Syn. Strix drama, Temminck.
Noctua indica, Franklin.
N. tarayensis, Hodgson.
Kiturid Pencha, (§ wood-Owl,’ z. e. that hides in cavities
of wood), Beng.; Khukhusat, Upper Hindustan ;
Chugad, or Choghud, H.; Pungla, Mahratta.
Has. India generally to foot of Himalaya; Asim; Sylhet ;
extremely common in Lower Bengal :. Persia (as about Erzeroum).t
Genus Ninox, Hodgson.
96. N. scureiuatus (Pl. Col. 289).
Syn. Strix scutellata, Raffles.
S. hirsuta, Temminck.
S. lugubris, Tickell.
Ninox nipalensis, Hodgson.
Athene malayensis, Eyton. |
Kél Pencha (‘ Death-Owl’), Bengal: Choghud Besra
(‘Hawk Owl’), H. (Jerdon): Kheng-boop, Arakan
(Phayre) : Raja Wal, Malayan.
Has. India generally ; Ceylon; Burmese and Malay countries :
* The Malayan Ath. castanoptera, (Horsfield, v. spadicea, Reinwardt), is men.
tioned as an inhabitant of the Tenasserim provinces by Dr. Helfer, and he is pro-
bably correct; but as Nos. 91, 92, and 93, are nearly affined to Ath. castanoptera,
we must consider the Tenasserim species as needing satisfactory determination.
t ATH. PSILODAcTYLA, (L., apud Boie), v. Strix noctua, Retzius, S. nudipes,
Nilsson, §. passerina apud Latham and Temminck, Ath. bactrianus, Blyth, J. A. S.
XVI, 776, &c., inhabits middle Asia, as Afghanistan and Tibet, but does not
appear to have been observed in the Himalaya. Strix persica, Vieillot, is probably .
a variety. Vide Rev. Zool. &c. 1849, p. 18.
3 U2
512 Conspéctus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 7.
not rare in Lower Bengal. Madagascar (Dr. A. Smith, Afr. Zool.,
p- 163).
Genus Syrnivum, Savigny.
97. S. rmnprant (Gray’s Ill. Gen. Birds, pl. 14).
Syn. Strix indranee, Sykes.
Ulula? et Bulaca newarensis, Hodgson.
Bulaca monticola, Jerdon.
Newar, Nepal (Hodgson); Loco Bassa (‘large Owl’),
Cingh. (Layard).
Has. Mountainous parts of India generally; Ceylon; ‘Tenas-
serim provinces ; Malayan peninsula.
Remark. We are strongly inclined to suspect that there exist two
races of this bird, one of larger size peculiar to the Himalaya, the
other alike in Central and S. India, Ceylon, and the Malayan peninsula.
98. 8S. seLoputo (Tem., Pl. Col. 230).
Syn. Strix seloputo, Horsfield.
S. pagodarum, Temminck.
Has. Tenasserim provinces; Nicobar islands; Malayan penin-
sula and archipelago.
99, S. stinensE? (Hardw., Ill. Ind. Zool.)
Syn. Strix sinensis (7), Latham.
S. orientalis, Shaw.
Syrnium ocellatum, Lesson.
Has. Most parts of India, to foot of Himalaya: not Lower
Bengal .(at least below the tideway of the rivers). China? .
100. S. atuco? (Himalayan variety).
Syn. Strix aluco (7) et S. stridula (7), Gmelin, &e. &e.
Syrnium nivicolum, Hodgson.
Has. Himalaya: Europe; N. Africa; Asia Minor (Strickland) ;
Japan (Temminck).
Remark. On comparison of numerous specimens both from Europe
and different parts of the Himalaya, and varying much in plumage
from both regions, we can no longer regard them as referable to more
than one variable species, although Himalayan examples may generally
be distinguished by their darker hue, and the usually greater develop-
ment of the transverse markings of the plumage.
1850.] Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 513
Subfam. STRIGINA.
Genus Puonitvs, Is. Geoffroy.
101. Pu. Bapvius (Horsfield’s Zool. Res. in Java, pl. ).
Syn. Strix badia, Horsfield.
Wowo-wiwi, or Kalong-wiwi, Java.
Has. Nepal; Sikim; Asam; Arakan; Tenasserim provinces ;
Malayan peninsula and archipelago.
Genus Srrrx, L. (as restricted).
102. Srr. savanica, de Wormb (Gray’s Ill. Gen. Birds, pl. 15).
Syn. Str. fammea of India and the Malay countries, auctorum.
Has. S. E. Asia and its archipelago. Very common through-
out India.
Remark. This species is distinguished from Str. flammea, L., by
its larger size and especially by its more robust feet and toes.
Genus Guavux, Blyth.
103. Gu. canpipa (Jerdon’s Ill. Ind. Orn. pl. 30).
Syn. Strix longimembris, Jerdon.
Has. Plains of India; common: very rare on the mud-soil of
Lower Bengal.
Nore. Since the conspectus of Indian Fatconip was published,
the author has received several standard works from Europe, among
which are the valuable publications of Dr. Rippell, the ‘ Manuel
d’Ornithologie’ of M. Temminck (ed. 1840), and the more recent
Manual of European Ornithology of M. Degland. The following
remarks occur on reference to these and other works.
FALCO LANARIUS, Schlegel, apud Degland, is by both of these au-
thors identified with PF. Fieldeggi, Schlegel, the African species which
Mr. Strickland considers to be the same as F’. biarmicus v. peregrinoides,
&e. &c. (vide p. 319); and is not therefore the Indian F. succur
(our No. 17), the adult and young of which have been figured by this
name in Gould’s ‘Birds of Asia.’ Dr. Riippell, in his list of the
Falconide of N. EK. Africa (1845),* retains as separate species fF.
peregrinoides, Tem., and F. biarmicus, Tem., referring the latter to
the subdivision Tinnunculus, while he assigns I’. chicquera to Falco ;+
* Systematische Uebersicht der Vogel Nord-ost Afrikas,’ &c., p. 11.
tT Dr. Riippell unites Hypotriorchis and Tinnunculus, as indicated by his plac-
514 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 7.
and it is remarkable that he does not include Hypotriorchis subbuteo
in the list, though a migratory bird in Europe, and mentioned by Dr.
A. Smith to occur at the Cape of Good Hope.
No. 19. There is a Fatco punicus, Levaillant, “ Exploration
Scientifique de PAlgére, Oiseaux, pl. 1, 1847” (as cited by Mons.
A. Malherbe), which may perhaps be Ff. peregrinator. Dr. Hartlaub
is disposed to think it a local variety of F. peregrinus.*
No. 42. As it seems doubtful whether No. 41 is not the true
AcCCIPITER virGATUS, (Tem.), of the Malay countries, a note of doubt
should be placed after this habitat as assigned to No. 42.
No. 61. As far as can be judged from Dr. Rippell’s figure of
Buteo RUFINUS, this certainly would not seem to represent the common
Indian Buzzard ; but we may suppose that Mr. G. R. Gray has good
authority for the identification, although it does not appear from his
last catalogue of the British Museum Rapéores, that there is an African
specimen of this bird in the national collection.
No. 71. We can find nothing in the descriptions of Mitvus aTER
by M. Degland and others, which does not apply to the Indian M.
govinda, and bear out Mr. Strickland’s opinion of their identity. In
Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1834 or 1835 (we are necessitated to quote from
memory), a recent specimen of M. ater shot at Erzeroum or Trebizond
is described to have had orange-brown (?) irides, whereas those of the
Indian Kite are dark brown. |
P. 317. The prior name Baza, Hodgson, should be substituted for
Aviceda, Swainson, among the Pernine.
Summary View of the Indian Raprores, considered in relation to
those of other regions. On glancing over the list of Indian raptorial
birds, the faunist, familiar with European ornithology, cannot fail to
be struck with the number of European species of Diurn# which
likewise inhabit India:—all, in fact, with the exceptions of a few
stragglers from Africa or America, the Jer Falcons of the north (and
even one of these we have admitted, on what appears to be satisfactory
ing F. concolor, Tem., in the latter.—Since writing the above, we have been fortu-
nate in obtaining a live specimen of F. chicguera, observation of which inclines
us now to regard it as an aberrant Zinnunculus,—certainly not a Hypotriorchis.
* “ Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der Naturgeschichte der Vogel wahrend des
Jahres 1847,” p. 14.
ae ee eee eee ee,
1850. ] Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 515
native testimony, as an exceedingly rare visitor in the N. W.), and
finally Haliaétus albicilla, Milvus regalis, Archibuteo lagopus, and
Tinnunculus esalon. The two last mentioned are known only as winter
visitants in S. Britain, but all are more or less seen in N. Africa, and
it is remarkable that <Archibuteo lagopus is likewise met with at the
Cape of Good Hope. We believe, too, that all of these are found
throughout northern Asia. Certain European species, however, as Pernis
apivora, are severally replaced in India by closely affined races (perhaps
not in all instances distinguishable) ; and the same is perhaps the case
with Milvus niger, and would have been averred of Bufeo vulgaris,
only that the latter would itself appear to inhabit a loftier elevation
than the common Indian Buzzard on the Himalayas and likewise the
Nilgiris. With the Nocrurn4#, on the contrary, the species appear
to be throughout distinct in the two regions, save only Aszo ofus and
A. brachyotus, and Scops Aldrovandt and Syrnium aluco ; though both
of the latter are, in general at least, so far distinct in their plumage,
that the Indian race of each may be regarded as a marked variety,
or as one of the many instances in which itis not likely that zoolo-
gists will ever be agreed about considering as a distinct species or not.
Again, of these four, Asio ofus and the Syrnium are .confined to the
Himalaya, the Scops is widely diffused, and 4. brachyotus is an erratic
winter visitor in the plains, by no means rare in Lower Bengal. Of
the non-European Indian species of Drurna#, a few belong to the high
table-lands of central Asia, and are little known on the Indian side of
the Himalayan snows: such are Archibuteo hemiptilopus and Buteo
aquilinus and B. plumipes. Falco sacer appears to be a rare mid-
Asian bird, scarcely perhaps more frequent in the Himalaya than in
E. Europe. Other species inhabiting Europe and northern Asia which
m India would appear to be peculiar to the Himalaya, are Aquila chry-
saétos, Astur palumbarius, and Circus cyaneus ; also Vultur monachus
and Gyps fulvus: and among the Nocrurn# (as before remarked)
Asio brachyotus and Syrnium aluco, var.* It is remarkable that
there is not a single raptorial species common to India and Australia ;
unless, indeed, the Indian Kite may yet prove to be identical with
Milvus affinis, Gould, Falco peregrinator with F. melanogenys, Kaup,
* Perhaps also Bubo maximus and Athene psilodactyla. Gypaétos barbatus,
var., should perhaps be in like manner substituted for G. himachalanus.
516 Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. [No. 7.
and Baza Reinwardtii with B. subcristata, Gould: but many are
common to India and the great Indonesian archipelago, and some
to both of these regions and to Africa. Our list contains a few
which are exclusively Malayan or Indonesian, e. g. Baza Reinwardtii,
Accipiter nisoides, Spizaétus alboniger, Pontoaétus humilis, and Scops
superciliaris (? v. rufescens) : other Malayan species reach only (so far
as known) to the Tenasserim provinces, as Hierax fringillarius, Buteo
pygmaeus (7), and Syrnium seloputo; or still further to Arakan, as
Ketupa javanensis ; or again further to the S. E. Himalaya, as Pho-
dilus badius ; or the Himalaya generally (visiting the plains of Bengal
and Upper India in winter), as Hypotriorchis severus. Of species
more or less common to all India (in suitable localities) and Indonesia,
being moreover peculiar to these regions, may be enumerated Falco
peregrinator (7), Pernis cristata, Astur trivirgatus, Accipter virga-
tus (? besra), Micronisus badius,* Spizaétus cirratus, var., Ictinaétus
malaiensis, Poliornis teesa,t Pontoaétus ictinaétus, Haliaétus Ma-
cet (7), Haliastur indus, and Milvus govinda (?) ; also Otogyps calvus
(7) and Gyps indicus: and among the Nocturna, Bubo orientalis,
Scops lempiji, Syrnium indrant, and Strix javanica. Others, again, are
common to those two regions and to Africa, as Elanus melanopterus,
Hematornis cheela (bacha?), Blagrus leucogaster, Gyps bengalensis,
and Ninox scutellatus (Madagascar) ; or to India and Africa exclusive
of Indonesia (?), as Tinnunculus chicquera, Aquila nevioides, and Buteo
rufinus (7?) ; to which may be added (though European rarities),
Circaétus gallicus, Circus Swainsonii, and Hieraétus pennatus.
The species of raptorial birds peculiar to India are remarkably nu-
merous, especially among the Nocrurn#; those, at least, which at
present are only known to inhabit India. Some are very local, as Athene
castanotus in Ceylon, Ath. malabaricus on the Malabar coast, Ath.
Brodiet and Ketupa flavipes in the Himalaya; and of the three
remaining species of Athene, Ath. radiata is also peculiar but more
generally diffused, Ath. brama extends into Persia, and Ath. cuculoides
is the only one we have seen from the eastern side of the Bay of Bengal,
though in India it is confined to the Himalaya, and it spreads eastward
* Found also in Afghanistan.
* Or this should rather be considered a true Indian species, which extends its
range into the Malayan peninsula and probably not much beyond.
1850. | * Conspectus of the Ornithology of India. 517
so far as Chusan, and southward to the Tenasserim provinces.* Other
fine Owls peculiar to India (or nearly so), are Bubo bengalensis and
B. coromander, Ketupa ceylonensis, and Syrnium sinense, pretty
generally diffused, and the Ketupa only appearing (so far as we
have seen) on the eastern side of the Bay of Bengal; Glaux candida is
found chiefly in Central India and parts of Upper Bengal. Not one of
these species appears to be known in the Malay countries, and we are
aware of only Budo bengalensis having been met with in Afghanistan.
Of Syrnium indrani we have seen three examples from Malacca, whence
may be inferred that this Indian species is there not rare, and probably
also inhabits some of the islands. Of Diurn», the Himalayan Lam-
mérgeyer, if not distinct, is certainly a well marked variety, found
also in Afghanistan. Among the Falconide, so far as we at present
know, the following species are peculiar to India. Falco juggur, Baza
lophotes, Spizaétus Kieneri, Aquila hastata ; the long-crested race of
Spizaétus cirratus ; Accipiter virgatus (? besra) ; Circus melanoleucos,
which inhabits all India and Ceylon, with Arakan and the Tenasserim
provinces; Hierax eutolmos, from Nepal and Asém to Tenasserim;
H. melanoleucos, Asim ; Spizaétus nipalensis, Himalaya and mountains
of Ceylon, and perhaps identical with a Japanese species, as suggested
by Mr. G. R. Gray. The genus Mierax occurs only in the N. E.
extremity of India; and the various large fishing Eagles, excepting
the Osprey, and perhaps Blagrus oa appear to be little known
in 8. India.
Several of the non-European Falconide of India are distinguished
by an occipital crest, either rudimental or developed to a considerable
length, and which is commonly held erect or nearly so; it is also
generally accompanied by a peculiar style of marking of the plumage,
exemplified especially by the three gular lines from which Astur tri-
virgatus takes its name.+ These crested Falconide are Pernis cristata,
Baza lophotes and B. Reinwardtii, Astur trivirgatus, the different
Spizaéti, and Hieraétus pennatus rudimentally ; some of which birds,
as the first three and the rest respectively, exhibit little mutual
affinity in other particulars.
(To be continued.)
* The Tenasserim Ath, castanoptera apud Helfer is in need of further deter-
mination.
t Accipiter virgatus (? besra) and nisoides exhibit the same gular lines unaccom-
panied by an occipital crest.
ao
518 Additional Notice of the Shou or Tibetan Stag. [No. 7.
Additional Notice of the Shou or Tibetan Stag.—By B. H.
Hopeson, Esq.
Since my recent account of the Tibetan Stag was submitted to the
Society I have been enabled, through Dr. Campbell’s kindness, to exa-
mine another specimen consisting of a nearly complete head and horns
with the skin on, and inclusive of the scull, which however wants
the lower jaw. These are the spoils of a male, and a mature or rather
aged’ male, as is evidenced by the inferior size of the horns, by the
partially obliterated sutures of the scull, and by the well-worn canine
teeth; and, as this magnificent animal is a tenant of one of the strangest
and most interesting regions of the earth, 1 need make no apology
for devoting a few more lines to the description of this second, and
in some respects superior, sample of it. The skin is not entirely separ-
ated from the scull, nor am I permitted wholly to remove it; but
the specimen, as it stands before me, affords satisfactory means of test-
ing the characters, and obtaining most of the dimensions, of both head
and scull, and I shall accordingly give a summary notice of both, in
completion of my prior paper on the Shou.
The head with its integuments is about 18 inches long, of straight
measurement from the snout to the occipital jut, and about 7 inches
wide between the salient angles of the brows which project more
to the sides than do the cheek bones and consequently exhibit the
maximum of breadth. The bridge of the nose inclines to a curve
or “Roman” shape. The forehead is broad and flat, seeming to have
even a slight dip or depression before the bases of the horns, The
mufle, or nude extremity of the nose, is small but distinct, smaller
than in any congener I ever saw, but yet unmistakeably developed.
It occupies the space between the nostrils, and descends narrowing on
the front of the upper lip, till at the margin or aperture of the mouth,
the nude moist part of the lip is reduced to less than three quarters
of an inch in breadth. The larmiers or suborbital fissures are of
medial size, and nude inside as well as round their edges. They are
much smaller than in the Rusas, but fully as large as in the Red
Deer. The ears are remarkably long (93 inches), narrow and pointed,
and their copious lining of soft hair, not less than the limited mufle,
indicates the extreme coldness of the animal’s abode.
I i ee age a
€ Bava ( ore
ha ie sty
f
o> ay
:
i
rc
i
‘
=
Calg
=
piggy.
a
i
oni?!
Pl
1850. ] Additional Notice of the Shou or Tibetan Stag. 519
The pelage, like that of every other strictly Himalayan and Tibetan
ruminant, has, as is evident from the covering of this head, a harsh,
brittle, quill-like character, and probably, on the body of the animal,
also a wavy structure ; for, on the head this last feature of such pelages
is always wanting. The hair of the head is straight and copious,
devoid, as usual, of the fine woolly subfleece proper to the body,
and on the crown of the forehead it has a length of 34 inches. The
colour of the hair, like its quality, is that so common to the ruminants
of Tibet, namely, a purpurescent or embrowned slaty blue passing
into paler or grey slaty on the less coloured parts, and terminated
externally or tipt with fawn or luteous buff passing into canescent
fawn. The orbits and lining of the ears are nearly or quite white, and
the lips show a ruddy ccherous tinge void of any dark marks.
The scull, which is 174 inches long to the jut of the occiput and
6% inches wide between the outer angles of the orbits (in rectilinear
measurements), has the frontals broad, flat and a little hollow before
the bases of the horns; the orbits salient and extending laterally be-
yond the zygomatic arches; the nasals compressed and somewhat arched
lengthwise ; the cavities for holding the larmiers large and perforate,
but less so than in the Rusas; the horn-pedestals low and thick ; and,
lastly, the occipital plane wide in proportion to its height, and oblate
hemispherical in shape. The horns, of a size greatly inferior to those
priorly given, originate remotely from each other below the summit
of the frontals, spread very amply in their ascent, and recline a good
deal before they begin to ascend. The colour of the horns is brown,
and their surface is smooth. There are two basal, one central, and
one terminal snags to each beam. ‘The former or basal snags of each
beam are proximate and parallel to each other, have an anteal external
insertion, and a horizontal direction, with the tips of all four bent
uniformly upwards. The two inner ones lean directly over the eyes
and side of the face, and the two upper and outer ones run, almost
parallel, outside of the former which they somewhat exceed in size.
The central snag is the smallest of all, placed equidistantly from the
lower and upper snags, inserted on the outside of the beam, and di-
rected forwards and outwards with the lip reverted, as in the basal
snags. The apical snag also starts from the outside of the beam, but
has an upward direction and little divergency from the beam, which
3 xX 2
520 Additional Notice of the Shou or Tibetan Stag. [No. 7.
is decidedly longer, though not thicker, than this terminal snag. The
result is a simple fork instead of a crown of snags; and, this being
my third fine specimen so characterised, I have now no doubt that
the simply forked summit is normal as before conjectured; and also,
that the species is identical with my affinis, the trivial differences there-
from, noticed in the prior sample of the Shou, being no longer forth-
coming in this.
The subjoined sketches and measurements complete what I have
to report respecting the present sample of this splendid Stag.
Dimensions of horns.
Feet. Inch.
Greatest length, along curve, psi. oe So cella sieieiey. webeae ape DOe
Girth just above(burn, 6 «(ina sientels a apeiiecs @ 52) ax ae ee ct
Chordyof arejot bend of beams ok we dais 64% os <od spon es
Basal interval between burrs, ...........+.- Ls biwle afro 0 42
Terminal interval between apical snags, ...... .....e0. 3.9
Terminal interval between tips of beams, ............ 2 62
Dimensions of scull.
‘Length, from symp. interm. to jut of occiput, straight,. .
Length from symp. interm. to fore angle of orbit,.....-
Se =
—
(o oe sy (=n)
bole toh
Thence to jut of occiput, . .
Greatest width between Hateal ee of cee
Hh Dd
Pleo bol
Length jof series. of, uppermolars,: «.'.:6i:08 wceieteems ole
Interval of foremost molar and the canine,,...........
bo 6
op)
ico bole bole Gol cole
Canine to front of jaw or symp. interm.,.........
Diameter of orbit,.
Extreme length of nee oie Wick fepae wide
Ditto. .:. 25 of frontals and soteiale at care Fein) cok atten cn ari
Sr
Breadth{of oceipital, plaweby. ..c\<jicssibse histterasperl aye Sov
Depth of ditto,.. Scaieheicestaisteie sities tebsae) ola eeaeie ayers
Teeth of upper jaw,........ oeeiate aselehe tay? LO
P.S. The present specimen was ‘killed : in ne district of Chumbi
which is more wooded and less arid than most other districts of Tibet.
To the north Chimbi adjoins Phari and other parts of Ding-cham vel
Damsén whence came the priorly described specimen of the Shou.
Chimbi is the basin of the Machi vel Torsha river which rises from
the western flank of Chimalari.
Se ere SS SS SSS
LNs)
>
1850.] Translation of the ‘‘ Vichitra Natak,” 521
Translation of the “ Vichitra Ndtak” or “ Beautiful Epitome,’—a
fragment of the Sikh Granth entitled “ the Book of the Tenth Pon-
tif.’* By Captain G. Sippons, Ist Cavalry.
Cuapter I.
THERE 1S ONE Gop.
Oh good and holy One! by Thy favour I commence this beautiful
Epitome of the verbal declarations of the ten padshahs.t
To Thy power I am obedient with my whole heart, and shall com-
plete this work if thou deignest thine assistance.
THE PRAISE OF TimE.f
Thou dwellest in Heaven and upon earth,
Thou destroyest armies of wickedness,
In war thou art ever victorious,
Ever Superior.
Thy power is not only great, but perfect,
Thy refulgence is incomparable,
Thy brilliancy is illimitable,
Equal to the Sun’s.
Thou comfortest all who are virtuous,
Thou correctest every evil precept,
Thou puttest to flight all iniquity :
My hope is in thee.
Noble Creator of the world, all hail!
Who mercifully protectest the good,
Who bestowest thy favours upon me,
To thy second, all hail!
Even one brightness
Ungenerated,
God above all gods,
King above all kings
Incorporeal,
* N. B.—Govind Sing, the last of the Padshahs wrote this Book.
} The ten Padshahs or Giris are 1, Nanak, 2, Angad, 3, Amaradas, 4, Ramadas,
5, Arjan, 6, Hargovind, 7, Harkishan, 8, Teghbahddir, 9, Harah, 10, Govind
Sing.
+ God the Supreme Being, is personified by ate or time.
522 Translation of the Vichitra Ndtak.” [No. 7.
And everlasting
Formless and spotless
Parent of each age.
Exterminator! I bow to thee.
Without body, unchangeable, eternal, boundless, never aged, peculiar,
never infantile, never youthful, neither rich nor poor, invisible, un-
marked, without colour, passionless, illimitable, without countenance,
nameless, houseless, playing with fierce brilliancy, never hostile, with-
out counterfeit, more devout than all Jogis, essentially pure. Invinci-
ble, fearless, desired by all, never-fated, undisguised without commence-
ment, yet infinite, perfect, bearimg no enmity, primeval, friendly, filled
with abundance, glorious, tranquil, without affection, without deceit,
impartial, chaste, amiable and omnipresent. Vast, pure, invincible,
ancient, before all that has been and that will be, who knoweth neither
sorrow, nor anger, always new, unborn, aiding, well acquainted with all
things. Thou knowest of the past, the present and the future, obedi-
ence to thee, oh unchangeable One, never infirm. Obedience to thee,
thou God of gods, thou King of kings, who desirest power from no
one, thou eternal One, greater than all the potentates of the earth !
Indescribable, inexhaustible, friendly, sanctified amongst saints, desir-
ing nothing, the chief of every enjoyment.
Sometimes thou art as the principles of truth, of passion or of igno-
rance. Sometimes thou appearest as a man, sometimes as a woman,
‘sometimes thou art as an angel, at others, as a devil ; it often pleaseth
thee to assume various forms. Sometimes thou blossomest as a lovely
flower, or thou art a bee and goest thy way buzzing ; sometimes thou
speedest on the swift wings of the wind. How can I tell of thee who
art indescribable ?.
Sometimes as an echo thou reverberatest pleasantly, now as a hunts-
man thou killest with arrows. Sometimes thou art a stag, which
approaches the snare, sometimes thou art more beautiful than the God
of Love. No one can tell what form it may please thee to assume, nor
where thou residest, nor what disguise thou wilt choose to go about in,
none can call thee by thy name. Alas! how can I tell of thee, who
art indescribable? Thou, who hast no Father, nor Mother, nor
brethren ; nor sons, nor grandsons. Thou, who wast never nursed ;
ee ey
1850.] Translation of the “ Vichitra Natak.” 525
without family, kindred, or friends, without a house, without an army,
without followers. Powerful over all kings, Lord of all lords.
Micuaty Time!
In thy left hand is a bow, in thy right a sword exceedingly bright in
appearance ; thy teeth are firm set, and innumerable, they devour thou-
sands. Thy kettledrum is for ever sounding, a white canopy is above
thy head, thou art ever merry, and thy diadem glistens brightly, thy
voice is tremendous, and thy horn resounds like the howlings of the
damned amidst the flames at the judgment day.
Time’s bell sounds louder, than Heaven’s thunder,
The sea, so mighty, hears it and is still ;
His necklace ringing, his anklets’ jingling,
Tho’ loudly sounding, create no alarm,
How bright his chaplet! Siva sees it abashed,
It’s colours resplendent, perfectly chaste,
And his gold earrings charm all who behold.
Time created all classes of things. Mammillary, oviparous, vivipar-
ous, mineral and vegetable. He is the Maker of the world and of
every portion of the four quarters; he made the earth and the ocean.
He composed the Védas, the Koran and the Puranas.* He formed the
day and the night, the Sun and the Moon, Angels and Devils, and
warriors ; with his iron pen, He marks each man’s fate on his foree
head. The most powerful succumb to Time!
He has produced many, and exterminated many, and reproduced,
but to destroy again. Who knows the extent of his kindness, which
thousands have experienced and daily are experiencing ?
Time has fashioned many like Krishna ; he has created and destroyed
several like Rama; Mohammads likewise in abundance, who, when their
days were numbered, died. How many wise men have passed away ;
but Time who conquers all and every thing, remains unvanquished
still, Ramas, Krishnas, Vishnus, all have vanished from the face of
the earth, but Time remaineth yet !
The dwellers in heaven, the inhabitants of the moon, have, in their
turns, been destroyed by time. Every Sage and every Philosopher
must submit to his devouring jaws. From the days of Mandhata even
until now, every prince has been and is subject to Time.
524 Translation of the “ Vichitra Natak.” [No. 7.
He pardons those who worship him, but condemns the wicked.
His shining scimitar instils terror,
His anklets resounding are heard afar,
His locks are lovely, and he hath four arms ;
Even death crouches beneath his weapons ;
He hath a flaming tongue, and dreadful teeth;
His shankh,* so noisy, fills the world with dread ;
Dark is his visage, yet with all, at full,
Of beauty, as his attributes are chaste.
The canopy above Time is white and lustrous, and the sun is hum-
bled in comparison with his splendour. He hath large red eyes, whose
pupils are like the luminary of day, they gaze upon myriads.
His countenance is so beautiful, that the proud daughters of the
gods cannot compare with it. Sometimes he seemeth a warrior, who
taketh his bow in his hand, or as a King, who soundeth his loud kettle-
drum. When armed, the bravest heroes fly from before him. He han-
dleth his sword like a powerful warrior. He is mighty in battle, and
to be feared, nevertheless he is an ocean of mercy,—always kind, always
consistent. Kings tremble when they hear thee, the world is thy gar-
ment, those who believe in thee will be forgiven. Thou resemblest a
black cloud, whose loveliness is perfect, nevertheless thou hast four
arms, and when thou holdest the club, the mace, the shankh and the
discus, thou art terrible.
Countenance unequall’d
Excelling the God of Love,
Loveliness unrivalled,
Coveted by all mankind,
Forehead like the full moon
Which humbles even Shéo,+
With his snake-like necklace.
Time reproveth the sinful.
Arm’d with a scimitar
He scourgeth evil doers.
He hath a massive club.
And bendeth the pliant bow.
* Conch used by Hindu gods as a war-horn.—Ebp.
t+ Shéo (Siva) is represented in Hindu mythology as wearing a snake round his
neck.
1850. | Translation of the “ Vichitra Natak.”
He soundeth his loud shank,
And his bell’d girdle ringeth.
Oh Lord! I bow to thee,
Accept my humility.
Thou hast various forms,
q And the great gods are alarmed,
\ Thou art above all Gods,
The Prince of benevolence.
Thou art the First, and Last,
With attributes infinite ;
Sin sees thy flaming sword
And trembling tries to escape.
Time holds the sword and bow,
All foes he putteth to flight,
His person is so bright
That I am fascinated,
His anklets sound loudly
And create a strange noise,
He is bright as lightning,
My love for him is sincere.
The sound from thy anklets is pure, very pure,
Thy face flashes like lightning, like lightning,
Thy voice is of the loudest, the loudest,
Like the cub in the forest—the forest.
Thou art the past, present, future,
And only solace in this iron age.
Thou art present everywhere
With thy bland and delighted countenance.
In thy head are two savage teeth
Which frighten away all thy enemies,
When angry thou seizest a sword,—
Devout and brave men shout forth, Victory !
Thy armlets and thy anklets sound,
And mountains tremble at thy heavy tread,
526 Translation of the “« Vichitra Natak.” [No. 7.
Thy girdle and thy gong are loud,
Spirits and mortals all marvel at thee.
Thy wheel revolves throughout all space
And none can check, or hasten on, its course.
Thy mandates who can disobey
Amongst the dwellers of the earth, the sea ?
Time’s wheel perambulates the whole universe ; who is there that
can disobey Him? To what Fort, however strong, can we flee to escape
Him? Oh Time! thou dancest perpetually round all.
If Time chooseth to consume you, plan what you please, you cannot
avert the stroke. You may wear a thousand armlets, and mutter as
many charms, they will be of no use without Time’s assistance.
Time destroyeth men who incessantly deal in charms; men have
spent their lives in searching for charms, and at last have found
nothing! have effected nothing !
There are many who hold their noses* when they pray, and adopt
other absurd religious customs which are all perfectly useless: no good
can result from them.
Madhkitab was a powerful demon, but he became subservient to
Time. There were also Sumb, Nisamb and Anant-by, whom Time
hath destroyed.
There were the Rajds Prith and Mandhata, the Lords of the earth,
whose chariot wheels traversed the world, also the Rajas Bhoj, Bhim
and Bharat who conquered the remainder; but Time hath subdued
them all.
Where are the mighty who proclaimed their orders to the world? The
powerful who wrested the dominion of the earth from the CWhettris?
Whose sacrificial rites were pompous and imposing, and whose fame
was notorious? They have all yielded to Time.
How many strong Forts have been taken, how many strongholds
destroyed? Brave men’s praises have been sung, and the history of
great battles recorded. How insignificant are all compared with one
blow from the hand of Time! |
In past ages there were mighty Monarchs, who revelled in every
* A common custom amongst the Hindus, as an attitude of prayer,
Ee ee
1850, | Translation of the “ Vichitra Natak.”’ 527
conceivable enjoyment, until humbled by the decree of Time, they
walked bare-footed.
There was one* who had subdued the universe, and forced the Sun
and Moon to stand as sentinel at his gate! There are who have con-
aered Indra and loosed him again, but their power is nothing com-
We with the Power of Time.
There have been many Rams ; they are dead,
And many Krishns who have passed away ;
There have been mighty gods, who have perished ;
Noble intellects too, which have faded ;
Deities, who no longer are immortal ;—
All, all subdued by Time’s o’erwhelming pow’r.
Time overcame the potent Nrisinh ;
Who punish’d others, have been punish’d too ;
Even the pious Brahman bends to Time
Who the first Av’tar did annihilate.
Relentless Time, all grandeur hath absorbed,
Yet doth he pardon all who worship him.
There is indeed no avoiding the angry effects of Time, but by serv-
mg him. Be you gods, or kings, or nobles, or rich, or poor, there is
xo hope, but in Him. All creation is subject to the will of all powerful
Time. You may perform a thousand ceremonies, and make as many
sacrifices, but unless you dedicate yourselves to Time, you have ne
ehance of escaping from his power.
Time is all-powerful, destroying equally the rich and poor. The
dwellers in heaven do not escape from Him. Those prosper who
believe in the power of Time, they thrive who worship Him. The
gambols of Time are innocent, his countenance is without parallel.
Sin sees it and departs.
He hath large red eyes. He forgives sinners. His face is like the
full moon. He is merciful to the wicked.
All the dwellers upon earth are subject to Time, who rales Indra,
the Sun, and the Moon. .
* Raja Ravan is said to have made the Sun and Moon stand still, The Hindus
never do any thing by halves, and Joshua’s miracle is simple when compared with
Ravan’s !
ay 2
im
528 Translation of the “ Viechitra Natak.” [No. 7.
The wheels of Time, to whom all bow, roll throughout the universal
world. Rama, Krishna, the Sun and the Moon,—all acknowledge the
supremacy of Time.
Krishna, whom the world even now so lauds, Brahma, Siva, Jogis,
Gods, Devils, celestial musicians, snakes, the four Divisions of the
World,—all originated in Time, and are subservient to him. Time
alone is independent of every thing.
[Note.—Here follow a string of praises, which have already been
translated : indeed the Vichitra Natak abounds in repetitions. |
Protect me, who resemble the stubble in the field, there is none that
assisteth the poor like unto thee. Oh! pardon my offences, though I
am always erring. Their coffers are never empty, who serve thee.
I trust in Time’s powerful arm for protection in this Iron age.
In one moment Time destroyed millions of demons, like Sumb and
Nirsumb. In an instant he overthrew Tambarlochan and Chand, and
Minda, also Chama, Baktachen and Sankhchir. So mighty is
Time! I regard none, I care for no one but Time.
Time hath annihilated Mind, Madhkitab, Mur, Ag, and thousands
like unto them ; who scorned to cover their bodies with shields, whom
water could not drown, nor fire consume, at the sight of Time’s sword,
they fled.
In one second Time vanquished Ravan, Mheravan and Kimbhkaran,
also Barud, Nadh and Akampan, who battling successfully against
death, conquering Kamb and Saktimb, and devastating the whole
world, at length washed their reeking blades in the seven oceans. The
most mighty, succumb to Time.
If it were possible to avoid Time, whither wouldst thou fly? His
sword is ever before thee, whither wouldst thou wander? His sword
is ever near thee! The thing hath not yet been begotten, over which
Time hath no controul. Idiot! if therefore thou canst not escape
from Time, wherefore do you not cheerfully fall down and worship
Him ?
Many worship Krishna and Vishnu, and profoundly venerate
Brahma, Mohammad, and even the ocean, but they have not escaped
from Time, their devotion has not profited them a cowrie, their sacri-
fices have gained them nothing. When Time willed it, they died.
Why do ye waste your labours, oh ye vain worshippers? Ye toil
1850. | Translation of the ‘ Vichitra Natak.”’ 529
without profit, and they who promise to save you from Time, cannot
save themselves. The wrath of Time is like a raging fire, over which
the gods you worship are hanging by their heels, and can they prevent
your being treated in the same way? Oh fools! ponder on these seri-
ous truths, and be ye sure that without the mercy of Time, naught
else can avail ye.
Oh thou egregious animal! why dost thou not acknowledge the
power of Time, which ruleth the universe ?—Time, the Supreme Being,
who alone is able to pardon? It were best that ye sin not at all, but
if ye must sin, sin for the benefit of others, and putting away all your
other faults, fall at 'Time’s feet. How can it avail thee, that thou
prostratest thyself before a stone idol ?
What avail thy reserve, thy fits of abstraction, thy ornaments, thy
paint, shaving the hair of thy head, or plaiting it in thick folds?
Listen to me from your innermost hearts, for I tell you the words of
truth, unless ye diligently search for Time, the giver of all good things,
and humbly worship him, ye shall not find him: circumcision is hate-
ful to him.
What if ye could turn the regions of the earth into paper, and the
seven oceans into ink, every tree into a pen, with Sarasvati to dic-
tate, and Ganesa to write for a million of years, ye could not gainsay
the simple fact, that excepting by entire submission to Time, ye can-
not get his mercy and pardon, or please him in the least.
Cuapter II.
How doth God exhibit his merciful Power? By causing dumb
people to preach the Scriptures ; by enabling cripples to climb moun-
tains ; by making blind men see, and deaf men hear!
Ou Gop!
A worm like me cannot reveal
Thy might, which thou alone dost know.
Who hath ever seen his sire born?
Who can explain thy mysteries ?
Thou createdst thine own greatness !
Which no mortal tongue can describe.
Thou alone knowest thine own mercy,
None can exalt, none lower thee.
530
Translation of the “ Vichitra Nétak.” [No.
Seshnag, he hath a thousand heads
And twice one thousand ready tongues,
With each of which, he sings God’s praise,
But hath not told it all, as yet!
God’s mercy is too abundant
For mortal man to understand ;
Vain is the task to picture him,
Whose greatness, all must acknowledge.
Assisted by his gentle love,
Most truly, all things I narrate,
And now about myself, I write,
I come from the tribe of Sodi.
Hitherto I have failed to expatiate at leneth
On subjects which nevertheless interest me
Much ; it is now my intention to be a little
More discursive : so listen all of ye.
When Time first spread himself in space
The Universe was created,
Kalsen was formed, of figure
Indescribable, but lovely.
The second Raja was Kalkét
And after him Krtr Baras.
The fourth, was call’d Kal Tojar
From whom came the race of mankind.
Tle had a thousand eyes
He had a thousand feet
He slept upon Sésh Nag,
Sésh Sayi thence was named.
Lo! from one ear he drew some wax
And thence Madhkitab quick was born,
Then from the other he took more,
With which, the giant world was made.
Powerful Time, then Madhkitab slew,
Whose fat, mingling with the ocean
In portions of the sea congealed,
And thus produced was, the earth.
And in those first days, all who were
lls eS Se See
1850.]
Translation of the “Vichitra Natak.”
Virtuous and good, were call’d gods.
And those, who perform’d bad actions
Were denominated, devils.
Were I to tell, of all that happen’d
My volume would exceed in bulk.
Enough! there were many Rajas
From whom sprung celebrated Daksh.
He reared ten thousand daughters
Of beauty, not to be surpassed.
These, by Time’s indulgent favor
Were married all, to Rajas.
Binata, Kadri, Dit, Adit,—
All four, to Rikki were married
From whom proceeded Gadudas,—
The tribes of snakes, gods, and devils ;
They also, the sun did produce,
From whom a numerous offspring came,
Whose names, were I to detail them,
Would make my work prodigious.
The tribe of Rag’h, so by the world call’d,
From the sun, lead its origin.
And Aj, was the son of Raghu,
He was great and cherish’d the earth.
When, becoming absorb’d in God,
He gave his kingdom to Dashrath,
Who also, favoured his people,
And woo’d, and wedded three Virgins.
These bore him, Ram, also Bharat,
Again Latchman, and Shattr Ghan,
They lived for many years, and when
Their days were numbered, passed away,
Sita had two sons, who were kings,
And ruled, with wisdom and justice,
These married two lovely maidens,
From Madrdésh,* and both were devout ;
* axe the ancient name for the Panjab,
Sy
bo
Translation of the “Vichitvra Nétak.”
They founded two splendid cities,
One called Kapur and one Lahor,
Not Lank,* nor e’en Amravati}
So famed, with either can compare.
Both kings ruled for many a year,
At length, they were caught in Time’s net,
And dying, bequeath’d their lands
And virtues, to their progeny,
Whose descendants are numerous,
For four ages they peopled the world.
Among them, were Kalket and Kalrai
Whose progeny is quite countless.
Kalket was very powerful,
And expell’d his gentler brother
Who wander’d till he reach’d Sanand,
Where he married the king’s daughter.
From them, proceeded Sodi rai,
And Sodi rai gave origin
To the famous Race of Sodi,
Which God loves, and hath sanctified.
Their kings have always wisely ruled,
And conquer’d kings of ev’ry land.
Their creed is known, throughout the world ;
A canopy covers their heads.
They have made large sacrifices
And have subdued the kings of empires.
They have sacrificed houses,
And had atonement for their sins.
At length, the seeds of strife were sown
Amongst them, which no one could uproot,
Arm’d bands collected every where,
The most disastrous war commenced,
Horrid strife, for lands and wealth,
Strife, for the riches of the dead!
* Ceylon.
7 Heaven of Indra,
[No. 7.
1850.] Analysis of the Bengali Poem Raj Miéla. 533
Folly, disputes and sinful pride,
Lust and anger, made the world corrupt.
Wealth! money! all cried out for wealth!
The very world became its slave!
The wealthy alone were worship’d,
Gold was the Idol men revered.
Mankind ceased to venerate the God, they harboured animosities,
and pursued Folly and Strife with avidity: they were dead to every
thing but wickedness.
Thus I conclude the 2nd Chapter, which contains the history of my
race. |
(To be continued. )
SAR
Analysis of the Béngali Poem Ray Mdldé, or Chronicles of Tripura.
By the Rev. Jamrs Lone.
Dr. Wise of Dacca having presented to the Asiatic Society the Raj
Mala, an ancient Historical poem in Bengali verse, I was requested by
the Society to report on it, and also to furnish them with an analysis of
the original for the Journal, in order to enable the members to judge of
the subject of the poem itself. I hope one day to see the Bengali
printed, as though interspersed with a variety of legends and myths, it
gives us a picture of the state of Hindu society and customs in a
country little known to Europeans,—Tripura, the Highlands of Ben-
gal, the last country that yielded to the tide of Moslem invasion,
and which im its mountain fastnesses retained for so long a period the —
Hindu traditions unmixed with views that might stream in from other
countries. ‘It had been long the chosen abode of Sivism, the aboriginal
religion having been supplanted by the latter system, as is indicated
by the myth which represents Siva destroying the Asura Tripura, and
Tripura as being the favourite residence of Siva, a pithasthan—the right
leg of Sati having fallen there. The Brahmans exercised as arbitrary
sway over the minds of the hill chieftains as ever did Druid on the
customs of our Celtic ancestors.
*« The embroidery of imagination does not entirely conceal the ground-
work of truth.” The remark made by Richardson, the compiler of the
Persian Dictionary, is fully applicable to such works as the Raj Mala, the
3.2
534 Analysis of the Bengali Poem Rij Mdald, [No. 7.
Raghu Vansa, &c. ‘“ The Shah Nama, like Homer, when stript of the
machinery of supernatural beings, contains much of true history, and a
most undoubted picture of the superstition and manners of the times.”
In all the great historians of antiquity we have facts mixed up with
fable, yet we do not reject Roman History notwithstanding the fictions
connected with its early history, nor European history on account of the
tales told of Charlemagne under the name of Turpin,—why should we
not make the same concession with respect to the events connected
with Rama Chandra, the Peter the Great of his day ? Rama’s invasion of
the South is as firmly established a point as the Norman conquest, and
his invasion of Ceylon is as authentic a fact as the siege of Troy. In
truth the career of Rama was one of far greater interest and import-
ance to masses of mankind, than the foray of petty Grecian kings,
though dressed up by the magic pen of Homer.
The professedly historical documents of the Hindus are few and
meagre. It is chiefly by the clues given in such works as the Ramayana
and Mahabharata, where fact is blended with fable, as in the novels and
poems of Sir W. Scott, that we can grope our way. Yet important
data may be elicited even from such writings as these by careful
investigation, as was effected by Todd in his Rajasthan, who obtained
such useful materials from the poems of Chand and other bards of Raj-
putand, Lassen in his valuable work, the Indische Alterthumskunde, has
poured a flood of light on the ancient history and geography of India,
derived from the references in the Mahabhiérata; he has by a skilful
analysis extracted, from a large mass of beautiful and interesting poetry,
references which will be of great use to the historians of India, and has
thus shown that Sanskrita poetry is not that aggregate of absurd and
monstrous fiction that some would consider it to be; for instance the
Ramayana has for its basis the expedition of Rama to the South, who
was the pioneer of civilization to the barbarous aborigines of the Dekhan.
Like Peter the Great of Russia, he was obliged to use rough means with
a rude people, in order to raise them to a higher status in society ; Rama
played as important and useful a part on the world’s theatre as either
_ Aineas or Agamemnon, the familiar heroes of College reading.
The Rd Malad or annals of Tripura were compiled by Brahmans or
the pradhin mantris of the Court of Tripura. Though many of the
Rajis despised writing as being what they considered a mere mecha-
a
1850. | or Chronicles of Tripura. 535
nical art, yet like the Chinese emperors they provided for a record of
the history of their empire by employing a bard in their Court, and
though he bestowed lavish encomiums on the characters of the reigning
monarch, yet he affords us information occasionally on various interest-
ing points. Thus for instance the women exhibit avery different cha-
racter from those of Bengal generally, and in daring and moral prowess
remind one of the females in Rajputana or the Méhratta country,
though we have no account of any equalling Ahalyd Bai in benevolence.
The Rajmala or history of Tripura comes in opportunely at the
present time, when such an anxiety is shewn by Savans to throw light
on the manners, religion and history of India previous to the Moham-
madan invasion, and also from the country described in the poem pre-
senting various points of interest, whether we look at its position, having
the Buddhist kingdoms to the South, the Chinese empire in the East,
the ancient kingdom of Kamrup in Assam to the North, or the abori-
ginal tribes of its frontiers. Its mountain fastnesses and lonely jungles
enabled its chieftains, like the Welsh of former times, or the Hugonots
of the Cevennes, to maintain a spirit of resistance to intruders, and to
preserve down to the last century Hindu manners and customs unin-
fluenced by the control of Moslem propagandism. Its rulers pride
themselves on being of the lunar race, and in their descent from the
chivalrous Kshetryas of Rajputand* whose lofty bearing and prowess
have been immortalised by the pen of Todd and Chand. While in
Bengal the tide of foreign invasion has swept away almost all the
ancient Hindu royal lines, the families of Vishnupur and Tripura
have alone remained, though now ‘in the sere and yellow leaf.’
The baleful influence of the Musalmans on Hindu nationality has
in no instance been more destructively exercised than in its having
prevented during the Moslem sway all Hindu efforts for the formation
of a vernacular literature. Animated by the same recklessness and
disregard of consequences which prompted the Norman conqueror to
aim at the extirpation of the English language, the Moslem con-
querers discouraged the use of every tongue but their favourite
Arabic or Persian. This added to the proud disregard in which
the Prakrita, the dialect of women and Rakshasas, was held by the
* Todd in his ‘‘ Rajputana”’ states, that Tripura was one of the 84 mercantile
tribes of Rajputana.
3 Z 2
-
536 Analysis of the Bengali Poem Réj Mild, [No. 7.
Brahmans, is the cause why we have so few works in Bengali of an
ancient date; Kirtibas’s translation of the Ramayana, made two cen-
turies ago, and the works relating to Chaitanya, are almost the only
‘‘ fragments from the wreck of time’? handed down to us.
That Noble Institution Fort William College,—though now shorn
of its splendour, through the mercenary utilitarian policy of men who
in the pride of Western assumption have frowned on such efforts to cul-
tivate the classic tongues of the East,—fostered a few works treating of
the history of this country : Rama Lochan published his beautiful little
work, a model for Bengali style, the history of Raja Krishna Chandra
Raya of Nadiya, which presents various interesting sketches of Bengal
at the period of the battle of Plassey. The history of Raja Pratapaditya
of Jessore, compiled by another pandit of the same College, also gives
us details respecting the Eastern part of Bengal two centuries ago, and
of the large settlement and colony formed by Raja Pratapaditya in a
Sunderbund district to the South of Kalnd. The Assam Buranji is
also of some use for historic purposes.
These are composed in Bengali, but there is one work translated into
English from the Persian which gives us more information respecting
the state of Bengal in the last century than any book that has been
published yet, the Ser Mutakharin, which admits us behind the scenes
in the Murshiddébad Durbar, and paints to the life the manners and
customs of the Bengal Moslems of that period; it was written by
an eye witness, who, like the compilers of the Ra Tarangint or Chro-
nicles of Kashmir, has not shunned to point out the vices of men
in high station.
The Rd Mdld is a curiosity as presenting us with the oldest specimen
of Bengali composition extant, the first part of it having been com-
piled in the beginning of the 15th century, the subsequent portions
were composed at a more recent date. We may consider this then as
the most ancient work in Bengali that has come down to us, as the
Chaitanya Charitémrita was not written before 1557, and Kirtibas
subsequently translated the Ramayana.
The first part of this Rd Mdld treats of rar TRADITIONAL PERIOD
oF THE Tripura Kines, which is mixed up with various mytho-
logical accounts ; it informs us that the ancient name of Tripura was
Kirat (the Hunter) from a person of that name of the Lunar or Indo-
+) eS ae Sa
an
1850. | or Chronicles of Tripura. a7
Scythian race, the brother of Puru, who was banished to the Eastern
provinces by his father Yajati who held the Samrd{ or supreme govern-
ment of India. He built a city named Tribeg on the banks of the
Kupal (Brahmaputra) and subsequently abdicating the throne, he re-
tired to the jungles to devote his life to religious objects. His son
Tripura succeeded him, a profligate tyrant who oppressed the wor-
shippers of Siva; his subjects reduced to poverty emigrated to Hir-
ambu (Kachar), but returned after five years, as Hirambu the Raja
of Kamrup gave them no aid. On this they became votaries of Siva
who promised them a son named Trilochan by the widow of Tripura,
who would be successful, provided he adhered to the worship of the
Sun, and Moon, and that they worshipped at break of day, on certain
occasions, the fourteen gods, i. e. the Sun, Moon, Himalaya, Kamadeva,
Fire, Ganges, Water, Prabha, Ganesha, Kartika, Brahma, Sarasvati,
Siva, and Vishnu. In the course of time Trilochan was born and placed
on the throne with the unanimous consent of the people, who waved two
sacred banners over his head ; he was distinguished for his wisdom, and
the neighbouring kings paid him homage when he was ten years old:
the Raja of Hirambu offered him his daughter in marriage ; he proceed-
ed to Kachar where the marriage was celebrated with great pomp, and
for nine days, food was supplied to every one at the king’s expense:
twelve sons were the fruit of the marriage.* Kamrup, called also
Pragjyotisha, the Kdmdékhyd of Sanskrita literature, the region of love
according to the Hindus, is famous from an early date; Bhagadatta
king of Kamrup is mentioned as a warrior in the Mahabharata; 18
centuries ago marriage alliances were formed between the royal families
of Kamrup and Kashmir, the boundaries of the country were extensive,
reaching South of the Brahmaputra from Bontali to Kapalimukh, and
on the North from the Karatya river to the Dikolai. An account of
Kamakhya is given in the Kalika Purana: it was the Kali Ghat of
North Eastern Bengal.
On the death of the Raja of Hirambu, a dispute arose among his
grandsons as to who should succeed to the throne. On this Trilochan
* The heir to the throne of Tripura has been always selected from this family,
the family marks are a ‘‘ middle size with a nose of moderate proportion, round
body, ears well formed, large chest, small belly, with a neck like an elephant and
legs like a plantain tree, arms round as a palm tree; these bodily qualities are to
be combined with devotion to Vishnu and Siva.’’
538 Analysis of the Bengali Poem Rij Mild, [No. 7.
sent a messenger to the Dandis or priests of the famous College of Ma-
hadeva in Sagar island* to state that Surjya would be present to listen
to their prayers when they worshipped the fourteen gods. These priests
refused at first to go to Tripura until they heard that Tripuré, an enemy
to the Brahmans was dead, and that Trilochan his successor being a de-
votee proposed going to Sagar island to convey them to his king-
dom, attended by a large retinue. On their arrival they performed
the usual ceremonies to the fourteen gods, together with the offering of
buffaloes, ducks were sacrificed which were collected by the Kerats and
Kukis. On the great day of the festival all the gods assembled with
the exception of Vishnu, the Dandi went to invite him, he came, and
together with the other gods was so pleased that they promised always
to protect the Tripura Raja. Trilochan after conquering various
countries visited Yudhistir. He lived to an advanced age and was dili-
gent in performing the following ceremonies, Durgd-Pujd, Dol-Jétrd,
Jal-Jatrd, Surjya-Pujd, Padma-Pujd, Bisava Sankrinti.t
* The temple of Kapil Muni stood in Sagar island since A. D. 430, but it was
washed away by the sea in 1842; the island itself was once densely populated, and
contained a population of 200,000, which was swept away by an inundation in
1689. I saw in the Bibliotheque Royale at Paris a Portuguese map of Bengal,
drawn three centuries ago, which gave the name of five cities to the East of Sagar
island on the borders of the sea, the ruins in the Sunderbunds confirm the truth of
this description. Mention is made of Sagar island in the Mahabharata 2600 years
ago at least, which shows the antiquity of the shrine there: at that period the
Ganges probably disembogued itself into the sea in that direction, flowing down near
where Calcutta now stands. ‘The point of confluence with the Ocean would give a
sanctity to Kapil Muni’s shrine which has been the resort of pilgrims probably
long before the Christian era. The Raj Mala states that the Dandis or Sannyasis
‘‘resided in the College of Siva in seclusion for their spiritual benefit, they bathed
at day break, dried their clothes by exposure to the air, cooked their own food and
were acquainted with all the mantras.’’
+ Several of these pujds are not now in use, the Surjya-Pujd, like the Agni-
Hotra, or maintenance of a perpetual saered fire, has become obsolete; the last
man of eminence we have heard of who observed it was Raja Krishna Chandra Raya
of Nadiya, last century: it was one of the few remaining relics in the existing
form of the Hindu religion which kept up a remembrance of the link between the
ancient elementary worship of the Vedas and the Fire worship of the followers of
Zoroaster. Hinduism can adapt itself to changes of circumstances, thus of late
years we see the worship of Old.utd Debtd or the goddess of Cholera.
eT =
i — oe ee ee Oe
1850. ] or Chronicles of Tripura. 539
Dakkhin succeeded in accordance with the wishes of the people and
of his father Trilochan, but the eldest son was much annoyed at his
brother’s receiving almost an equal share of his father’s property, only
two being reserved for him and also that he did not succeed to the
throne, being in Kachdr at the time of his father’s death. He in
consequence declared war and gained a victory after a battle which
lasted seven days, the eleven brothers fled to the Khalansha river where
they founded a settlement. The brother died in a good old age when
he was preparing to abdicate the throne in consequence of a rebellion
that broke out.
Fifty-six monarchs succeeded him, whose names alone survive.
. Kumar, the fifty-seventh in succession visited Samalanagar ‘‘ the dwell-
ing place of Siva,” who at that time fell violently in love with a Kuki.
On. Siva’s wife hearing of it, she kicked the woman so violently as to
break her neck. The Linga worship was in vogue on the banks of
the Manu, but Siva vexed at the increasing wickedness, and at
Rajeshwar, the 60th king of Tripura in succession, shooting an arrow
at his lingum because a son was refused to his prayers, declared he
would no more visit Tripura, though his foot marks should remain in
the temples; he stated that the Raja should have no son to succeed
him, yet he promised if he offered up a human victim he would be
propitious in other respects: the victim was procured with difficulty,
for the people fled.*
Pratit the 69th Raja, formed a strict treaty of alliance with the
Raja of Kachar on the subject of their boundaries, declaring that
“‘the crow would assume a white colour sooner than they should
infringe on each other’s limits.” The neighbouring chiefs fearing the
effects of this alliance sowed dissension between them by means of a
beautiful woman} whom they sent to the Raja of Tripura; the Raja
of Hirambu became jealous and threatened to slit her nose and
* This indicates that the practice of human sacrifice could not have been very
common at that time, and it also shews it was associated in Tripura, as in other
parts of India, with the worship of Siva.
+ The women of Tripura as well as Asim were not immured and coerced in the
same way as Bengali females are; even in the present day in Asam ‘‘ in most parts
of the country the women of rank go about in public, quite divested of artificial
modesty.’? The Burmese and Mug women also appear in public.
540 Analysis of the Bengali Poem Rij Mala, [No. 7.
cut off her ears, a punishment which is often inflicted by husbands
in the present day when they suspect their wives of intriguing.
Jajirpha the 74th Raja, invaded Rangdémati (Udipur). Nikka the
king of Udipur with a disciplined army of 10,000 men assisted by
the Kuki troops who erected stockades, fought against the Tripura
Raja, but was defeated, and Udipur was made the capital of Tripura.
During the battle the Raja in defiance of a prohibition laid on him in
the Lochan Charitra against entering a hut, attacked the king of Udipur
in one, as the latter entrenched his men in huts, thinking they would
not be assailed. This conquest increased the Raja’s power and he pro-
posed to invade Bengal, but had not the means to execute his plans ;
though his dominions are said to have stretched nearly as far as Amara-
pur in Burmah. The priests of Siva in his time were noted for their at-
tention to the Shastras, drying their clothes by exposure to the air and
then removing them with their own hands. Of the Raja’s immediate
successors, little is recorded except that some had no sons on account
of their wickedness.
In the reign of the 96th Raja Sangthafah, a Chaudhuri (or principal
man of a Hindu corporation,) having been plundered in Tripura of
money and jewels, which he was going to present as a tribute to the
king of Gaur, laid a complaint before the Gaur monarch, who sent a
powerful army against Tripura, the king being frightened sued for peace.
On this his wife highly indignant abused him for his cowardice, tell-
ing him she would fight for him. She said to the soldiers, Your king
wants to act the part of ajackal, let those who wish to engage follow me.
The troops all agreed, but first she ordered a dinner of buffaloes’ and
goats’ flesh to be prepared for them by their wives, of which they all
ate very heartily, the next morning they ate again and then proceeded
against the enemy ; after a severe conflict they completely routed the
forces of the king of Gaur. After the battle, the Raja while reposing
on the tusks of an elephant* saw a bloody head dancing in the air,
which indicated that a lakh of persons had lost their lives.
The queen of Khysangafah the 98th Raja was acquainted with weav-
ing which produced a beneficial effect onthe kingdom. “ Her son was
so virtuous that he had eighteen sons,’ wishing to know which of them
* Some of the Hill tribes require their chiefs always to sleep with the head
reclining on an elephant’s tusks as a pillow.
1850. ] or Chronicles of Tripura. 541
was destined to succeed him, he one day after fasting directed that the
person in charge of the fighting cocks should keep them fasting, while
he and his sons were at dinner, on a signal given the thirty cocks were
let loose and proceeded to touch the dinner which in consequence be-
came defiled, but the youngest, Ratnafah, threw some rice to the cocks,
this prevented their coming and touching his food, and so decided that
he was the most quick witted. He was sent after his father’s death to
travel, and went to Gaur, where he resided several years and was treated
with great respect ; returning with the aid of Mohammadan troops, he
conquered the kingdom and beheaded his brother. This occurred pro-
bably in A. D. 1279, when Togral invaded Tripura. Shortly after he
obtained from the king of Gaur 4,000 troops to garrison his chief places
and the title of Manik, which the Rajis of Tripura have retained ever
since.
Dharma Manik the 104th Raja travelled as a fakir through various
places; when at Benares his future exaltation was signified by a snake
twined round his body with his head reared over his person. This
is considered by the Hindus a presignification of future sovereignty ;
they derive the practice from the period when Bhagavan or Krishna
slept in the Khiroda Samudra on the back of the snake Ananta who
covered him with his expanded hood. Shortly after this, a deputa-
tion from Tripura arrived at Benares, where they found the prince
dressed as a fakir ; they stated that the Raja having died of small-pox,
the troops would not allow the youngest son to be chosen in preference
to the eldest, and he was appointed Raja, A. D. 1407, with the unani-
mous consent of the people. ‘‘ He soon sought the road to heaven”
by presenting lands to the Brahmans, the titles to which were registered
on copper-plates. After a peaceful reign of thirty-two years he died.
Under his patronage the first part of the Raj Mala or history of Tripura
kings was composed. His younger son was raised to the throne A. D.
1439, but was soon murdered by a faction, and his brother was elected
king ; the generals having always exercised great influence in the choice
of a Raja. By the advice of a priest, who told him leprous limbs ought
to be cut off, he feigned sickness and being visited by the commanders
he had them killed by soldiers who lay in wait in his palace. The fate
of these generals, in the penalty they suffered for their imperious and
intriguing conduct, resembled that of the Janizzaries of the Turkish
4A
542 Analysis of the Bengali Poem Rij Mal, [No. 7.
empire who were cut off at a stroke in 1826 ; like them and the Mama-
lukes of Egypt, these generals appear to have been always more or less
involved in political intrigues. The people of Tripura like the Sikhs
were a military race, and their soldiers often played the same part as
the Pretorian guards did in Rome. The Raja subsequently invaded
Bengal (some of his troops were taken prisoners by the king of Gaur
who ordered them to be trampled to. death by field elephants); he
took Khandal and plundered it so thoroughly that the inhabitants
were obliged to clothe themselves in the bark of trees; after this he
returned and devoted himself to works of charity, endowing lands for
Brahmans, giving marriage portions to their sons &c. ; he dug a large
tank at Kamillah called Dharma Sagar which occupied him two years ;
he once gave a great feast to the Brahmans and their relations, they had
to cook their own food ; he ordered the commanders of the Kuki troops
to count their men, they did so with a stick while they were eating, the
Kukis were required by their law to drop eating, but through fear of
losing their lives they swallowed the food which was in their mouth,—
they have had a nick-name applied to them ever since on account of
this.
In the city of Thanansi which was the capital of Tripura until the
marauding expeditions of the Kukis caused it to be removed to some
securer place,* a white elephant was caught, the king of Tripura
claimed it as his property, but the Raja of Thanansi refused to give it
up, on this siege was laid to the town which lasted six months. Raya
Chachag the Tripura General, was very much annoyed at this delay, he
told his soldiers to betake themselves to the spinning wheel, and in
order to stimulate their exertions he had their houses unroofed so
as to let in the cold and rain. One day having caught a guano 12 feet
* The Kukis have long been noted for their fierce, barbarous manners: like
the Indo-Chinese races they have flat noses, small eyes and broad round faces ; their
language has a strong affinity with that of the Mugs, and their tradition is that they
and the Mugs are descended from the same ancestor. From their mountain eyrees
they have often sallied down on the inhabitants of the plains and their adventures
often remind one of the ‘‘ border raids’’ so graphically described by Scott. Their
history is almost a repetition of that of the North American Indians,—the quarrels
of rival clans and occasional forays on the more civilized inhabitants of the plains.
They were the Mahrattas of the Eastern districts of Bengal, but had not the energy
or perseverance of tue Bargi lok.
1850. | or Chronicles of Tripura. 543
long, in order to find out the most accessible part of the fort, the
soldiers tied a string to the animal’s body and let it loose, it entered
the fort and the string served as a clue to the soldiers who passed into
the fort, the guards being drunk ; all the males were put to death and
the females were taken captive, Raya Chachag then proceeded to the
conquest of other countries to the East, he was accused by the Kukis
of an attempt to make Samul an independent state, but was acquitted
of the charge. In 1512 A. D. he conquered Chittagong and defeated
the Gaur troops who defended it.
Haseyn Shah sent a strong force from the twelve provinces of Bengal
under the command of Gaur Malik, which took the fort of Maharkul ;
but the Bengal troops were repulsed before another fort. At the
suggestion of an eunuch in the Tripura army they made a dike of
Soné Mati or red earth across the Gumti and bunding in the waters
for three days, they then broke it down—the torrent caused all
the Mogul troops to retreat. The Raja Sri Dhyan in order to destroy
the enemy offered up a human sacrifice, a black Chandal boy, to
Bahbbachari (the wife of Siva) on the banks of the Gumti, the head
was thrown in among the enemy ;* it is said this go pleased the goddess
that at night she came among the Mogul troops and made so loud a
noise as to create a panic, and the troops all fled from Chandigar. The
Raja marched on Chittagan, the enemy fled and he proceeded further
in his conquests. Hoseyn Shah sent another army under Hyten Khan
to conquer Rangamati, the capital of Tripura, after a battle which
lasted a day, the Tripura troops were obliged to retreat; on this the
Raja summoned the Dain or witches to know why they did not aid
him; the chief witch promised to stop the stream with her body, and
then to rise up and let the torrent sweep away the enemy’s troops.
* Human sacrifices prevailed at an early period in Tripura, and even of late
years strong suspicions have been entertained of the practice being occasionally ob-
served at the shrine of Kamakhya in Asam, and at Kali Ghat in Calcutta. But in
no part of India were more human victims offered than in Tripura, which appears
to have been one of the strongest holds of Hinduism ; the Eastern districts formed
favourable settlements for the Brahmans as is shown by the magnificent architectural
remains in Asam of the Hindu conquerors who entered that quarter probably from
the North West, while colonies of Brahmans from Mithila confirmed by the tie of
religion what was begun with the sword.
4 A 2
544 Analysis of the Bengali Poem Rij Malad, [No. 7.
The historical basis of this myth is probably that the Tripura troops
adopted the same practice as was employed by the Dutch against the
Spaniards at the siege of Leyden, viz. breaking down embankments so
that the hemmed in waters might sweep away the enemy. The
enemy fled, when Hyten Khan arrived at the fort of Sogoria he
declared, putting his hand on his head, that he who would conquer
Tripura ought to bring with him double the troops he had, he was de-
graded on his return to Gaur.
Sri Dharma having returned to his capital Rangamati, worshipped
the fourteen gods with great pomp, and directed that human sacrifices
should be offered only triennially, in ancient times one thousand used
to be sacrificed every year. He introduced musical teachers from
Tirhut* and the Tripura people, soon became proficients in a know-
ledge of song. He made an image of Bhubaneswari of gold, weigh-
ing a maund, he placed cotton in her nostrils so that at the puja
time when the Prdna Pratishté ceremony is performed, her breath
might blow it away, the people all cried out that a miracle had been
performed, though a pipe perforating the body and in contact with the
mouth of a priest accounts for the whole, we have many instances of
similar tricks in Europe in the middle ages.t The Raja was a great
* Tirhut, the ancient Mithila which gave a wife to Rama, seems in former days to
have been a point d’ appui for the Brahmans in the progress of their influence from
North to South: Nadiyé derived its learning from Mithila pandits, and the far
famed Kamrup in Asam, the Paphian residence, received a colony of Brahmans
from Mithil4, who effected the work of proselytism so effectually that ‘‘ the priests
maintained an authority, more exalted, more extensive than they had been able to
engross in any other part of India,”’ The temple of Kamakhya near Gauhati is
frequented by pilgrims from all parts of India, and is the only temple in those parts
which boasts of its Deva Dasi or temple women ; it contains, it is said, 5,000 of these.
Though Brahmanism spread itself in India chiefly by missionary colonies and
conquest, yet proselytism was resorted to largely as the histories both of Asam
and Tripura show, it seems in its course from the North to have taken as successive
centres of action, Kashmir, Aude, Tirhut and Nadiya.
+ Much injury has been done to the cause of truth by ignorant assertions, such as
that the Hindus regard the pieces of stone or clay that they worship to be gods, this
is confuted by the fact that the Prana Pratisthd or infusion of divinity into an idol is
a ceremony without which no sanctity is attributed to it, as may be seen at the time
of the Durgd Puja aud other Pujas when the idols are flung into the river after the
1850.] or Chronicles of Tripura. 545
worshipper of the lingam, and erected many temples; on one occa-
sion after the bricklayers finished some temples, they admitted they
could make them of better materials, the Raja indignant at their not
erecting for him the best temples ordered his attendants to put them
to death. The Raja lived to a good old age, a great worshipper of the
lingam ; he died of small-pox and his wife performed Sati.
His son Déb Manik succeeded and marched to Chittagong; on his
return he offered a human sacrifice: while worshipping the fourteen
gods in the place of cremation, the officiating Brahman induced a
man to personate Siva and to direct the Raja to kill his eight cham-
pions as a sacrifice, which he did, but soon afterwards finding out that
the Brahman had practised a deception he intended to kill him, but
the Brahman anticipated him and deprived the Raja of life, giving out
that he had been killed by the fourteen gods in consequence of not
performing their worship with proper ceremonies. This Brahman
carried on an intrigue with the youngest wife of the late king and the
two secured the power in their own hands, but it was of short duration,
as the people being indignant with the prime minister assassinated him
in his palankin, the pseudo Rajé and his mother were also killed, and
were all buried in one grave. The young Raja who succeeded, finding
himself treated as a puppet by the prime minister had him assas-
sinated by one of his favorites who intoxicated him with spirits after
dinner. Braja Manik the young Raja now made various conquests,
the Rajas of Kasya and Silhet did him homage, the former presented
five elephants and ten horses as a mark of vassalage, but the Raja
being vexed at the insolence of the Kasya prince sent an army of
1,200 Haris or Mehtars, to fight against him with Koddlis or spades ;
the Raja, feeling that great disgrace was to be inflicted on him, persuaded
the Raja of Hirambu to intercede for him, who obtained his pardon
and the Mehtars were stopped as they were on their march to Jayntii.
deity takes its departure from them. This is probably a remnant of that primitive
form of Sabian idolatry by which the planets were worshipped as being the residences
of certain deities. But whether we regard the defence set up for Hindu idolatry on
the Pantheistic grounds, that God being in all matter every thing is part of him,
or that idols are symbolic ladders to lead the vulgar from sense to spirit, we see
enough to show us that popular idolatry may flourish side by side with a cold
system of Deism.
546 Analysis of the Bengali Poem Ri Mala, [No. 7.
One thousand Pathan horsemen revolted from the Raja, owing to the
arrears of wages not being paid up; they were on their march to Chitta-
gong, and attempted to kill the Raja and take Réngdmati, but were
secured and the greater part were offered up as sacrifices to the fourteen
gods. The king of Gaur sent 3,000 horse and 10,000 foot to Chitta-
gong, the war lasted eight months. In one engagement the Tripura troops
lost their general, Mohammed Khan the general of the king of Gaur was
however taken prisoner confined in an iron cage and at the instigation
of the head Brahman priest, was sacrificed to the fourteen gods.
At this time Byaya Raja of Tripura marched to Bengal with an army
composed of 26,000 infantry, and 5,000 horse besides artillery ; he went
by 5,000 boats along the streams Brahmaputra and Lakhi to the Padma ;
at Sondargan, where he spent several days revelling in licentiousness,
he took into his seraglio many beautiful young women ; he crossed the
Brahmaputra by a bridge of boats and invaded Sylhet, where he dug
several tanks, but his soldiers were very fond of plundering the people
and one day they destroyed a village, the natives all fled, with the
exception of a woman who caught one of the plunderers by the leg,
he tied her by her hair to a post so that she could not move, on
her husband returning in his indignation he beat the trooper so se-
verely that he died; the Raja ordered all the natives of that village
to be punished; after making presents to the Brahmans he returned
to his capital Rangdmati where he devoted one day to distributing gifts
called Kalpa-taru,* 1. e. whatever request any one makes to the Raja
he is to obtain it, but this is limited to one day and only a select
number are admitted into the palace to make application. The astro-
loger having declared that his youngest son Ananta would succeed
to the throne, the Raja sent his eldest son on a pilgrimage to Orissa:
Ananta married the daughter of Gupi Prasad, the commander-in-chief ;+
* The Kalpa-taru or Kalpa-brikshya was one of the fabled trees of Indra’s
heaven, eating the fruit of which would effect the accomplishment of any wish, like
the Kaémadhenu or cow of plenty mentioned in the Raghu Vansa. The English
fairy tales give us a similar object in Fortunatus’ wishing cap, while the Arabian
Nights abound with references to this. Probably some floating traditions respect-
ing the tree of knowledge in the garden of Eden may have given rise to this
notion of the Kalpa-brikshya.
+ This man’s life shews how men of low origin often rise to power. In these
times Gupi was originally the Raja’s Gomastha at Dharmanagar, while there he
1850. | or Chronicles of Tripura. 547
his father soon after died of small pox having reigned 47 years, his
corpse was followed to the pyre by a great number of women.
Ananta MaAnik succeeded to the throne by the help of his father-in-
law the quondam cook, with whom Ananta always dined. After the
king reigned 14 years he was strangled at the instigation of his father-
in-law who mounted the throne under the title of Udaya Manik. His
daughter demanded to burn as a saéz with her husband, but this was
refused, she then claimed the throne and was allowed to be Rani of
Chandipur, while Udaya made Rangamati his capital, which he adorned
with beautiful buildings, temples, and tanks, changing its name to
Udayapur. He kept 240 wives who were so dissolute that they per-
suaded not only other men but even the prince of Gaur to cohabit with
them, as he was on a visit to the Raja of Tripura. When the Raja heard
of it, he had some of them trampled to death by elephants, and others
devoured alive by dogs. As the Patans were marching on Chittagong,
the Tripura troops were sent to attack them, which they did during
the night, notwithstanding the unfavourable omens of the flapping of
the vulture’s wings, falling of fire from the sky and the barking of foxes.
The Tripura troops were routed with a loss of 40,000 men while the
Patans lost only 5,000. The war lasted for five years. Udaya Manik
died five years after this from having taken a poisoned pill of quick-
silver given by a woman. At this period numbers died from famine
and from disease the result of it.
Jaya Manik, the son of the late king, succeeded, but only nominally,
as his uncle Runag Narayan had the real power ; as the latter saw that
Amara Manik had great influence, he asked him one day to dinner with
the intention of intoxicating and then killing him, but a friend at table
by cutting the stalk of a pan leaf hinted to him the intention of hig
enemies, he pretended to be unwell retired from table and went instantly
to the stable—but the horse was gone! on this he seized by force the
horse of a Khaista and made his escape. He soon rallied his friend’s
sons around him and proceeded to attack Rundg, he provided each of
his soldiers with a piece of cloth 9 feet long to strangle their enemies
climbed a tree belonging to a Brahman who beat him so severely that he was driven
from the place in great disgrace, he became a cook to the Raja, then a Chaukidar,
afterwards having taken an oath on the Sdlagram he was appointed Commander-
in-Chief and his daughter was subsequently married to the Raja’s son.
548 Analysis of the Bengali Poem Réj Mala, [No. 7.
in the same way as Runag had intended to strangle him. Runag being
in a fort sent to his brother for troops, but a forged letter was carried
by the messenger and the brother was so joyous on receiving it that he
prostrated himself on the ground, the messenger on this as instructed,
cut his head off and it was thrown into the fort, this so terrified Rundg
that he ran away to an uninhabited place, his enemies found him sub-
sequently in a tank where he had been for two days immersed up to his
chin having his head covered with a rice pot, the head was cut off by a
soldier and carried to Amara Manik who gave him the name of Sdhas
Narayan. Jaya Manik sent to ask why he had killed his relation, he
answered by dispatching troops against the Raja, who fled and was
overtaken: his head was cut off.
Amara Manik mounted the throne, he was the brother of Biyaya
Manik, his mother was a private individual whom his father fell in
love with, struck one day with her beauty as she was drying her hair
in the sun. Amara Manik resolved on virtuous deeds by digging tanks ;
he ordered all the landlords of his kingdom to send coolies for this
purpose, accordingly nine zemindars sent 7,300 coolies. The zeminddr
of Taraf in Sylhet refused, an army of 22,000 men was sent against
him, his son was taken prisoner, put into a cage, and brought to
Udayapur. The Raja next (A. D. 1582) marched an army against the
Mohammedan commander of Sylhet, whom he defeated. The order of
the troops in battle resembled in figure the sacred bird Gaduda, the two
generals in the van represented the beak,—the troops on the flanks the
wing, and the main army the body; during the fight both parties
became fatigued when a suspension of arms took place by mutual
agreement; they afterwards resumed the battle, when the Musalmans
were defeated. Sylhet from this time (A. D. 1514) became tributary to
Tripuraé. The Raja next defeated the zemindars of Balaram who re-
fused to submit, on the ground that Amara Manik was not of the royal
line, but he was also defeated. On this occasion a Brahman was acei-
dentally killed, which caused great grief through the kmgdom and the
king made a private atonement for it. After this he sacked the fine
city of Baklé and sold the men as slaves. He then returned to his
capital and performed a grand ceremony on the completion of his tank
as also the ceremony of ¢u/a or presenting to a Brahman gold of the
same weight with his own body.
1850. | or Chronicles of Tripurd. 549
While the Tripura people were enjoying the seclusion arising from
their insulated position a new enemy, the Muhammadans, made their
appearance and invaded the country, A. D. 1587. Delay in defending
the land was at first caused by the Tripurd commander Issdh Khan
waiting for a lucky day, but at last he obtained the consent of the Viziers
to furnish him with troops, and he also won the favour of the Rani who
tested his sincerity by giving him the water in which she had washed
her body: he drank it. 12,000 troops marched against the Musalmans
who fled without coming to action.*
The Bhat or Devils are said to have been hostile to the Raja at this
time, because he cut down Bat trees under which they dwelt, their pre-
sence having been known by the trees shaking without any natural cause.
When the Raja cut down the trees, water gushed out which formed a
lake and in order to appease the anger of these Devils he offered up
human sacrifices, but in vain, on the banks of the tank. The people
were greatly alarmed at this time, at the spread of rumours that 125
boys must be immolated to propitiate the devils, and that Udipur and
the whole country would be destroyed by an inundation.
The Raja subsequently declared war against Arrakan, invaded it and
took many places, he was repulsed by a junction of the Mug troops
with the Portuguese,+ but he regained his ground; the Rajé sent a
letter to the king of Arrakan, challenging his troops to battle, the
latter replied that he would postpone fighting till next year; the Raja
* This presents a wide contrast to the behaviour of the Bengalis when invaded by
Bakhtiyar Khiliji, the Muhammadans met with no resistance ; but this must be stated
‘on the other side that Nadya was deserted previously by the nobles owing to a convic-
tion that resistance would be vain. However in one place the Bengalis subsequently
fought for their independance—on the field of Pandua near the Burdwan road,—the
casus belli was—the Hindus finding the bones of a cow which had afforded the
materials for a feast to the Muhammadans, in revenge killed a Muhammadan child,
troops were marclied against the Hindu Raja of Peruya, and after a hard contested
battle the last spark of Bengali independance was extinguished.
+ This is the first notice taken of the Portuguese, though they had come into
Bengal in 1566, as mercenary troops in the service of the king of Gaur. They carried
on a system of plunder and piracy which would have disgraced even the buccaneers
-of the West Indies, the desolate state of the Sundarbans, now the abode of alligators
and tigers, but once affording a residence to an industrious and numerous popula-
tion, bear witness to the depredations of the Portuguese.
4B
550. Analysis of the Bengali Poem Réj Mala, [No. 7.
concurred in this and both agreed to fight before the celebration of
the Durga Puja, in order that the slain might be offered as sacrifices
to Durga. The Tripura troops accordingly retired into winter quarters.
But Sekandar Shah the king of the Mugs did not wait for the Durga
Puja, he invaded and took Chittagan. The Raja of Tripura sent
an army under the command of his three sons to repel them. On
this the king of the Mugs wished to make peace and sent the brothers
a crown of ivory as a present, a dispute arose among them as to who
should possess it, and one who lost it abused the Mugs. This led to
a battle, the Mugs were defended by stockades, and on Jagier, one
of the Raja’s sons, attempting to mount a wounded elephant, the animal
maddened with pain, seeing his ornaments seized him and trampled
him to death: the Tripura soldiers fled; another battle was fought
which was gained by the Mugs in consequence of a disagreement be-
tween two thousand Patan cavalry. The Mugs marched on to Udipur
which they plundered, A. D. 1587, the Raja fled to the forests of Dum
Ghat.* In consequence of these misfortunes, as well as from bad omens
and unpleasant dreams, the Raja resolved to destroy himself, having
bathed in “the sacred Mani river,’ he swallowed a quantity of opium
and died, in the course of a day.
He was succeeded by his son Rajadhara Manik, the Rani his mother
performed Sati ‘‘decorating her person with all her ornaments and
b]
directing Rdéma’s name to be written on her body.” Rajadhar in oppo-
sition to the wish of his nobles gave away much land to the Brahmans
stating that in his old age he might not be able to do so; he was an
enthusiastic Vishnuvite, employing eight singers to chaunt the praises
of Hari day and night. He did not perform the most trivial action
without the order of his head Brahman. He erected a temple to
Vishnu and surrounded it witha flower and fruit garden in which
he worshipped every day. Adin Tagrul king of Gaur thinking him
* The Mugs are of the same race with the Kukis to whose language the Mug
bears a strong affinity. They have at various times exhibited a considerable amount
of energy, and at one period they contended with the Burmese for the sovereignty of
Asam. They resemble in their career the Mahrattds, but history does not hand
down to us any great leaders ; being governed in the patriarchal mode by chief-
tains and divided into clans, they could not bring a centralising power to bear on
their conquests.
auc? pee
1850.) or Chronicles of Tripura. 551
peaceable, sent troops to plunder the country, but they were repulsed.
The Raja one day absorbed in meditation, while walking on the banks
of the river Gumti and drinking the water in which the image of
Vishnu had been washed, fell into the river and was drowned.
Jashadhara Manik succeeded him, A. D. 1591. Haseyn Shah king
of the Mugs, continued at war with him for twenty-one years, and the
Muhammadans by the direction of Jehangir, who wanted horses and
elephants, invaded Tripura; the Moguls proved victorious headed by
the Nawab Fatteh Jang, the capital was taken and the Raja was sent a
prisoner to Delhi: he was allowed to go on pilgrimage to Benares,
Allahabad, Mathra, Brindaban, and was offered his throne again on
condition of paying tribute in horses and elephants, but he declined,
saying, his country was too much impoverished by the devastations of
the soldiers to allow of being taxed. He died at Brinddban of fever in
the seventy-second year of his age ‘‘ while meditating on the excellency
of Vishnu,” his body was burnt with costly perfumes.
In the meanwhile the Mogul troops were guilty of great atrocities
in Tripura, plundering the temples and robbing the inhabitants, they
even drained the tanks in search of treasure; they continued this
course for two years and a half, until a dreadful plague caused them
to leave the country.* Kalydn Manik was raised by the nobles to the
throne, in the year 1625; he coined mohurs in Siva’s name and his
own, he made a tour of his dominions distributing money and land to
the Brahmans whom he held in such reverence that he made them eat
before him, he was also kind to the poor and equitable to his subjects.
The emperor of Delhi finding he refused to pay tribute directed the
Nawab of Murshidabad to send an army against Tripura, the troops
carried with them a famous cannon made of leather, but they were
* It is owing to similar conduct of the Musalmans as well as the effects of climate
that we have so few remains of antiquity in Bengal. No regard was paid to any
thing Hindu. In Gaur which is said to have been the capital of Bengal 750 B. C.
almost every Hindu monument has disappeared long since, having been either de-
stroyed or used for Muhammadan purposes. The policy of the Muhammadans in
Bengal was like that of Edward the Third towards the Scotch,—the destruction of
every remnant of a people’s nationality and ancient memorials ; the Muhammadans
made an effort, but a vain one, to extirpate the Bengali language by making the Per-
sian the only one recognised by Government and discountenancing every effort to
create a Bengali literature.
482
552 Analysis of the Bengali Poem Rd) Mala, (No. 7.
defeated. The Raja then applied himself to devotional objects, he
observed the ceremony of tuld,* gave presents of horses, elephants, &ec.
to the Brahmans and particularly to those who came from Mathra,
Benares, and Orissa, he paid the travelling expenses of those Brahmans
who were desirous of making a pilgrimage. He died A. D. 1659.
We make a passing remark that though Bakhtiyar Khiliji the con-
queror of Nadiyd, invaded Asdm, he found the people not the feeble race
he had met with at Nadiyd, and retired broken-hearted from defeat.
It was not until a late period the Musalmans entered Tripura led by a
desire to obtain elephants which they wanted for military purposes.
A. D. 1659, Gobinda Manik mounted the Tripura throne, his wife
was a devotee who dug a tank called after her own name, she had also
coined mohars in which her own name was on one side, that of the
Raja and Siva’s on the other. The step-brother of the Raja, having
obtained assistance from the Nawab of Murshidabad attempted to gain
possession of the throne ; the Raja being a peaceable man and not wish-
ing to fight with a relative, fled to the king of Arakan, who gave him an
hospitable reception, and Chattra Ménik obtamed possession of the
throne, but he died of small-pox after a reign of seven years.
While Gobind was at Ardkan, Shah Suja, the son of the emperor
Shah Jehan, came there; having been defeated by his brother and
disgusted with the world, he marched through Tripura to Ardkan in
order to embark thence for Mecca where he intended to end his
days, he was received very kindly by the ex-Raja of Tripura who gave
him a Nimcha sword as a mark of his gratitude. But the king of
Arakan pretending that Shah Sujdé had conspired against his life by
sending soldiers in disguise into his palace in dulis, in order to assas-
sinate him, resolved to kill him, but being a Buddhist he could not shed
blood except in battle, he had him therefore bound and put into a boat
on the river, a plank being taken out of the boat it sank with Suja
fast bound in her, the King satisfying his conscience by drowning
him, and not shedding his blood; the consort of Sujé plunged a dagger
into her bosom rather than submit to the embraces of the Raja of
Arakan ; while her daughters poisoned themselves.
* Since Hindus have ceased to be the rulers of India the ceremony of ¢uld to
the great pecuniary loss of the Brahmans has ceased to be observed in India: it
consisted in the king’s giving his own weight of gold or silver to the Brahmans.
|
|
1850.] or Chronicles of Tripura. 553
The usurper having died, Gobinda was again elected to the throne ;
he sold the sword given him by Shah Sujd, and devoted the money to
objects of utility; he gave presents of salt to all the people of Udipur,
cultivated the wastes of Maharkul, and granted land at a reduced rent
to the Brahmans, confirming his donation on copper-plates; he died
much regretted, and was succeeded by his son. During his reign in-
trigues were made with the Nawab of Murshidabad* to dispossess him
of the throne—but in vain.
Ratna Manik succeeded when only five years old, when he grew up
he married one hundred and twenty wives ; the heir apparent was guilty
of great cruelty, on which account Shaista Khan, Nawab of Bengal,.
took him prisoner and sent him to Delhi.
Narendra Manik usurped the throne through his influence with the
Nawab of Dacca, but his deceit being found out, the Nawab deposed
him and reinstated the former Raja; but he did not hold it long, as
his brother by intriguing with the Nawab of Murshidabad gained
the throne; his ministers telling him that as two tigers cannot remain
in the same jangal, nor one wife with two husbands, so neither could
he remain with the old Raja; he therefore had him strangled, but after
that period he never enjoyed peace, being haunted with dreams of some
person strangling him in the same way as he had strangled his brother,
he gradually wasted away in flesh.
Dharma Manik succeeded. The Nawab of Murshiddébad having
deprived him of a large portion of territory on the plains, locating
Mogul zemindars in them, and the Mogul troops at Udipur proving a
great annoyance, the Raja resolved to destroy them: he invited them
to dinner and intoxicating them with strong liquor, he had the palace
gates shut when all were killed with the exception of a few who climb-
ed the walls and so escaped.
At this time, A. D. 1739, Jagat Rama, the son of Satra Manik, who
had long lived an exile from his country at Dacca, induced the Nawab
of Dacca to send an army to enforce his claims to the throne of
Tripura, he promising to pay up the arrears of tribute; the Muham-
* This statement of Murshidabad being the capital contradicts the accounts of
the historians that until 1704 Jaffier Khan did not remove the seat of government
from Dacca to Murshidabad, which received its name from Murshid Kuli Khan.
However mention is made of the place in the reign of Akbar.
554 Analysis of the Bengali Poem Rij Mala, (No. 7.
madan troops however were defeated, but in a second invasion the
Raja fled and Jagat Rama was made Raja, a large body of Moslem troops
was stationed in Tripura, its name was changed to Raushanabad, or city
of light : as it was an essential part of the Moslem polity wherever they
gained an ascendancy to alter the names of persons and places, like
the Russians with their Panslavism, they aimed at making the Arabic
language as well as religion predominant wherever the Crescent shone.
In a similar way the Muhammadans in India made a knowledge of
Persian a sine qué non as a qualification for office, their great policy was
to denationalize the Hindus by discouraging the study of the Sanskrita
and Vernacular languages,—but after the operation of this system for
six centuries in Bengal, what has been the result? When the glorious
measure of Lord W. Bentinck was promulgated, directing the Verna-
culars to be the language of the Courts, Persian found few advocates
except in interested Amlas and Maulavis who realised their profits by
mystifying the people through the veil of a foreign language. Persian
.as a branch of education is almost extinct in Bengal except in a few
Madrassas.
By ingratiating himself with* Jagat Set, the wealthy banker of
Murshiddbad, the old Raja regained his throne, and reigned for
eighteen years subsequently; he had the Mahabharat and other
old books translated for him. His son succeeded him and refusing
to pay tribute he was taken prisoner, but to avoid further indignities
he poisoned himself. Jaya Manik succeeded, but the eldest son of
the late Raja, who had long resided at Murshiddbad, through his
influence with the Nawab gained the throne, promising to pay up the
arrears of tribute ; but he did not remain long on it, an intrigue was
formed against him at the Court of Murshidabdd, and Indra Manik
was placed on the throne by the Nawab, an intrigue was formed against
* Jagat Set, or the banker of the world, a title he received from the Court of
Delhi, was a member of a Jain family, as famous for banking transactions as the
Rothschilds ; Burke said of them that their transactions were as extensive as the
Bank of England. Holding the purse strings they possessed almost unlimited
influence at Murshidabad which continued until the Exchequer was removed to
Calcutta in 1772. At one period when the Mahrattas plundered Murshidabad
Jagat Set lost one crore of Rupees, but the loss seemed to trouble him little, he
had so much treasure in store.
1850.) or Chronicles of Tripura. 555
him also at the Nawab’s Court, but he went in person to the Nawab
promising to pay the arrears; he obtained a certificate of his profi-
ciency in the Persian language. He died after a reign of four years.
Bijaya Manik was appointed Raja by the Nawab with a salary of
12,000 Rs. monthly, on the stipulation of sending all the revenue to
Murshidabad—but falling into arrears he was sent prisoner to the
capital, where he died in confinement some time after. Samsher Jang
obtained the government and agreed to pay the revenue without any
delay, but the people not recognising him as the legitimate heir, he
then installed as Raja, one of the Tripura family, who resided at
Sondrgan, but they still refused ; a battle was fought in which Shamsher
was victorious; he governed for twelve years with such cruelty and
caused such loud complaints to be raised on account of his atrocities
that the Nawab had him seized and blown from the mouth of a gun.
Kishen Manik succeeded. The Dewan of the Nawab collected all
his forces at Chittagan and advanced against the Raja of Tripura who
was defeated at Kasba. He soon after died.
After an interregnum of five years in consequence of disputes as to
who should succeed, in which the Kukis were called in by one party
as combatants, Durga Manik, the Jubaraja, received from the English
government the Khelat as Raja in 1808; after four years he pro-
ceeded with his family on a pilgrimage to Benares, Praydg; while on
his way to Gaya he died near Patna and was burned on the banks
of the Ganges. His late rival Rama Ganga was appointed by the
English Goverment Raja according to the Tripura laws of succession,
though several of his rivals disputed his title by force, the Kyphangs
aided one party, but the English soon decided the difficulty. The
Raja sent presents to the Governor General, and on the occasion of his
installation gave a magnificent feast ; he applied himself then to reli-
gious duties, having built a temple at Brindaban at an expense of
24,000 rupees. He erected a temple to Siva at Ganga Sagar, cleared
out the tank there, and gave the rent of several villages for supplying
the fourteen gods on that island with boiled rice; the Kukis revolted
but were subdued, and consented to pay their usual tribute of coins
and ivory. In 1822, the people of Haramba submitted to the English
Government, having been previously very much oppressed by the
Burmese.
556 Analysis of the Bengali Poem Réj Mdld, (No. 7.
In 1765, Tripura came under British rule, the income of the Raja
then, was about 300,000 rupees. Krishna Manik was made Raja by
the aid of the English, having succeeded to Shamsher Khan noted
for his cruelty and tyranny. He performed the ceremony of tuld
and gave away large sums of money, particularly to the pandits of
Nadiyd,* though he could not be as liberal as before, English collectors
being appointed in the country. Krishna Manik died after a reign of
twenty-three years, there being no Jubaraja, his queen ruled the country
for some time, but the people did not submit willingly to her sway ;
she then petitioned Government who confirmed her request that Ra-
jendra Manik, her nephew, might succeed, which he did A. D. 1785.
Cotton was cultivated in Tripura in his time, and an invasion of the
Mugs was repelled, the revenue collected by the English amounted to
1,39,000 Rupees. The Kukis were also punished severely by the
Raja for an inroad made on the country. Rajendra married the daughter
of the Raja of Manipur ; he made an image of eight metals which he
placed in the sanctuary of Brindaban; he became a great devotee,
spending four months in prayer to the gods without speaking to any
one, he then abdicated the throne and assumed the habit of a Sannyasi ;
he died soon after, having reigned 19 years.
In 1826, the Raja died, when dying he sent for his spiritual guide
and put bis foot on his head, an eclipse of the moon occurred at the
same time, which was considered a sure sign that the Raja would go to
heaven ; when he became insensible, a salagram was placed on his breast.
On the occasion of his Sraddha 18,000 Rupees were distributed among
the poor, which was collected by subscription, as the Raja’s brother was
too much in debt to afford it. The late Raja reigned eleven years, he
was accomplished in the Persian language, and also serving and firing a
* The pandits of Nadiya have for several centuries exercised considerable influ-
ence in the East of Bengal, and in the district of AsAm they made great progress in
their proselyting efforts, though it is a popular notion that Hinduism admits of no
proselytes, yet various instances could be adduced on the opposite side. The fact
that the Asamese language is almost a pure derivation of Sanskrita, though the early
conquerors the Ahoms were not a Hindu race, shews the powerful ascendancy that
Hindu Institutions must have attained at an early period over them: Brahmanism
now is stationary in its proceedings, but in former days it seemed as anxious to vend
its spiritual wares as are the Mahrwari and Mogul merchants to dispose of their
articles in trade.
1850.) or Chronicles of Tripurd. 507
gun quickly; his bones were sent to Brindabana. The Jubaraja Kasi
Chandra was nominated by the English Government his successor, who
sent to him a Khelat of honor consisting of the following articles,—a
short sleeved jacket, a large dress, turban, a cloth band to encircle the
head, gold band for the head.
The Raja was noted for his dissipated habits and his respect for the
Brahmans ; he died in 1829 after a short reign of three years; his
Rani on hearing of his death, committed suicide.
The portion of this history, relating to the English period, contains
little matters of interest beyond the squabbles between Rajds and Col-
lectors, expensive marriages and feasts given to Brahmans by zemindars
as deeply involved in debt as some of our Chowringhee magnates.
There are a few points omitted in this history which are rather
singular—no mention is made of Dacca though it carried on a trade
with the Romans, and its muslins were used by the ladies of Rome in
the days of the Ceesars. No reference is made to Buddhism, though
it was at one period the predominant religion in Bengal, and extended
its sway from the Indian Ocean to the frontiers of China: this may
be accounted for, perhaps, on the ground that those chronicles were
composed by Brdhmans who may have adopted in them their usual
policy of taking little notice of their religious opponents, passing over
their history in contemptuous silence.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL
For Octoser, 1850.
The usual monthly general meeting of the Asiatic Society was held
in its Rooms, on the 2nd instant, at half-past 8 p. m.
Wesy Jackson, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
Read letters—
Ist. From W. Seton Karr, Esq., Under Secretary to the Govern-
ment of Bengal, forwarding, for the use of the Museum of Economic
Geology, a Map of the Cuttack district.
2nd. From Sir H. M. Elliot, Secretary to the Government of India
with the Governor General, transmitting, for publication in the Society’s
Journal, a Statistical Report on the Spiti Valley together with a sketch
Map drawn up by Capt. W. E. Hay, Assistant Commissioner in Kulu.
Ordered—that the thanks of the Society be conveyed to the Most
Noble the Governor General for the report.
3rd. From Dr. G. Buist, Bombay, enclosing a paper on the gene-
ral vibration or descent and upheaval, which seems, at a recent geolo-
gical period, to have occurred all over the northern Hemisphere.
Ordered for publication in the Journal.
4th. From W. Seton Karr, Esq., Under Secretary to the Govern-
ment of Bengal, presenting two copies of a Map of Arabia for the use
of the Society’s Library.
5th. From Capt. J. C. Hannyngton, Chota Nagpur, forwarding a
note to be appended to the Barometrical Tables, lately presented by
him to the Society.
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 559
6th. From Dr. T.S. Wise, submitting the following extract from
a letter of his brother J. P. Wise, Esq. respecting the History of the
Tipperah Raj lately forwarded by him for publication in the Bibliothe-
ca Indica.
“The Rajmalla of the Tipperah Family which bears all the marks
of antiquity, is kept with the greatest care by Wazier or Rajpandit.
He gave me the original MS. fora few days to copy, as a great favour,
I was at the time in charge of the Mahdrdja’s affairs, and I have
every reason to believe it to be a genuine record of the Tipperah
Family.”
Ordered that the letter be brought forward for consideration, on the
receipt of the Rev. Mr, Long’s report on the original MS.
7th. From KE. Blyth, Esq., communicating a short note on the Bird-
devouring habits of a species of spider, by Capt. W. S. Sherwill.
8th. From Capt. M. Kittoe, Benares; enclosing a note on an
inscription engraved upon a brick found some years ago in a field near
a village in the Juanpore district, also a transcript from the original,
anda translation by James Ballantyne, Esq. Principal of the Benares
College, and suggesting that the second part of the Naishada be print-
ed in the Bibliotheca Indica.
The Secretary stated that the work named by Captain Kittoe, is in
the press, and will shortly be published.
9th. Extracts were also read from a private letter of Capt. Kittoe,
offering to send down a large collection of Buddhist sculptures from
Benares. Referred to the Council.
10th. From B. H. Hodgson, Esq., forwarding Vocabularies from
the North Western Frontier and Ceylon in continuation of his series
of Vocabularies intended to exhibit the glottological affinities of the
whole of the aborigines of India.
11th. From Mr. Blyth, enclosing a continuation of his Conspectus
of the Ornithology of India.
12th. From Capt. T. Latter, submitting a work entitled, ‘‘ Selec-
tions from the Vernacular Buddhist Literature of Burmah,’’ and soli-
citing the Society’s patronage to the same. Referred to the Oriental
Section.
13th. From R. W. G. Frith, Esq., forwarding a specimen of Nepal
paper presented to the Society by C. Chapman, Esq.
4c 2
560 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 7.
14th. From Dr. E. Roer, submitting an extract from a letter of
professor Wilson to Dr. Ballantyne, recommending the publication of
the text and an English translation of the Anumana Khanda; also the
subjoined from a letter of Dr. Albert Weber.
Extract from a letter, from Dr. WEBER, dated the 25th July, 1850.
*‘ T have received the fourteen first Nos. of the Bibliotheca Indica and Dr.
Heberlin’s Anthology, for which valuable presents, I return my most
sincere thanks to the Asiatic Society. Ihave given a notice of those works
in the third number of my Journal, “ Vedaic Studies.” The Bibliotheca is
indeed a splendid undertaking, and we are much indebted for it to the
Asiatic Society, and to yourself. Lassen also, in the last number of his
Journal, has spoken of it in high terms.
Messrs. Duemmuller and Co. willin about eight days forward to Messrs.
Allen and Co. the 20 copies of the two first volumes of the Yajur to which
the Asiatic Society has subscribed. Dr. Marwitz rather wishes to receive the
amount of the subscription in money, than its value in books, as the sub-
scription has not yet covered the expenses of the edition. Has the Society
authorized Allen and Co. to pay the amount of the subscription ? If not,
you will much oblige me by requesting the Society to give directions to
Allen and Co. to that effect. As this time the copies of two volumes will be
despatched at once, the sum will amount to £40. The third volume is to
appear at the end of February, 1851.
You appear not to have received the first number of my ‘‘ Vedaic Studies”
when you wrote to me (3rd May), and yet I sent it already on the 7th Aug.,
last year, to Messrs. Allen and Co.
Stenzler is zealously employed with an edition of the “ Grihyast&tras by
Aswalayana, Parasara and Gabhila,” and all these labours are preparatory
to a complete history of Indian law which he intends publishing. Hoefer,
of whom a Sanscrit Anthology lately appeared, is to edit Vararuchis Pra-
krit grammar. Aufrecht and Kuhn publish a journal for the comparison
of the Latin, Greek, German and Sanscrit languages. Bergstadt in Upsala
has published Sankara’s Jnanabodhini, and will soon edit the Brahmasatras
with the commentary of Sankara. Spiegel of Erlangen prints here (in Ber-
lin) his Pazend Grammar, and his great edition of the Vendidad Sadi with
Pehlvi, Sancrit, Persian and German translation will soon be commenced.
An excellent commentary on Hiob (Job) has been published here by Schlott-
mann. Langlois in Paris has already edited the first four Ashtakas of the
Rig in a French superficial translation. A reprint of Wilson’s dictionary
will, with his permission, be made by Auber and Co.”
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 561
After some discussion as to the propriety of allowing a synopsis of
the proceedings of the Society to be published in the newspapers, it
was proposed by Mr. J. R. Colvin, seconded by Capt. Broome, and re-
solved, that it be left to the discretion of the Council, by direction to
the Secretary, to allow an abstract of the Society’s proceedings to be
published in the newspapers.
The Zoological Curator and Librarian having submitted their usual
monthly Reports the meeting adjourned.
Confirmed at a meeting held on the 6th November, 1850.
Wexsy Jackson, Vice-President.
FiretcHer Hayes, Secretary.
Report of Curator, Zoological Department.
To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society.
Sir,—I have this month to report the presentations of,
1. From Babu Rajendra Mullick, the carcass of a dwarf long-haired
goat, from Sikim; and of a young female of the Ovis Gmelin, nobis,
received from Bussora.
2. From R. W. G. Frith, Esq. a dead Australian Parrakeet (Melopsitta-
cus undulatus).
3. From Messrs. Cook and Co. the carcass of a newly born foal, since
prepared as a skeleton.
4. From Wm. Theobald, Esq., Junr. askin of Manis javanica ; and two
specimens in spirit of Rhenolophus lepidus, nobis,—the latter from near
Colgong. According to Mr. Theobald, only 3 or 4 pairs of this Bat inhabit-
ed the large cave in which he captured the pair presented for the Museum.
I have the honor to be, Sir,
Obediently Your’s,
E. Buyru.
Asiatic Society’s Rooms, Sept. 30th, 1850.
LIBRARY.
The following books have been added to the Library since the last meet-
ing.
Presented,
Journal of the Archzological Society of Delhi—Sept., 1850. (2 copies.)
—By THE Society.
Report of the Revenue Administration of the Lower Provinces, for the
official year 1848-9.—By THz GovERNMENT OF BENGAL.
562 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 7.
Maps of the Damudah and Adji Coal Fields in the Zillahs of West Burd-
wan, Manbhoom and Beerbhoom, in Bengal, with sections of Coal Beds,
&e. (2 sets).— By THE SAME.
Map of Arabia, compiled from all the most recent authorities, by order of
the Court of Directors of the East India Company. By John Walker, (2
copies).— By THE SAME.
Map of the District of Cuttack, surveyed by Lieut. R. Smith, Bengal
Artillery —By THE SAME.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago, for July and Aug. 1850, (2 copies).—
By THE SAME.
Ditto ditto, for Aug. 1850.—By Tue Epiror.
The Oriental Baptist, No. 46.—By Tue Epiror.
The Calcutta Christian Observer for Oct. 1850.—By THe Eprrors.
The Oriental Christian Spectator.—By THe Epiror.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,
for the month of August, 1850.—By THe Deputy Surveyor GENERAL,
Exchanged.
The Atheneum, Nos. 1186 @ 1190.
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 563
For NovemMsBer, 1850.
The Society met on the 6th instant at half past 8 p. m.
How’ ble Sir James Cotvite, President, in the Chair.
The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
John Reddie, Esq. was named for ballot at the next meeting; pro-
posed by the President and seconded by Rev. J. Long.
Read letters—
Ist. From J. G. Forbes, Esq., officiating Secretary, Bombay Branch
of the Royal Asiatic Society, forwarding a copy of the 13th number of
the Transactions of that Society. |
2nd. From J. Thornton, Esq., Secretary to the Government of the
North Western Provinces, announcing that the Hon’ble the Lieutenant
Governor has been pleased, in compliance with the request of the
Society, to direct Mr. H. A. Reade, Commissioner of the Benares Divi-
sion, to give such assistance as lies in his power to Capt. Kittoe in hig
archaiological researches in that district, when the important duties
which now occupy his time and talents admit of his attention being
diverted.
3rd. From D. W. Mitchell, Esq., Secretary to the Zoological So-
ciety of London, communicating the thanks of that institution for the
Journal of the Asiatic Society for December, 1847, to July, 1849,
presented to it by the Society.
4th. From Capt. George M. Siddons, Ist Light Cavalry, forwarding
a translation of the Vichitra Nataka, a text book of the Sikhs. Refer-
red to the Oriental Section.
5th. From Dr. Seyffarth, Librarian of the German Oriental So-
ciety, (Deutsche Morgenlandische Gesellschaft) returning thanks for
the following donations, viz. Dr. Heeberlin’s Sanskrita Anthology, and
Bibliotheca Indica Nos. 1 to 14.
6th. From C. Gubbins, Esq., Agra, communicating a Daily Re-
gister of Temperature kept during a part of 1850, at Meerut. Ordered
to be published in the Journal.
7th. From Dr. A. Campbell, Darjeling, forwarding a paper on the
storms of Tibet, in reply to the queries published in the 3rd number of
the Journal,
964 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 7.
Ordered—that the best thanks of the Society be conveyed to Dr.
Campbell, and the paper be printed in the Journal.
8th. From C. Morehead, Esq., Superintendent, Grant Medical Col-
lege, presenting copies of the Report of the College for 1845 to 1850.
9th. From Capt. A. Fytche, presenting a slab of stone with a
Sanskrit (?) Inscription in the Gupta character, from Arracan.
Capt. Fytche being present at the meeting thanks of the Society for
the donation were tendered him in person by the President.
10th. The Council submitted the following report on the Museum
of Economic Geology.
Report on the Museum of Economic Geology.
Although this is not the kind of report which I could have desired to
present to the Society, inasmuch as it does not give a just idea of what has
been done, and omits wholly the important points of the nature of the work,
and the hinderances the Museum labours under; being in fact but a brief
extract from a much longer report; yet as the Council think it quite
sufficient, I have the honour to submit it, in compliance with their wishes.
The question of the “ Progress” of the Museum may be considered in so
many lights that it must be replied to generally. Its progress then as
regards additions to its collections though not equal to what has been
obtained in former years is still good, when we consider that, depending
upon voluntary contributions, it must always, and necessarily, be very slow in
a country like India where so few persons, even if with the knowledge and
opportunities required, can afford to collect for us. As regards its arrange
ments and registry it has been, as from the commencement, kept completely
arranged and catalogued, and as regards the different researches carried on,
the successful ones and those worth publishing will partly be found in the
Society’s Journal as it appears,* and in my report when published, and
others will be brought forward as soon as complete, and if of sufficient
importance to occupy space in the Journal.
The following is a list of Collections presented to the Museum of Economic
Geology, July, 1849 to July, 1850.
Dr. Spilsbury.
Capt. Sherwill, Cape Specimens.
Burra Burra Mines.
—_———_—— Deoghur Copper.
— Beerbhoom ditto.
Ditto Coal.
* We have but five numbers for 1849.50, July to July yet published.
1850. ] Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 565
Captain Wallage, Labuan Coal, &c.
Captain Brooke, Zine from Rajpootana.
Messrs. Duncan and Sweetland, Rajmehal Geological Specimens.
Captain Campbell, Bundlecund, ditto ditto.
Mr. Theobald, Junr., Survey (Rocks) from the Burdwan district.
Drs. Campbell and Hooker from Bootan, Geological Specimens.
Mr. Homfray, Ball Coal.
Mr. Theobald, Junr. ditto.
Mr. Torrens, Iron from Beerbhoom.
Rev. Mr. Thomas from Ava, Bezuar Stone.
Lieut. Fell, I. N. from Diamond Island, Coal Lignite and Rocks.
List of Papers for the Journal published and unpublished.
On yellow earth from Sikkim,
— Calderite.
— Ball Coal.
— Ditto ditto.
— Haughtonite.
— Drs. Campbell and Hooker’s specimens from Sikkim.
— Catalogue of presentations to the Museum from 1814 to 1850.
A Preliminary Report to government on the Deoghur Copper ores.
H. PippINncTon,
Curator, Museum, Economic Geology.
Ordered—that the report be received and laid on the table.
Mr. Piddington, by special permission from the Deputy Governor,
as he said, read to the meeting a service letter in which he had com-
municated to the Government, the discovery of silver ores in the rub-
bish of the Deoghur copper mines. The ores are known to Peruvian
miners under the name of Pacozi, and though they contain silver in
such appreciable portions that it is only extractable to profit by the
curious Spanish process of amalgamation as carried on in those coun-
tries, yet they form the staple of the richest Mexican mines from their
vast abundance.
Specimens of the ore, and of those from Mexico and Peru, as well
as of the silver extracted from Indian specimens were shewn, and Mr.
P. added that though the season had prevented his obtaining from
Captain Sherwill more than a small additional supply, he had been
able to obtain a good average produce from mere surface specimens.
Dr. Roer, Secretary Oriental Section, submitted a letter on the part
4D
566 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 7.
of the Section, regarding the publication of translations in the Bibli-
otheca Indica.
The letter having been read, after some discussion, it was moved by
Mr. Mitchell, seconded by Mr. Colvin, and resolved nem. con. that
the letter be referred to the Council for consideration and report.
A report was read from the Council, submitting a Draft of a pro-
posed Code of Bye-Laws for the Society: whereupon it was moved by
the Hon’ble the President, seconded by Mr. J. R. Colvin and resolved
—That the Draft of the proposed Code of Bye-Laws be printed and cir-
culated among the Members, including those resident in the Mofussil,
prior to its being finally considered at a Special General meeting to be
held on Wednesday the 18th of December.
It was also resolved, proposed by Mr. Welby Jackson and seconded
by the president, that Mofussil Members be required to vote yes or
no to each rule. Further that should a Mofussil Member make any
suggestion of amendment, the Secretary will bring it to the notice of
the meeting, and, in the event of any Member present supporting the
suggestion, it can be disposed of as any other motion; if not so sup-
ported, the suggestion will not be considered by the meeting,
Confirmed 4th December, 1850.
Signed J. Conivite, President.
FLETCHER Hayus, Secretary.
LIBRARY.
The following books have been added to the Library since the last meet-
ing.
Presented.
Transactions of the Bombay Geographical Society ; vol. IX. PresEnTED
BY THE SOCIETY.
A Catalogue of the Library of the Hon’ble East India Company. Lon-
don 1845.—By Tue Hon’sxie East Inp1A Company.
Transactions of the Zoological Society of London. Vol. III. p. 5.—By THE
SocrIETY.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago, for October 1850.—By THE Epiror.
The Oriental Christian Spectator for Sept. 1850.—By tue Epiror.
The Calcutta Christian Observer for Nov. 1850.—By Tue EpirTors.
The Oriental Baptist, No. 47.—By THe Epiror.
The Upadeshaka, No. 47.—By tHE EpITor.
La Patrie, No. 245 for 3rd Sept. 1850.—By Tue Epiror.
Tattwabodhini Patrika, No. 87.—By THe TaATTWABODHINI SABHA’.
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 567
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,
for the month of Sept., 1850.—By THe Deputy Surveyor GENERAL.
Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for 1849.—By THE
SOCIETY.
The Citizen, for Sept. and Oct. 1850.—By Tue Epiror.
Exchanged.
Calcutta Review No. 27.
Purchased.
Journal des Savants for July, 1850.
Comptes Rendus for July, 1850.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History for Aug. and Sept. 1850.
Cyclic Tables of Hindu and Mohammadan Chronology. By C. P. Brown.
North British Review No. 26.
Edinburgh Review No. 185.
Museum oF ANTIQUITIES.
From Capt. A. Fytche. A large stone with a Sanskrita (?) Inscription from
Arracan.
(Ey tb
568 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 7.
For Decemser, 1850.
The usual monthly General Meeting was held on the evening of
the 4th instant, at half-past 8. Pp. m.
How’sut Sir James Cotvite, Kr. President, in the chair.
The proceedings of the last meeting having been read, a verbal al-
teration in the minutes was suggested and agreed to, and the proceed-
ings were confirmed.
J. Reddie, Esq., duly proposed and seconded at the November meet-
ing was balloted for, and elected an ordinary member.
Hon ble J. C. Erskine, Resident at Nepal, was named as a candidate
for election at the next meeting ; proposed by B. H. Hodgson, Esq.
and seconded by the President.
Read letters—
—From Baron Von Hammer Purgstall, presenting a copy of the
‘¢ Vienna Review” and some of his academical speeches, for the Society’s
Library, and stating that he has not received the Journal for January
and March 1849.
This communication gave rise to a protracted conversation as to
the steps to be taken to accelerate the circulation of the Society’s pub-
lications in Europe. It was ultimately proposed by Mr. R. Houston
seconded by the President, and resolved—that Professor Wilson be
requested to aid the Asiatic Society with his advice and co-operation
in this matter. The best thanks of the Society were also voted to the
Baron Von Hammer Purgstall, and the Nos. of the Journal wanted
were ordered to be forwarded to him.
—From R. Clarke, Esq., Honorary Secretary to the Royal Asiatic
Society, London, conveying the thanks of that Institution for the
following donations to its Library, viz. “Bibliotheca Indica,” Nos.
J—14, and Heeberlin’s Anthology.
—From E. Clibborn, Esq., Acting Secretary to the Royal Irish Aca-
demy, tendering thanks for the donation of the Journal of the Asiatic
Society Nos. 166 to 202, and enquiring if the earlier volumes of the
work could not be procured for the Academy.
1850.) Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 569
Ordered that the Secretary write to Mr. Clibborn for a memoran-
dum of the volumes required.
—From N. Shaw, Esq., Secretary to the Royal Geographical Society
of London, acknowledging receipt of the Journal, Nos. 204—5.
—From Mons. E. Mulsant, Secretary to the Société National d’Agri-
culture, Histoire Naturelle, et Arts Utiles de Lyon, presenting a copy
of the XI. volume of the Society’s Transactions.
—From the Editor of the Hindu Intelligencer newspaper, requesting
that a copy of the Journal as it appears monthly, may be presented to
him gratis, as at present furnished to the Hditors of the daily papers in
Calcutta.
Ordered—that the Society do not think it desirable to extend the
privilege in question to the Editors of Weekly papers.
A paper was read from B. H. Hodgson, Esq., descriptive of the
horns of a Tibetan Stag, supposed to be identical with Cervus Affinis,
Hodg. Ordered for publication in the Journal.
Some questions being asked about the Draft Code of Rules to be dis-
cussed at the special general meeting on the 18th instant, the President
explained that it is desirable to afford time to the members at distant
stations to express their sentiments on the subject, and accordingly
moved that the special general meeting for the consideration of the
Draft Code of Rules be postponed to 15th January, 1851. Mr. H.
Torrens seconded the motion, when it was put to the vote and carried
nem. con. |
A list of donations to the Library having been laid on the table the
Meeting adjourned.
Confirmed 8th January, 1851. J. Cotvite, President.
F. Hayes, Secretary.
LIBRARY.
The following books have been added to the library since the last meeting.
Presented.
Annales des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, d’Agriculture et d’Indus-
trie, publiees par la Société national d’Agriculture, etc. de Lyon. Tome XI.
—PRESENTED BY THE SOCIETY.
Rgya-char-rolpa, ou Development des Jeaux, contenant |’Histoire du
Buddha Sakya Muni, Traduit sur la version Tibetaine par P. E. Faucaux.
Paris, 1848, 4to.—By THE TRANSLATOR.
570 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 7.
Chrestomathie Hindie et Hindouie, Paris, 1850, 4to.—By Mons. Garcin
DE TAssy.
Zakarija ben Mohammad ben Mahmud el Cazwini’s Kosmographie. Erster
Thiel. Die wld glow} wsl=*olss Wunder der Schopfung. Herausgegeben
von F’. Wustenfeld. Zeweites Helft. Gottingen, 1849.—By THe Eprror.
Vergliechende Grammatik des Sanskrita, Zend, Griechischen, Lateinischen,
Litthauischen, Altslawischen, Gothischen und Deutschen, von Franz Bopp.
Funfte Abtheilung. Berlin, 1849.—By THE AuTHoR.
Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gesellschaft, Vol. III. p. IV.
and Vols. IV. p. I.-II. ;
Annual Report of the Grant Medical College, Bombay, for the years
1845 @ 50,—3 Nos.—By THE CoLLEeGceE.
Jaska’s Nirukta summt den Nighantavas herausgegeben von Rudolph
Roth. 2 parts, Gottingen, 1848, 8vo.—By THE Epiror.
Rapport Annual fait a la Société Asiatique dans la Seance Generale du 30
Juille, 1849. Par M. Jules Mohl.—By tue AutHor.
Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Vol. XVI. part V.—By
THE SOCIETY.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Nos. 33-4.—By THE
SAME.
Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, Vol. XXII. parts I.-II.—By
THE ACADEMY.
Transactions of the Royal Society of London for the year 1849, p. II.—
By THE SocigEty.
Discussion of Meteorological Observations taken in India at various
heights, embracing those at Dodabetta on the Neelgherry Mountains at
8640 feet above the level of the sea, by Lieut.-Col. W. H. Sykes. (From
the Philosophical Transactions, Part II. for 1850).—By Tue AurHor.
List of Fellows of the Royal Society of London, 1849.—By THe Royau
SocIETY.
Address of the Right Honorable the Earl of Rosse, the President, read
at the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Society, on Friday, November
30th, 1849.—By THE SAME.
Observations in Magnetism and Meteorology made at Markestoun in
Scotland, in 1845-6. Edited by John Allan Bonn, Esq. Edinburgh, 1849,
4to.—By THE Roya. Society or EDINBURGH.
Catalogue of 2156 Stars formed from the observations made during twelve
years from 1836 to 1847, at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich. London,
1849, 4to.—By THE RoyAL SOCIETY.
1850. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 571
Bulletin de la Société de Geographie, Troisieme Serie, Tome XI. Paris,
1849.—By THE Society.
Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, for
1849.—By THE ASSOCIATION.
Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, Vol. XII, Part II.—By tue So-
CIETY.
Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy for the year 1847-8, Vol. IV.
Parts I.-II.—By tue AcapEMy.
Indische Studien, Zeitschrift fur die Kunde des indischen Alterthums.
Im Vereine mit mehreren Gelehrten herausgegeben von Dr. Albrecht Weber,
Erster Heft. Berlin, 1849.—By Tue EpitTor.
A Catalogue of the Library of the East India College, 1843. Hertford,
1843, 8Svo.—By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.
A Geographical Description of the Panjab, in Panjabi. Translated from
the Persian of Bate Shah, by Munshi-Bahlol. Lodiana, 1850, 8vo.—By Sir
Henry E..ior.
Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. XIII.
—By THE Society. :
Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, Vol. XIX. Part IT.
—By THE SocIETY.
Jahrbucher der Literatur for 1848.—By Baron Von Hammer Pure-
STALL.
Abhandlung itiber die Siegel der Avalier Perser und Tiirken. Von Frei-
herrn Von Hammer Purgstall.—By THE samMzE,
Bericht tiber Hin. Reinaud’s franzosische Uebersetzung von Abulfeda’s
Geographie. Von Freiherrn Von Hammer Purgstall.—By THE SAME.
Von der Inschriftverbramung der Kleider als Sauverainitatsrecht der
Frauen im Morgenlande. Von Freiherrn Von Hammer Purgstall_—By THE
SAME.
Ueber die Menschenclasse, welche von den Arabern “ Schoubige” genaunt
wird. Von Freiherrn Von Hammer Purgstall.—By THE sAME.
Bericht tiber Herrn Charrieres Negociations de la France dans le Levant.
—By THE SAME.
Bericht tiber die in den letsten vier Jahren 1845-6-7 und 48 zu Constanti-
nopel gedruckten und lithographirten werke, Von Freiherrn Hammer
Purgstall, (3 parts..—By THE SAME.
Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for 1848.—By THE
SocIETy.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s office, Calcutta,
for the month of October, 1850.—By tue Deputy Surveyor GENERAL.
572 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.
Quarterly Journal of the Geographical Society, Nos. 20,21, 22.—By THe
Society.
Journal Asiatique, Nos. 65 and 72. By THe Astaric Society or Paris.
Tattwabodhini Patrika, No. 88.—By THE TATTWABODHINI SABHA’.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago, Vol. IV. Part X.—By THE EpirTor.
Two copies of the same.—By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.
Oriental Christian Spectator for Oct. 1850.—By THe Epriror.
Catalogue of Books for sale at the British Library.—By Messrs. R. C.
LEPAGE AND Co.
Purchased.
Lexicon Bibliographicum et Encyclopedicum, a Mustafah ben Abdullah,
Katib Jelebi dicto et nomine Haji Khalfa celebrato compositum, Vol. V.
Edited by Gustavas Fluegel. London, 1850—4to.
Exchanged.
Jameson’s Journal, Nos. 94—7.
Philosophical Magazine, Nos. 235 @ 247.
Atheneum, Nos. 1191 @ 1193.
onig| °
ONGC
onIG| *
OIG
Ong “MM
oy1q| 4S "AA N
1831/45 ANN
1781}S- 0119 | daeys *q
ontig| aH 'N ON
1v3ID *daeys° N
ApnofD| “M ‘N
YPNWNI-O1ND| “AA “NI
e@ese @eee
1893/9 |"M ‘NNT
1{NUIND-O1L1D) “NI
ApnoD)' M’N'N
YN WNd-OL117D "N
Apno[p} “AM “N
onigd) “M‘N
old) MA'’N ‘°N
1V31D} “AA °N
Apnojd| ‘N
ong) “M “N
1WV14S-OLUD| = ° NT
pnojD *pyeog)’ M"N “N
oIg) ‘N
ond) “MM “N |
TYBAS-OLUID| ON!
Ieaj9| “N
“PETA
Loo
0°69
L°S9
6 G9
& 6G
9G
0°8S
y9S
goog
oLG
0°89
8'¢9
L'6S
G09
Poo
v'09
9°19
0°99
0°89
"69
$09
vg9
6°99
699
8°99
¢°99
ah)
8°S9
‘qin@ “M | °
Lt
Re)
I~
e
e
°
“Iry JO
:
KOr~MOHN HSNO GH AON
<
OADQAGMOAMANSOH BONS
Rk Xe Ke Ke Ke He Or OEE
*aunyeiod wa
‘uoou JUaIRdde ye opeul sUOTeALASqO
686°6%
LZO’
GEO 0
616°
ST6
698°
8S6"
696°
86°
S66"
616°
€66°6%
LOO"
€00°
610°
600°
9200
GL6°
ZE6°
916°
868°
8°66
8co"
690°
ZF0"
190°
850°
LS0°0&
soyouy
oo
1)
°
=)
G19
SG d| 3°19
ond L'S9
ond 0'S9
ould o'LG
ond 6 Sg
O}UNG da! MA’ N| PFS
1Bv91O} “AA *N | L'SS
OIC) AA'N'N] OFS
1yR.1I8- OND] duvys' NT} Z'9G
18919 /"S°"M NN] $°9¢
1VBL]S-OUMLD] “GT ONT C'09
1V91D] M 'N'N!| O'LG
0d! ¢:29
Apnol9 1°09
1]NUIND-O.ID O19
Apnojg 29
OWI L169
OW z'S9
1B9] 1) Z'19
19@.14S- O11) e"e9
Apnojg @¢e9
L’s9
0'S9
0'v9
HBAE-O1ND| 6'F9
@ $9
re)
=
Ayg jo dedsy Sy
o>
“PUI
*91nye.19d Wd J,
St0 0E
8F0°
160°
6L0°
160°0¢
€L6°
¥Z6°6%
300°
“WIQG “YG 1B PAXAtasqo 910Ssat J COUN ULL X B FAT
oud AAG
ASS04 og
OIC AG
ond *O(]
SU @ Aaa br)
oid) “M “N
183(0 |" M "NN
Bljs-OlNIQ)} —wyeD
oid) ad N’N
IvafD/"M'N'N
PNUNI-OLID) UBT)
1WB1}S-O1ND)"M NN
18910) MN’ N
onld| — ‘N
od) “AN
onid; “N
T]AULNI-O11I “N
ond ‘od
ond ‘od
18319 ‘oq
YNUINI-OLID| “WyeD
oI "NI
o331(q| AA “NUN
oniqd) “°N
17B1}S-OL117) ‘0d
oni "od
S507 ‘od
reajQ} “WBO
"ANS JO poodsy |
| para
*91Nj}B.1ed Wa J,
*9SII-UNG 18 ANVU SUOIBRAIASG QO
F86'6%} UBOTAT
CLS
6S | FIO’ I€
OLS | 980° 0&
@ FS | O10'0E 63
T1g | 996° BB.
L0G | &06° S1z
BIS | €L8° 9%
60S | 896° GS
OTS | GlLé6° ixG
9°ES | 8S6'6% &%
$99 | 000°0¢ (eA
Bog | 616° IZ
6¢S | 686° S0Z
ee ee 6I
°° oe SI
L09 | 66° LT
ges | LL6° 91
8°09 | 096°6% cI
219 | G00 08 FI
0 ¢9 | IL6° SSI
B19 | Sh6 él
O'8S | $c6" If
0 S¢ | 268° Of
08g | SI6. 6
P19 | $9662 8
T6¢ | 90° L
8°09 | F80- $9
0'S9 | SPO" G
Z'19 | 890° P
0°09 | 290° €
ogg | LF0'8S z
ee ee I
° soyouy
© S
bene) ©
= e
3
9°86 , 91S 389 Li oot 72" 2'e9 OGL L'SL| BIE 62% ee "es | 1°BO] GOL) VLL:Z16 6S se **** ge9) $°O1! T'LLIGTG’ 6%:
{€ O'SOT| B69) L ZL) 98 enld! °S | 0°89) $°L2L] 0°08] 176" 01317} "AA. “S| 8°99] 6°S8] O'S8!| GEC" ONT) M “S | Z'L9| B48) 8°F8) 966"
1 0€ 0°ZOT| %'9¢| 0'OL/ 8'E8 oniqd}| °S | 8°99) £°94/ 0'8L| 996" OWIG| "AA “S| 0°29] S18] 9°68} 196° OnId| ‘S |0'L9| 0°28) $28) 896"
6% 9°GOT| 4°FS| 8°69] 8°E8 OIG} WB] 0°99) 8°FL| FLL) 696" OIC} AA “N| 2°S9} F:08) T%8) FS6" OIG) “M | ¢e°S9) G18] s° 18) $96"
Bz; 0'E0T| L°1S} § 99) 8:08 OTC] “AA “S| O'T9| BTL] 8°FL) 926" 0131 | AAS M| 0°09} 2°22} 0°62) 9T6" ONIG [MN *M) T°Q9) LLL LBL) 966°
Lz Z'L6 |S 1S] T'F9) OLL 0331] WIRD] 88S] 3°89] 9° TL] 6S" ond) *M | L°LS| 6'b2/ 8'92/ SFB" ONIG) MN °A) 6°16) 8°PL| SL) S98"
9%) 86 | 0'%¢| 0'S9, 082 OnId| M NN! 6°LG] 4°69) G GL| G82" 011 | MN Nj 0°89] 6 G2) © 42) 822" 011°) AA NN ¢°66) £°92) 8°92 B62"
cal 9°98 | %°I¢| G°Z9| BSL 18919] M NN| €°SS] 0°29] 4°89] 688" IBID ds AA NT] 9°9S| O'TL} & SL) TEB" 48919 (484 NI 1°46] § ZL| 8'SL) LEB"
¥G 086 [ETS] $29 NEL] «—- BNIS-OLNTD) AA NI N/@°SG! & 99) 0:89) FEB" 19BUJS-O1LID)| AA NNT] O°SS] FOL] USL) G28" 1BYS- Olt | AA NN 8°G¢| 0 GL] 92 888"
GO| | O'F6 | 8°EG| O'F9| BFL OI! MA “NI S°LG| 6°29} L°69} £98" 071G| AA NNT] $°8S] O'@L| & SL) 998" on'd)’ MA “N| 9°9¢)6 12/6 32) 98°
Zo] i8'F6 |B'9G) SO] SPL 1ea[D/ds AA NI] L°9G] 49} & 69) 0G6" 49/0 ds 4 Nj PLS) STL) & SL) BTS ea] D/ASAA NI g'gg|B'GL| & &L| FE"
(21 C! 0'00T| 0°S¢} 0 £9; 0°64 Apno[D|"M *N/ 0°89} 0°04) 9°02 SF6° ApNO]D/|* MA *N| 6°19) G*TL] 6° TL) 46° Apno[D|"M ‘N] 9 19/3 &4) 8°84) 966"
0% | | 8°86 | 8'S¢| 8°99) 4°44 4B9[)"M\ “Ni L°6S) 2°04) 8'G2) 136" 1B9/D)/"M NI P°6S| 8'FL) & 94) 806" NBIIS-O4T! AA “N/ G°09) 0°SL| 8 G4! TLE"
61 | Cro 00 ee ee e@ove ee ee e ee ee ee ee os eececs ee ee ee eeee e@sec ae aie m tg
iy | OO ate ee ee ecee eece oe ee se eo eoeoe e@voe ee eo ee ee TIO JOO" ee ee es OD
jt | 7°96 | £09) 8°69) 8°22 48919| “N | 9°69] 9°TL| $°8L| 096° 48319] M NN 2°66] 8°FL/ 8°94) 886" Bato) -N | 6°19] 0°94) F°94) FFG"
491 ©°16 | FBC) 3°69] 0°08] «HIM UIND-O111) "AA “N/}8°P9| 9°SL) 6 PL| BSE" IPAWND-OANID|" AA *N| T'99] G°LL)| O'6L| STG" YRWNI-ONID) = "N | 0°99] SLL) § BL! LES"
cI ** 1O'T9| 3'F9] 8°29 oni] AA N N| G9} 3°99) 0°99) &6" A]Z211|"MA *N} 8'T9] B99] F 99) FG" A]2211) AA N N/ ¢°[9) £99) 8°99 LPG"
pale 0°06 |0'19| 9°49) 6°&4 kpnoy)) “N |9'19/9769| 6°69/ 086" | SPMOLD Pores!" AA ° NI} T°T9) B'OL) PTL) S86" Omid AN) B'zg] 81h) £ Sk) 1E6"
raat: O'L8 |0°S9| FOL S'SLjSPPOl P.291B98)M NN] #99) BCL) 6°SL ce6" Apno[D| M NN O°L9) T°eL| 4 PL) S86" Apno[D JN | 0'19/8 82/8 PL) PSE
}Z1 8"LOl/¢'z91 O'FL| 9°SR} — HWNtUND-04N1D|"AA “N/ g°OL| 6°84) S 08/ P68" O131(]) “A4N"1) TOL} L°GB] 0 FB] 188" ond) AA | 0°02| 6°68) FB) LE8"
pul 9°COT| G°BC| 94) 9°F8 ONG) "12D| 0°02) O'L4| F°6z) 128° oni} “N | 8°69| F°z8| FS) 658" ond) “N | ¢°69| 8°28) 2 €8, P98"
HOT 9°FOI| 1°Sg) F 89] 9°18 onig| *N | 9°¢9| 9°pd] 4°91) S58" IB2IO|"AA “NI S'S9| 8 BL 108] GF" 1B9}0/' MAN} ¢'¢9/ 0°64) 8°64) £28"
16 | 9°66 | 0°8S| 0°L9| O°9L 1@9{] MA N NI #66] 0°69) 8 OL] F28° YNWNI-O1NID/ AA NNT] T'T9| @'eL| T SL] 08" {NWNd-OLID| N | T°E9] OSL) BSL) FEB"
18 | $°66 | 6'T9| 1°69] & 92 oid} "N | 0°%9/ @'04! TL) 968° oid] *N| $°€9] ¢eL) 8°FL| 288" Se rs Oro) 8 SL) 9 PL) Boe,
Zz 8°Gotl e'6c| 1'69/ 8'8L] —_-IRAIS-ONT| “N_ | £°S9) BSL) 9°SL) P96" BIIS- OLNTD| AA NT NT] 0°99) FL) FOL) FSG" 1yBtjS-OLIT AA "NI p79) L°9L| 6 LL) 196"
19 0708 [ZT9| Z 69] TLLISPROL? pzomRag]| *N | Z°¢9| g°ak/ Gg] 8B6°63]_ HMuINI-o4s1-) AA NN] [9] ¢°G1) 0°94] LLG. | NUON LN. | 8°99) £94) T'9L) $86"
is |p 0°66 |3°e9) 9°21 618 ontq| “N |g°99| ¢°64| ¢ 92] FO0'0E OCT) “N | 6°99] ¢°62| 3 08) £86" Onid) N_ | 9°19) €'64| £08) 886"
iF C'OOT ETO] 9TL/S 1a} WBIS-O4ATT|AA * NI| 0°69] O'SL| S'9L) CBE” 0v1]|" AA * NI/ 3'89| ¢°8L| S°62| £86" POA Ae 89/6 O28 GL ERG.
ig L°TOT| 9°09] S12) 8°18 od! “18D) ¢19| F°SL) 6°22) 686" WWBIIS-O1NID| AN SAA] 8°89] ZL) 6 08) 186" HBAS-OMID, “M | 9°L9| B64) B08 S86"
12 z-e0r| Pec] #01) S18 Awa] /" MN} 6°S9) O°FA| S91) $86°62 we, T8910) M “N/3'S9] 3'BL| 8°62] 686-62 RATA “N] [°G9/8 84) 6°64! [66°63
a | ; 4 ¢°¢G| 9°L9 8'6L esce ese ee ee ee . eeee ee ee ee eo HOD ee a8 a Hs
"youy | "yout 4 mall ce tic ole: ouiliccoe 8o4eU Sr llace o soyouy eriteo |40 he. oo!
a oe cL be eo Oo} oP
es) 2 | = letlFle| Sie | | e|2| % eleE|z\
e138, s | B LSk)* |B | * | kg yorsadsy PR |e | mg | Aisue vodsy ef | ae lease] ces pana 2) e| | mg
3), 7% | "OP | 4 2 -sjyamouny,L Sen ene on % : ae ood EE ig ; So a
a "aq |190 4 23 uN WIOLYAy pue *purAA| caanjesad usa J, s *“PULAA | “AUNyesad wa J, ° —__ paral caunyesaduas,|
@ *sasneg uleyl = | wnuwixell “9S UNS 1B apRU suo0yBALIsq GC “aid ~1¥ paddasqo oanssaiq wnunulyy } —— “WOP'Ys 7B apBul suoNeAsasqO
[‘panurquos ‘tazsr.saxy 1090.50]0.1099 {7 |
G99
sO “MM NON O'OL | 8°8L | 9'°8L
oid) ‘M’S | L°ZL | LB | 8'F8
oid) “M “N | 2°04 | G18 | 318
yawns T ZOOL | SLL | T'8L
1wID) ‘A'S 789 | GBL | O'6L
T]NWNI-OLUD| °N 8°69 | S'8L | O'8L
TyBdjS*O1NID) "AY “S°S | FOL | LS8 | 1°S8
onig) “N | 389 | 6'S8 | 6'F8
oniq) °N 919 | OB | SSB
og) “A 8°99 | FFE | O'S8
onid) “M 8°99 | BSB | 8'S8
ond | M’°S*M} O'L9 | 618 | O28
ae ie ‘MS 'S 99 918 ae
YNWUNI-O1IID) “AA *N | 6°99 | S°6L | L°6L
Ontd|*M'N“N| Z'79 | O'6L | S°6L
ontqd) °N 8°69 | ULL | LLL
Ontd|*M°N“N| 8°09 | T9L | G'9L
OIG) M*N*N] O69 | HSL | G9
IVD] oN 0°29 | OSL | SOL
ynwng| *N $79 | SPL | BSL
T}BI}S-OLID| = NT 629 | OSL | VSL
Iva) “HN | S'So | S8L |.0°6L
° ° ©
1 seule
"AIS Jo yoodsy cy ze =
=a ; =
*puUlAA *a1nje1edwoa J,
"uoou jualedde ye spew suonessasq gO
v¥0 0S
Tpauiny))* AA* NC” NI
e@eee @eeco
oniq|*ds *AA *S
ond] “AA °N
nung) “N
1} B.1}S-O1.U0Z) "AT'S es
A[ZZ11Q] AA *N°N
1] C14S- 01117) aC i °Nr
oniqd| “HA *N
ontqd) “A *N
ond) “A ‘N
OI)" AA “NON
oid!) “M's
@eee aBe10 “AM 'S*S
ITMUIND-O4D)* AA “NI NI
ond
owid “a “N*N
onid
Oud "N
qeajQ} *N
yun) “NN
WNUINI-01ND) “| “Ny
YBIS-OlNg) =
"AYS JO yoodsy
“PULA
8'F9
0°69 | GGL | GGL
ge 8 SL | Giese
OTL | O'SL | OSL
PROF 1s | Gale
ZL19 | 869 | L°69
#79 | 1°89 | 9°69
O19 | BBL | ZBL
899 | ssl | OLL
1°99 | OLL | SOL
799 | f6L | SBL
169 | OGL | TEs
PO | GV OSL
Or9 | Shh | Wd
629 | Soh | SIL
G29 | OSL | O'CL
009 | StL | TOL
$8 | “19 | 0°99
z6G | 6°69 | 1°89
Z'09 | FOL | O'OL
$39 | OL | SOL
G’6G | 0°69 | 6-89
oO | OTL | STL
° (°)
*9.1Nn}e19d Wd J,
VSL
€66°6%
160°08
——e
c00°
€F0°
[80°
610°
FZ0°
8E0°
780°
&L0°
TL0°
190°
0L0°
090°
610°0S
soyouy
"WIOG ‘YG 18 paadasqo oinssolg WNUWIxeT
ee
ASS0q
Iva
ASSO
Aurey
ond
Apno[g
TJB14S- OD
ond
OIG
Iva
£3903
eng
18310)
@eeeee
@eeeee
e@eeeee
1y8d]S-O11D
ond
ond
Ontd
Gl
IBID
“SpNopd=paie}}"09
ond
TNwWNd-01119
"AAG Jo yoodsy
"M*N'N
'S
°S
‘ad “NON
"N
oe
aN
‘N
0d
wae)
"MA ‘S
“M cn
‘N
"Od
a
ee
0d
“ane
“PUM
‘9SII-UNG 1B ApPBUL SUONBAIISYC
° 2 6
. -
SOIOAAHOOKOBSS
cOHHAMMOMOAKINWSWO
OWWOMO WOOO WOO O &
ROM MDOCCOOCHRAN
MWOUOUowDoOoVowoOO OO Ok
DWMQAOCNAMrO+HWOROWM
g°9¢ | F':09 | S°09
G¢g | LLG | OLS
g'zg | SG | 8 gg
O'S: | FFG | og
oes | O-LG | OLE
zgg | OBS | 08S
egg | 0°09 | 369
o'9g | 9Z9 | B69
g'°e¢ | 8°09 | 6°09
ry ° °
~leeices eas
& ;
*ainjelod wea J,
€E0"0E| UB2TAT
i 9)
MIAO WIOOrnm OD
00°% ** IT'FOT, $9, 8°SL) 8°F8 pou s2** | e990) SLL| 8°BL/ Z96'9S ks see" | 9°99] 8°18) O'S8] S96'6% sai see 9°19] S'Zg] Z'S8] 996'6z
else Cen a 0'%8 ve lO) N | 6°89) 2 Sh) 6°94) 606" _, 1B91D | M NN] 8°69) @°62/ 4°08) $88" yNwWND! AA NNT! g'OL| Z'08/ BTS) 688"
9¢°0 ee ee ees ee eo eeee @eee ee ee ee ee @eeo0s e@oeo @e ae ee ee e@eeene e@eeo ee ee ee ee
vi ** l0°S0T| ¢°02/ $°6L| 3°88 TTOUWIN TD) |* AA S°S| 0'OL| 8°64) S°08} 9L8° TYBIJS-OTNUWIN TD] “AA “S| 9'OL| BSB] 98) G98" 1}81]S-O]NUIND) * MA °S| EFL! Z'98! TL, SLB"
m ** |9°LOT| 6°So| 6°) 6'S8 On'Id! °S | 6°69) °6L/%'T8| S68" OIC] |"AN *-A} [QO] O' FR) SFB) 868" TPNUIND |*AAN “| Z*).9] BSB! FFB) 806"
cs ** 18°901| 0°99] 0'SL| O'F8 1970) AA NN} €°OL| 0°82/0°6L| FFG" ONC | “AN | OTL] $08) T°S8) 8z6" jf B4}S-OpNWUND |" AA “NT VTL] S18) S'S GPG"
90°T ** 10°90T| 9°) 8°FL) O' FB yNWND) “AA *S} 8°69) L'8L/8°6L) LLB" OIG} “AA |S°69| 8 08! 8°28! 928° OIC} MSM | 9°69} 0°28} 0 ZB 006"
r1'0 °* 10°Z0T| 9°99) S°SL| B EBISPMOL9 PAoNwoS| "A | g°g9] 8'BL| 8°6L| 98" TAWND| T° N | #69] 0°38} 8°SBl SSB" MUN) “| 9°69) L°18| FSB 628"
vey “* 10°S0T| $9) O'LL| 9°68 Apno[)| M NN| 8°29} 8°08) F°08/ Fe6° APNoD| M NN/ 6°89) 4°88] 1°F8) Tze" ApnolD| MSM | 6 89] 0'¢8} 0°98) TS6"
z °* {O'STT| G°So) 8°LL| 0°06 OIG) “M | 9°69) % G8) 9°S8) EEG" 011d | M NN| 0°89] 2° 28].0°68) 186° Onig| “N /|¢°69/0'88) $'88) 196"
on ** |8°SOT| 6'gg| Z'9L| 9°88 onIg| °“N | 9°99] #18) FB] 126" OnId| M NN] 2°99) 2°¢g] 6°98) Sz6" 03314 | N N| ¢'89] 0°28) O'L8 66"
i ** JOOTT/8°¢9 S°9L| 1°68 O71 | AA N Nj ¢°99/ Z'18} 0°€8] 86" 01917} M N NI] 0°99) 8°G8] 9°28) 286° OIC] AA NN] °99) 8'98) 2°L8) 196"
oe ** 18°60T/ S'F9| L°9L/ 8°88 0311]| “M “S| 8°29) 8'8L| SB] ZZ6" 031 | MA SAMAJ 2°29} S°98] 9°48} 9z6° O'| MSM! 2" 19] $98) 0°28) 266"
x ** 18°80T| $°S9| L°9L/ 0°88 onld| “MA |¢'89/ 8°LL| 9'T8! PG6° 1B3TD|} M SAA 8°99} £98] S28) LE6° IRITD| ASA! 2°L9) P98] L°98) LPG"
Sy ** |S GOT| F 09 6'SL) FSB eee (6) Pasa 9°¢9) 8°41) 4°82) 086'6z _ IRUIND] M SAA) 8°99) 6°€8) F'F8| 026 62 __ AUN MS"S| $°¢9| O'F8 Z'PR| 6S6 6S
x ** |e°L6 | F°09| O°SL| 9°S8 ApnoyD} “AA | 0°99) 8°SL/ 8°92) 80° ApnojD] *AiN*A\! 1°69] G'08) 8°08! FL0° 1yB1}S-O1ILD) AA NNT 69] 6°T8} 8°Z8| S80"
cp ** 19° FOT| L°LG] 6°OL| L'F8 OIC |"AA °N| #'F9} 8'9L/ 8°82] 680° oOnid| “N | 0'F9| 0'cg|3"e8} 620° On| M NN/ ¢'¢9] #'2@8) 8°Z8 S80"
< ** 19°S0T| 0'9¢| &'69| 9°S8 OnId| “M |%'z9| 6'SL| 6'SL! THO’0E O71 |"M *N) 2°%9) 2°61) 6°08) GZ0'OE 0331C|" MA *N) 0°E9) Z'08) F'08 O80"
ia °* 1€00T| 9°FG) 8°L9) O'T8 0131 |"MA "N| Z'09| ISL) O°SL| 886°6% 011d |" M *N/ 0°09) 2°82 0°6L| 8L6°6% OIC | AA NN 9°6S] 2°82| P62 L66°6%
Ss ** IL TOT! O'LG} 0°69] 6°08 ond) “N 13°09] @&d)| 8°SL| Seo" ONIC |" M “N/ S19] 8°42) S*6L| Sz0" O31 |" M *N/ 8°09] 8°LL/ 1°62) SFO"
oe ** lozor! @'gc} F°69) S°08 IB9TD | M NN} 9°29] &'SL/ €°S2) L80° 1B9TD| M NN | 8°39! 3°22! 8°82! 910° 18310] “N | #'%9}E°RL) O'6L) L80°
a) ** IL°ZOT| 8°6G| VOL) O'TS TNWNAD | AA “N| F'F9] S'SL| 8'FL! TOT'OS ynwND! "NN | O°F9) Btgz! 2°92) ORO'OS] WRIYS-opNUIND) AA NN} G°¢9] g'BL) S°6L) L8O'0E
=e ** 13°16 | Fz9| TTL) L°6LSPMOl Preneos| "N | G°G9/ 9°SL) BSL) 616° 011) M *N! 9°%9} 6'FL| S'9L) TS6" BISON |* AA *N| Z-E9] G'9L| O'SL BFC"
es ** lo‘eoT] £09 T'S2/98°Sa] Wh uNd-o4tIF |" AAS"S| 1°89} 0 BL) 0°08) 618°6% TFNWINI-O1IT)| “AA °S| 8°69) 6°ZBl TFB) TS8'6S} WMWMNI-OLID|* AA “S | 9°69) L°S8\ TFS L88"6%
youy | *yout} is ° oO ° ° o \soyouy ° ° o |seyouy ° o | o |sayouy
elo ise s/s] 4/9) 9] o& 2/919] 8 2/2] 2! o&
a espana © (2) 5 bog d S| ere | ood d | | ee wi >| S| oe
g g BS F . AG jo yoodsy e | | & me AS jo yooasy eter eee “AAG Jo Joodsy e | | o| ss
‘P| “OV | % Fl erajautouray J penta! Ed 2 : Tio Sa eee ak fe
*yoo,7 1°09 7 | & = |ummuruiyy pure *purlAA | *ornyeuad wo J, =I “pur, | ‘ainyvsedwe 7 S *puraa! ‘aanjesed wo f, S
"sasneg ulyl = UINUITX® TAT *J9S-UNS 1B 9PBU SUOTJBALISY CO ‘ud 7 1B paddasqo ainssad J WNUNUTTAT "WOOP 'YZ 18 9pBU STOLIBALISG QO
["panweguod ‘.la9StGIRF 7092.50]0.100]9 {7 |
oer “es BGO, SBR) ORS CLG GS az oe (8'SL | Gee | Fee |ree'es) | sse* 1 ogo | BOL | FOL
IVapO|"M'N°N] 369 | 8T6 | $6 | 298" Od *MA'N'N| $89 | S'L8 | O68 | LIE" IO) “A'S | OSL | BS, | OC)
INWNI-O1NID|*M'N“N| BFL | 9°06 | 9°16 | F98" OIG) “M*N | &S4 | S98 | O48 | 168" sf UBUD aN OSA Od. |G Ok
ond) “M°‘S | $82 | OF6 | 8'E6 | 1Z6" od) “M °S | O'8L | 6'S8 | 8S8 | TLE'6S Od) “HN | SIL | OSL | 6'SL
ond) “M°S | T@sL | &'6 | &'6 | F66'6% old “M'S | BL | 9°Gg | BSB | SFO" ONG) “M “S | GOL | GL | SSL
IeajQ| “MS | BFL | O'S6 | 1°36 | 600" ontd) “M’S | O'FL | O'Sg | SSB | LEO TIO} “M“S- | SOL-|- OSL. | BtTL
ynwng| “M 'S | STZ | 8°06 | S'T6 | ¢z0° old) “AA G&L | FB | LB | $90° HVNS-OLND) “MS | LOL | SCL | OSL
old! “MM “S ‘S| 8°99 | 8°66 | L°S6 | Cz0'08 onid) “M “S| 0°69 | B'eg | G68 | 8S0° OIG) SAA “SN | L°S9- 1 2°69.| $69
onid| “AA "N | $°89 | G36 | 0'86 | S86" OnId) M“N'N| 6'TL | 6°98 | TZ8 | £20 08 O11 |" MA*N MA} 0°99 | SOL | 8°69
eeee0e 2e@eee e ee ee ee OWI) "AA °S° AA GCL CZ8 € SB LI6° eeenasen eeese ee ee ee
1e3fD) MM O'LL | 8°68 | L°68 | 606" IID) “M“S | O'9L | O'€8 | BB 19966 Old) “M "S | STL | HSL | OSL
oid) “MS | LPL | S98 | $98 | 616°6% Od) “M'S | PPL | IB | 418 | TZO° que S 0°69 | SOL | 9°69
young) “Ss ZL | £98 | O18 | TFO ynwnDg| “ye | SL | zo | $'08 | $80" AS50q| ‘A"°N | 689 | 3°69 | 8°89
1vaJD| “M “N | go, | OTS | O'@8 | 020° wD] “HN | ZOL | 6GL | ILL | 1LO° youn) °N cog | G99 | $799
‘spunyi» urey) “AN | Z 29 | 0°69 | &89 | 6100 Apnoy)| “N ¢'89 | ct, | STL | S¢008 Apnolp da *N “A| Sco | 819 | $19
od| "A "S*S} 19, | G98 | S98 | E88" ong) "Ss SFL | o'708 | S6L | STE AUINs-O1) | "AS “A! S89 | 2°69 | 7°69
ond M “S*S} OBL | 088 | B88 | Zzs" NWN "AA °S °S| OLL | Beg | 8'SB | L¢8° ong) “A'S | opr, | VSL | OSL
yauny) “MN | Gey | ¥98 | 9L8 | O62" NeNs-nUND “M “S “S| ALL | OSB | 68 | Es" Og) “HS | SIL | VoL | SL
YyNwuNI-o1tg| “SS e912 | 68 | S68 | ORL’ YAUNI-OIND! "AS *S | SSL | grzg | AEB | FEL oniqd; “M O'rL | OOL | LL
qO/"M "S "S| 09, | 488 | G68 | SEL" wows COO] “AA S*S| BSL | S18 | 91S | 828" __ Apnop, "Ss | OBL | OSL | BFL
owicy)"ds*4-s44) g-cg | 8°68 | 8°06 | FOL OTT) "MN'M] O°L9 | HGg | OSB | Z08" IB9[D|"AA"N M | €'F9 | 8°69 | S69
oyiq| “AA Z‘OL | 6°68 | T'06 | Fz8° OIC) “AM 'S | O'FL | L708 | 0°08 | 198° ASS0T) “AAS | LIL | OBL | SIL
ontq| “AA Z'89 | G26 | O'G6 | LL8° old) “MS | 9°89 | g'zg | STB | Sze old) “M'S | 639 | GL9 | TL9
oniq; M‘S'M| z'69 | $05 | 6:06 | cI6 OnId| "HA “*S *H| oss | o'gs | OTB | $96 od) “N @G9 | @l9 | TL9
oid) M °S’AA; 0°99 | 648 | 2°88 | G88" o11d| “M“N | 989 | O'T8 | 0°08 | Eee" on'd; “M | 0°99 | 8°99 | F99
onic zys" MM] ¢'%z9 | SLB | OLB | Sz6" OI) "AAN'M| 289 | O'S8 | BSB | OLE ond) “M_ | 0:09 | 8'F9 | O'S9
oniq|’M°N M| o1g9 | 0°68 | O68 | 198° old) “M 299 | ¢2zg | GI8 | 026° onid’) “AA” o'19 | $89 | L°89
onic) daeys "s| ga, | 2°06 | 0°06 | 088" onid “ds "AA °S) SOL | SB | VIB | Sh6°6s OW) M ‘S*S} OOL | OTL | BOL
o31q|'AA "S*MA| 0'89 | 0°98 | 8°S8 | SLE IBID M'S'M! Z'89 | 0°08 | S64 | 00° oWld|M "S*S} FOL | VTL | LOL
IeaQ|M°S*M|}| O's, | 8'S8 | SEB | 686°6% YOUN) “MS | VBL | PLL | SIL | PLO'OES IID} “AS | O'G9 | BSI | Vs
S ° ° sayouy ° ° fc) BSden'} oe ° °
Bo gee fee 4 2S |Se as Sey SS he
*K oe ee ek eee d pe a ee ee s wo |e | &
YS Jo yoodsy S E- |, Sai AS Jo yoodsy a 5 @ | Ma AS Jo yoadsy = 5 ®
ae eee = = o : = o
*pulAA *a1nj}e.19d Wd f, = *PULAA -91nye.19d WA J, S "PULAA *a1nye1od ula J,
‘uoou juaredde ye apeur suoieAlasg QO *UIQS “YG 3B paAsasqo ainssad J UNULX® [AT *OSII-UNG 1B APVUW SUOIIBAIASG GC
‘OSs “youn fo yauopy ays lof ‘v23nI)vD ‘aC Syosauay sohaaung ay2 30 day sajsibay 1091b010.L00;0 Ky
ma NOD SH LO 6 &~ 00
o
is
o
Hs
jek Shas s,u0osy |
oT za
een | o —
"OUT
“youy
°100,7 *109,7
“SdONBL) UlBYy! °
F601) LOL, & G8i6'S6
COll
0 GIT
0 O2T
O'eOT
SIT
OFIT
OSTT
SIT
STI
3801
8°60T
vLOT
GL6
0°COT
FOO!
0°LOI
SII
°
*sABi SUNS Ul
“Way T “X® TAT
0°91) $98
O'LL| 0 L8
8°S1| TL8
OSL! £98
0'eL| $98
0°%L| 6°98
0 €L] 8'F8
6°69] 6'E8
ZOL| S'E8
0 SL) O'S8
ZL FEB
6'69| S'08
9°89) 9 6L
B99) TLL
LPL
g'6L
1°28
L18
0O'L6
0°L6
686
v OOT
9°L6
6°86
G°96
6°L6
8°96
6'F6
9°F6
106
¢ 06
L°L8
8°08
L°68
&'06
0°S6
L’¥6
6 46
9°F8
L 18/86
¢ FBP 96
“UAT
=
=]
*
*1AJSULOUIOY J,
NT Ia ei
UWINUITX® TAT
eras “+ °* | O°LL| SFB] 6 S8/ 9Z8"6S
avata] °S— | OBL] 8°88] 8°06] BLL"
TyRays-OTNUIND)| AA"N"AN/ 9°ZL} 8°06] 0°G6] $BL"
1B.1}S-O11D|' AA * NI] G°9L! 0°06) 0°Z6] LOB"
ontqd| ‘S| 0°69] 2°98 0°88) 806"
reajg]| *S | &'g9] 728] 8°88] SE6"
Wens-o119} *S | Z| 6°Z8| 0°06) 916"
ong] AAS'S| 0'ZL| 0°28] 2°06} 086"
071:(]|" AA *N/ 0°02) 0°98) 8°88) £66"
ond] ‘“S |9°0z| 8°S8| 0°z8/ ST8°
IB31D|"M *N/} 8°LZ| 0°S8] 0°S8| 898"
young} *S | Ezz! P°E8) 98] LEC"
wa} “N | L‘Z9} 9°08] 0°28] £96"
YNUINI-O1ND GST) O'OL| 8°SL| O'LL| ZEB"
ontqd| MA "N/ 0°89] O'1Z| 8°%z E88"
onig| "S |0°9z| %'%8| 0°%8| OFZ"
Apnojy/'dys *S| 0°89] @'BL] 8°6L| BIL"
Autwyy] “AA "S| ¢°9L| 6:98) L°L8] 999"
IBID} °S | VOL} 0°SB) s°98| ZL"
onid|" MA *S| §’89] $°98] 0°88] 799"
onid| °S | o'Ez| 0°28) 8°68] 069"
omni |" AA S"S| 9°29} $°£8| 0°68) LLL"
orICT| “AA “S| 3°69] 0°S8} 0°88} BEB"
onid| MSAA|6'TZ| L£°&8) 1°98] 608°
od! “AM |9°¢9| O'F8| S*S8} 608"
on | MN" Z 99] €'8) O' FB) LBL"
ont | “M °S| 8'Zz| L°G8) O'F8) 608"
oniq}| “N | 2°99) € 8 8°e8] $68"
IBATD|'M S'S] Z°9L| 0°08) S18] 668°6%
° ° o \sayouy
4) ele 1 Se
z ro
"AYg Jo yoadsy FE) S| mg
el Sealers =
*purAa | *aunqyesad wa J, S
*yos-UNS 1B 9
pew suoneasasq a
Iva) °T
yNWNDO|* AA °N
onic} "AA “N
ond) “S
T9310) "MS'S
TPNUINI-O1ID} “O° NT
Ona eS
121) IN
o1nid|'M ‘Ss
Ia O| M NN
INUIND) "AA *S
1B89(0)| A NN
SpNo]d poawedg| “Of
uIe1 0} *powoD|ds MNN
edjs-ojnwND| *¢
TAD) MS
ond) "M *S
TB9ITD) MS'S
o1ntqy) “AA
Od) MSS
ond) “M *S
oid) “M
oid) “M
O3}TC] |" AN TAA
Oni] | ANT Aa |
oniq| ds °*s
ontd) M °N
191) MSM
“AY Jo yOadsy
PULA
‘a 'd PIB PaATAsgoO oanssasq WINUUTTAT
6 69
6°69
PL
OTL
oo)
STL
P 69
€ 89
9°99
COL
0°69
GIL
0°99
€ OL
9 G9
G OL
9°91
GPL
OLL
Go L9
FOL
0°69
GLO
Lo
G'G9
0'S9
8'0L
G9
0'S9
&'06
6 16
¢ 96
0°96
0°66
0°S6
$16
G6
6 96
0°S6
8°S6
f'06
8°68
0°98
$°6L
OTS
6°98
L'T6
6 $6
C6
F°S6
o'S6
8°S6
r'S6
6 16
8°06
O16
S16
&°68
8°88
PW JO |
“ain edod Wa J,
[“panurquos ‘1ajsr.caey yvorsojo.10ajaf{ |
Te eG a ad wu pow Ce Le ke
Hua
818°6%
OLL”
GOL*
I18°
G68"
LT6°
1¢6°
CS6"
LOG"
L08°
918°
OF6
Lé6°
S66"
o jsayoul
“A oGE
0} ‘pat aeg
eee
eoeee @eee
e919] M NN
TNUIND-OIID)/ AA NN
OVC "MN MM
od! M SS
1B9IO}" AA °S
TTNUWINI-O1IT) “M
ond) “S
o11G|"M *N
o1G|"MA *S
IBID} “AA
yAWND] “AA °S
18319} °N
I]NWNdI-OLNID| | “N
oWwGd AS
1yeljs-o7 Nun’) "MSS
ynung| A Ss
ond) °s
Iv9]D/"MS'S
oniqd| “AA
ond) M °S
od) “MA
orc] | AAS MA
onigd| ASM
ong) ASM
ond) “AA
oniq|dsA,s
on'Gd|MNN
1B919|M NN
“AY Jo poodsy
“pul
— | | - } -
“WOP UZ Ie APBUL SUONVALISG(C
€ TL|F 16) 1°S6| SEB"6S
GOL| 0'F6| 26) T6L°
OGL) S '¥6) e°S6| 962°
6g"
O16
cS6"
SG’
9F6°
966°
LZ8"
C88"
996"
iBnAOAON
~~ i bh hr ~~
on et ae
e
MSN SHOrrOr
ODreonnrtnwnon
CO Or OOO CO CO br ©
DANOCONN AO
°
7, 0 ce
IIT JO DS
‘QIN *M
"aanye.tod Wa |
T'9L | 6 | 8°36 | 938°6% hes vere 1 O9L | G18 | 1°88 | 698°6s pe OFL | SLL | OLL | I8'Gs| Uva
old °S S18 | 8°06 | T'Té | 82Z° yawn) Ss $08 | O88 | S88 | GGL’ | ‘Spnojo palayeog] = *g €82 | o'708 | 2°6L | OeL’ og
oniq| ‘S| ¥'08 | ST6 | 816 | 162° Iv3[Q) MM PBL | 98 | SLB | FB" FTREINOSOSTIO EAA ONE | S'GE San OSL | PLL” 6%
TNwND|"AA SAA! 6°94 | O'88 | 8'Z8 | 008" TAUIND) AA “S*MA| VOL | SSB | L°S8 | BIB" ApnojorM's’M| O'SL | T'8L | LLL | O92" S8z
Aurey| "aS | O'LL | 0°08 | 9°6L | ZF9° Aurey) LLL | 8'6L | Z6L | 199° AUIBY] “HN | @'9L | 8°24 | SLL | PLO LZ
oid! “| *N | 9'FL | 6°28 | 0°68 | 608" ApnolD| °a | Ssh | S'é8 | OF | Les" Ajzzq] at | LOL | az | e'8h 9%
Apno|D, a O'TL | 9°06 | $66 | TOS’ ond) “N | OGL | 828 | L’88 | 9T8 TOUINO-Olan aN “NT 9'OL | O°OL-4 O'9E
NUND-OLID| “AA | SLL | VE | G96 | ZOB YNUINI-OLITD| "AA N*M! FOL | S86 | SFE | 198" HBNS-OLTOPM “NM STL | 8'OL | O'L4
~ 1ye@ds-OLIID|"AA'N'M| 8°94 | OTE | S'Z6 | PLB" TYBTS-OLUND) MA VOL | B88 | O'68 | 606" OI] "MM °S } LBL | SLL | 69L
wea] M 'S | O'LL | 276 | BSE | IS8" TIO} “M“S | O'6L | F'68 | S'06 | 88R" PAUMI-OLNIDE “MM “S | PSL | OLE | 8°9L
yNUNI-O1NID| “AAS | VEL | O'SE | O'FE | LzB° Apnojo] *M °S | e's | £48 | 2°88 | 798" ONG] ‘AS | SOL | SOL | SOL
~ ryedys-O1ND] “A'S | OSL | G46 | PLE | SLL eIs-OLNID) “A'S | SLL | €°68 | S68 | TEB" HENSON MS | SSL. LLL | Ck
eID} “M'S | SLL | $96 | S96 | Fz" IO} *M'S | O'6L | 8°68 | B06 | OSB" ApnojO} “AA *S | 4h | SOB | S'6L
ONId| “M°S'M|} 6'SL | FL6 | S86 | 98" OIG] “M“S | O'FL | SIG | 2'%6 | $88" TOM ‘S°S!| OFL | VOL | 6'SL
O1d|"M'N‘N/| S*TZ | 0°66 | 9°66 | 962° TNUIND-OLITD*AANEM| STL | O'F6 | BFE | G28" OMG] “M°S | O'FL | OLE | SLL
IPNWINI-O1ND| “AAS | BBL | O'S6 | O'S6 | EFL" Apnojd} °s S18 | 218 | sug | SLL NWNA-oLND] = *g v'6L | S18 | L°08
; TBID|"MAS°M| L°6L | 4°S6 | 0°96 | eG" JB9/D]) “M“S | OTS | 2°06 | 8°06 | ZSL° IwID} °S O'8L | O'I8 | $08
oniq)'ds*AA “S| 9°08 | O'S6 | F'S6 | 8OL° youn ds" AA S| O'6L | 2°88 | 88s | SOL" yaunD] = °s GOL | S'6L | 682
IPNWND) “AAS "S| SSL | 2°06 | 916 | 62" TIO! “M'S | O'FL | VSB | O'98 | zB" IAUAND-O1E ° N OGL | GCL | Lh
WNUIND-OAND] "AA “S | 9'FL | B06 | O16 | OTS Homey) ae O'FL | SFB | 6°98 | LF8" <a TN | Ohh | O'S) | L'bL
ynUNng) “AA *S | F'9L | 836 | T'S6 | gee" WD) “X'S | 29, | O'L8 | O'88 | O18" ond) “Ss e’eh | 8°9L | T'9L
Apnoig| °N | 8's | S'S8 | 2°98 | ¥g8° Apnoj) "ds*M"N| ZO, | 928 | F'2B | LSB" WNUNI-OLNID] “MA *S | SSL | SBL | O'8L
TYVI}S"OLID) = AA LtL | VE | HVE | $B8°6% ontd) °“M 6'FL | 68 | 0°06 | O86°6% Tea] “MN | GGL | SOL | ODL
I[NUIND-O1ID|"AA “N°N}| 6°SL | STE | 0'°S6 | E00'0E TeITO|"M “N°N| OSL | 6°98 | 288 | L80°08 OIG; M“N'N} G'sh | S'9L | 0°94
oiq) “M°S | OSL | S'T6 | LT6 | OSe OnId) "M N'A} FS, | 0°S8 | 8°S8 | 166" OnId) “MM “N | 0°69 | S'@L | OGL
o1q| “MS | O'8L | S86 | 8'S6 | LI6 WBIS-OLND| = *S SLL | 0°88 | B68 | TL6°6% HBNS-OIND) “MS | SOL | S'BL | O'8L
oniq| “A "N | 8's | O'S6 | S'E6 | 986" WMUIND-OANLD)| “AA “NT | G92 | S°B8 | S88 | STO'OS Apnoipt"M *S | O'FL | OAL | 8°94
YVIIS-OlIT| AA S*AA| 8'SL | 2°36 | BEE | GLB" Onld|) "MM ’S | ZG, | 8°98 | $°98 | OTE YAWUNd-o1D} = *g§ O'OL | S'S | O'&L
youn)! “M°S | PEL | 06 | OTE | Zg8'6s HVI}S-OLND) “AAS | VBL | 6'S8 | O'L8 | STE6'GS HRYS-OMIDT “MN | OSL | GLL | OLL
° soyouy ° ° ° soyouy ° ° °
aC ale /e|a AE
E | mu | ‘hig Jo wodsy mB | | B | al | hag Jo y0dsy Bie | &
* eT = s & = ;
“PULA *aanyeroduro f, ° "PUuIAA -anye1od wid J, S ‘pula, | caanyeseduay
‘uoou jualedde 48 opeur suolerrasq GO "WOG ‘YG 1B paasasqo ounssorg UWINUWIXB IA ‘OSLI-UNG 1B APBVU SUOIIBALISGO
osst “2udp fo yuopy ay uof ‘ngnanQ “a0ffQ syoiauay Lohoaung 243 9 ydoy oysiboy [oovbopo.0apa py,
wre Tee" | pros Sugisaasezeg] = 7 «| tt | s'9ulr'zelorre(ezt'ee] "> «| **** | ¥'92|6'86 | O'S6 | CPL ez
82'0 ** IGTIT| O°L4| 6°98) 2°96 1A Labs) (ama EI A PRE A rai 2 Pi ie fi ees PP Tied EE ea
ante ‘s lo'rel rzele'es | 629" “AA *S| G'TglO'S6 |6'S6 | LF9°
sata qeaj} “S| L°08| 6°98) £48) FES" 1e91} “S| O'18| F°Z6|8'e6 | 629" 189[D) “AA ‘S| S'T8)0'S6 [6"E6 | LPI"
OBL | rl eer 08 eelose | tmmno-oustg| “S| 9°98) £98] ¥°28| 00L" onld| "MM ‘S| 0°s8) ¢'¢6/9'F6 | 869" ryan) “AN *S) €°28/0'F6 [C76 | OBL:
Heel | °° | °° loves | ruz| e'esic'es rear)! °M. | O'LL| 8'F8| °FS| FEL’ | Wemys-ormwND) “AL | O'SL/ eL8|L'28 | Seb" | WBAIS-O/NUIND) AA SAN O°LL)8"98 [8°28 | (SL.
lz ot |, 27) 2” [S'8k| OGL ie 68 ApNo[D|'S “Id | G'9L| G28) G18) TLS" OnId|'S "IG | Sd) B'TRI'T8 | SEs" oniq) “ds “S) 0°91/6 18 [8:08 | 80%
o2l@! got | °° | «+ | res! re8ictos Aurey] *N_ | 8°SZ| 0°18] 0°18) SSL" onic]|"H. “N | O'FL) 6F8is"cs | OFL" Ont) “A |O'sL]e'28 [bee | PSL"
1 cz » | ** Igyorigtoz| tesio're |. Wesrs-oastd] “HL “S | 6°CL| 9°98) 6°L8) PEL" OMI) A | 4°69) G06/0°G6 | Ved, Pee Sees ee eae
rl | evo | °* lerort| t22| 2'esieoor; SPUNM y Mey) “A | O'FL) C08) 8°€8) 18L" Apnojg|"a"S"S) LLL) Z'86/0'F6 | OOL" PROD) “A “S| O'LL|E'PE [2°26 | 96k,
lez » | 9+ lourtlezzloesigse | e4}s-OID|"M"N“A! 7°CZ] Z'06] 8°06) ODL" YRIS-ONID| “MA | B'9L) 9'F6/S'LG | BSL" WeIIS-OLUID)"AA “NI|S'9LI9'FE [2°96 | BBL"
| zz "* | ** 19°STT/0°L2) 8°88/S°00T Apnoj)|AAS"S| 0°SL| 8°78] L°S8) E92" Onld| “A'S |z'rL| L'T6\e'66 | GGL" | WeNS-o[nuIND) “AA *S/G"OL/e L6 [0°66 | FOL.
| 1z > | ++ [g-g91/ 9°94) 8'¢8lo'Ge | WRuINd-o1m1D} “MA “S) B°SL) €°S8) L°SB/ BSL" Apnojy| "AM *S|O'LL| O'oes'T6 /eree | HnuMo-oustd) “AN | 8'FL/0.86 [076 | OOF,
Log -- | «= leorrleez| sesieoor| — BBAIS-O4TID| “AA “S|G°ZZ) 88) 8°88) 789° 189[D)| “AA “S| $'08) 0°S6/3'L6 | 089° IWBAIS-O4LID| “AA “S| $°08/8°96 fe'86 | SOL"
aici «: | <* leertloves| Tose Lor ApnojD| “AA ‘S| 8°FL| 6'88| L°68| 6EL" ynund| "S| e°64) S'S6|e'46 | ak? | WENS-o[NUND| “AA *S/C-OR|L'L6 [8°86 | GPU.
Feri | -: | + leertle'oz| 968/r-zor ava})|" MSS] 6'EZ| 0°%6| G'F6| 992" otd| “AA |6°TL) S*L6\2°66 | cok a lhsetived ee ee oe oy
LI | 8S R081} 3'LL) $'06)L"60T oid] “AA °S|0°Fz) 8°26] 8°96, GOL’ | WNumo-outy) “M_ |e'TL! S'86|O°TOT| OTL” | HMNUMa-OAN| “AA | O'@L/e TOTIT'ZOT) Ser
91 *» | ++ lecrilo'tg| £°06/F'00T] INUMD-o4mI) “AA “S| H°LL| 8°06) 8°26) BES" M0910 ds ‘S es 7°06 16 O19" ‘ond M's OT8I6°86 900t 969
#e oot elas ‘Tala: 182[9| °S |0°08| 0°88) 0°68} 909° ) eee ; ‘cy T8/6. : ,
Baers |. tose eee ce. ynwny} *S | ¢*Tg| 8°88) 9°69] 209" oni] “AA “S| 8°28] F°76'8°C6 | 669 Ong dsMS) Feel 96 |1-96 |S9"
ler -- | «+ leerrlores| aP8ioz6 | se9qQ] “MM “S| Z'SL) 8°98) $8] 949° ynwnD} *S | L°S2/ 3°16/0's6 | +99 IMUIND/A"S'S| LOLTFE |0°S6 | O69"
Icrl@|) °° | °° ls rrtlotrz|0'S8i0'96 PROD P.zenwaS| "S| 9°%L|G'L8) 0°88) QOL” J HONS ATU ‘AS | FFL) S'16/9'F6 | B69" | VENS-O[NUIND/" AA *S/B°SL/6 G6 [0'F6 | OY!
mat eaP i a2 5s We oe a. ee ime ef a) i eeece ace ce ee ee ee ee e@ece e@eecd ee ee ee ee
ol ee dae aeeteyemer hoy sleet P 2 ; ; . “AA 8 | gs 7eloe ra TNUINI-O1NID|"MA S| S'SLIO'FG |0'96 | FEL"
! ir ie ‘agile Yeys-ojamng| “S | PPL! 6°28) 68) IPL O11) MS | 9'FL! 0°S6/8"S6 | SSL" A) alee .
3 re] ae OST Ber] rea p-ae [stop p.tonvag| “al “Ni o°zd| 0'€8| 4'28] PSL" se | Cea a eee. Sree eG a a aa een
L + | se lorerr! p9z| 9281986 ontd| MSS] °PL| 0°06) &°16} T9Z" 1yBI9S-O1N1D)|"M “S| 9°FL! O'FEIS'SE | OLL HENSON) “AL | L'7L/9°S6 [0°26 | BBL.
-» | ++ [péor| soz] ¢ 98ler96 ontd| “A |O°SL| P68) 8°06] P68" | HNurno-o4u1 a "N | O'r1| B'86/F'26 | G06" ae Sareea peor
Sa te al male. Wens-o111)| “S| POL) 8°48) 0 06) 898" ONI|"M "S | 8°FL| 8'SG/9'FG | FSB" CL) el ec teree
; ep crt oral 9°88 86 . apno{. "AA *S| LPL} 0°16) 0°} S18" nENs-o1D| “AL | $'94/ 0'96/8°96 | ZOR’ | HBIS-OTNUIM:)) "AL |8'OL/E96 |P°LG | SCR
Pls sesh ee? ee orlety atone: oniq| H *N| ZI! F683) 0°16] FOS" | Wawno-o1tD|"AN'A| ¢'eL| e'e6\0'G6 | 668" J WNWNI-O1ID) “AN S'SL/B'F6 0°96 | TO,
TL | TD SHOT eee eereece | wems-ousicy|* AA *S| 0'8Z| £°88| €°68) 2€8" ynung| “AL “S} O°6L| ¥°S6|0"L6 | 708" avai) “A 'S|8°92|2°96 0°86 | 118
; -. | e+ Iportlstaz eaglioce | Umuno-oasin| -"S -| OGL] €°68) 0°06 80864] NEAIS-OLNID) “AL “S/ 0°82! O'@6|e'e6 jos6s UM a ae eke PS tee
‘yout | “YouT | ‘6 o| ° |] © ° ale Sereteu ae oa Bee: Set) Beh aie ae : Bee, ee 2 : = . re =
ise & | oles) S| 2 4| 2/2 | 88 #| 2) 2 | wf a= | Soe
zie] 2 | 3 jee | 2 | 2 oe) ele] os ele) 2 | el]. ds Sa e-aioee
isi gs | B SR] * 1B 1H | ckyg jo yo0dsy e | & | & | rig | S48 so yoadsy e{ Bl go | mg | AISso Mersey Sige | 8 eee
mi ~< ae Mee s : = ° oF 3 : ses | a pe
En wag [oon | aS minutidipg PUY ‘pumlaimecdwon| Sf puta | “oumiesadmas,| © ___ fog rants
3 "sagned) ley! * vs WIN WIX® JAI *JaS-UNS 1@ APVU SUOTIBALISA OC ‘ai ‘d P 1B poaAtasqo aunssad q WINUIULIAT *WOF UZ 18 opeul suouRaAlesg gO
ARS at a RIE
seees Hm GEG Si POr(-L Peror-SSL06 eres: “*-" 1 18 | 706 | S16 | 6FL'6z AE "**" | S84 | OTS | $08 | 90168) UROTN
HVNS-OFNUUND| «spr | OBB | H'BE | BEE | GSO TRUER ee a ST@ | 818 | 06 | FL9° YBS-O1ND | OL O'LL | 82 | OSL | FI" its
Apno[D| sa en | 0°08 | O28 | F'88B | 199° Apnol[oya *N “A) Z'08 | VFS | BFS | 929° Apnoj9| SLL | S6L | VBL | SFO" 0g
HBIS-O]NUIND| +g O'%8 | $96 | $°96 | Eo TyB1}S-O/NWIND| “MA “S | [ZB | VBE | FE | FLY’ | SpNopo-poisyyeos} *AA “S | 608 | Seg | B'ZB | IFO" 6%
IWBL}S-OLMND) on spr | B'6L | L'B6 | O'S6 | GOL" B19) “AN | SG | 0°88 | B68 | GEL" ONIG/M'N M| Z'SL | L°SL | S'Sh | ToL" 8%
Tnuny ‘9 o'S8 | 0°96 | S16 | 869° Tnwn,) $s 88 | O16 | O'G6 | LIL’ Od) “A °S | $08 | ’68 | GI8 | LB9° . LG
YVIs-o[NwND| +a O'F8 | L°t6 | 676 | 169° TYVI}S-OTNWINT)| "AA *S*AA| O'O8 | Z'06 | $'06 | ZsL" NVNS-OLID) “AN | VEL | SOL | BOL | 89 €9Z
eeee ee oe 54 oe es NUN! “MS | SB | 616 | 16 | LTL° ontd|"ds “AA “S| 8°6L | #FB | 8'EB | L69° &
eeee wiatale ee eo eo ee @eee eevee ee eo eo ee TynuN~) ‘S Fr SL 82a T'2Z8 ZOL° FZ
NV1}S-OLND| ds -aq-s) $08 | L°16 | F'I6 | 808" Apnofd} = «S 8°6L | 6°88 | 0°68 | g¢g" ApnolD| "s $82 | zs | SIs | 6LL" €%
I[NUIND)| ‘daeys °g} 6°08 | 8'F6 | 9°96 | BBL" onId) °S OTS | 216 | 416 | 618" “‘ynurny) ‘S SBL | @2B | MIB | SEL’ Ge
IBI[Di-ds* Aq *g| S08 | B96 | F°96 | OSL" ynunD) = °g 218 | O'S6 | L°S6 | 962" ong) ‘Ss v6L | LTS | O18 | PEL 1Z
ONT! "mM *S | G8] L'F6 | BS6 | SOs yerjs-oynwNY) “AAS | 9°08 | O'T6 | 806 | FS8° Ad FO) 'S V6L | OCB SIs | rss 0G
yawns) °S o's8 | 2:96 | OL6 | OF8" ould) °*M°S | S'T8 | 1°26 | & 86 | 998° oniq! “AA °N | $62 | Sig | ws | 228° S6I
ApnojD| *ay eg | S18 | B'S6 | 8°S6 | Cos Onld|"M S'S} $'s8 | e'e6 | S'F6 | TIS" ony) -s 0°08 | 27 | 68 | Z9L" at
OnIT| *AA *g | 808 | B96 | SLE | Lad YNWNI-OLND) “AA “S | GIS | 8'e6 | O'S6 | SEL" NWNI-O1D “AA “S *S} G08 | 928 | TUB | S49" LT
OCT |‘daeys *g| O'FB | SSG | B'S6 | 999° Neds Crt AS \-0'SB S66 | 686-629" P12) (4) fae o'08 | ozg | SIs | Seo" oT
OI] “AA *g | LSB | B96 | OLG | 289" ond) ‘Ss P18 | O'%6 | $86 | TOL’ Apnoig| °S o6L | SIS | ZI8 | G89" cT
omg ‘Ss o'e8 | F'L6 | O86 | GRO qeol ‘Ss VSB GG6 | GE6 | LIL’ e910) “A'S | 96L | OB | GTB | S19 lal
oC °S GIs | $°S6 | 3°96 | 0ZL’ DING 'S ole \seclo | O Go .| JO. ond Ss 8°6L | 628 | GI8 | ATL’ SI
Jed} A's «| BIS | BSG | FFG | GFL ynunD| *s 8°08 | $06 | F'16 | F8L" yung) *s O'6L | 9'6L | F'6L | PSL" SZI
yeis-o/NUND *AA *S *g| BIS | S96 | G76 | SFL: oid) °"M “S 8°08 L’°68 | L006 | SLL" YeNS-O1| “A'S | SL | SLL | O'LL | GOL" If
yB1jS-O(NUIND| “AA "Gg | BB | L°S6 | SFG | OTL* yeays-opntwny| °s vI8 | 006 | GI6 | OSL’ yound-oug) *S O6L | OZ8 | 618 | 6L9° Or
ond "9 oSE8 | O96 | F'S6 | 689° PAuUN |" AA °S °S} BSB | L406 | S16 | ZL" “TUN 'S G’6L | S28 | FI8 | $19" 6
1BIID" AM “S°S| SFB | 9°96 | SLE | 689° JB31D/ “MS | BEB | O'T6 | 816 | 0OL’ BAIS-O1NID) “AA 'S | SEL | VIB | VIB | OFI 8
HVIIS-O1ND) “AAS | B'6L | 0°96 | 4°96 | GOD" HBIS-O1ND) “AA "S | STB | S06 | F'06 | E9"° | SpNojo patayywog| “sg G'6L | S18 | ¥'08 | G6S L
oq |‘davys 9} O'S8 | S'I6 | L'I6 | Goo ynwngD)ds *Ay’S} S18 | O88 | S's8 | ¢69" 191d) “M "Ss | 8°9L | S08 | 0°08 | OFI 9
IO} “M°S | LTS | S36 | 8B'ZE | SL9° IVIID) *M “S | $08 | S68 | 0°06 | OTL" Apnojd| "M “S| 8°9L | OB | S18 | 189 S¢
yaunag)ds *Ay*s| HTB | O16 | FIG | LEL oid ‘daeys "S| 4°6L | 0°88 | 488 | 86L° young) "s ZLL | O08 | F'6L | LEL t
oyIq|‘dareys *g} S'6L | G16 | OBE | S28 yuwuNy ‘dueys *s) S°6L | L°88 | 168 | Bes" 1BwaJD} °S 92, | 0708 | B°6L | TSL €
oig| “Ss Z18 | 96 | O'F6 | SLL’ oid ,ds* AAS} 8:08 | $68 | 6°68 | STB" IVD} “Ss Z'LL | $08 | 0°08 | LOL" z
IvajQ| “M °S | FB | 26 | O'S6 | SFL'6S IVI "M “S °S} OSB | S68 | 0°06 | OLL'6Z Apnoj9| “s Z8L | S08 | V6L | LIL°62 T
° ° ° soyouy ° ° o = |sayouy Py ° o~ |S3oay
Stugal = kee Sle) e\ a Bie Vga ee oe
"AG Jo Joodsy S es = a "AWS Jo yoodsy oS =i e ra | “fxg jo yoodsy & 5 Q hey 5
ees E B = ; Se o
*pulAA *ainyeied wea J, = | *pulAA *9.1NzB.19d WA J, 5 *puUlAA *oinyelodwia J, e.
‘uoou jualedde 4B apeu suoljeasasqg "WOG ‘YG IB passasqo ainssalg WNUWIxey, ‘9SI1-UNG 1B APBUL SUOIVVALASY GC
Se **** ) 008) 8°28) 7°88) 9F9'6¢ er "*** /8°08|S'Z6|F°S6 | 989°6% Se ee or66 ‘$6 5 | 6coreal
'08) 2°68 0°86
** |GCTT| PBL! V'L8/F'96 *A[ZZ(]|"M"N“N] 8'9/] S'BL/ 0'SL|Sh9° [ALZ2Up °O AIBA) “MA “S| SLL) L°6L/8'6L | STO" Auey| * AA *S|$°SL) $'6L/6°08 | FZI"
°° JO'TTT) L°LL] 09818" F6 Apno[D| “A | OAL! $08] 6°6L| S09" Aurey| "°H /O°SL/ 8'8L\L°8L | L69° IQUWIN | “AN | 9°08) L°S6)8'F6 | 209°
"* |9°STT| L'e8| P16 0°66 Aurwy| ANN] G°G)| § BL] 8°BL| 1Z9" ApnoD| “ds “| 0’SL) 0°08/9°08 | 969" ApnojD] ‘ds “of) ¢°91) 9 €8,0°88 | SBS"
** |6°STT| 9'S2] $°L8.0'66 YI1}S-O1ND| * AA “S| S18) S'S6| O'F6| 69S" TyBAys-O.LT |" AA °S) O18} T°96/8'86 | OLS" EIS-OMID| "W *S) $18) FS 96S 26 | SIN
** |8°ST1]8'T8| & 16/8°O0T Apno[D} *S | G'%8| G6) E's) L19" ontd| “S |0'%8| F96GI0'86 | PLS | VYeays-ojnwuNnD) “sg | Z'E8) 0°66 /Z"COT ST9"
** 19°601/ 8'°FL| 6 $8,0°L6 Ye1s-O1ND| "S| STS) 0°68) 0°06) 66S" nun) "S| 0'%8) 0°S6/L"F6 | FTO" TNWND) "AA *S) SSB] F'PEISS6 | 819"
ee eo 9°E8 $16.0'°66 e@eee eece ee ee ee ee @eoe6 Se es ee ea ee eee eeen ee ee ee ee
ee oe Z"ZR T'06,0°86 eses @eeoe0e ee ee @e ee econo e . ee ee ee ee e@ece eees ee ee ee } @e
** l9FOTIg*ez| P'28.0'96 | “AA 8439 TO] “S| S82} 8 88) S68) TEL" yawn] “ds ‘S| ¢°08) #°z6/6"e6 | GOL" NV1}S-O1ND | dsemss O'0R 6'E6S'FE GEL"
** |8°60T| 0°%8| 6'06/8 66 1e1}s-O.1119) "ds *§} [ 08) Z°88|S 68} 9L9° oq] "dS *s) 8°08] ¢'S6/6°96 | GL9" aeat()| “ds *s 61g, 0°L6.2°86 [TTL
** JO TIT} 9°tg| T'16\S°00T yoawunD| “S |9°6L| 3°88| 6°88| €29° 0331] |" AASS| 9°08) 8 #6/8°96 | 999° yniung| “ds *g/Q'Tg/0'L6 0°66 | S29"
** |8°80T| '91] CL8/T'86 WeAs-OLNID| "S| H°6L) €'06) O'T6) 769° oid} “48 *$} 082) O'S6/0°L6 | P69" ond | “ds “S| 9°Tg/8"S6/L'96 | 6ZL"
°° IG@OTT| £18] 6°06,.0°00T| AA N 94} ©} “TO “AA °S| 9°64) °06) S16) TTL’ TBD} “S | 0°08) 8'S6|6"26 | 9FL" 1891)" AA*SS) VSB] OLE S'86 OLL"
** | SIT] Teg] S'T6/6 00L OnIG|AA‘SS] F'T8| O'16| B°T6| Zaz? | Hes-omUMD]) “S | FT18) g*Z6|0°OOT| 9TL OnId| “S |e %gi986e66 SFL
** |S TIT] ¢°z@| 9°16/L00T 1919} “S| 8°18) 8°16) 0°86] 619° eS-OLD| "S| 2°68) S16/8'66 | S19" 1BIIS-O1.NT)| AA" SS O'ZB! S°B6 4°66 | 889"
** lO°TTT| 0°%8) 6'06/L°66 | oid] “ds *S} 1°28} 9°06] 016] 28S" oq} MSS) € ZB] T°S6ITLE | ZB" TPNWNI-OLIID|" AA*SS) BSS, FP 96.9'86 | LI"
‘A IS*60T| L°T9| 06/686 | UNwno-o1ng} “S| G'18) 6°88) 0°68) 86S" qeafD/"4SM S| F'28] ¢ F6/s'96 | S69" 1ea)/ASAA S) B'%B)O 96.816 | FEM"
& |SOTT/8'1g) U'16|F°O0T kpnojg|"t ‘S| & e2| 8'F8/ 0'S8] 199° [AN OU} 01° AD|"4SAAS) O'R) F'e6ie"¢6 | OTI" NBI}S-O.1D | ASAAS 6'E8) $°S6,0'L6 | S19"
5 |P IT) %'2g| 906/066 Iva) °S | 08) $68) 0°06) 1z9° T9TD)M" SS) $08) O'FG|T'96 | 8E9" ONIG|AASS} °° |0°L6)8°L6 g¢9"
= |L°901\0'62| 648/896 | HRUNO-O11D)" AAS*S| 7°08) 7°L8) 0°88) L99° ond) “S |¢%8)/ e600 re | 8S9° 1wai9| “S| 9°%8/S'F6.3'S6 089°
® |L°60T| 8°SL| 7 98/0°L6 1781}S-OLNID} —*S | 0°08} $68) 0'06} [69° 0331 | “S| 8°08) 0'F6)7'96 | FFI onig| ‘S | 0'%s/@ 96/296 |z89"
"* 16°LOT| T'ZB) 8°68 /F°L6 Apno[y| °S | 708] 6°68) 0°06) 199° ynuny) M ‘S| S's8! O'S6|9'F6 | SEO" ong] “S | 0°e8)/1T$6,0'96 | L¥9°
6 ** 10 LOT| O'zB| 6°68)8°L6 T}B.48-O111D|* AA S*S] 0°18] 0'88) 88] 809" IBID} MSS} L'T8] Z°S6,0'G6 | 86S" INWND| “AA “S| Se] $96.96 | SEs"
8 ** 18°STT| 8°18] 6 16/0 ZOT LVAD) "S| B'ZBl V'16| VSG) F6S" Ty8d]S-O1ND)] “AA “S| O'8) Z'86/S™ OOT| GBS" 011 | “AA *S| $28) oe 66,0" 10T S29"
iL ** IS TIT] 318) F'06/9'66 We1js-o1tD| “ds “S/ °08! 0°68] O°UG| G&S" 01}1q|' MSS, &-18] 8°96/8'86 | OF HRS-OLD| "S| S18/SL6/F 86 | 09S"
9 ** IFGoTlO'Gz)| S'S8}9°S6 | AAN 943 97°ID| “S| 0°18) 8°98) 6°48) 79S" IBVIJD} “S | SB G'O6/6'T6 | BSS ynuny) “S | oes se6eee FBS"
ig 08°0 ** |P'SOT| L°18] 6 88/956 0331 | °AA “S| &°08} 'L8) 6°88) LEO" TTNUINI-o11I| *S | $08] O'16|0'Z6 | 98S" age eae SIR aaa ee
pee! ** 10°ZOT| 8°62] F°98/6°%6 ApnojD]* AA “S| 0°08) 0°48) 8°28] LF9° £pnoj)/"4s AAS S'08} 0'°68/6'68 | G99" yauing dsj 1°18) 9°06 0'%6 | 299"
fc sa ** 10°F0T| 6'6L| F'L8/6'F6 Iyeays-ornt} “AS “S| Z*GL} 8°98] L°98) LIL’ OVTC]| MSS} 4°08] S*16\0'e6 | GOL" ond) “ds "S| 9°18] 9°86 9'86 | Tel"
Zz on ** |F90T| $08] F'88/2'95 ‘ onig) °S |6°08) 0°98) 2°98) gOL° OIG) “S| G8) S@16)L°c6 | 669" oid) AA “S| ese) 286096 | STL’
fl se ** -19°FOT| 0°98] 4°L8/8°S6 IVa} *S | 818) 0°48) G18} 6L9°6e 1v9[9|"ds M88 0°18) z'Z6 S'S6 | 8L9'6S Iva] ASMA S! O'S) SSE TFG | G69"6%
"youy ROLEE ° o | 0 ° o | o | o \seyouy oP ae). opened | o|-0 | o jeeqouy
= 5 in| ete | hes & to = &
PIB] & | S$ JBR LBL & | sag yoredsy P) | & | mg | Ais Jo woodsy S 1 E| E | sg | Sasso sodsy eis] @ | a
De epael ene el Gt ee ee psa |r cpa aaa ae = scene seeks
ela OF | =F] ssajauouayy, Seen 2 : pa a; Sas a = oe 4. | a
5 ywoT | 007 | & = wnuUIpy pue *purAA | *a1nyesad Wa J, o "pULAA | “atnjesad wa J, ° Teer ree SR Co ee
o | *So.oN8H) uley em WIN UWIIX® TAT *JaS-UNS 1B 9pVU SUOIPBA.LOSY CE “ud 7 4e PIAtasqo aINSsat J TUN UTUT TAT *WOF UG ApBuUl SNONBAIESI O
[panwrjuoo ‘lojsrSaag pvarSojosoapa gy |
U'68 | ZIS"6z P18 | S98 | LLB | OFS'6z ees “sss 1 964 | STS | 208 | ZIS"6s
ond) “aS | S18 | #98 | oO'Z8 | OFS Apno[D/AA “S°S| BTS | FSB | B98 | 89" Apnold; “Ss | 064 | 9°08 | 8°6L | 6ze"
oniqd|*a "N “H| 68 | LSe8 | $98 | OLS’ Ajzzuq) G18 | *'S8 | 68 | L6S° IBIo-yjUEZ!) "AT 008 | 1°18 | O18 | Gk’
Apnojg| “A'S | €'zs | o'88 | $68 | 90F Apnojo] “A | 218 | 98 | 8°98 | Fer Apnoio| ‘ga | ees | org | 60g | STF
BIys-oyuUIND| = —"S ¢¢8 | 688 | O16 | LIV’ od) “Ss 818 | S18 | S88 | SFr’ onid; “MS | O'6L | 608 | 008 | Ler
Apno[D| “H “S "S| 08 | $28 | 288 | LLP Bee OO tas 88 | P68 | OT6 | I8F 1}81}S-OlUID| “AT *S*s | 2°08 | SIs | O18 | BOF"
Tyedjs-o;NtwUN |" AA N° AA) 9°E8B | 9°06 | SIE | LLP’ aed des = a ¥ = pe oe oars: S on es ee
oid Jel ‘Ss 0 €8 OL8 Z'RB gor @eence e@eece ee eo ee eo @esean eocee ee | oe ee ees
owigd a) G08 | G@8 | OF8 | 68F onid) “A'S | 2°08 | 8°c8 | 8°EB | ses" onIg Sg cel | 208 | O08 | SZ
Apnojg| “S {988 | 218 | 618 | SEF Apnoio} “S| sos | 8’e8 | 8°98 | eas" suey! “g | een | ees | Fez | TIS"
ain as) PCc8 | 888 | 9°06 | TFS 1yB1}s-O] NWN’) “MAS S| 228 | BLS | 0°06 | 99g" SuluLey *S O8L | e'6L | O'O8 | Fs
Apno[g|"M ‘S ‘S| OTS | 098 | 0°98 | GFS suey) *§ ous | eB | FSB | 9G¢° TBETD-q3I1U07Z) “AS | FEL | 608 | $08 | OTS
yedjs-ojnwng) a “N “W} PSs | P68 | f:06 | 80S" ONC) ASH] 028 | GLB | F68 | Fg" Apnoj9| “an | oge | z'og | sez | oes"
A\zzuq| “A "°N. | 008 | 6°S8 | $06 | TSS" Heys-ojawny) “a Z'08 | P98 | 1°88 | G6c" O1Igd| “AH 'N | O'6L | 8I8 | @Is | OLE"
yes-opaung) "A GB | SC6 | FFE | 689- PDO ONO gee etie0 [S |.G 68 | O:eo. | 009% oni) “a Oly SiG) | 6-6), \GUGs
; young} “AM | 9'F8 | O'FG | $96 | BFS HeAJs-O]NUIND| “MAS | ZB | Sz6 | L°S6 | Bs yes-o19|) “T's | eze | ee | ste | Bcc"
Tyawnd-o1ntg) "MA O18 | OVE | €S6 | ssc" OWI) “M “S | 0°%8 | 0°06 | 3°06 | OSS" onlgd| “Ss 6e8 | 2S8 | oe | 909°
~ iyeays-0l1g| “MM “S (268 | B's6 | SEE | 6SF TYEIIS-OLUNT "AA “S"MA| $8 | 6°68 | G06 | G9F° O1Id) “AA *S | 2°08 | O'€8 | ZB | OFF
yens-oynwny,) “M (gets | O68 | 868 | OLF ond) “AM | OTS | O18 | 8z8 | LZ8r onid|’M “S °S| 0°08 | 818 | OT | 6SF
; ong) “M ‘S | 0z@8 | 9°98 | e'L8 | O8F Onid| “M ‘S | O'T8 | SFB | 8°F8 | STS" Apnojp| *s 208 | 618 | OTS | SBF
Apnojo| "A “S S| $18 | rr8 | FHS | LIS" | Apno[n| “YS "S| $18 | Ss | 198 | ass’ | spnopo-posayywog/ "Tg eq] e'gz, | 2:08 | ¢'08 | 00S"
IquiN| “aA G%zs | 88s | L’68 | oss" Tyelys-O]NWNT))| 618 | 1°98 | 88 | 9L¢° QUIN | "A “S*s | o'os | 2:08 | #08 | Bs"
ApnojD|"M *S “S| $'8z | Z'08 | 0:08 | +09" ~ CMGM S$ °S) S'6L | 8°08 | 0:08 | 809° oululey | “T'S “a | 9:08 | SIs | OTB | F9d"
Suey | AS Sey NaC BL SSL Sto: oulUlVy) "A SS | SLL | 884 | 88s | 809° Onld| A °S*H | g6zZ-| OTS | GO8 | aS"
esgjs-ojnmnD|) “AMA *S | ves | $18 | LB | 0OI USO Oa Sank |r G8 8 88,6 0b -| 609: onig| “| r6L | 608 | 208 | 989°
; Janae) “S. ©.) Gy eee | 2 6), | 6ce: suey; "d | OGL | $08 | 3°08 | HLS" oniq| “a | g2s | 2°6L | e's | SIS
Apno|D| “a 668 | L°88 | 868 | Z8Pr Apnoy,)) "a Pees) 928) | eee) Sis: Apnojo| "a L18 | 6&8 | §&B | LBP
yerjs-01lD| "MM “N | G08 | L'36 | BFE | SOS old) “TN | 8°08 | ¢'88 | 8°06 | FOS" onid| ‘M | @9L | £84 | oBL | Tes"
" — omiqd| “M “S | 8'%8 | sF6 | 0°96 | 699" [yW}s-ONID| “AA “S | 9B} BSE | O'S6 | 909° nens-o1g| “T'S 's | og | os | PIS | LLS"
oid) “MS | zs | OF6 | 9°S6 | G6S" ond! “MS | G18 | 1°68 | OT6 | LE9° TTNWND-OlND}| "AA i e6L | FI8 | O'T8 | 88S
yYes-oynwng) “Ad 8°18 | 6°06 | 266 | ZZ9°6S youn) “aN °N| 918 | 4°88 | 606 | 999°6% 1BI]O|"M NN] FLL | ZBL | O'BL | GZ9'6S
; FS © © soyouy ° ° ° soyouy = 6 o \seyouy
eo) (©) alee) fe]
plogeler |e ele le |e See Dees
“Kyg Jo yoodsy & Ee S | ma | “Axg jo yodsy a 5 @ | tix | “Aug jo yadsy & Ble BY dota
asta z es = : e = =
*puLAA ‘alnyeied we J, S | *puTAA a.1n}B.19d WO J, S *PULAA “aanyesod uid J, oS
‘uoou juaivdde 1B ape suolyertasq gO j "WQS "46 1B porsjasqo ainsserq WNUXLTY "ASLI-UNS 3B APBUL SUOIBALASAGC
‘OSSI ‘aung fo yquopy ay? Log *D94nIJD ‘s0ulO S1plaUay sohaaing ay) jv aday laqsbayy qna1b0)0.L0a2a pT
AND HOOF OD
"a1e(T |
ose $,Uu00 [A }
6GlLt @
are ba
sro ee
Loe"
a0) 3
OF'O @e
Bde.
OS'T ee
OF'Gete.**
9S'0 es
areas
0S:0) | 4°
900} °°
0 | °°
eso | *°
Te-Onis
rer} oc
7
oro] °°
we | °°
*ouy *youy
fe eS
(=)
E 3
S
"py | ‘Or
"yoaq | 99,7
*saoneny Ulery]
@'LOT| 8°08) F'98, 6°16
S'ZIT| 0°08) 9°S8| @'16
O'ZTT| 9°18] 8°98) O G6
€ 80T| $18} 1°98) 8 06
8°60T} F°08| 8°98) Z'£6
0°90T| 6°18} 6°98) 6°16
** 1% 08] $98) 8°66
** 11°08] 6°€8, O'T6
** 18°08| 6°28) S°F8
9°86 |6'6L| 9'FR8| 0°68
0°90T| F'6L| LSB O'GE
0'S0T| O'T8| 0 98) O"T6
8'STT|% 08) 0 98 8°16
€°60T| 0'Z8| S°L8| 0'S6
8'ZIT| L°6L| F 88) 0°46
O'OIT| L'F8) S16] 6'L6
O'€IT| 0 $8] L°T6} & 86
O'TOT| @°E8! T°06} 6°96
$101} $18) 8°98} 0°<6
** 16 08) L°F8| 788
8°ZOT| 9°08) o°G8] 2°68
O'TOT| P81) Z°F8| 6°68
** 19 6L/6'S8| 8°78
** | PBL] Z'08| 068
9°66 | ¥°08| F G8) & 06
** 10°6L| 3°78] S'S8
$ OOT| OFS} 0°88} 0°S6
O'S0T} 2°82} T'L8) 9 96
0'9TT| 0°28} 9°06} 6°66
9 OTT} 9 T8] 3°68] 8°96
O'FIT| S'8L| 1°28] 0°96
° ° ° °
BE S| S| &
ne) © £
ex|/P | | x
=) ae 5 .
kar. Pes
qa | ‘sajomouoy,f,
2g | wnMINTY pus
WN UWIIX® TAT
os
Apno[g “<
1v9]9-Yyda7 |" SF
omg
Apnol9
18a] 9-YUs7|
eoseee
Apnojg
Auiwy| *¢
T}BI}S-OLMID| °g
I]NUINDI-O1ND| *e
SPNOTD "pyeog| 7" Ny
Apno[D| -g
IBLS-OLMD| AAS
Apno[D| sy
SpNo]d *pyvog
Apno[p} sg
T}BL}S-OLID|* AA *S
oWIG “AA .
Apno|d| °
omg
Spnoyo *pyeog
OG.
OC
oNIG “T e
Apno|g
spnoa "pyeog
ApnojD} *a *
ond) “A *
1}@1}S-Od11D |"
DO
"AQ Jo yodsy
*purAA | *o1nyesed W193 J,
*JOS- ile 1 ope SUOTIBA. 19840
[ -panwezUoo “WOISUsIXy 109.50]0.000I0 J |
ae 9°08) oe cree our'sz
S oy) oy Apnopo] *
@aeeen
Apno]D| ‘A “Ss
ond!) “A
ond) “A
ond
1}8.1}Ss-o;nWND
od) “a
$s
onid) “H's
Apnojg
NVs-ojnwNnDg
Apnolo ile
Sululey| °S
oyIq) °%
Apnojg
TYWMNS-O1LTD)
NGAYSs- ojnuin’) Fan
ond) M °S
onig| ‘A °s
ond) ANA
og}! AS’s
oNig) “AH °s
ond! M°SS)
og) ‘A’°s
Apno[g ‘'$
1781}S- 04.9
o131q |
Apnojgo}"
178138 -0O;nUIND
“AAS Jo yoodsy
0°18
6'S8
8s
8 z8
6'S8
& 08
0'S8
0'08
8 08
O18
6°08
O18
0'8L
L’G8
0'S8
ZEB
PIs
08
& GB
0°08
G'6L
P08
8°08
G'6L
S18
GSB
F'08
O18
G98
088
0 S8
16
9°68
6°Z8
688
Ors
P°98
0 98
6'%8
“ITY JO
——
8°88
9 68
F 68
8°S6
0O'16
FOO HO 25
DOD O00
* .
OMODCDOWONISOS
DODDODADW
IHOWMDOMDrAANArOMNDMDNHAN
“PUtAA "ain B.od Wa J,
‘ad 7 38 a Ounssal | WINUNUTTY
P18] 9°L8| 8°88 | LPF 6S
PLZ"
BLS"
6E¢"
SPS"
86s"
Orr
9CP*
Z8P*
LV"
Yer"
Bor
Cer’
gL"
69P"
oor’
86S"
CoP"
Lov"
cor’
667"
ee ee
VB1js-opNwWNA| *y °
SUEY | “TS
Apno|o|) °F
ond) “HW °S|
17B.1]S-o]nWND
e
@eesee e@sece
ond) °S
onid| “A's
Apno[D} °S
ynund; "s
IquIN) “AA “S
Apnolp| "ANN!
TyB1js-O]NUIND| “A
ApnolD| ‘Ss
omg) “M
T}B14S-O1LIQ| “AA *S
1B1}S-0,NUND “M
ontd | a's’s
Apnojg| “A ‘Ss!
Iqwiny; N
Apno[g| “A'S
Aurey} “WT *S
oq |) M'S
omwd) A
Apno[D| ‘a *
TYBIYS-O.LIID | AAS
ovqd| AA's
Apno[p AA
178.13S-O; NWN | AVN
mak
Shae
S|
ANANKASHOOAD
Soe
DODDODODWDOrDODNDDDNrDDWODDOOr
SOoCoooS Mma
O-NMANNDAWDAAR
-
iw
“AYG Jo yoodsy
“pUrAA
"qi" "MM
-aanyeaed Wa T,|
T'88
G88
&'98
0:06
9°68
TT
1°98
Crs
L 68
G98
8 8
0'S6
0'%8
0'“6
@°96)
6'T8) T°88 7°68 19P'6%
SOP “YZ IV ap C1ONBALasq
G18"
Fg"
ace"
zoe"
0°16, LIP’
'Ccr
(OFF
| Ler"
18
“19K JO le ©
Te :
:
O
6°88 Eanes ==> Ieze | rug | o'88 | 18s'6z seeeee eee 1 egy | O18 | TIS [OSs'6s| BOTT
| 9@8
6SC°6Z
onqd| “AN | SFB | L°T6 | SS6 | eh olq| “AN | O'F8 | 268 | $06 | S89" NHeljs-O1UD] "| *g | SIs | Oss | FSB | 99C" 1g
onid| “a "S | 8ss | 4°16 | L’s6 | ess" oniqd| a ‘S°S | ges | 88g | SI6 | 68e" |- Wes-opnunD) “T's | 918 | BB | OW | BLS 0€
Yeys-oynuny} = °S 68 | G06 | 16 | 009° Yerjs-opnuny} = *S O'S8 | S18 | S88 | STI Apnol)| "a "S *s | 208 | SIs | 9°08 | 109 6%
Apno[O|'a *N°N| G18 | OFB | 2°98 | TOS suey a NON] P6L | 2°08 | 208 | TES" Sululey] “AN | SLL | BBL | LLL | 20S" S8z
Heys-onwng|y “N “A; SIs | 948 | S68 | Szs 1yedjs-oynWIND| "A “N “A| G'6L | 9EB | HB | SLE" Apnojd ‘a OLL | OBL | SLL | 06S" LB
Apnojp| “A'S | 3708 | 9°88 | SSB | sss" ApnoiO| a Z6L | S'Ig | BBB | 66S" ond] ‘a'N | og, | gaz | 2°82 | Ses" 9%
Sururey} °° 882 | S08 | 808 | ST suluiey|"AA “N°N| O°6L | 008 | V6L | LLP Suey] “T'S | $8L | 96L | S6L | LOF c%
Apno[p| “a 818 | O88 | 688 | Zar OIC] a 208 | 6 Fg | 6°98 | Lor oyncy|‘daeys ‘q| eg, | GOs | 2°08 | SSF ¥%
Iquin| “TS °H| Os8 | O's | 9°88 | BFF Apno[o/'a “N “A| 218 | 2°98 | OL8 | 69F° Onda’ N “a! 962 | STS | 608 | ILF €%
ONIg|'A'S ‘T| 6F8 | STE | O86 | SBF He1}s-O;nwWND| "AS °H | LB | 1°06 | ST6 | SIS Apnoy| °s eg | O€8 | &Zs | PEF ra
ond Ss ces | $06 | B16 | 9FF 1yBd}s-O1NID| “AAS | O'SB | BBB | L°88 | TLS" ELT @ | ‘Ss 08 | O'zs | ST8 | 969° SIZ
qUN)s- ojnuiny) “AA *S 8s8 | 226 | 66 | 689° yauny) S $28 | 68 | 206 | FID 781]S-OlUID| = °S r6L | O18 | 808 | 86S" 0%
@eeo ee ee ee ee @oeeeee e@eeo ee ee ee oe @eeeseoeo e@ece0e ee oe ee ee 61
iqaun| °s | e189 | O18 | 6°88 | 129° Heys-ornwnD| “A'S | STs | s'Sg | 8°98 | S69" 1M418-O1ND|"T "S “A | O'6L | $708 | 0°08 | 0z9" 8I
Suey "a "S| VSL | 8:08 | I €8 | ST9° IqUIN| “A °S°T] L18 | egg | Ves | LTO | °SPNO[o-pasopeoe| | "S'A | B'6, | LTS | OTB | ZS" LY
ApnoiD/a *S “S| HSB | BER | PSG | GOS oniqg/ a “N “d| 68 | 068 | 616 | L69° ould) “S| 208 | STs | OTS | 09S 91
Helys-opnUIND| “AM “S | PZB} O68 | G06 | LSS yes-ojnuny| "MM | S28 | 89g | 88 | SBS" Apnojp| “aS | gz | BBL | S'BL | S99" ST
ynung} ‘sg’ | 098} Se6 | BFE | Goo HeS-O1ND) —*S FB | Ste | Fs | sso" oniq| ‘Ss eg | ees | g'ze | 91S" SFI
ond| "MA ‘S | 928 | S16 | 96 | 699° oid) MS | ¢%8 | 8g | 068 ce’ ond] *M ‘S | O18 | Oss | $38 | BES" $I
HeNs-ojnuND} "s 9% | SI6 | 8'%6 | FI9° HBIys-O[NWIND|"M “S “S| $38 | s'6g | Z°O6 | 169 Nedys-ON1D| “MS | S18 | 2°68 | BEB | TIF rat
S6e00@ eeocse ee ee ee ee @ennee Hit Bs et) ee ee ee ee @evceoe eece ae ee ee Ge Il
BI]S-O1ND| “S*AA | SES | TOG | B16 | S69 Wenys-O1ND!M *S*S}| FSB | F'88 | O'GB | FEI | “SPROJO-posaywos) “M "S | O'%8 | O'S | E'EB L6S° ot
ynwng| “AA *S | 3°98 | L°e6 | BFE | 16S ynwny} *M “S | OF8 | S68 | $06 | 939° Apnop} = °S e'8z | S08 | 8G6L | 96° 6
Apno[D| “a “N | G18 | L°98 | SSE | LZ9° OWT ‘$ 098 | Z@16 | 26 | 1P9° | SPpNOTO-padayevog °S zg | OFS | SEB | 66S" 8
ong! “A GPs | 296 | 296 | 08S oid) M “S°M| 6°F8 | S16 | S36 | 06S" HBIS-OANID|"MA “S °S} BB | OSB | SFB | Sas SL
RS-O.1ID| “AA *S | VSR | HSE | OFE | 6FS —-YRIS-OLND|M SS} 28 | 0°06 | 0°06 | 09S onid!M °S ‘S| O18 | O'SS | 3sB | SIS 9
ApnopD/'M °S “S| VSB | SLB | B'L8 | 69S" Apno[p} = °S O'6L | BzR | F ZB | 61S" £pnoj| “Ms | OTL | $B | 6's8 | S9S" ¢
oniq| "M °S | 388 | 0°68 | 2°68 | TO9 ond) “M*S | ¥%8 | G98 | 1°98 | SEO" onid| “MM ’S | 8'6L | 328 | GIS | 689° 4
NeNs-011) “A | SSB | S68 | 868 | PSI HeNS-O1D| “AA “S | L'S8 | G68 | 68 | 689" onid| “M *S | 208 | B%8 | HIB | 6S9" g
(84j8-ojnuIND| ‘dys as] 6°78 | 868 | $68 | 6rS HeIys-o;nwWHD| dieys *S| z'zB | 3gg | 8°88 | S9° NeNs-o1I| "Gg | S08 | BSB | FB | SII” g
ApnojD| duvys *s| T'6L | O'FB.| SB | 69F°6S Apnoy,)| "M'S | LBL | 8@B | SEB | 8SF'6sG Aizzuuq "MA “Ss *s| POL | GLL | HLL | 96862 I
° ° ° sayoul 5 ° ° sayouy . } o =|seyouy
zi}. 2.|.2 | af 2} &| 8 | gf 2/2|2\9F| §
H e . e oO
‘£49 Jo Joadsy cs e : mz | “Ag Jo wodsy eo = S| m2 | *h4g Jo wodsy rs e 5 ri :
: ese Ebse = a e = p
: “pula *alnye1ad wa J, = *PpulAA *a1nyeiad Wed J, S *PpuULAA *91nye1ad wa S
_! ae A chy juoredde 38 apeul suoIeAdasgG( . "WQS "UG 1B padsasqo ainssalq WNWIXe I "9SLL-UNS 1B APVW SUOIVBALASG OC
OSs ‘Ang fo yauopy ay2 of ‘v}4nI])vg aIQ Sjn.sauay sohaaing ay, 30 aday sagsibay 1091601000020
ma NOD SHAG 6 & OO
*a1eqq |
°
iS)
5
ie
ac)
=
i]
2)
ig]
zi
or 0
"youy
wi 1OMO'T
°19907
“yout
*sadd
r)
+
19907
‘SA.oneB
aley
9°90T, G°18\6 98 | 166
LStl
STI
_———
"Ua |, *XB TAT
*sABI SUNS Ul
8°96
€ 96
9°C6
8°88
0°06
G98
G EQ
& 06
6°06
6°96
R'S6
6°F6
F'06
0°06
€°88
6 66
@ ¥6
G 96
NCO
roles
ONnnre
CO mmr
DOWMADHODOR
> 6
(ce)
wo
ee)
S
=
NOWNGOORMROHOS
Ney
4)
MDNOOr Dw
es
90
momnnoomoytn
oO +o oO Or oO
Dh OO wee oe Seok o
MOM ON WAN
ir
e.2)
er)
4)
ont
Nios
ors onar=
RAN ONNBOOn
WR WOM AO
m~oOrwowo ow
*1a}aWOWIY J,
DIRUULOLT -pus
WNUITX® TAT
eee ee | eee
6-08, TSB) o°S8/ 61S°6%
yNwND| AA NN O'F8) 0°48] O'T6| TLP’
Apnojd| “A “S| ¢F8} 9°28) 0 88 STS’
SPNOfD “piwog} "| °S| OB] 3°18) % 18) Ses"
Apnojp| “S| 08/ 9'¢e8] 8:28] ITS"
onlqg| “HA |2'6L| 2°28] F<e8| 6Rr
spnojd *piwog} *S |! Z°18] G48) 0'°FS) LTS"
ApnojD| "S| 84] 5°08) 0°08] STS"
Sulmley| “| °S}0°08/ 8 18/0 £8] 86E"
SpnojD} “A “S| 08] 3°e8] 6 zB! 968"
SPNOTD “PIBIC|"M*SS| O'S8| GHB) & FB] 6S"
APnO[O] “M “S].0'8/ #°18) 6°L8| SBP"
|, paHUIe | AA "NI] 6°22) 4°64) 3°62) SES"
1WB14S-O1NIQ| "S| 9 GL] O'SB| FSR] LES"
1VB1S-O]|NWND| “A *S} 2°61 SFB! O'S8| SOS"
Spnofa “pyeog) °F “S| 8'6L] 0°98) z°98] 62S"
Apno[D| “A *N| 9°6L| 0'%8! O'ZB| 68F"
sulurey| “FT "S| S91! 6 LL/ OBL TSS’
OnIT |" MSS] 8°8} 0°88) z 88i S6Pr’
19B19S-OUD! * AA “S| 6708) 6 98) 6'28| BES"
1}81}S-O11ID)|" AA*SS] 18} F°88) 6°8R| SES"
091G| °S | 2°08] 8 98) e'28] S9¢°
ApnojD| *s | 6°S2/ 8°6L| F 6L| BLS"
ONIC]| “| *S}8°ZS! 2°68! 8 06) TFS"
TYEIIS-O.LIT) |" AA S°S| 6° FB) L°68' O'06! 96F*
Apno[D |" AA S'S] 9°28! 0'98) F SB) 8zS°
AvIjD-YNUIZ| *g | Z'ZBl OLB} L°L8] FSS"
1WB148-O.11)| *g | 6'Z8| O'L8| 9°98] BBS"
M24} 0} Apno]D ids AA S| 8°18] 8°S8) 7°98] $9"
SPNO[D "pyBIS ids AA S| 6'SL| FFB] FSB] LOS 6%
e | o | o {sayoul
#| 2/2] gf
"k¥g Jo yoodsy Pe) S| as
e| "| 3 e
*pulAA| *ounjeaad usa J, S
*Jos-uUNS 1B opel SUOIBALISY GC)
[-panurzuoa
Tynwny)
TQETEN
Apnolg
1}81}s-ojnwad
ong
ond
Apnolg
1}81}S-O;NWIN;)
ong
Suuiey
ApnojD
Suuiey
omg
178.1}S-O]NWND
od
Apnoj9
SuLUIBY
OnId
1}@.1}S-O111Z)
T]NUWIND-OLND
Apno]g
sulurey
ond
1}B1}S-O.1119)|* AA
On
.
eee’ | 0°S8/ G°L8
“H °S| GSB
“A =| 0°88
'S | LCs
‘Ss [ols
“A N/% 08
a'S'S| 018
*S [6°82
"A ."$/ 6°18
oT
“A
M°*S
cl
°S
“a
T°
M*S
MN
M
M
Ss
'$
)
“ds *S
Apno[ol'M. °S| 9°%8
ong
1781}S-O11D)|"ds' M's
Apnoj9} ds:a's
AYS Jo yoodsy
‘ald $18 paadasqgo d.nssad q WH NUT AAT
S$
G $6
v'16
L°88
G'S6
0°S6
0&6
0 88
6&8
$8
@ 18
688
0 €8
§°¢6
9°06
008
G18
L°98
*putad | ‘atnyesedwa y.
‘l09S1.09 97 1091.50]0.100}9 7 |
66F 6%
PLY
68P°
sos”
bLY
6SP°
O6F*
6LP
9c"
I8¢°
0) a
CLP
80S"
ecg’
vrs’
66P°
9BF°
9g¢°
CBP
Gog"
6c"
cig"
109°
LEG
Tos"
0cS"
61g"
g9¢°
r6S"
COr'6G
soyou]
—_—<—
ise)
w
°
hy
e
0} ‘pal “seq
@eeece
se
“* 16 68:8°88 IF '06 |619°6%
ee | | |
On'd| “A |O0'FR|S't6| #96) sar
Ould} “A |0°Ss| 6°16! 0 $6 OTS"
OWI) “S |B 8) 1°26! 386) cro
O11}, “S| 618/098] L°L8\ LF"
TjB1}S-O]NWND)} “AY °N] 9 O8| L F8/ 7-98) cer’
A|2211\"A"S"S| 2°08] 0°S8} O'F8 OTS"
Apno])| “A “S| $'6L/6 18] z ZB, F6r"
11¥1}s-0;NWNY)| “FW “S| 6'08/ 8°98] ¢ 68 GLE"
Japunyy 29 UlRPY) “MA | 9'6L/8°TR)-6 98 BOF’
O11] A'S] § 8/8 F6| 2°96 EaF
YB1}s-OTNWND]| = "S | G'F8/S'%6] B'S6! TBE
popanyy ag a Nees R°6L| SB) ZS SB Za"
TUN] “A “S| $°8]8'88} G'06) 199°
suey! “HT "S)e°6L/8'08) F°S8 Cgc"
ONT) “A ‘S| STS) S°68) 9°16 1z¢°
Tyedys-O/NwWND| “AA “S| LSB) z'%6) 6'S6 66F"
Apno[Dd} “N_ | ¢'g8/ 8°68] @'F6 OTS"
TYBI}S-O]NWND| “AA “S| GFR! 6'Z6| O'FG OTS"
eee Ms €°§8|Z°S6) O FG BSS"
WeI}S-O1NID| "S | B'SR] 6°16] ¢'E6) GOS"
NWND| “MA *S}O'SS! ¢ #6) L°S6 COS"
Apno|D| “A ‘S| 182] 0°28! 0'zB eo"
ONIG| “S |g'S8le'F6! $96 OCS"
TYWI}S-OLND| "S | O'FRI EE! 2°66 GEP*
Apno[D]'dys *s] g'zgl 9°18] ¢ 88 Bes"
On'id| ‘“S |Z 8!" 68) g:06 zS¢°
VI}S-O11ID| “AA “S| FTRIZ% O06) 9°06 009°
HBayS-O|NUIND|“ds.AA S| 9°18] % 06] S16] FID"
ApnojD}'ds mss| 8°91] e°18] 0°08) SLP'6%
° ° ° isayouy
Z\0o\01 3
e -~ —_ ws
“AYg Jo yoodsy Be | Sal oa
— . — +
o aie
‘purr -aanqesaduia |, | S
WOP ‘YZ 1B apvul suONRALASdG
‘uoou juaiedde 38 apeu suoIeAdasqO
“OSs ‘asnbnp fo yzuopy ay? lof
eeooeed eecee L18 L'l8 L388 1L9°6%
oniq] “M'S | 2°28 | 68 | 8°06 | 989°
onid)] “M°S | T's | 68 | 2°06 | FFL’
onigla °S ‘S| 0°08 | 9°S8 | 8°98 | $8L°
onid| “M°S | 8'Is | Z'68 | O06 | OTL
ould) “Ss o's8 | £06 | S'T6 | 989°
YBIS-O[NWUND|'T °S “S| 73s | B68 | 0'06 | 969
Apnoy|'M “*S°M| 928 | G98 | O98 | TEL
oniq] "M°S | 28 | 0°06 | ¢:06 | 992°
oniq| °*M °S | 818 | O18 | G2Z8 | 86L
YBys-o[nWND| “AA *S | Z°I8 | 8°88 | F'68 | G28
survey! = °S 98, | 208 | 9'F8 | 898°
ong) “a 218 | 98 | Oss | 008"
onid| “A °S | S18 | 3°68 | 668 | S&L
YRdjs-oynwND| *M °S | SEB | S68 | Z'06 | 699°
Apno[D|'M “S °S| OSB | G68 | 206 | 689°
ynung| “AA ‘S | T27s } 306 | 6°06 | 6L9°
oniqd| “M *S | 308 | 828 | 288 | 0OL"
YNwWNd-o1ID!| “M “S | 618 | OLB | OBB | STL
Neujs-O/NUND| “AA *S | 818 | S48 | FLB | TOL
ynwNny ‘S$ 6'€8 | 8°68 | 2°06 | TF9’
IPRUINd-o111y "dys *'s! Q'9g | wos | vgs | 66S"
Suiurey|‘dys «ms; Z'gy | 2:08 | 0108 | LLF
IQWINT|"AA "N°N| $38 | Z'68 | G'06 | 98h"
oid) M'°N'M! 8'Is8 | 0°06 | 9'T6 | OTS"
eVays-opnUND| “AS °S | 2°18 | 0°88 | G06 | F9S
oniqd| "a S'S | ze | 098 | G98 | PIS
onig! “a Gis | zS8 | SLB | Zor
Apnojg| “M | 2°e8 | F'06 | 8°I6 | SPS'6%
° ° ° Soyouy
So) Shr oS Be
*"Ayg Jo yoodsy o Me = m3
> s te =
*pulAA *aunyeiad Wa J, S
6
p44nI)v))
1yB1}s-O/ NWN
Apno[p
TR
ong
1YB1}S-O/ WIND
Suey
YeIs-o/AWUND
YNUINI-O1LIZ)
1}81}S-O[ NUN D
ond
170.1}S- O19
Ome
SES
Nh N
WWM
ee
feat)
1WeNS-O1NID} °M “S
Apno[9
S$
Suluiey |’ “dys “as *s
BIS-OLLID) "A NT oN
o"IG
Bs-ojnwnd
“M
"T's
onId|"M "S°S
"WUIQG “46 VB padAsosqo IINSsal q WINUWILXBTAT
“‘a0Q $70
ond) “Hd "N
Apnojg; “AA
*Ayg jo yoodsy
“PULA
318
ES CS | ES | eS | ee |
oC8B | SLB | G18
918 | S148 | 088
08 | L°F8 | 9'F8
S18 | 3:98 | L°98
o18 | 648 | 688
918 | £98 | ¥'88
SIs | og8 | OSs
8°08 | S18 | 088
ZO8 | ors | S83
OTS | 2°98 | S°Z8
GLL | 0°08 | 0&8
O18 | O'98 | 9°18
0°08 | 9°48 | 198
8%8 | S18 | 088
8ZB | S18 | O18
O'%8 | 188 | 988
$08 | o°S8 | O98
208 | OF8 | SHB
£08 | 8s8 | O'F8
928 | O'L8 | S18
S6L | O'S8 | 38
G'8L | 0°08 | 3 6L
O's8 | O'8B | 8B
818 | S18 | 088
SSB | 98 | L168
8°08 | ZEB | 0°%8
S18 | 8'S8 | SEB
vS8 | G88 | 868
° ° °
BS
o °
-aanyeiad Wa J,
L°8
698 | L69°6%
: vers 1 oe, | IB | S08 | 9G9°6s| UP>IT
oniq) °“s ¢'08 | S18 | SIs | TOL"
NBIYS-OLNID| = *S 2.6L | ¥08 | 6'6L | SFL"
onig) “a's | 9°82 | BL | OGL laBL
Apnojp} = °s P08 | O'%8 | ZI8 | SOL’
YBI}S-OLND| —*S €'6L | L'08 | 8'08 | 989°
ond) “A'S | SLL | o'BL | LLL | OIL’
Apnojy| “MM “°S | O'I8 | O8 | S'ZB | BOL
ynung! *M ‘S | 8°6L | G8 | BIB | 9EL°
NUINI-0119/"M *S “S| O'6L | L°08 | 0°08 | LLL
wag) *S 2.8L | O'6L | BBL | FB
ong! “a @LL | OBL | O'BL | ZB
YVs-OLg | "S |] LLL | O'6L | S°BL | BLL
Apnojy| “a's | SLL | 9'8L | OBL | ETL
YRuMNd-ouly "AA “S *S| TIS | 98 | BIB | SFI"
Apnoj9| “AA ‘S | 2°08 | O'S8 | $'%8 | 089"
1}B1}S-OLNID| "AA 'S 908 | 928 SIs | 6F9°
onid| "M ‘S | 0°08 | O'%8 | S18 | 9L9°
onid|'M ‘S ‘S| s’08 | SIs | OI | 902’
Apnoid) “AM “S | O08 | OBB | STB | ZL9"
Apno[g) “MA *S | OLL | 2°08 | 0°08 | SSS"
Suiurey! “M °S | 362 | 0°08 | VEL | OFF
oniqd)! aN “N} 918 8°38 0°28 | SOF
Apnojo|"M “S “S| SIS | BZ | OB | zs"
T}B1jS-OlND| “A °S g°sL | F'08 o'og | Lg¢°
onid'M ‘S *s| e'6L | $08 | 9'6L | SOF"
ApnojoM'N'M| S'6L | STB | 2°08 | SLF
TYBIYS- OL) “M O'%8 | O'F8 PEs | STS'6%
a 6 o jseyouy
a Oe ere
= > = roe
"AY Jo yoodsy : 5 Q mis
> :
"PULA *ainye1sdwia J, ©
*9SLI-UNG 1B APBUL SUDIIBALASY GC
dagsibay 7092b010.100,0 AT
wauay Lohaaing ay, 30 aday
2 oror 9°08) 4°S8) 8°06 heispeek 108, &°S8) €'S8/ S19°6z "°° ( S'18| S98] T'L8| FES"6S eine **** | 8°T8) 9°28] 9°88] TI9'6a;
Ig eo ee ee oe ee ee @eoneee e@eeo ee eo ee ee @ovnecse e@eee ee eo eo eo @esececn e@eoce eo ee ee eo
0g »)) ee ee ee ee es ee @eeoee ee ee eo eo ee @eose00een e@eee ee ee ee ee e@eoece eees @e ee ee ee
6G 23 °° ISOIT| S'T8| T'88] 9°F6 IVD] "S| SZ} F98/ $98) TOO’ | Wes-ojnuND|"M °S| 6'%8) Z'06] 8°06! 86S" O11 AA‘S’S| O'E8) 9°%6! F SE) TTO"
8} a ** |S'GOT| 9°08, F' 98] 3°a6 Onl) “S| S'T8} L°S8/ 0°98) F9° NVIS-O1NID] °S | O'T8] 9°98} 0°68) SG9° | eIys-ojnUIND} “| “S| z'z8/z'06) 9'16| G89"
LZ = °° |8°90T| 9°6L| 0'S8] F°06 T}BIYS-OLLI)| * AA 2 €'08/ 0°98) 0'S8] OTL" | MWeajs-opnunD/ “AA “S| $08) 3°18} 1°88] ZOL" INUIND! AAS*S| 0°08) F'88} 0°68) 6TL"
9%} | 20 | °° \o'zOt| F'6L/0°S8! c'06 Apno[D} ‘A *S/ 8'8L/ Z'08) 0°08} TOL onig| “S | L°LL| 0°62) 0°62) 89° Suimey! "S| Z°gL/8°6L| O'18| TOL
GZ *f **- 10°LOT} G'08] 2°98] 8°26 0711q]| AA ‘S*S| 8°08) 3°S8! z-¢8| 129° ApnojD} “S| 8°18] 0°48} 0°88) 19° 0131 | MSS} 0°%8| 0'06| 8°16) 089"
FG 9T°0 ** |1$*LOT| SLL| S'S] 2°16 B1}s-OLUID)| "S| O18) L°F8] G'F8} 29° 1781jS-o;ntUND S |0°6L| 2'g8} 9°¢S8) 9T9° 178.14S-O] NWN) AA°S’S| O18] SB! B'FS! ESO"
ez|©} °° ** | ** 1G'08] 8'e8] O'26 0111] MSS] #84] ¥°08] 008) 189° Apno[D|'A'S*S| ZBL! 3°08} 0'%8| ZS9° Apnojd} “AA ‘S| S'ze! 9°S8) 2°¢8! P19"
rea ~ °° lo’eor| ¢'28] O'8e! 226 Apno[Dids AA S/ 0°68] 8°98] 4°98] 469° OIG) M “S| FPR) ZTE} B'S6| 6S9° 013'| “M ‘S| 6°S8/ 0°S6)8°%6| LL9"
1 is ** 1£°90T| O°T8] 3°98! ¢'16 ONG) “S |O'T8)/0'98/%'98/ SOL" fF 1BI3s-opnWND) AA °S*S} T'Z8} 688} 0°06) 889° | VeLS-oynuND| “AA “S| $zgl 9°68) E06! FTL"
0} | O10 | °° [o'FoT! O62 6'F8] 9:06 OVI | “AA “S| 08) $38} 0'%8| SSL" O11 |" MA ‘S | G°6L| ZEB] O'S8| SPL" Apno|d} “AA “S| 0°6L]%'98| B18) 9SL"
61 2z0 | °° loge |¢'az/3°Es! o'8g OIG) “S |8°8L) 8°S8|s°Es) F6L" Apnoid| “S| e's) ete} o'e8) SLL" WRNS-OLND) "S| Z°6L10°S8) 7°98 108"
81 r90 | ** (8'F0T/8°8Z| O'F8] z'68 OIG] “YT “S| S'BL L°™8ls'zelFSL’ | Neys-ojnwnyD] | °S/o'TS! egg] P98) STL" IqWIN| "A |0'%8/ 0°88] S88 seL’
LI 810 | °° lo'FOT| O'L2] SEs! O'06 WBIS-O4ND| “AA “S| O'8L| L708) O'S] SOL" Apno[D|"M_ °S| Z'6L| 328] O'E8} 929° ONI(T|"AS*S} 0 08) 0'F8} 8°28 089"
91 ZIT | °° Iggg | 6°TS] S981 O'T6 Suey) "YT S| L°GL! O'LL| 8°92] LP9" suey}! “Ff | $°g2| 0'%8] 8°SB) 9T9" 0331G| “M “S| L°%8}S°68) 0°06) FID"
GT sf ** I-16 |O'zs| L°98] 16 A]2Z11(] | AA"S"S] BBL) L°18| P18] SSI" IQWIN |" AA “S) L°68| $°88) 3°68) 209° Apno])| MAS"S| Z' €8) Z'68| 0°06 09°
P11} .90°0 | °° lgreot|9-zei T’agl oreg | SPROl® ‘prvog M"S'S} 8'8L| 6'T8| B'Z8] 629" TYNWND| AA °S| 8'T8! O'T6} 816] G69" YBIIS-O1ND| AA “S| 1°8) 8°16] F'%6, 039"
el = ** Ig"e0T| S18] 8°98] o'%6 1yBlys-OLI| *g | 9'T8) 0°98} z'98] LES HWBIIS-O111)| MAS AA) $18] 4°88] 8°68) 009° TNWUND-O.1ND)| “MA “S| O'T8] 8°68} 8°06 8T9"
él} | 800] °° \ggot} $82] 8°48] Z'T6 ONIT| AAS M| B'T8) G'S8) 0°98) 979" HMUND-OLND) *S | BSB) 0°88) 4°88) 089" | NBAs-oynwND/ AA “S"S| 0' $8) 9°68) ¢'06/ E69"
Il 98°0 | *° | ++ |z*zgl ecg] cree SUIUIEY| AAS" 'S| 8°84) 861) $62) P89" Apno|D| M°S"S| 3'38} L°S8) $°G8) 39 SUIUIBY | AA SS] 8°18] 8'F8| 9°¢g) SFO"
OL aT eo rir) @'08| 1°98 * e@eesce eee eo ee ee ee @eeece eo oo ee oe @evoeee e@ees ee ee aa ee
6 r1'0 | °° igor vee G18 Bae Suey} *g | Z'08| $'S8| 0'%8] 16S" ApNoTD] MSS] ¥'S8] #88] 3°68] ELS" O11 | AA“S"S| B'F8} 9°68) O'T6| 98S"
8 |@| °° °** 0°96 | 0°08] FF! 2°88 TYBI}S-O1NID| * AA “S| B08] P'FR/ SFR ISS’ | VeIs-ojnwaD|/ AA “S/S'18] 3°18] S18) Shs" | Wesjs-oynuND| *AA “S| C708) 7°98) zg! 9¢¢"
L 0¢0 ; °° | ++ | ¢'62| F'08! ¢'T8 Sulmiey ds 44 S| 0°82] 0°08! L°6L| BLP" Apno[D|"M. °S| ZBL! OTS! S08] OFF" [2211 |"dS 4 S} 8'8L| 1°08) F'08) TSF"
9 Zee | °° |pzor] L198] S'98! Z16 ONT | AA “N| VTS] ZEB] 8'ZBl Sih’ of eAs-oynuND| * AA “NT! 1°g8] 9°68! 006] 988" LAIN | AA NN] $28] 6°S8] 0°18) STF
g 940 | °° lgraoq| L'28| S°z8! 2°26 Apno[d| *g | 8°08) ¥°%8/ 0'%8| 6SF" suiuley| “N | Z'18] 8'g8] O'F8) SSP" SuIUIeY | MSM] 8°T8/ § 98] 0°88) Oh"
y mn ** lerogr| £08] 2°98) O16 OIG | “| *S| FSB) ¥°S8| 0'98) 80S" OIG] “A “S| FB) 0°88] F°06| O6F" Ontd| “A "S| ZB) 6°48) 6°48) 60S"
g 80°0 | °° |9:Q01| 0'08| 2’F8! ¢'88 HBNS-O1ND| *g | $'08| FB) FFB] O8P Apno[D|"A'S'S| S'18] 1°68] F998) GFF _ Apnofd| “S| #28) s°98) Z'98) FOP
z 50'S | ** [g-60T} O'T8| $98) 0°26 SULUIET) AA SAA | 0'08| 0'€8| SSB) FIF’ IQUIN] "AA | 8'68) 7°68) '06| Le" _| Nesom! “M | 0'FR/0'06| ¢°06) 86S"
T 760) ** |O'O0T| S'F8|L' 88|-6'16 APNOID] *g | BF8| S88! 8°8B] 99F'SS Apno[D| *N |0'F8/ 3°06] Z'16| ShF'6e Apno[d| “N | 0'F8/ 9°68) 2°06) L8P"6z
"yaa | yout) Caileto é o | o | © (seyoul . o| of o (soqaul colo o jsoyouy
= = : bo bo
Bg) 3 | s |EE S/F E =| 2) 9) 38 2/2) S| gf Slee |
PiB} @ | B TSH} * | 5 |S | tag joyoadsy PS) BE | wz | 449 30 yadsy P| | S| 22 | Aygo todsy 2h SES ary
eae Ae el = |) 8 r3 ° ou os] e ce .- 2 ers °
els. ce P| 432] ssayawouoyy ieee PE : a emer: ¥2 s 2
@| 190q | "00g | ES uNUIMIpY pue *purAA| *aunyesod wa J, o "pura | “atnyesod ua J, 5 "puraa] “aangesaduua f, 5
@ | SAONeL alery o 3 WNUIXBIAT *J9S-UNS 18 aPBU SUOTIBAIOSqG—) ‘ul *d FIV PadAJasgo aanssad q (uO UWIUL TAT “WIOF "UZ 18 9PBUI SUOIPBALISgO
[-panurquoo ‘1apse.caey 7090.50]0.10949 [17 |
oe re
i ilk ek ae Pal) PLE | LIL°6s
oniqd| “a 'S | 6'8L | 8L8 | Z'68 | 868° oniqg)*M °S °S| O'6L | BEB | F°S8 | S86 ABZ07T|'M ‘S*S| 8'SL | SOL | 8°SL | G06"
on] “E'S | 008 | 8°48 | 8°88 | 688° onig) ‘A’°S | $62 | Bs8 | S°S8 | SFE Apnojd] “a° $9L | SLL | FLL | $06"
oniq| “HN | 2°6L | O'S8 | GLB | F6° ond! “a 'S | 0708 | O'F8 | SFB | F96° oniqd) ‘A °S'T| SLL | BBL | BLL | 086"
YBjsso[nuNy|q "Ss "ql PBL | L°SB | wSs | 06" Heiys-o;nUND| “A'S | O08 | VSS | F'98 | BGG" PF SPRO[P-podoyeos, “Y @1L | 88L ! o's, | 86
IqUUN | °S “HT! OTS | Sos | 8Ss | LF" oniqd) “A'S | $BL | 818 | 28 | S18" QUIN] “A LLL | O'6L | OBL | BBB"
A[zzuq| =“ '8L | 0°08 | #62 | 069° oniq| “A'S | LLL | OGL | 6°8L | ZL" Apnojj| “a @1L | L8L | O'R | 689°
ond)! “a O'LL | 608 | 618 | T89° oniq) “A 9°91 | 9°08 | O'%8 | SIZ° Ajzzuq| "a @9L°| SLL | BOL | $L9°
onig| “a @6L | P'e8 | SEB | P99" Apno[p| ° OSL | 9°64 | 8°8L | 669° suuley) =“ Z9L | BOL | FOL | T99°
Apno[D] “a "*N | 882 | ZB | SB | 9OL oniqd| “AN | LLL | O18 | 88 | SFL ong) “AN | OSL | S'9L | O'OL | SSL"
spnojo-porayeog] “AN | BBL | SFB | L°S8 | Sol yB1js-opnuND) “AN | 9°6L | B°SB | O'FB | E9L° oniq| a “N°N| OSL | 6'9L | SOL | TFL
suluiey} =" oGL | 9h | L°Sh | PLL: suey) “OL BCL | B°9L | O'OL | BLL’ Apnolp| “a P6L | OTS | Sos | STL’
onda *S “| 9'%8 | 6°88 | O'T6 | 089" oiq|*A S‘A] SIs | 948 | B68 | ssl ong) ‘T'S | FeL | 8°08 | Z'08 | 899"
oniq| “a’s | TS | L’8s | 8°06 | 8L9° onig) “A'S | 21s | 28 | T°68 | 669° ong! "A 'S’S| s'6L | O18 | ¢'08 | 899°
Oniq| ‘A SH] 0°38 | S68 | OTE | F839" onig) “a c1g | 68 | $18 | ees" ond! “AM ‘S | F'6L | 8°08 | 0°08 | $69
17B1js-ofNUNI|W| “S “S| STS | 0°06 | GIG | FEL’ yeajs-oynwNny! “MM ‘S | OB | 8°98 | L°8B | PBL" 178038019) “A °N | #°BL | F'6L | S'BL | PPL’
yuwnp; “Ss zs | S68 | 0'06 | 8g9 young} °s @'18 | 7°98 | 9248 | 089° onig| “A'S | e°6L | 208 | 9'6L | 619
A[zzuq] “M °S | ¥°08 |} 8°I8 | FITS | 967° ong) °M 808 | 9°28 | F328 | Gzc" oniq| “MA ‘N | 8°64 | 9°08 | 0°08 | $8"
A£pno[g| “M'N | GIS | S's8 | #98 | TOS Apno[p| °N 8°08 | 78 | SSB | BFS" oniq| ‘MN | 884 | 0°08 | O'6L | STS
Ajzztiq|"M ‘N'N| 6°18 | ¥'E8 | BSB | 969° Suey] “AN | GIB | 2°S8 | Bss | PLS oniq) “M‘°N | #18 | FG8 | O9IB8 | FS
Apno[g| °AA ‘S| g'S8 | 8°98 | 0°88 | SSS" ApnolD| “HN | 928 | L'F8 | 9°E8 | 809° onic) “A'S | sig | $38 | Is | 69S"
eijs-o(nUIND| “|S | OFS | S68 | 9'06 | BI Yes-opnung| "A “S*S | ws | B'Ss8 | S18 | 099° Apno[9|'a *S ‘“q| ¥'08 | O'S8 | SIs | 969°
suey} "s TTS | $E8 | S48 | 399° Yes-oy! “T'S | Gig | w'98 | 8°88 | FL9° ong! “A'S | fog | $8 | S18 | 269°
oniqd! ‘M’°S | 3°c8 | FOG | SI6 | 9T9 onig!| “M‘S | 2'%28 | $88 | 0°68 | 0S9 oniq) ‘Ss o'0g | 98 | O'Ts | FI9"
1yeL}s-O;NWND| “AA “*S | 6°%8 | F'06 | 2°06 | 6E9" IyBljs-O[NUIND| “MM “S | S'I8 | 9°98 | PLB | FL9° NBIIS-OLNID| “M “S | 8'8L | F'08 | 8.6L | 899
Apno[D| "A'S °S | S18 | F98 | O68 | STL” oniqd| “A'S | ze | e798 | 2°88 | SL" Apnojd| “AN | 6°08 | $28 | FT | SEL"
BNS-O1ND| “AAS | 1°28 | 6°68 | 9°68 | BSL Apnoi9| “MN | Leh | 9°€8 | B'S8 | sol" | SPROTO-pasayqeog} “MA “S | OSB | O'FB | CSB | BTL.
ond! “M°S | 0°28 | S06 | 9°T6 | E94" WBI}S-O1ID) “MAS | LTB | S'68 | 0°06 | F8L" IBzIQ\"M °S *S| 8°08 | GZS | IB | SFL
oid) “MA ‘S | 0's8 | 9'06 | L°06 | O6L° oniqd) "M ‘S | SI8 | FL8 | 68 | LES" onld| “A'S | 6'6L | OTS | SOB | 622°
OId|"Aa°S°H | OSB | S06 | G6 | S6L° HRIYS-O]NWND "| °S “| OTS | 9°98 | 988 | 6S YRs-o1tg| “A'S | se, | S08 | O08 | LLL
yedjs-o[nuND| =" ZZB | O68 | O16 | Z9L'6S T]NUINI-OLNID| “| °S | VSB | 918 | B68 | [186% YAWNI-OlID) = =—-°S O'TS | 8'SB | S'zB | 99L°6G
° ° ° soyouy Py ° ° sayouy Py ° o |se4qoay
: | Septet) 2°) ae =| S| 8 | #8 S| 2 | S|
| A¥S Jo 1oadsy Do) B | & | mn | Aas jo rodsy 2 | 8 5 ia | ‘Ayg jo wodsy ed ae 5 ms
> : Se pe = “ &. = &
“pul *ainje1ad ula J, S | *puUlAA *a1nzB10d Wd J, o *puUlAA *91nye1ad Wa J, °
‘uoou uaiedde 4B ape suOT}VAIIsSGO "UNG ‘UG Je paasosqgo sinssol qq WNWIXVTT *OSLL-UNS 1B APBU SUOIVBAIASAO
ee See
6PL'6al
@eee
=
6
bed
‘OSS ‘uaquagday fo yauopy ay2 sof ‘nj4nIIvD ‘a0JQ syvuauag sohoaing 243 30 gday saysibay 09160)0.10a4
LOL’63) UBPTA
AN OD HIG Oe
$
6 |
a i
CRT EAE TRS PR
606 | °° [sor C61, SB | P68 jew nee "°°" | L°6L) 8°S8) 0'€8/ #99°6S sisal dri “ee | T 08) £68] S°G8| PENG, = tte “*** |F°08) 8'S8] F'98| T¢96%
og he ee 0°60! O°OL 9°€8 Z'I6 @evecce eeeo eo eo oe ee 18319 aC RSC | ¢'8L 8°18 0°06 008° OnIG ae f °S 0 6L Z 68 L'06| 228°
6@1D] Ot'0 | °° |\O0'80T| 8°ZL| 6°E8] 6°68 Suey) “NT | 0°94/ 0'8L ¢'82/ 8F8" pa ges ae Sel eee |e HeNs-o;nWIN| "TF" NA) 0°6L/ G8] Z's! Vee:
BZ} | 'O | °° j8°90T\ FLL, T’S8| 1°88 OMG M “S| 8°22) 9°62) B64) FFB" |SPNO[D p,laneos} “A "Ss! e121! 8°62) g'08| TFB Alzzuuq) “A “S| #°82/ 18] 9°ze! TSB
LZ; | O70 | °° [S°90T! ¥’gL) 4°S8/ 0'68 Old) °S_ | S°LL) €°08] F°08| 898° IQUIN "S| ¥'8L) 1°88] 98) BFS" Suluiey|) °S | S82) S18) ¢'¢8) 68°
per “org | ** {O°LL]€'T8] S°S8} SPNofO ‘pivds} “ “S| 9°92) 8°8L| 0'6z| zB" Apno[)] “OF “S| 8°GL| t°6L| ¥°6L] 661" Apno[d} “A *S/ 8°Sz| 9°82) g'ez/ ate"
bz) | oz’'t | °° °° | 8°91) £08] 8°S8 SUIMIEY | "T'S 'A| 6°LL] F°6L) 6°81) 089" Suey! "A |S°8L| S'6L| S°61| geo" Ajzziq| “A | 9°84) ¢'0R| O18! Feo"
rel | aro | °° -* 19-921 0°62| 0°28 Al224q) "AN" 8°12) §°84| 8°8L] Seo" onl | ANA) 8°92) 9°6L| $°08) 9T9" Apnoi) “A | 8°42) ¢*08) 8:08) 919°
ez} | oo%z | °° | °° |g'9zl L208! ors Sumley) "T | SLL! BL) L°LL| 69° Apnolg|"a N°d| 3°82! ¢°08] 8°6L| 909° Suey! "A | LL) $°6L|. 2°62) 809"
ZS vz | °° (0°06 | 92) 24°62) O'S Apno[D| “A | ¥°L2/0°6L/ F'8L| se9° Ay2ziaq\"A N° N| Z‘LL| @°8L L°8L| Sz9° Apno[D} “A “N| O'LL|2°6L) 6°6L| FO"
12}©] #0 | “°° jO'SOT| $°92| 9°28} 9°88 HVNS-O1ND A °N| 8°91) S18] 8°18] 689° NBIYS-O1ND| "A | ¥'9L) €'F8] 0°98] SL9° NBIS-OLND| "A | 0'08/%°98| O'L8| SL9°
02} | ocO |, °. | °* |0°92)0°6L! o'z8 ApnorD| "A “N| 2°SL| 6°94] 9°92] TeL° Apnoio} "*N | ¢*¢L! O7LL| O°LL) SOL" OnId) “A “N| 92/89] GOL) StL
61; | roe} °° jO'LOT| O'L8/0°98| O'TE | SPROTO “preog| “oT S"4T| 1°62] CTS! O'T8! 9C9° Suiuey|“T°S"A| 0'6z| g'08| L°¢8| F9° Apno[D/"A'S°d| 9°18] ¢°88) 9°06 ¢z9"
BT} | 80° | °° |9°60T) 6°08} $°28} £86 HeIS-OL11| *S | OTS] Z°L8] 0°88 Sz9" oid) “A | 2°08] ¥'28] ¢'06| S6g" | WeNs-opnuND| “Ss | g'tglz‘os! oe $19"
LI] | 030} °° (6°OTT|O'T8| 2°98) #16 Apno[d| °S | $°18} 8°g8| 9°58) e29° oid) “A “S| 1°28) 0'88) ¢°88| £09" Ont) "S"H) 8°08] 0°28] 0°68) LT9"
91] | 90°0 | °° |F°60T| $°62) 0°98) o'z6 BULTIeY | “T"S"S| O'T8] SFR] ¢°98| 949° HBS“. | NN] 8'T8] 0°88| Z°68] 0€9" Apno[| “A “N/ ¢°28) 6°28] 006, TS9"
cI “ ** | P°GOT] 9°62) 9°S8] 9°16 HBIIS-OLID| “AA “S| F°T8] 3°18] 9°28] 179° WNUND|M S| B18] $'88| P68 9T9° yaungy) “S |g%s}z°06! ¢'06 ST9"
rT sro; ** ** |0°6L] F'Z8] 8°¢8 OIG) MSM | 0°08} °Z8) 2°28] ORF" Apno[p} °M | 208] 6°28] e°28] OCF" Od; “M | ¢°08/ 6°28} e'E8 OFF:
ST) C] g9°F | °° (0°86 | 4°82) $8) O'88 OWd|" AA _“S} F'6L| O'S) 9°08] 9GF° oOntd) “A “N) 8°64) 4°18] 8°68) 6hP" ONT) AN" 8°18} 1°98) ¥°L8| SEP
stl | cso | °° | ** | 2°T8] 'F8) g'98 Ovid |" A NN O°T8| 0°€8| 0'S8) OLF" Surmiey} “N | 2°18] 8'e8| ¢'F8] TBP" 01917) AA NN 6 28) 9°68] ¢°98) zLF*
Il] | #8't | °° j0°S6 | 9°08} 9°F8) 9°88 O11] AAS AA! T°B8] 0°98) 6°98] Ger" od) "S| 6'%8] $°98| 9°98] TRF 0791(T| M"S"S| 6°68] ¢'98] 8°98) 60S"
Ot} | ett | °° [ototl 9'Ts! O'98!| F'06 OMI) "A °S| 0'%8| 'F8] 9°F8| TSS" Ont PA'S") Z°%8) O'F8) 8°es| OSS" OI) "S |z'18|s"e8! o'F8 z9¢°
6 ZO | °° (0°00T| 0°28) ¥°98) 2°06 Apnojd| ‘S| ¥'18|%'F8) 1°78) 919° Apno[D| “A “S/ oT] $48) 4°98] 869° Apno[d} “A “S/z'18/z'S8) ¢°98 219°
82'0 | °° (S*BOT| 9°18) S48) Ores | HBAS-O[nUIND) "S| HTB) O'L8) 9°48] FSG" | HBIYS-o;nUIND| MA"S'S| 2°zB) z*06! 0G] eG? | NeNs-o;aND!"AA *s L°@8| 9°68} 0°16) 69S*
L 2e'0 ee L°LOT 0°08 Z 98 2°Z6 e@eoceee e-°@ ee ee eo ee Apnojg “a °9 S18 9°18 ¢ 68 PLS’ TyO1}S-OLID MM Ss S CER 8°68 0°06) CGLS°
91@| 910 | °° [e-zot| o'zsl Z'98| F06 ontd| °S | Ts) 0°¢8) $°¢8) gco° NBIS-O1ND|"AA “S| 9'%8) 9°¢8! F°G8| BE" Apno[o|*M “S| ¢°T8/ 2°28] 2°68, 699°
G 80°0 | °° \O'STT| 9°e8| £°68| 0°66 Apno[d| *S | 8's} 9°48/ 8°28] 9¢9° | HeNs-ojnwND|"M *S| O'F8! 606! 9°T6) LF9" v1 | MSAA| ¢°F8] 0°86! ¢'¢6 GSO"
t 910 | *° {O°80T| ¥'%8| 9°88) ZFE} SPRO[D “pryeog} *S | 8'ZB! 068] ¥°68! 9G9" HeAS-O1N|"M "S| $°Z8] B'S] B'S6| GEO" 011 | MSM/ ¢°Z8] 0°€6) 3°86 E19"
te as ** O°OTT| G8) $28) res | HFBAIS-OLNI)|" MA “S| 6°T8) $°L8] 3°28] TOL’ | Weays-oynunD|"M °S| ZT! g°68! 9°06! C69" B1}S-O[NUINT)| “AA “S| Z'Z8l T°06) 9°16) CZ"
z ** | ** |G-90T| 8°08] 9°98) ¢76 Apno[d| “A “S| 8°08) 9°48) 8°78! Bz" Apnol)|/ A"S"A) 8°08] 1°98] Z°28) LIL" OnId) “A ‘S| Z'08) 9°68) 9°98) ce"
I 800 | ** _ (8°60T| 8'%8) 9°L8/ FZG | WesIS-ofnuIND) “| “S| $08} 9°F8) °S8] STL"6z] WVAIS-ojnuIND| “A °S! 1°zBl 9°28) Z°88\ G69°Gs Apno[D| “Hl “S| ¢°08] 0'F8) 2°98) zaL'6z
"youy | “YouT} o|/ 0 | o “o | © | o {sayouy ©} of o |seyauy olo | o
i ef rs . ©) Si} O10 es) S| ©
a2 | € \RFIEL: glele| & glee & Siete
> 5. 2 2 =r 5 fe "£49 Jo yOodsy Palais = hy | AIS JO yOodsy a] = = sash "AYS JO poodsy ete); &
| F ~ [oo *1A}IULOULL9Y |, SS Se eet cain eee ag es eed ale g :
f a3 UNUM, pu *PUIAA | *aunje1od wa J, S “pur | “ernjesed wa f, S “PULA | “aanyesad wa f, S
WNUITX8 FAT *395-UNS 18 BPBUl SUOeAIOSGG ul ‘d } 3B paAtasqo ainssat J WAUWIUI PAT
["panwejzuoo ‘4aqsicagy 7090.50]0.100]2 77 |
"WCF “YZ 1B 9pBUl SMONBAIISGO
sree 1) S08 | S18] GLB | S88°6s
On'd|M'N'M! 6TL | $°S8 | 0°98 | 968°
YBL}S-OMID| “AA SN | BSL | $98 4 OLB | OSB"
TUN MM" NM] O'@8 | O'L8 | O'L8 | 69L"
OnIT| “M*N | O18 | 0°88 | 688 | £92"
‘Ty81}S-O/NUIND| “AA *S | O'08 | 4°S8 | 98 | OSE’
Apno[D MN’ M| 8°22 | 8°08 | 9°T8 | 906"
O1id| “A °N | 2°8L | SLB | $88 | S06
onid) “A L'8L | 8°F8 | 0°98 | 106"
Yeljs-opnunyg| ap 0'6L | 9:98 | 8°L8 | Z86°6S
Apnold| “AN | O'LL | O'€8 | 6°88 | ATO'OE
OntId!] ‘M°S | ** | O'T6 | O'T6 | BLL’
ond]; "S | 8°s8 | 0°06 | 868 | 992°
edjs-oTnuIND| *NT ee O16 | SI6 | Sé6L°
YNUMNI-O1UID] "AAS | STS | ¢'8g | 0°06 | O16"
Apno[O"M *S “S| 0°98 | 0°06 | 0°06 | 0L6°6%
OIG] “AM “S | O'€8 | G68 | 068 | 6Z0'0E
HeIIS-O[TNUIND) "AAS | OSB | O'68 | 0°68 | TI66S
é: * o | seyouy
© td
| ls Sa ore 83
| Ag Jo yoodsy o = cs ri
= ‘ = a
*pULAA *ainyeled ws J, 3
‘SG
‘OSS ‘aqo79Q) fo yzuomy ay2 of ‘vyyna)vQ ‘aC syviauay sohaaung ay, yo yday sagsibayy yoorboj0..0aza fy
‘uoou juoledde 48 apeul suotyeAlasq GQ
eeoe0e0 eeee VSL $°r8 L¥8 696°62
onid|) “MN | O'FL | SIS | STB | 1F6°
TYBIS-OddT | = “NT OSL | SFB | SFB | 098"
TTAWIND °AA’S °MA} O'8L | S08 | 8'6L | 6z8"
onId) “M 9°6L | 98 | 0°98 | Sz8"
onld;) “Ss €°6L | 8°68 |; 8°S8 | S06"
onid) °N O'6L | OSB | BB | Zh"
OnIG) “A°N | W8L | S'S8 | 8°98 | 196°
NVIs-O[NUIND| “AN | VEL | 68 | 6B | 096°6%
onid| “AN | G9L | O'S8 | 8°SB | LEO"
YNUINI-OLND) “AN | SLL | 918 | O°B | 190°0E
ontqd)’M °S "S| O'%8 | 0°88 | 0°68 | SEO"
onid) °S 0°68 | 0°88 | 0°88 | OO
Heys-ojnungy) °"M "S | OTS | O48 | O48 | L90'08
eae ° soyouy
ape SRE)
"AY Jo yoodsy o 5 e Pel
= igs
*pulAA *ainyel1ad wis J, S.
"MING "YG 38 poeadosqo oinssolg WNWIxe]
ond) “M ‘N
TYVIIS-OL1ID| “AA ° NT
SUIUIB YT) "AA *S* AA
TNWNI-OMID} "Ss
SpNojd-pass}}899| = *G
T[NUIND-OIUD} “AA °S
SPNO]9-pata}}VIG} °° AT
ond) "a
TINWNI-ONID)]
@evnece eee
eoeeee ecce
eecces eece
@eeeoeee e@eee
@eeeseo eere
"AWG JO yoodsy
“PULA
SFL
0°69
OSL
TLL
VSL
Srl
8°SL
SLL
6°SL
9°SL
9°9L | T9L
VIL | OTL
GOL | SOL
eB | O'8L
S'6L | 9°81
GOL | OSL
SLL | SOL
884 | SLL
L9L | @9L
SSL | SSL
\
° °
2] 9
sae en
sai pt:
*ainyeladuia J,
*OSLI-UNG 18 APBUI SUONBALISGG
Vir a Ee tee
[88°6S| UBOTA
Z16° 1g
C28" O$
¥6L° 64
Cé6L° 8%
998° SLzZ
LT6° 9%
906° 1G
L&Z6 6% FZ
610°0¢ €%
@e CG
ee IZ
$0z
6T
ST
LT
oT
cI
FI
SéI
GI
eo Il
Ot
ee 6
< :
ee L
S9
¢
ee 5
5 is
se z
ee IT
soyouy
ro 3
aol] -
ce
So
~~ ee eee
19°S; °° | L°90T | 9°91) 6°28) 8°88 Hebe as vee" 1 SLL) O'Z8) 8°S8/ GS8B"6S
Ig pe eae ** 1|@°TL| T'08| 0°68 1B91D} “MA | 8S! $°08) 0°28) 9F8*
0€ nia Ba ** | POL! SSS) O88 OIC] MN’) FPL) $08) Z'S8) BBL"
6% £0:0, °° ** 13°81) $8) S'06 O}}IC| ANAL) C°O8) Z°S8) G'°G8) SZL’
82; D) 80, °° ** | 6°6L, 9°S8| w°T6 TYBIJS-OINID} “AK | 8°08) Z°S8) 0°98) 669°
Ke SEO" ** | 0°SL| 6°18] 0°88 £pno[D|M°S°S| 9°84] 8°28) TSB] 98h"
9% e210) -** °° | 0°LL) S°T8] 0°98 pO pat “H °S| POL! P08) O'T8| 28°
GZ #10)..°* “* 18°SL| S°F8) T°06 suurey] °S | ¢'S1) e'8L) PSL) 498°
VG vet °* 6 | HLOL | SLL) S'S8 8°68 Ou'Id|"M °S} 8°64) 6°S8) Z°S8] OSB"
€Z ee} ** | O°90T | 8°S2] 8°Z8| 8°68] TMe.IS- oi A'N* AL! $°BL) 0'S8) O'F8} £06"
GE ecalbeas oS oF ee | ** | O'9g] Spnopo *pyeos a oN 0°94 0°08 €°08 L&6° 6Z
140) FLO ee ee eo ee ee eeeede e@oe0 ee ee e
0Z
6I
SI
LI
9T
al
tI
SI|
mal
II LUT ee @0 eo eo ee @eo000 e0eee ee ee ee ¢e
OI
6
18
L
9
c |\®
v
g
@
I
| "HOU}| Youle) <4 oc le o'| o | -o jseouy
= 5 t So es]
45 SEI FLEE Sess Fea
Ag 5 Ey z =] ° *AYG Jo yoodsy = 5 = be
i) n = > lc} * | Ge
a “= © |*sa;au0ulla anew Se : ;
Fa 1997 & 3 canaraene a *purAA! *aunyeuod wa J, S
Rig 2 ea 2he tis UINUWIX® [AT *J9S-UNS 1B APS SUOIIVAIASYGO
6'9L/e'F8/ e°¢8
TeafD| “MA | G'TL) 3S) G98
TYCI}S-O1IIZ | M°N*A) Q°TL| O' ES] 6 'FB
O71 | AL N*Ad) G°0R) G°98] G°L8
1JW1}S-O[NUIND| M°N*AA) COR! C18) Z'8B
A[2Z11¢T|"M_*S} 08] 8'F8} L'F8
WeIS-OLMID | “S| 6'9L) FSB) SSB
ApnolD} °S | 0°SL! 6°84) 0°08
yMUINd-O1ND| “AA | 9°22) L°L8| 0°68
Neljs-ojnung| °“N | F°8L/ $'S8| 7°98
iif Sno) as “N Lh) C8) 8'%8
@@eee00 @eeo ee ee @e
te) ° °
=a)
“AWS Jo yoodsy 2 ee =
so} m
*purAA |"9tnye1odwa 7,
ZI8"6S
rg3°
GLL°
869°
969°
O82"
Is°
698°
1g"
G68"
96666
sayouy
‘ul *d H 1B PoAdasqo ainssatq UUNUIUITT
["panurquoa ‘4ajsr.caxy 7091.50)0.10992 ]{/ |
@eeeee @eeee
6°LL
TBITO| MSM] SSL
TBI}S-OLND| "AA °N| O'SL
O}JIG | M’N'AL! C'TS
1781}S-O]NWIND| A°N*M! 6°6)
Apno]D| “AA °S) F°6L
8'S8
L°98
L't8
288
G18
O'r8
OIC | "AA “S/ FLL) 0'S8
OnId | "A'S’S| FL) 6'S8
0}71d| °M *S/ 8°84! 0°88
17@1}s-o]7nwND|* Mm *N| €°82/ 0°S8
oven POI] "(NI OL) F88
TAWINI-OIIT| “AA °S}0°S8] S68 0°06, 806'6%
8°98|0G8°6z
€°18
8°Sg
$68
0°68
'F8
Ses
UL8
9°88
0'98
VTS
"Pur AA | ‘Qdnjyesed wa J,
"WO “UZ 1B 9pBUl SUOTBAIISG O
css"
6LL°
€69°
€69°
GOL"
OFs*
Ir8*
Les"
106°
S666
ee
vse sree) c'g9 | [08 | 9°08 [L96%Ge] =" seer 1 ereg | 49h | SOL | Stoo =n sees 1 0's9 | B49 | S99 | S86'62( BRAIN
ontid) °N G'e9 | O92 | S°SL | 640° Ontd)*M°N°N| 0°09 | O°OL | °69 | Fer” | oniq) “N | ¢9¢ | O'T9 | 0°09 | 890° 08
Te3J0| *N 0°%9 | O'9L | ¥'9L | 980° qezjd} oN GSO O'eL SSL | PPI’ onId; “N L°09 | S'F9 | 8°E9 | 8LO° 6%
YEISOLID| "N | G9 | OSL | BSL | G80" HVNys-O1D} = °N | H'S9'| OSL | O'SL | STT onig) °N | $19 | £29 | O'%9 |SL0° | 8%
ONIN *N| 2°99 | SLL | B'8L | 980° ond] “N | 4°99 | 8°6b | OSL | $80" VWENS-O1ND] “MM °N | 0°09 | STO | B09 | 020° Lb
onid| °N g°o9 | SLL | S'8L | SFO" 0731q|" M*N*N| 0°99 | O°FL | 9°EL | 960° eee esse | O'T9 | O'S9 | O°ZO | ESO" 9%
ONIC|AA' NN] #9 | SLL | T’'8L | 320° ong; °N 6°99 | BFL | SFL | GOT’ is a ores 1 £29 41.8 8o | Seo) Ged c%
ONT AANN| S29 | LL | £84 | 090° oniq! "N | £°99 | O'SL | €°SL | 880° Oni)" “N°N| 8'%9 | O'F9 | Led | £90° S¥Z
OnIG|"M'N°N| 1°99 | O'LL | 8°44 | GEO" ouid|MA"N“NI] 0°99 | 8°99 | 0°S4 | 180" OnId|"M “N'N} 8°09 | 0°89 | L°%9 | LZ0° %
OIG) “MAN | 9°S9 | SIS | B%8 | ZO" ond) M°N*N) 99 | 94 | O94 | OIT’ Oniq)|M'°N'M| 2°29 | 'F9 | FEO | 990" ad
OnIg|M°N'M| 2°99 | 2°18 | O'8 | STO‘OS ond | M’N'°AA| S49 | 9°94 | O°9L | $90°0S OIG |"AA"N'M| 0°09 | 8°39 | 619 |600°08) 12
IVD} “MM | O49 | B6L | O'6L | 006" oid] | "M Z99 | G'SL | O'SL | 8E6° onid| “M°N | OT9 | &'F9 | O'FD | PLB? 02
Ontq] “M°N | 8'TL | $08 | S18 | 196° ontq| “MN | @°69 | 9°SL | 6°SL | STE oniqd| “MM °N | 6°89 | 6°S9 | L°S9 | L88° 6t
OnId| “M°N | T'SL | SI8 | SIs | OSe Ivajg) M°N°M} S°69 | SOL | O'OL | TL6°6S TaD); oN o'¢9 | 0°99 | S°g9 | 9F6° ST
oniqd| “M“N | 8°69 | $18 | 0°28 | 896" TTNwINd-0111D)"M°N “N} O°'OL | O'8L | S°8L | F00" MUIND-O1ND} “AA “NC | O'L9 | 4°89 | 0°89 | O16" SLT
oa cHnmmg} “ALN | 9'0u | O18 | 618 | 296" BHT Rl ae | ORR OM COR a seu cece acces | cae 10a
ece0ee eee0 oe eo eo ee ecocee eee ee » ee ee ce @eecee eeoe ee ee ee LO FI
@seeeso eee0 eo ee ee ee @eoeon gaee ee @e ee eo @eeeee e@eceoe ee ee ee ee SI
See ces eocoe a oe eo ee ebia 6mm @ee0 ee ee ee eo @eeecen eeeoe €e ae ee ee oI
ontd) "N PEL | SLL | SLL | BSh" ontq| “A °N | S°Ss | 8°8L | O'8L | 862° Sar eat =erc sis ee is? ey at
oniqd| “N |8's, | O'8L | S8L | 98" oniq| “HU °N | Sth | 8°9L | L°9k | 616" Ont) “AN | o's, | SSL | O'SL | 8L8° Sor
oniq!] °N oc, | G08 | 6°08 | [06° ond) “AA "N | 9°84 | L°9L | S°9L | LL6°6S OI) “MN | Oat | Shs | O'FL | FEC 6
ApnoiD| “A"N | Vrs | $08 | OTS | 926" Apno[p/'a “N“N| 7h, | O'8L | 2°LL | 900° Apno[D|" "N°N| g's | 8°94 | O'9L | 696" 8
yung) "N | sr, | oss | S98 | £96" ynumo-o11g} “N | OSL | O'%8 | 9'TS | F00°OS NVys-o1tp| ="N | 9'OL | V'8h | BSL | LS6 L
Heys-onUND|) "TN | O'eL | 6'FB | O'S8 | 826 ond) “a rTL | 0'S8 | S'I8 | 8E6 eqD} “"N | 0°89 | SOL | B69 | SFG" 9
28319] “mM | 69 | gree | O18 | ate" Sue | ME NE OB! | OTR C0 mee oy agcece «| {sank [ogame tara fein
@eeee0 e@eoe ee eo eo Om) eeeeee @eee ee @e ee ee @eeece eevee @e ee ee ee Sg
ond) °AA 222 | OLB | O88 | 988° IVWID| “M°S | FLL | SHS | TPB | LIE IVD) “MS | ess | SSL | O'SL | STE" j
IBID} "M’ | OGL | 8'S8 | S98 | $88"6% 1781}S-O1ID| “MAS | OBL | OSB | BSB | FE6°6S 1BIIS-O1NID| “AA *N | 8°89 | STL | 8°OL | OT6°6% I
= A © soyouy © ° ° soyouy FE ° o |seuouy
=) 2) & | ef 2 log |e a) So) eer s
"kyg Jo yoadsy Bo] RB | SS | gy | 449g Jo wodsy “ae e ia | *Aqg Jo yedsy o | FF 5 igi dees
¢* | ese i sa S = F =
*puUuLAA *a1n1B13d Wd, J, S “pulM *a1nyelad wa J, S *pulAA *21N}B.1od Wd J, °
‘uoou jUaledde 38 apeU suOTIBAIasqO . "WG "YG IB Ppoasasqo oINssatq WNWIXB] . *9SLI-UNG 3B APBU SUOT{BAIBSGCO
“OSS ‘vaquaaony fo yauopy ayn Lof “oj ynaInQ “22 Syoiauay sohaaing ay) yo gday Lagsibay 109160) 0.L00,0
NLT] °° | OLOT | 9°99) 8°FL/ e’e8 gene "ee" | 8°89) 6°92) O'BL| 9B6°6S hoon “eee | 169] 6°6L| T'T8) G16 6Z ee “"** | B69) P18) CZB| S166 3
0€ a a ** 19°89) 0°69) 9°62 OTC |"M *N} §°S9! G°GL) 0'SL| 200° - OV |" M *N] 0°F9) 8°9L| 8°LL| C86'°6S OMI) *N | °F9] BLL) S°SL! L86°6S |
6z “ei ze ** |0'69| 0'0L) 0°82 ON'T) *N | 0°09) OSL) 9°SL| SEO" OWI |" AA °N}| 9°S9} 2°92) 6°LL/ STO" TBO} -N | 0°S9) S'8L|6'8L/ 020° §
8Z ee oe °° 10°19) T'SL/S'08 OIG] “N_ | 0°S9) G'S} 9°92| 8z0°0S Peat) *N~ | 1'S9) 0°8L| 6 BL| 900°OE|SPNopd p.taywog} -NT , | L°S9/ O'RL| 8 GL) STOO |
LG te = ** | 0°69/8°69) S08 OWT)" °N| 8°99) 2 FL) G°GZ| 666" HVIS-O1IT) |’ AA *N| Z'99] F°LL| 8°8L} 8L6°6% ES Sze *N | 0°99) G'61/% 62) 286" |
Ooi ** =S °° = 1069/ STL O'TS WeI}S-OddI)) AA NN 8°F9] £°S2| G°GL| LL6° OTC | M NN} ¥'F9] S22 0°62! OL6" WelyS-O11)| AA NN 0°99} 0'6L| 0°08} 296°
CZ eo ee eo G'09 ROL Ors @ooceo eeocs g’°99 CPL Cc) 686° ONG “N 8°99 O'sL 0'6L SLé6° ong MNN O°L9 a 6L G08} 966°
¥Z 2 is ** 10°09) 0°SL| 6°18 OnId| M NN] ¥°99| $°92/ 0'82| 086" OTT | M NN} §°99| 6°82) 0°08) 16° 0131 |"M “Nt 8°29} 2°62) 8°08) 86°
&Z ae = ** | 0°S9) BTL} 9°08 OIC M NN} 8°99! 0'Gz| 0°92 L86° OTT | M NN} #99} 9°42) 8°82) OL6" » ONTG | MN N| 6°99] 9°81) #62 O16"
GG 92 ** | 8°SOL | O'F9] S'FL) 6'F8 OWIT|"M *N|$*99) 0°92) 9°22] 166° Ff OIC | MA “N/ 0°S9! $°08) 8°18| Z86" 071d |"M *N | $°99) 9°%8) F $8) 186°
IZ eo ** | ecor | 1291 z’eLl F'F8 OnTIG| M NN] 0°89} g°G2/ 0'82/' 796° OVWTCT| M°N*AA| E°C9) Z°08) S ZB BPG" OI) “M | | %'99).2'%8! O'e8! FG6"
0z we ** | O°ZOL | L'F9] GEL) SZ OWI) “M | S°S9) g°gy/ G11) 898° ond; “M | 0'S9) 2°64) '08|/ SPs" f*” ~ OIC) “M | $°99/ OT! V8! SFB"
Ter ** | SLOT |3'991.6'FL) S88 0331 AA NN’ 9°89) 9°24! 6°82} O62" ; 0931 | M NN) 0°69] 2°08) 9°18) 282" 0191) "AA “Ni $04) T°C8| #28) T6L"
SI eo eo Z‘OLT | £°99 OSL ¢'t8 OVI | AN*AA! G°g9 P'OL| SLL Z9R" ong "MA | €°89 G'08| 6'18|ZS8" TBI} OD |M NAL 6°69] 0°28 8°28, ocs"
LT ee ** | @-gor 1929127921 9°68 TB9TO| M NN} 0°69} 0'22/'¢°8L| 806" _ _ §B9TD)|"MA *N/ 0°69! @'08] 0'%8/Z06" yawn) M NN) 4°69] Z'%8] O'€8. FOG"
a ae SOOT | se) o 1 8.r8 WeIs-O1N1) M NN|S'OL| e'Fz| O°'SL| O86" _ YAWN) A NN! F°0L! $18) 8°83] 06° 1B9TD| AA *N| $°0L/ 8°TS| 0'S8) F06"
T ee ee e eo ee ee eevee eeeco ee ee ee eo @esecono eooe ee se ae oe eeooce oe eeee ee ee ee ee
‘al @e ce rt eo eo eo e@seace econ oe ee oo ee @eecos pune ee ee ee ee eeooesd as. eo e ee ee
eI ee ee ee ee ee ee @eeeee0 eee.o ee ee ee ee @eeves e@eee oo ee eo ee e@eecos ie ee ee ee ee
rail q ee ee ee ee eo e@eeeve eees -@e ee ee @@e) Bpeooeeo eee0 ee ee oe ee e@eoeeo wd ee ee ee ee
II LL't ee ae ove ee ee @coeen e@eee ee ee ee ee @eeoen e@eee ee ee ee eo aeeecen : ee oe ee ee
OI e: °° | LPL! PLL) 0°08 ond) “N |2°%L) ¢°91/ o'92) TS8° ONT | M NN) 8°61) 3°22) 0°82) OF8" old} “N | 0°FL! 6’82! 0°62) Og8"
6 Fl oeecee pag v= |O.WLi Oda Se O11 | M NN 9°62) 0°62) L'82) 998° OTC) MA NIN| 9 $2) 9°62) €°6L) P98" ond | MA UN) €°C1) 08) 1°18 gos"
8 ne ty ** 16°GL| L°SL)S°181 0191 "MA *N} 9°82) 9°9)/ 2°92| 6F6" Apnoj| MM NIN| L°@2) 0°21) S°LL) TF6" Apno[p| Ht “N| #62] 1°64) #61) 6F6"
p eee pees (82 er eee 28 Apno[O\AN’N| €°FL| 6°zg| 8'Za| STG" [SPNO]O P.1919296 | N'*NI/ 11] O' FR! G'F8| ZOE" nung) “N_ | ¢'82| 8°+8/ 7°S8, gos"
9 re ie "* /0°02) $°82) 0°28) SPNOTO "PIvOS) °N’ | 6°TL) 9'0g) 8'1g/ 888" | esIS-opNUIND| “A *N | ¢'TL| 6'%el 6°78, FL8" | Wesys-opnung| HT | 611) F'¢8) 698 698"
vs Y hae “> |o0119°841 e°18 TBI] )"M *N/ 6°69! 0°08] 2°18] £48 ° 1891)" M *N| 6°89] 6'%8! S'F8) £98" 189/09] M “NJ Z'OL! 1'F8) 8°68 ¢98°
5 2 @ ee ec es as se eo @eeac0e OSORIO ee eo ee ee @eeoves een0e eo ee ee ce eecee se ee ee ee ee
& @e ee ee ee ee eo @eecce e@eee eo ee ee eo . @eevcve e020 ee ee ee oe @eoesec eer ee ee ee ee
z es e ** | 0°SL| 6°18) 8°06 Ont] AV N'AL 1°) O'R) B°Sg! LTS" oyd) “M | 9°SL) 0°18) F'88) 208" ont | N'A! BCL! B88! Z 68) STS"
if ee co ** | O°TL|0°08/ 0°68 TIO)"M “S| 8'SL) Z°%gl F'gg] 6086] Tea)" M. “S| 8'TL) $°G8| 9°98) 908°6z] TB2]D| “M “S| 8°TL] 0°28) $°28| TT8°6z
“Youy | *youy ® |ie-|,0 1] 0 o | o | o \seyouy o | o | o S94qouy ©}o | o |sayouy
‘en me t jee) © © ee) © &
Ee/ 2 |e |eelFlile (S/S) S| g8 2/5) S| 98 =|£/2| 8
15. c: g ip ° |B | © | *kxg jo y00dsy y > = mg *AYG Jo yoadsy a > 5 ad *AYS JO yOodsy e |e = me
a?) 4 4 ing 2h *1OJIWOWLIIY J Le ae a oF r ; ce Sesegm a ees sees pat te A: = : Es =
ef *1997 | 39097 “ 3 | wnwiuryy pur pul] *ornyesodura y, s *purAA |‘aunjesoduia 7, S *purAd |'ounqesed wa J, 5
P}'sosney uy! = = WNUULX® TAT *39S-UNS 18 9PBUL SUDTBAIISGO sul *d $ 18 PIAIISgO diNssalq WNUTUITAT “WOP "SUZ IV IPVU UOIPBALISAGO
["panurzuoa ‘waqsicaxy 091.50]0.109]9 47 |
eeveee voce 0'S9 8 CL € 92 890 0g enecee econ c*e9 LOL ¥'69 GBT '0E seesee eeee FRC Z'09 C'6S 990°0E UBSTAT
oniqd| “AA c'r9 | 9'FL | LPL | 0S0" ond) “AN | €'T9 | 2°89 | B99 | Sar" old; "N | OLS | S'8o | OLS | 0L0 Te
oid); °N OF9 | LPL | OGL | LOT" ond) ‘N 0'29 | S89 | O'L9 | T6T’ omg] “°N | oss | ¥9¢ | O'9G | IFT 0g
1D} °N E19 | sr. | SSL | Scr’ On| “N°N| 2°19 | 0°04 | 0°89 | 022° Fond} M'N'N| #'SS | 9'9¢ | G:9¢ |z2sT° S6z
OIG |AA'N’N| #29 | SSL | SHL | VST ONT) A'N “N| #09 | 4°99 | V9 | 6IZ Ivo} ‘'N | O'S | OSS | OSS | RFT 8%
YNUND|"M"S*AM| 879 | BSL | LPL | OZT" TVI[D|"M'°N“N| 9°09 | 8°89 | 8°99 | 8T° ASSo7/A'N'N| 3'S¢ | O'9¢ | g°S¢ {ser Ka
TYBA4S-OMID) = *S S19 | OFL | SSL | 6ST YVMNS* OLIIT) qa, ‘Ss. "a! 06S | 689 | DL9 | 96T" TYVIS-OMID}| = N L'*S | OLE | O'9E | 62T" bas
eseeeo @eee ee ee ee ee @eeeen e ee eo ee ee @eeeee @eee ee ee ee ee G
TeIO|"AA'N °N} 2°89 | B°SL | FOL | L80° TIO M'N*N} g’¢9 | 0°69 | G89 | LET° IeVsID) N #'8¢ | S'6S | 6'8S | TLO’ FG
oniqd|M‘'S*M| 2°99 | SLL | O'8L | 980° WBAS*OTND) “AM 'N | 1°99 | VSL | O'TL | SST Weays-orng) = =N | «F'6S | S09 | 0°09 | 910° rd
YBd}s-O1ID| “MN | 9'F9 | G°9L | O'LL | 060" 18310} “AN | 0'F9 | 904 | 2°69 | SFT oid) “M‘N | o'z¢ | 8°ZS | S*Z¢ | $60" SZ
oniqd| "“M‘N | *'89 | 9°SL | 9°92 | 860° WEIS-OLD) — * NT z°c9 | F'69 | $89 | OFT SUT tN G’8S | 0°09 | F°6S | 280° IZ
ond) *M “*S | 9°69 | BLL | O'8L | ZIT Wedjs-ornuind| "AAS | 6°69 | SEL | SSL | 6ST" Apno[d| “a °N | o'e9 | 8°89 | O'9 | L60° 0%
od] “MS | O'L9 | S'9L | SLL | 860° OWI) “HSH | seo | Bs, | STL | SFT’ oniq| “A 'N | o'eg | 88S | z'8g | 160° 61
onid*M'°N'N| *#9 | 9'FL | 8°SL | E80 ond) "A 19 | O'OL | O'OL | FET oid) ‘“N | po¢ | BLS | stu¢ | ¢L0° 8I
onig; “M | 2°39 | T’Sh | O'FL | 810° onigd; “N | g't9 | $°69'| O'L9 | eet’ oniqd| “N | o79¢ | O'8S | S'L¢ | 490° LT
oniqd| “AM Leo | Srl | SSL | 80° ond] “N | #'s9 | 3°89 | G19 | TST’ ond) °N e'9¢ | OLS | F'9¢ | 810" 9T
onig! “N 8'e9 | L°Sh | O'FL | 880° ond; “N | o'¢9 | GOL | SOL | SFT oniq| ‘“N GPS | SLS | 19S | #80 SST
onid) °N O'6¢S | LIL | O'SL | SSO" ond; “N | g°2¢ | O49 | 8°99 | 60° ONIq| “A ‘*N | oveg | GLE | Gog | 980" 4!
TID) °N o6S | SPL | wSL | FFO'OS IID) oN rss | SOL | 8°69 | 980°08 IwaD} 'N Les | O'6S | L'8¢ | ST10'0E I
yun) "M O'L9 | SL | OSL | SFG" ynuND) = °N B19 | S2L.| BIL | $8662 Yano) =" N o's9 | O'LO | G°99 | Z66°6% él
oIg| “MM 'S | GOL | O'T8 | 8°08 | 686'6z ond) “S loo | or, | SL | 890° ASS0q| "T'S | o's9 | 999 | G'F9 | $00" IL
Onid| “MM *S | 8°99 | OBL | SBL | TzO O11) “M°S | 9°99 | SIL | O'SL | L90° onid|*M*N'N| 0°09 | 8'T9 | O'T9 | POT" Ot
oytd| “M “N | 2°99 | BLL | O'SL | SSO" oq] “MN | 0°¢9 | GIL | O'TL | 060° ond) “M | 2°09 | $'%9 | FT9 | SZO" 6
Od) ON | 699 | hOL | 2 Ld | 960" oniq/'M°N'N| 229 | O'FL | 2°34 | £60" onid| “MN | o'6¢ | #19 | o'r9 | Feo" | 88
onid| “M‘'N | O°S9 | S°9L | O'LL | 190° IVI] “NC [s°19 | SOL | 6°69 | PEL IvaqD| *N o'6¢s | S09 | 1°6¢ | £90" L
IBID "M °N “"N 8°89 SLL o'SL TLO° yuung "NT 0 99 O'CL STL eer’ Tynung °N 0'6S €'09 0°09 890 ‘og 9
Wty) “M 8°89 9°6L 6°6L | $90° Lea] 7) "NC C89 ¢'c) OSL FIT’ ond) “AA °S 0°99 ¢ 99 0°L9 266 '6z c
oniq] ‘“N | 0°69 | 6'8Z | S'6L | 6TO'OS Apnojd) “N | 6°29 | Stak | OSL | LLO" Apnoig| “*N | org | $S9 | 2°49 | 9000S} =F
IB310| “N O'OL | O'LL | SLL | SL6°6S qa} “N 16°SO | LIL | OTL | 880" onid) "M O19 | O'S9 | GZO | G86'6e g
Apno[9| *M °*N | 0°99 | 8°SL | 9°94 | STO" Apnoio| “nN | eF9 | oO'OL | 9°69 | 820° ond) “MM | G09 | $39 | O'Z9 | ZO j
1310; ON G99 | GOL | H'9L |OSO'0S IBID} “MAN | 2°g9 | OL | OTL | 660°08 IBID!) “MM 'N | O'RS | OTD | ¥'09 | 490'08| ST
rs ° o = |Sayouy a ° o =| seyouy ° ° o |seyouy
2/2] o | ge =. oe) ae | 21S |e) g
“ft d Picco: | crate g aie ae os ; pol)! ee | ae S
AS Jo yodsy 2 5 @ | Pia | “Ag jo podsy S3 & | & | =e | ‘Aig jo wedsy cS 5 ot ee
Sa = a ei ee 5
*pulAA *91n}e19d Ud J, S *pulAA ‘aunyerad uta J, S "PULA *aanyedod ua f, 2
*WOG "UG 1% paasasqo ainssorg WNUIXe TAT ‘uoou jJuaiRdde 3B apeuUl suDIeALASG GO *ISLI-UNG 1B APBUL SUOIBAIISG—C
“OSS ‘“laquasag fo yruopy ay2 “of ‘v24n2105 ‘a0fQ sjosauay sohaaing 243 30 2dey 1a4sbod | 199260] 0.00020
9°89) 6 89) 0°62 a See b'F9| T'SL| § FL| OLO'OS
ee | cc | cee | ee | ee ee i
ed Be es a
eee ver eee? | e'F9! 7°91! SLL! 866°6% ead eee 1 BPO) CLL) PSL, T00'0€
Te =e ** 1 O°LG| 8°29] 9°8L 01 |"AA ‘N| O'F9] STZ] B'S Od; *M_ | 9°E9} $91) 8°LL| S966 ONT) “M |0°F9) SLL) SLLISLEGS
0g ae a ** 1°99) S°L9) SSL ONG} “A *N| ¥'°S9] STL] PSL! 6ZO OIC) ON’ N| S°E9) e°S1| 6°9L) FBO" OWI | M NN] 6°€9} 0°92) €°L2) 8F0°
6z co | oe ++ | yg] e'791 zz onid| *N | 9°18! 0'zs| O'e2| 6L0 od} *N | 9'T9|0°Gz| 2°94] FLO" IBID} “N | $39) '9L/ 8°12] 980°
Bz se oe ** 1e-6¢,8°C9] @-o) OIG] “N 12°29! O'TL| $°%L| 060° OI) “N | ¥°S9/ O'FL| 0'9L| 620° yawn)’ M *N] #69) 3 FL! 0'9L) $80"
lz ee oe °° | #'9¢] 7°99] e'91 18319} *N |8'09] 0'OL! Z°T2/ 090° TB9D)"M *N| 8°09] 0°SL| SPL} SFO" IBITO| MN N/ &°T9} 9°FL| 9°92) 6F0"
9B) D} “Pf fh | te [eos TL9/82LF = BENS-OID PM *N/B'9) 9°OL) TSA) 480° WAUVIND-O1ND "MA “NI F°T9] PL] S'94} S20" NBI}S-O1ID|"M “N| 9°69) 0°94/ 9°9L| 080°
ee ee ee €°6S 8°89 SSL OnId °"N Z29 OSL gE oud “M °N 069 0 9L PLL €00° TeITO MNN ¥'S9 OLL 0°SL Z00°
ca eo -* | 9°99/ S'OL| ¢'08 IVD) °N | L'S9/ O'FL| S'S TB3TD| M N N| 9°Z9| 0°82] #62] OTO" ontd|M NN] 0'F9} Z°6L! 0°08) T10°
ae oe -* | ogc] S891 0°61 HeNS-O1D| *N 10°99] 0°SL! LF NBIS-O411) |" AA °N| G°S9} 8°92] O'BL{ 9Z0* TVIJS-OL1IT) | M NN} 0°99! 2°22) S'S) EO"
so | ee | oe | oral oreole-ez OIG | AN’ N| 9°39! 1°31) 6S 0331) M N'N’| 6°29] 0°92) G"LL| 880" 011| MA NN} 2'€9] 2°22] 0°82) 8F0"
ee ee ae 0°e9 OSL OTS OIG “M “N V'L9 8S. BP OnId “M “N T°89 99OL USL 960° on'gd “M F°89 g BL Z'08 ¢¢0°
e ** | 0°6S| 8°69] S08 OIG) “MA | 6°L9/¢°¢2/ 8°9 ond)’ M “N| 1°89] 3°82) $°6L| 180° ONT |"AA “S| 9°49) 0°64) 6°61) £80"
I © eo ee ee 0'9S ZL19 Sel OWIG MNN 8°E9 CSL or OIG “NU 0'S9 O°OL GLL 1Z0° oWIG “N @F9 O'9OL LL ¢z0°
i | ee | St | 0'9e) 99) S97 OnIg| “N | 0°69) GOL] O'SL onig| “N | 09 O'FL| $°SL/ 600" om)’ “NJ $°T9/ 8°82) °S4) 600°
ee 6 -° | g:ee| ¢*¢9] O'97 OId! “N |0°S9/ 9°69] SSL OWIG|"AA °N/| 0°89] GFZ) 0°92| S00" onId) “M | S°S9) 8°SL) ¢°9L! STO"
ee Ney? FGS1.0'99),S" 0) Omid) “N | 0°€9| ¢°TL) SSL : "N | $°%9) G'F2| $°9L) TO°0S onid| 'N | 0 £9) €°¢2/ 0'94| $20°0s
a i ** | O°SG| 6°F9] LPL ong] “N |9°LS) 6°29) $89 » SHIG|"M °N/|Z'LS| OBL) Sel] F66" OI) “MM | $°8S) 9°SL) ZF 1) B66"
ue “n ** | 1-96] 6°29] 0°62 IBID} “MM | F'09) F'0L/ SSL | M *N| 0°6S| ¢°2/ G°92| 996° TeIlO]:-M “N| G09) G°9L! O'LL! OLE
qe ee e+ | op9/0°SL|S'6z] SPNOTD “preog] “NT | 0'S9| g'Fz| GOL) ‘M °N/0°F9| 2°12) S81) LL8° ynuiny)|" M * Nj $°99) 0°84! 0 62! FL8°
= “* | *? 10'S) BEL) 7°78 O71 |*M *S| OTL! €°61| 0°08 "M *S/3'69| G28] Ges) S06" OvIC|'M “S| 2°69! Z°E8) 9°48) 906"
eo eo eo CES TOL SIs OIG “M OL9 Cr, OLL E °M L°S9 O'6L F'08 L666 onId "M 8 Cro z 08 8°08 SZ6'6S
ue es ** | 1°6S| TOL! ¥°08 ONI|"M “N|¢°99] o'F Z| 0°92! *M *N/€°S9) 6°24) G'62] T90°08 011 |" M "N)| @°99) 0°64) ¢°61| €20°08
ee ee ee G’gc 0'OL C08 1vIO "M. °N 6°S9 B'S) SG) MNN ae) O'LL SL ¥S°6 ont MNN G'99) 6’8L G 6L LE6"6S
re se | se lege! s'69] 8°62] SPNOT "PIeOS)“AA *N/ S°99) p°G1| BFL 1|'AA “N| 6°S9| 8°21) 0°82) 066°62 rai] “AL | $'89/ 0°62) '61) 000"
aie oe + | o-ge| 1°69] e°T8 Ieaqo| “N | 2°29! 0'Sz! 0°92 "1eaTO| “N |Z'S9] 9°gZ/ G'6L/ G00" 1839/0 : N_ | ¢°¥9] $°6L! G08) Z10'0E
eo oe AH 0°¢9 eel CIR 1}81}S-O1.19 °N G°89 0°91 LOL °M 6'69 oS GGL L00°0$ spnoyo p,feq7B9§ M B°L9 oL6 008 L66°
ve oe ** | 6°99] FOL! 2°08 ApnojD| *N | 0°89) ¢*9z/ 8°92 Spno[d p,tay3899| “N | 3°89] BLL! FL! 196° ontd; "N | 6°69} 0°08) 0°18) 196"
@| °° | °° | ** | S°09} FOL) e'08] SPMOL9 “pIBOS| “NC | 0°89) Cres) wFL ontd| "N | 2°49) ¢°12/0'6L) 906" | ond, N. ,| 0.69) 4°82) F°64) 206"
oS || Reese Orn| 20g! oid] *M |¢°291 O'FL) 3°S onid] “AA |0°L9| 6°9L|0"82| $6" ont | AA N} 19) 0°84) o'eL) 696"
s esac Se -*l SGI GOCE) 1919} “N [0°89] S*rz| O'S IVD} “N | 8'S9| G°92| ¢°11/ 046'6% TWO) “N | 9°99) ¢'Lh) 1°14) $46°6%
appl out b=sas hg | 6 lon Se peeiers o | o | 6: seuul 6 10.:| o | |Saqour
= ae A ro) bo on Re ee)
Se) S |S EERE E aes |e elelel a elela| ee
Fis) s | B SA] |B | F | aay yoredsy PF) e| “43g J0 s00d8y 2.) | B| wg | Siss0 y0dsy e |r| E| m3
eh Me lia — 2 *1a}IMOULIIY J, ee oe Z eae ee a —— | St rm
Fy JOT | °1907 4 3 WNUIUIT, pue “pura! *ounzesodura 7, "put AA | "einjesod wa J, ° “pur Ad | “aanyesod wa Tf, S
@ | 'sasne os WNUIXe TAT *198-UNS 78 BpBUl SUOBAIOSGGO ul *d F 78 passasqo aanssou J WNUTUT TAT OF LEYS epee snOnwAIsEaO
[‘panwequos ‘uajsicary 7091.50]0.109}9 {7 |
Ley hs
Aes 1) eel
beh y a
eer ‘
fy © Reb
wy — pn tiehowhe
yy tay: 6
sar te Sard)
oP
ore ho ew
Heh Ata
rot
See
ee
ete te
eet: ee bas
Bot etetelk ®
@ enbe
= he Oe ¥
= hp sly ewe wee bm a6
av
a
ek
.
Neh Seat ape tks rd
¥
$y
if
Sar
3
426
>
cs
n
re
es id
eve phe k: we
~ is ah Be
&
‘o- 8 4 oe
PE Fis Ro Br Be ws
es | 4
wee “| %
d avy. ya
tes 4-4 a
ee ee Bs
12s
tar)
pi
4}
abiseeees
al
ae 3:
cha meus be
Stich tee i one=
> ihe ae at
lo > (>
a 4 Sime i
a tme beta lye
Pree yb $s
ys
4 ‘
sen pe
’
he ad aoe
We ke tet Ae og ae
berets oth
cher
hk hy ole =
pend bleh to th
~
aes
1
Ped
"a ‘
wee here
«
bin thy
sie
- Lo
ve Sacapicm art
pee Te
: +
: eee a fm oe yey at w
aoe mene oe Oe Oe grep tes Bade
=e ee spat led te ted se
wns trails nip web inrarecwee, Pys
25 Cre,
poh aye er
Se titanw-r=
pha ad
tind ee ee ere
; Gh bie Rin wah =
Dy eam mgs wie hoe
6.6:e be ee Be ~ ohm a le : ee el
2 CS a OW Wee. 8 ‘* re) ORLA:
~& > oe. a 5 gd p re ae 5
Ca Hat het Oe “ o-0 ‘ : ane 6
» ene ee
aa) 4
eae e
*
a hee
,
a» we et
Ly .
She ne
nat ea tt,
boo 68 o
Petes
” J
whats
wee cery
rt - 4 ¥
9 a . ~. ers i rt ~e-# ry fam 0 Mh
a eal “4° Ox &
a tits ; ’ 6 if Boe We wen ee
ys be ser 35h P ai em
oe =:
ani *
£522
ry *
aye st
iis u
*
Cy
>
+
eth3s
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11